The Three Wars

of

Lt. Gen.

George E. Stratemeyer

His Korean War Diary

Edited by

William T. Y’Blood

Air Force History and Museums Program

1999
Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data

Stratemeyer, George E., 1890-1970

The three wars of Lt. Gen. George E. Stratemeyer:

His Korean War Diary/ edited by William T. Y’Blood. 

p. cm.

includes bibliographic references and index.

1. Korean War, 1950-1953—Aerial Operations, American.

2. Korean War, 1950-1953—Personal Narratives, American.

3. Stratemeyer, George E., 1890-1970—Diaries. 4. Generals

—United States—Diaries. I. Title: 3 Wars of Lieutenant

General George E. Stratemeyer. II. Y’Blood, William T., 

1937- III. Title.

DS920.2.U5 S87 1999

951.904’2—dc21 99-041835

For sale by the U.S. Government Printing Office

Superintendent of Documents, Mail Stop: SSOP, Washington, DC 20402-9328

ISBN 0-16-050106-7
iii

Lt. Gen. George E. Stratemeyer

v

FOREWARD

Foreword

“The forgotten war.” “The limited war.” The Korean War has been called

both of these and more. But if it all too quickly dropped from the front pages, it

must nevertheless be remembered for what it was: the first major conflict

between East and West, an important milestone in the formative years of the Cold

War. Its outcome often subtly shaded and colored the thinking of both military

and civilian leaders for many years thereafter.

Although some people see the Korean War as just a ground war, it was far

more than that. It was the first war the United States Air Force fought as a separate service, and a war in which America’s joint service air power team performed sterling work. Without the air dominance gained by Air Force F–86

Sabres against a numerically larger foe, the ground forces would have been left

vulnerable to air attack with disastrous consequences. Without the close support

and interdiction efforts of the Air Force B–26s, B–29s, F–51s, F–80s and F–84s,

and Navy and Marine F9F Panthers, F4U Corsairs, AD Skyraiders and F7F

Tigercats, the tasks of the ground forces would have been made immeasurably

more difficult. Without the enormous exertions of the C–46s, C–47s, C–54s, and

C–119s, supply, sustainment and evacuation of ground forces would have been

virtually impossible. Without the men and planes of Lt. Gen. George E. Stratemeyer’s Far East Air Forces and their naval and Marine colleagues, the war’s

denouement may have been entirely different.

This is a unique document. Throughout the years, although often officially

frowned upon, officers and men alike have kept diaries. Some of these diaries,

primarily from World War Two, have been published. Few, if any, from the

Korean War have seen the light of day. Thus General Stratemeyer’s diary of the

first year of the war provides a unique look at the war from a high level. His diary

is rich in the personalities, the operations, the problems and successes, and the

behind the scenes maneuverings of the United States’ military services in the Far

East as they waged the war. Much of what he reveals in his diary is still valid

today: proper force size and equipment; accurate and timely intelligence; coordination with the other services; a realization of the impact of media coverage on

a war. Despite an organization possessing global capabilities well beyond what

Stratemeyer could envision in 1950, these remain the concerns of the United

States Air Force today, the centerpiece of America’s joint aerospace team. Reading this work confirms one of the great lessons of twentieth century warfare, a

lesson applicable to the conflicts of the twenty-first century as well: appropriate

and timely use of aerospace power enables both the thwarting of an aggressor’s

will, and the minimizing of casualties to one’s own surface forces.

RICHARD P. HALLION

Air Force Historian

vii

Editor’s Note

From June 25, 1950, to May 20, 1951, Lt. Gen. George E. Stratemeyer, the

Far East Air Forces commander, kept a diary of his activities during the Korean

War. A number of general officers kept such diaries during World War II, although

the practice was generally frowned upon by higher headquarters and, in the Navy

at least, was against regulations. In the Korean War, the writing of such works

became less wide-spread. Surprisingly, however, three diaries written by senior

Air Force officers (Stratemeyer, Maj. Gen. Earle E. Partridge, Commander, Fifth

Air Force, and Maj. Gen. Edward J. Timberlake, Vice Commander, Fifth Air

Force) exist from the Korean War. These three diaries view the war from different perspectives: Stratemeyer’s from a high-level planning, strategy, and political viewpoint; Partridge’s from a mid-level planning and operational plane;

Timberlake’s from a slightly lower operational level.

This book, however, deals only with General Stratemeyer’s diary. It is a

valuable document because his position as Far East Air Forces commander

allowed him to observe the war and its personalities from a unique perspective.

General Stratemeyer had his secretary type his diary entries onto 6 by 9 1/2-inch

loose-leaf lined pages. Totalling some 750 pages, these were then placed into

three large binders covering the periods June 25 - September 15, 1950, September 16 - December 16, 1950, and December 17, 1950 - May 20, 1951. The editor

has changed this time division somewhat to conform to certain significant events

and to make each section more or less equal in length. September 14 now ends

the first section; the second section begins the following day with the Inch’on

landings and concludes on November 25 with the opening of the massive

Chinese Communist offensive; the final section covers the period November 26,

1950, to May 20, 1951, the date of Stratemeyer’s heart attack.

The reader should be aware that, although it was the intent of the editor to

keep this diary as published as close as possible to the original, it is not the “raw”

diary as Stratemeyer had it transcribed. By remaining close to the original, all

messages have been retained even though some were word-for-word repeats of

messages entered earlier, perhaps just a paragraph before. However, to prevent an

overload of “sics,” brackets or other such emendations, certain editorial changes

have been made. This has been done primarily to make the text more readable.

As General Stratemeyer wrote the diary and his secretary typed it, punctuation

tended to wander or be non-existent at times. Commas and other such punctuation

were often omitted, resulting in words which ran together or created occasional

odd sentences. Also, Stratemeyer (or his secretary) often used quotation marks

randomly for no particular reason. He (or they) also tended to capitalize everything that had an “official” ring to it, regardless of whether it was necessary or not

(e.g., “Ground Force,” “Border,” etc.). In the case of place names, at times he
viii

EDITOR’S NOTE

capitalized the entire name but in the next sentence capitalized only the first

letter of the name. Therefore, proper punctuation and capitalization has been

inserted throughout the text.

Occasionally, individuals’ names were misspelled in the diary, either

because of a typographical error or because the general or his secretary were not

familiar with the person’s name (an example is Admiral “Strubel” instead of

Struble). So, the editor has substituted the correct spelling of such names. Regarding

Chinese names, the editor has used the old Wade-Giles system rather than the

modern Pinyin, because the older method was in use during the Korean War and

it was in this form that Stratemeyer identified Chinese individuals.

General Stratemeyer used many acronyms throughout his diary. Brackets

have been used to spell out those acronyms when they are first encountered.

Additionally, a listing of these acronyms has been added as an appendix. Closely

associated with acronyms are military abbreviations. These abbreviations are

sprinkled liberally throughout his diary, particularly in the numerous messages

Stratemeyer recorded. Like the acronyms, these abbreviations are spelled out

upon their first appearance. If the abbreviation is uncommon, it may also be

bracketed again later in the diary. Unfortunately, Stratemeyer sometimes used

abbreviations that could mislead the reader. An example of this is the use of “opr”

for operation instead of its more common usage for operator. When instances

such as this have occurred, the editor has changed the abbreviation (in this case,

to “opn”) to its normal usage. It is emphasized that changes such as these have

in no way skewed the meaning in the passages in which they occur.

Although Stratemeyer noted the days of the month in his diary, he did not

note the days of the week. Therefore, the week days have been added at the

appropriate places. There is one other major change in the diary. Like the punctuation, General Stratemeyer was variable on the spelling of Korean place

names. This is not peculiar to Stratemeyer, because Korean place names can be

difficult for anyone. For consistency, however, these place names have been

edited to conform to those of the United States Board on Geographic Names in

South Korea, Official Standard Names Gazetteer (Department of the Interior,

1966), the Gazetteer of North Korea (Defense Mapping Agency, 1982), and

on the excellent map of Korea in the U.S. Army’s official history of the first

six months of the Korean War, South to the Naktong, North to the Yalu

(Washington, 1961).

Again, it is reiterated that neither intent nor meaning have been altered by

these editorial emendations. However, for those who wish to compare the original

“raw” diary with this published version, microfilm copies of the original (Air Force

Historical Research Agency number 168.7018-16) are available at the Air Force

History Support Office, Anacostia Naval Station (adjoining Bolling AFB), Washington, D.C., and at the Air Force Historical Research Agency, Maxwell Air Force

Base, Montgomery, Alabama.

Biographical information on individuals mentioned in the diary was

obtained from various sources — official service biographies, military records,

Pentagon telephone directories, various editions of Who’s Who (both American

and British), other books and magazines, etc. Unfortunately, many individuals

still cannot be identified. Stratemeyer often mentioned these people only by their

last names with little other identification. Also, a disastrous fire a number of
ix

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

years ago at the National Personnel Records Center in St. Louis, Missouri,

destroyed many records, including records pertaining to the period of the diary.

So, regrettably, in a number of cases the editor has had to note these individuals

as “unidentified” or “unknown.”

Footnotes are used throughout this work to identify individuals; other footnotes are used to define terms and to describe important events. They have also

been used to further explain or clarify situations that Stratemeyer believed 

important enough to include in his diary, but which he did not completely

describe. For space reasons, air force designations in the footnotes are usually

rendered in abbreviated form. For example, 5AF for Fifth Air Force.

Stratemeyer’s comments reveal the Korean war, particularly the Air Force’s

role in that war, from the perspective of the top Air Force commander on the

scene. These comments show the variety of problems that Stratemeyer encountered and that a high-level commander of today can face. Among these problems

were a lack of materiel (both “metal” and “flesh”); a sometimes less-than-cordial

relationship with the other services; a similar relationship, though more of the

love-hate variety, with the press; and the continual problem of how to fight a war

when the directives from above are often contradictory and conflicting.

These problems do not occur just in the conventional limited war that

Stratemeyer fought in Korea but can crop up in all levels of combat from “lowintensity” guerrilla operations up to a nuclear war. Thus, General Stratemeyer’s

diary is not just a document of historical interest, but is one to be studied by

officers of all ranks, as well as students of warfare, so as to better understand the

problems of command in wartime.

A volume such as this is seldom the work of a single individual, and so it is

with this endeavor. The editor would like to thank Ms. Nancy Carlsen, Ms. Diane

Gordon, Mr. Jack Neufeld, Mr. David Chenoweth, Dr. Richard Wolf, and, particularly, Ms. Karen Fleming-Michael for their labors in bringing the diary to

fruition. Their efforts are greatly appreciated. 

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Contents

Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v

Editor’s Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii

Photographs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xii

Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Part One: The Black Days

June 25 – September 14, 1950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Situation Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Diary Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Part Two: The Intoxicating Days

September 15 – November 25, 1950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Situation Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Diary Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

Part Three: The Bitter Days

November 26 – May 20, 1951 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

Situation Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

Diary Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

List of Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525

Bibliography. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
xii

CONTENTS

Photographs

Lt.Gen. George E. Stratemeyer, formal portrait . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii

2d Lt. Stratemeyer, October 1916 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Stratemeyer with Middle Western Flying Circus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Lt. Col. Stratemeyer , August 1936. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Stratemeyer in the CBI Theatre, 1945 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Gen. Douglas MacArthur, Lt. Col. Anthony F. Story, and 

Maj. Gen. Doyle O. Hickey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Vice Admirals Arthur D. Stuble and C. Turner Joy 

with Secretary of the Navy Francis P. Matthews. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Lt. Gen. Walton H. Walker, Commander, Eighth Army and 

Lt. Gen. Earle E. Partridge, Commander, Fifth Air Force . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Maj. Gen. Edward M. Almond, MacArthur’s deputy chief of staff . . . . . . . 41

F–82s undergo engine maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Evacuees from Korea arriving in Japan, June 27, 1950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Armorers load a 2.75-inch rocket on an F–80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Lt. Gen. Stratemeyer, officers of the inspection team from 

Hq USAF, and other FEAF officers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

F–51 ready for ground attack mission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

92d Bomb Group formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Stratemeyer greets Gen. Hoyt S. Vandenberg,

Air Force Chief of Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

FEAF Bomber Command B–29s attack railroad bridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Superfortresses bomb North Korean chemical plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Stratemeyer greets Lt. Gen. Lauris Norstad,

acting Vice Chief of Staff, USAF,. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

West “elastic” bridge at Seoul. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

SB–17 “Flying Fortress” takes off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Lt. Gen. Idwal H. Edwards and Lt. Gen. Stratemeyer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

19th Bomb Group Superfortresses bomb the “elastic” bridge . . . . . . . . . . 126
xiii

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Bridge shown destroyed after mission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

C–47 in flight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Napalm bombing of North Korean rail yard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Mustangs at their base in Pusan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

An F–80 leads a formation of B–26s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

Invaders attack flak installations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

A parabomb floats toward a bridge near Iri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Abandoned Il–10 recovered at Wonsan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

Lt. Gen. Stratemeyer, Maj. Gen. Laurence C. Craigie,

and Gen. Kenney . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

Brig. Gen. Edward A. Craig and Lt. Gen. Stratemeyer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

49th FBG F–80s await takeoff while a C–119 lands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

Stratemeyer presents UN flag to 

Brig. Gen. Delmar T. Spivey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

Richard J. Holzworth of the Gideon Society 

presents a bible to Lt. Gen. Stratemeyer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Paratroopers descend from C–119s over Sunch’on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

B–29s bomb during daylight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

Stratemeyer addresses troops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

Sherman tank and a C–54 at a Korean airfield. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

C–47s doing duty in below freezing temperatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324

B–26s deliver bombs on a North Korean target . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

An F–84E takes off on a mission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

U.S. airmen keep warm prior to P’yongyang evacuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

Maj. Gen. Partridge greets Gen. MacArthur at Yonp’o . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

Sabres on patrol over Korea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349

A Tarzon bomb being dropped during tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

A Thunderjet being towed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362

Sabres taking off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362

A C–46 on a muddy, rutted runway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
xiv

CONTENTS

C–119s wait to load troops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376

Stratemeyer receives the Republic of Korea 

Order of Military Merit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389

Maj. Gen. William H. Tunner, Brig. Gen. John P. Henebry,

and General Vandenberg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394

Lt. Gen. Stratemeyer, Gen. MacArthur,

and Lt. Gen. Matthew B. Ridgway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403

An F–51 taxis in severe winter conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421

An F–86 being uncovered by ground crew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421

Sabre’s gun camera captures a MiG at close range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429

Lt. Gen. Stratemeyer and Maj. Gen. Partridge at Suwon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440

Bombs detonate an ammunition dump at Wonsan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462

A B–29 over Korea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471

B–26 low-level attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487

Stratemeyer and his principal staff officers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
Maps

1. Korea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

2. FEAF Areas of Responsibility

25 June 1950. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

3. Disposition of Tactical Units

2 July 1950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

4. UN Attack Toward the Yalu

24 October – 24 November 1950. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

5. Disposition of FEAF Tactical Units

1 November 1950. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

6. Air Strikes Preparatory to UN Drive Toward the Yalu

8 – 24 November 1950. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

7. Front Lines

26 December 1950 – 1 July 1951 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373

8. Disposition of Fifth Air Force Tactical Units

1 March 1951. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

xv

1

Introduction

When the North Korean People’s Army surged south across the 38th Parallel on June 25, 1950, Lt. Gen. George E. Stratemeyer had been commander of the

U.S. Far East Air Forces (FEAF) since April 1949. However, on that fateful June

day, he was in Washington for meetings at the Pentagon. Upon hearing of the

attack, he immediately returned to Japan to resume control of FEAF. There he

became involved in a war quite different from the one he fought five years earlier in the China-Burma-India (CBI) theater of operations. In Korea, George

Stratemeyer found himself not only in a war against enemy forces, but warring

with the other U.S. armed services and with the press.

Stratemeyer was born in Cincinnati, Ohio, on November 24, 1890, but spent

most of his childhood in Peru, Indiana, where he graduated from high school. On

March 1, 1910, he was admitted into the United States Military Academy as a

member of the Class of 1914. A genial and handsome cadet, one of his claims to

fame at West Point was his ability to imitate a steam calliope.1 However, he was

not a particularly good student and, because of problems with the subject of philosophy, was turned back to the Third Class (Sophomore) on April 7, 1913. He

was granted a leave of absence, presumably to bone up on philosophy, “without

pay or allowances,” until August 28, 1913.2 Stratemeyer then became a member

of the Class of 1915, the “class the stars fell on,” that produced Generals Dwight

D. Eisenhower, Omar N. Bradley, and over 15 other generals. Still not the greatest student, Stratemeyer graduated 147 out of a class of 164. His best class ranking that final year was 80th in Drill Regulations—Hippology (the study of the

horse) and his worst was last in Practical Military Engineering.3 Following graduation, Stratemeyer was assigned to the 7th Infantry Regiment, and served with

that organization in Texas and Arizona from September 11, 1915, to July 15,

1916. He then was with the 34th Infantry for just over a month before being

detached in September for flight training at Rockwell Field in San Diego, California. The month before, Stratemeyer married Annalee Rix, a marriage that

lasted until his death 53 years later.

Flying training took six months and on May 3, 1917, he became rated as a

Junior Military Aviator.4 Previously, in March, he received Federation Aeronautique

1. The Howitzer, 1915 (West Point, N.Y. , 1915), p 178.

2. “Official Register of the Officers and Cadets of the United States Military Academy for 1915” (West Point,

1915), p 16.

3. Ibid., pp 16-18.

4. A rating of Military Aviator (MA) was established in 1912, and 24 aviators qualified for this rating. However,

because it was not established by law, the MA designation was, essentially, one of semantics. In 1914, at

(H.R. 5304) was passed in Congress establishing officially three aeronautical grades: Junior Military Aviator

(JMA), Military Aviator, and Aviation Mechanician. A pilot had to serve three years as a JMA before he could

be rated a Military Aviator. See Juliette A. Hennessy, The United States Army Air Arm, April 1861 to April

1917 (Washington, 1985), pp 58-59, 107-112, 233-234, for a complete discussion of this subject.
Internationale (F.A.I.—the international organization that authenticated aerial

flights) airplane pilot certificate No. 683. Stratemeyer later held ratings of Airplane Pilot (1920), Airplane Observer (1930), Military Airplane Pilot (1937),

Combat Observer (1939), Command Pilot (1939), Aircraft Observer (1941), and

Technical Observer (1943).

His first aviation assignment, with the 1st Aero Squadron at Columbus, New

Mexico, lasted less than two weeks before he was sent to Columbus, Ohio, in late

May 1917 to organize and command the School of Military Aeronautics at Ohio State University. Six

months later, he went to Kelly Field

in San Antonio, Texas, to serve as

test pilot and executive officer at the

field. Stratemeyer remained at Kelly

Field until February 1921, the

longest tour so far in his short

career, before moving to Chanute

Field, Illinois, to become its base

commander for a brief period. In

January 1918, Stratemeyer also

organized, then commanded the Air

Service Mechanics School at Kelly

and at Chanute Field, a position he

held until July, 31, 1921.

Flying has always presented a

glamorous image to the public and

none more so than during the years

of World War I and immediately

after. But flying was definitely dangerous then and many accidents had

fatal results. Stratemeyer came close

to becoming a fatality himself in early 1918. Taking off from Kelly in a SPAD for

a routine hop, he was doing aerial acrobatics (“acrobacy” was Stratemeyer’s term)

at 3,500 feet when his propeller shattered. Hot oil and water spewed into the cockpit, burning and blinding Stratemeyer. The motor began vibrating and before

Stratemeyer was able to shut off the ignition, the motor tore loose from its mounts

and fell between the landing gear where it was held just by two drift wires.5 Stratemeyer dove for the ground and landed without a scratch. Later, he reflected that he

should have been more deliberate in his actions and descended in a shallow dive.

He had been lucky that the motor had not fallen off completely or that its final position had not affected his plane’s center of gravity more.6

While at Kelly, Stratemeyer was involved with the Air Service’s contribution

to the U.S. Government’s Victory Loan campaign in 1919, the Victory Loan

Flying Circus. The Flying Circus consisted of three flights — eastern, western,

5. A drift wire, also called a drag wire, is a cross-bracing wire or brace, designed primarily to resist drag.

6. Ltr, Maj Gen George E. Stratemeyer to Commanding General, Army Air Forces, subj: Narrow escapes from

fatal accidents, Apr 14, 1942.

2

INTRODUCTION

2d Lt. Stratemeyer during flight training at Rockwell Field, October 1916.
and middle western (which Stratemeyer commanded). For 30 days beginning

April 10, 1919, these three “circuses” put on air shows at 88 cities in 45 states.7

It was also at Kelly in 1920 that Stratemeyer officially transferred to the Air Service. He was promoted to the permanent rank of major in December 1920 and

served in this rank as the commanding officer of the Air Service Mechanics

School, which moved to Chanute Field, Illinois, in February 1921.

From October 1921 to July 1924, he served in Hawaii in a variety of assignments. During this tour, he commanded both the 10th Air Park and Luke Field

and was air officer and assistant air officer for the Hawaiian Department. In

August 1924, Stratemeyer began a five-year tour at West Point as a battalion

commander and instructor in tactics.

It was at West Point that Gen. Jacob E. Smart,8 as a cadet, first met Stratemeyer. General Smart recalled Stratemeyer as sharp both intellectually and in

appearance, an officer who made a great impression on Smart and influenced his

decision to join the Air Corps. (The name was changed from Air Service in July

1926.) Their careers intersected several times in the following years. During

World War II, they served together on the Air Staff and following the war, Smart

became Stratemeyer’s deputy for operations at Air Defense Command headquarters.

Following his tour at West Point, Stratemeyer attended the Air Corps Tactical

School at Langley Field, Virginia, graduating in June 1930. More schooling

7. Maurer Maurer, Aviation in the U.S. Army, 1919-1939 (Washington, 1987), p 20.

8. Intvw, William T. Y’Blood, Charles J. Gross, and Richard H. Kohn, with Gen Jacob E. Smart, USAF (Ret.), at

Ft. McNair, Washington, D.C., Nov. 6, 1986. General Smart graduated from the U.S. Military Academy in

1931. Following a series of flying assignments, in December 1941, he became Chief of Flying Training and

then a member of Gen Arnold’s Advisory Council. In March 1944, he became commander of the 97th Bomb

Group, flying 29 missions before being shot down, wounded, and taken prisoner in May 1944. He remained a

POW until April 29, 1945. After the war, Smart held several positions, including Secretary of the Air Staff;

Deputy for Operations, Air Defense Command; Deputy for Operations, FEAF; Assistant Vice Chief of Staff,

Headquarters USAF; Commander, Twelfth Air Force; Vice Commander, TAC; Commander, U.S. Forces, Japan

and Fifth Air Force; Commander in Chief, PACAF; and prior to retirement in 1966, Deputy Commander in

Chief, U.S. European Command.

3

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Stratemeyer (center) poses with members of the Middle Western Flying Circus.
4

INTRODUCTION

followed, with Stratemeyer attending the Army’s Command and

General Staff School at Fort Leavenworth, Kansas, from August 1930

to June 1932. His work at the school

impressed the leadership and he was

asked to stay on as an instructor

following graduation. Stratemeyer

remained at Leavenworth the next

four years.

At Leavenworth, Stratemeyer

was involved briefly with the Civilian Conservation Corps (CCC). The

Roosevelt administration established the CCC in April 1933 to

provide temporary work for such

disparate groups as young, single

men, World War I veterans, and

experienced woodsmen. These

men then worked on government

lands (both state and federal) doing

reforestation, fire prevention, soil

conservation, and other such projects. Although the Army did not supervise the

work nor provide military training to the CCC members, it was intimately

involved in the program. It inducted the men into the CCC, ran physical conditioning programs, set up and ran the camps, and provided food, shelter, and

medical services to the CCC members.9

In the summer of 1933, Stratemeyer (along with many other officers at Fort

Leavenworth) was ordered to temporary duty at the CCC camp at Leavenworth,

and was placed in charge of a company of CCC inductees. There is no record of

exactly what he did during this period, but it certainly must have been much

different from what he was accustomed.

His tour as an instructor at Fort Leavenworth completed, and now a lieutenant

colonel, Stratemeyer reported to Hamilton Field, California, in August 1936 to

become deputy commander, then commander, of the 7th Bombardment Group. As

commander of the 7th Group, Stratemeyer never seemed to lack ideas for the training of his crews. Almost every Saturday his squadrons flew a mission, each one

involving different procedures or different sets of conditions to overcome.10

While at Hamilton Field, he had another close shave in an aircraft accident.

Following a training mission, Stratemeyer was returning to Hamilton Field in his

B–10B. Until beginning the approach for landing, the flight had gone well. The

landing gear had been lowered and flaps extended when Stratemeyer noticed the

right engine had lost some power and was indicating only about 1,000 RPM. The

left engine still was operating normally, so Stratemeyer continued the approach.

Suddenly, as Stratemeyer started his turn to final, the left engine stopped.

As a Lt. Col., Stratemeyer was deputy

commander, then commander of the

7th Bombardment Group from August

1936 to August 1938.

9. Maurer, p 348.

10. Ibid., p 394.
Stratemeyer tried to raise his landing gear to stretch his approach, but quickly

realized that he was not going to make the runway. The B–10 splashed into the

waters of San Pablo Bay, throwing up a spray of dirty, brown water. The plane

did not appear to be sinking when Stratemeyer and his crew left the plane, and

they quickly discovered that this was because it had crashed into only about five

feet of mud and water. Luckily, the only injuries suffered were slight bruises and

cuts. A rescue boat soon appeared to pick up the crew and deposit them, wet,

muddy, and bedraggled, on the Hamilton Field dock. Carburetor icing was

believed to be the cause of this accident.11

Following his Hamilton Field tour, Stratemeyer’s next assignment was as a

student at the Army War College. Then, it was on to Headquarters, U.S. Army Air

Corps, where he became head of the Training and Operations Division. This job

involved not only overseeing the burgeoning training program of the Air Corps,

but also being involved in a wide variety of important staff functions. In August

1941, Stratemeyer, now a full colonel, became executive officer to Gen. Henry

H. Arnold, Chief of the Army Air Forces, the successor organization to the Army

Air Corps. Shortly before the United States entered World War II, Stratemeyer

received his first star and began a short tour as commanding officer of the Southeast Air Corps Training Center at Maxwell Field, Alabama.

With the rapid wartime expansion of all the services, Stratemeyer returned

to Washington in June 1942 as a major general. His new job was Chief of Air

Staff, Army Air Forces, a position he held until July 1943. Directly under General Arnold, he was in charge of the Air Staff, which during most of his tour, consisted of a policy level group made up of the chiefs of: A-1 (Personnel); A-2

(Intelligence); A-3 (Training and Operations); A-4 (Supply); and A-5 (Plans), the

latter a later addition. The Air Inspectfor also was on this level.12

From April 8 to June 5, 1943, Stratemeyer made an extensive inspection trip

to England, North Africa, the Middle East, and China. The latter stop proved to

be very valuable to Stratemeyer because about two months later he was in India

as the commanding general, USAAF, of the India-Burma Sector (IBS) of the

China-Burma-India (CBI) Theater of Operations, his first combat command.

This command was constituted on July 29, 1943, and was activated on August

20, 1943. While in the CBI, he held various other command positions, some

simultaneously, including Commanding General, Eastern Air Command, which

was an integrated AAF-RAF operational force (Tenth Air Force and Bengal Air

Command), and Commanding General, Theater Air Forces, Southeast Asia.

Soon after taking command of Eastern Air Command on December 15,

1943, he told his troops, “We must merge into one unified force, in thought and

in deed, neither English nor American, with the faults of neither and the virtues

of both. There is no time for distrust or suspicion... We must establish in Asia a

record of Allied air victory of which we can all be proud in the years to come.

Let us write it now in the skies over Burma.” 13

The military and political situation in the region was ticklish, involving a

varied collection of easily-bruised egos, including those of Brig. General Claire

11. Pilot’s Statement, Nov 25, 1936.

12. Wesley Frank Craven and James Lea Cate, editors, Men and Planes, Vol. VI of The Army Air Forces in World 

War II (Washington, 1983), pp 34-35.

13. Headquarters, Eastern Air Command, GO No. 1, 15 Dec 1943.

5

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY
L. Chennault, commander of the Fourteenth Air Force; Generalissimo Chiang

Kai-Shek, the Chinese leader and head of the Kuomintang (Nationalist Party); Lt.

Gen. Joseph W. Stilwell, U.S. theater commander and chief of staff to Chiang;

and Lord Louis Mountbatten, Supreme Allied Commander, Southeast Asia. In a

letter to Stratemeyer, General Arnold said, “The success of this complicated

command setup depends in great measure on personalities. If a true spirit of

cooperation is engendered throughout the command, it will work. If the reverse

is true, it is doomed to failure. I know I can count on you to play your part and

to pass the word right down the line.” 14

Success in this position took all of Stratemeyer’s celebrated diplomatic ability,

of which he was known throughout the AAF to possess in abundance, plus a great

deal of additional tact and patience. In effect, Stratemeyer often acted as a quasiambassador. That Stratemeyer was

able to organize his units into

effective fighting forces, and that he

was able to represent effectively at

the highest levels in Southeast Asia

both the AAF’s and the United

States’ positions and concerns,

despite the intrigues and Byzantine

maneuvers that seemed to permeate

the politics of the region, was a

tribute to his skill.

When the CBI was divided

into two theaters in October 1944,

Stratemeyer retained command of

the AAF forces in India-Burma.

He was promoted to lieutenant

general in May 1945, and from

July 12, 1945, to January 1946, he

was Commanding General, Army

Air Forces, China Theater. In

1946, after his return to the

United States and a brief stint at

AAF Headquarters as Chief,

Selection Branch, he became the first commander of the new Air Defense

Command (ADC). During his tenure as ADC commander, Stratemeyer fought

a valiant, albeit futile, battle to obtain command authority of the Air National

Guard (ANG) units that made up the bulk of ADC. Jealous of their prerogatives, the various state National Guard commanders and the National Guard

Bureau successfully applied strong political pressure to fend off Stratemeyer.15

When the Air Defense Command and the Tactical Air Command (TAC) were

reorganized into the Continental Air Command (CONAC) in November 1948,

Stratemeyer became its commander. Finally, in April 1949, he came to Japan

14. Ltr, Gen H.H. Arnold to Maj Gen George E. Stratemeyer, Aug 28, 1943.

15. See Charles Joseph Gross, Prelude to the Total Force: The Air National Guard 1943-1969 (Washington,

1985), pp 22-57, for a review of the highly-charged issue of control of National Guard units.

6

INTRODUCTION

Stratemeyer proved to be a consummate diplomat in the CBI, a theater

replete with easily bruised egos.
to become commanding general of the Far East Air Forces, the position he

held on June 25, 1950.16

General Stratemeyer’s rise in the Air Force to positions of power and

responsibility generally had not been spectacular but steady. Like many of his

peers, during the inter-war years he had remained in grade for a long time. For

example, it took him 13 years to advance from major to lieutenant colonel, not

uncommon for the time. With the approach of war, however, promotions came

rapidly and Stratemeyer quickly demonstrated that he was ready for greater

responsibilities.

Lt. Gen. Edward J. Timberlake,17 who was Fifth Air Force vice commander

in Korea until June 1951, remembered two routes on the promotion road during

these years, excluding “luck.” One was the active command route and the other

via the management/administration route. Timberlake believed “the administrative route creates a more subtle and comprehensive mind” and that this was the

route Stratemeyer followed.18 Stratemeyer’s abilities probably did lie more in

administrative and staff work than in active command, but he did have experience

in both roles. Primarily because of his high rank at the beginning of World War

II and his efficient work at AAF Headquarters during the war, he never had the

opportunity to command combat units at the operational level.

Generals Smart and Bruce K. Holloway19 worked under Stratemeyer at Air

Defense Command in the late 1940s and gained a good insight into their commander’s methods and personality. Smart considered Stratemeyer an “intuitive” commander, one who did not necessarily make a decision through a logical process of

analysis, but rather sensed when a decision was proper. He used this same approach

in selecting subordinates. Though sometimes criticized by others for choosing individuals thought to be unproductive, Stratemeyer more often than not brought out

the best qualities in his subordinates. This is not to say that only so-called “underachievers” found places on Stratemeyer’s various staffs. Many top-flight individuals, such as Smart, Holloway, Laurence C. Craigie, J.V. Crabb (FEAF deputy for

operations at the start of the Korean War) and Arthur C. Agan (at ADC under

Stratemeyer and later Director of Plans, USAF) worked on Stratemeyer’s staffs.20

Stratemeyer commanded by delegating authority. General Holloway noted, “He

trusted all subordinates unless they performed in a manner to discredit themselves

of his trust.” According to Holloway, “It was never the other way around. He did

16. Lt Gen George E. Stratemeyer official USAF biography; Current Biography, 1951 (New York, 1952),

pp 612-614.

17. During World War II, “Ted” Timberlake, (USAF Ret.) commanded the 93d Bomb Group, which became

famous as “Ted’s Flying Circus.” One of its most renowned exploits was the August 1943 Ploesti mission.

Timberlake later commanded the 2d Combat Wing and 20th Combat Bombardment Wing. After the war, he

was Assistant Chief of Staff, Personnel, Headquarters Continental Air Forces, and Chief, Operations Division,

Deputy Chief of Staff, Operations, Headquarters USAF. In September 1948, he was appointed commander of

the 315th Air Division of the Fifth Air Force. He next became Chief of Staff, Fifth Air Force, until December

1949, when he became the Fifth’s vice commander. When General Partridge became FEAF commander,

Timberlake took over 5AF. Prior to his retirement in 1965, he was Commanding General, Continental

Air Command.

18. Ltr, Lt Gen Edward J. Timberlake, USAF (Ret.), to William T. Y’Blood, Nov. 24, 1986.

19. General Holloway (USAF, Ret.) graduated from the U.S. Military Academy in 1937. As a member of the

American Volunteer Group and later, the 23d Fighter Group, he shot down 13 enemy planes. After the war,

among other assignments, he was Director of Operations, A-3, Air Defense Command in 1948-1949. Among

his more important assignments before retirement in 1972 were: Deputy Commander in Chief, U.S. Strike

Command; Commander in Chief, USAFE; Vice Chief of Staff, USAF; and Commander in Chief, SAC.

20. Smart interview.

7

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY
not command with an iron hand, but there was no doubt that he was in charge. He

was most forgiving of honest mistakes and never told his key staff officers or subordinate commanders how to do their jobs so long as they kept him informed and

produced results in conformity with command policies.” 21

Lt. Gen. Laurence C. Craigie22 agreed. “General Opie Weyland... was Vice

Commander, Operations [of FEAF during the Korean War]. I was VC—everything else. Strat gave both of us strong backing and although he was well aware

of all that was being done in our respective areas, he did not make us feel that we

had to check with him before taking important actions.” Craigie also stated that

if Stratemeyer “didn’t like something I did he told me so. We discussed it and that

was the end of it.” 23

Regarding the relationship with his subordinates, both Holloway and

Partridge believed that Stratemeyer may have been too easygoing, or tolerated

certain individuals who were not performing up to their abilities. However,

Stratemeyer trusted his officers to do a job without him having to look over their

shoulders. Holloway also stressed that Stratemeyer was a good disciplinarian

who could say “no” when appropriate.24

General Craigie recalled one incident where Stratemeyer never had the chance

to say “no.” Enroute to Japan to join FEAF, Craigie stopped at Hickam AFB,

Hawaii, where he and his wife were to be picked up by a FEAF Headquarters

C–54. While awaiting the plane’s arrival, Craigie met two West Point cadets also

trying to get to Japan. One was Eddie White, son of General Edward White and a

family friend. Although there were many other people with higher priorities than

the cadets awaiting transport to Japan, Craigie let the two cadets fill out the load

for the trip. When the plane arrived at Haneda Airport near Tokyo, General and

Mrs. Stratemeyer greeted it. Craigie saw Stratemeyer’s “eyebrows raise perceptibly when he saw the two cadets get off the plane,” but not a word was said. Later

that afternoon, however, Stratemeyer stalked into Craigie’s office.

“Bill,” he blurted, “why in hell did you bring those two cadets with you when

there were all those badly needed officers stacked up at Hickam awaiting rides?”

“Strat, I was wrong,” Craigie replied, “but they were the first people we saw

when we landed at Hickam. I promised them rides and didn’t see fit to back away

from my promise.” The subject never came up again.25 Years later, on June 3,

1965, Eddie White became the first American to walk in space.

Entries concerning social activities such as parties and golf appear frequently in Stratemeyer’s diary. Although it may appear that these activities are

frivolous, to Stratemeyer they were important duties for a senior officer.26

21. Ltr, Gen Bruce K. Holloway, USAF (Ret.), to William T. Y’Blood, Nov. 28, 1986. 

22. General Craigie (USAF, Ret.) graduated from West Point in 1923. During World War II, he became the first

member of the U.S. armed forces to fly a jet-propelled aircraft when he flew the XP–59A in October 1942.

From March to November 1944, he was commander of the Twelfth Air Force’s 63d Fighter Wing. Prior to his

retirement in 1955, General Craigie was Deputy Chief of Staff, Development, Headquarters USAF, and commander of the Allied Air Forces in Southern Europe.

23. Ltr, Lt Gen Laurence C. Craigie, USAF (Ret.), to William T. Y’Blood, August 16, 1987.

24. Holloway letter; Ltr, Gen Earle E. Partridge, USAF (Ret.), to William T. Y’Blood, Nov. 26, 1986.

25. Craigie letter.

26. In this regard, it should be remembered that Japan, for its proximity to the war zone, never was attacked during the war, being accorded by the enemy something of a sanctuary status. Many dependents of U.S. military

men remained in Japan throughout this period and many other individuals, military and civilian, continually

visited Japan and Korea for a multitude of reasons.

8

INTRODUCTION
General Smart believed that these activities show that to Stratemeyer “everything

was important — not equally important — but important enough that everything

should be done to a high order of perfection. Duty did not permit half measures

or laxness in social or any other endeavors. Dress, politeness, timeliness, hostguest relationships, rectitude were all important to him.” 27

For a commander who found himself caught in a web of intrigues and personality clashes that seemed to permeate both the CBI in World War II and

MacArthur’s Far East Command during the Korean War, Stratemeyer remained

remarkably level-headed and even-tempered, genial and outgoing. “You couldn’t

help but like him,” commented General Timberlake, who placed Stratemeyer

among the three top men he served under, only behind Generals Eaker and

Doolittle.28 Holloway thought Stratemeyer was “a naturally kind and friendly

man with everyone,” while Partridge judged Stratemeyer as a “gentleman of the

old school, warm, generous, thoughtful, low key.” 29 Craigie emphasized, “I felt

fortunate to be on his team.” 30 Nonetheless, as his diary reveals, there were

moments when his easygoing nature was stretched to the breaking point.

Because he cared about his men and knew they could produce, a strong loyalty developed among Stratemeyer’s subordinates, a loyalty which he reciprocated. One way this was evidenced was by his handling of medals for his staff.

Craigie believed his boss was perhaps overgenerous in the awarding of medals

but that Stratemeyer wanted his staff to know “that he appreciated what we as his

staff officers were doing and didn’t want us to feel that he was any less appreciative than General MacArthur,” who had a tendency to give medals to his staff

for almost anything.31

Stratemeyer was also intensely loyal to his superiors. In MacArthur’s case,

this loyalty was perhaps carried to an extreme, but Stratemeyer was neither the

first nor the last to fall under the MacArthur spell. He was not one, however, to

buckle under to whatever whims a senior officer might have. “He was anything

but reticent in expressing his views,” General Holloway remembered, “and

pressed them with utmost sincerity and forcefulness, but always in a most courteous manner.”32 If his views were not accepted, Stratemeyer always obeyed

orders to the best of his ability and never publicly complained.

Thus this was the man remembered by those who served under him, both in

peacetime and wartime. But before considering Stratemeyer’s role in the Korean

War, it is important to look into Korea’s past to understand the background of the

war. It is also necessary to limn the strengths and weaknesses of those forces that

faced each other in Korea during those last chaotic days of June 1950.

Looking somewhat like a mitten, fingers slightly curled, the Korean peninsula reaches almost 650 miles from the mainland of Asia toward Japan. This

mitten, though, is not soft but hard and bony. Mountain peaks soar to 9,000 feet

in the north; those along the east coast can reach 6,000 feet. These are just the

highest peaks; much of the rest of Korea is covered with treeless lesser hills

27. Gen Smart manuscript comments, Sep. 19, 1988.

28. Timberlake letter.

29. Holloway letter; Partridge letter.

30. Craigie letter.

31. Ibid.; Smart interview.

32. Holloway letter

9

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY
and mountain ranges. In between are steep gorges with cold rushing rivers. What

flatland there is, is highly cultivated. Rice paddies are the dominant feature, especially in the south where there is relatively more level ground than in the north.

Climatologically, Korea is a nation of extremes. Summers are generally hot and

humid, while winters are cold and fairly dry. In winter, temperatures can drop

below zero almost every night in the north, a fact brought home with brutal force

to United Nations troops during the war, particularly during the winter of 1950-

1951, which was one of the harshest on record. This was the arena where battle

was fought and blood spilled.

Throughout much of its 2,000-plus years of recorded history, Korea has been

an unfortunate country. Often caught between stronger powers, usually China

and Japan, the Koreans contributed to their unfortunate situation by either fighting among themselves to establish various kingdoms or by maneuvering to be on

the side of the winning outside power. For several hundred years, three Korean

kingdoms vied for hegemony. One of these, the Silla kingdom, aided by the

T’ang dynasty of China, eventually established control over the entire country in

A.D. 676. This control, however, was obtained at a price. T’ang, as a suzerain

nation, still dominated the Silla kings. The Koreans paid much tribute to China,

but this was considered to be a small price in order to retain an autonomous government and some amount of freedom. Though China itself later came under

Mongol influence, this suzerain relationship between Korea and China essentially remained intact (except for a period between 1254-1368 when Korea was

under direct Mongol rule) until the Sino-Japanese War of 1894-1895. Peace was

rare in Korea over these years. Chinese, Japanese, and Manchus fought many

battles on or about Korean soil. In this, they were often joined by the Koreans

who fought not only outsiders, but among themselves as well.

In 1894, the Tonghak (or “Eastern Learning”), a social and religious movement, reacted to what some Koreans saw as dangerous inroads being made in

Korea by “Western Learning” (Catholicism) and by foreign commercial interests.

Their rebellion was doomed to failure, however, because of a lack of leadership

and because the movement was infiltrated by just those parties (primarily Chinese

and Japanese) the Tonghak wished driven from Korea. Nevertheless, the uprising

was bloody and forced the Korean government to request the help of Chinese

troops. This request led to the intervention of Japanese forces and culminated in

the Sino-Japanese War which the Japanese won.

Ostensibly a sovereign state following this war, Korea now was very much

under Japanese influence, although this did not stop other countries from trying

to supplant the Japanese in Korea. In particular, Russia (which was gaining control over large areas of northeast China) attempted to establish its own control

over Korea. For a period, Korean governments came and went with disturbing

regularity as first the Russians, then the Japanese, gained and lost positions of

power. This situation could not continue and once again the flames of war were

ignited in the region. To the surprise of the world, the Japanese were victorious

in the Russo-Japanese War of 1904-1905. Korea became a Japanese protectorate

and in 1910, was forcibly annexed to Japan. From that time until the end of World

War II, Korea did not exist as a nation.

Japanese rule was harsh, for they viewed Korea as a second-rate nation and

its people suitable only for menial labor. By edict, land which had traditionally

10

INTRODUCTION
belonged to the peasants now belonged to the government which then sold it

cheaply to various Japanese interests; dissent was brutally beaten down; what

economic growth there was accrued to the benefit of the Japanese, not the Koreans. In the late 1930s, Japan even attempted to eradicate any Korean national

identity by requiring that the Japanese language be exclusively used in schools

and homes and compelling the Koreans to adopt Japanese style personal and

family names. At the onset of World War II, Koreans were urged to volunteer for

military duty, but this soon changed to conscription. Only with the defeat of

Japan was Korea able to rise, slowly at first, and stand on its own feet again.33

11

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

33. Takashi Hatada, trans. by Warren W. Smith, Jr., and Benjamin H. Hazard, A History of Korea (Santa Barbara,

Calif., 1969), pp 14-25, 98-126; Nena Vreeland et al, Area Handbook for South Korea (Washington, 1975), pp

7-21; Robert R. Simmons, The Strained Alliance (New York, 1975), pp 3-17.

Map 1.
United States interest in Korea had been slow to develop. In the mid-1800s,

Americans went to Korea as missionaries and traders, but found that the Koreans

wished to have little to do with those who they regarded as “barbarians.” This

attitude grew out of what the Koreans had seen happen to China when foreign

interests had begun to make inroads in that country. Additionally, the Koreans

feared Catholicism, which they believed would spread the contamination of

Western ideas. Thus, Korea attempted to keep the door tightly shut to contact

with the West. Well deserved was its nickname “The Hermit Kingdom.”

An attempt by the U.S. Navy in 1871 to obtain a trade treaty with Korea

failed, being more a show of military might (albeit very little might — just five

small warships) than a true attempt at diplomacy. A later try was somewhat

more successful. At the urging of China, which was concerned about Japanese

interest in the country and saw it as a way to block further inroads by them,

Korea signed a treaty of commerce with the United States in 1882. This was the

first such treaty between Korea and a western nation, but little came of it.

Because of its vast resources, China was the prize that most western nations

coveted. This, along with the myriad political and social changes then taking

place in the world, caused American interest in Korea, if not to lie fallow, to

wane considerably.34

It was not until World War II that the United States again became actively

interested in Korea. At the 1943 Cairo Conference, the United States, Great

Britain, and China declared Korean independence as one of their objectives. In

July 1945, the Potsdam Conference reaffirmed, among other things, the Allies’

position on Korea. When the Soviet Union declared war on Japan on August 8,

1945, it stated that it would abide by the Potsdam declaration, thus gaining a

legitimate (if laggardly) foothold in Korea.

The Allies hoped that there would be no need to divide Korea into occupation zones, but Japan’s sudden collapse forced the “temporary” partitioning of

the country so as to facilitate the surrender of Japanese troops there. The 38th

Parallel was arbitrarily chosen as the dividing line for these zones. Not long afterwards, the United States noted that the Soviets were building fortifications on

their side of the parallel. In an effort to work out a plan to unify Korea, officials

of the United States, the Soviet Union, and Great Britain met in Moscow in

December 1945. At that meeting they agreed to trusteeship for up to five years

for Korea under four powers, including China. This trusteeship was intended to

lead to the reestablishment of Korea as a sovereign state. At Moscow the three

nations also approved the formation of a joint American-Soviet Commission to

assist in the organization of a single Korean government.

This commission quickly became another example of the United States’ and

the Soviet Union’s growing distrust of each other’s motives and plans. Even during World War II, when the two powers were putative allies, this distrust simmered just below the surface. From allies, the two sides soon became enemies,

each seeing the other as seeking to dominate the world. Other than in Europe, in

the years immediately after World War II, it would only be in Korea that the U.S.

directly faced the Communists.

34. Ki-Baik Lee, trans. by Edward W. Wagner and Edward J. Shultz, A New History of Korea (Cambridge, Mass.,

1984), pp 268-275.

12

INTRODUCTION
Primarily due to Soviet intransigence, the American-Soviet Commission

became a study in futility. The Soviets continually insisted that only those Koreans who hewed to the Communist line would be allowed to represent a provisional Korean government. Unable to break this impasse, the U.S. brought the

matter before the United Nations General Assembly. There the United States recommended that a UN commission oversee elections in both zones of occupation,

and then supervise the formation of a single government for the entire country.

Sensing that this would endanger their own plans to unify Korea under Communism, the Soviets rejected the recommendation. Despite these objections, the

General Assembly voted for the proposal.

Although the Soviet Union and the North Korean leaders refused to allow

the UN to hold elections north of the 38th Parallel, elections for a National

Assembly were held in South Korea on May 10, 1948, under the observation of

the UN Temporary Commission on Korea. An estimated 80 percent of the eligible voters took part in these elections, which saw the birth of the Republic of

Korea (ROK). In July, a constitution was adopted and the National Assembly

named Syngman Rhee as president. The Government of the Republic of Korea

was formally inaugurated on August 15, 1948.

A Korean nationalist for many years, Rhee was born in 1875 of well-to-do

parents, and had studied at a Methodist mission school where he became proficient in English. Possibly because of this schooling and his higher-class status,

by 1895 he was involved in movements urging strong reforms of the Korean

government. In the eyes of the Korean government officials, Rhee was a revolutionary and he was soon arrested. After seven years of sometimes brutal imprisonment, Rhee was released in 1904. Exiled, he came to the United States where

he naively hoped to influence President Theodore Roosevelt to support Korean

independence. If he had known Roosevelt’s true feelings, Rhee would have been

shocked to learn that Roosevelt believed the Koreans were incapable of managing

their own affairs, and that a Japanese-controlled Korea would serve as a check

against an expansionist Russia.

Rhee remained in the United States, attended several colleges and obtained

various degrees, including a PhD in political science from Princeton. In 1919,

while still overseas, he was named head of a Korean provisional government by

former members — and exiles like Rhee — of the reform movement to which he

once belonged. Except for a short-lived attempt in 1910-1911 to return and live

in Korea, he spent the years until 1945 traveling about the world lobbying for

Korean independence. Finally, in October 1945, he returned to Korea where he

was generally greeted with enthusiasm by the populace. Despite U.S. hopes for

a true democratic government in South Korea, though, Rhee’s government eventually became a corrupt autocracy.35

A few weeks after General of the Army Douglas MacArthur spoke at Rhee’s

inauguration, the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea, backed by the Soviet

Union, held its own installation in P’yongyang. The leader of this Soviet-controlled regime was Kim Il-Sung. A somewhat mysterious individual, Kim (whose

original name was Kim Song-chu) was born in 1912. When he was seven, he and

his family moved to Manchuria. Details of his life between then and his return to

35. David Detzer, Thunder of the Captains (New York, 1975), pp 44-49; Lee, pp 381-385.

13

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY
Korea in September 1945 are untrustworthy, with innumerable conflicting stories

purporting to describe this period. What is known for certain is that he fought in

a Chinese Communist guerrilla army against the Japanese in Manchuria. After

the guerrillas were defeated, he moved to the Soviet Union where he served in

the Russian Army. He returned to North Korea in September 1945 as a major in

the army. Backed by the Soviets, Kim soon became the head of both the North

Korean Communist Party and the government.36

The UN General Assembly, however, refused to recognize the North Korean

government, stating in late 1948 and again in 1949 that Rhee’s ROK government

was the only lawful body in Korea. By this time there seemed no doubt that the

Soviet Union was building up the North Korean forces with the ultimate purpose

of making all of Korea a Communist fiefdom.37 Still, on September 20, 1948, the

Soviet Union announced it would remove all its occupation forces from North

Korea by January 1, 1949, and invited the U.S. to do the same. The problem with

this proposal was that while the Soviets had made sure the North Korean

military forces were reasonably well-trained and equipped, the U.S. had not

taken similar steps in the south.

North Korean forces had armed and trained under Soviet supervision since

just after World War II. Selected individuals had been sent to the Soviet Union to

undergo intensive training to become officers in the North Korean armed forces.

Supplies of weapons had been stockpiled. On the eve of battle in June 1950, the

North Korean People’s Army (NKPA) had eight full-strength divisions and two

more at half-strength, an armored brigade, and miscellaneous other units for a

total of approximately 135,000 men. Many of these troops were veterans of fighting in World War II or against Nationalist Chinese forces during the recent Communist revolution in China.

The North Korean units were well-armed, being supplied by the Soviets with

excellent small arms, artillery (of which many pieces had a longer range than

those of their South Korean counterparts), and 150 of the tough T–34 tanks.

Although the T–34 was first used in combat in July 1941, its excellent design was

superior to the American World War II-vintage M–4 medium and M–26 light

tanks and was difficult to knock out.38

In the air, the North Korean Air Force (NKAF) fielded approximately 162

aircraft. All were Soviet-built, propeller-driven aircraft of the World War II era.

Sixty-two were Il–10 ground attack aircraft which had first seen operational

service in February 1945. Seventy Yak–3s, Yak–7Bs, and Yak–9s were also available for ground attack and fighter missions. The remaining North Korean planes

were twenty-two Yak–16 transports (a type similar to the USAF C–45) and eight

PO–2 trainers (a biplane design dating from 1927).39 The men flying these aircraft were relatively inexperienced, but had been carefully trained by Soviet

instructors and had developed an aggressive spirit. On the night of June 24/25,

1950, the NKPA and NKAF were ready for war.

36. Tai Sung An, North Korea, A Political Handbook (Wilmington, Del., 1983), pp 30, 202-203; Sung Chul Yang,

Korea and Two Regimes (Cambridge, Mass., 1981), p 162.

37. Yang, pp 306-308; An, pp 64-68; Lee, p 379.

38. Roy E. Appleman, South to the Naktong, North to the Yalu [U.S. Army in the Korean War] (Washington, 1961),

pp 9-12; James F. Schnabel, Policy and Direction: The First Year [U.S. Army in the Korean War] (Washington,

1972), p 39.

39. Robert F. Futrell, The United States Air Force in Korea 1950-1953 (Washington, 1983), p 19. (Hereafter cited as Futrell.)

14

INTRODUCTION
The same cannot be said for South Korea’s military forces. The sad state of

the ROK military had its beginnings in late 1948. On December 12 of that year,

the UN General Assembly, urged on by the Soviet Union representative, voted

for the withdrawal of all U.S. troops in Korea. This was not unappealing to the

United States. As early as September 1947, the Joint Chiefs of Staff (JCS), their

attention firmly fixed on Europe (which they perceived as the critical area in the

world) were reporting to President Truman that Korea held little strategic interest for the United States and that if war broke out, those U.S. troops in Korea

(approximately 45,000 at that time) would be a military liability.40

One of the critical problems for the U.S. armed forces in these postwar years

was that although they had been given even greater and more widespread tasks

than ever before in peacetime, the means to accomplish these tasks had been

drastically reduced. There were massive cuts in the military budgets following

World War II with personnel strength for the Army dropping from 5,984,114 on

June 30, 1945, to 591,487 at the end of June 1950. Likewise, Army expenditures

for “military functions” over the same period plummeted from $27,094,110 to

$4,305,834.41 The USAF fared no

better. All-inclusive expenditures

dipped from $11,357,390,523 in

June 1945 to $2,062,806 in June

1950. In June 1945, 2,282,259 men

and women served in the Army Air

Forces. By June 1950, only

411,277 remained in the USAF.42

As these figures show, before war

broke out in Korea, U.S. armed

forces had been shorn of much of

their strength, and money was difficult to come by for almost every

project. Naturally, those areas that

did not seem to be vital to U.S.

interests, such as Korea, were subject to manpower or financial

reductions or both.

Gen. Douglas MacArthur, the

senior officer of the U.S. military in

Japan and also of the occupying

forces, agreed with the Joint Chiefs

that Korea held little strategic interest. Responsible for the defense of

Japan, he had not considered fighting in Korea, preferring instead to

40. Schnabel, pp 29; Rosemary Foot, The Wrong War (Ithaca, N.Y., 1985), p 57; James F. Schnabel and Robert J.

Watson, “The History of the Joint Chiefs of Staff,” The Joint Chiefs of Staff and National Policy, Vol. III, The

Korean War, Part I (Washington, 1979), p 13. (Hereafter cited as “History of the JCS,” Vol III.)

41. World Almanac, 1951 (New York, 1951), p 508.

42. Army Air Forces Statistical Digest, 1946 (Washington, 1946), pp 13, 215; USAF Statistical Digest, January

1949-June 1950 (Washington, 1950), pp 28, 302.

15

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

General of the Army Douglas MacArthur

thanks his personal pilot, Lt. Col. Anthony

F. Story after returning from a trip to

Korea. Behind MacArthur is Maj. Gen.

Doyle O. Hickey.
neutralize the country through the employment of sea and air power. Following a

JCS request in January 1949 for his recommendations on the possible effects of a

removal of U.S. troops from Korea and on a timetable for such a withdrawal,

MacArthur suggested the first anniversary of South Korea’s elections, May 10,

1949, as a suitable date to complete the removal. With State Department and JCS

approval, the National Security Council recommended to President Truman that all

United States combat troops be withdrawn from Korea by June 30, 1949. The last

U.S. tactical troops departed Korea on June 29, leaving only an advisory group of

about 500 officers and men (designated the United States Korean Military Advisory Group or KMAG).43 These 500 or so U.S. Army troops were to develop and

train a South Korean force that would be able to preserve internal security, prevent

border raids, and deter major aggressive acts, such as armed attacks, by the North

Koreans. It was a daunting task.44

Even before the Americans pulled out of Korea, the North Koreans, aided by

leftist groups in the south, began an extensive guerrilla campaign in South Korea.

This campaign ranged from propaganda to armed violence, sometimes leading to

full-scale battles with the ROK Army. Both sides suffered heavily before the

guerrillas were defeated.45 With their covert operations in shambles, the North

Koreans apparently felt there was only one option left to them if they wished to

continue with their plan for the unification of Korea — overt action using North

Korean military forces. While Stalin probably knew of the attack plans, he did

not know when the attack would take place, and even if he did, preferred that the

North Koreans take the risks without Soviet influence.46 It may have seemed to

the North Koreans that an attack across the 38th Parallel might be just the thing

to finally gain control of all Korea, for it appeared that the United States would

not come to the ROK government’s aid in such a situation.

There were sound reasons for this perception by the Communists. First, it

was obvious that the United States was more interested in Europe than the Far

East, the situation on Formosa (now Taiwan) being one manifestation of this. In

December 1949, with its defeat by the Communists in the Chinese civil war, the

Nationalist government moved to Formosa. Although the United States supported the Nationalists earlier, it now blamed this defeat on the Nationalists’ own

corruption and incompetence. President Truman stated that the United States

would not help the Nationalists with either military aid or advice. Even when it

appeared that the Communists were preparing to invade Formosa, the United

States refused to interfere, much to General MacArthur’s distress. Only with

the North Korean invasion of South Korea did the United States’ position on

Formosa change.47

The speech of Secretary of State Dean Acheson to the National Press Club

on January 12, 1950, added to the ferment. Acheson stated that the U.S. defense

perimeter in the Pacific ran from the Aleutians to Japan, then south through the

Ryukyus to the Philippines, and that it would be unilaterally defended by the

43. “History of the JCS,” Vol. III, pp 23-27; Schnabel, pp 30, 34.

44. Schnabel, p 34.

45. Ibid., pp 37-38

46. Callum A. MacDonald, Korea: The War Before Vietnam (New York, 1987), p 28; William Stueck, “The

Korean War as International History,” Diplomatic History, Fall 1986, pp 292-293.

47. MacDonald, pp 18-20; Foot, pp 45-51; Clay Blair, The Forgotten War (New York, 1987), pp 23-25.

16

INTRODUCTION
United States. Formosa and Korea were not mentioned as part of this perimeter.

Predictably, Republicans swiftly criticized Acheson for giving the Communists

carte blanche regarding Korea and Formosa. (It should be mentioned, though,

that MacArthur in March 1949 himself made a similar statement regarding a

defense perimeter which also omitted Korea and Formosa.) However, Acheson

implied that, while the U.S. would not unilaterally defend South Korea, if the

ROK government appealed to the United Nations for help, the U.S. (along with

other UN members) would come to its aid.48

South Korea would need all the aid it could get, for there was precious little

with which to defend itself. In early 1949, President Rhee wanted a combined

army-navy-air force-police establishment of over 200,000 men. Initially, the air

force portion was to be 3,000 men and 122 aircraft, including 75 fighters and 12

bombers. Given Rhee’s militantly anti-Communist line and the possibility that he

might use a large military force to attack North Korea, the United States offered

to build only a force large enough to provide and maintain internal security and

public safety. For these purposes, it was estimated that an army of about 65,000

men, a police force of 35,000 men, and a navy of 4,000, all armed primarily with

hand weapons, mortars, and machine guns, would be needed. Notable by its

absence was a provision for an air force.49

By the date of the invasion, the ROK Army had grown to a strength of about

98,000 men, of which some 65,000 were considered combat troops, the Navy to

6,145, the National Police to 48,273, and, at last, an Air Force that numbered

1,865 men. However, all of these forces were poorly equipped, with only enough

supplies for 15 days of defensive operations. The Army had no tanks (Korea was

thought to be poor tank country), no artillery larger than M3 105-mm shortbarreled howitzers (which had a range about 5,000 yards less than the standard

North Korean howitzer), and just a few armored cars and half-tracks. The Navy

possessed a handful of small vessels, mainly minesweepers and patrol craft.50

The Air Force was no better off. Rebuffed in his earlier plans for a 122-plane

air force, in mid-1949, President Rhee asked retired Maj. Gen. Claire L. Chennault, former commander of the Flying Tigers and the Fourteenth Air Force, and

founder of the well-known Asian airline, Civil Air Transport (CAT), to develop a

plan for a slightly scaled-down 99-plane air force. Included in this number were

25 propeller-driven F–51s. Rhee’s proposal was turned down by MacArthur, who

believed that South Korea did not need so large an air force because it might

destabilize the already precarious peace in Korea, and also give the Communists

one more propaganda weapon to use against supposed U.S. attempts to promote

an arms race in Korea.51

Nevertheless, the U.S. did allow South Korea to obtain a few trainers and

observation aircraft. According to the official ROK history of the Korean War, at

the onset of hostilities the ROKAF consisted of only a small aviation component

48. J. Lawton Collins, War in Peacetime (Boston, 1969), pp 30-31; Foot, pp 47, 58; Schnabel, pp 51-52; MacDonald, p 28; David Rees, Korea: The Limited War (New York, 1964), pp 18-19; “History of the JCS,” Vol.

III, p 38.

49. Futrell, p 16.

50. William Stueck, The Korean War, An International History (Princeton, N.J., 1995), p 29; Appleman, pp 13-14;

Schnabel, p 36.

51. Futrell, p 17.

17

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY
of eight L–4s, four L–5s, and ten T–6 liaison aircraft and trainers. Of the 102

pilots undergoing training, only 30 were fully trained.52 The ROKAF’s main bases

were the Kimp’o and Youi-do airfields at Seoul, with detachments at Suwon,

Taegu, Kunsan, Cheju-do, and Kwangju. Having few aircraft and none a combat

type, the ROKAF was completely outmatched by its North Korean counterpart.

In terms of equipment and capabilities, United States forces in the area were

not in much better shape. General MacArthur had two command responsibilities:

as Supreme Commander, Allied Powers (SCAP), he exercised command over all

occupation forces and, in essence, ruled Japan; as Commander-in-Chief, Far East

Command (CINCFE), he exercised unified command of all American forces

allocated him by the JCS. Although

he was also Commanding General,

United States Army Forces, Far

East (USAFFE), he never used the

title or had a USAFFE staff, since

these functions were also those

of CINCFE. The Far East Command (FEC) included the U.S.

forces in Japan, Korea, the

Ryukyus, the Philippines, the Marianas, and the Bonins. A General

Headquarters (GHQ) in Tokyo

administered FEC.53

While MacArthur’s command

encompassed a tremendously large

geographical area, the troops to man

it were spread woefully thin. The

main ground force was Lt. Gen.

Walton H. Walker’s54 Eighth Army

with four infantry divisions in

Japan: the 1st Cavalry (now walking, not riding), 7th Infantry, 24th

Infantry, and 25th Infantry. These

divisions were occupation, not combat, forces and were not up even to

their authorized peacetime strength

of 12,500 men each. Competent officers were scarce, and of the enlisted men,

many were in the Army’s two lowest intelligence classifications! Shortages of

everything from rifles to tanks plagued the Eighth Army units. Other understrength

units included seven antiaircraft artillery battalions in Japan, and one infantry

regiment and two antiaircraft artillery battalions on Okinawa.55

52. The History of the United Nations Forces in the Korean War, Vol. IV (Seoul, 1975), p 650-651. Robert F.

Futrell, author of the official history of the USAF in Korea, writes that the ROKAF had 16 aircraft, and only

39 fully-trained pilots, out of a total of 57. (Futrell, p 17.)

53. Schnabel, pp 47-48.

54. In World War II, “Johnnie” Walker commanded the XX Corps in General George S. Patton’s Third Army.

Following the war he commanded the Fifth Army, headquartered in Chicago, then took command of the

Eighth Army in September 1948.

55. Schnabel, p 54; MacDonald, p 203.

18

INTRODUCTION

Vice Admirals Arthur D. Struble and

C. Turner Joy discuss Korean operations

with Secretary of the Navy Francis P.

Matthews
The Army was not the only military arm in the Far East suffering from postwar cutbacks. Still the largest in the world, the U.S. Navy, nevertheless, had

shrunk drastically from its wartime size. Of the Navy’s active peacetime personnel strength (381,538 as of June 30, 1950), only about a third were in the Pacific,

and just a fifth of these were in the Far East. As Commander Naval Forces Far

East (COMNAVFE), V Adm. C. Turner Joy56 had few combatant vessels on

hand — one antiaircraft cruiser, four destroyers, one submarine (on loan from the

56. Admiral Joy saw action in the Pacific during World War II from almost the beginning, first as a staff officer

during the early battles, then as a cruiser captain, and finally, after a tour of shore duty, as commander of

Cruiser Division 6 during 1944-1945. After the war he held several positions until being promoted to vice

admiral and COMNAVFE in August 1949. From July 1951 to May 1952, he was senior U.N. delegate to the

armistice negotiations. Prior to his retirement in 1954, he was Superintendent of the Naval Academy. In an

ironic twist, a destroyer named for Joy was covering another destroyer, the Maddox, in August 1964 when the

latter ship reported it was being fired upon by North Vietnamese forces in the Gulf of Tonkin, an action that

caused repercussions, both military and political, still reverberating today.

19

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Map 2.
Seventh Fleet), a small amphibious force of five ships, and some auxiliary

vessels. The Seventh Fleet, based in the Philippines, was available to Admiral

Joy in an emergency. This force consisted of the carrier Valley Forge (carrying

86 aircraft), a cruiser, eight destroyers, three submarines, and supporting vessels.

Like Walker’s Eighth Army, Admiral Joy’s command was really an occupation

force, not one designed for combat. Its primary duties were defensive in nature,

mainly concerned with air attacks on naval installations in Japan, the security of

these installations, and the evacuation of U.S. citizens in an emergency.57

The final part of the U.S. military triumvirate in the region was the Far East

Air Forces (FEAF), which controlled three widely-spaced air forces: the

Thirteenth Air Force in the Philippines, the Twentieth Air Force on Okinawa and

Guam, and the Fifth Air Force in Japan. FEAF’s primary mission was distinctly

defensive in nature — to provide an active air defense of FEC’s area of operations. Definitely subordinate were such missions as the conducting of air transport operations, the maintaining of a mobile strike force, and the providing of air

support of operations “as arranged with appropriate Army and Navy commanders.”58 Though FEAF was the United States Air Force’s largest overseas

command, with 35,122 people assigned, several factors militated against it being

a truly effective force for any major contingency. There was inadequate engineering support, shortages of personnel in specific categories (i.e., navigators

and bombardiers), reduced training time because of budget cuts, and, while

FEAF had most of its peacetime allotment of aircraft, little fat in the form of

extra aircraft to replace combat losses.59

Maj. Gen. Howard M. Turner’s 60 Thirteenth Air Force was headquartered

at Clark Field near Manila. Also based at Clark were the 18th FighterBomber Wing (77 on-hand/64 combat-ready F–80Cs), the 374th Troop Carrier Wing’s 21st Squadron, with eight C–54s and four C–47s, and the 6204th

Photo Mapping Flight (Provisional), with two RB–17s used to map the

Philippines.61

57. James A. Field, Jr., History of United States Naval Operations, Korea (Washington, 1962), pp 45-47; Richard

P. Hallion, The Naval Air War in Korea (Baltimore, Md., 1986), pp 30, 32; World Almanac, 1951, p 509.

58. FEAF Report on the Korean War, Vol. I, p 10.

59. Robert F. Futrell, United States Air Force Operations in the Korean Conflict, 25 June-1 November 1950 (U)

(USAF Historical Study 71, Maxwell AFB, Ala., 1952), p 3. (Hereafter cited as Futrell No. 71); USAF Statistical Digest, January 1949-June 1950, p 33.

60. Maj Gen Howard M. Turner commanded the 100th Bomb Group for a short time in 1943 before rising to command of the 102d and 40th Combat Bomb Wings and, then, Commanding General, 1st Bomb Division (later

redesignated the 1st Air Division). Various assignments followed after the war until he became the Thirteenth

Air Force’s leader on June 12, 1949. He later became a delegate to the Korean armistice negotiations.

61. In World War II, combat wings were large organizations controlling several combat groups and other service

units. After the war, many of these wings were redesignated air divisions. Then, beginning in 1948, the USAF

adopted a new wing structure in which the wings, rather than the groups, became the basic combat element. A

combat wing generally consisted of a combat group and three support groups (air base, supply and maintenance, and medical), all possessing the same numerical designation as the parent wing, i.e., 18th FBW, 18th

FBG, 18th ABG, etc. The combat wing, however, was primarily an administrative organization, whereas the

combat group held operational control of the tactical squadrons. Eventually, squadrons were assigned directly

to the wings and combat groups were eliminated from the wing structure. In the 1990s, groups saw a resurgence as the USAF was drawn down. In this volume, the terms group and wing as they pertain to the combat

units are used interchangeably. (See Charles A. Ravenstein, The Organization and Lineage of the United

States Air Force [Washington, 1986], pp 43-59, for a discussion of the various organizational changes in the

USAF since its establishment in 1947.)

20

INTRODUCTION
The Twentieth Air Force was

commanded by Maj. Gen. Alvan C.

Kincaid62 from Kadena Air Base on

Okinawa. At Kadena were the six

RB–29s of the 31st Photo Reconnaissance Squadron, Very Long

Range. The 31st was a Strategic Air

Command (SAC) unit attached to

FEAF for operations. The 51st

Fighter-Interceptor Wing was

equipped with F–80Cs (76/59),

while the 4th Fighter All-Weather

Squadron had propeller-driven

F–82s(7/5). As its designation implies, the 4th’s radar-equipped

planes were to operate in all types

of weather and at night. The F–80s

did not have that capability. These

latter two units were based at Naha,

south of Kadena. Far to the east, at

Andersen Air Base on Guam, were

the B–29s (22/21) of the 19th

Bombardment Wing. This wing

was not part of SAC.

Largest of the air forces in

FEAF was the Fifth Air Force headquartered in Nagoya, Japan. Maj. Gen. Earle E. Partridge commanded the Fifth.

Tall, lean, gray-haired “Pat” Partridge had led the Fifth since October 1948.

During World War II, he had been chief of staff of the XII Bomber Command in

North Africa, then commander of the Eighth Air Force’s 3d Air Division.

Following a brief stint as commander of the Eighth Air Force in the Pacific, he

returned to Washington in January 1946 to become Assistant Chief of Staff for

Operations, Army Air Forces. Prior to assuming command of the Fifth Air Force,

he was director of training and requirements in the Office of the Deputy Chief of

Staff for Operations, Headquarters, USAF.63

Five wings comprised the Fifth’s major components: the 8th FighterBomber Wing (72/53 F–80Cs) was at Itazuke Air Base on Kyushu, along with

the F–82s (10/6) of the 68th Fighter All-Weather Squadron; on Honshu’s northeastern shore lay Misawa Air Base. where the 49th Fighter-Bomber Wing (71/52

F–80Cs) was stationed; near Tokyo was Yokota Air Base, which housed the 35th

Fighter-Interceptor Wing (69/54 F–80Cs), the 339th Fighter All-Weather

62. Maj Gen Alvan C. Kincaid held many training assignments during World War II before becoming chief of

staff, then Deputy Commanding General/Administration, IX Tactical Air Command. After the war, he

returned to Air Training Command prior to becoming Commanding General, Twentieth Air Force on September 8, 1948. After leaving the Twentieth on July 31, 1950, he was the Fourth Air Force’s commander and vice

commander of the Continental Air Command.

63. Robert P. Fogerty, Biographical Data on Air Force General Officers, 1917-1952 (USAF Historical Study 91,

Maxwell AFB, Ala., 1953).

21

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Lt. Gen. Walton H. Walker, the newlyappointed commander of the Eighth

Army, confers with Maj. Gen. Earle E.

Partridge, commander of the Fifth Air

Force, at Taegu on July 16, 1950.
Squadron (15/8 F–82s), and the 8th Tactical Reconnaissance Squadron (Photo

Jet) with RF–80s (25/8); just north of Tokyo was Johnson Air Base, home to

the two B–26 (26/18) squadrons of the 3d Bombardment Wing (Light); rounding out the Fifth Air Force’s wings was the 374th Troop Carrier Wing at

Tachikawa Air Base, with two squadrons of C–54s (26/22).

As of May 31, 1950, FEAF held 1,172 aircraft, of which there were 504

F–80s, 47 F–51s, 42 F–82s, 73 B–26s, 27 B–29s, 179 transports, 48 reconnaissance planes, and 252 miscellaneous types (T–6, SB–17, T–33, L–5, etc.).64

However, of these aircraft, only 657 (not all of these combat ready) were actually available for use in Korea.65 The remaining aircraft were either in storage or

had to be used for missions with the Thirteenth and Twentieth Air Forces and in

the defense of Japan. The F–80C was by far the most numerous and most modern

aircraft in FEAF’s inventory, but this is not saying much because this aircraft was

itself rapidly growing obsolete.

For Stratemeyer and the Air Force and, for that matter, the other services, the

Korean War was a tough war. Yet, ironically, it was also a delicate war. It was

tough in that resources were slim and often strained to the limit. As mentioned

earlier, many of FEAF’s planes were obsolete or rapidly approaching obsolescence at the start of the war. Additionally, FEAF was seriously undermanned.

The budget cuts of the post-World War II years left the Air Force short of personnel in many categories. To take up the slack, many reservists and Air National

Guardsmen had to be called up during the war. This was not necessarily a blessing because the training of many of these people was often substandard, again

primarily because of the budget cuts. 

Still, Stratemeyer kept his forces trained as well as possible considering that

the cuts severely constrained both the amount and nature of training his troops

could receive. For example, cross-country flights were curtailed, so navigation

missions were flown generally flown between well-known landmarks or using

radio aids. This was not a satisfactory situation, considering the type of terrain

and lack of navigational aids in Korea and Japan. Moreover, little rocket firing

could be done because stocks of the rockets were not to be depleted.66 Nevertheless, Stratemeyer appears to have had FEAF much more ready for wartime

operations than either the Army or Navy in Japan. Certainly, mistakes and personnel failures occurred, but on the whole, FEAF performed admirably during

the Korean War.

Korea was tough for FEAF because of the conditions in which it had to operate: mountainous terrain; primitive living conditions (at least for those in Korea);

dusty, hot summers; cold, snowy winters. Maintenance personnel were particularly affected by these most trying conditions, yet these unsung heroes of the war

kept the planes flying.

But Korea was also a delicate conflict. The first of the so-called “limited”

wars, it required a delicate military and diplomatic touch by the United States.

64. A close examination of various sources on the number of aircraft FEAF had on hand revealed numerous discrepencies. These were perhaps caused by variations in accounting techniques and are impossible to reconcile

today. Total figures are taken from the FEAF Total Aircraft Inventory, page 51 of the FEAF History, January30 June 1950, Vol. III. Aircraft on hand by squadron are taken from the 25 June 1950 Station List, page 14 of

the FEAF Operations History, 25 June 1950 Through 31 October 1950, Vol. I. 

65. Futrell, p 689.

66. Ibid., p 60.

22

INTRODUCTION
The Far East was not where the United States planned to fight; it was not where

it expected to fight. The eyes of Washington focused on Europe, where it was

believed the Soviet Union would most likely instigate a military conflict.

When the Korean War erupted, the Joint Chiefs of Staff and most of the

high-level advisors in the Truman administration believed that the war had been

launched on the specific orders of the Soviet leader, Premier Joseph Stalin. Not

to resist this threat would be perceived as an open invitation for Communist

mischief around the world; yet, to overreact would leave Europe vulnerable to

attack. Thus, the delicate balance of a limited war colored both the planning and

the execution of these plans.

Related to these factors were the interests not just of those nations actively

engaged in the Korean fighting, but those of the entire world, primarily through

the offices of the United Nations. Other countries did not view the world political

situation in the same light as did the United States. They were not necessarily

anti-American nor pro-Soviet, but wished to pursue their own agenda and policies. Though the United States furnished the bulk of the manpower and supplies

and played the major role in formulating policy concerning Korea, other

countries had a great deal of influence on this policy.

Two major decisions during the war illustrate the delicacy of such policy

making. The first concerns the crossing of the 38th Parallel as the UN forces counterattacked northward. There was much apprehension among the United States’

allies and even among the members of the Truman administration that such a

move would be taken by the Soviets as a threat to their borders and could possibly lead to an escalation into a general war. Others, particularly Republican members of Congress, saw it as a way to split the Chinese and Soviets and to place the

United States in an influential position in the Far East. These divergent views

required a deft touch in reconciling both points of view into a coherent policy.

The speed of the military operations and the fact that this crossing was presented as a way to unify the whole of Korea rendered the matter a fait accompli.

When the Soviets did not react militarily to the crossing, it appeared to many that

the decision to cross had been correct.67 In reality, the delicate touch needed in

this decision was ignored or misunderstood. The consequences of this lack of

“touch” was painful.

This delicateness was also noticeably lacking in the decision to pursue to the

Yalu. Information gathered from various sources indicated that the Chinese would

intervene if the UN forces drew too close to the Yalu. However, the United States

downplayed most of these sources, notably the Indian ambassador to Peking,

K.M. Panikkar, as biased and untrustworthy. Also permeating the Washington and

Far East scenes was, if one may borrow a Japanese World War II term, a “Victory

Disease” atmosphere, the result of the glowing reports from MacArthur and a

lamentable lethargy by the policy-makers in Washington to examine critically the

situation as it was unfolding. Instead of a delicate feel in the handling of this

matter, a ham-handed heaviness is evident. The outcome was disaster.68

General Stratemeyer took no part in the above policy decisions. If he had, he

probably would have tried to steer these decisions in another direction. His diary

67. Foot, pp 67-69.

68. Ibid., pp 74-90.

23

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY
entries reveal that he was in favor of carrying the war as far as needed, including its

expansion into a general war. He had little regard for the politicians in Washington

and was perhaps slow in realizing that the politicians (and the JCS) were formulating new “rules of engagement” in light of the new world-wide political realities.

For Stratemeyer, the Korean War evolved into three “wars.” These “wars”

eventually wore him down physically and contributed to the heart attack which

brought his service career to a close. The most important of these, of course, was

the shooting one with the Communists. Prosecuting the war created a tremendous

strain on him as he was forced to fight it with meager resources. A concomitant

factor were the political restrictions of a limited war, restrictions which galled

him. But there were two other “wars” that engaged his attention to a great degree

and also imposed heavy burdens upon him. And it should be stressed that these

were not minor skirmishes to him. One was a “war” with the press; the other was

a “war” with the Army and Navy.

Public relations were very important to Stratemeyer, and he usually had topflight people working as his Public Information Officers (PIOs). He also enjoyed

a good rapport with many reporters and spent a great deal of time, perhaps too

much, acting as his own PIO. But the publicity was not for himself. As General

Holloway stresses, Stratemeyer “was not particularly concerned with looking

good unless there was good reason to look good, and if there was he was much

more concerned for credit going to those most directly responsible than for getting favorable press for himself or the command as a whole.”69

The bloody infighting by the services in 1949 over the relative merits of the

Air Force’s B–36 and the Navy’s supercarrier left its mark on Stratemeyer. This

imbroglio, which featured the B–36 and the supercarrier as the catalysts for the

two services’ quest for money, roles, and missions (particularly concerning the

Navy’s place in strategic air warfare), was reported with great relish by the U.S.

press. Eventually, this very complicated matter was resolved in the B–36’s favor,

but not before some careers had been ruined and a residue of mistrust had settled

over the two services.70

Stratemeyer saw how the press had handled the B–36/supercarrier matter

and was not impressed with what he felt was biased and error-filled reporting.

Thereafter, he wanted to make certain that the accomplishments of the Air Force

received the publicity he believed the service deserved. As will be seen in a number of his diary entries, the Korean War only heightened his desire to see the Air

Force’s deeds recorded.

Still, in his view, the press too often either had no idea of how to report the

air war, described it inaccurately, or was used by the other services to denigrate

the Air Force’s contributions. Stratemeyer believed the Navy, in particular, used

“sharp tactics” and did not play fair with the Air Force in this regard.71 Thus, he

fought a continual battle with the press. He did not always leave the the press to

his PIO, but often became directly involved in press and public relations matters.

When dealing with the press he was frank, friendly, and according to General

Holloway, “absolutely devoid of guile.”72 An example of a direct relationship to

24

INTRODUCTION

69. Holloway letter.

70. Steven L. Rearden, The Formative Years, 1947-1950 (Washington, 1984), pp 410-422.

71. Smart interview.

72. Holloway letter.
the press was Stratemeyer’s weekly letters to the noted aviation writer Gill Robb

Wilson73 describing various aspects of the air war and FEAF’s role in it. The

information in these letters was intended for publication, which Wilson was

happy to accommodate.

Public relations was only one of the problems Stratemeyer faced. His third

“war” was with the Army and Navy. This struggle included misunderstandings

(sometimes real, often feigned) by the other services of the close air support role

of the Air Force in the Korean War; attempts by the Army to control FEAF and

make it its own air arm; and attempts by the Navy to run its own air war without

regard to other air activities, even though MacArthur had given Stratemeyer the

authority for “coordination control” over all air units. Matters such as these occupied Stratemeyer’s attention almost as much as the fighting in Korea.

On May 20, 1951, Stratemeyer suffered a severe heart attack, ending his part

in the Korean War. After several months recovering at a hospital in Japan, he

returned to the United States in November to continue his recuperation at Winter

Park, Florida, a small town near Orlando. He retired from the Air Force on

January 31, 1952, having served for over 36 years. In May 1953, he had a second heart attack from which he never fully regained his health.74

By mid-1951, Stratemeyer was gone from Japan and the Korean War.

MacArthur was gone also. But as the war in Korea ground on, attempts were

made to negotiate a cease-fire. By a circuitous route through the Soviet government, the United States offered to discuss with the Chinese and North Koreans

the possibilities of a cease-fire. Mutual distrust, though, conspired to frustrate an

immediate cease-fire.

Finally, on July 10, 1951, negotiators from both sides met at Kaesong to thrash

out an agenda for an armistice. This was the first of many meetings that would be

held at Kaesong and later, P’anmunjom. These negotiations, which lasted over two

years, were marked by heated arguments, intransigence, propaganda, harangues,

oppressive silences, and, occasionally, real work toward obtaining an armistice.

In the two years these talks went on, thousands of men on both sides fell, not for

miles of territory but for yards. The war turned into positional, trench warfare

reminiscent of World War I. Some of the bloodiest battles were fought during this

time. Gaining huge chunks of territory was not the purpose of these battles; the

goal was to gain the upper hand on a piece of territory bordering the strip of land

that, following the armistice, became the demilitarized zone (DMZ). Bloody

Ridge, Heartbreak Ridge, Old Baldy, Pork Chop Hill, and many other unnamed

peaks were the sites of the bloodletting. It was “King of the Hill” writ large.

In the air, the action was as nasty as on the ground. Early in the war, FEAF

met little resistance from the overmatched North Korean Air Force. Flak was

another story. Close support missions are always dangerous, and as the Communist antiaircraft defenses increased, aircraft losses began to climb. Nevertheless,

these attacks continued, as did B–29 attacks over the whole of Communist-held

Korea. By the fall of 1950, the 18 strategic targets chosen by the JCS had already

been eliminated by FEAF aircraft.75

73. For years, Wilson was publisher and editor of the magazine, Flying. In the mid-1950s, he was president of the

Air Force Association.

74. New York Times, May 28, 1953, p 10.

75. Rees, p 370.

25

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY
Along with an increase in the number of antiaircraft weapons, the number of

enemy aircraft available soared. By June 1951, FEAF intelligence estimated that

the Chinese Communists had some 1,050 combat aircraft. About 690 of this total,

including more than 300 MiG–15s, were based in Manchuria. By contrast, FEAF

had only 89 F–86As available.76 A little over a year later, the Communist air

strength in the Far East swelled to about 7,000 aircraft (5,000 Soviet, 2,000

Chinese, 270 North Korean).77

The appearance of the Soviet-built (and often Soviet-flown) MiG–15 in

November 1950 caused the air war to heat up considerably. Far East Air Forces

aircraft went after the airfields in North Korea with great success, but the fields

on the other side of the Yalu could not be attacked. With their planes usually having both a numerical and altitude superiority, and their fields enjoying a sanctuary

status, the MiG–15 pilots began to show a greater aggressiveness. Surprisingly,

however, the Communists never used their numbers of aircraft to overwhelm the

UN air units. Still, the effectiveness of the MiGs resulted in a FEAF policy placing

that area of northwest Korea known as MiG Alley off limits to all Bomber

Command aircraft unless accompanied by fighters. Eventually, the B–29s were

forced to carry out most of their raids in MiG Alley at night. In pure fighter

against fighter combat, though, the UN planes (primarily American F–86As,

F–86Es, and F–86Fs) most often had the upper hand.

During the last two years of the war, FEAF remained busy attacking a variety of targets. Two major interdiction campaigns were mounted in 1951. One was

flown against the North Korean highway network, while the second targeted the

enemy railway system. Both campaigns received the same name, “Operation

Strangle,” an unfortunate choice because neither effort was able to completely

sever the enemy’s lines of communication. A lack of aircraft, increased resistance

by enemy fighters and flak, and an intensive repair effort by the Communists all

combined to reduce the effectiveness of these two campaigns.

Seeking a way to take better advantage of FEAF resources and to apply

more pressure on the Communists to negotiate, in early 1952, FEAF’s new

deputy for operations, Brig. Gen. Jacob E. Smart, recommended the “selective

destruction” of targets in North Korea. This was a shift away from the current

emphasis on the interdiction of rail lines and bridges. It represented, however, the

possibility of breaking away from a growing stalemate in Korea. Smart believed

that the territorial limits placed on UN air attacks created few problems for the

real enemy powers, the Soviet Union and Communist China, but by applying “air

pressure” on selected targets of importance to these two powers would break the

stalemate and influence them to seek an armistice.78

Among the group of likely targets for “selective destruction” were the North

Korean hydroelectric plants and their subsidiary installations. The destruction of

these plants would have severe repercussions on both sides of the Yalu. Between

June 24-27, 1952, these targets were attacked, knocking out an estimated 90 percent of North Korea’s electric power potential. Although the plants required continuing neutralization, the raids still stunned the Communists.79 The attacks,

76. Futrell, pp 401-402.

77. Ibid., p 506.

78. Ibid., pp 477-480; Memo, ND, subj: FEAF Operations Policy, Korea, Mid-1952. In 1952 Addendum to 1952

FEAF History. AFHRA No. K720.01.

79. Futrell., pp 482-488.

26

INTRODUCTION
however, resulted in a furor throughout the world, particularly in Britain. Not for

the first time was the specter of World War III raised, and not for the last time the

Communists saw that the Allies would continue to limit the war to Korea.80

Although by this stage of the war targets were becoming scarce, FEAF

fighter-bombers continued to range all over North Korea during the day, while

the B–29s and B–26s attacked at night. Two of the more notable air efforts during the last year of the war were “Operation Pressure Pump” and the attacks on

the enemy’s irrigation dams. Pressure Pump involved two massive strikes on

P’yongyang in June and August 1952 which effectively removed that city from

FEAF’s target list. The irrigation dam strikes in May 1953, which wiped out

miles of rice fields, railroad tracks, and highways, also proved highly effective.81

While the B–29s, B–26s, F–84s, and other planes hit targets all over North

Korea, the F–86s dueled daily in MiG Alley with the MiG–15s. Most of the enemy

pilots appeared still to be learning the ropes of fighter combat and could be “easy

meat.” Occasionally, however, the F–86s met very skilled adversaries (“Honchos,”

who were most likely Soviet pilots) and the outcome did not always favor the

Sabres. Throughout the war, the ratio of MiG–15s to F–86s was weighted heavily

on the side of the MiGs. This resulted in the Sabre formations being much smaller

than their opponents. By May 1953, however, two more F–86 wings were available

as well as more of the new F–86F models. These additions finally enabled FEAF

to more actively seek the Communists in MiG Alley. Some of the fiercest fighting

of the air war, and some of the greatest victories by the Sabre pilots over their

adversaries, took place in May, June, and July 1953. One day, June 30, saw the

F–86s down 16 MiGs to set a new one-day record for the war.

Meanwhile, a couple of significant events occurred in the last months of the

war. In the United States, President Truman decided not to run for re-election and

the Democratic candidate, Adlai Stevenson, was defeated in November 1952 by

Dwight D. Eisenhower, who had promised to go to Korea in an attempt to bring

the Korean War to a close. Eisenhower did go to Korea the following month, but

did not discuss with the field commanders whether the war would be expanded

or an armistice sought quickly.

Also, the truce talks in Korea had broken off in October 1952, primarily

over the repatriation of prisoners, and would not resume for six months. From

October 1952 until the armistice was signed in July 1953, ground fighting was

confined primarily to the grumbling and muttering of artillery duels, with occasional bursts of intense close-in fighting, as each side jockeyed to gain the upper

hand over a desired piece of real estate. During this same period, FEAF pilots

sharpened their skills in close support, as well as mounting various interdiction,

reconnaissance, and airlift missions.

Although Eisenhower wished to end the war peacefully, he was not averse to

considering a military conclusion to the conflict, including carrying the war into

Communist China and/or the use of nuclear weapons. Such considerations were

hinted at to certain nations, particularly India, which was believed to be keeping

Communist China apprised of U.S. diplomatic actions in regard to the war.

Eventually, the Communist Chinese realized that the Soviet Union (especially

80. Ibid., p 489; See also selected press comments on these bombings in FEAF Report on the Korean War, Vol. I,

p 113.

81. Futrell, pp 517, 525, 667-669.

27

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY
since Stalin’s death on March 5, 1953) was not going to come to their aid in the

event the Korean War escalated into Chinese territory, that haggling over prisoner

repatriations was not worth the problems that could ensue, and that the increased

tempo and power of the FEAF attacks was having a serious effect on their ability

to sustain their operations in Korea. Finally, in late March 1953, the Communists

agreed to repatriate sick and wounded POWs (“Little Switch”). Full armistice

talks resumed at P’anmunjom shortly afterwards and on July 27, the armistice

agreement was signed. “Operation Big Switch,” the final exchange of POWs,

took place over the next few days.82

This “limited” war had been exceedingly bloody. A full accounting of the

casualties probably will never be known. Recent estimates of losses indicate that

military casualties on both sides were approximately 2.4 million, while another 2

million civilians were casualties. These civilian figures may be conservative. For

the United States, 54,246 men were dead and another 103,284 were wounded.83

It had been a bloody battle for the Far East Air Forces as well. During the

war, FEAF lost 1,466 aircraft (out of a total of 1,986 UN planes destroyed).

These were split almost evenly between 1,041 combat and 945 non-combat

losses. The always dangerous flak claimed the greatest number of aircraft, 816

(most of these on ground attack missions), while 147 were lost in air-to-air combat. There were human losses as well. FEAF suffered a total of 1,841 casualties,

including 1,180 dead.84

In the process of suffering these losses, FEAF units flew 720,980 sorties.

Considering that FEAF was never a large organization, this was quite an accomplishment. On these sorties, FEAF planes delivered 476,000 tons of ordnance,

which destroyed a tremendous amount of enemy equipment and facilities, and

killed numerous enemy soldiers. Among the equipment claimed destroyed (by Air

Force, Navy, Marine, and other UN aircraft) were 976 planes, including 792

MiG–15s, 1,327 tanks and 82,920 vehicles. Some 184,808 enemy troops were

also reported killed.85

Meanwhile, General Stratemeyer returned to the United States in November

1951 to continue his recuperation at Winter Park. Now viewing the war from afar

and though in relatively poor health, he continued to voice his concern with what

he perceived as the failure of the United States to “win” the Korean War. One

year after the armistice was signed, on August 25, 1954, he publicly stated his

views on this subject. The forum was a hearing in Orlando by Senator William F.

Jenner’s (R-Ind) Internal Security Subcommittee of the Senate Judiciary Committee. These hearings had a dual purpose: first, to investigate the handling of the

Korean War (and, in the process, to bash the Truman and Eisenhower administrations) and, second, to investigate possible subversion in the government. (This

period was the height of the demogogic phenomenon known as McCarthyism,

after Senator Joseph R. McCarthy [R-Wis].)

Appearing before the committee, Stratemeyer did not mince words. “We

were required to lose the war,” he stated. “We weren’t allowed to win it.” 86

82. Foot, pp 232-243.

83. Blair, p 975.

84. Futrell, p 692.

85. Ibid., pp 689-692, 695-696. 

86. New York Times, Aug 26, 1954, p 23.

28

INTRODUCTION
He also opined that this was not the fault of the JCS but of the State Department.

“It is contrary,” he said, “to everything that every military commander that

I have been associated with or from all of our history — he has never been in a

position where he could not win the war he started to win. That is not American.

And who did it — I don’t know. I know that General MacArthur’s hands were

tied, I am sure, not by the Joint Chiefs of Staff, but by the then State Department.

I make that as my opinion, and I still believe it.”87

During the Korean War, however, Gen. Stratemeyer did not complain publicly about the situation. Of interest is his statement to the press on March 26,

1951, concerning national policy. “We are prepared to carry the air war to the

enemy wherever he may be,” he said, “but a decision to extend the employment

of our bombers or our fighters beyond the confines of Korea is not one that

should be made by the field commander. This is a basic decision that quite properly must be made at governmental and/or United Nations level. It might be

wise to point out that the military man implements foreign policy in our democratic form of government — the military do not formulate foreign policy.”88

[Emphasis in the original.]

General Stratemeyer was not a major figure during World War II, but he

was involved in planning at the highest levels, both in Washington and in the

CBI. Unconditional surrender, unlimited warfare, the seizing of all of the

enemy’s territory were the terms of reference with which he was most familiar.

Korea brought a harsh new reality to him, that of limited warfare. In his remarks

before the subcommittee and later, it is obvious that he did not understand the

political realities of the Korean War. The idea that artificial, inviolable boundaries could be placed on war was foreign to him, as it was to many other

military leaders of that time.

Additionally, during these hearings Stratemeyer stated that the Eighth

Army’s November 1950 offensive was a “masterful stroke” by MacArthur

designed to prevent the Chinese from organizing against the UN force. Stratemeyer chose to believe that the offensive was solely intended to blunt a Chinese

counterattack when, in fact, it was intended to end the war by a drive to the Yalu

and took little account of a major Chinese intervention. The number of Chinese

already in Korea took MacArthur and many of his lieutenants, including Stratemeyer, by surprise.89

Like many of his contemporaries in the military, Stratemeyer tended to be

“conservative” in his political views. This led him to become involved, albeit

indirectly, with Senator Joseph McCarthy. In 1950, the senator began a sensational hunt for Communists and other subversives in the government. His methods

were irresponsible, and his charges were usually unsubstantiated, but he gained

a following. His downfall was precipitated in a showdown with the United

States Army in the spring and summer of 1954 over supposed Communists

in the Army. On June 11, 1954, McCarthy’s Senate colleagues introduced a

resolution condemning him. For the next several months the Senate wrangled

over the resolution.

87. U.S. News and World Report, Sep 3, 1954, p 85.

88. Futrell, pp 377-378.

89. U.S. News and World Report, Sep 3, 1954, p 85; Blair, pp 375-472; Goulden, pp 312, 317, 321-329.

29

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY
While this debate droned on, a number of McCarthy admirers formed groups

either supporting the senator or attempting to propogate his ideas. The publisher

and editor of the Chicago Tribune, Col. Robert R. McCormick, formed one such

organization, called For America, in May 1954. This group was against “superinternationalism and internationalism” and for states rights and “enlightened

nationalism.”90

On November 13, 1954, McCormick announced a policy committee

consisting of 43 people for his organization. General Stratemeyer was on this

committee, along with retired generals Albert C. Wedemeyer, Mark Clark, and

James A. Van Fleet. A day later, a subsidiary group of For America, “Ten Million

Americans Mobilizing for Justice,” was announced. The purpose of this group

was to amass over a ten-day period 10 million signatures on petitions urging the

Senate not to censure Senator McCarthy. The group’s reasoning was that the

censure was Communist-inspired propaganda.

General Stratemeyer headed this group from his home in Winter Park. In

a statement to the press, he said that his “nonpolitical and nonpartisan” organization showed that the great majority of Americans were against the censure

because McCarthy was only “doing his sworn duty” in investigating the executive branch.91

As the censure hearings neared, the “Ten Million” held a rally at Madison

Square Garden on November 29. Rallies in other cities had also been planned,

but these were cancelled when it became apparent there was little support.

Although the organizers hoped that the Garden, which could hold over 22,000

people, would be filled to overflowing, only 13,000 showed up to hear the

speeches, one via radio from Stratemeyer in Winter Park.92

The turnout was a disappointment to the sponsors. What was even more disappointing to the group was the number of signatures obtained on the petitions.

Having set 10 million signatures as the target, the approximately 1,150,000

names that were tabulated was deflating.93

On December 2, 1954, by a vote of 67 to 22, the Senate censured Joseph

McCarthy. He never recovered politically, and died on May 2, 1957.94 The “Ten

Million” disbanded quietly shortly after the censure, its goals not reached,

its inspirational leader in disgrace. The troublesome matter of subversion and

Communism would not go away, though, and in this regard, General Stratemeyer’s name again appeared in the newspapers.

Stratemeyer’s testimony before the Internal Security Subcommittee in

August 1954, as well as the testimony of other Korean War commanders

(Clark, Van Fleet, Almond, and Joy, all now retired) was recycled in January

1955 in the subcommittee’s final report. At this time, the United States was

developing a new policy concerning Formosa. The subcommittee hoped that

lessons learned from the Korean War would be considered as this new policy

was being studied.

90. New York Times, Nov 14, 1954, p 42.

91. Ibid., Nov 15, 1954, pp 1, 16.

92. Ibid., Nov 29, 1954, p 12.

93. Ibid., Nov 30, 1954, pp 1, 22.

94. John M. Blum, et al, The National Experience, Part Two (New York, 1968), pp 782-784, 799-801.

30

INTRODUCTION
The subcommittee also hoped that Stratemeyer and the other four officers

would help identify “subversive” elements in the government. In this it was

unsuccessful, although the final report stated that the former commanders had

“supplied some clues to subversion in Government departments.”95

Four months later, in the May issue of the conservative magazine American

Mercury, Stratemeyer listed what he called the “Fourteen Commandments for

America Today.” Reflecting his conservative views and strong anticommunist

feelings, they were:96

1. Don’t surrender one more inch of ground to Chinese Communists.

2. Don’t let one more American ground soldier die in preventing Red China

from taking any of Chiang Kai-shek’s territory.

3. Equip, feed, and arm President Syngman Rhee’s forces and Generalissimo

Chiang Kai-shek’s forces, and encourage turning them loose.

4. Organize an American Foreign Legion of all people in the Far East

[emphasis in original] who want to fight Communism, just as the Soviet

does in China and Germany to fight the West.

5. Stop all appeasement to Communism.

6. Let Great Britain give Communist China Hong Kong if they are so anxious to give other people’s real estate away.

7. Let’s get our prisoners out of Red China dungeons even if we have to fight

for them.

8. The same people who sold China and European Soviet satellites down the

river should not now be advising the present American administration.

9. Let’s get rid of fear — repeat fear — and practice “In God We Trust,” with

fight in it.

10. “In God We Trust” should be our cry from the house tops by all veterans, American Legion members, Veterans of Foreign Wars, etc., and all

Americans with guts. 

11. I agree with General Chennault that Communist China is a “paper tiger”

of bluff and bluff. Let us stop — repeat stop — bluffing, and call Red

China’s bluff.

12. Withdraw recognition of the Soviet and all her satellites and kick them

out of the United States of America. 

13. We should reserve our real power for the real enemy, “the Soviet,” and

not fritter it away on Korean type actions. 

14. Every American citizen should vote in local, Congressional, and Presidential elections. 

For one last time in early 1957, Stratemeyer’s name was coupled with that

of a conservative group. In February of that year, a Citizens’ Foreign Relations

Committee was formed. The group consisted of a number of prominent individuals, among whom, besides Stratemeyer, were generals Wedemeyer and

Willoughby, noted writer John Dos Passos, and a number of Republican congressmen. Many of this group were frequent critics of United States foreign

policy. The breaking of diplomatic ties with Communist countries and the support

95. New York Times, Jan 26, 1955, pp 1, 4.

96. American Mercury, May 1955, p 40.

31

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY
of “democratic subversion” in these same countries were among the policies

urged by this right-wing group.97

In the late 1950s, General Smart visited Stratemeyer and was saddened

when he saw his former commander. He saw “a man possessed with exaggerated,

if not irrational perceptions of reality.”98 He believed that General. Stratemeyer

(and his wife) had been used by demagogues and sensationalists for their own

purposes and should have been protected from these unscrupulous persons. It is

also possible that the two heart attacks Stratemeyer suffered affected him to a

greater degree than was then apparent.

Following this last attempt to draw attention to perceived defects in U.S.

foreign policy, General. Stratemeyer’s name faded from the pages of the newspapers as he lived out his last decade at his Winter Park home. On August 6,

1969, as another war (in many ways remarkably similar to the one he had fought

in Korea) raged in Vietnam, he passed away. He was 78. His devoted wife of

almost 53 years, Annalee, survived him. A few days later, in a simple but moving

ceremony, Lt. Gen. George E. Stratemeyer was laid to rest at the United States

Air Force Academy.99 The three “wars” he had fought in Korea were long since

over; his last battle was now done.

97. New York Times, Feb 11, 1957, p 11.

98. Gen Smart manuscript comments, Sep. 19, 1988.

99. New York Times, Aug 11, 1969, p 35; Airman, Nov 1969, p 64.

32

INTRODUCTION
Part One

The Black Days

June 25 – September 14, 1950

With June 25 to June 28, 1950, entries from

Maj. Gen. Earle E. Partridge’s Diary
Situation Summary

June 25, 1950 — September 14, 1950

At 0400 on June 25, North Korean troops poured south across the 38th Parallel to launch the Korean War. Outmanned and outgunned, most of the South

Korean defenders were quickly routed. Although some units, after unsuccessful

counterattacks, were able to retreat in reasonably good order, many units were

decimated and ceased to exist as effective forces. On the first day of the war, the

South Korean Army, along with its KMAG advisors, suffered a shattering defeat.

With the enemy driving hard for Seoul, the American ambassador to South

Korea, John J. Muccio, asked Gen. MacArthur to evacuate all American civilians

from the capital. On the 26th and 27th, under the watchful protection of Japanbased F–82s and F–80s (no U.S. ground forces would see action until July 4),

these people were evacuated via ship and C–47/C-54 airlift.

Far East Air Forces fighters shot down several NKAF Yaks and Ilyushins on

the 27th, considerably dampening the enemy’s enthusiasm for air combat. Still,

with their airfields north of the 38th Parallel off limits (the President forbade any

attacks above the Parallel in a futile attempt to limit the war), over the next few

days enemy aircraft continued to attack various targets in South Korea. On June

29, one day before he received permission from the President and the JCS to conduct such operations, Gen. MacArthur authorized Gen. Stratemeyer to attack the

North Korean airfields and other military targets north of the 38th Parallel.

MacArthur emphasized that these attacks were to stay well clear of the

Manchurian and Soviet borders. Almost immediately upon receipt of this authorization, FEAF aircraft began hitting North Korean targets. Within a few days the

NKAF ceased to be an effective force, and was capable only of nuisance-type

raids. With little effort, FEAF had gained air superiority.

Fighting on the ground was a different story. Seoul fell on June 28, and

Suwon (15 miles south of Seoul and the site of a major airfield) was lost on July

4. During this time the B–29s of the 19th Bombardment Group, the B–26s of the

3d Bombardment Group, plus F–80s, F–82s, and F–51s struck a variety of tactical targets in attempts to slow the enemy and to also show MacArthur’s headquarters (which was critical of FEAF’s efforts) that the Air Force was doing all

that it could. These attacks hurt the enemy, but they were too scattered to stop the

onrushing North Korean forces.

On June 30, President Truman decided to throw U.S. ground forces into the

fray and by July 4, the first units, elements of Maj. Gen. William F. Dean’s 24th

Division, reached the peninisula. The first clash between U.S. and NKPA forces

took place on July 5 south of Suwon, near Osan. Like so many of the encounters

34

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS
35

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

during the following days, in this fight the Americans were unable to stop the

North Koreans.

The ground situation would probably have been worse had it not been for the

work of FEAF. Its planes, joined by those from the Navy’s Task Force 77, hit targets from P’yongyang in the north to the front lines in the south. On July 8,

FEAF Bomber Command (Provisional) was established to exercise operational

control over the B–29s of the 19th Group, the 31st Strategic Reconnaissance

Squadron, and two Strategic Air Command B–29 groups that would be arriving

shortly. Though the B–29s were intended for deep strategic bombing, the almost

daily crises caused them to be used more often as tactical bombers attacking targets in and near the front lines.

These attacks cost the enemy many men, vehicles, and much materiel, yet

helped only to slow the enemy’s drive south. But these missions did enable the

tired and hard-pressed U.S. and ROK troops to regroup and conduct a fighting

retreat. At last, on August 4, with more U.S. troops available (the 1st Cavalry

Division and the 25th Infantry Division had now been thrown into the fight, and

more reinforcements were on the way), and with the North Korean supply lines

being pounded daily by FEAF and Navy planes, the retreat halted. United States

and ROK forces now held a line running approximately 100 miles north from

Korea’s southern coast generally along the Naktong River, then east from the

Waegwan area to Yongdok on the east coast. Pusan, the only major port now

available to the defenders for supplies and reinforcements, lay within this defensive line, which soon became known as the Pusan Perimeter.

Intense, fierce fighting continued throughout August, with FEAF aircraft

providing support through the bombing of North Korea, the interdiction of

enemy supply lines, and through the close air-support of friendly forces. Though

the situation often became critical during the month and there were local

reverses, the perimeter line held. And while this fighting was going on, Gen.

MacArthur was planning a bold stroke to regain the initiative and drive the

NKPA out of South Korea — an amphibious assault at Inch’on.
The Diary

COPY

HEADQUARTERS, FIFTH AIR FORCE

Office of the Commanding General, APO 710

8 October 1950

Dear General Stratemeyer:

I am sorry so much time has elapsed since you asked me for the

inclosed notes.

The delay arose because we found a page is missing from my diary

covering the early part of 27 June. My secretary has searched

everywhere to no avail.

All I can recall from that date is that you arrived and that you did

not desire to attend the teleconference which took place in the

afternoon and which is adequately covered in the notes herewith.

s/ P.

E.E. PARTRIDGE

Major General, USAF

Commanding

To – DEE

1. Let Col. Sykes1 read.

2. Put this data on diary sheet and put in front of my diary No. 1.

G.E.S.

In order to have a complete picture of the Korean conflict “personalized”

from the beginning of hostilities I am adding General Partridge’s Diary

Notes for the period 25 - 28 June as he was acting in my stead during my

absence from my command post.

Nagoya. Fine except showers. Hot. Skeet shooting in morning; five rounds for 116 out of 125. Made 1.00 on Howe.2

Returned to learn of invasion of South Korea by North Korean

Army. First news from Tucker about as follows: 1130 - trouble

started (OSI [Office of Special Investigations] info) about 0400 local time.3 By

0600, attacks had spread from west to east along 38th Parallel. Ongju under attack,

Kaesong taken(?). Tanks used. Twenty boats employed to turn ends.4 374th [Troop

SUNDAY

25 June

1950

36

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

1.1 “Dee” has not been identified but was probably Stratemeyer’s secretary. Col Ethelred L. Sykes was a special

assistant to Stratemeyer and was later Chief, Korea Evaluation Group.

2.1 Probably Col John D. Howe, 5AF deputy for operational engineering, later deputy chief of staff for services.

3.1 Col Edwin L. Tucker had been 5AF assistant chief of staff since February 1948. In June 1950, he became

5AF acting vice commander and later became deputy vice commander for the 5AF Rear Echelon. FEAF

Headquarters first learned of the invasion at 0945, when the OSI head in Seoul radioed the news. Although the

North Koreans poured across the 38th Parallel in strength at 0400, it took the OSI and other agencies in Seoul

almost five hours to verify that a full-scale invasion was taking place.

4.1 Only two to three miles south of the border, Kaesong fell quickly. “Ongju” probably refers to the Ongjin

peninsula on the west coast. The North Korean “end-around” by a collection of junks and small boats took

place near Samch’ok on the east coast.
Carrier Wing] and 8th [Fighter-Bomber Wing] were alerted to implement FAF

[Fifth Air Force] Ops Plan #4.5 Reported this to Crabb6 and told him of my intentions to remain in Nagoya, etc. Talked to Ted T[imberlake].

Returned from golf with Kay and Katy7 to find call from Timberlake. Talked

to him 1750.

Situation at Kimp’o reported through radio from tower to our ADCC [Air

Defense Control Center].8 Field surveyed by 2 Yaks about 1100. Attacked three

times by single pairs of Yaks. We (MATS) [Military Air Transport Service] had

a C–54 on ground with damaged aileron and it was destroyed by enemy action.

Two other aircraft (one C–54 with aileron for one on ground and one B–17 with

a special passenger) enroute to Kimp’o were recalled.9

War officially declared by North Koreans 1100. Conference at my house

about 1900. Timberlake, Lt. Col. White (FEAF A-2), Simpson, Thompson, and

Sheehan.10 Reviewed situation.

We agreed FAF ready - must await instructions.

White expressed view that U.S. would abandon South Korea to Reds. I disagree. This line of action is unthinkable and I await with interest the policy of the

U.S. JCS.

Arranged 1000 conference at FEAF for FEAF, FAF, FEAMCOM [Far East

Air Materiel Command] and MATS. 

News came later that General Stratemeyer will arrive Tokyo on 27th.

Nagoya. Up early, but before that, 0045, Crabb called to say his

instructions from GHQ [General Headquarters] are that dependents will be evacuated by freighters from Inch’on.11 We are to

provide fighter cover and are authorized to fire on enemy aircraft to protect these vessels. I told Crabb to put this in writing to FAF and to send

info copy to GHQ so that they may object to the language if it is not appropriate.

Departed Nagoya in 3411 [an aircraft with that serial number] with White

(A-2), Sheehan and Thompson at 0800.

MONDAY

26 June

1950

37

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

5.1 This operations plan detailed the procedures and equipment to be used for the evacuation of U.S. civilians and

military personnel from Korea. (5AF Operations Plan No. 4, Mar 1, 1950, Change No. 1, Mar 23, 1950.)

Additionally, 5AF was directed to increase its surveillance of the Tsushima Strait. (FEAF Opns Hist, 25 Jun31 Oct 50, Vol. I, p 19.)

6.1 Brig Gen Jarred V. Crabb’s assigned job was FEAF deputy chief of staff for operations, a position he had held

since June 1949, but at this time he was also acting as Vice Commander, FEAF. Crabb also served with 5AF

in World War II.

7.1 Kay was Partridge’s daughter and Katy, his wife.

8.1 An air defense control center was an air operations installation which, using radar and other early warning

devices and facilities, provided aircraft control and warning, and also contributed and directed the active air

defense in a given air defense sector.

9.1 Located several miles west-northwest of Seoul, Kimp’o was the city’s main airport. The planes were identified as Yak–9s. The destroyed C–54 (from the 1503d Air Transport Wing) had been on a regular run to Seoul

for the U.S. Embassy and KMAG. The plane had been damaged the day before when a Korean laborer drove

a forklift into an aileron. Several of the venerable B–17s were still being used for VIP transport and searchrescue service.

10. Lt Col John M. White, Jr.; probably Lt Col O’Wighton D. Simpson, 5AF deputy for intelligence; probably Lt

Col Clyde A. Thompson, 5AF assistant deputy for operations. Sheehan has not been identified, but may have

been one of Partridge’s aides.

11. Early on the morning of the 26th, evacuation operations began at Seoul. Evacuees (totalling 682) boarded the

Norwegian merchant vessel Reinholte, which had just finished unloading fertilizer at Inch’on. At 1630, theship got underway and was escorted by F–82s throughout the night. U.S. Navy destroyers, along with several 
Maneuver Lexi #1 (amphibious training exercise southwest of Tokyo)

underway today so had to avoid area thereabouts.

A conference was held at FEAF hq [headquarters] with General Doyle,

General White, Lt. Col. Thompson (FAF) and FEAF staff in attendance.12 The

intelligence situation was outlined and every possible aspect of the situation

reviewed.

It is agreed that there had been an intelligence failure in the field in that the

uprising in Korea occurred without prior warning.

Action to be taken by the Eighth Army in loading 8,000 tons of ammunition

were discussed.

The plan to provide air cover for the dependents and non-combatant civilians, who are being evacuated from the Seoul area, was presented and General

Crabb noted that General MacArthur had expressed a firm desire that no details

of the evacuation be made public.

General Crabb noted that the 512th Weather Recon Sq [Reconnaissance

Squadron] had been directed to provide additional flights to include our weather

and reconnaissance coverage.

General Crabb said eight (8) F–82s have been brought into the Itazuke area

from Okinawa and that he was anxious to return these aircraft to their home base

as soon as the situation permitted.13

General Crabb stated that the twelve (12) C–54s of the 374th Troop Carrier

Group which had been gathered at Itazuke had been released to return to their

normal duties.

It was agreed that the C–47s and C–46s being held in reserve for possible flights

to Korea might be dropped back from an “alert” status to one of “overall readiness.”14

It is apparent from the conversation that there is a plan in the mill to give

the Koreans ten (10) F–51s; appropriate instructions were issued to Material

to prepare these aircraft for dispatch.15

General White mentioned that there were eight (8) C–47s in the Philippines

enroute from the U.S. so that these aircraft may proceed as a group to Saigon.

38

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

B–26s, met the Reinholte the next morning to continue the escorting duties to Fukuoka, Japan. During the

evacuation, a single enemy fighter bounced a pair of F–82s. Although authorized to fire on any enemy aircraft while performing this cover mission, the U.S. pilots did not return fire. (Hist, FEAF, 25 Jun-31 Dec 50,

pp 29-31.) The enemy plane did not tarry long, quickly returning to its side of the border. Meanwhile, American dependents from Taejon, Taegu, and Pusan boarded another cargo vessel at Pusan. (Futrell, p 9.)

12. Brig Generals John P. Doyle, commanding officer of Far East Air Materiel Command (FEAMCOM), and

Edward H. White, 1503d Air Transport Wing commander.

13. Having a greater loiter time than the F–80s, the long-legged, twin-engined F–82 night fighters were to cover

the evacuation of civilians from Seoul. Not enough of this type of fighter were in Japan, so the F–82-equipped

4th FS moved to Itazuke this day. The squadron returned to Naha on July 8. (Futrell, p 8; FEAF Opns. History, 25 Jun-31 Oct 50, Vol. I, p 14.)

14. These World War II-vintage transport planes had been readied to evacuate the civilians, but over-optimistic

reports that the situation was stabilizing caused the evacuation plans to be shelved and the transports stood

down. However, about midnight on June 26, FEAF received word of a worsening situation north of Seoul and

the air evacuation operations were restarted. Most of the C–54s were not now available because they were

being used for other purposes, but 2 from the 374th Wing, plus 9 C–47s and 2 C–46s from FEAMCOM and

the FEAF base flight were obtained. These planes eventually flew out 851 people before the evacuation was

completed on June 29. An additional 905 people came out of Korea by ship. (Futrell, p 12; FEAF Opns. History, 25 Jun-31 Oct 50, Vol. I, p 22.)

15. A number of ROK pilots had been selected just prior to the invasion for training on the F–51. With the outbreak of the war, the need for their services became great and a detachment, named “Bout-One,” was formed

out of the American 36th FBS to hasten their training. The F–51s were former tow target aircraft. The halftrained Korean pilots and their instructors, led by Maj Dean Hess, moved to Taegu on June 30 and began flying combat missions almost immediately. (Hist, 5th AF, Vol. I, Jun 25-Oct 31, 1950, p 3; Futrell, p 89.)
This subject is highly classified and he mentioned it to me only because of the

necessity of MATS to retrieve the forty-one (41) crew members after the airplanes had been delivered.16

During the conference a message was received from General Chennault

offering use of ten (10) transports for evacuation purposes.17

General Doyle expressed his concern over the security of his AVAMMO

[aviation ammunition] dumps. Colonel Rogers18 is to look into this matter and if

the situation warrants, he will request assistance from Eighth Army.

General Eubank19 dropped in to suggest that if such action had not already

been taken we should initiate an investigation into the B–29 accident which

occurred off Guam on Friday, 23 June. This action had already been taken by

General Crabb.

I attended a teleconference at 1400 hours in the Dai Ichi Building at which

General MacArthur, Gen. Almond, Admiral Joy, General Wright, Gen.

Willoughby, Gen. Eberle and Gen. Back were in attendance.20 (General Stratemeyer should read the transcript of this and the previous teleconference).

Five major points were covered:

1. The request for approval of a survey to determine the minimum amounts

and types of equipment which should be provided to Korea and an estimate of the forces which might be used in stabilizing the situation there

was approved. The survey is to determine the requirements if we are to

retain and control the area around Seoul, Kimp’o and Inch’on. The survey

party of fourteen (14) members, headed by Major General Church21, will

depart at 0400 in a C–54 from Haneda direct to Kimp’o (later changed).

Fighter cover will be provided. The Navy and the Air Force each to furnish one (1) officer for this party.

2. CINCFE authorized to ship arms and equipment to Korea and to protect

the shipments.

39

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

16. These aircraft were originally to be delivered to Metropolitan France, but because of the increasing strife

between the French and the Viet Minh in Indochina, the planes were flown directly to Saigon. No formal U.S.

agencies had yet been established in the area when the planes (the first to be given to the French by the U.S.

in southeast Asia) arrived and were turned over to the French. (Robert F. Futrell with Martin Blumenson, “The

United States Air Force in Southeast Asia,” The Advisory Years to 1965 (Washington, 1981), p 6.)

17. Whether General Partridge knew that Chennault’s Civil Air Transport (CAT) was now owned by the Central

Intelligence Agency (CIA) or that, because of FEAF’s need for cargo lift capacity, this knowledge would have

made any difference, is unknown. The first three CAT aircraft in the combat zone actually operated more in

support of covert projects than in a transport role. By November, however, some 24 CAT aircraft were hauling

freight, both inter- and intra-Japan. (William M. Leary, Perilous Missions: Civil Air Transport and CIA Covert

Operations in Asia [University, AL, 1984], pp 116-120; Hist Synopsis, Dir/Ops, FEAF, Sep 16-Oct 1, 1950,

Ops Req Div, p 2; Hist Synopsis, Dir/Ops, FEAF, Oct 1-Oct 15, 1950, Ops Req Div, pp 2-3.)

18. Probably Col Craven C. Rogers, FEAF deputy for intelligence.

19. Brig Gen Eugene L. Eubank, deputy inspector general at the Kelly AFB, Texas, Field Office of the Inspector

General.

20. Maj Gen Edward M. Almond commanded the black (segregated) 92nd Infantry Division in World War II.

From November 1946, he was Deputy Chief of Staff, GHQ (initially named Army Forces, Pacific, and later,

Far East Command [FEC]). Since February 1949, he had been FEC chief of staff. Brig Gen Edwin K. “Pinky”

Wright was FEC G-3; Maj Gen Charles Willoughby, FEC G-2; Maj Gen G.L. Eberle, FEC G-4; and Brig Gen

G.I. Back, FEC signal officer. The Dai Ichi Insurance Company building (now FEC headquarters) was built

just before World War II and was one of the few left in the area that was partially air conditioned and had

been undamaged by the air raids.

21. Actually a brigadier general, John H. Church, a GHQ staff officer, was directed initially to determine the kind

and amount of equipment needed by the ROK forces. The following day, the 28th, Church’s survey party

received a new task, that of being the GHQ Advance Command and Liaison Group (ADCOM). This was in

response to instructions finally received from Washington on the afternoon of the 27th directing MacArthur to 
3. CINCFE is authorized to use arms if necessary to insure the safety of the

evacuation movement out of the Seoul area.22

4. The Seventh Fleet is to proceed to Sasebo and come under the operational

control of Admiral Joy; the comment on this provision that the JCS did not

feel that the situation with respect to the Russians was critical; otherwise the

fleet would not have been directed to such a confined location.23

5. General Roberts24 will be returned to Korea immediately. He is presently

on the high seas and expected to land on the West Coast 4 July.

During the course of the conference, I had an opportunity to talk to Gen.

Willoughby re Colonel Dale25 entering Formosa as an advisor to the Chinese Air

Force. Willoughby objects and suggested that we bring the Chinese air commanders up here for the Chinese Mission.

General Almond had directed that we study the situation with regard to our

transports and their operation into Korean airfields. General Eberle will make

known his requirements in case the logistic situation becomes critical and we

may be called upon to assist. We must have a plan.

The plan to bring ten (10) Korean AF pilots out of Korea and to land them

at Itazuke is under way at 1000 today.26 These pilots are to be checked in the

F–51 and are to fly their aircraft back to Korea.

When I first learned of this operation, I protested to General Almond that it

was useless to attempt such a procedure not only because the Koreans are entirely

incompetent as F–51 pilots, but because their logistics situation will not permit

the support of this complex type operation. General Almond recognized the truth

of my arguments, but said that General MacArthur had promised to give the airplanes away. I then proposed that it would be far more productive if we could

provide officers and airmen who could assist with the maintenance, communications, etc. He not only concurred, but told me to make a plan by which a group

of officers and airmen might be assembled and transported to Korea to arrive at

the same time the F–51s reach there. This personnel will be made supplement to

the KMAG organization.

General Almond also expressed the thought that the pilots assigned to the

group might actually operate the F–51s to the extent necessary to carry out their

advisory mission. 

About 1930 hours, General Almond called to relay information which he

had just received from Colonel Wright27 in Korea. He stated that one of our Mustangs had jettisoned two tanks in the Seoul area and that one of these struck and

killed six Koreans. The General was disturbed that our aircraft were avoiding

40

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

use air and naval forces to support the South Koreans. After establishing his command post in Suwon, Church

assumed control of the KMAG personnel and began to seek ways to lend as much assistance as possible to the

ROK Army. (Appleman, p 43.) There are reports that Church had little faith in the ROK Army and apparently

did not exert himself greatly on its behalf. (Joseph C. Goulden, Korea: The Untold Story of the War [New

York, 1982], pp 92-93.)

22. This meant Air Force and Navy units only; the Army was not mentioned. (“History of the JCS,” Vol. III,

pp 80-81.)

23. Sasebo was a major American naval base on Kyushu’s west coast.

24. Brig Gen William L. Roberts, former chief of KMAG, then enroute home for reassignment.

25. Nothing has been found on Col Dale or his assignment.

26. A main FEAF installation, Itazuke Air Base was on the island of Kyushu and was one of the closest bases

to Korea.

27. Col W.H.S. Wright, acting chief of KMAG, pending the arrival of a permanent replacement.
combat rather than engaging and

destroying the North Korean airplanes. He directed me to take the

necessary action to insure that our

AF patrols maintain an aggressive

attitude in the accomplishment of

their mission. (General Almond

was especially caustic regarding

the failure of one of our F–82

pilots to shoot down a Yak which

flew over Inch’on anchorage. The

F–82 was “bounced” but not shot

at. Pilot of ‘82 ducked into the low

cloud and when he came out seconds later, Yak had disappeared.

See messages to and from Washington 27 June.)

This matter was discussed

with General Timberlake who

promised to advise Price28 and see

that appropriate instructions were

issued.

A message confirming this and directing certain specific action by the FAF

was prepared but was held by me until early in the morning of the 27th. It was

subsequently dispatched and its contents were concurred in by General Wright

of GHQ. It directs the FAF to maintain air superiority over the Seoul, Inch’on

and Kimp’o areas and to provide air cover for aircraft and for shipping when

specifically directed by FEAF. The message specifically directs aggressive

action in the event that hostile aircraft interfere or attempt to interfere with FAF

mission or acts in an unfriendly manner to South Korea forces or our own.

General Crabb, Colonel Rogers and I discussed the deteriorating situation in

the Seoul area until about 2330 hours. Colonel Rogers had been in on the telecon with Mr. Nichols29 when the announcement was made that the city was under

shellfire and that the conference had to be terminated.

There were several calls between General Crabb and me during the early

morning hours and also in conference with Mr. Muccio’s liaison officer, Major

Hammond.30

The latter relayed a message which he was endeavoring to relay to General

Wright stating that the Ambassador was most anxious that air cover be provided

Tuesday morning because the situation was slowly deteriorating. This information

was relayed through Rogers to General Wright.

During the night requests began to be received covering the evacuation of

additional dependents and non-combatants from Kimp’o. General Crabb set up

41

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

28. Col George E. Price, FEAF assistant deputy for operations.

29. Chief Warrant Officer Donald Nichols, commander of OSI’s District 8 in Seoul. Warrant Officers are usually

referred to as “mister.” A telecon was a link between two or more teletypewriters. They could record “hard”

paper copies, while simultaneously projecting the texts on viewscreens.

30. Hammond’s full name is unknown.

At the beginning of the war, Maj. Gen.

Edward M. Almond was MacArthur’s

deputy chief of staff. He later commanded

the X Corps.
these missions using C–46s, C–47s and C–54s. The mission is to depart in time

to reach Kimp’o soon after daylight.

A redline from General Vandenberg31 requested further data

as to why our F–82 pilot avoided combat over Inch’on yesterday. This message was answered about 0820 stating that

the pilots were operating under normal instructions, but that

these instructions have now been amended.

There seemed to be a lot of pressure to secure an answer to the Vandenberg

redline, but it was most difficult to secure any additional data other than that

which had already been submitted.

(Page as per General Partridge missing from his diary.)

He mentioned the fact that the British Commonwealth Overseas Forces

[BCOF] were not available for employment against the North Koreans.

I had scarcely returned to my office from this conference when I was again

called to the Dai Ichi Building for a teleconference with Washington. Present

were Generals MacArthur, Almond, Hickey, Beiderlinden, Willoughby, Wright

and Eberle, and Admiral Joy. Colonel Fortier was also there.32

The teleconference directed a major reversal of policy on the part of the US

government. CINCFE [Commander-in-Chief, Far East] was directed to employ

such naval and AF [air forces] as were at his disposal to bolster the SK [South

Korean] forces and restore the territorial integrity of that nation. Seventh Fleet

was given the task of establishing Formosa as a neutral island, preventing attacks

TUESDAY

27 November

1950

42

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

31. A “redline” was the designation given certain very important messages for prompt and special handling. By

then-current Air Force regulations, the Secretary of the Air Force, the Under Secretary, the Chief of Staff,

USAF, and certain other individuals as spelled out in the regulations were the only persons authorized to send

or receive redline messages. As Chief of Staff, Gen Hoyt S. Vandenberg was authorized to send this redline.

(Woodford A. Heflin—editor, The United States Air Force Dictionary [Maxwell AFB, Ala., 1956], p 431.)

General Vandenberg held many important positions during World War II, including that of Chief of Staff,

12AF; Chief of Staff, North African Strategic Air Forces; Deputy Chief of Staff, Headquarters AAF; Deputy

Commander in Chief, Allied Expeditionary Air Force; and Commander, 9AF. After the war, he was Assistant

Chief of Air Staff for Operations, Commitments, and Requirements, then held several intelligence assignments. Between September 1947 and April 1948, he was Air Force vice chief of staff. On April 30, 1948, Vandenberg became Chief of Staff, USAF.

32. Maj Gen Doyle O. Hickey, Deputy Chief of Staff, FEC; Brig Gen William A. Beiderlinden, FEC G-1. Col

L.J. Fortier was on the FEC intelligence staff.

F–82s undergo engine maintenance. An F–82 pilot scored the first victory of

the war for the USAF.
from the mainland and vice versa. There were other pertinent details, particularly

those regarding public relations. CINCFE was adamant that the successful operation in Korea depended largely on the restitution of the spirits of the Korean

Army and the people, and, for that reason he urged that Washington immediately

announce the provisions of the decision. Washington hedged and intimated that

12 hours would elapse before the announcement was made.

CINCFE turned to me and directed immediate action, but, at the same time

he warned that it would be necessary for FEAF to be prepared to continue the air

defense of Japan against the attacks of the Russian AF.

He directed that a message be sent to British Commonwealth Overseas

Forces stating that our instructions included action by US forces only, and that

no operations outside Japan are contemplated for BCOF units. CINCFE said that

he had received a message from Chennault regarding the use of his transports and

if we needed those transports we should ask GHQ to secure them. Concurrently,

it was announced that PanAm and Northwest Airlines would be used to evacuate

dependents and non-combatants (civilians) to the U.S.33 It was announced that

682 people were aboard the Rheinholte. CINCFE agreed that General Church

should proceed to Suwon under air cover. His survey group is now being

changed to a command group and will provide the advanced echelon for GHQ

headquarters. CINCFE has assumed operational control of KMAG and General

Church is to be the directing commander on the spot.

The move of the 19th Bomb Group to Okinawa was approved by General

MacArthur and he stated flatly that it sounded like a good idea.34

CINCFE stated his firm belief that the third night following 27 June will be

the critical one here in Japan. He feels that if there is an attack in the near future,

it will be made on the night of Thursday or Friday of this week.

CINCFE decided that the strategy of air defense was a matter for the air commander to decide and directed that this authority be delegated to General Stratemeyer.

CINCFE then directed that following each air mission, a communique be

prepared and sent to General MacArthur’s headquarters for issuance. The general

was almost jubilant at the end of the conference.

He outlined the far-reaching results which will be achieved if the air effort

can be made effective tonight and tomorrow. He stressed again and again the

necessity of hitting the North Korean forces in the next 36 hours with every

resource at our disposal, carrying the action through the night if this is possible.

He expressed the firm conviction that vigorous action by the FAF would result in

driving the North Korean forces back into their territory in disorder.

Upon return from the teleconference, I briefed General Stratemeyer and

thereafter visited Intelligence and Operations in order to set up a better system of

reporting for the operations that are to be conducted. Not long afterwards I was

called again to GHQ to sit in on the final staff conference on FEC’s field order.

There were no new major items covered during this talk. Following the conference I again briefed General Stratemeyer on the plan.

43

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

33. As FEAF’s, or for that matter, the entire Air Force’s, airlift capability was seriously understrength at this time (the

Military Air Transport Service had only 597 aircraft in 1950), it was necessary to use commercial carriers for nonessential work such as this. (Dick J. Burkard, MAC Historical Handbook, 1941-1984 [Scott AFB, Ill.,1984], p 95.)

34. The 19th BG moved 22 four-engine B–29 medium bombers from Guam to Kadena Air Base immediately

upon receipt of orders.
The evening was spent in endeavoring to ascertain what action had been

taken during the past 24 hours and in the preparation of an “Air Intent” for the

following period.35

During the course of the evening, General Almond called to give me a very

rough time indeed regarding the failure of the AF to drop a single bomb in Korea

yesterday. During the course of the teleconference, I had been so incautious as to

predict that we would have a B–26 mission operating against the North Korean

forces before dark. This mission did come off, but smaller than had [been] anticipated because most of the B–26 aircraft were engaged in escort activities. The

small force of five airplanes which finally took off were aborted due to bad

weather; in addition to that, the strikes that were scheduled to continue through

the night were scattered because of the bad weather.

General Almond took a dim view of the entire proceeding and said so in no

uncertain terms, particularly when he discovered that the forecast for this morning’s weather was bad. He repeated again and again that in order to save the

South Korean forces and their government from collapse, it is mandatory that we

take some visible action in support. He wanted bombs put on the ground in that

narrow corridor between the 38th [Parallel] and Seoul, employing any means and

without any accuracy. Following my extended conversation with General

Almond, I called Timberlake and Al Kincaid and did my best to convey the

urgency of the situation and to spur them on to a full-out effort. Both were most

cooperative and understanding.

Following the staff meeting, I briefed General Stratemeyer on the proposed

operations for the day and endeavored to secure additional information on the

actual progress of events.

At ten o’clock General Crabb and I were called to General Almond’s office and

discussed with him not only the current plan of operations, but the mechanical

method by which we would brief him and he in turn was to brief General MacArthur.

We returned from this conference barely in time to improvise a new map and return

for the Chief of Staff’s conference at 1130; briefings by Admiral Morehouse.36 General

Crabb brought the people present up-to-date on past events and current contentions.

General Almond made a considerable point of insisting that the Joint Information Center which is being set up on the sixth floor of the Dai Ichi building

must be used for the Joint Staff. It was pointed out to him by several people there

it would be impossible to operate in this manner, but he insisted that we try it and

we supply the necessary liaison and intelligence officers to make the system

function. FEAF’s room is 619 and is at present entirely bare of all except the

most meagre furniture.

During the course of the conference, I made arrangements thru General

Hickey to insure that the AF might use in Korea such elements of the anti-aircraft

artillery units now under our operational control as may be necessary to insure

some security for our advanced bases such as Suwon. Initially, there had been

considerable opposition to this project because the directive issued by CINCFE

precludes the use of Army troops in support of the SK forces.37

44

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

35. An Air Intent Notice was a summary of proposed air actions that were to take place within the next few days.

36. Rear Adm Albert K. Morehouse, chief of staff to Adm Joy.

37. Though the fighters and radars were part of the Air Force, the third part of the air defense team, the antiaircraft artillery (AAA), belonged to the Army. This separation had been a bone of contention between the two 
General Willoughby announced with great pride that he had produced the

war’s first propaganda pamphlet and provided each man present with a sample.

During the course of the afternoon, arrangements were made with Major

Story38 to provide for a flight by the Bataan to Suwon; aboard will be

CINCFE.39 General Stratemeyer will accompany the party and they expect to be

gone approximately two (2) days. In order to insure the completeness of the

arrangements, I appointed Lieutenant Evans40 as project officer for FEAF and

sent him to Itazuke and thence to Suwon. In this way he becomes my official

liaison officer and he will, incidentally, secure a reading on the “folks” at Suwon. This will

provide me with some additional second-hand information on the field and will,

at the same time, give Evans training which will later prove invaluable to him.

The flow of information has improved considerably this date. We are still

hours behind on events in the FAF and almost entirely without information on

those of the Thirteenth.

I also had a long conversation regarding the positive information reaching this

headquarters. He (Timberlake) assured me that the details were being supplied and

after perusal of our daily intelligence, I’m inclined to believe him. Of all the confusion I’ve observed in wartime, that produced in Ops [Operations] Intelligence

wins the prize. They are operating in a temporary establishment pending the completion of their Ops Room and are completely disorganized with respect to each

other and to the remainder of the hqrs. This must be corrected.

After endeavoring all night to find enough information so that Col. Van

Meter41 could issue a public relations release, I abandoned the project at one

o’clock in the morning and went to bed.

Up late and barely made the 8:30 staff meeting. This was a

rainy day in Tokyo in contrast to our recent excellent

weather and the weather was dubious in the vicinity of

Itazuke and Seoul.

The early reports indicated that even with the utmost effort on our part, our

actual accomplishments in support of the Korean forces were negligible. Bad

weather prevented any take-off before seven o’clock and some of the aircraft

which departed returned almost immediately.

* * *

This entry concludes Gen. Partridge’s portion of this diary.

WEDNESDAY

28 June

1950

45

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

services for many years. With the exception of those AAA units belonging to divisions, 5AF exercised operational control over all other AAA units. But at this early stage of the war, before permission was given

MacArthur to use Army troops in Korea, he was understandably reluctant to authorize the use of any Army

forces in that country. (Futrell, p 430: FEAF Mission Directive, July 12, 1950, Annex 4 of FEAF Opns Hist,

25 Jun-31 Oct 50, Vol. I.)

38. Lt Col Anthony F. Story, MacArthur’s personal pilot.

39. MacArthur’s personal aircraft was a C–54 named Bataan.

40. First Lt William J. Evans, Partridge’s aide-de-camp. This type of training apparently did prove invaluable, for

Evans retired from the Air Force in 1978 as a full general.

41. Lt Col Samuel N. Van Meter, acting PIO for FEAF.
The Diary of General Statemeyer

Enroute back to Tokyo after two weeks’ temporary duty in

Washington, D. C. and landed at Hickam [AFB in Honolulu]

when the news reached me that North Korea had declared

war on South Korea as of 1100 hours that day. Actually,

North Korean forces had crossed the 38th Parallel as early as 0400 hours, 25

June, to take not only South Korea but the rest of the world by surprise. Field

intelligence had broken down somewhere and FEC had no forewarned knowledge of the massing of the estimated 200,000 troops nor their intent to cross the

Parallel. Upon receipt of news of the civil war, I changed my plans to return

direct to Tokyo via Wake instead of Okinawa.

In the meantime, Major General E. E. Partridge, my Fifth Air

Force commander who had been acting in my stead, set the

wheels moving. General MacArthur, after several teleconferences with the Joint Chiefs, ordered evacuation with fighter

cover of all American personnel in South Korea. Transports were unarmed,

although fighters were armed, and orders were for use of those arms for protection of the American evacuees only. However, materiel was ordered carried in via

air transport to the South Koreans and 10 of our F–51s were ordered, against

FEAF’s request, to be turned over to the South Korean Air Force for their use.

This latter order entailed training on our part of the pilots who were to fly the

craft, and the supplying of T/O&E pertaining thereto.42 Reconnaissance developed that North Koreans were supplied with a quantity of tanks and were pushing through South Korea without too much effort. The South Koreans were

further handicapped by the lack of military leadership in that General Roberts,

chief of our Military Mission, had just left on rotation and was on the high seas

back to the States. KMAG was being administered by a full colonel and a handful of trained staff. General MacArthur appoints Brigadier General Church and a

group of 14 selected officers, including one Air Force and one Navy representative, to proceed to Korea to assist the South Koreans. I landed at Wake and took

off immediately for Tokyo.

Arrived Haneda 1120 hours.43 Immediately assumed command and was briefed on events to date by General Partridge.

Since it was apparent that South Korea needed more than

“support and supplies” from the Air Force, the President commits the United States toward assuring the political integrity of South Korea and

decrees such support entails tactical methods. (At the same time the President

brought Formosa into the defense orbit.)44 Airlift progressing; evacuees taken out

by airplane and sea. Reconnaissance and actual combat proving that North Koreans

TUESDAY

27 June

1950

MONDAY

26 June

1950

SUNDAY

25 June

1950

46

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

42. T/O&E — “Table(s) of organization and equipment.” An Air Force document that prescribed the personnel

structure and equipment for a unit. The term is now obsolete

43. Haneda is located in the southern part of Tokyo on Tokyo Bay.

44. On this day, President Truman ordered the Seventh Fleet to take what actions and dispositions were necessary 
supported by Yak–3s, Yak–5s, and

some Il–10s. FEAF handicapped in

this shooting war by not being permitted to cross the 38th Parallel to

destroy enemy at its source of staging. Seventh Fleet, under Vice

Admiral Struble 45, participating.

Unfavorable

weather; B–26

sortie aborted.

Government of

South Korea has moved to Taejon.46

Ambassador Muccio encountering

difficulties in bolstering morale of

Rhee and his general staff. South

Koreans falling back; Kimp’o and

Seoul taken. My big headache at

present is to man my command and

get it operating on a 7-day, 24-hour

day week. USAF promises AC&W

[Aircraft Control and Warning]

personnel and equipment needed for

the primary mission of FEAF - the

defense of the home islands of Japan. All combat aircraft and crews of the 19th

Bomb Wing moves to Okinawa. 850 people evacuated without incident.

0600 hours departed with General MacArthur (with Generals Willoughby, Almond, Wright and Whitney)47 aboard the

Bataan from Haneda for Suwon Air Field, South Korea. Told

CINCFE that in order for me to support him full-out must

have authority to attack the enemy (his aircraft and airdromes) in North Korea.

Permission granted at once and we now cross the 38th Parallel! Wired Partridge

re the authority.48 (With CINCFE’s authority to cross the 38th and as a result of

my wire to Partridge, General Timberlake got off a B–26 strike north of the 38th

THURSDAY

29 June

1950

WEDNESDAY

28 June

1950

47

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

to prevent a Communist attack on the island of Formosa. At the same time, he strongly urged Chiang Kai-shek

to discontinue his attacks on the Communist forces on the China mainland and in neighboring waters. The

Seventh Fleet was also to make sure this advice was followed. (See relevant materials in Foreign Relations of

the United States, 1950, Vol. VII [Washington, 1976], pp 179-180, 187-188, 201-203.)

45. In Washington when hostilities commenced, Vice Adm Arthur D. Struble immediately headed for the Far

East. At this time, the Seventh Fleet was operating off the Philippines. Within hours, this naval force was en

route to Buckner Bay on Okinawa’s eastern shore. The Seventh Fleet’s responsibilities would be split between

Korea and Formosa.

46. Because of the chaotic and obviously dangerous situation developing north of Seoul, the South Korean government decided to move to Taejon, a town about 85 miles south of Seoul. Some of the members of the National

Assembly decided to remain in Seoul, most being captured and executed by the Communists when the city fell.

47. Maj Gen Courtney Whitney, MacArthur’s military secretary.

48. The President initially forbade air attacks on North Korean targets. It had been thought that vigorous

action by ROK forces, supported by U.S. aircraft, would drive the invaders back across the 38th Parallel. 

Evacuees from Korea are assisted

from a C–54 after arraiving in Japan

on June 27, 1950
the afternoon of 29 June.)49 Spent the day interviewing Lt. Colonel McGinn,

Brigadier General Kim Chung Yul, General Church and other officers in KMAG,

and, in general being “briefed” on the actual situation.50 Our liaison officer, on

CINCFE’s advanced headquarters - commanded by Brigadier General Church -

is a Lt. Colonel McGinn who is doing an outstanding job with the margin of

equipment. His needs were many and varied - including 24 shovels with which

to dig foxholes around the air strip! Also talked at length with General Kim who

commands the South Korean Air Force. Promised him his supply requirements

to keep his F–51s going. Timing on my escorting fighters for the Bataan excellent; CINCFE impressed. A Yak attempted to intercept Bataan, but was driven off

by our escort. Returned to Tokyo and landed Haneda 2205 hours. Came straight

to the office where I briefed General Partridge who is now functioning as my vice

commander. Left the office after midnight.

Unfavorable weather; what sorties we had concentrated on

strafing, materiel, personnel, and marshaling yards. F–80 lost

and a B–26 down.

Beginning to get our first casualties. Reds begin to cross the

Han River in numbers.51 851 persons airlifted with no incidents from Korea.

Wired CSAF [Chief of Staff, USAF] for permission to keep General Eubank and

his team until 15 July. (His IG [Inspector General] team had just completed their

yearly inspection of FEAF. Their services will prove invaluable.) $6,500,000

completely obligated at 2400 hours this date for construction on all airfields in

Japan and the aircraft and warning sites.

Unfavorable weather; however, took off at 0800 in B–17 for

Itazuke and Ashiya - our advance bases.52 Spent the day

there; returning at 1823

Haneda. South Korean ground armies giving way; morale

non-existent. CINCFE sending in U. S. infantry troops to attempt to bolster their

lines and also secure security of our few bases.53 Reported that Suwon Airfield

taken by the enemy. CSAF grants permission for my retention of Eubank and his

SATURDAY

1 July

1950

FRIDAY

30 June

1950

48

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

This perception was quickly dispelled by the stunning reverses suffered by the ROK troops. Finally,

permission was granted on the 30th (Korean date) to attack airfields, troop concentrations, and other military targets in North Korea. U.S. planes were to stay well clear of the Manchurian and Russian borders.

As can be seen, General MacArthur anticipated the release of his air units by almost a day. It would not

be the last time he would take action without consulting either the JCS or the President. (“History of the

JCS,” Vol. III, pp 108-110.)

49. This first strike north of the 38th Parallel, an 18-plane effort, hit the main military airfield at P’yongyang. One

enemy plane was reported shot down and 25 others were claimed destroyed on the ground. (Futrell, p 98.)

50. Lt Col John McGinn was a member of General Church’s ADCOM staff and had been quite active in organizing

the base at the Suwon airfield. Brig Gen Kim Chung Yul was ROKAF chief of staff.

51. A major river, and major obstacle for invading forces, the Han is born in the T’aebaek Range (only about 20

miles from the Sea of Japan). It runs some distance south before turning northwest to flow through Seoul and

empty into the Yellow Sea.

52. Because of their proximity to Korea, the Kyushu bases of Itazuke and Ashiya became the primary fields for

jet operations against the enemy. (At this time, the few Korean fields were ill-suited for these operations.) One

squadron of the 49th FBG moved from Misawa to Itazuke on the 1st to join the 8th FBW, while a second

squadron went to Ashiya. The group’s last squadron remained at Misawa. Moving to Ashiya on July 6 was the

35th FIG, less its 41st Squadron, which went to Johnson AB for air defense. (Futrell, pp 67-68.)

53. President Truman’s first decisions on June 25 were based on recommendations from the State and Defense

Departments. These decisions were: order MacArthur to send arms and ammunition to Korea; furnish ships

and planes for the evacuation of American dependents; and order the Seventh Fleet to report to MacArthur. 
49

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY Map 3.
team’s services. All requests so far approved by CSAF. Will make report of my

visit to 8th Fighter Wing to GHQ staff, tomorrow morning.

As of this date, 12 aircraft have been lost. Koreans officially

take over the F–51s given them tomorrow. The RAAF [Royal

Australian Air Force] (77th Fighter Group, based at Iwakuni)

joins us in combat missions in their F–51s.54

Made the following rather disconnected report during staff meeting in GHQ

this morning. Morale of 8th Fighter Wing and 3d Bomb Wing “superior.” In spite

of the strenuous flying and fighting that has been done, they were all raring to go.

I described the particular flight of the F–80C that took off in order to gather

weather over the Seoul area. This particular pilot flew the entire distance on

instruments, under severe turbulence, let down over the sea to some 600 feet,

flew in over the Seoul area and returned, giving his weather report. The trip was

entirely on instruments. Seven (7) C–54 loads successfully going into Pusan

under the most adverse weather. General Timberlake ran this show similar to

VITTLES, taking off every 20 minutes, letting down, and if they got into the airdrome, well and good; if not, they were to continue their flight and return to

base.55 I also described the miraculous return of four F–80Cs to Itazuke where

they arrived with a ceiling of 100 feet and one mile visibility. I further explained

that I had talked to the Koreans undergoing training and they with their fighters

would proceed to Taegu which would be turned into a fighter base. I stated that

Pusan Air Base would be improved to take all the airlift heavy transports.56

I pointed out that in strike pictures of the P’yongyang strike, not only much

materiel was destroyed and the hangars, but six airplanes were destroyed on the

ground. I further pointed out that as soon as I could release General Partridge, he

would return to the command of the Fifth Air Force and he would establish his

advance command post along side General Dean, the U. S. Army ground commander in South Korea.57 I pointed out that the Australian 77th Squadron had

been turned over by General Robertson and that one mission of three airplanes

SUNDAY

2 July

1950

50

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

The next night he directed a lifting of restrictions on U.S. air attacks below the 38th Parallel. Additionally, the Seventh

Fleet was ordered to prevent a Communist attack on Formosa. On the 29th (Washington date, the 30th in Korea), air

operations against military targets in North Korea were authorized. Early the next day, the movement of one regimental combat team to Korea was also authorized. Just a few hours later MacArthur was told to employ in Korea “such

Army forces as he had available” except for those needed for the defense of Japan. (Futrell, p 37.) A second directive

set up a naval blockade of North Korea. (“History of the JCS,” Vol. III, pp 113-123; Futrell, pp 22, 37.)

54. Actually No. 77 Squadron RAAF. MacArthur requested the squadron on the 29th in a message to Lt Gen Sir

Horace Clement Hugh Robertson, Commander in Chief, British Commonwealth Occupation Force (BCOF).

Correspondents with MacArthur during his Korean visit knew the text of the message and filed stories about this

request when they returned to Tokyo. Release of this message irked the Australian government which, with U.S.

approval, had begun withdrawing its forces from the occupation forces in Japan prior to the war. Thus, this

request came as a nasty shock to the Australians. After some discussion, the Australian government approved on

June 30 No. 77 Squadron’s use in Korea. Robertson felt that MacArthur’s release to the press of the request for

the squadron had been done deliberately to force the Australian government’s hand. (Robert O’Neill, Australia in

the Korean War 1950-1953, Vol. 1: Stategy and Diplomacy, Canberra, 1981, pp 36-37, 51-55.)

55. “Operations Vittles” was the Berlin Airlift of June 26, 1948-September 30, 1949.

56. Luckily for the Americans, the best port in Korea and the closest one to Japan was Pusan, on Korea’s southeast

corner. Plans were initiated to make Pusan the main supply base in South Korea. Also, since the two best airfields

in the country, Kimp’o and Suwon, had been (or were about to be) lost, airfields near Pusan would be needed. It

appeared that the already built Pusan airstrip could be utilized, but it quickly broke up under the weight of transport aircraft. Only heroic efforts by engineers kept the field operating until other airstrips were ready.

57. Dean’s tenure as commander of his own 24th Division and of U.S. Army Forces in Korea (USAFIK) was

distressingly short. On July 20, during the retreat from Taejon, Dean became separated from his men. After

36 days of wandering alone through the hills trying to reach his own lines, Dean was captured by the North 
had flown as cover this morning and that seven others were acting as cover for

the B–26 strike in the Seoul area.

General MacArthur dispatched my draft signal to the Joint Chiefs of Staff

requesting certain Air Force units and combat crews to the extent of 700 airplanes.58

Our B–29 bomb strike on Yonp’o, North Korea, was not successful as strike

photos showed only 16 airplanes on the ground while our recon photos showed

68. The airdrome was fully covered with frags [fragmentation bombs].59

General Eubank returned from Kadena Air Base, Okinawa, and reported that

the morale of the Twentieth Air Force, and particularly the crews of the 19th

Bomb Wing, was high.

Radioed Vandenberg for full colonel to be head of my PIO

as section must be augmented and a colonel needed. Colonel

Van Meter doing a superb job. Received information from

SAC [Strategic Air Command] that the 22d and 92d Bomb

Groups (Medium) were being alerted for service in the Far East.60 Have queried

Twentieth and Thirteenth [Air Forces] re sites. Mission reports for day meager.

Those reports that are in indicate heavy traffic moving south. Lost an F–80; shot

down by tank fire. The 24th Infantry under General Dean in Korea or in transit.

Our ground forces and those of the North Koreans should clash within the next

day or two. Suwon reported holding; heavy fires observed about that airfield.

Just received information, Vandenberg to Stratemeyer, that

Major General Rosie O’Donnell61 as bomber commander,

and the 22d and 92d Bomb Groups, were proceeding to Far

East Command for temporary duty. Vandenberg suggested

that the 19th Bomb Group be placed under General O’Donnell. Vandenberg

wishes - although he apologized - that all targets back of immediate battlefront

TUESDAY

4 July

1950

MONDAY

3 July

1950

51

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Koreans. Only in September 1953, after being released by the enemy, did he rejoin the Army. For his actions

at Taejon, where he personally destroyed a tank, Dean was awarded the Medal of Honor.

58. This refers to a message from MacArthur to the JCS endorsing Stratemeyer’s needs and requesting immediate

action. General Stratemeyer sent several requests to Washington. Two, on June 30, were for 164 F–80s, 21

F–82s, 22 B–26s, 23 B–29s, 21 C–54s, 64 F–51s, and 15 C–47s, plus enough men in certain categories to

bring all assigned units up to wartime strength (1&1/2 times peacetime). The additional aircraft would also

provide a ten percent reserve for combat attrition. On July 1, Stratemeyer requested more units - a medium

bomb wing, two F–51 wings, two F–82 all-weather squadrons, one troop carrier wing, three F–80C

squadrons, a B–26 wing, another two B–26 squadrons to bring the 3d BW up to strength, an RF–51 reconnaissance squadron, an RB–26 night photo squadron, and a tactical air-control squadron. Some of these units

were to be used in Korea, others for the air defense of Japan. (Futrell, pp 68-69.)

59. Another reason for the lack of success was that the B–29 crews reported many of the bombs bursting thousands of feet in the air. (FEAF Opns Hist, 25 Jun-31 Oct 50, Vol. I, p 32.)

60. SAC units, the 22d BG came from March AFB, and the 92d BG from Spokane AFB. When Lt Gen Curtis E.

LeMay took command of SAC in October 1948, he insisted on a high standard of training. He also insisted

that his units be mobile and prepared to fight anywhere in the world. Still, LeMay said later that these two

units had been low-priority units that were neither fully manned nor combat-ready for the overall strategic

war plan. However, the movement of these two groups proved SAC’s mobility plans were sound. (It should be

noted that the movement of these groups was aided considerably by the use of seven commercial carriers to

move both personnel and cargo. Air Force airlift capability was still hindered by peacetime cutbacks.) The

two groups began leaving their stateside bases on July 5. On July 13, they flew their first combat missions.

(Hist, SAC, Jul-Dec 50, Vol. I, pp 15-20.)

61. Maj Gen Emmett “Rosie” O’Donnell, Jr. commanded a squadron of the 19th BG in the Philippines in the

early days of World War II. Later in the war he commanded the 73d BW in the Marianas. Since 1948, he had

commanded SAC’s 15AF, the parent organization of the 22d and 92d Groups. Being an experienced bomber

leader and familiar with the two bomb groups, O’Donnell was an obvious and good choice to command them 
within North Korea be taken out; of course I agree with this procedure and that

was my intent. LeMay62 personal radio received urging teleconference with me;

answered that [I] would hold a teleconference only after my conference this

afternoon at 1430 hours with my Air Force commanders and FEAF staff, at

which time specific information would be obtained, and forwarded by radio. If

after this FEAF conference and my radios LeMay had any unaswered questions, then would hold the teleconference with him. Word received that Generals Wolfe, Everest, Strother, Weyland, accompanied by a party of colonels and

lt. colonels and a Brigadier General Guest, Signal Corps, USA, would land

approximately 2240, Haneda.63 General Wolfe will be my houseguest. The rest

of the party to stay at the Imperial. Press reports the President is sending

Marine air units and members of the U.S. Marines to Korea. Also received

52

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

in Korea. His temporary duty was for an indefinite period. Headquartered at Yokota, his command was designated the Far East Air Forces Bomber Command (Provisional). The “provisional” designation indicated that

this command had been organized with personnel and equipment from other units and was just a temporary

organization intended for a specific mission.

62. During World War II, Curtis E. LeMay led the 305th BG in Europe, then moved up to command the 3d Bombardment Division, followed by the XX and XXI Bomber Commands and 20AF. For several months he was

Chief of Staff, U.S. Strategic Air Forces in the Pacific. Returning to the U.S., he became the first Deputy

Chief of Air Staff for Research and Development in the AAF. As a lieutenant general, he next commanded the

U.S. Air Forces in Europe before becoming commander of SAC in October 1948.

63. Because the gulf between what Stratemeyer wanted and the Air Force could supply was so wide, General Vandenberg dispatched an inspection team from the U.S. to explain why FEAF was not going to get certain items and what was being done to alleviate other shortages. Leading the team was Lt Gen Kenneth B.

Wolfe, Deputy Chief of Staff, Materiel, Headquarters USAF. Others in the party included Maj Gen Frank F.

Everest (Assistant Deputy Chief of Staff, Operations), Maj Gen Otto P. Weyland (Commander, Tactical Air

Command), Maj Gen Dean C. Strother (Director of Military Personnel), and Brig Gen Wesley T. Guest

(Chief, Signal Plans and Operations Division, Office of the Chief Signal Officer, U.S. Army.)

Armorers load a 2.75-inch rocket on an F–80 for a July 4 mission.
word that inadvertently, portion of the South Korean line was strafed by my

planes inflicting some damage to that portion of the line.64

9:35 P.M., or 2135 hours, VIP party landed. Also in group is Brigadier

General Agee.65

Project name for F–80 squadron from Clark Field joining FEAF is called the

“Dallas” squadron.

Our mission over Korea report strafing with results on materiel - trains, convoys, etc. Also reported refugees still streaming south out of Seoul.

Press reports that small advance American infantry unit successfully

repelled North Korean ground reconnaissance unit. However, as was emphasized

in papers, clash on small scale.

Following is a list of colonels who accompanied VIP party: Colonels J. L.

Hicks, C. P. Brown, E. D. Ely, J. L. Jeffers, A. G. Stone, W. M. P. Northcross,

C. R. Landon and C. A. Winton.66

The SAC bomber group headquarters and one bomb group will be located at

Yokota; the other bomb group and 19th Bomb Group will be located at Kadena

in Okinawa.67

Briefing with the Hq USAF group headed by Lt. General

Wolfe; started at 0800 hours and continued until 1020 hours

at which time we went to the Ops briefing in GHQ. After the

Ops briefing, I took all the visiting generals, including my

commanders, to pay their respects to General MacArthur where we stayed about

an hour and heard a marvelous discussion of his contemplated actions in Korea.

At this meeting, General MacArthur told General Wolfe that the question of the

19th Bomb Wing staying in the Far East Command, or its return to the United

States and its being replaced by a rotational medium group, was a “question that

he left entirely in General Stratemeyer’s hands.”

At the Ops briefing the Navy sprang a surprise on their actions in Korea on 3

and 4 July; we had been told that the results of their action would be brought here

by Admiral Struble; instead, unbeknownst to any of the Air Force people, the results

as reported by the Navy representative [are such that] anyone that attended that

briefing might be led to believe that the Navy was winning the air war in Korea.68

It is my opinion that it was deliberately done because of the visiting group from

Hq USAF and the Department of the Army. We must do a better job at these Ops

meetings in presenting the air picture before such a high-ranking group.

WEDNESDAY

5 July

1950

53

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

64. This “blue on blue” attack was made by No. 77 Squadron F–51s at P’yongt’aek. It was the squadron’s first

combat action in Korea. An interesting account of this mission and MacArthur’s subsequent claims that no such

attack on friendly forces took place is found in George Odgers, Across the Parallel (London, 1952), pp 42-52. 

65. Brig Gen Walter R. Agee, Chief, Collections Division, Headquarters USAF.

66. Col Joseph. H. Hicks, the Chief, Programs Monitoring Office, Directorate of Supply and Maintenance, Air

Materiel Command; Col C. Pratt Brown, from the Office of the Deputy Chief of Staff, Operations, HQ

USAF; probably Col E.B. Ely, in the Office of the Assistant Chief of Staff, G-3, U.S. Army; Col Alexander G.

Stone, in the Office of the Assistant Chief of Staff, G-1, U.S. Army; Col W.M.P. Northcross, in the Office of

the Chief of Ordnance, U.S. Army; Col Charles R. Landon, in the Office of the Deputy Chief of Staff, Comptroller, HQ USAF; Jeffers and Winton have not been identified.

67. The 92d BG was based at Yokota and the 22d BG was at Kadena.

68. The first test for U.S. Navy aircraft came on July 3 when F4U Corsairs, AD Skyraiders, and F9F Panthers

from the carrier Valley Forge hit the airfield and marshalling yards in the North Korean capital of P’yongyang. Planes from

the British light carrier Triumph also participated in this attack. (This carrier was part of a naval force of ten

vessels that the British Admiralty made available to COMNAVFE on June 29.) 
General Wolfe and his group intend leaving Haneda tomorrow at 0500 and

will visit Iwakuni, Itazuke, and Pusan, South Korea. They will return tomorrow

evening and expect to depart for the United States about midnight, 6 July.

It is my opinion that the visit of this group will be most helpful and after they

have visited Itazuke and Pusan, they will be in a position to inform the Air Staff

of our needs.

I cleared with General MacArthur the flying forward to Taegu and Taejon of

the General Wolfe group.69 I have directed Colonel Erler70 to go with the group

and while in Korea with General Partridge and General Wolfe, Colonel Erler will

interview Mr. Muccio and Korean officials in order to gain authority to use a part

of the $10,000,000 set up by our government for the defense of South Korea for

the purpose of building airdromes in South Korea.

All the general officer group came out to my house for cocktails; during this

period, General Wolfe had an appointment with Mr. Akabane at 1900 hours and

Messrs. Asajiro Ikeda (Ikeda-Gumi Co., Ltd.) and M. Kambe (Hazama-Gumi

54

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

Although MacArthur wanted the two carriers to strike other targets on July 4, their planes returned to P’yongyang that day.

In this two-day strike, several enemy planes were claimed destroyed and many other targets destroyed or

damaged. No Allied planes were lost to enemy action. (Field, pp 55-56, 62-65.)

69. At this time Taejon was the site of ADCOM headquarters. Taegu, located about 55 miles north-northwest of

Pusan, became U.S. Eighth Army headquarters on July 13. Taegu was also the only suitable site in central

Korea for an airfield.

70. Col Leo J. Erler, Director of Installations, FEAF.

Members of the inspection team from USAF Headquarters pose with

Stratemeyer and Partridge and other FEAF officers. Seated in the front

row, left to right: Stratemeyer, Lt. Gen. Kenneth B. Wolfe, Partridge, Maj.

Gen. Eugene L. Eubank, and Maj. Gen. Alvan C. Kincaid. Standing, left to

right: Col. Joseph H. Hicks, Col. C.P. Brown, Maj. Gen. Otto P. Weyland,

Maj. Gen. Howard M. Turner, Brig. Gen. Walter R. Agee, Maj. Gen. Frank

F. Everest, and Maj. Gen. Dean C. Strother. 
Co., Ltd.)71 at 1930 hours and he discussed with the latter two Japanese gentlemen named the possibility of their building airdromes with Japanese and Korean

laborers in South Korea.

Lt. General Ho Shai-Lai72 of the Chinese Mission called at

1100 hours this morning and I brought him up to date on our

situation here and in Korea. I consider this a great stroke

on the part of the Generalissimo to place this honest and

courageous Chinese here in Tokyo.

Admiral Struble called at 1130 and we reviewed his strikes on 3 and 4 July,

after which we discussed possible future strikes, the gist of which as follows:

(1) CINCFE feels that all traffic on east coast of North Korea can be

stopped by bombing rail and highway system from Tanch’on south

some 20 miles to Ch’aho. (FEAF to recon this area and turn pictures

over to 7th fleet re this tunnel complex.)73

(2) Since there is this possibility that [sic, for] Adm. Struble to make

another air strike, FEAF to designate primary and secondary target, if

[air]craft on ground, of the airdromes at Wonsan north, including

Kanko ̄ and Yonp’o, and secondary, transportation centers and tunnels

between Tanch’on and Ch’aho.

(3) Instructed my Ops and Intelligence coordinate with me before signalling Adm. Struble and also info 5th AF of signal.

Dispatched signals to General LeMay, Gilkeson74 on Guam and Kincaid on

Okinawa that General O’Donnell with his bomb command and 92d Bomb Group

(M) will be stationed at Yokota; the 22d Bomb Group (M) will be stationed at

Kadena with the 19th Bomb Group (M); directed Gilkeson and Kincaid to make

all arrangements for proper lodging and effect transit to final destination.

Handed General Wolfe the following memorandum:

Dtd [dated] 6 Jul 50: I have learned informally that General of the Army

Douglas MacArthur is most anxious to have a staff Constellation75

assigned to the Far East Air Forces for his use for long trips, particularly if he returns to the United States and on long trips such as to Formosa, etc. I think there is great reason for one being assigned because of

his advanced age (seventy years plus) and because of the position he

occupies for the United Nations, the Allied Powers, and the United States

of America. I consider this of such importance that it be discussed with

General Vandenberg and the Secretary of Defense in order that one can

be made available to me for his use, and mine, should the occasion arise.

If such an assignment is made, then one of the C–54s that is set aside for

use in the Far East Command could be made available to my troop carrier wing or MATS in the Far East.

THURSDAY

6 July

1950

55

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

71. These individuals have not been identified.

72. Chief of the Chinese Mission in Tokyo.

73. Though rail and road systems do narrow along the coast in that area, a study of the map shows the tunnel

complexes farther south.

74. Brig Gen Adlai H. Gilkeson, commander of the 19th BW.

75. Designated C–121 by the Air Force, this was the military version of the Lockheed-built airliner of the same

name. The Air Force used the type primarily as a VIP transport.
Sent the following memorandum to General MacArthur:

Dtd 6 Jul 50: It is recommended that: (a) All available channels of communication be used by you to notify those responsible for current operations of the North Korean armed forces that it is your intent to destroy

by air bombardment all vital air, rail, highway, and port facilities in

North Korea. (b) To avoid needless loss of life, all persons are warned to

leave such areas and remain at points sufficiently far removed as to preclude personal injury, and (c) That the sole action on the part of North

Korea which will prevent the intense pursuit of this plan is the withdrawal of all North Korean armed forces above the 38th Parallel, complete cessation of all hostile activity by North Korean Forces, and an

agreement by the North Korean government to abide by any future decisions of the United Nations.76

Gloomy press report from ground forces; South Koreans falling back, left

pockets of our ground forces units in advanced positions, cut off. Weather bad;

2 out of 7 B–29s of one mission aborted. Intelligence showing that our continued

hammering at supply lines beginning to have appreciable effect upon the ground

action of the North Koreans.

Afternoon’s sorties - B–29s and B–26s highly successful; 6 to 10 enemy

tanks destroyed and an unknown number of enemy ground personnel; one factory

bombed with explosion resulting; also bombed what was believed to be 4 subs.

One B–26 lost on a strafing, bombing and rocket mission.

General Wolfe and party landed at 6:15, Haneda; they did not make it to

Korea. After landing they all came to the house for an informal dinner.... Generals

Wolfe, Partridge, Weyland, Everest, Strother, Agee, Eubank, Banfill, and Colonel

Landon, Annalee and myself.77

Brigadier General Charles Y. Banfill,78 my new vice commander of the Twentieth Air Force, arrived unexpectedly and unheralded via PanAm at about 5:15.

56

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

76. This memorandum was most likely a reaction to pressure being exerted from Washington. From the outset of

the war, the United States took into account the feelings and policies of the other United Nations members supporting the U.S. on the Korean problem. These feelings and policies did not always coincide with those of the

U.S. There was general agreement that the fighting must be confined to Korea, but this, of course, placed heavy

restrictions on military operations there, not the least of these affecting FEAF.

While most wars have some political orientation, in the Korean War such sensibilities played a much greater

role than in previous conflicts. Political restraints laid a heavy hand on military operations, but there was another, less defined, policy that also contributed to restrictions. This concerned “humanitarian ideals.” Many individuals believed that bombing was morally wrong, and they were more than eager to share their views with the

press. Being sensitive to the real and imagined “power of the press,” politicians tended to react to possibly negative stories in the newspapers. Every so often a newspaper raised the question of the morality of bombing,

often tying in the atomic bomb. Thus, President Truman, no slouch as a politician, wanted to make sure there

would be no “indiscriminate” bombing in Korea and that only military targets would be hit. (Futrell, pp 41-42.)

77. A convivial type who enjoyed good food and conversation, Stratemeyer often gave dinner parties at his home. As

will be seen, there are numerous entries in his diary about various parties given by him and his wife, Annalee.

78. Banfill spent World War II in intelligence assignments. Just before coming to the Far East, he was Deputy

Commandant, Armed Forces Staff College. He was with 20AF less than a month, July 16-August 4, before

becoming Deputy for Intelligence, FEAF.
As of noon, released General Partridge who will return to

command of Fifth Air Force. General Eubank appointed vice

commander. USAF group depart for Washington 1340.

1440 Colonel Van Meter called Colonel Bunker79 the ADC

to CINCFE re: Colonel Van Meter explained to Colonel Bunker that numerous

correspondents had requested a press conference with me as they believe that as

air commander on CINCFE’s staff, I should be able to give the American public something of the first ten days of air operations over Korea. Another request

for an interview was received by me from Mr. Harry F. Kern, the foreign editor

of Newsweek, re his doing a personalized story for his magazine. Colonel

Bunker was told by Colonel Van Meter that he (Colonel Van Meter) had contacted Colonel Echols (PIO for CINCFE)80 on several occasions requesting info

whether CINCFE had any objections to my holding a press conference or holding interviews and to date he (Colonel Van Meter) had not had a reply of any

kind. While Colonel Van Meter was on the telephone, Colonel Bunker said he

would speak to CINCFE re same, which apparently he did, because when

Colonel Bunker returned he told Colonel Van Meter that CINCFE had no objections to my either granting interviews or holding a press conference.

General O’Donnell arrives this evening (1900 hours, Haneda) and I have

directed he report to me at 8:30 A.M. in time for the briefing. Colonel Nuckols81

due to arrive, accompanied by his wife, and he will be appointed PIO.

Complimented by General Almond, Chief of Staff, GHQ, FEC, on our news

release as of today which started out - “Far East Air Forces has now completed 1,100

sorties.” He directed we back it up with some pictures which we are doing soonest.

I told PIO that he could release the name of the bomber commander immediately after his arrival tonite.

3:00 P.M. had interview by Newsweek foreign editor, Mr. Harry F. Kern. I

gave him background on what we have done, what we are doing and what we

contemplate doing.

Sent memo to CINCFE requesting he send following radio to Collins82,

personal from MacArthur:

Due to current situation in this theater and the recent decision of Secretary of Defense that SCARWAF [Special Category Army Personnel with

Air Force] units would remain with D/A [Department of the Army], it is

essential that immediate action be taken to supply SCARWAF personnel

for Far East Air Forces units as they are under strength both in numbers

and quality.83 Requirement for runway rehabilitation and extension, taxiways, hardstands, and communications facilities in Korea, Japan and

Okinawa is urgent and is far beyond capabilities of FEAF SCARWAF

FRIDAY

7 July

1950

57

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

79. Col Laurence L. Bunker, MacArthur’s aide-de-camp.

80. Col Marion P. Echols.

81. Col W.P. Nuckols.

82. Gen J. Lawton Collins, U.S. Army chief of staff. Collins commanded the 25th Infantry Division in the Pacific

in late 1942 and early 1943. In 1944, he took command of the VII Corps in Europe. Other assignments following the war included; Chief of Staff, Army Field Forces; Army chief of information; deputy chief of staff

to General Eisenhower; vice chief to General Bradley; and on Oct. 1, 1949, Chief of Staff, U.S. Army.

83. These personnel were aviation engineer troops that were recruited, trained, and assigned to units by the

Army but were charged against Air Force strength. Two aviation engineer group headquarters and service 
units as currently manned. Stratemeyer sent personal message to

Vandenberg on this subject 5 July 50 and Department of Air Force is

familiar with detailed manning requirements for these units. I urge that

you take immediate action to supply the required personnel as I can give

him no help at this time.

Issued memo to my Deputy for Operations:

Navy-Land-Based Aircraft and Navy Carrier-Based Aircraft - Operational

Control.... We must obtain the results of Navy reconnaissance and operations immediately upon completion. You will take the necessary steps to

contact Admiral Joy to see that they are delivered by air courier and, in

turn, rushed to the Chief of Staff, United States Air Force. We must be very

careful when we give the Navy targets and a section of North Korea in

which to operate that it does not interfere with and is well coordinated

with the operations of our three B–29 medium bomber groups.... All landbased Navy aviation and carrier-based, except those units used for antisubmarine operations, will be under my operational control. You will take

the necessary steps to see that this is done. I have written a memo to

General MacArthur today recommending same. When any Navy units are

based ashore, except the P2V squadron to be based at Johnson, they must

have their own support ashore as we will be unable to support them operationally. Make this clear.

Sending to CINCFE (dated 8 July), subject: “Navy Unit.” Text of

memo follows:

It is my understanding that the Navy contemplates bringing into your

theater some land-based aircraft (CVE’s [escort carriers] - fighters); also,

as you know, the Seventh Fleet contemplates another strike with air at

your direction in North Korea. I request that all land-based naval aviation

and carrier-based aviation when operating over North Korea or from

Japan, except those units used for anti-submarine operations be placed

under my operational control. The land-based fighters based in either

Japan or Korea will in turn be placed under the operational control of the

Commanding General Fifth Air Force. In the case of the carrier-based

aviation in order that proper coordination can be maintained with my

Bomber Command (B–29s) and with the Fifth Air Force, I must be able

to direct their operations, including the targets to be hit and the area in

which they must operate. I urge your immediate approval and that both

Admiral Struble and Admiral Joy be so advised. Should you so desire, I

am on call for any discussion on this subject.84

58

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

companies, five aviation engineer battalions, and one aviation engineer maintenance company were

assigned to FEAF. Unfortunately, these units were ill-trained and ill-equipped for what they were being

asked to do. When the Korean War began, these units had only 2,322 officers and men assigned as compared to a war-strength authority of 4,315. In mid-July, the first of some 870 specialists arrived in Japan,

and any SCARWAF people slated to rotate home were kept in the Far East. It was not until September that

FEAF was allowed to reorganize its aviation engineer units under new increased-strength TO/Es. Despite

this increase, SCARWAF units remained a problem area throughout the war. (Futrell, pp 62, 72-73.)

84. Stratemeyer would not gain operational control of the Navy air units. Admirals Joy and Struble felt that giving Stratemeyer “operational control” of their air units was asking too much of them. The often acrimonious 
(Sending copy of my memo to CINCFE to CSAF with an informal note forwarding same for his info and also thanking him for sending the Wolfe party.)

1750. General Dean called from Korea and gave me four targets over which

he wanted air support. Apparently as has been shown by test, our bazookas can

not penetrate the Soviet tank. Report received that during a penetration test, starting at 30 yards, our fire failed to penetrate and then only at a distance of 10 feet.

General Dean’s targets were all mostly on arteries - rail, ferry crossing and the

road between P’yongta’ek and Osan. The latter target we had already scheduled,

but the other three I have to [schedule] Ops for follow through.

Weather unfavorable; two F–80s lost; missions directed against factories in

the North, bridges, convoys, and troop movements. F–82 on an “intruder

mission” in the Inch’on area dropped one napalm bomb; results believed by pilot

to be good. Reported by returning flyers that rocket fire from planes does not

appear to penetrate Soviet tanks.

Major General O’Donnell arrived.85 Attended briefing at

which time General Robertson reported how to disable

Soviet tanks. These are the tanks that are of a 60-ton type,

and about 21 feet in length. General Robertson stated they

should be hit in the tread from the side.

Word received that Colonel Nuckols, the PIO I requested, would not arrive

until the end of next week.

Dispatched copy of my memo to CINCFE to General Vandenberg in GHQ;

after the briefing, took O’Donnell to meet CINCFE and heard another superior

dissertation re his problems. After leaving MacArthur’s headquarters returned to

the office briefly and then O’Donnell and I went to the house for lunch.

2:30 appointment with Colonel Withers86 (PIO for Eighth Army) and Mr.

Donald Morrison, Shell Oil Company representative. My discussion with two

gentlemen re the Doolittle’s proposed visit to the Far East while on their roundthe-world tour.87 Colonel Withers will call my PIO upon arrival of General and

Mrs. Doolittle and my PIO will call Annalee.

The first use of napalm brought about these results (I have been urging its

use now for about a week): 2 F–51s on a bombing and strafing mission report

using 1 x 6 napalm and destroyed: 4 small tanks, 5 trucks with 35 ft trailers. Four

vehicles exploded - other equipment damaged by 50 cal. fire.

SATURDAY

8 July

1950

59

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

roles and missions hearings in the late 1940s left wounds that had not yet healed. The Navy harbored very

strong feelings against the Air Force controlling their aircraft. Out of these hearings, the Air Force had been

given the task of interdiction of enemy ground forces and communications. Only through a rather complicated and convoluted procedure would the Navy be allowed to participate on interdiction missions. In

Korea, however, there was no time to go through these involved steps. Seeking to break the Air Force-Navy

impasse, General MacArthur issued a directive on July 15 giving Stratemeyer “coordination control” of Air

Force and Navy air operations. (This control will be discussed later.) (Futrell, pp 49-50; Field, pp 111-112.)

85. O’Donnell was officially designated Commanding General, Far East Bomber Command (Provisional) this

day. (FEAF General Orders No. 30, 8 Jul 1950.)

86. Col William P. Withers had been Chief, Information Section, 8th Army since 1949. Later in the month he

became Armor Officer at 8th Army headquarters.

87. The purpose of Doolittle’s proposed visit is unknown. At this time he was a special assistant to General Vandenberg, advising on matters concerning the Air Materiel Command and the establishment of the Research

and Development Command. (The latter was established on January 23, 1950, and redesignated as the Air

Research and Development Command in September 1950.) Doolittle was also a member of the Air Force’s

Scientific Advisory Board.
Now that General Partridge has joined his command and is in close contact

with General Dean in Korea and General O’Donnell has reported in and has been

placed in command of the FEAF Bomber Command, my headquarters will now

get out of the operations business and divide all our missions between the Fifth

Air Force and the FEAF Bomber Command.

Sent two memoranda to COMNAVFE:

(1) Sorry but could not afford to withdraw a helicopter

from my Air-Sea Rescue Units to replace the one Seventh

Fleet lost inasmuch as my bombers covering distances

over water, etc. (2) that which is quoted in full hereafter: “Your attention

is invited to the attached clipping headlined ‘Navy Flier Doubts Subs

Near Korea,’ from the Pacific Stars & Stripes of Saturday, 8 July.88 It

appears to me that this sort of thing is in bad taste. We are trying to operate a unified team out here under General of the Army Douglas

MacArthur and such statements certainly don’t add to the unification of

such a team. There are many things in the reported results of any strike

that could be questioned. Every remark I have made with reference to

the Navy’s strikes has been complimentary and that goes for my staff

and officers. For God’s sake, let’s don’t get into a service controversy out

here where we are pulling for one cause and that is the destruction of the

Communist Korean Forces in Korea.

1500 hours, Vice Admiral Sprague,89 COMAIRPAC with Rear Admiral

Hardison,90 COMNAVMARIANAS, and accompanying Navy officers. (Also

Capt. R.W. Ruble, USN, Capt. F. H. Turner, USN, Col. S.C. Dyer, USMC, Capt.

A.S. Hill, USN & Capt. A.S. Heyward, USN.)91

1745 interview with Miss Charlotte Knight,92 Air Force magazine’s Far

East representative and also Far East representative for Collier’s. I cautioned

her that anything she wrote she must be very careful of security. I gave her

some background.

Red Forces in Korea pushing steadily; our ground forces being isolated (those

advance positions) or driven back. Our infantry battalion near Ch’onan cut off.

President Truman names CINCFE to command all United Nations forces

fighting Communist Northern Koreans. Ground situation dismal.

SUNDAY

9 July

1950

60

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

88. This short article, an interview with Air Group 5’s commanding officer, Comdr Harvey P. Lanham, was actually rather innocuous. The subject of submarines took up only a couple of paragraphs, with Lanham saying

that what some B–29 fliers took for submarines were probably gunboats. (Cpl Larry Sakamoto, “Navy Flier

Doubts Subs near Korea,” Stars and Stripes [Pacific Edition], July 8, 1950, p 1.)

89. Vice Adm Thomas L. Sprague, Commander Air Force, Pacific.

90. Rear Adm O.B. Hardison, Commander Naval Forces, Marianas.

91. Capt Richard W. Ruble had been an aide to the Secretary of the Navy but had just been appointed Commander, Carrier Division 15; Capts Frank Turner and Alexander S. Heyward, Jr., were on Admiral Sprague’s staff;

Capt Arthur S. Hill was Navy liaison officer at FEAF headquarters; probably Col Edward C. Dyer, Operations

Officer, 1st MAW, and later, Deputy Chief of Staff for Close Air Support, X Corps.

92. Two of her articles, one in Air Force and the other in Collier’s, appeared in August and September. The Collier’s article described a mission on which she flew. The Air Force article was a sympathetic but candid story

of the problems facing FEAF. Stratemeyer hammered home to Ms. Knight that FEAF’s mission had been the

air defense of Japan and that lack of materiel (particularly planes and pilots) hampered any possibility of

offensive warfare. Nevertheless, Stratemeyer pointed out that without the Air Force, South Korea would have

been overrun. (Charlotte Knight, “Air War in Korea,” Air Force, August 1950, pp 21-34.)
FEAF missions concentrating on bridges, etc. Tabulation report showed 23

tanks destroyed, 13 damaged, 2 large guns knocked out, 92 trucks destroyed and

43 damaged, etc. No aircraft losses.

Received following reply from COMNAVFE with reference

to their press release and my memo to him of 9 July:

If any of young Lanham’s statements are generally interpreted to imply real criticism of his Air Force flying comrades, I am sure that I would speak for both of us in expressing sincere

regrets. Both services, at the pilots’ level, have high mutual regard for

each other’s professional abilities and I trust that we will avoid any tendency to become over-sensitive about the remarks attributed to relatively

junior individuals who are not fully experienced in dealing with press

conferences. The flying that your people have been doing the last two

weeks is described by my air officers as superb. The United States Air

Force officers in our carrier air groups have made an enviable reputation as outstanding “operators.” We certainly will not let any small

matter of unconfirmed quotes mar this high mutual regard.

Received a bit of “static” from the C of S [Chief of Staff], GHQ - particularly my deputy for operations, General Crabb, which prompted

me to write and discuss following memo with CINCFE:

During the past war you had great confidence in General Kenney93 and then

in General Whitehead94 who followed General Kenney. It is my desire to perform in the same manner and to gain the same confidence that you had in

them. What the Far East Air Forces have done so far in 15 days, operating

from bases in Japan and Okinawa, I consider outstanding. It is my opinion

that had not we gone into action when we did in conjunction with the

Ground Forces that you have been able to get into South Korea that the

whole of South Korea would now be in the hands of the North Koreans. Per

your instructions given to me last night by the Chief of Staff, General

Almond, I have changed the B–29 targets for today to tanks, vehicles and

troops on the roads and railroads north of Ch’onan; this is to be done without control. If we are successful in gaining contract with General Partridge’s

and General Dean’s tactical control group and targets are designated south

of Ch’onan, certain B–29s will be diverted to these targets. Yesterday, today

and until further notice all effort of the Fifth Air Force is and will be in direct

support of our ground troops in South Korea. It is my opinion and unless

you direct otherwise, I will operate every combat airplane in the Far East

Air Forces in support of ground troops against only those targets in battlefield support as suggested by the Fifth Air Force advanced CP [Command

Post] in conjunction with General Dean’s tactical air direction center.

MONDAY

10 July

1950

61

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

93. During World War II, Gen George C. Kenney commanded 5AF and Allied Air Forces in the Southwest Pacific, and subsequently, the Far East Air Forces. From almost the beginning he had enjoyed a good relationship

with MacArthur. From April 1946 to October 1948, he was commander of SAC. He then was Commander,

Air University until his retirement in August 1951.

94. Lt Gen Ennis C. Whitehead took over command of 5AF from Kenney in June 1944. Whitehead also replaced

Kenney as FEAF commander in December 1945. He, too, had a good relationship with MacArthur. Stratemeyer relieved Whitehead as FEAF commander in April 1949.
There are now in Japan and Okinawa, in the 92d Medium Bomb Group,

Yokota, Japan, fifteen (15) B–29s and in the 22d Medium Bomb Group at

Kadena, Okinawa, twenty-six (26) B–29s. I have been informed by General

O’Donnell that we will be able to fly our first mission Friday, 14 July. Your directions to me will be conducted in the most efficient manner that we can plan and

I am sure that it is not your intention to tell me how to do the job. My leaders and

I are fully competent to direct and control the Far East Air Forces. I urge your

support in this confidence.

Following the Ops briefing in GHQ, I talked to CINCFE and added

this note to the above quoted memo:

Memorandum for the record - 10 July 1950 - I talked with General

MacArthur for about twenty (20) minutes - 1135 to 1155 hours - this date

and he gave me entire confidence and support in every question I raised.

He stated he had the same confidence in me that he ever had in Generals

Kenney and Whitehead and emphasized that I would run my show

regardless of instructions as I saw fit.95

Dispatched the following redline message (Top Secret) to CSAF and

COMGEN [Commanding General] SAC:

Redline personal to Vandenberg from Stratemeyer: reference today’s B–29

bomber mission CINCFE considers and I agree ground situation in Korea so

critical that every possible effort must be used to break up motorized

concentrations on roads in battle areas. He fully understands that this is

emergency procedure only. He is most enthusiastic about the results

obtained from the Far East Air Forces since our commitment to combat.

(Redline to CSAF: originated 1345K [local time]; placed on the wires

1355K; received at Hq USAF 1406K; received by Vandenberg 1418K - total

elapsed time - 33 minutes!) 

Received word from staff C–54 (I had sent Hill and Melgard on 8 July to

Hickam to pick up the Craigies) that it would land tomorrow, 11 July at 1100

hours at Haneda.96 Annalee will meet them on my behalf complete with flowers

and our offer of hospitality, etc. Maddocks,97 Craigie’s administrative assistant,

will meet the plane and see that they are taken care of. 

62

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

95. The FEC staff was Army-dominated, with few Air Force officers in positions of responsibility. This was a carryover from World War II when MacArthur never had, nor wanted, a joint staff. However, at that time, air

matters had been left to Kenney to handle. Much of this same thinking and staff setup was utilized in the

immediate post-war years. MacArthur told Stratemeyer what he wanted done, but it was up to Stratemeyer to

see how it was carried out. However, when South Korea was attacked, there were many officers, of which

General Almond was a particular offender, who tried to take the direction of air operations upon themselves.

This, of course, was a circumvention of Stratemeyer’s position as FEAF commander. Most of the Army officers had little knowledge of Air Force philosophy and/or operations and wished to run the war from Tokyo.

General Almond ordered that any requests for air support had to go through GHQ before being passed on to

FEAF and 5AF. This was a slow, laborious, and utterly inefficient way to run tactical air operations, and

Stratemeyer quickly objected to this and other attempts to usurp his authority. Fortunately, MacArthur saw the

fallacy of letting some of his Army subordinates run an Air Force show and allowed Stratemeyer to act as he

saw fit on Air Force matters. If MacArthur had not had confidence in Stratemeyer, this matter might not have

ended in the Air Force’s favor. (Futrell, pp 45, 48.)

96. Maj Clayton C. Hill, Stratemeyer’s personal pilot; 1st Lt Robert B. Melgard; Maj Gen Laurence C. Craigie,

the incoming FEAF vice commander for administration and plans.

97. Maj Robert. A. Maddocks.
At 1700 hours held a meeting with the press. Following are my remarks:

Because of the many requests that have come in to my PIO, Colonel Van

Meter, for an interview with me, I am holding this meeting this afternoon. I have

here some very carefully prepared statistical data which I have had mimeographed - copies of which will be given to you. I will read it to you so that in case

there are any questions that you desire to ask, I will attempt to clear them up. I

urge upon you the importance of security and that you not publish anything that I

do not cover this afternoon. I am sure you understand that during World War II

there were cases where information was published which gave great comfort to

the enemy and brought about the killing and wounding of many Americans. We

have now been at this business of war in Korea for the past 15 days and when you

consider that we have operated from bases in Japan and other bases, the great

effort that has been brought to bear upon the North Korean armed forces, in my

opinion, has not only been outstanding, but, in many many instances unbelievable

and almost miraculous. We have brought air power in the form of United States

Air Force jets, light bombers, medium bombers, night fighters and day fighters to

bear on the enemy both in the air and on the ground wherever it has been necessary. The only deterrent to these operations thus far has been - WEATHER. When

it is good in Korea, it is usually bad in Japan, and when it is good in Japan, it has

been bad in Korea. In spite of this, though, our American officers and airmen have

performed so superbly - both in daring and efficiency - that I have nothing but

praise - repeat - praise for them. Every request that General of the Army Douglas

MacArthur has indicated as a desire has been met in spite of the bad weather, the

long flights to the battle area, and the instrument conditions under which many,

many, many of our sorties have had to land. The Fifth Air Force, under the command of Major General Earle E. Partridge, has carried the brunt of the air war so

far. Just last night, one of his F–80s returned to base and it took 11 passes by GCA

[ground controlled approach], the last one being with flares, to get him down. This

was successful. Recently, one of our flights returned to base with 4 jet airplanes;

GCA was not operating; the ceiling was 100 feet with one mile visibility and light

rain; and the flight commander brought his entire flight in safely. Our RAAF comrades with their 77th Fighter Squadron have performed magnificently from the

date they were put under my operational control. Our transport pilots, C–54,

C–46, and C–47, who carry out their mission over the battle zone from Suwon to

Pusan, do so with daring, with skill and with bravery. As you gentlemen know, a

unit under my command is the 19th Bomb Wing serving under the orders of Major

General Alvan C. Kincaid. From its base in the Far East, it has daily - except for

two days of bad weather - done a great job over both North and South Korea. The

South Koreans, although only a handful, are doing the job with their few Mustangs. Naval aviation under Admiral Struble, on air strikes 3 and 4 July, effectively

performed their mission. The Army’s liaison pilots are daily flying missions over

the combat zone, assisting us in Far East Air Forces as well as the Army in its

command and staff job. I desire to call to your attention the great work that has

been done by my entire staff, my logistics command under Brigadier General

John P. Doyle, and the weather and communications people. Without this laborious and technical effort we could not function. Theirs has been a job well done

too. I guarantee to you gentlemen that the Far East Air Forces is a well integrated

team; furthermore, the Far East Air Forces is a part of a bigger team and that is

63

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY
the Far East Command made up of the Army, the Navy and the Air Force. Under

the great leadership and command ability of our boss, General of the Army Douglas MacArthur and all his assistants, I am confident, that because we are in the

right and have the backing of the world democracies and the United Nations, we

will be successful in our operations on the ground, at sea, and in the air against the

Communists of North Korea.

Following is the matter I quoted (bulletin circulated to all pressmen

present) and read at the meeting:

Far East Air Forces Activity Report, 25 June to 10 July 50: Since the beginning of Korean operations, weather has been continuously deterrent to FEAF

operational effort. In spite of this, FEAF combat aircraft have flown a total of

1,570 sorties. These figures do not include cargo missions by C–54s, C–46s and

C–47s. FEAF combat losses since the beginning of operations total 20. These do

not include 5 C–54 aircraft or the one Australian Mustang reported missing.

FEAF personnel losses to 1100, 10 July, total 26, including officers and airmen.

Total number of aircraft claimed by FEAF, the Navy, the South Korean Air Force

and ground troops are: DESTROYED: FEAF 17, NAVY 5, S. KOREANS 1,

GROUND FIRE 1; total 24. PROBABLY DESTROYED: FEAF 5, NAVY 0, S.

KOREANS 0, GROUND FIRE 0, total 5. DAMAGED: FEAF 4, NAVY 8, S.

KOREANS 0, GROUND FIRE 0, total 12. Breakdown of the above totals is as

follows (does not include naval air): SORTIES (flown) 128 B–29; 212 B–26;

1078 F–80; 100 F–82; 52 F–51 (including RAAF) - 1570 total. COMBAT:

(Losses) 0 B–29; 8 B–26; 10 F–80; 2 F–82; 0 F–51. Total 20. PERSONNEL

(Losses) Dead - 7 officers, 2 airmen; Wounded 5 officers, 0 airmen; Missing 8

officers and 4 airmen. Total 20 officers and 6 airmen. Total damage inflicted by

Far East Air Forces, including RAAF (does not include naval air strikes):

DESTROYED: 71 tanks, 272 trucks, 14 locomotives, 0 railway cars, 16 other

vehicles, 2 buses, 9 half tracks, 2 troop trains, 65 box cars. PROBABLY

DESTROYED: 3 tanks, 22 trucks, 0 locomotives, 4 railway cars, 8 other vehicles, 1 bus, 0 half tracks, - troop trains, - box cars. DAMAGED 49 tanks, 183

trucks, 10 locomotives, 10 railway cars, 6 other vehicles, 1 bus, 2 half tracks, 1

troop train, 12 box cars. TOTAL: 123 tanks, 477 trucks, 24 locomotives, 14 railway cars, 30 other vehicles, 4 buses, 11 half tracks, 3 troop trains, 77 box cars.

In addition to the reports shown in the above figures, Fifth Air Force fighter and

ground attack aircraft have attacked ground troops with unknown but considerable losses; blasted artillery positions; strafed and burned oil storage tanks, railroad tracks, inflicted damage on marshaling yards; and at all times, when

weather permitted, given ground support to our troops. B–29 bombers have

blasted important port installations at Chinnamp’o and Wonsan; major oil, nitrogen and other important industrial targets at Wonsan, Hungnam and P’yongyang;

and major North Korean airfields and the largest South Korean airfield at Seoul.98

Vital rail and highway bridges, both north and south of the 38th Parallel, have

been destroyed. As a result of these missions, FEAF aircraft have held air

64

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

98. Chinnamp’o lies on North Korea’s west coast at the mouth of the Taedong River. It was the site of some important

metals producing plants. Although small, its harbor could take ships of almost any draft. On the opposite coast, Wonsan was

a well-developed port and a major railway center. Concentrated here were North Korea’s oil refineries. About 50

miles north of Wonsan is Hungnam, another major port. Its importance lay in the fact that it had the most
superiority from the first and enemy activity has all but disappeared. Strategic

strikes on rail, bridge and highway communications already have brought numerous reports of bottlenecks in North Korean transportation and damage resulting

from these is being keenly felt by North Korean Forces in the forward area. Vital

supplies such as gasoline and ammunition are known to be short and becoming

short in many localities. By these efforts, FEAF has played an important role in

slowing the North Korean southward march against the time when our own

forces can be marshalled in sufficient strength to turn the tide. Given a break in

the weather, an increased FEAF air potential will shortly make itself felt in no

unmistakeable terms. The Air Force contribution up to now has been effective. Its

effectiveness will increase immeasurably with each passing week. 

Members of the press who heard my above statements were: Russell Brines,

Associated Press; Murray Moler, United Press; Howard M. Handleman, International News Service; Frank Gibney, Time-Life; Bob Frew, Air Force Times;

William Costello, Columbia Broadcasting System; Lindsay Parrott, New York Times;

Raymond F. Falk, North American Newspaper Alliance. Members of my staff

who were present at the time were: General Crabb, D/O [Director of Operations],

Colonel Rogers, D/I [Director of Intelligence], Colonel Van Meter, PIO, Major

Maddocks, Adm. Asst to VC, Major Hower and Mr. Smith, PIO.99

After my meeting with press, immediately called CINCFE and thru the ADC

[aide-de-camp], Colonel Bunker, at 1740 hours informed him the results of a B–29

mission which hit visually from 1355 hours to 1530 hours and which encountered

65

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Lt. Ralph Hall taxis his bomb and rocket-laden F–51 for another ground attack

mission.

extensive basic-chemical and light-metals industry in the Far East. P’yongyang, as the capital of North Korea and

its largest city, was a major target from the beginning. It was also the site of a large arsenal complex (second in size

in the Far East only to Mukden in Manchuria), extensive railway yards, and an aircraft maintenance center.

99. Maj Henry H. Hower, a FEAF staff officer; Smith’s full name is unknown.
no flak and no fighters. Results reported: 14 excellent; 2 poor. This call was at

CINCFE’s request. At 1745 hours called General Almond to read him the report

of the mission.

Mission reports from the daily ops sheet indicate an excellent show for the

Air Force over targets. However, notice recurrence of reports that our aircraft

“unable to contact controller” when in controller area.

From radio coverage and newspaper coverage, the press

meeting accomplished the desired results of getting the Air

Force story across. PIO reports “very favorable” reaction.

First press release on inhumane treatment of POWs [prisoners of war]. Bodies of 7 American soldiers, “hands tied behind them were found

by the roadside in territory recaptured from the North Koreans Monday. Each had

been killed by a bullet in the face.” Bodies found by a 1st Lt. Gates.100

The results of the missions yesterday proved that we were in error in

putting the B–29s on a close ground support target. However, since General

MacArthur personally directed same, we did it yesterday and will do it again

today. Because of the B–29 strike, all of our B–26s yesterday hit bridges and

other targets that were B–29 targets. The B–26s should have been used on the

columns, motorized vehicles, tanks, etc. They were used this way as a result of

orders issued by General Partridge and General Dean in close contact with their

forward CPs. 

My vice commander, Major General Laurence C. Craigie, and Mrs. Craigie,

arrive Haneda 0943 hours. They were met by Annalee, our offer of hospitality,

and by Major R.A. Maddocks, Craigie’s administrative assistant here in FEAF.

Also aboard were Colonels Lee and Botts, both to be assigned to Fifth Air Force -

tentatively Lee goes into the air defense slot there and Botts will go to the 374th

Troop Carrier at Tachikawa.101 Melgard reports 7 other colonels, all part of the

USAF augmentation of FEAF, awaiting transportation out here from Hickam.

Generals Collins, Vandenberg, Rawlings, McKee, and Smith due to arrive

tomorrow night at Haneda for a look-see and assist on our problems.102

1830 hours an appointment with CINCFE: following items are those I will

discuss with him.

1. On 13 July 50, initial strikes by FEAF Bomber Command (Prov)[isional] will

be on the Wonsan Marshaling Yards and Rising Sun Petroleum Company. The

92d and 22d Bomb Groups will make up the strike force. Succeeding strikes

on targets indicated on charts (Also took along several target photos.) will be

assigned to facilitate a systematic collapse of a target system.

2. The 92d and 22d Bomb Groups from SAC have a high altitude all-weather

capability.

TUESDAY

11 July

1950

66

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

100. Lt Delbert C. Gates of the 24th Division. This incident took place near Chonui.

101. Col Joseph D. Lee, took command of the 6132d Tactical Air Control Group (Provisional) on July 14, and

later commanded the 6151st Air Base Unit; Col Herbert A. Bott, became CO of the 374th TCG on July 22.

102. Lt Gen Edwin W. Rawlings, Deputy Chief of Staff, Comptroller, Headquarters USAF; Maj Gen Frederic H.

Smith, Jr., Chief, Plans and Programs Section, Headquarters USAF; Maj Gen William F. McKee, Assistant

Vice Chief of Staff, USAF. The President had directed Collins and Vandenberg to obtain first-hand information on the personnel, materiel, and monetary requirements of the U.S. forces in the Far East (specifically

Japan and Korea). From this information the President and the JCS could evaluate what exactly was needed

and what could be given. (“History of the JCS,” Vol. III, pp 190-191.)
3. Bomber Command will be given an opportunity to select targets within

the systems except as otherwise indicated by FEAF.

4. General Partridge advised General Eubank by telephone today, at the present time, he had more fighter-bomber and fighter-strafer effort than profitable targets existed in the battle area. It is our opinion that this is an

example of which we are right proud - that is we gave the working people on the ground much more than their needs.

5. Discuss the B–29 effort yesterday in support of the ground troops versus the B–26 effort on the isolation of the battlefield by the destruction

of bridges.

6. Our target systems have now been completed to such a point that General

O’Donnell, my bomber commander, can select and destroy targets regardless of weather.

7. I have issued direct orders to him (General O’Donnell) that no urban area

targets will be attacked except on direct orders from you through me.

8. Again, since our first strike targets are bound to kill and wound civilians,

I recommend that an announcement be made by you urging them to

vacate all urban centers that are close to military targets; namely, railroad

centers, airfields, heavy industry locations, harbors and sub bases, and

POL [petroleum, oil, and lubricants] storage facilities and refineries.

Ground forces take beating in tank battle; those advanced armored groups

were caught by Soviet-type tanks and gunfire that penetrated our tanks. From the

press reports, vicious trading of blows, with our forces having to give way.

Craigie reports on job 12 July; they are coming to dinner and lunch with us.

Nuckols arrives, unnanounced, via PanAm; billeted at the Imperial.

67

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

The shoreline of Korea is dimly visible in the center of the photo as a formation

of 92d BG Superfortresses head for their North Korean target.
Following memo delivered via officer courier to General Willoughby personally, Imperial Hotel, Room 248.

Memo to CINCFE subject: Announcement to the North

Koreans - (1) Reference your approval of my recommendation of last evening it is recommended that: (a) All available

channels of communication be used by you to notify those responsible

for current operations of the North Korean armed forces that it is your

intent to destroy by air bombardment all railroad centers, airfields,

heavy industry locations, port facilities and sub bases, POL storage

facilities, refineries and railroads and highways used by their armed

forces. (b) All persons be warned to leave such areas and remain at

points sufficiently far removed to avoid needless loss of life. (c) The

sole action on the part of North Korea which will prevent such action

on your part is the withdrawal of all North Korean armed forces above

the 38th Parallel, complete cessation of all hostile activity, and an

agreement by the North Korean government to abide by any future decisions of the United Nations.

1310 General Almond forwarded the following message at express

wish of CINCFE:

He (CINCFE) has noticed in a radio from USAFIK to CINCFE, dtd 12

July, #ROB 312, Part 2, in which General Dean reports that the 1st

Korean Army Corps, south of the river on the general line (1043 - 1534

to 1172 - 1567), pressure decreasing on the front.103 The 1st Division lost

all ammo and some trucks as a result of a B–29 raid (General MacArthur

interpreted 1st Division to be the 1st North Korean Division) and

expresses high appreciation for those B–29 strikes. In Part 4 of the same

radio, General Dean again expresses his appreciation for the close support of FEAF planes against railways, etc. and commends FEAF on

excellent help.

1500 hours in conference with General Partridge who reported to me today

on his operations thus far in Korea and Japan, and received the following information from me: (1) I directed that while General Vandenberg was here we

would not discuss the improper use of the B–29s as I agreed with General

MacArthur to use them as close support because of the ground situation. (2) I

informed him that the Boxer would bring to Japan 150 F–51s, 150 pilots and 400

mechanics.104 (I have just learned that it will sail from San Diego, today, 12 July.)

Sent Boxer’s departure date to General Partridge. (3) I asked him if we here in

Hqs were hindering his operations in any way and, if so, how and what we can

do to help him do his job. He gave me his plans for the reduced air defense of

WEDNESDAY

12 July

1950

68

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

103. Although there had been an earlier command designated USAFIK, this message refers to a new ground command established on July 4 under Major General Dean. The main force under Dean’s command was his own

24th Division plus a smattering of small units. USAFIK was short-lived, being replaced on July 12 when Lt

Gen Walton H. Walker, commander of the Eighth Army, took over. Walker’s command was then referred to

as EUSAK (Eighth U.S. Army in Korea).

104. The Essex-class carrier Boxer. In reply to General Stratemyer’s requests for more men and materiel, these F–51s

(actually only 145 plus 6 L–5s), along with pilots and mechanics, were recalled from the Air National Guard.

Shipment by carrier was the most expeditious method of moving large quantities of aircraft and men. (Field, p 89.)
69

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Japan which I approved. He called my attention to the fact that he had heard a

rumor to the effect that we were forming an engineer command. I told him that

we had heard nothing of it and that if any such command would be formed, I

would so advise him as it is his business, would be at his recommendation, and

under him and not under FEAF. (5) I informed him that his plan for the use of

fighter squadrons from Clark and Naha was approved and awaited only his

request for the movement orders. (6) I informed him and directed that he pass it

down along the line that there would be no inter-service criticism by any of us.

(7) I warned him that I was sure General Vandenberg would want to come direct

to his Advance CP to discuss his plans with him; however, General MacArthur

had requested that I discourage any trip to Korea by General Vandenberg. There

has been too much publicity re his arrival and General MacArthur bases his

request to me on that publicity.

The following memorandum for the record [underlined in the original] dated 12 July 1950, subject: “Fighter Defenses for the Japanese

Home Islands,” was given to General Partridge:

The following arrangements will be made by the Fifth Air Force for the

defense of the Japanese home islands. At Misawa, Johnson, and Itazuke

Air Bases, there will be established a minimum of one squadron of

F–80s and one flight of F–82 aircraft. During the hours of daylight,

when good weather prevails, four F–80 aircraft will be maintained on a

strip-alert status. During inclement weather and during darkness, at least

two F–82 aircraft will be maintained on the alert. The remainder of the

F–80 squadrons and the F–82 flights not required for the regular alerts

will be retained in the local area and will be prepared to engage in combat operations in a minimum of time. By this arrangement, normal training and transition can be accomplished, but the possibility that the

aircraft might be called upon for combat operations will be kept constantly in mind. As soon as the number of pilots and aircraft permit an

additional squadron of F–80s will be stationed in the Tokyo area and the

strength of the F–82 aircraft in that area will also be proportionately

increased.

Mission reports - continued strafing, bombing of targets and support of

ground units. However, member of F–80 flight reporting in from a strafing mission in Chungin [?, probably Ch’ungju] area, the target being Chungin area, that

destroyed 4 trucks, 1 half-track, and a jeep-type vehicle; damaged 1 truck and

saw considerable vehicles between Ansong and Yangsong all previously knocked

out. Contacted by B–29 who reported being attacked by 2 Yaks and crew was

bailing out. Had insufficient fuel to go to their aid. All crew of B–29 bailed out.

Recommend no flights to same area because no targets of value.

Another report from a C–47 mission:

...cargo and passenger mission completed... Yaks over strip at Taejon; no

attack; L–4 shot down two minutes west of field; crewmen evacuated to

Kyushu. Guerrilla activity around strip.
Lt. General Walker named CG [Commanding General]

Eighth United States Army Korea (EUSAK).105

0700 Generals Vandenberg, Collins, and party (Lt. General

Rawlings, Comp, USAF; Maj. Gen. F.H. Smith, Chief Plans

& Programs Sec, USAF; Maj. Gen. Wm. F. McKee, Asst Vice CSUSAF; Rear

Admiral Augustus J. Wellings, Deputy Dir, MSTS; Colonel Grussendorf, USAF;

Colonel McHugh, USAF; Colonel Denson, G-4, USA; Lt. Col. Dickson, G-3,

USA; and Lt. Col. Larsen, Aide.)106 arrive Haneda. Greeting party: General

MacArthur, Walker, Almond; Admiral Joy and myself. Party to go direct from

Haneda to GHQ for conference.

1000 hours, our briefing for General Vandenberg and party.

1100 take off, in staff C–54 with Vandenberg party for Itazuke. Left

approx[imately] 1500 hours, C–47 for Taegu; returned Korea 1930; (returned

Haneda 0030 hours, 14 July.)

Ground forces withdrawn to Kum River. 

First raid by FEAF Bomber Command (Prov); 56 B–29s out of 57 on target

mission, bombing by radar, the Wonsan marshaling yards. Results unobserved

because of weather. 22d and 92d Medium Bomb Groups participated.

THURSDAY

13 July

1950

70

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

General Stratemeyer greets the Air Force chief of staff, Gen. Hoyt S. Vandenberg,

upon his arrival in Japan on July 13, 1950.

105. When Walker took command of EUSAK, he controlled a force of approximately 18,000 Americans and

58,000 Koreans. (Appleman, pp 109-110.)

106. Rear Adm Wellings, Military Sea Transportation Service vice commander; Col Richard A. Grussendorf,

General Vandenberg’s executive; Col Godfrey D. McHugh, Vandenberg’s aide-de-camp; Col L.A. Denson

was in the Office of the Assistant Chief of Staff, G-4, U.S. Army; Lt Col D.D. Dickson was in the Office of

the Assistant Chief of Staff, G-3, U.S. Army; Lt Col Stanley R. Larsen, General Collins aide-de-camp.
Weather generally unfavorable. One C–47 crashed after unloading cargo at

Taejon; aircraft damaged beyond repair; crew returned to base.

One B–29 aircraft lost due to mechanical reasons; no details available at present,

but six of the crew picked up by fishing boat.

Got to bed at 0300 hours, the morning of the 14th.

Departed Mayeda House107 at 0830 and proceeded to General O’Donnell’s FEAF Bomber Command headquarters.108

General Vandenberg conferred with General O’Donnell, his

staff and Colonel Zoller109 (base commander) for about 1

hour 15 minutes. A very fine congratulatory letter was drafted, patting the

FEAF Bomber Command, plus the 19th Medium Bomb Group, on the back.

Text of letter:

Subj: Recognition of Achievement. 

(1) I was delighted to find upon my arrival in the Far East yesterday morning that you had already launched ninety-eight percent of your available

bomber strength on your initial strike against strategic targets in North

Korea, only nine days after receiving word in the United States, 8,000 miles

away, that you were to move to the Far East Command. Your accomplishment clearly indicates the mobility and striking power of the United States

Air Force. It is in the highest tradition of our service and superbly demonstrates the high degree of esprit, mobility and technical competence that you

have achieved. (2.) The 500 tons of bombs you delivered in the face of

adverse weather conditions, which necessitated one hundred percent

radar bombing, should give food for thought to those in the world who

would violate by military aggression the peace and independence of others. (3.) Please pass on to all members of your command my sincere congratulations. s/ Hoyt S. Vandenberg, General, USAF.

Departed Yokota and proceeded to FEAMCOM where we were met by General Doyle and while here General Vandenberg became familiar with our putting

into commission all F–51s in storage - which was completed today. He observed

the B-26 reconditioning, some eleven of which were under individual crew chief

build up concurrently.

At 1100 hours departed FEAMCOM for Mayeda House where we had

lunch, after which we proceeded to my office and General Vandenberg, with

Generals McKee, Rawlings and Smith completed and signed a number of administrative messages to be sent to Washington. Following from CSAF to AVC/S

[Assistant Vice Chief of Staff] USAF, Top Secret, Redline, quoted in full:

Redline to Norstad110 from Vandenberg. Immediately upon arrival had

conference with General MacArthur who outlined past actions and current and anticipated situation. He expressed satisfaction with Air Force

FRIDAY

14 July

1950

71

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

107. This was a so-called “U.S. house” — a fine house taken over for use by U.S. personnel.

108. At Yokota Air Base.

109. Col Virgil L. Zoller, then Yokota AB commander and later, 3d BW commander.

110. Lt Gen Lauris Norstad had been 20AF chief of staff, deputy chief of Air Staff, and assistant chief of Air Staff 
contribution to date, calling it superior. I next visited Partridge at Itazuke.

The Fifth Air Force is going all out under sound leadership. I talked to the

pilots of two of the fighter groups engaged in continuous support missions.

These young men have the old stuff on the ball. Group and squadron commanders display courageous leadership and amazing initiative and ingenuity. I visited Taegu, the first operational fighter field in Korea, now

operating together with a small Korean force, fourteen F–51s. The Fifth

plans to increase force there to four squadrons as soon as steelmat, engineer troops and equipment can be forwarded via the over-worked railroad

from Pusan. It is estimated that this will be completed within two weeks.

A strip on the east coast above Pusan, K-3, is operational today with two

squadrons of the 35th Fighter Group with F–51s.111 Eventually they plan

to put both F–51s and F–80s on this strip. The theater will have made

Army commitments to the limit of its resources by mid-August. Prior to

that time the ZI [Zone of Interior] must have taken up the burden for all

necessary reinforcements and replacements. 

NEW SUBJECT. Expect to leave here today at 1400 arriving Washington

early Saturday morning. Request Weyland meet me in my office at 1000

hours Saturday with Stearley.

NEW SUBJECT. Stratemeyer assures me that if we had aviation engineer units at nearly even full strength with proper SSNs112 as our Air

Force units, the operations from Korea would have been initiated from

both strips last Friday. Our insistence on operational units rather than

skeleton units paid dividends in our ability to go into action immediately. Believe this should be brought to the Secretary’s immediate

attention.

1330 hours, General Vandenberg had his appointment with General

MacArthur at which time he very explicitly and masterfully explained to General

MacArthur the use of ground support aviation and the use of strike B–29s. General

MacArthur agreed with everything General Vandenberg said and so announced

himself. He (General MacArthur) did however point out that there would be

times when we would have to use B–29s in close support. General Vandenberg

then departed for Haneda, and, with General Collins, boarded the Constellation

after saying goodbye to General MacArthur and myself.

I advised General Hickey of our B–29 plan and he agrees that it is OK

and proper.

During General Vandenberg’s drafting of his redline to Norstad, he asked me

how much sooner would we have had airfields operating in South Korea if we

had had aviation engineer units at nearly even full strength with the proper SSNs.

I told him Friday (this in concert with my Deputy for Materiel).

72

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

111. at AAF Headquarters in World War II. In October 1947, he became Deputy Chief of Staff for Operations,

USAF, and since May 1950, also acting Vice Chief of Staff, USAF. The following October, he became Commander-in-Chief, USAFE.

111. Because of the wide variety in spelling of Korean place names, it was decided to assign each airfield in

Korea a “K-site” number to provide an exact identification/location. The accompanying table shows K-sites

in the Spring of 1951.

112. Now obsolete, the Specification Serial Number corresponds with an Air Force Specialty Code which identifies a related grouping of duties and tasks making up a job or specialty.
Following is Alkire’s113 statement for the record:

It is estimated that with combat-ready, fully-equipped engineer aviation units, assigned to command in FEAF, completely manned with

the proper SSNs, two airfields (K-1 and K-3) would have been completed by 7 July 50 and a third (K-2) would have been operational

today (14 July 50).

After Vandenberg’s departure, sent the following memos to my staff:

To the Deputy for Intelligence: Ball the jack114 on answering CSAF’s

questions re North Korean airplanes, where they are located, or dispersed,

where they are being serviced - and how. In Manchuria? NEW SUBJECT: Strike target on the hydro-electric power plant on the Manchurian

border which is just inside North Korea.

113. Col Darr H. Alkire, Deputy for Materiel, FEAF.

114. “Ball the Jack” was an old railroad term meaning “full speed ahead.” In other words, Stratemeyer was telling

his deputy to expedite this matter.

73

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

K-SITES

K-1 Pusan West

K-2 Taegu No. 1

K-3 P’ohang-dong (Yong-ilman)

K-4 Sach’on

K-5 Taejon

K-6 Pyongt’aek

K-7 Kwangju

K-8 Kunsan

K-9 Pusan East

K-10 Chinhae

K-11 Ulsan

K-12 Muan

K-13 Suwon

K-14 Kimp’o

K-15 Mokp’o

K-16 Yongdungp’o (Seoul)

K-17 Ongin

K-18 Kangnung (Koryo)

K-19 Haeju (Kaishu)

K-20 Sinmak

K-21 P’yonggang

K-22 Onjong-ni

K-23 P’yongyang

K-24 P’yongyang East

K-25 Wonsan

K-26 Sondok

K-27 Yonp’o

K-28 Hamhung West

K-29 Sinanju

K-30 Sinuiju

K-31 Kilchu (Kisshu)

K-32 Oesich’o-dong

K-33 Hoemon (Kaibun)

K-34 Ch’ongjin (Seishin)

K-35 Hoeryong (Kainsei)

K-36 Kanggye No. 1 

K-37 Taegu No. 2

K-38 Wonju

K-39 Cheju-do No. 1

K-40 Cheju-do No. 2

K-41 Ch’ungju

K-42 Andong No. 2

K-43 Kyongju

K-44 Changhowon-ni

K-45 Yoju

K-46 Hoengsong

K-47 Ch’unch’on

K-48 Iri

K-49 Yangsu-ri

K-50 Sokch’o-ri

K-51 Inje

SOURCE: Fifth Air Force Histories, 1 January - 30 June, 1 July - 31 December 1951
To the Deputy for Personnel: Ball the jack on getting latest info that was

passed on by General Rawlings re the Armed Forces Mutual Benefit

Association insurance company, and getting such info to our young pilots

and young officers. NEW SUBJECT: FEAF getting 800 critical SSNs for

our aviation engineer units - they are being airlift[ed]; be sure procedure

set up to insure proper assignment and an ample number gotten to the

engineer units now operating under the Fifth Air Force.

To the Director of Communications: General Ankenbrandt and General

Maude enroute to FEAF;115 have your communications and personnel

needs ready (CSAF says plenty of equipment available for our use); set up

an ‘instant flash’ communications net connecting Yokota AFB and Advance

Fifth AF hqs and Twentieth AF on Okinawa. Be prepared to discuss number of TPS–1–B that we need throughout the command.116

To the Deputy for Materiel: Be sure that ALL OLD AMMUNITION is

either dumped and destroyed by other means.

To the Deputy for Operations: Look into the possibility that all these fishing boats being reported off the shore of Korea are fishing vessels; think

they are slipping oil, etc. through out blockade by that means. Even if

cargo only fish, my opinion this would help the effort in Korea if we

could stop even that industry.

Informed via memo the Deputy for Materiel that we are getting 100 F–80Cs

and that is all we get until we holler for more or when we reconvert back to

F–80Cs from F–51s.

Sent a memo to CO of 2143d Air Weather Wing that CSAF authorized

me to divert airplanes and crews of the weather squadrons whenever essential for the operation of the Bomber Command or for other weather service

in FEAF; however, when this is done, an info redline shall be sent for me to

him so stating in order that he can keep General (MATS) Kuter117 advised as

to the diversion.

Sent a letter to O’Donnell telling him to make up a folio of blip pictures of

Wonsan marshaling yards, blip pictures of Seoul bridge complex and bridge

complex of P’yongyang - so can point out difficulties to CINCFE of radar bombing compared to visual bombing.118

Colonel and Mrs. Nuckols, my new PIO and his wife, had dinner with us.

Mission report: Weather unfavorable for part of day, lifting later on. F–80s

report 2 Yaks destroyed on ground at Kimp’o; also that damage to field repaired

and 7 camouflaged Yaks reported at Kimp’o.

After some absence, Yak fighters reappear; F–80s report while on a rocket

and strafing mission, N and NE of Suwon area,Yak–9 made a run on some B–26s,

knocking out the #2 engine of one of the ‘26s. When F–80s attacked, they ran;

74

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

115. Gen Francis L. Ankenbrandt, Director of Communications, Headquarters USAF; Brig Gen Raymond C.

Maude, Assistant for Development of Programs, Headquarters USAF.

116. A TPS–1–B was a type of early warning radar.

117. Maj Gen Laurence S. Kuter, commander of the Military Air Transport Service (MATS) since 1948. During

World War II, he commanded the 1st Bomb Wing in England and the Allied Tactical Air Forces in North Africa

before returning to Washington to become Assistant Chief of Air Staff for Plans and Combat Operations.

118. “Blip” pictures were radarscope photos of targets.
however, fuel supply prevented the F–80s from following: The B–26 landed

safely at Taejon; crew OK - back at Ashiya.

Directive issued and received from General MacArthur

through General Almond to hit Kimp’o airport and the marshaling yards at Seoul today, using B–29s, and still maintain

B–29 ground support in front of the South Koreans. My decision as follows: continued use of B–29s in ground support; the remainder of

B–29s in the 92d Bomb Group to hit Kimp’o; maximum effort of the 22d and

19th Bomb Groups on Okinawa on the marshaling yards at Seoul tomorrow.

General MacArthur agreed 100 percent on my recommendation and even

went so far as to beat me to the recommendation not to bomb Seoul marshaling

yards unless visual bombing.

After my talk with MacArthur, I had a good heart-to-heart talk with

Brigadier General Pinky Wright, G-3, and he thoroughly understands our

position and at all times support it. I informed both General Almond and General Hickey as well as General Fox119 of General MacArthur’s approval of my

recommendations.

Lunch with Rosie O’Donnell at the Union Club.120 Ate the low calorie meal

and you surely get filled up; I can well understand why there are no calories on it! 

General O’Donnell and I will depart for Kadena from Haneda at 1000 hours

tomorrow for a visit to his bomb units at Kadena and for the purpose of a conference with my Air Force commander, General Kincaid.

Commendation letter to CG Twentieth Air Force for the 19th Bomb Group

and Twentieth Air Force personnel on the excellent work that they have done was

approved and prepared. I will take it with me tomorrow. Also, I have approval

and citation prepared for the Legion of Merit for Colonel Graff.121 The presentation of which I will make at Kadena.

Continued strikes at North Korea; B–29s hit Kimp’o and other targets

reporting excellent results. Lost an F–51 from small arms fire; pilot killed.

Brigadier General Charles Y. Banfill, my new Deputy for Intelligence

arrived 1800 hours; billeted Imperial.122

Generals Ankenbrandt and Maude arrived 0930; billeted

Imperial. 1000 departed for Kadena with General O’Donnell.

Press reports North Koreans assaulting our positions on Kum

River and that we are holding although meager groups of

North Koreans did manage to cross in some locales. First figures of casualties

announced by FEC - estimated 8 to 9 thousand North Korean casualties; American casualties in neighborhood of 500.

USAF reports that General Weyland, who will be my vice commander for

SUNDAY

16 July

1950

SATURDAY

15 July

1950

75

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

119. Maj Gen Alonzo P. Fox, Executive for Economics and Industrial Affairs, Office of the Deputy Chief of Staff,

SCAP from 1946-1947. Since then, he had been D/CS, SCAP.

120. The Union Club, another Japanese building taken over by the occupying forces, now was the FEAF Officers Club.

121. Col Theodore Q. Graff, CO of the 19th BG. The medal was presented for the achievements of his group. By

July 30, however, Graff was under fire from FEAF because his group had fallen below the FEAF combat

readiness standard. (Hist, ComOpsDiv, FEAF, Jun 25-Oct 31, 1950, I, Jul 30 entry.)

122. Originally scheduled to be 20AF vice commander, Banfill hardly got his feet wet in that job before being

reassigned to his new duties.
operations, due to arrive Tokyo 19 July; General Stearley, who is Kincaid’s

replacement, will arrive 21 July.123

B–29s over marshaling yards at Seoul; had high cover of F–80s; target visual

for approx 2 min[utes] of bomb run, then target obscured by clouds, but results

believed to be excellent; flak moderate to light. However, 2d squadron in contrast

to first, reported enemy aircraft seen, but they did not attack. 3d squadron

bombed visually, good results, flak moderate, inaccurate, and no fighters. The

bombing mission in the Ch’ungju area reported light and meager anti-aircraft

fire; results good to excellent; no enemy aircraft encountered.

United Nations have opened an office on the second floor of the building - adjacent to the Allied Council chambers.124

Was met at Kadena by General Kincaid, Colonel Graff, Colonel Condron,125

and some members of the 19th and 22d Bomb Groups. Immediately proceeded

to the 22d Bomb Group camp which was inspected and which represents hard

work and much help from the Army on Okinawa. General O’Donnell was greatly

pleased with the improvements that had taken place in one week. I remained

there until the 22d returned from its strike mission on Seoul; listened to some of

the debriefings and then addressed the majority of the combat crews and said

generally, the following:

I told them about General Vandenberg’s letter of commendation, and welcomed them to the Far East Air Forces. I specifically let them know that my headquarters and that of the Twentieth Air Force Headquarters would help them with

every means possible. I cautioned them about their gunners being alert at all

times over Korea; I advised them to keep their historical records daily; I also

pointed out that they would be called up to perform from time to time a mission

that is not known to them as members of SAC and that on these missions they

would simply have to throw the book away and get in and pitch and destroy the

targets that would be assigned to them. Such ground support missions would not

last long, but would last until the ground situation stabilized.

I then proceeded to the 19th Bomb Wing debriefing room where I made the

award of the Legion of Merit to Colonel Graff, their group commander; following that, General Kincaid read my letter of commendation to the 19th Group after

which General O’Donnell addressed the group.

My remarks to the 19th were the same as those made to the 22d Group except

I emphasized the need for alertness on the part of gunners while over Korea. 

Made a broadcast on the local station by tape, thanking General Sheetz126

and his staff, the anti-aircraft artillery and all ground personnel, both military and

civilian, for their help to the Twentieth and the bomb groups now stationed here.

General Kincaid had a group of 12 for dinner which included General Sheetz,

his chief of staff, Colonel Graff, Colonel Edmundson (22d group commander),

76

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

123. Kincaid was finishing his tour as commander of 20AF. Maj Gen Ralph F. Stearley relieved him on July 31.

124. The Allied Council for Japan had been constituted shortly after World War II. Comprised of representatives

from the U.S., the British Commonwealth, China, and Russia (all with veto powers), it was an advisory

group to the Washington-based Far Eastern Commission. This latter organization consisted of 11 nations that

had fought Japan and was supposed to run Japan in a similar manner to what was done in Germany. Actually, neither the Allied Council nor the Far Eastern Commission had much effect except to muddy the political waters.

125. Col John E. Condron, 20AF PIO.

126. Maj Gen Josef R. Sheetz, commanding general of the Army’s Ryukyu Command.
Colonel Ganey, General O’Donnell’s top man in the Bomber Command whom he

has placed there to supervise the work of the two groups, Colonel Weltman, and

Colonel and Mrs. McHenry.127

Got to bed about 10:30 P.M.

0130 via PanAm, General and Mrs. Doolittle arrive at

Haneda. Billeted at the Imperial. Departed Okinawa 0655

hours and arrived Haneda

1130 hours. Came direct to the office where I had a sandwich

for lunch and read my personal mail. Signed a letter to General MacArthur on how

we are to operate the ground support for General Walker.128 General Eubank is taking this direct to General Hickey and General Almond along with a set of pictures

showing the destructive effect of the FEAF Bomber Command strike yesterday on

Seoul - 1,504 x five hundred pound bombs were dropped - or 376 tons.

92d flew all thirty of its bombers and the 19th flew seventeen.

The Doolittles and General Banfill had dinner with us.

Fighters of the Fifth Air Force shot down two Yaks.

I attended the ops session, Far East Command headquarters,

this morning and at the conclusion of which I called attention

to the support given the Air Force on Okinawa in the establishment of the camp for the 22d Group. I also pointed out

the necessity for highest priority on the airlift of engines for our B–29s from the

States, stating that if we do not get these engines our B–29 effort would gradually reduce to a “nil” operation. I was promised that the engines would receive

the very highest priority.

At the conclusion of the ops session, I called on General MacArthur and

asked him to read my letter to him which sets forth the coordinated effort

between the Fifth Air Force and the FEAF Bomber Command. He agreed in

principle with the letter, but pointed out that there was a gap in it to which I

agreed -although our intentions were as he discussed; GHQ had been sidetracked. General Almond was called into his office and he covered with him

what he desired FEC’s reply to my letter should be, which I agreed to. During

the discussion, however, while General Almond was present, I very emphatically

stated that you can not operate B–29s like you operate a tactical Air Force - it

must be well-planned, well-thought-out and an operation that should not be

changed daily if we wanted to get the best effect out of the ‘29s. General

MacArthur agreed with me in the presence of General Almond. It is my opinion

that henceforth, as a result of this conference with General MacArthur, that our

relationship with Far East Command staff will be better.

TUESDAY

18 July

1950

MONDAY

17 July

1950

77

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

127. Col James V. Edmundson had seen action at Pearl Harbor, Midway, the Solomons, Europe, and with B–29s

in the CBI and the Marianas in World War II; Col Wiley D. Ganey, FEAF Bomber Command deputy for

operations; Col John H. Weltman, 51st FIW commanding officer; Col George A. McHenry, commander of

the 6332d Air Base Wing.

128. Stratemeyer proposed that Walker make all his requests for close air support directly to General Partridge,

who would honor these requests within 5AF’s capabilities. Any requests in excess of these capabilities

would be forwarded to General Stratemeyer for action. The following day, MacArthur agreed to this proposal but noted that any conflicts in this process would be decided by him. (Ltr, Lt Gen George E. Stratemeyer to Gen of the Army Douglas MacArthur, 17 Jul 1950, subj: Close Support for the Ground Troops in

Korea, w/1st indorsement, 18 Jul 1950.)
Eubank and I had lunch at the Non-Com’s Club - at his expense.

Had a nice conference with Generals Ankenbrandt and Maude re our communications setup.

Colonel Unni Nyar129 called on me with a letter from the Ambassadress of

India,Madame Vijiya Pandit.130 He made a good impression.

Mrs. Picher had dinner with us.

Invited Sir Alvary Gascoigne131 to attend the briefing with me.

Cleared same with my intelligence people. However, after

meeting General Robertson, pointed out that this might lead to

precedence, the setting of which might prove embarrassing. I

explained that my gesture was well-intentioned, etc., but that could see his point too.

0930 hours presented awards to MATS pilots re their combat zone flying.

(Capt. Ernest C. Ford, 1st Lt. Donald W. Akers, 1st Lt. Garland G. Virden, T/Sgt

Irving W. Moore, T/Sgt. Adolph J. Yescalis.)132

1200 hours, Major General Robert B. McClure, USA,133 who is the new

Ryukyus CG, called; we had lunch at the house.

Results of the Navy’s air strikes reported. Claim 26 airplanes destroyed at

P’yongang; since we destroyed 2 aircraft yesterday and 3 today, convinced an air

build-up underway in North Korea. Sent radio Fifth AF Adv[ance headquarters]

and BomCom directing intensification of reconnaissance.

Had a conference with General MacArthur at 1815 hours and talked from

the following notes:

From the results of the Navy’s air strike yesterday, where they destroyed -

damaged 26 airplanes at P’yongang and our destroying 2 yesterday and 3

more today, I am confident that there is being made an air build-up in North

Korea. Our intelligence people indicate that there are airplanes on the ground

at (#1) P’yongang, (#3) Onjong-ni, (#5) Mirim-ni. Bombing will be visual if

possible; by radar if not. The weather over the immediate battlefront is

predicted “poor” for tomorrow (20 July); however, one bomb group medium

will be given targets in the area between the 37th and 38th Parallels and will

attack if possible. I propose for air strikes tomorrow (20 July) to use one bomb

group medium on the airfield and supply dump of bombs and fuel at (#1) P’yongang,

(#3) Onjong-ni, (#5) Mirim-ni. Visual if possible; by radar if not, and one

bomb group medium on the airfield and supply dump of bombs and fuel

at........ [in original] Our reconnaissance pictures show that there are great supplies of fuel, bombs and other types of supplies just adjacent to these airdromes. Because of weather, we might have to do radar bombing; however,

these airdromes are in North Korea and if all bombs do not hit target areas, it

should be no concern. If an air build-up is made in North Korea and they

should be able to hit Itazuke and Ashiya, such a loss would be greater than the

WEDNESDAY

19 July

1950

78

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

129. Col M.K. Unni Nyar, Indian military observer for the UN Commission. He was killed in Korea about two

weeks later when his jeep hit a mine.

130. Vijaya Lakshmi Pandit, the Indian Ambassador to the United States and Mexico. She was president of the

U.N. General Assembly in 1953-1954. Her brother was Shri Jawaharlal Nehru, the Indian prime minister.

131. Head of the United Kingdom Liaison Mission in Japan.

132. What unit these men are from or what awards they were given is unknown.

133. Maj General McClure had just taken over as the Ryukyus area commander. In World War II, he had seen

action in the South Pacific and from 1944 to 1946 had been the U.S. chief of staff to Chiang Kai-shek.
loss of a battalion, or a regiment, or even a division in the outcome of the

battle for Korea.

General MacArthur agreed with me in the presence of General Almond where

we had a discussion reference the airdrome missions. During this discussion I

pointed out to General MacArthur, in General Almond’s presence, that I had a

target section that was working hard on strips of targets south of the 38th Parallel

and forward of the bomb line and strips north of the 38th Parallel which, if in our

opinion, would be destroyed, would be most beneficial to the battle. I emphasized

my target section and Far East Command target section should get together and

come to a mutual agreement in order to avoid presentation to General MacArthur

for decision. He, General Almond, and I agreed that should and could be done.

I also pointed out to General MacArthur that still in the lower sections of the staff,

the officers in effect believe that you (General MacArthur) had not approved my

Wonsan strike and in General MacArthur’s presence I urged the Chief of Staff to

eliminate this feeling in order that we can get a ball team and eliminate the dissension between his staff and mine. General Almond agreed to do this.

After returning to General MacArthur’s office, his remarks to me were:

“Strat, we always have that kind of thing,” to which I replied, “I know it, but we

ought to eliminate it when it crops up.” He agreed.

About 2300 hours I called General Picher134 and directed that he inform all

commands that for the next few days great effort should be put on the reconnoitering of hostile airdromes.

Following is a brief of the “remarks” from the mission reports: 3 Yak–9s

destroyed and one Yak–9 probably destroyed in aerial combat with F–80. One F–80

shot down by a Yak–9 in vicinity of Taejon. Jeep dispatched to attempt to locate

downed aircraft and pilot. Fourteen fighter-type and one twin engine-type a/c [aircraft] destroyed and 7 fighter type a/c were damaged all on ground at P’yonggang. Total:

18 aircraft destroyed; one probable; and seven damaged.

Asked my Operations for a report on napalm usage.

Major General O. P. Weyland,135 my new vice commander

for operations, with a Colonel Meyers,136 arrived 0715.

During the Far East Command ops meeting this morning, I

stressed the fact that we were devoting all recon efforts for

the next two or three days to the location of North Korean aircraft on the ground

besides taking pictures of both airdromes and post-strike results. After the ops

meeting with General Almond, I introduced Craigie and Weyland to MacArthur

and heard a wonderful discourse by him on our operations and efforts from the

receipt of the President’s directive to date.

General Orders issued relieving General Eubank and designating Craigie as

my vice commander of administration and plans and Weyland as my vice

commander for operations.

THURSDAY

20 July

1950

79

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

134. Brig Gen Oliver S. Picher, normally Inspector General, FEAF, but then acting as deputy for operations.

135. Earlier in the month, Weyland had been part of the inspection team led by General Wolfe. In World War II,

he commanded the XIX Tactical Air Command and then 9AF. His assignments after the war included being

the assistant commandant of the Command and General Staff School, Air Force assistant chief of staff for

plans, director of plans and operations at Headquarters USAF, and deputy commander of the National War

College. He had been Commander, Tactical Air Command for one week before being reassigned to FEAF. 

136. Probably Col Gilbert Meyers, 5AF deputy for operations.
1400 hours I told General Crabb and Colonel Price to discuss with General

Weyland and bring General Craigie into it, General MacArthur’s plan of maneuver

come about 15 September. I directed that they consider and have recommendations ready for my approval of a small command group in case General

MacArthur’s plans materialize; when he moves, I will move.

1600 hours visited FEAF Bomber Command and had a long talk with General

O’Donnell in the presence of General Eubank and explained to O’Donnell in

great detail why the Bomber Command, for a while, would really be a battle

support command south of the 38th Parallel.

I made it plain to him that he must follow out General MacArthur’s and my

directives and become a member of the ballteam. He accepted this in fine spirit

and he told me that I need not worry about his group or crews - that they would

put out and do as directed. He did point out, however, the great confusion that

had been caused by constant change of orders. I explained why this happened

and apologized, and gave him to believe that we would do everything in our

power to get orders to him in ample time to brief his crews and plan his mission.

We had dinner in his quarters, present: Generals O’Donnell and Eubank and

myself, Colonel Bondley137 (O’Donnell’s C of S), Colonel Ganey (O’Donnell’s

operations chief), Colonel Putnam138 (92d group commander), and a squadron

commander and bombardier who flew one of the missions the other morning. 

F–80 on armed recon mission reported at 1815 K, north of Kum River at

Taejon, 2 Yak–9s made pass in the air. Both enemy a/c destroyed; one went down

burning and a pilot was observed bailing out.

B–29 mission reported one Yak–3 and 1 LAGG–3 damaged in air; observed

smoking. One of the B–29s was hit by fighter fire and one B–29 by flak; each

sustained only minor damage.

General Robertson posed the question if the 77th RAAF

Squadron moves to Korea, as suggested by General Partridge, how is it to be maintained - down to and including

food and PX [Post Exchange] supplies for the personnel.

Operations has been delegated to come up with a solution.

Robertson also requested help so that he can advise Air Marshal Jones,139 C of S,

RAAF, whether to buy jet close support-type equipment or reciprocal engine-type

equipment, based on our experience. Operations to prepare the study for me.

Relieved Picher from duty with operations; he will function as IG and will

report directly to me and will be my roving trouble-shooter.

Sent memorandum to CINCFE suggesting that a target selection group be

set up of general officers. Suggested Hickey, Willoughby, Weyland and a Navy

representative. Present target groups in each of our headquarters could continue

to function and can do spade work for this final group.

Generals Ankenbrandt and Maude in. Stressed importance of communications and cited the incident where O’Donnell’s sigtot140 broke down on 19 July

(1500 hours) and took until 20 July (0500 hours) to get through to 22d and 19th

FRIDAY

21 July

1950

80

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

137. Col C.J. Bondley, Jr., FEAF Bomber Command vice commander.

138. Col Claude E. Putnam, Jr.

139. Air Marshal Sir George Jones, Chief of Air Staff, RAAF.

140. Sigtot was the name given certain two-way transmission equipment often used for the transmission and

reception of classified material.
on Okinawa. Stated that “flash” and “operational immediate” orders must get

through as required from the Bomber Command to Okinawa.

Press reports indicate that Taejon has fallen; that Major General Dean

reported as missing in action. Both are unconfirmed.

Put the gist of my conversation with O’Donnell in writing, in the form of an

indorsement (Top Secret - Eyes Only).

Called on General MacArthur at 1815 hours and took over what we considered a good press release and the reaction by CINCFE was not good. He stated

we should in no way discuss the ground situation but should stick strictly to air

matter, and that the ground situation is a matter for CINCFE. I am inclined to

agree and feel that our interim report on our operations was a wrong approach.

I left the paper with him and he promised to read it and I will receive the results

during my meeting with him tomorrow, 22 July, at 1130 hours.

Constellation being sent me for CINCFE’s use.

Mission report discloses 2 F–80s lost; on one, the tip tank pulled out, causing

it to crash; on the other, crash landed at Itazuke.

0800 hours General Stearley reported in at my office. He and

Mrs. Stearley had arrived at 0630 hours at Haneda and

will be our guests at Mayeda House. He is to be CG of

Twentieth Air Force.

General Partridge called and requested information from us as to when

Marine aviation will arrive, if they will occupy Itami, under whose control they

will be, and what their job will be when not supporting Marine brigade.141

Instructed VC for Ops to get an answer to Partridge before midnight tonite.

Partridge also protested about the Navy reserving air space of 100 miles in diameter re the recent landing of the 1st Cav[alry] Div[ision]. He was not permitted to fly

thru the area to support the battlefront and could not get into one of his airdromes,

K-3. Told Ops we must keep out of their hair, but we are not going to let them get

in our hair - and to coordinate with Navy and get situation cleaned up as all that is

necessary is to inform FEAF commanders where Navy is operating - and when.

This week’s Newsweek out with my likeness on the cover. Also contains profiles on Partridge, Timberlake and myself.

O’Donnell called; suggested placing Colonel Wiley D. Ganey, his operations

[officer] in FEAF for a 7 to 10 day liaison tour. Accepted his offer with alacrity.

Sent a radio to Nugent requesting the services of a Colonel James Ferguson,142

for indefinite TDY with this headquarters. Weyland concurred.

SATURDAY

22 July

1950

81

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

141. Marine Air Group (MAG) 33, part of the 1st Marine Air Wing, began arriving at Itami (at Osaka) on August 1.

The squadrons of the group would support the ground troops of the 1st Provisional Marine Brigade, which

landed at Pusan on August 2. Two of MAG-33’s squadrons, VMF-214 and VMF-323, spent little time at

Itami, instead going aboard the escort carriers Sicily and Baedong Strait a few days later for operations. A

third squadron, VMF(N)-513, was based at Itazuke. Its night-fighter Corsairs came under 5AF control for

night heckler operations over Korea. (Lynn Montross and Capt. Nicholas A. Canzona, USMC, The Pusan

Perimeter [U.S. Marine Operations in Korea, 1950-1953] [Washington, 1954], pp 89-90.)

Surprisingly, General Stratemeyer does not mention in his diary that he met on July 20 with Marine Brig

Gens Edward A. Craig and Thomas J. Cushman to discuss the role of the brigade in Korea. At this time he

assured the two men that the MAG-33 aircraft would be available at all times to support the Marines on the

ground. (Montross and Canzona, p 60; Futrell, pp 120-121.)

142. Col Ferguson led the 405th FG in World War II. Following the war, he was on the Air University faculty and

Chief of Staff of the American Mission in Turkey. From June 1950-June 1951, he was assistant to the Vice

Commander, FEAF, and later, Assistant Deputy for Operations, FEAF. 
Attended 1030 ops session in GHQ.

Received General MacArthur’s memorandum in reply to my “first phase

interim Air Operations Release” upon which he stated that he disapproved the type

of release that I had recommended but that he had no objection whatever to Air

Force communiques being put out and that he read same daily and thought them

informative. I turned this paper over to PIO for necessary action. CINCFE told me

again that I could write to my commanders and tell them that he was pleased beyond

all expectations with the operations to date and that Air Force had performed magnificently. I directed my PIO, Colonel Nuckols, to get the draft letter that I had given

him and to revamp it if he so desired and get it up to me for signature.

After the ops session yesterday, General MacArthur approved my recommendation for a top target selection group consisting of Hickey, Willoughby,

Weyland, and a Navy designate.143 CINCFE still pointed out that there would be

times when some front line missions would be desired and asked me if 72 hours

would be ample advance notice. I told him that I didn’t need that long, but I must

have 48 hours notice and those were the instructions he gave to General Almond.

The Stearleys had lunch and dinner with us and remained overnite; they

depart for Okinawa 0900 hours, 23 July, from Haneda.

General Dean is officially listed as “missing in action.”

Weather unfavorable; results of bombings unobserved.

Stearleys depart 0900 for Okinawa. Eubank to depart 2300

hours today for the ZI. (Eubank departed 1000 hours, 24

July.) Sent a memo to C/S, GHQ, FEC, on our runway completion schedule; new runway surfaced with pierced-steel

plank at K-2 (Taegu) to be completed 5 Aug; will be 6,000 ft in length and

will be satisfactory for the operation of any of the a/c now available in FEAF.

Secondary runway to be completed 4 days after the new runway, or 9 Aug.

Re the K-3 runways and dispersal hardstands to be completed 25 July; the whole

base will be rehabilitated so that we can operate F–51 fighters from K-3.

Sent a “Dear Van” letter re the outstanding work that Alkire has done and

compared him with my other officers who are deserving of promotion to

brigadier general.144 Stated that Alkire should be considered before the rest,

which should in no way detract from those others.

SUNDAY

23 July

1950

82

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

143. This group was the outcome of an attempt by MacArthur’s headquarters to establish some kind of target selection and priority. Initially, a GHQ Target Group (consisting of an officer from the G-2 section, one from G-3, and

an Air Force member and a Navy member from the Joint Strategic Plans and Operations Group, all working

part-time on this project) recommended the targets and what needed to be done to ensure the coordinated use of

the available air power. It also analyzed the target systems and the priorities assigned, and advised on how to use

FEAF and Navy aircraft on a day-to-day basis. Unfortunately, the target group attempted to control target selection too closely, leaving FEAF and 5AF out of the decision making process.

The GHQ Target Group was unable to perform its duties as had been planned (numerous mistakes in target

selection being one problem area), and Stratemeyer requested on July 21 that a senior officer GHQ target selection committee be established. Based on information from the GHQ Target Group and the FEAF Target Section,

this high-level committee would present its target recommendations to General MacArthur.

Admiral Joy would not name a member to the committee, stating that the Seventh Fleet’s primary mission was

the defense of Formosa and that in light of this, any decision to employ its aircraft in Korea really rested with

MacArthur. Nevertheless, he said that Navy aircraft would continue to be used in Korea for general or close

support strikes under FEAF’s coordination control.

This senior committee lasted litle more than six weeks. When it became obvious that most of the information on

targets was coming from FEAF, a FEAF Formal Target Committee was established. This group soon became the

de facto theater agency for target selection. (Futrell, pp 50-55; Hist, FEAF, 25 Jun-31 Dec 50, pp 9-10, 49.)

144. Stratemeyer sent these letters on an occasional basis to promote (outside official channels) certain programs,
Colonel Ganey, O’Donnell’s liaison officer, in to see me to report for duty

with FEAF. Answered CSAF redline T.S. [top secret] radio with a redline T.S. re

his request for us to release an air evaluation. My answer to him was that situation still too critical from a ground viewpoint and because of that requested he

wait for more opportune time. Told him we did have an evaluation prepared, but

because of above, had been shelved. Suggested we wait until the tide turns.

General Eubank departs for the ZI from Haneda. At 1145

hours Air Vice Marshal Ragg, the senior air staff officer to

Air Vice Marshal Fogarty, and Air Commodore Davies, Air

Officer Commanding Hong Kong, Wing Commander Barclay, the air liaison attached to the British Embassy here in Tokyo, and Squadron

Leader Sach, who is attached to FEAF on an exchange basis, called.145 Took them

all to lunch at the Union Club.

Annalee and I had a few members of FEAF call at the house at 1800 hours

to have cocktails with us and to honor General and Mrs. Doolittle.

Weather very favorable. B–29s report best visibility since they began their

interdiction campaign.

Fifth AF Advance Hqs now set up along side Eighth Army Advance Hqs.146

Sent radio to Partridge asking to be kept fully informed re:

Is he able to meet Walker’s requirements on threatened left flanking movement around 8th Army? Request number of sorties devoted to area between Taejon and

1st Cav front lines subsequent to evac[uation] of Taejon; and what effort devoted

to enemy activities in Yongdok area. Also, is there sufficiency of AT–6s and/or

liaison a/c for control purposes? Again he is to keep me posted. [Underlining in

original.]

Answer received from my T.S. redline to CSAF dtd 23 July re

submitting evaluation air power. My reasoning approved. Also

in message was info that we are receiving better news coverage re the exploits of the AF in Korea. Keep photos coming.

Drafted a proposed memo to CINCFE for the signatures of the Target Selection Committee, laying out a program for the B–29s of the FEAF BOMCOM. The

19th will continue direct support of ground forces until defense line stabilized or

acceptable; other 2 groups, 22d and 92d will devote efforts to targets on attached

chart; reasoning behind this to permit Fifth to support Walker with their resources

without interference or interruption and will permit the severing of North Korean

communications lines, and damage will be done in North Korea - rather than in South

attaining same and better results if we came entirely south of the 38th Parallel.

TUESDAY

25 July

1950

MONDAY

24 July

1950

83

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

ideas, or in this case, individuals. Alkire did receive his first star in August.

145. AVM Robert L. Ragg; AVM Sir Francis J. Fogarty, Commander in Chief, British Far East Air Force; Air

Commodore A.D. Davies; Wg Cdr Ronald A.C. Barclay; Sqdn Ldr John F. Sach. British Far East Air Forces

(BFEAF) was headquartered in Singapore.

146. Just after midnight, 5AF Headquarters (Advanced) became operational at Taegu. Later that day it was

renamed Headquarters, 5th Air Force in Korea. Located next to Walker’s Eighth Army headquarters, this headquarters (commanded by General Partridge personally) directed the tactical air war in Korea. This arrangement

helped shorten the time between when air support requests were received and when they were accomplished. In

Japan, 5AF Headquarters (Rear) continued to function from Nagoya for air defense of the country and for

logistical and administrative matters. From August 10, it was commanded by Brig Gen Delmar T. Spivey, who

became a 5AF vice commander that day. (Futrell, p 104.)
84

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

The draft that was finally signed by the Target Committee is quoted en toto:

Memo to CINCFE, subj:

Targets for FEAF BOMCOM. (1) Your Target Selection Committee as

approved by you on 22 July has, according to our understanding of your

approval, laid out the following program for the B–29s of the FEAF

Bomber Command. (2) One medium bomb group will continue operations in the close proximity of the battle area until there is a reasonable stabilization of an acceptable defense line. (3) The other two groups

will devote their major effort to a planned interdiction program primarily

north of the 38th Parallel. (4) We feel that by this method the isolation of

the battlefield will be secured and will allow the Fifth Air Force with its

fighters, fighter-bombers, and light bombers, assisted when possible by

carrier aircraft, to perform their mission in support of General Walker

without interference or interruption. This method should cut the enemy’s

lines of communication with equal or better results than if we came

entirely south of the 38th Parallel, inflicting damage in North Korea

rather than in South Korea. (5) It is requested that this plan be approved.

s/ Major Generals D.O. Hickey, USA; Charles A. Willoughby, USA; Otto

P. Weyland, USAF. 

(These people were on original target selection committee on B–29s, Far

East Command, prior to my recommendation to put Weyland, Hickey and

Willoughby on the committee. Their recommendations, as I understand it, went

direct to General Almond and were based to a great extent on his suggestions.)

(1) Colonel E.C. Ewart Dep Dir of Info & Ed Dn., ASF

(Member) Aug 44 - Mar 45

Present: G-2, GHQ Mil Attache to Denmark,

Jul 45 - Mar 49

(2) Lt. Col. R.C. Cassibry CO 15th FA Bn, Jan 44 - Aug 47.

(Alternate?) Student, Command & Staff Col, 47 - 48

3) Lt. Col. W.W. Quinn Provost Marshal duties prior to 42;

(Member) Staff Asst G-2 for 9th Army

Present: G-3, GHQ Jan 42 - Jun 3 44;

Chief Operations, Control Intel. Gp.,

Wash., D.C., Jan 47 - Aug 47

Asst G-3 of I Corps

Sept 49 - Mar 50

(4) Lt. Col. T.R. Hanna Operations Staff Officer, WDGS

(Alternate) Sept 43 - Sept 45

Present: G-3, GHQ Plans Officer, U.S. Forces, China

Sept 45 - Mar 47

5) Commander J.D. Reilly (Navy) Navy Training Station,

(Member) Gunnery officer on carrier

Present: Secretary JSPOG, GHQ

6) Captain Gamet (Navy) Communications Officer

(Alternate) West Coast
Took Mr. Edward R. Murrow (Mr. Murrow representing Columbia Broadcasting Company.)147 and my PIO to lunch at the Union Club; discussed many Air

Force problems with him for the “behind-the-scene” record.

Colonel Nuckols brought in Mr. Joe Fromm, U. S. News and World Report

correspondent, at 1715 and I discussed with him many subjects reference the use

of the Far East Air Forces in Korea. He also was informed that many things that

I told him were for background and off the record; I told him that he could quote

me on anything provided he cleared the quotes with Colonel Nuckols.

1740 General Gilkeson arrives Tokyo. Billeted at the Imperial Hotel.

GHQ PIO release says that United Nations Command officially established

25 July with General MacArthur as C-in-C, as per resolution of the Security

Council of the United Nations of 7 July 50.

Mission reports indicate from fair to some excellent results; one Yak

reported in vicinity of B–29 target area, but it did not attack.

Craigie brought in Mr. Frank L. White, Manila representative of Associated Press. Had a brief talk with him.

Took Gilkeson, Craigie and Banfill to lunch at the Union Club.

Sent a strong redline Personal to Van re his redline T.S. to

me - utilization of aircraft and percentages of use as compared to World War II

flying hours and tonnage dropped. Although our tonnages dropped and sorties

flown are based on per aircraft available, it is higher than those logged during

World War II from Tinian-Saipan.

0630 takeoff from Haneda with General MacArthur aboard the

Bataan. We visited Korea - General Walker’s headquarters,

General Partridge’s headquarters; had lunch with Partridge and

Weyland and then discussed the airdrome construction program with Colonel Mount.148 I was greatly impressed with the intelligence and

ability of Colonel Mount. Our airdrome program in Korea is in good hands.

Returned from Korea approximately 1930 hours.

B–29 on recon mission reported back apparent activity around Wonsan air

strip. GHQ Intelligence reports an enemy aircraft dropped 1 incendiary bomb on

Fifth Air Force Hqrs., no damage done.

A B–29, scheduled to attack front-line precision targets, due to weather,

changed its course for P’yongang; however, due to poor navigation and nonalertness, the pilot discovered he was right over Dairen, at which place, he was

intercepted by two Russian fighters, but they did not fire. The pilot pulled away,

dropped his bombs on P’yongang marshaling yards and beat it for home.149

General Partridge telephoned early this morning and stated

that movements in the south by North Koreans was not good.

He further stated that he had used F–82s last night with

napalm as harassment. He is evacuating the Korean Air

FRIDAY

28 July

1950

THURSDAY

27 July

1950

WEDNESDAY

26 July

1950

85

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

147. Murrow was the noted CBS radio broadcaster who became famous for his radio broadcasts from England

during the height of the “Blitz” in 1940. In the 1950s-1960s, his TV programs “Person to Person” and “See

It Now” set a new style in news broadcasting and would ultimately be regarded as the best of their types.

148. Col Glynn O. Mount, 5AF director of installations.

149. Dairen is over 200 miles west of P’yongyang and is just a few miles east of Port Arthur.
Force from the airport at Sach’on; he definitely stated that the bridges at Seoul

were out and that he had pictures to prove it.150

While I was in Korea, General Partridge told me of the following two incidents: one where operations between Colonel Witty,151 base commander at K-3,

and the South Koreans operating south of Yongdok, were of the very closest cooperation. Two days ago, an air-controller airplane, after securing information from

the South Koreans, directed an F–51 into a town and instructed the pilot to fire

through a certain second-story window of a building in which there were many

Communists. This was done successfully. Another incident was where the mayor

of a town south of Yongdok had informed our flying coordinator that at a certain

time all the inhabitants of the town would evacuate and that because of the large

number of communists present, they wanted the town fired. This also was done

successfully.

Because of this close relationship between Colonel Witty and the South Koreans,

he was informed that the Government of South Korea intended to decorate him.

1530 hours with Colonel Nuckols saw Mr. John Osborne, one of the senior

editors of Time magazine.

At 1615, with Colonel Nuckols, saw Mr. Frank Tremaine, the United Press

correspondent.

General Picher gave me the following memorandum, dated 27 July 50:

Your question on the return of dependents to the U.S.: a. Dependents

whose principal has completed his normal overseas tour may go home at

86

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

Bombs from FEAF Bomber Command B–29s smother a pair of railroad bridges

north of P’yongyang on July 27.

150. Sach’on is about 60 miles west of Pusan and was the the site of a small sod strip. The village fell on July 31.

151. Col Robert W. Witty commanded the 6131st FW at P’ohang (K-3).
government expense, including crating and shipping of household goods.

b. The same is true of officers and airmen who are actually in combat.

c. It is not true for you or me or the PX officer at Itazuke. This should

give you enough latitude to send any obnoxious wives home. I feel that

system should be the one used, rather than a mass movement of all dependents, as many of them are probably dependable and a help to the fighting warrior and not a burden on the phone to the Operations Office. NEW

SUBJECT (phrased carefully). I don’t agree with General Eubank’s suggestion that special emissaries from here be sent to the south country to

harangue the wives. I fear the feeling in the hinterland would be that the

“fat cats” from Tokyo are far from the war, are in no danger, and what are

they doing down here giving us good advice on a subject on which they

are not competent.

1150 hours, Mr. Tofte,152 of Headquarters CIA delivered

letter addressed to me. Sent message to COMNAVFE, with

info copies to CINCFE, Com 7th Fleet, CG BOMBCOM:

Request you pass following message to Royal Navy: Sincerely regret instance Seafire aircraft apparently fired upon by our B–29s

and one Seafire was set afire. Happy that pilot was rescued. Action under

way to revise electronic recognitions procedures to preclude future unfortunate instances. Hope you will instruct Royal Navy pilots to remain outside of .50-calibre machine gun range when attempting to identify, prior

to an attack, four-engine aircraft. Signed Stratemeyer.

Top Secret study completed last night; re my plan for the utilization of Far

East Air Force[s] units in support of the defense of Formosa in case the Chinese

Communists attack; finished at 1830 hours, and approved by me. I will submit

this to General MacArthur tomorrow - or on my trip to Formosa. Total of 7 copies

were made which will be distributed if and when General MacArthur approves it

as follows: 1 cy [copy] General Turner, 1 cy General Stearley, 2 copies (red

comeback cy and another) to Plans, 1 cy (green file copy) with AG Top Secret

Control Officer, 1 cy to be left with the TS Control Officer, and the original to

CINCFE.153

Annalee and I had dinner with Lt. Cecil,154 FEAF Officers’ Club Manager,

and Mrs. Cecil at 2000 hours, University Club.

SATURDAY

29 July

1950

87

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

152. Hans V. Tofte was the CIA head in Tokyo. (For a look at Tofte’s remarkable career, see Joseph C. Goulden,

Korea: The Untold Story of the War [New York, 1982], pp 464-475.) The CIA apparently worked more

closely with Stratemeyer and the Air Force than with MacArthur, who harbored a deep antipathy toward

clandestine operations dating to World War II. Among the CIA’s inventory at the time was the ostensibly

commercial airline, CAT, which had planes operating in logistical support of U.S. forces in Japan and Korea.

The CAT planes were often used on various covert missions.

153. This study was the result of intelligence reports that a Communist invasion of Formosa was imminent.

Reacting to these reports, on July 27 the JCS sent MacArthur a message which, for all intents, appeared to

be a “war warning.” The Joint chiefs recommended (they did not order because such actions had not yet

been approved by the President) that the Nationalist forces be allowed to make air strikes on the China

mainland, as well as mine the coastal waters. Additionally, MacArthur was to send a survey team to Formosa to assess what military aid the Nationalist’s might need. (Bevin Alexander, Korea: The First War We

Lost [New York, 1986], p 164; Blair, p 173; Schnabel, p 368.) 

154. Lt Cecil’s full name is unknown.
B–29s struck with 23 aircraft the Chosen Nitrogen Chemical

Company plant at Ko ̄nan (Hungnam) which is 50 miles north

of Wonsan.155

Explosions rocked planes which were above 15,000 feet. Initial strike with radar; overcast cleared away, presumably by heat generated by

ground fires, remainder bombing visual. Raid highly successful.

1220 hours conferred with CINCFE. Took with me the plans for FEAF support of Formosa should that island be attacked by the Chinese Communists. He

approved the plan as drawn for planning purposes. Copies of same, after

approval, dispatched to Turner and Stearley, cautioning them to limit the knowledge of this plan to certain few of their staff and also to bear in mind that it was

for planning purposes only.

Partridge called; on his behalf sent the following personal redline

to Vandenberg:

Partridge’s headquarters with Timberlake now permanently in Korea.

His rear echelon at Nagoya still has the job of air defense of the islands

of Japan and the other necessary duties required of a rear echelon. He

needs and has urged me to secure for him a good brigadier general to

take on the job at Nagoya. At one time, as you remember, we had two

SUNDAY

30 July

1950

88

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

155. Actually, 47 aircraft struck the target. (Futrell, p 190.) 

Superfortresses unload their 500-lb. bombs onto the Chosen Chemical Company Plant at Ko ̄nan (Hu ngnam).
air divisions in Japan to run the air defense set-up. Because of shortage

of both officers and enlisted personnel, I eliminated the two air divisions and set up three air defense areas with wing commanders in

charge of air defense. It is noted that an air division was recently activated in Europe headed up by a general officer. I feel that since we are

at war our genuine need for a general officer at Nagoya is greater than

that of Europe. As you know, General Weyland did not replace General

Crabb. Crabb cannot be released for Nagoya assignment. Partridge feels

and I agree with him that we need a general officer to command his rear

echelon. Colonel Edwin L. Tucker, who has been here two and one-half

years, is the commander there now but he must be sent home for compassionate reasons. I urge the immediate dispatch of a young and up and

at ‘em general.

Radio received from USAF from Twining stating that Brig General Theron

B. Henebry (Reserve) being recalled to active duty to command Reserve light

bomb wing being activated and deployed as unit to my command.156

Mr. Akabane157 was in briefly at 1530 hours. Have him settled with a yen

salary acceptable to him out at FEAMCOM. Gave him a letter of introduction

to Doyle.

Took off at 0600 hours, aboard the Bataan with CINCFE

for Formosa.158 Those accompanying us: Joy, Struble, Ho,

Almond, Whitney, Canada159

(CINCFE’s physician) and an orderly. The others left in the

standby C–54 (FEAF flagship out of commission because of faulty engine):

Marquat,160 Willoughby, Wright, Eberle, Navy member, my Materiel (Alkire),

7th Fleet member, and an orderly left in GHQ C–54. Plan is to remain through

Monday, returning Tuesday, 1 August.

MONDAY

31 July

1950

89

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

156. This Air Reserve unit was the 452d BW(L), which had less than two weeks notice before being recalled on

August 10. Considered to be the most ready of the Air Force Reserve wings, the Long Beach-based 452d

had a great deal of talented personnel, with many of its members working for the various aircraft plants in

the area. On October 25, the first B–26 of the 452d arrived in Japan, and the first wing mission was flown

two days later. From recall to combat took exactly 77 days. (Gerald T. Cantwell, The Evolution and Employment of the Air Force Reserve as a Mobilization Force, 1946-1980 [Robins AFB, Ga., 1981], pp 20-25.)

Thereon B. Henebry should not be confused with Brig Gen John B. Henebry, who took command of the

315th Air Division on February 8, 1951.

157. Unable to identify this individual.

158. MacArthur had already planned to visit Formosa, but the supposed seriousness of the situation on that island

gave added impetus to the trip. Although the JCS did not tell MacArthur he could not go, the Joint Chiefs

did suggest he send a senior officer in his place. Thus they were not too pleased when they learned that

MacArthur intended to lead the survey party. Their concern about MacArthur seemed valid when word

reached them that he planned to base 3 F–80 squadrons on Formosa, a decision he had no authority to make.

Neither the JCS nor the State Department knew of such a plan. As it turned out, MacArthur did not intend to

transfer the aircraft to Formosa. (Foreign Relations of the United States, 1950, Vol. VI [Washington, 1976],

pp 410-411, 412-413, 439.)

Nevertheless, public statements by MacArthur and Chiang Kai-shek after the trip seemed to indicate that a

“deal” had been sealed between the U.S. and the Nationalists. President Truman and his advisors were furious over these statements and about the survey trip as a whole. The outcome was Truman’s deepening distrust of MacArthur, a distrust that eventually led to MacArthur’s removal from command.

And what of the invasion force that triggered the entire affair? It seemingly disappeared without a trace.

(Blair, pp 173-176; Alexander, pp 164-165; Schnabel, pp 368-369.) 

159. Col Charles F. Canada had been MacArthur’s physician since 1949.

160. Maj Gen William F. Marquat, Chief, SCAP Economic and Scientific Section. 
Radio received from USAF stating that Brigadier General Spivey161 enroute

4 August from Fairfield-Suisun, via MATS. He will head up the Fifth Air Force

Hq rear echelon.

F–51 crashed at Koch’ang, 30 July. No details. 

Partridge reports first replacement Mustangs from States started to arrive at

forward fields 30 July. Build up promises to be rapid. Weather caused the loss

of a T–6; crew returned uninjured. He also reported strong need for Navy representative with Fifth AF. Only one Navy representative and he [is] assigned to

Eighth Army.

5th Combat Team landed 1700 hours in Korea.162

First contingent of Marines to land at Pusan at 1700 hours.163

Original plans were for them to stage in Japan and then go

to Korea - however, they are going direct. This group

completely equipped with airplanes, etc.

Sent radio to CSAF, attention Twining, concur in choice of General Henebry

for this command.

Weyland worked out verbally through Price obtaining Navy liaison for

Partridge. Three Navy men presently attached to Fifth Air Force air defense, who

can be considered surplus at moment, to be directed by Morehouse to Korea for

purposes of liaison.

Returned from Formosa 8:15 P.M.

One F–80 crashed near Choch’iwon area. No details; presumed to be from

small arms fire.

A quick brief of what took place during my trip to Formosa

is as follows: Arrived late at about 2:00 P.M. at Taipei; at

4’clock all, with many, many Chinese officers, attended a

general briefing of the Commie Order of Battle and the

Chinese Government Order of Battle on Formosa.

I thought it a very interesting and excellent briefing, although there were

some misunderstandings between General MacArthur and the Chinese officers

due to language difficulties. Immediately after this general briefing, General

MacArthur had all his people meet him in his billet where he gave his general

observations. He stated that the Chinese forces had a poor organization, that they

were not deployed properly, that if they had about 75,000 to 100,000 people

properly organized on paper and on the ground, the proper commanders in

charge, they could hold Taiwan; that our job would be to send without delay a

liaison group made up of Army, Air and Navy and that although we would not

command, we would assist and direct what we as Americans considered proper

in the defense of the islands. There would be no integration of forces, but that we

WEDNESDAY

2 AUGUST

1950

TUESDAY

1 August

1950

90

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

161. Brig Gen Delmar T. Spivey had been chief of the Plans Division in the office of the DCS/Ops at USAF

Headquarters since August 1949. In August 1950, he was assigned to 5AF and assumed command of 5AF

Rear. The following December, he became commanding general of the 314th Air Division.

162. On July 13, the JCS authorized the Commanding General, U.S. Army Pacific, to send the the 5th Regimental

Combat Team (RCT), then based in Hawaii, to Korea. The RCT sailed for Korea on July 25, arrived at Pusan

on the 31st, and was engaged in combat almost immediately afterwards. (Schnabel, pp 90-92.)

163. These were men of the 1st Provisional Marine Brigade and they actually landed the next day. When it took

up positions in the southeast corner of what would become known as the Pusan Perimeter, the brigade was

composed of the 5th Marines plus a battalion of the 11th Marines. (Montross and Canzona, pp 51, 90-91.)
would work along parallel lines, that our activities on Formosa would be concerned with defense only, that we would assist the Chinese, that we would in no

way get involved with political aspects and that our activities would be purely

professional. We were then dismissed and went to our billets and later that

evening at 8 o’clock attended a dinner as guests of the Generalissimo and

Madame Chiang.164 We stayed up too late - not getting home until 11 o’clock.

The next morning, 1 August, General MacArthur’s key people and a selected

group of Chinese key military people met with General MacArthur, the Gissimo

[Generalissimo] and his lady in General MacArthur’s billet. Here General

MacArthur reviewed his intentions, making them very definite and clear to which

the Gissimo and his people agreed.

We departed for Okinawa at 12 noon Tokyo time, landing at Naha where all of

us were then driven from Naha to Kadena in order to give General MacArthur and

all of us a quick look-see at the island and at the improvements made by General

Kincaid and General Sheetz. We were there 1 1/2 hours and General MacArthur and

all members of his staff were greatly impressed with what had been done and with

what was taking place. We took off for Haneda and landed about 8:15

This morning received a call from General O’Donnell, who is departing for

Okinawa today, and he made a very strong request that the 31st Recon Squadron

stay in the Kanto Plain area.

His second request was to rush the completion of extra hardstands at Yokota.

I made affirmative decisions on both and so instructed the staff.

Letter arrived from Gene Eubank dtd 27 July in which he stated “I am telling

my friends around here not to worry about the Far Eastern situation - that it is in

good hands!”

When I returned last night, sent the following (via STRATLINE)165 to

Turner with info to Struble, Stearley, and CINCFE:

...Desire you immediately fly to Taipei, Formosa, and check in with General Chow,166 Chief of Staff Chinese Nationalist Forces. He knows you

are coming and will lend all possible assistance to your plans. I will send

a team of engineers to Taipei to make survey of flying fields to select

under your direction one in northwest and one in southwest for F–80C

use. Chinese have labor, cement, gravel, etc. to lengthen runways to 7500

feet and have guaranteed all necessary facilities for housing, maintenance

and supply for Air Force people. We will ship JP [jet propulsion] fuel to

Formosa immediately. Suggest you contact Stearley on Okinawa and

have Col Weltman with his 51st Fighter Group commander meet you in

Taipei and up and down west coast and inland over population centers

landing at Shinchiku airfield for familiarization and publicity purposes

before end of this week. (AVGAS [aviation gasoline] is available and can

be used in F–80Cs.) Just as soon as possible, I want all three squadrons of

F–80Cs to visit Formosa for morale and publicity purposes for Chinese

91

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

164. Madame Chiang Kai-shek (Mayling Soong Chiang) married the Generalissimo in 1927. Although very

charming, she was also known to be very determined and to possess an iron will. 

165. “Stratlines” were high priority messages from Stratemeyer to his major commanders, i.e., to Maj Gen

Howard M. Turner, the 13AF commanding general.

166. Stratemeyer is probably referring to Gen Chou Chih-jou, the Commander-in-Chief, Chinese Air Force and

also Chiang’s chief of staff.
Nationalists. General MacArthur is behind this procedure 100 percent.

You will furnish immediately a liaison group of at least two officers to

work with Chinese Air Force and FEC liaison group when established.

Your officers will contact Capt. Grant,167 U. S. Navy, on arrival. He is

Admiral Struble’s liaison officer in Taipei. Your people will then assist

the Chinese Nationalists Air Force in every way possible. New Subject:

You, your command group and your liaison are purely professional and

have nothing to do with political aspects. Your activities on Formosa will

be concerned with defense only. I repeat, you are there to assist the Chinese Air Force. If and when Formosa is attacked, then you operate under

Admiral Struble, Commander Seventh Fleet with your fighters. All

reports will be addressed and submitted to me only repeat to me only.168

The Chinese Nationalist’s Air Force consists of 367 to 417 aircraft of all types;

they have 331 combat aircraft, 199 of which are operational and ready to fight.

They estimate that the Communist’s Air Force totals 167 aircraft of all types;

they also estimate that Soviet Russia has in Communist China the following

types and manned by Russians: 40 twin-engine bombers; 77 fighters; 38 jet - or

total of 155 aircraft.

The total armed forces on Formosa consist of 680,000 men which includes

85,850 Chinese Air Force personnel.

Sent Partridge a “Stratline personal” re “because of the knowledge that you

have on atomic energy and the function of SAC in any possible atomic offensive,

you are directed to discontinue flights over hostile territory in Korea.”

General Kincaid called to say goodbye this afternoon; he departs 1800

hours tonight.

Replied to a letter sent me by Cabell.169 In his letter he compared Navy

strikes against FEAF strikes and was in somewhat of a flap because he said

Vandenberg in an embarrassing position if he can’t prove (he used the word

“irrefutablely”) that FEAF is accomplishing its mission. He said, “this situation

can be corrected by an all-out effort in reconnaissance to give us the information

required.” In my reply to Cabell, although a bit sharp, told him to keep his shirt

on. That I thought we were doing all right, and that we would get better.

Timberlake in at headquarters from Korea. Sent a memorandum to COMNAVFE telling them they would have to get out

of Johnson Air Base as we needed it and they couldn’t go

into Kisarazu. Recommended Itami which we were turning

over in toto to the Navy (they could go into Sendai and Misawa).170

Called to General MacArthur’s office at 1900 hours. Those present were:

(other than CINCFE and myself) Almond, Wright, and Weyland. We discussed

with him a signal which he had received from General Walker telling him that a

pilot had reported several convoys going south toward Seoul and three trains

THURSDAY

3 AUGUST

1950

92

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

167. Capt Etheridge Grant, formerly Commander Fleet Air Wing One.

168. Because of JCS and State Department concerns about these actions (mentioned above), the F–80s were not

sent to Formosa. 

169. Maj Gen Charles P. Cabell, Director of Intelligence, Headquarters USAF.

170. More aircraft were arriving at Johnson and there wasn’t any more room to accommodate them, thus the

Navy was forced to vacate the base.
moving south toward Seoul. In the discussion, CINCFE reiterated that he wanted

a line cut across Korea, north of Seoul, to stop all communications moving south.

Of course, I was delighted to receive that direction as we had preached that doctrine since the B–29s arrived. Our intention is to pull the 19th Bomb Group,

which was scheduled for close ground support, back to targets that will really

isolate the battlefield.171 We were authorized to continue the third strike against

Hungnam Chemical and Munitions Plant. After this strike, all three groups will

be placed on interdiction of the rail and road communications net north of Seoul.

I directed General Weyland to put this into effect and to get information to General Partridge to put fighters and light bombers on the reported trains and convoys.

One F–51 believed hit by small arms ground fire; crashed near Kumch’on.

Headquarters’ Advance evacuating Taegu for Pusan.172

Visited FEAMCOM: departed my CP [command post] 1100

hours for FEAMCOM. Lunched with General Doyle in his

new officers’ club which to my mind is the best club in FEAF

and which was built by General Doyle in spite of many handicaps. He has always

had my support in this. Visited all his maintenance and supply buildings as well as

his machine shops. Met all his Japanese foremen as well as the non-commissioned foremen. I made a special effort to meet the Japanese foremen to tell them

and to have them pass on to the Japanese in FEAMCOM’s employ that we in

FEAF appreciate very much the effort and fine work that the Japanese employees

are doing for us in our effort against the North Koreans in Korea. They all seemed

very pleased to receive this statement. Returned to my CP at 1630 hours.

B–29 bombed marshaling yards at Seoul. Reported, in addition to their

strikes, that 4 single-engine aircraft were observed taking off from Kimp’o during

the bomb run but that no attacks were made on the B–29s.

Sent a letter to Gill Robb Wilson of the New York Herald Tribune as

a result of a squib (squib referred to quoted in red in my letter to Mr.

Wilson.) that appeared under his name in the Nippon Times of 3 Aug 50.

My letter as follows:

I was quite amazed and disturbed at a piece by you published

yesterday, 3 August, in the Nippon Times. I understand that it is quite

an old article of yours published in the States on or about 6 July. I refer

FRIDAY

4 AUGUST

1950

93

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

171. Because the ground situation up until then was so precarious, the B–29s had been used in a ground support

role with little opportunity for strategic or interdiction bombing. On July 24, General Weyland was able to

persuade the other members of the Target Selection Committee to release the B–29s from their ground support missions in order to pursue an interdiction role north of the 38th Parallel. Two days later, MacArthur

approved this recommendation and set a line between Suwon and Kangnung, north of which the B–29s

would destroy key targets, such as rail and highway bridges, supply depots, and communications centers.

An initial list of interdiction targets was issued on July 28 and expanded on August 2. The following day,

Stratemeyer ordered 5AF to destroy targets along a belt between the 37th and 38th parallels while the B–29s

of Bomber Command went after targets farther north. Thus, when General MacArthur told Stratemeyer on

the evening of the 3d to “stop all communications moving south,” Stratemeyer already had a comprehensive

interdiction plan in place. (Futrell, pp 125-128.)

172. Since the invasion began, the NKPA had enjoyed a succession of victories and was compressing the U.S.

and ROK troops into a steadily shrinking area anchored on Pusan. Despite tremendous losses inflicted on

both armored and infantry forces by FEAF and Navy planes, the North Korean attacks continued unabated

from the south coast near Hadong to the Naktong River west and north of Taegu and thence east to Yongdok.

Yet, there was a sense of desperation about these enemy assaults, a sense not yet felt by the ground troops

who had to stem these vicious attacks.
specifically to the article which contains the paragraph: “Our land-based

tactical air power effectiveness has been so poor against North Korean

targets that the planes of the aircraft carrier Valley Forge and the British

carrier Triumph had to take over the burden of the tactical air action in

North Korea.” Knowing you so well and also your penchant for accuracy, I am sure that you had either (a) inaccurate information, (b) partial information, or (c) were deliberately misinformed. The facts in the

case are something like this: Since the Korean affair started, the Far

East Air Forces fighters (F–80s, F–51s and F–82s) have flown more

than 6,000 sorties, firing more than 3 million rounds of ammunition,

launching more than 12 thousand rockets, and about 300 tons of bombs

released on enemy targets. Our light bombers (the B–26s), although

only a meager force, have flown 700 sorties, firing 135 thousand rounds

of 50 caliber ammunition, launching more than 650 rockets and have

dropped 1,000-plus tons of bombs. Our medium bombers (the B–29s)

have flown about 700 sorties and have dropped more than 5,000 tons of

high explosives. By far the greater proportion of the above accumulative

effort has been in a tactical air power role, for, as you of course know, even

the B–29s for quite a period were used in a close interdiction program

sometimes within a few miles of the front lines. Air supremacy was

gained early in the conflict by the Far East Air Forces and has been

maintained ever since. Tactical air power, as represented by our F–51s,

F–80s, F–82s, our B–26s, and in many instances by our B–29s, have

operated every day since we first went into action on June 27. Without

exception, close support to our embattled ground forces has been given

every day in spite of some spells of weather that normally would be

classed as “unflyable.” Our sorties rate has risen as additional aircraft

became available from a scant 140 - 160 per day to a figure of more than

500 per day. Once again, I repeat every day [underlined in original] - not

in sporadic efforts with large time gaps in between. Now a word about

our accomplishments. Forty-nine enemy aircraft have been positively

destroyed by the Far East Air Forces, either in air to air combat or by

94

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

The North Koreans realized that time was running out on them. More U.S. divisions were arriving in Korea,

along with more equipment for the ROK forces; FEAF planes were roaming the skies at will and more

aircraft were becoming available. If the North Koreans had any chance of victory, it had to be now, before

the U.S. and ROK defenders grew too strong.

Now in Korea to help bolster the battered 24th Division were the 1st Cavalry and 25th Infantry Divisions.

The 2d Infantry Division and the 1st Marine Brigade would also soon be in action. But like the 24th Division, the first battles of these ill-prepared and undermanned units were costly to them.

A major enemy attack from any place around the shrinking perimeter was possible, but General Walker, the

Eighth Army commander, felt the main thrust would occur in front of Taegu. Taegu is 55 miles from Pusan,

with a railroad and a good (by Korean standards) road between the two cities. A major water barrier, the

Naktong River, runs east to west above Taegu before turning south and then southeast to empty into the

Korea Strait at Pusan. Walker did not have sufficient forces (only the 1st Cavalry Division and the 1st and

6th ROK Divisions) to oppose five North Korean divisions in the Taegu area. (Appleman, pp 335-336.)

Preferring to have the Naktong in front of him rather than behind, General Walker ordered his forces to retire

across the river on the night of August 1. The North Koreans followed close behind the retiring troops and

pressed on toward Taegu. They never reached the city, though at one point they were in artillery range of it.

Both Generals Walker and Partridge began planning to move their headquarters south. Eighth Army headquarters did not actually move until September, but General Partridge decided to split his staff, sending most

of them back to Pusan to open an alternate command post on August 4. He and a skeleton staff remained at

Taegu with the Joint Operations Center (JOC). In late September, the Pusan detachment returned to Taegu.

(Futrell, pp 120, 176.)
ground attack on enemy airdromes. An additional 7 have been claimed

as destroyed and finally, 19 aircraft are in the totals as damaged. The

effectiveness of our air supremacy may be indicated by the fact that

there has not been a single sighting of an enemy aloft for almost two

weeks. Our accomplishments in direct support of the battle are significant and are the true payoff of tactical air power. Our pilots claim to have

destroyed 232 tanks and to have damaged 209 more. These claims are

unevaluated and are just what the word implies - claims. However, General MacArthur’s headquarters, only three days ago, announced that

careful evaluation of pilot claims, augmented by factual findings by

ground observers, credit the Air Force with definitely destroying 111

tanks which ground observers or others have seen to burst into flame or

otherwise show evidence of total destruction. North Korean prisoners of

war have stated that the most feared enemy of the tank man is the F–80

and its rockets. Of these they are in constant mortal fear. During the

period of the operations of the Far East Air Forces in combat, we have

materially assisted the ground forces by destroying almost 1,000 trucks,

about 30 locomotives, more than 38 field guns and many box cars. While

I have no exact totals on the operations by other arms of our military

establishment, I can assure you that their total number of sorties is well

under 1,000 and that even their accumulative and unevaluated claims of

destruction to enemy materiel are only a fraction of the authenticated

destruction by the Far East Air Forces. These facts I place at your disposal,

Gill, not in an effort to refute your article, which I am sure was written in

good faith, but rather to keep you informed and advised on progress of our

air operations here in the Far East. If the information contained in this note

is of value to you, I will be happy to keep you filled in from time to time

on air operations as we see it here at FEAF. With kindest and warmest

personal regards, I remain, etc. P.S. As a last word, may I tell you that

contrary to pre-Korean prophecies by some on the complexity of the

F–80 and its unsuitability for close support work, this jet fighter originally designed for high altitude interception has flown about 70% of

the total fighter sorties to date and has done 85% of the damage thus

far inflicted. G.E.S.173

Reconnaissance reports high activity in the Seoul - Inch’on area.

Marines expect to have Corsair sq. operating with their controllers, but under

Fifth Air Force general coordination, today.

[There was no 5 August diary entry.]

0923 ETA [estimated time of arrival] of Harriman party.

This group composed of Mr. W. Averell Harriman, Assistant

to the President; Lt. General Matthew B. Ridgway, Deputy

Chief of Staff for Administration, USA; Lt. General Lauris

Norstad, Acting Vice Chief of Staff, USAF; Major General Roger Ramey,

Director of Plans and Operations, USAF; Major General Frank E. Lowe,

SUNDAY

6 AUGUST

1950

95

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

173. Until his heart attack, Stratemeyer corresponded almost every week with Wilson.
Reserve Officer; Lt. Colonel Frank W. Mooman, Signal Corps, USA; and Major

V. A. Walters.174 CINCFE with Joy, Almond, Sebald, Whitney, and myself form

official greeting party.175 Mr. Harriman billeted at the Embassy; the others at the

Imperial, with exception of Norstad and Ramey - our guests at Mayeda House.

(Also Major General C.P. Cabell arrived.)176

Immediately after the party landed, went direct to GHQ for their briefing.

Group had lunch with General MacArthur.

Dispatched a radio of some

length to General Vandenberg on

the performance of the F–80, giving

him detailed statistics, etc. re the

worth of the F–80.

Two F–51s crashed behind

North Korean lines; apparently lost

thru small arms fire.

General Spivey reports in - to

head up Fifth Air Force Rear.

SAC reports they are sending

Maj. General T. S. Power177 to Guam

for a TDY period of approximately

3 days.

Had all the USAF people to

Mayeda house for cocktails and

dinner as well as the Craigies &

Gen. Banfill.

Harriman party departed Haneda 1/2 hour late 0630 hours

and arrived Taegu (South Korea) 9:47. Was met there by

General Walker and General Partridge. Proceeded immediately to Walker’s Hq. We then proceeded, less Mr. Harriman

and General Walker to General Partridge’s hqrs. Mr. Harriman had a conference

with Mr. Muccio, our Ambassador to South Korea and some of his assistants.

Following that, Mr. Harriman and General Walker visited President Rhee. Then

they joined us at General Partridge’s Hq where a very superior briefing was given

to all. All the party, including General Timberlake and General Partridge, then

proceeded to General Walker’s mess where we had a very fine luncheon.

MONDAY

7 AUGUST

1950

96

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

174. Harriman had been the ambassador to Russia from 1943-1946. He was then the ambassador to Great Britain

for a few months before being named Secretary of Commerce in October 1946. Since April 1948, he held

the rank of Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary. Ridgeway commanded the 82d Airborne Division

and the XVIII Airborne Corps in World War II. Ramey led both the 5th Bomber Command and the 58th

Bomber Wing in World War II. As a reserve officer, the 66-year-old Lowe soon received the unique assignment of presidential assistant for liaison with the United Nations Command and acted as Truman’s “eyes and

ears” regarding MacArthur. Mooman was on the Army General Staff. Walters is unidentified. 

175. William J. Sebald, MacArthur’s SCAP political advisor.

176. Harriman had been sent by the President to discuss with MacArthur the administration’s and the JCS’s policies on Far East matters, particularly those concerning Formosa and China. MacArthur was apparently not

impressed with President Truman’s thinking, a viewpoint that Harriman noted and passed on to Truman. (J.

Lawton Collins, War in Peacetime [Boston, 1969], p 150; Alexander, pp 166-167.) Additionally, the party

was there to see if Macarthur’s continual requests for men and equipment were realistic or just “the sky is

falling” attempts to obtain all he could get. They decided he needed what he requested. (“History of the

JCS,” Vol. III, pp 195-197.) 

177. Maj Gen Thomas S. Power, Vice Commander, SAC. In 1957, he became Commander in Chief, SAC.

Stratemeyer greets Lt. Gen. Lauris

Norstad, the acting Vice Chief of Staff,

USAF, upon the latter’s arrival with

the Harriman party on August 6, 1950.
Immediately after lunch, by jeep we visited 1st Cav C.P., the Tuk song-dong regimental Hq, and after that visited one of the front-line battalions. From General

Gay,178 1st Cav Commanding, right down through the regimental CP, battalion

CP - lts., capts., majors, cols., and General Gay all spontaneously praised the outstanding support that they had received from the air. Naturally, this pleased all

of us airmen. We departed battalion CP about 3:30, arrived Taegu where we

immediately took off for Tokyo, arriving here at 2035 hours.

My reactions - as well as those of Generals Norstad, Ramey and Partridge -

was that General Walker is in great need of a staff. The presentation made to Mr.

Harriman and others, to my mind, was one of the poorest - while, in direct

contrast, was the outstanding presentation made by General Partridge’s staff.

This was noticed by all.

Two F–51s with pilots lost behind North Korean lines.

The Harriman party attended FEAF briefing. Set up an

office for Mr. Harriman and General Norstad in Room 210.

Sent a redline personal to Vandenberg telling him that

“advance elements of the 2 new B–29 groups participated in

FEAF Bomber Command strategic mission against communication targets in

North Korea 4 days and 23 hours after their departure from the ZI.”179

Called both Mrs. Walker and Mrs. Gay and relayed to them that I had seen

their respective husbands, etc.

1000 hours, four of our combat pilots were interviewed by General Norstad

in my office.

Partridge forwarded a copy of the letter Ambassador Muccio had written to the Fifth Air Force and which Partridge had circulated among

Fifth Air Force:

It has been my intention, ever since the Korean airlift of June 27th, to

express to you in writing my sincere and abiding appreciation for the outstanding job done by you and your command. In the face of extremely

short notice and of considerable hazard, the officers and crews of the Fifth

Air Force planes employed took necessary action to airlift over 500 persons to Japan and to safety. In the absence of the arduous and heroic work

of your crews, it is to be feared that many of the evacuees would have

fallen into enemy hands. Every commendation is due the officers and men

of your Air Force who participated and I join the evacuees in expressions

of gratitude for a job well done. s/ John T. Muccio, Ambassador.

TUESDAY

8 AUGUST

1950

97

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

178. A long-time associate of George Patton’s, Maj Gen Hobart R. Gay had been Patton’s chief of staff with the

I Armored Corps, Seventh Army, and Third Army. Gay took command of the 1st Cavalry Division in

September 1949.

179. Like Stratemeyer, the JCS believed that the three B–29 groups already in the Far East had not spent enough

time on strategic bombing. They realized that the B–29s had been used to help keep the North Koreans from

rolling up the Americans and South Koreans, but they still wanted to institute a strategic bombing program

and offered two groups for this purpose on a 30-day temporary duty.

The 98th BG left the United States on August 5 and flew its first mission out of Yokota on the 7th. One day

later the 307th BG flew its first mission from Kadena. Just one week before the group had been in Florida.

(Futrell, pp 71, 73.)
Sent a “Stratline” to Partridge:

“It is desired that you step up night bombing sorties with all type airplanes

your Air Force including B–26s, F–82s, F–51s and F–80s and when you

first reach 50 sorties per night, I desire a ‘Stratline’ message to that effect.”

Sent an R&R [routing and record sheet] to Vice Commander for Operations

requesting a 100 B–29 airplane strike as soon as can get same cleared from the

Target Committee. General Vandenberg will be notified by Redline on the date

of the target of the strike; as soon as strike completed, I want another Redline

sent to General Vandenberg giving him the results of the strike.

Gave General Norstad the following memo:

In view of the fact that we have received over here in the Far East practically all of the tactical air available within the Air Force and in view of

the fact that the Army has called to active duty four (4) National Guard

divisions, I feel that action should be taken as follows: Whenever the

Army calls to active duty National Guard or Reserve divisions, the Air

Force should call to active duty the necessary reserve units and/or

National Guard units necessary to give tactical support to the ground

divisions called. We do not dare in the Air Force to fail to supply the tactical support to such National Guard or Reserve divisions that are called

to active duty.

Gave General Norstad the following memo:

General O’Donnell of the FEAF Bomber Command reported to me that we

are encountering serious trouble with valve guides in the modified engines.

The new, cast-iron guide is breaking loose from the guide boss and we have

made a special check at FEAF Bomber Command and have found that 21

engines in one group with this difficulty. I recommend that you ask General Wolfe to get on this personally. Believe he knows about it because

UR’s [unsatisfactory reports] were submitted while these SAC organizations were based in the ZI and an emergency UR has been submitted since

they have arrived here. The people at Sacramento are aware of this difficulty as are those at Oklahoma City; think it would be well for General

Wolfe to have experts from Air Materiel Command or Curtiss-Wright give

us some advice on this.180 I do think this is urgent. We have representatives

of the Materiel Division, FEAF, and the Materiel Officer of the FEAF

Bomber Command making a detailed inspection this date in an attempt to

arrive at a possible local curative action - or submit further detailed information which can be forwarded should circumstances so indicate.

Following is a copy of a letter, written by Partridge to General

Walker, dtd 4 August 50:

Today for the first time I have had an opportunity to review the events of

the past six weeks and to evaluate the air effort in terms of what was

98

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

180. McClellan AFB, near Sacramento, had processed the 145 F–51s for delivery to Korea on the Boxer and was

processing more F–51s, F–80s, and soon, F–86s. At Oklahoma City, Tinker AFB personnel were involved

with logistics support for B–29s, B–50s, and B–36s.
99

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

accomplished as contrasted with what might have been done. In retrospect, the results have been up to expectations but it would appear that

there are certain fundamental deficiencies in the relationship between

your staff and mine which have in some instances militated against air

operations, both as to volume and as to effectiveness. Weighed down as

you are with the grave responsibility of conducting ground operations

under most adverse circumstances, I am loathe to raise such basic points

as those set forth below; yet the urgent requirement that your units enjoy

the maximum in air assistance overbalances my reluctance to present the

Fifth Air Force viewpoint. Undoubtedly these considerations have not

come to your attention, and the purpose of this letter is to acquaint you

with the situation. In reviewing the past six weeks of operations, it is

quite apparent that in anticipating requirements, the Fifth Air Force has

been caught off balance repeatedly by unexpected ground force actions.

For example, although we had been operating over Korea since 26 June,

the movement of the 24th Division was made without any planning on

the Air Force side beyond that necessary for airlift. Our coordinating parties for controlling the close-in air support eventually caught up with the

division but precious time was lost. The 25th Division moved later under

similar circumstances. Subsequently, important decisions affecting both

the Army and Air Force were made without air participation in the planning. Some of these decisions were implemented before the Air Force

was notified. The general withdrawals to the present positions fall in this

category. Decisions as to headquarters locations are of especial importance and timely arrangements to install communications are essential if

adequate effective air support is to be secured. Yet the Air Force planning

in this respect has had to follow rather than run concurrently with yours.

I mention these examples not in any sense of complaining, for I am fully

aware that circumstances beyond your control or mine have intervened to

prevent better coordination. The point I do want to emphasize is that the

Air Force has been operating at a disadvantage, and that only the flexibility of our organization permitted us to catch up. As remedial action,

it is most urgently requested that the Air Force be accorded opportunity

to participate concurrently with your staff in any planning being undertaken. It is not enough that the Air Force be brought in after the project is well formed. As soon as an Army idea is presented for

consideration, my staff should be advised and should immediately contact their opposite numbers at your headquarters. Similarly, Air Force

projects should be discussed and worked on by your people. You have

recently assigned Colonel H. S. Robertson to duty as G-3 Air in the

Fifth Air Force operations center. May I suggest that he be used as contact officer, that he be kept fully informed of all projects to be taken

under study, and that he be specifically directed to pass the information

to Colonel Meyers, my assistant chief of staff for operations. Obviously

this system will work only if Colonel Robertson enjoys the complete

confidence of your planning personnel, and the same applies to Colonel

Meyers who will pass project information in the opposite direction

through Colonel Robertson. Both are senior responsible officers, and I
have full confidence in their ability to handle this assignment. Allied to

the above subject is a matter which gives me grave concern. This is the

importance of Taegu to your operations in Korea. We have mentioned

this point before, but I have never given you a firm appraisal of the

prospects if K-2 airstrip should become untenable because of enemy

action. First, the insecurity of K-2 has already caused me to withhold

movement of three squadrons of F–51s to that base and one squadron to

K-3. This means that even now while we still hold this strip 100 airplanes fly from Kyushu rather than from Korea and their effectiveness

is roughly one-third what it would be if Korea-based. Second, it must

be anticipated that should K-2 fall, K-3 in the P’ohang-dong area will

soon follow. Before this occurs, the remaining two squadrons of F–51s

will be returned to Japan with concurrent reduction in their rate; airlift

into Korea will be almost eliminated and light aircraft for control and

reconnaissance purposes will be reduced in number as well as in effectiveness. Furthermore, even after added airstrips can be built in the

Pusan area, Air Force units will probably be seriously hampered in their

operations from these new locations because of the unfavorable weather

which usually exists in that locality.

For these reasons, I should like to suggest that in future planning you

instruct your people to give a high precedence to any line of action which

will afford security to K-2. In a tight situation in which air power may tip

the scales in our favor, the continued utilization of Korean airfields by our

fighters is a major factor. If by chance, the line of action adopted achieved

marked successes in the southwest at the expense of Taegu, the net result

might prove disastrous. 

E.E. Partridge.

Saw Harriman - Norstad party off at Haneda 1530 hours.Dallas Sherman181

appealed to me re retention of their APO [Army Post Office] number. Called

Hickey and got an OK for appointment.

Mission report: One enemy aircraft reported north of K-3 at 2230; type

unknown, believed to be small airplane.

General Orders 46 issued:

Organization of United States Fifth Air Force in Korea.

(1) As directed by the Commander-in-Chief, Far East and

confirming the VOCG [verbal orders of the commanding

general] of 24 July 1950, the Fifth Air Force in Korea is established as of

24 July 1950 as a major command of the Far East Air Forces with Headquarters at APO 970 in addition to Fifth Air Force in Japan. (2) Announcement is made of the appointment as of 24 July 1950 of Major General

EARLE E. PARTRIDGE, 33A, USAF, as Commanding General, Fifth Air

Force in Korea in addition to his duties and responsibilities as Commanding General, Fifth Air Force in Japan. (3) As directed by the Commanderin-Chief, Far East all foreign air units (except foreign naval air units) which

WEDNESDAY

9 AUGUST

1950

100

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

181. Sherman was the head of Pan American Airways Far East office.
are stationed in Japan or Korea will be placed under the control of the Commanding General, Fifth Air Force. (4) The Commanding General, Fifth Air

Force in Korea will maintain his headquarters in close proximity to Eighth

Army headquarters in Korea.

General Whitney called; said he took up with CINCFE question of permitting General Frank E. Lowe (who is an advisor to the President) to fly to Korea

on a FEAF Bomber Command mission. General Whitney says CINCFE says it

is OK and decision rests with General Lowe as to whether he wants to go.

Bob Considine182 (cleared into this theater as representing INS [International

News Service]) with Col. Nuckols called at 1430. The following is gist of my

remarks: The F–80 versus the F–51: Pilots do not want to change; quick switch

from defensive Japanese mission to Korean offensive mission; F–80 has operated

every day since 27 June; destruction in air - 16 kills versus one loss. F–80 flew

28 sorties per assigned aircraft; F–51s flew 26; F–80 from Japan longer than

F–51 from Korea; F–80 attrition rate one per 200 sorties; F–51 nearly 2 (1.8) per

200 sorties. F–80 has driven enemy from the sky; hence ground forces freedom

of action. F–51 can be used for ground support only because of above. F–80 has

performed all tactical reconnaissance. F–80 can take battle damage and come

home. F–80 is superb as a gun and rocket platform; no torque like F–51. F–80

defends itself against obsolescent aircraft and jet; F–51 cannot. F–80 can escort

bombers 600 nautical miles. F–80 can protect Army’s rear bases against high

altitude bombers. F–80 can do more things and better than F–51.

Bomber Command: Interdiction north of 38th Parallel; mass destruction of

targets in North Korea.

Special Orders No. 131 issued naming Brigadier General Delmar T. Spivey

as Vice Commander, Fifth Air Force, Rear, as of 6 August 50.

Operations analysts reports in on BOMCOM operations of 7 Aug over

P’yongyang marshaling yard and arsenal; almost complete destruction of entire

arsenal installation; damage so complete on marshaling yard tabulation impossible to make re the damage. Stated to press that “this is the second military

target that we can scratch from our current list. The first was the industrial

complex at Ko ̄nan.”

General Turner arrives at Haneda, 1230 hours accompanied

by Colonel Wimsatt.183

At 1510, Mr. Charles Corrdry184 of United Press called with

Colonel Nuckols.

Dispatched a “Stratline” to Partridge and O’Donnell with info to the Bomb

Groups on Guam and Okinawa, and info to CSAF - necessity of prompt receipt

in this hqrs. of certain info which we consolidate and forward to USAF. This info

in turn is used to brief Bradley185 who briefs the President. To insure prompt 

THURSDAY

10 AUGUST

1950

101

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

182. Considine was a noted newspaperman, author and movie screenwriter. Among his books were 30 Seconds

Over Tokyo and The Babe Ruth Story. 

183. Col Robert W.C. Wimsatt, commander of the 6208th Depot Wing.

184. Corrdry later became The Baltimore Sun’s military editor.

185. Gen Omar N. Bradley, a West Point classmate of Stratemeyer, was Chairman, Joint Chiefs of Staff. At this

time, the chairman had no vote on JCS deliberations. He presided over the JCS meetings, provided an agenda for these meetings, helped steer the JCS toward the right decisions in the most timely fashion, and

attempted to resolve disputes.
receipt, such info to be sent in clear as per my outline; only when material assembled would it be classified. Gave addresses outline to be used in my message. All

received and acknowledged message within four hours - except Partridge, which

denotes wire troubles somewhere along the line.

Turner and Weyland our guests to dinner at Mayeda House.

At briefing this morning, brought out that 42 night intruder

missions were flown night of 10-11 August. I informed

General Partridge by telephone that his method of reporting

damage, reference the signal for Vandenberg, would continue as he had been reporting in the past -that is, divide by three.

It is reported that fighting was going on in the P’ohang-dong, 6 miles from

our K-3 Fighter Strip. Am very concerned about the loss of this as signal came

in about 1020 hours that all cryptographic and security materials were

destroyed at K-3. This message was addressed to Fifth Air Force Advance,

information to me. In talking with General Timberlake, he informed me that

Generals Partridge and Walker had gone to K-3 to get first-hand information.

The loss of this air strip would mean the cutting-down of fighter-bomber

sorties about one-half.

Sent a redline to Cabell:

“Have received another urgent request from Partridge for a ‘superior

quality intelligence officer to head up intelligence program and to organize it so that he may achieve full coverage of activities.’ Request earliest possible solution.”

Sent a Stratline message to Partridge telling him that [I] had reiterated your

[sic, his] need for an intelligence officer.

Sent following memo to O’Donnell:

The Bomber Command has been plugging away at the west railroad

bridge at Seoul from 28 June to date, and it still stands. I am confident

that motor traffic is proceeding over it. Apparently 500, 1000 and 2000

pound bombs are ineffective. There are larger bombs available for the

destruction of this target at Okinawa. I do not like to tell you how to do

your job, but certainly B–29s with the proper bomb can take out this

bridge. I still want it taken out and urge that it be a continuing target for

the FEAF Bomber Command until it is destroyed. At this writing, nothing would please me more than to have a post-strike picture of a couple

of the spans of this bridge in the river at Seoul.186

FRIDAY

11 AUGUST

1950

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

102

186. Nicknamed the “elastic bridge” for its ability to not fall but bounce back after these attacks, the west railway

bridge at Seoul underwent numerous bombings. The 19th BG went after the bridge day after day for almost a

month without success. MacArthur finally offered to commend the unit that would drop the bridge into the

river, and Stratemeyer offered a case of Scotch to the crew who destroyed it.

On August 19, nine B–29s of the 19th BG laid 54 tons of bombs on the bridge, reporting numerous hits, yet the

bridge still stood. That afternoon, 37 Corsairs and Skyraiders from CAG–11 had a try at the bridge. The bridge

was shaky but still not down following this attack. The following day, however, when the 19th returned to try

again, two spans of the bridge were in the water. Bombs from the B–29s sent a third span crashing. A delighted

MacArthur presented both the 19th BG and CAG–11 with trophies for their work. An equally delighted Stratemeyer managed to round up two cases of Scotch for the two groups. (Futrell, pp 130-131.)
FEAF BomCom General Order No. 4, as dated 8 August 50, announced that

Brigadier General James E. Briggs,187 announced as Commanding General,

FEAF Bomber Command, ADVON, APO 239, Unit 1.

Rad[io] received from USAF dtd 9 Aug:

...Effective this date the Commanding General FEAF is delegated authority to make awards, to personnel of any foreign government which is a

co-belligerent with the United States in the Korean theater and is co-participant in such operation, of the following decorations: Silver Star, Distinguished Flying Cross, Bronze Star Medal, Air Medal.

(For info: Medal of Honor and DSM [Distinguished Service Medal]

reserved for Hq. USAF: DSC [Distinguished Service Cross] and LM [Legion of

Merit] reserved for theater commander. Reserved for CO FEAF: Silver Star

[underlining in original]; DFC [Distinguished Flying Cross], Soldier’s Medal,

the Air Medal, Commendation Ribbon, Bronze Star Medal and Purple Heart

given to our commanders of major general rank.)

Had conference with Generals Craigie and Turner reference our survey

group for Formosa. I instructed General Turner, in his conversations with General Stearley, to utilize all possible help that can be made available from the 51st

Fighter Wing for this survey group as well as people from Clark Air Force Base.

The people at Naha and what is left of the people at Clark are in no way involved

in the Korean situation, and, therefore, most of the survey group should come

from Naha and Clark - exceptions being those individuals that Deputy for

Materiel, Colonel Alkire, feels should come from here.

In accordance with my instructions, General Banfill presented a written request to General Willoughby to prepare

psychological warfare leaflets for dropping in North

Korea, for the purpose of warning the civilian population,

particularly women and children, to move away from military objectives within

North Korea.

SATURDAY

12 AUGUST

1950

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

103

187. General Briggs had been commander of the 307th BW at MacDill AFB, Florida. When the 307th BG was

sent to the Far East, Briggs was assigned as deputy commander of FEAF BomCom. In this capacity, he was

given operational control of the 19th, 22d, and 307th groups at Kadena, and his headquarters was designated

as the advanced echelon for FEAF BomCom.

Nicknamed the “elastic” or “rubber bridge” for its ability to withstand bombings, the west railroad bridge at Seoul can be seen at the far right of the photo.
General Banfill also expressed to General Willoughby my concern over the

latitude given the press in reporting both enemy and our own dispositions. This

has reached a point where American lives are definitely being jeopardized and I

recommend that consideration be given to the imposition of some form of censorship. General Willoughby’s answer was to the effect that while he himself

agreed in principle, the Commander-in-Chief was definitely opposed to censorship in any form.

Major General T. S. Power of SAC arrives Tokyo. Took Generals Power,

Craigie, Weyland and Timberlake (in from Taegu, Korea) to lunch at the Union Club.

Major General Frank E. Lowe, USAR, sent me the letter he wrote to General O’Donnell, commending the latter on the efficiency of his command, his

abilities as a leader, and extending his thanks for the “ride” over targets in the

“Tiger Lil” - piloted by a Capt. Bill Campbell of the 31st Recon Sq. Forwarded

the letter on to O’Donnell expressing my gratification and pleasure on General

Lowe’s successful flight over Korea and that said flight would produce an

accurate report back to the President. General Lowe is the Presidents personal

representative out here.

Dispatched the following letter to General LeMay:

Here are a few highlights on the operations of FEAF which are of particular interest to you. As you probably read in news dispatches, elements

of the 98th Bombardment Group participated in an attack four days and

twenty-three hours after their departure from the Z.I. Not to be out done,

the 307th Bomb Group did equally well having flown an additional 3,000

miles in approximately the same relative time. The performance of the 22d

and the 92d Bombardment Groups has been outstanding and far exceeded

our planned operations to date. Personnel in the bomb groups have performed their duties on the ground and in the air in an exemplary manner.

The combat crews have worked side by side with the maintenance crews

loading bombs, arming turrets and assisting generally in the engineering

maintenance of the aircraft. Inclement weather without the benefit of

cover or hangar space, has made this no easy task. The 19th Bomb Group

is being rapidly built up and their results have been excellent against precision targets. I believe you’ll find them well qualified to participate in

your overall plan when called upon. They are nearly on a par with the 22d

and 92d right now. Rosie O’Donnell is doing a bang-up job and although

not able at all times to use his ‘29s on targets to his liking, he has loyally

and efficiently carried out the directives given to him. Thanks for letting

him come. We are now using the five (5) medium bomb groups on targets

north of the 38th Parallel. Until certain interdiction targets which require

precision bombing have been taken out, the FEAF Bomber Command will

be directed to employ: Two bomb groups with their main effort on interdiction targets and three bomb groups on the mass destruction of selected

targets. I take this opportunity to tell you of the very superior service that

your liaison officer, Lt. Colonel James E. Trask188 has performed since

joining FEAF. He knows the bomber business, he has pitched in and

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

104

188. Col Trask was a FEAF plans and programming officer.
THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

105

worked in my plans section - at times straight through twenty-four hours.

I consider him one of the finest young officers that I have come in contact with for a long time. His smartness, his knowledge of medium

bomber tacts, his loyalty to you and the Air Force and his absolute loyal

cooperation with me and my staff have all been outstanding. I commend

him to you when he returns for any important assignment that you have -

and for promotion. He will wear a decoration when he leaves which I will

award to him personally. I also take this opportunity to thank you for the

personal interest that you have taken in our job over here and the expeditious manner in which your units have moved to the Far East and the

spirit with which they have jumped in to do the job that has been assigned

to them. A visit from you, in which General MacArthur joins me, would

be most welcome. Tommy Power is here with us today which has been

most worthwhile to us and I am sure will be to you. Again, many many

thanks for your help and the spirit in which it has been rendered.

At 1530 hours did a telecast at the request of Charles DeSorias of the Los

Angeles Times TV Station. Mr. DeSorias did the interviewing. His questions

were: what can I report to the American people as to the AF position to-date,

something about the fighters - what they have done, the performance of the Mustangs, the striking force of the ‘29s - and a summary from me. I answered all

questions at length - re the first, our position - we have been operating for 47 days

straight, driven the Reds from the skies with our F–80s in particular, and giving

close support to our gallant ground forces. The F–80 has proven itself; has the

speed and fire power, its magnificent close support of the ground forces has

brought nothing but praise - General Gay stated he nor his men have ever been

harassed by enemy air action. The ‘51 is doing a superb job, but in fairness to both

a/c, the ‘51 is obsolete - F–80 can do everything the ‘51 can do and do it better.

The employment of ‘29s is an excellent example of mobility and capabilities of the

B–29. Within 8 days after their move from the ZI - total of 8,000 miles, they were

bombing the enemy’s dockside installations at Wonsan. B–29s have 2 major missions: destroying the enemy’s transportation system at key points north of the 38th;

and destroying enemy’s military supply production. In my summary I told him that

the FEAF of the U.S. had shifted from a defensive mission to an offensive mission

in the first 24-hours of the war and since then have carried the fight to the enemy.

Everyone doing a magnificent job, the great pride I have in my command in that it

is proving itself to be such an effective Air Force and that the resourceful American youth, in the air and on the ground, is once again doing his stuff.

Will give Major General Lowe, USAR, representative of the President, some

pre- and post-strike photos as well as a report on our operational activities for the

past 47 days.

I furnished an album to General Lowe, the President’s representative, covering FEAF’s operations in Korea the past 47

days since the war started. It included the operations of the

fighter-bombers, the recon, the B–29s, the light bombers and

the cargo aircraft. It gave our kills and losses including personnel, aircraft, tanks,

etc. It also included strike pictures of the P’yongyang marshaling yards and arsenal,

the oil refinery and marshaling yards at Wonsan and the chemical complex of three

SUNDAY

13 AUGUST

1950
targets at Ko ̄nan (Hungnam) and several pictures of the actual tank kills by the

Fifth Air Force. General Lowe’s remark to me this morning, prior to his departure, was to the effect the Air Force was “tops” out here and if the war could be

ended by middle of November, the credit belonged with the Air Force.

After talking with Pat, wrote the following memo to VC for Ops

(info to VC A&P):

In a telephone conversation with General Partridge at Taegu this morning,

he reported the following: Captain Tracy,189 USN, was assigned to the

Eighth Army as Navy liaison. He was sent over to General Partridge for

use as a Navy liaison officer with the Fifth Air Force. General Partridge

felt that since his assignment was with the Eighth Army, he could not utilize his services and now has assigned to him a Lieutenant Commander

Burch,190 USN. This morning, General Walker called on General Partridge and they had a very crisp, but pleasant, difference of opinion as to

the use of the Joint Operations Center and its location. Field Manual

31-35, published by the Department of the Army, clearly states the functions of the Joint Operational Center, its location and the overall control of

that body as an Air Force function although it is made up of the three (3)

Services –Army, Navy, and Air Force– and justly so. General Partridge

reported to me that there was a great possibility that General Walker would

protest the control and operation of that center to Headquarters, Far East

Command and this paper is written to you to prepare you to defend the Air

Force interpretation and use of the Joint Operational Center before the Far

East Command staff who might raise the question. Your experience in

Europe should very definitely prove beyond all shadow of a doubt the

proper use of a Joint Operational Center and I desire that you represent me

in any discussions that are raised on this subject.191

General Orders #46, dtd 9 August AS CORRECTED issued:

Subject: Organization of United States Fifth Air Force in Korea. 

1. As directed by the Commander-in-Chief, Far East and confirming the

VOCG of 24 July 1950, the Fifth Air Force in Korea is established as of

24 July 50 as a major operational command of the Far East Air Forces

with headquarters at APO 970. The Fifth Air Force with headquarters at

Nagoya, Japan remains as now established and organized.

2. Announcement is made of the appointment as of 24 Jul 50 of Major

General Earle E. Partridge, 33A, USAF, as Commanding General, Fifth

Air Force in Korea in addition to his duties and responsibilities as Commanding General, Fifth Air Force in Japan.

3. As directed by the Commander-in-Chief, Far East all foreign air units

(except foreign naval air units) which are stationed in Japan or Korea

will be placed under the control of the Commanding General, Fifth

Air Force. 

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

106

189. Capt John S. Tracy. 

190. Lt Cdr John A. Murch.

191. The Joint Operations Center (JOC) was composed of Army and Air Force personnel and comprised two sections. One, the air-ground operations section, was Army-manned and sent to the second section Army
4. This order does not change the structure, administrative organization or

functions of the Fifth Air Force, Nagoya, Japan, to which all Fifth Air

Force units and personnel remain assigned.

5. The Commanding General, Fifth Air Force in Korea will maintain his operational headquarters in close proximity to Eighth Army headquarters in Korea.

Sent a buck slip to IG in answer to an R&R submitted by Weyland re the

establishment of an Air Evaluation Board which would collect, record, correlate

evaluate and inform me and the VCs on: past, present, and future training of

FEAF units and associated Army and Navy units; shortcomings or difficulties

and action taken to overcome them; coordination procedures within FEAF and

with other major commands under FEC; efficiency of operating procedures; and

bomb, rocket, and other loadings and their relation to different type targets. In my

buck slip to the IG referred him to my memo dtd 21 July, relieving him from duty

with D/Ops [deputy for operations], returning him to IG and memo of 25 July,

subject: Inspection System during Korean Operations. Told him I considered the

IG and his group of officers to be my Air Evaluation Board, and, in addition, to

the directives that I have issued, desired that the IG perform those suggestions as

listed by Weyland above.

Air base at K-3 evacuated. PIO at K-3 announced above. This should not

have been done; however, reporters were present and they would have said something. Eighth Army does this all the time.

On the 21st of July I wrote a letter to COMNAVFE expressing my appreciation as to the marked success of the carrier

air strikes on 18 and 19 July against North Korean targets

and also commented that it was gratifying to hear that 47

enemy aircraft had been destroyed - indication of resurgent North Korean air

power and the warning furnished us by that attack will be instrumental in avoiding losses to friendly forces. Asked that this appreciation on behalf of the Air

Force be extended to Admiral Struble. 

Following is a memo dated 10 Aug from COMNAVFE to me:

(1) Your letter of 21 Jul 50 is acknowledged with pleasure and appreciation. I know it will be received with pride by Vice Admiral Struble and

the personnel of his fleet when it is delivered to them. (2) Your headquarters furnished most of the target information, coordination effort, and

photographic data which markedly assisted in the success of the 18-19

July strikes. (3) The spirit of willing and energetic cooperation exhibited

MONDAY

14 AUGUST

1950

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

107

requests for tactical air missions. The second section, made up of Air Force personnel, then ordered available

tactical air units to implement the Army requests. The JOC first began operating from Taejon on July 5 but

had to relocate to Taegu between July 16-19 when the fall of Taejon became imminent.

Though not part of the JOC, a tactical air control center (TACC) worked closely with it. Through the TACC,

which was really a communications center, General Partridge was able to control his aircraft. Although air

defense was one of its duties, the TACC at Taegu operated primarily as fighter director control for close support missions. Target identification and control of the actual strikes were functions of two different teams.

Operating in the front lines with radio-equipped jeeps were the tactical aircraft control parties (TACP). The

other team used T–6 aircraft, known as “Mosquitoes,” for airborne control of strike aircraft.

In actual practice, most of the functions of the JOC were taken over by 5AF personnel, the Eighth Army

being unable, or unwilling, to staff its air-ground section. It would be some months before the JOC truly

became a joint operation.
PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

108

by your staff, and key members of the Far East Air Forces with whom

they deal, has brought forth much favorable comment from officers of my

command. This fine spirit continues to build a high mutual regard and

firm bond of understanding between the U.S. Navy and the U.S. Air

Force in this theater. signed C.T. Joy. 

Rcvd [received] following letter from O’Donnell dated 12 Aug:

I certainly appreciate your comprehensive letter of the 10th on support

of the B–29s. You can fully depend upon my staff to work together with

your own, and that of FEAMCOM, in resolving the difficult logistic

problems with which you are faced. You can, of course, readily understand my own concern over anything that might prevent us from giving

you the maximum possible tonnage of bombs on North Korean targets.

I have been so concerned with the many B–29 supply and further maintenance difficulties since I assumed command of the Fifteenth [Air

Force] that is difficult to suddenly divorce myself from such problems

and think only of operational matters. My small materiel staff here is

comprised of individuals who have, through early appreciation of B–29,

B–50 and B–36 deficiencies in the past, earned the respect of all in SAC

and AMC. They are sometimes overzealous and I have tried to direct

their enthusiasm in the proper channels - so far to good effect. You can

depend upon them to keep your materiel command well-informed on

anticipated troubles, and to assist in their solution in every possible way.

s/ E. O’Donnell

In answer to my “Stratline” dated 8 Aug 50, to Partridge re stepping

up night bombing sorties to 50 per night, received the following letter

from Partridge dtd 11 Aug 50:

According to my original understanding it was a straightforward directive

to use all the type of aircraft available to me for night bombing with the

objective set at not less than 50 sorties per night. Accordingly, a plan was

set up by which all the B–26 effort would be used at night with an expectation of 36 sorties daily. There are three F–82 aircraft not equipped with

radar which have been employed as night intruders. We estimated that

by a full-scale effort, we could get 5 sorties per night out of these 3 airplanes. As for F–80s, our experience has not yet been too satisfactory and

in view of this and the fact that we are yet unable to carry bombs we

decided not to use F–80s, on a continuing basis. The F–51 is not a satisfactory night intruder, but can be effective in good weather under optimum visibility conditions. One of the major objections to this type

aircraft is its lack of radio compass. By utilizing all our B–26 effort, all

the F–82 effort not reserved for the air defense of Japan and a full

squadron of F–51s we might be able to achieve 50 sorties nightly when

weather permits. Before discussing it with Craigie and before Timberlake

talked to you, this is the plan which we adopted as the only one which

would achieve the desired number of sorties. The 162d Night Reconnaissance Squadron, equipped with photographic B–26s should be in operation
within the not too distant future.192 Initially, they will have 16 aircraft. This

squadron is able to bomb and can be diverted from its primary role of night

photographic work if the priority to be accorded night bombing is sufficiently high. If the 162d is used, it might be possible to run 50 intruder sorties per night, using B–26s alone. In addition to the Fifth Air Force effort,

we can anticipate that some sorties will be available each night from the

Marine night fighter squadron which is based at Itami and staged out of

Itazuke. We have not included the Marines in our estimates. Following your

talk with Timberlake, we have relieved the one F–51 squadron from its

requirement to put out night intruder aircraft, and as the situation now

stands, we expect to fly 2 squadrons of B–26s, a few F–82 and a few

Marine night fighters whenever the weather permits. No one knows better

than I the pressing need for a better night bomber and intruder effort. Nevertheless, I am reluctant to continue employing all our light bombers for

night work. Accordingly, I should like to make the following suggestions to

secure a more effective distribution for the night effort now available to the

Fifth Air Force, and to augment that effort. Continue to employ one B–26

squadron full-time for night intruder work; concentrate at Itazuke all the

night fighter aircraft in this theater regardless of their condition as to operational radar. Employ these aircraft full out on a night intruder effort until

such time as more suitable aircraft can be secured; continue to employ

Marine night fighters over Korea as can be made available by them; employ

the 162d Night Reconnaissance Squadron for both photographic and night

intruder work; these airplanes can drop bombs in an emergency; initiate a

firm request to the United States for them to reconstitute night light bomber

squadrons in such number as the equipment now on hand will support.

Action by your headquarters to this end is requested; secure from the ZI a

nucleus of a night bombing section for Fifth Air Force headquarters. I am

not personally acquainted with any officers whose previous experience

qualifies them for this position, but I do know that there was a light bomber

group which specialized in night operations, and I should like to have the

benefit of their experience. Action by your headquarters is requested; if the

United Nations wants to support the war effort in this theater by supplying

aircraft squadrons from the RAF [Royal Air Force], RCAF [Royal Canadian Air Force], or elsewhere, I should like to suggest that night bomber

squadrons would constitute the greatest contribution which they could

make; even a meager number of Lancasters or Mosquitos operated from

bases in Japan would be most welcome. If you think the idea has merit,

please pick up the ball from here.

Lastly, I feel certain from my previous experience in England and Africa

that there exist munitions and techniques which would assist us in carrying on our night bomber effort. I believe we should explore the possibility of securing, probably from the RAF, a few experts together with

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

109

192. The 162d had been alerted at Langley AFB, Va. on July 5. Brought up to near-wartime strength by fillers

who knew nothing about RB–26s, the squadron was shipped overseas. Flash cartridge equipment had been

fitted on 10 of the squadron’s 16 planes (the other planes could not be modified), but it was then discovered

that this equipment made the RB–26s too heavy for the overwater flight to Japan. The flash units were

removed for air shipment, but this was somehow changed to water shipment. It would not be until August

26, 53 days after it was alerted, that the 162d was ready for its first mission. (Futrell No. 71, p 100.)
samples of their munitions and proposed standard operating procedures.

Perhaps you would like to discuss this matter with the recently arrived

Air Vice Marshal Bouchier193 from the RAF. As a general thought, I do

not believe that we are getting over-all effectiveness by trading good day

sorties for questionable night missions, particularly when the number of

day sorties is roughly twice that we can fly at night. For that reason, my

suggestions above have run toward the objective of increasing our night

potential rather than toward the diversion of day effort for night purposes.

s/ E.E. Partridge.

In answer to above received ltr from Partridge, sent him following:

Upon receipt of your letter of 11 August, I reviewed my message A

392906, dated 8 August, and find that it conveys a more firm and rigid

meaning than I had intended. Therefore, please consider that directive

rescinded. What I had intended to convey, and what I still desire, is for

you to step up night intruder operations as much as possible with units

now available and to become available, while maintaining an optimum

balance between day and night operations. I leave to your judgment and

on-the-spot knowledge of conditions, the determination of the best way

and rate of augmenting your night operations to achieve optimum overall

results. With the foregoing in mind, I want to say that I concur, in general

with most of your suggestions in paragraphs a to h, inclusive, of your letter. I do not, however, concur in your suggestion to employ all [emphasis

in original] F–82s on night intruder work, and I want you to retain not less

than a flight of night fighters in each air defense area. With reference to

assisting you in getting qualified personnel for a night bombing section

in your headquarters, I have initiated action to obtain Colonel F. R. Terrell194 for you, and also to get an RAF officer experienced in night bombing and intruder work. Other suggestions involving action by my

headquarters will be investigated and followed up as circumstances dictate. I want to tell you again that I am proud of the magnificent work

being done by the Fifth Air Force, and am especially appreciative of your

own personal contributions.

The United Press staff correspondent, Robert Miller, under dateline

14 August with the Marines, published one of the most reprehensible pieces of

carefully contrived propaganda and untruths that I have read in my military career.

It is my opinion and that of my PIO that this was not only stimulated by Navy

sources, but was even prepared by them in detail. This article is filled with innuendoes and make odious comparison between the Marines on the ground and

the Army units, interspersed with similarly odious comparisons between

Marine aviation and the USAF. It is my opinion that this will result only in

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

110

193. With the British considering what role their forces might play in Korea, the government recalled Air Vice

Marshal (later, Sir) Cecil Bouchier to represent the British Chiefs of Staff in Japan. Bouchier served with the

BCOF from 1945-1948 and had developed a great rapport with MacArthur. He arrived on August 8.

194. Terrell commanded the 47th BG from January 1942 to June 1943. This group later became the premier

USAAF night intruder unit in the Mediterranean and was, until converting to a jet bomber unsuited for the

role, the only such outfit in the USAF prior to the Korean War. After Terrell was assigned to the War Department General Staff in April 1944, he was (according to his official USAF biography) “instrumental in establishing night tactical bombing operations as U.S. air doctrine.”
fanning the fires of dissention between the services here under MacArthur where,

to date, we have had great team play. I consider it a blatant, service-inspired series

of mis-statements.195

Following memorandum given to General Crabb, Deputy for Operations, as a directive:

We can cover an area five (5) miles long by one (1) mile wide, dropping

with seventy (70) B–29s, 2,520 x 500 pound bombs. FEAF Bomber

Command will be loaded and ready to perform such a mission on

Wednesday 16 August. We must have clear weather as the drop will be

made from an altitude of 5,000 or 6,000 feet. There must be a definite terrain feature such as the Naktong River in order to prevent dropping on our

own troops. It is believed that when the North Koreans commit themselves to any mass attack east of the Naktong River, such a bomber strike

would pay dividends. (Wednesday, 16 August weather permitting; maybe

postponed until 17 August if weather bad.)196

8:30 A.M. Air Marshal Jones (RAAF) in; attended FEAF briefing

with me.

12:30 P.M. Rear Admiral Alfred Carroll Richmond,197 of the United States

Coast Guard. Interested in LORAN stations throughout the Pacific and west

coast of P.I.[Philippine Islands].

2:00 P.M. Lunch (stag) with General and Mrs. MacArthur honoring the

Prime Minister of Australia, Rt. Hon. Menzies.198

8:30 P.M. Dinner (stag) at Commonwealth House, Embassy of Australia,

honoring Rt. Hon. Menzies.

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

111

195. Miller’s article grossly misrepresented the differences between the Air Force and Marine systems of close

support. While effective for short periods and with small numbers of troops, the Marine system of having

aircraft either attached to or operating closely with specific ground units was very inefficient and a costly

use of air power when done with a large ground force or over longer perods. Additionally, there was a point

that seemed to have escaped most of the ground commanders but not Stratemeyer; that FEAF had established complete air superiority over the enemy. The Marine system relied upon other air power assets to provide the key prerequisite to effective close air support.

In an October 2, 1950, memorandum on the subject of historical reporting of the war, Stratemeyer mentioned several times that if not careful, wrong conclusions could be drawn on the matter of close support.

“There was no hostile interference from hostile air...,” he commented. 

“If there had been an enemy air force, it is questionable — to my way of thinking — that the ground troops

could ever have been supplied by long truck columns and train as they were from Pusan.

“The great proportion of our air effort would of necessity have been to knock out hostile air both on the ground

and in the air.” (Memo, Gen G. E. Stratemeyer to ?, subj: Final Reporting—Korean Conflict, Oct. 2, 1950.)

196. The buildup of North Korean forces in front of Taegu worried General Walker, particularly since his own

troops were spread dangerously thin. The Waegwan area, where the main highway and railroad crossed the

Naktong, appeared to be an especially critical sector. Though 5AF fighter-bombers and B–26s attacked an

enemy bridgehead at Waegwan with some success, General MacArthur remained alarmed at this North

Korean threat. He therefore desired that the entire FEAF B–29 force be used to “carpet bomb” those areas

where large enemy forces appeared to be concentrated. On the 13th, General Partridge learned that the

B–29s would be used on August 15 to bomb near Waegwan. (Futrell, pp 138-139.)

197. Adm Richmond was Assistant Commandant of the Coast Guard.

198. Sir Robert Menzies had been Prime Minister of Australia in 1939-1941. From 1943-1949, he was Leader of

the Opposition before once again becoming Prime Minister, a post he then held for the next 17 years.
PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

112

Sent an R&R to VC Ops, ATTN D/Ops:

Reference my memorandum to you dated 14 Aug on the

mission set-up for Wednesday, 16 August or Thursday,

17 August, all ground troops down to and including the

squad must be briefed on this strike prior to time of drop. I talked with

General Partridge at 0740 hours this morning and cautioned him of my

desires reference this matter. He guaranteed that he would take same up

with General Walker and that it would be done. Even though General

Partridge will do as stated above, I want a very carefully worded directive given to him with information copies to the CG, 8th Army and

CINCFE, clearly defining the boundaries of the target area with time and

date of the attack.

Received a letter from Gill Robb Wilson in which he explained that getting news

of what is happening is like “prospecting for diamonds in a bathtub.”

My reply to him was that I had thought that he wasn’t getting the news -

correctly and factually, and that I, besides sending him straight dope from time

to time, he would find news coming in better at home because I was getting my

PIO difficulties ironed out. Told him we both hope to see him in November - and

re his running for Congress would make no comment; however it will be great to

have another real booster for air power in Wash on the Hill.

Sent the following memo to VC for Ops attention D/Ops:

Reference my memorandum to you dated 14 August (Reference the mass

B–29 [70 aircraft] attack drop from 5,000 feet on North Korean front

lines.) on the mission set up for Wednesday, 16 August, or Thursday, 17

August, all ground troops down to and including the squad must be

briefed on this strike prior to the time of the drop. I talked with General

Partridge at 1740 hours this morning and cautioned him re my desires reference this matter. He guaranteed that he would take same up with General Walker and it would be done. Even though General Partridge will do

as stated above, I want a very carefully worded directive given to him

with information copies to the Commanding General, Eighth Army and

CINCFE, clearly defining the boundaries of the target area with time and

date of attack.

Sent the VC for A&P [administration and plans] a memo:

I want copies of the two T.S. signals that were sent to the CSAF reference

our plans for the construction of a jet flying field and a transport flying

field at Pusan forwarded to General Partridge. Maybe the two signals can

be combined and the data set forth therein put in a letter in the form of a

directive to Partridge. If the latter is done, I want to sign it.

Memo sent to VC for Ops thru VC A&P:

In a conference that I had with General MacArthur at 1810 hours last

evening, the coming amphibious operation was discussed and the

two points that he raised, and with which he is concerned were:

(1) quickness with which we can rehabilitate the airfield at Kimp’o,

TUESDAY

15 AUGUST

1950
and (2) have available fuel at that airfield as well as ammunition and

bombs.199 He indicated to me that the distance from the salt water to the

airfield was only some 15 miles. He was confident that a tanker could

be docked and fuel quickly placed as well as ammunition and bombs.

It is desired that the planning people working on this operation consider and study the above two questions raised and that a prepared

expeditious solution be presented to me for approval.

Memo to VC for A&P:

Some two weeks ago I asked that some thought be given to the organization of a small command group, representing FEAF, to accompany me

when I accompany CINCFE on any Far East Command movement outside of Japan. To date, I have received nothing on this subject. Please give

it attention and come up with a recommendation on the size and composition of such a command group.

Presented a strike album to CINCFE; book contains representative types of

FEAF strikes accomplished; vehicular traffic attacked by fighters as their contribution toward interdiction and close support; strikes by light bombardment a/c in

their contribution towards isolation of the battlefield; industrial targets attacked

by medium bombardment a/c showing their contribution toward total destruction

of the enemy’s capability to wage war.

Sent a message to Norstad stating

In conference with CINCFE last evening, he directed that a signal be sent

you reference your statements to him during your departing conference in

his office regarding B–29 groups in theater. General MacArthur desires

that the two recently arrived medium bomb groups be retained in this theater at least for an additional month which would mean 8 October and,

further, that you be informed that in all probability he will request another

and final delay until 8 November.

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

113

199. Before U.S. and North Korean troops clashed at Osan on July 5, MacArthur was already envisioning an

amphibious operation against the enemy. Even at that time, MacArthur’s choice for a target was Inch’on,

and he believed that a landing could be accomplished as early as July 22. Planning began immediately but

the serious reverses the American and ROK troops were suffering doomed these plans to early deaths.

Undeterred, MacArthur continued to consider an amphibious thrust behind enemy lines. When Collins and

Vandenberg were in Japan in mid-July, MacArthur outlined a tentative plan regarding an amphibious operation to take place after the North Koreans were stopped. Several landing spots were considered but

MacArthur believed that Inch’on still was the best target.

(It appears that the Inch’on landings did not spring full-blown out of MacArthur’s fertile mind. Such a plan,

called SL-17, had been produced by the Army and distributed on June 19, 1950. During the first week of the

war, MacArthur’s headquarters “urgently” requested 50 copies of SL-17.) (Clay Blair, The Forgotten War,

New York, 1987, p 87.)

Not everyone was as sanguine as MacArthur that Inch’on was a good choice for an amphibious landing.

Collins and Adm Forrest P. Sherman, the Chief of Naval Operations, were among those with doubts about

the landings. Tremendous tidal changes occured at Inch’on, leaving amphibious craft with limited times that

they could operate safely. Extensive mud flats covered the harbor, areas that could be death traps if the landings did not go well or were off schedule. The “beaches” were just strips of waterfront protected by seawalls

that were too high for landing craft to be able to use their ramps. It also had to be assumed that a pair of

islands between Inch’on’s inner and outer harbors were sites of enemy defensive positions. Inch’on was a

place where everything had to go smoothly, but where everything wrong could happen. (D. Clayton James,

Refighting the Last War: Command and Crisis in Korea 1950-1953, New York, 1993, pp 162-163.)

Tidal conditions at Inch’on narrowed MacArthur’s options considerably. September was a month of transition

between the low tides of summer and the high tides of fall. While tides in mid-October would be satisfactory,
B–29s report on their strike north of the 38th Parallel, one of the B–29s was

attacked by a single-engine fighter. The fighter identified as an La–5, made two

or three passes at the Superfortress, but broke off the engagement after the Superfort tail gunner fired some 100 rounds.200 Several other enemy fighters were

observed, but they did not close in for an attack.

11:30 A.M., General Ho called.

2:30 P.M., Ed Murrow with Nuckols. Murrow came by to say goodbye and

said he was going to pass on to Van and Norstad the superior job we were doing

out here.

7:00 P.M., Nuckols, Weyland and the Pichers to dinner at Mayeda House.

Sent a 6-page, strong, carefully-worded redline, T.S., to

Norstad, re the United Press story as written by Robert

Miller. Radio in M2 parts; in first part was my own personal

reaction to the type of article written; part 2 was an analysis

of the major contentions and innuendoes made by Miller in his release. 

Sent a redline to Vandenberg:

About 90 B–29s in heaviest concentrated bomber operation to date, today

dropped more than 800 tons of 500 lbs. GP bombs, instantaneously fused,

on 3 1/2 by 7 1/2 area immediate northwest of Waegwan, in close support

of our forces. First element over target at 1050K, with visual bombing

conditions; excellent results. Bombing completed about 1300K. Attack

made on south to north axis, with Naktong River serving as eastern

boundary. Flash reports from planes still airborne indicate generally excellent results.201

Copy of a signal sent by Joy (Comnavfe) to his command forwarded

me by Joy with attached buck slip:

“Hope the attached dispatch to all naval units under my command will

stop any more irresponsible comments which I deplore as much as you

do.” The radio reference is as follows:

To NAVFE, info - CINCPACFLT and CNO [Commander in Chief,

Pacific Fleet and Chief of Naval Operations]. It has been brought to my

attention that criticism is being voiced by members of the naval service

WEDNESDAY

16 AUGUST

1950

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

114

the probable bad weather at that time placed constraints on both air and ground operations. Thus, the only

days in September when tides would be high enough for landing operations were September 15-18.

MacArthur decided upon a September 15 landing. The rehabilitation of Kimp’o was a requirement because

it was to be used by FEAF transport aircraft for the delivery of ammunition, rations, and other needed cargo

to the front-line troops.

200. The radial-engined Lavochkin La–5 had first entered combat in the autumn of 1942. It was probably a

replacement aircraft for the NKAF, which had been almost wiped out.

201. Instead of a one mile by five mile area as noted by Stratemeyer on Aug. 14, the area the Army wanted

bombed was 3 1/2 miles wide by 7 1/2 miles long. Nevertheless, the 98 bombers of the five B–29 groups

dropped the majority of the bombs (which had a blast effect similar to that of 30,000 rounds of artillery)

with what appeared to be excellent results. Some 40,000 enemy troops had been reported to be in the target

area west of the Naktong, but when General O’Donnell personally inspected the scene from the air, he could

see no signs of enemy activity. This massive attack apparently had been a waste of time and materiel,

because later information indicated that the enemy troops had already crossed the Naktong before the bombing

and had been untouched. From a psychological standpoint, though, General Walker believed the bombing

had raised the morale of the U.S. and ROK troops considerably, while depressing that of the opposing

force. (Futrell, p 139; Futrell No. 71, pp 47-48; Appleman, pp 352-353.)
THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

115

against other services of our country. In connection with this situation I

concur completely in the following remarks from the Chief of Naval

Operations, quote: “It is essential that officers refrain from comparison

which derogate the efforts or effectiveness of other services. Such comparisons whether correct or incorrect are in bad taste and are prejudicial

to the national interest.” unquote. Take action to insure that all personnel

both public relations and others are appropriately instructed.

My discussion with General MacArthur this evening resulted in his approving my recommendation not to do any area bombing with B–29s until we really

get a clear-cut evaluation of what took place this morning. The reasons backing up my recommendation were: (1) area northeast of Naktong River selected

for B–29 bombing on 18 or 19 Aug is dangerous to ground troops and completely unsuitable. Fifth AF recommends against this, and EUSAK does not

want bombing in this area. (2) area M/B [medium bomber] bombing is suitable

if ground forces intend to make a break-through, capitalizing on shock and

disruption created by the bombing. In this particular case where ground forces

are to make a limited attack to reduce the NK [North Korean] salient and drive

the NK across the river, accurately controlled close support by fighter bombers

is the air weapon most suitable. (3) other areas west of the Naktong River are

too extensive for B–29s to bomb effectively. Would be waste of effort and

would not greatly affect our ground force counter attack except to interfere

with fighter bombers. (4) fighters and dive bombers of Navy could be utilized

in this area to search out specific targets and would have less effect on close

support operations of Fifth AF and Marine Air. (5) it is imperative that B–29s

continue interdiction and destruction missions in North Korea if essential

effect is to be achieved by 15 Sep 50. (6) JCS have assigned additional NK

targets for B–29 destruction. (7) Stockpile of 500-pound bombs is critical at

this time - available stock pending replenishment should be used in NK. (8) earliest liaison necessary in order that interdiction targets be studied and B–29s

properly bombed up, therefore.

Recommend: support of U. S. counter attack be normal type Fifth AF and

Marine close support, and U. S. Navy carrier effort be laid on and kept in SK

where it is needed. Areas west of Naktong River be assigned to Navy aircraft as

coordinated by Fifth Air Force in consultation with EUSAK, and the B–29s

resume and stay on the NK interdiction and destruction program.

10:00 Air Marshal Bouchier and I had our pictures taken together for the

London Illustrated News.

Following is quoted in toto Partridge’s personal daily summary

to me of 16 Aug:

Part 1. Ref part 4 of yesterday’s msg on reuniting hq at Taegu, prospects of

continued occupation this location swing with opinions on the ground situation and this morning’s situation reverses plan to reunite here. After further

consultations with Gen. Walker and his staff and reviews of rail and truck

transportation which it now appears might be avail[able] for our use, decided

to move aviation engr [engineer] unit from K-2 to Pusan and concentrate

work on strip east of city. This stops construction K-2 but insures safety of

critical engineer equip which must move by train. Pusan Hq will be made
fully opnl [operational] soonest so that control of AF may be transferred to

Pusan without delay. Hq being pared down to minimum and impediment

either evacuated or made ready for move on 1 hour notice. Exception of signal gear for which several hours notice will be required. We are watching

EUSAK and will start dismantling our signal set up when they do. K-2 will

remain opnl as at present. Part 2. For political reasons General Walker is

determined to remain Taegu long as possible. Apparently his staff feels move

a military necessity. Part 3. B–29 strike observed by Gen Walker who

expressed keenest interest and appreciation since this was his first opportunity

to watch heavies from air.

Sent the following letter to Partridge:

Reference the Bronze Star Medal for Colonel Witty,

Nuckols did not make it clear in his conversation with you

this morning as to why I was so anxious to present this

medal to him prior to his departure. Last night at the Press Club (Nuckols was present), a number of reporters discussed a rumor that was floating around that Witty was being sent home because of the evacuation of

P’ohang-dong and which, if publicized, would place the blame on him. I

am sure that is not the case. [Underlining in original.] From all the reports

I have received from you, Picher and others who have visited K-3, I

understand that Colonel Witty as base commander and wing commander

35th Fighter Wing did an outstanding job up to the time it was evacuated.

I felt that since you agreed for his personal reasons that he should go

home after two and one-half years over here. Further, since you had a

replacement for him, a reflection of any kind that might come out on the

job that he did might hurt Witty in the eyes of his comrades and would

certainly not be true according to the facts. I pinned the Bronze Star

Medal on him this morning and will furnish your Headquarters a copy of

the citation.

1000 hours presented the Bronze Star Medal to Colonel Witty.

Sent a letter and radio to General Turner clarifying his dealings with the Chinese on Formosa - specifically stating that any instructions that we give them must

have the concurrence and approval of Rear Admiral Jarrett,202 the Attache there. This

in no way effects our survey group as they are there in order to determine what is

needed by the Chinese Air Force in order for them to defend Formosa. This letter

was written per instructions from CINCFE from the Joint Chiefs of Staff.

General Partridge called about 1900 hours and stated that there was quite a

push coming from the northwest and that General Walker had committed one of

his Army Reserve RCT’s [regimental combat team] to stop it. He stated that all

of the heavy aviation engineering equipment would leave early tonight for Pusan

and he further stated that he could pull out upon one hour’s notice. He said,

“Don’t worry - we are all right, but I felt I should let you know.”

Wing Commander P. G. Wykeham-Barnes203 due to arrive in Tokyo 1650,

THURSDAY

17 AUGUST

1950

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

116

202. Rear Adm Harry B. Jarrett.

203. Wykeham-Barnes (later Air Marshal Sir Peter Wykeham and commander of the BFEAF) had been a night

intruder pilot in Europe during World War II.
19 August. His mission is to assist in night intruder operations. Will be attached

to Fifth Air Force, Advance.

8:30 P.M., dinner (stag) honoring Ambassador to the U.S. Wellington Koo.204

General Ho host. (Ambassador Koo failed to arrive. His airplane was late.)

Comments on B–29 mission of 16 August were as follows:

[underlined in original] From Partridge:

The value of the effort, in my opinion is that (1) Walker and

other Army personnel had an opportunity to learn pattern and

inflexibility of arrangements, expectancies as to overs and shorts in an area in which

a squadron can normally land; (2) FEAF bombers gained experience in improving

next strike of a similar mission; (3) the machinery essential for coordination

received a vigorous work-out.

From Walker to CINCFE:

Observations from light aircraft after the attack revealed excellent pattern, rail and road lines between Kumch’on and Waegwan were cut; U. S.

and ROK ground forces in the area report partial withdrawal of enemy

across Naktong River to west after the attack. Friendly units in the Waegwan area which had been receiving heavy artillery fire prior to the attack

report none in the area since the attack. I (Walker) am of the opinion that

these strikes are of definite psychological advantage, but they would be

of more value were they followed up immediately by ground assault into

and through the bombed areas.

From O’Donnell:

In answer to your request for my evaluation of the 16 August effort. I was

in area about 2 1/2 hours and observed no activity other that our own flak.

No planes. Dispersion of squadron drops entirely too large for concentration bombing. I therefore seriously doubt that any real damage other that

psychological resulted. Of course, there is always the chance that some

enemy concentrations may have been squarely hit. Good rule of thumb

for this type effort is 300 tons per square mile. With force at my disposal

an area of 3 square miles may be covered adequately. Advise against this

type of mission except when small target is available and situation

deemed to be truly critical. It is of course extremely costly in bombs. We

are approaching bottom of barrel in 500ers [500-lb. bombs] at Yokota.

Received a call from Partridge at 0945 hours in which he stated that they

were OK and did not intend to move and that they would stay put. He further

reported that KMAG gave the Air Force light fighter-bombers credit yesterday for

stopping the drive from the northwest and by so doing this permitted the South

Koreans to counter-attack late yesterday afternoon. He reported that all the engineering equipment would leave today and per my instructions to him over the

telephone said that all of the engineer effort would be put on the new troop strip

at K-9 in Pusan.

FRIDAY

18 AUGUST

1950

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

117

204. Vi Kyuin Wellington Koo was a long-time official in the Chinese government. From 1946-1956, he was the

Chinese Ambassador in Washington. 
PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

118

Following copy of ltr received this date from Partridge, written to

Walker on the 15th of Aug:

Thanks for the use of the pamphlet on the “Conduct of Air-Ground Operations,” returned herewith. I had not seen this document previously, but

find it in accord with FM 31-35, “Air Ground Operations,” dated Aug 46,

and I am in complete agreement not only with the concepts but also with

the details of procedure outlined. As far as I can determine, we have been

following the doctrine set forth in these documents except in the matter

of the name “J.O.C.” The sign on the door has been changed to conform

in this respect as well. In passing, I should like to explain that the title

“Air Operations Center” was selected because it was felt during pre-war

exercises that some people thought the Air Force was trying to set up a

true joint staff agency of army, navy, and air elements to run all [emphasis in original] operations. It was believed, incorrectly as it developed

later, that the introduction of the word ‘Air’ into the title would eliminate

any intimation that the center was intended to run anything other than air

operations in close support of your ground units. I regret that this change

of nomenclature increased rather than eliminated the confusion. Additional copies of “Conduct of Air-Ground Operations” are being mimeographed and will be distributed to my people as soon as possible. Extra

copies above Fifth Air Force needs can be printed for your use in any

number you may designate. Please have someone tell Colonel Howe the

number you require. 

s/ E. E. Partridge.

In ink, on bottom of letter in Pat’s handwriting: “General Strat - for

your information. P.”

In reply to above letter to Partridge stated:

Thanks for the copy of your letter to Johnny Walker dated 15 Aug in

which you refer to the pamphlet he lent you on “Conduct of AirGround Operations.” This letter will be helpful to Weyland in any

discussion he has with Far East Command staff and/or any paper that

he prepares on the subject to CINCFE. At your convenience, I

would appreciate receiving a copy of the pamphlet when you have a

spare one mimeographed. Thanks so much for your call early this

morning; it was most re-assuring because of your splendid air effort

in support of the South Koreans. Earle, leave no stone unturned to get

K-9 operational as well as concurrently K-1 as a jet field. You are

doing a splendid job and I know of no one in the Air Force who

could fill your shoes. My commendations and congratulations.

With best personal regards, etc.

Copies of above furnished both Weyland and Craigie.

1115 hours saw the Chinese Ambassador to the United States, his Excellency

Mr. Wellington Koo with General Ho in my office.
1130 hours had a session with Mr. John [sic] Alsop (of the team of John and

Stewart Alsop)205 and later took Mr. Alsop, Colonel Nuckols and General Craigie

to lunch at the Union Club.

Prior to going to the Union Club and while at the Union Club, Alsop asked

me many questions about the Korean show. One question being - “when do you

think the Korean affair will be over?” My answer to him was that “I thought we’d

be in North Korea by Christmas.” This rather astounded him and I told him I

based my answer on the fact that in my opinion the forces in front of our forces

will fold up because of lack of supplies, tanks, other armor, munitions, gasoline

and oil, that they were being punished so much from the air, and with our interdiction program, it was my opinion they could not last. He said he couldn’t agree

with me and then I said you don’t know all the facts and that there is something

being planned that I can not tell you about. (When I said that I meant the amphibious

landing that MacArthur expects to make towards the end of next month or early

Octoner and I reiterated that in my opinion if we held any beachhead in South

Korea the United Nations forces will be in North Korea by Christmas.)

There was also quite a discussion on the jet fighter versus the F–47 or an airplane especially designed for close support.206 I pointed out that we wanted to get

out of the reciprocal engine business and that any close support airplane should

be a jet; certainly we can design our jets, with a little more experience, to be used

on short runways and with lower fuel consumption and then we will have a support airplane that can defend itself. We have a jet almost comparable to the F–47

in the F–84 series; where in the last war we had the F–51 as a high altitude fighter

and the F–47 as a ground support weapon as well as a high altitude fighter, today

we have the F–80 that can do both jobs, as well as the F–84 which is just about

as rugged as the F–47 as a ground support airplane and can also do high altitude

fighting. I told him (Alsop) it was just a question of money. Of course, if funds

were unlimited, it might be well to have a specially designed close-support

weapon, but that if we did, we would have to furnish it with an air umbrella for

its protection if we are fighting a major enemy that was equipped with jets. He

would not agree with General Craigie and me, but our points were well taken and

I believe that after he sleeps on it, he might come to our way of thinking.

Mr. John [sic] Alsop is a very smart man.

General Partridge called at 0920 and reported the following:

He is consolidating his hqrs at Pusan and the opening of the

JOC took place last night at 2000 hours at Pusan. He with a

small command group will remain along side General

SATURDAY

19 AUGUST

1950

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

119

205. Joseph W. Alsop, Jr., and Stewart J.O. Alsop were well-known columnists, together writing the “Matter of

Fact” column carried in many newspapers. Joseph Alsop served on Chennault’s staff in World War II, while

Stewart had been in the OSS. Joseph Alsop had been a vocal and active member of the so-called “China

Lobby” for some time.

206. During the last part of World War II, the P–47 had become one of the best ground attack aircraft in the

USAAF inventory. Though the P–47 was capable of delivering and receiving tremendous punishment, after

the war it was decided that the Mustang would be the primary piston-engined fighter in the Air Force, and

the Thunderbolt was rapidly taken out of service. At the outbreak of the Korean War, there were 1,167 F–47s

(the new designation for the plane) on hand. Only 265 of these were active (with National Guard units) and

all were considered second-line aircraft. (USAF Statistical Digest, 1949-1950.) Being less susceptible to

ground fire because of its radial engine and heavy construction, the F–47 would have made a better ground

attack aircraft in Korea than the F–51.
Walker with his small command group at Taegu. He has excellent communications (telephone) with the JOC.

Yesterday morning apparently the Communists spread a rumor in Taegu that

any of the civilian population that remained there would be shot, and, as a consequence, nearly the complete evacuation of Taegu took place by the civilians.

The military did not know why this happened, but finally got the information. As

a result, the roads to the rear from Taegu were a mass of humanity. They feel

though the civilian population will begin to flow back to Taegu.

General Partridge reported the ground situation far less tense and that he

along with General Walker was most optimistic.

I queried him as to whether he was obtaining “flash” reports from the 31st

Recon Sq.207 He said he knew of one, but couldn’t answer as to whether they were

coming in daily. I asked that he investigate and let me know as I am not satisfied that the information that should get to Partridge is being sent by “flash”

report from the 31st Recon airplanes. (Carbon copies of above made - given to

Craigie and Weyland.)

Prepared an official letter (T.S.) to CINCFE subject: Evaluation of B–29

Area Bombing Effort 16 August 1950. Inclosed with this letter were copies of

evaluation reports from Walker, Partridge, O’Donnell, and FEAF director of

intelligence highlights of photo interpretation of post strike photos. Also inclosed

was a map. I summarized the above inclosures and made the following recommendation: (a) that the B–29s not be employed on additional areas tentatively

selected near the battle line. (b) that the B–29s be employed on the interdiction

program and JCS targets in North Korea. (c) that aircraft of the Seventh Fleet

normally be available for tactical employment.

The above letter delivered to Colonel Bunker, CINCFE’s ADC at 1240

hours, today (19 Aug).

Following quoted in toto:

P’OHANG

The initial build up of P’ohang (K-3) started 10 July when an advanced

Air Force party, engineer outfit, and AAA moved into the then vacant air

strip which the Japanese had constructed in 1940. On 11 July Air Police

security teams, OSI and advanced parties of the tactical and support

squadrons arrived. 400 airmen were airlifted on 13 July and 14 July we

flew our first missions. Initially it was only planned to operate the 40th

squadron from K-3 until the 39th Squadron could be converted from jets

to ‘51s on or about 1 August. The 40th with 20 aircraft was scheduled to

fly between 30 and 40 sorties a day, and this average was maintained

from 14 July to 1 August. 

Our initial targets were generally on the east coast in support of the 23d

ROK Regiment which at that time had been pushed back to Yonghae

from some 30 miles up the coast. From the 14th of July on the east coast

show became more or less a personal battle between the 40th Fighter

Squadron and the 5th North Korean Division, whose drive was stopped

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

120

207. A “flash” report gave the first available details pertaining to a given mission, usually the number of aircraft

or personnel lost on the mission. A “flash” message (see later entries), on the other hand, was a message of

such importance as to have transmission priority over all other messages. 
at Yongdok for the first time about July 23rd. Close liaison was established between K-3 and the following KMAG advisors with the 3d ROK

Division and the 23d and 27th ROK Regiments: Colonel Emmerick,

Major Britten, Captain Austin, Captain Putnam.208

These officers have all stated that it was largely through the efforts of the

Air Force on the east coast that the two ROK regiments were able to

finally hold the 5th Division at Yongdok. Up to this time they had been

chopped almost in half in numbers and lost very nearly all of their

weapons, other than personal arms. The resultant stiffening of their resistance forced the 5th Division to dig into slopes surrounding Yongdok and

for better than two weeks their offenses were stalled.

After this stoppage at Yongdok the front quieted down, suspiciously so.

It became evident through South Korean police reports and KMAG intelligence reports that the North Koreans were infiltrating down through the

slopes just west of P’ohang. I requested permission from the Fifth Air

Force Hqrs to mount an air strike in these hills, and though very closely

controlled by spotter planes the wooded area provided very little in the

way of targets.

The information that 2,000 to 3,000 troops was in that area was passed

through normal intelligence channels, and since about the 25th of July

has appeared in very nearly all intelligence reports. The South Korean

police and the South Korean naval headquarters at P’ohang were so concerned about this force that they evacuated all of the small villages just

west of P’ohang. POW’s brought in from these hills revealed to the OSI

that they had left their battalions at Wanson209 in groups of 25 under a

junior officer with about 10-days supplies and had infiltrated through the

hills to their present position. Only the officers were in possession of

information regarding the mission, and none of these were captured.

From the 20th of July on we kept constant surveillance on this force

with spotter type aircraft. It wasn’t until the 8th of August that the force

began to move toward Kigye. Sporadic fighting that day occurred

between South Korean police forces and the naval battalion and the

North Koreans. On 9 August the North Koreans moved into Kigye.

General Farrell210 of KMAG flew to K-3 that day and advised us that

this band was merely a small group of guerrillas operating independently. This information was directly opposed to what our own intelligence people had learned from the South Koreans. That day General

Farrell started out toward Kigye in a jeep with Bill Lawrence of the

New York Times, Bill Boyle, Associated Press, and two other correspondents. They got no farther than P’ohang where he learned that the

force in Kigye, and now some three miles south of Kigye, was larger

than he had anticipated. He immediately requested 8th Army for a task

force to be in place that night at K-3. It was this task force, composed

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

121

208. Lt Col Rollins S. Emmerick, senior advisor to the 3d ROK Division; Capt Gerald D. Putnam, advisor to the

ROK 23d Regiment; Maj Britten and Capt Austin are unidentified.

209. “Wanson” has not been identified. It is possible that the named area is actually Sonsan, located about 65

miles west of P’ohang.

210. Brig Gen Francis W. Farrell had been scheduled to command the artillery of one of the divisions. Dean’s

loss caused a change of plans and he assumed command of KMAG on July 25.
of tanks and infantry, which ran into the road block eight miles out of

P’ohang and which suffered heavy casualties in trying to push through

to the field at one o’clock in the morning. Parts of this force were

ambushed in a defile southwest of P’ohang and chopped up pretty badly

with small arms and machine gun fire. Through most of that night and

the next day the objective of the North Koreans was P’ohang. Very

little fighting occurred in their move on the town and they were in complete possession of it by noon.

From noon that day and for 24 hours P’ohang burned. All during the

day of the 11th, South Korean police kept reporting bands of NK’s

encircling us over the ridges to the west and south of the field. Sporadic

firing onto the field and at the airplanes occurred all during the 10th,

11th, and 12th.

On the 9th of August I asked for three LSTs to be spotted in the harbor

on the east coast, nine miles from our base. This was done and all of our

heavy equipment was put on board. A perimeter was established about

the town with Air Force troops with Lt. Colonel Adams211 commanding.

This perimeter, however, was infiltrated on the 11th and the LSTs came

under sniper fire and were forced to retire 2,000 yards off shore. General

Bradley,212 in command of the task force assigned to guard the field, felt

he could not guard the field adequately and still guarantee the road to the

port. Therefore, all vehicles going to and from the port area with equipment were under heavy Air Force guard, and the three wounded that the

Air Force sustained during this operation were the result of sniper fire on

this road.

It wasn’t until the morning of the 13th when General Partridge found out

that (1) encirclement was more or less complete on three sides of the air

field; (2) that the enemy had brought down artillery from Kigye; and

(3) it looked as though little could be done about the sporadic firing

the base was sustaining, that he ordered movement of the aircraft to

K-2 and airlift of the remaining personnel to Tsuike in Japan. This decision was made since it was no longer feasible to operate from K-3 on a

reduced efficiency basis. With the airmen dug in and firing and undergoing firing all during the hours of darkness, it left them little energy to

do their daylight jobs.

In summary, I do not know whether more infantry would have helped the

situation, but I do know that K-3 became less and less valuable as the

enemy was about to infiltrate and take any part of the air strip under fire.

Our efficiency fell off rapidly with the first all-out perimeter defense of

300 men I established on August 9th. From there on out it was just a matter of time as to when we would have to move to another field in order to

make our efforts worthwhile. 

s/ Robert W. Witty, Colonel, USAF, Commanding Officer, K-3.

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

122

211. Lt Col Louis C. Adams, commander of the 6131st Air Base Group.

212. Brig Gen Joseph S. Bradley, 2d Infantry Division assistant division commander. During World War II he had

been a regimental commander and chief of staff of the 32d Infantry Division.
(17 Aug 50 date Col. Witty departed for ZI.)213

The above statement was read and initialled by: Craigie, Weyland and

Crabb, 18 Aug 50.

0930 hours, Wing Commander Wykeham-Barnes and

Squadron Leader John F. Sach. Wykeham-Barnes arrived

last evening; he is to be our “night-intruder” specialist.

Sent the following letter to “Jack” Slessor214 (Marshal of the Royal Air Force):

Your night intruder specialist, Wing Commander Wykeham-Barnes

arrived last evening. I had a very pleasant conference with him at 0930

hours this morning. He is leaving immediately for Korea to confer with

Major General Earle E. Partridge, Commanding General, Fifth Air Force,

under whom our night intruder missions will be flown. I send my thanks

to you for making him available - and so expeditiously. I am sure that the

Far East Air Forces will benefit greatly by the information that he will

pass on to us on night intruder operations. I would like to report direct to

you also, that your Squadron Leader John F. Sach, who is the RAF liaison officer with my headquarters from the Far East Air Force (RAF), Singapore, is doing an outstanding job. He is treated by me and my staff as

a member of our team. He is very popular and has the brain power that is

so important in the position that he occupies. I commend him to you.

Major General Laurence C. Craigie, who is my Vice Commander for

Administration and Plans, and Major General Otto P. Weyland, who is

my Vice Commander for Operations, both send warm personal regards to

you. Again, many thanks for making Wing Commander WykehamBarnes available to us.

Sent a redline personal to Norstad:

Reurad [regarding your radio message] cite 51762, 18 Aug. Desire immediate dispatch Colonel Ethelred L. Sykes, bringing with him a junior officer and one airman stenographer. Priority number for the party of three is

NWUS-1D-0034-AF 8. This priority number must be utilized from Fairfield [-Suisun AFB, later Travis AFB] during the month of August, otherwise new priority number required.

(Colonel Sykes is Norstad’s answer to my TS to him re obtaining the services of a top-flight interpretive analyst - had suggested a Brigadier General W.

B. Leach,215 USAFR, professor at Harvard. Norstad said Leach’s services utilized

in more of a consultive manner and suggested Sykes.)

General Partridge called mid-morning and stated that the JOC was running

smoothly at Pusan.

SUNDAY

20 AUGUST

1950

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

123

213. According to the official Army history, there had been no “effective” mortar fire on the airfield and that

reports of the small-arms fire were greatly exaggerated. (Appleman, p 329.) The feeling was that the field

was abandoned precipitously.

214. Marshal of the Royal Air Force Sir John C. Slessor, Chief of the British Air Staff.

215. A professor of law at Harvard, Walter Barton Leach also served as a consultant to the Air Force. 
Ground situation much improved; he contemplated bringing some of the

engineer effort back to Taegu from Pusan without interference at Pusan to complete the layout at Taegu.

General Walker was a bit put out because I gave the Bronze Star Medal to

Colonel Witty. I told Partridge that this was none of Walker’s business to

which he agreed, but he said he gave me the information in case it was raised

by General Walker.

Partridge stated that he was not too happy with the way Witty evacuated K-3.

Apparently he was influenced greatly, so Partridge said, by his family troubles back

home and did not return to K-3 as he had indicated to Partridge that he would. 

Sent a letter to Colonel Kight,216 with info copies to General Kuter and Major

T. P. Tatum, the CO of the 3d Air Sea Rescue Sq. at Johnson AB, commending the

performance of the Third Air Sea Rescue Squadron on its handling of its mission.217

Sent the following letter to Partridge:

The Joint Intelligence Indications Committee (Washington) has just

reported that North Korean air capabilities may be increased soon, and

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

124

216. Col Richard T. Kight, commander of the Air Rescue Service, a subordinate command of MATS. 

217. The 3d Air Rescue Squadron employed a wide variety of aircraft in its job - the SB–17, SB–29, SA–16,

C–47, H–5, and L–5. An SA–16 plucked a Navy pilot out of the water on August 4. On August 15, another

SA–16 picked up an F–51 pilot after he had been in the water just 15 minutes. The 3d also utilized its helicopters for air evacuation of wounded from the front lines, a job that grew in importance in the coming months.

Among the aircraft used by the 3d Air Rescue Squadron was the venerable

Flying Fortress. Still armed but also fitted with a chin-mounted radar and often

carrying a lifeboat under their bellies, SB–17s performed long-range search

and rescue missions.
other sources have given this

same indication. The GHQ

G-2 Intelligence Summary of

20 August lists the following

known North Korean aircraft:

(a) P’YONGT’AEK: 18 Aug

PI [photo intelligence] shows

8 a/c [aircraft] on field;

(b) KIMP’O: 18 Aug PI shows

35 a/c on field; (c)YONP’O : 18

Aug PI shows 17 a/c (6 damaged); (d) KOWON: 19 Aug

Pireps [pilot reports] 7 or more

camouflaged in revetments

N and S of field. Even though

we are enjoying complete

domination of the air over

Korea, the maintenance of that air superiority always stays in top priority

and we must constantly guard against the possibility of a sacrificial strike

against the base logistical at Pusan, our air bases or other targets. I want

you to give this your personal attention and just as soon as your situation

permits, take out those North Korean airplanes. I am deeply aware of your

personal efforts - keep up the good work.

We are having dinner with the Craigies tonight at 7:00 P.M.

0800 hours met the Collins-Sherman party which included:

ARMY, General Collins, Brig. Gen T. S. Timberman, Brig

Gen John Weckerling, Col. H. H. Nutter, and a Col.

Moomaw; NAVY: Admiral Sherman, Rear Adm. Briscoe,

Capt. Dietrich and a Lt. Comdr H. H. Anderson: AIR FORCE: Lt. General I. H.

Edwards and Major General F. Armstrong (Surgeon); additional arrivals Adm. A.

W. Radford, Rear Adm. Denebrink, a Lt. Gen L. C. Shepherd, Maj. Gen. O. P.

Smith, Brig Gen E. A. Cushman.218

Sent a redline personal to Vandenberg: “Three spans west railroad bridge,

the only one that was standing yesterday morning, now in the drink. Edwards and

Armstrong with me now.”

MONDAY

21 AUGUST

1950

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

125

218. The Army Chief of Staff, General Collins, and the Navy Chief of Naval Operations, Adm Sherman, had

come to Japan to get a first-hand briefing from MacArthur on the upcoming Inch’o×n landings. Others in the

party included: Brig Gen Thomas S. Timberman, Chief, Operations Division, Office of the Assistant Chief of

Staff, G-3, U.S. Army; Brigadier General Weckerling, chief of the Ryukyus Military Government Section in

MacArthur’s headquarters; possibly Col William H. Nutter, Chief, Control Office, Office of the Assistant

Chief of Staff, G-4, U.S. Army; Lt Col Lorris W. Moomaw, an assistant executive in the Office of the Secretary of the Air Force; Rear Adm Robert P. Briscoe, Assistant Chief of Naval Operations (Readiness); Capt

N.K. Dietrich, Sherman’s executive assistant and senior aide; Lt Cdr Anderson, Sherman’s personal aide; Lt

Gen Idwal H. Edwards, Deputy Chief of Staff for Operations, Headquarters USAF; Maj Gen Harry G. Armstrong (Collier Award winner in 1939 for achievements in aviation), Surgeon General of the Air Force; Adm

Arthur E. Radford, Commander in Chief, Pacific Fleet; Rear Adm Francis C. Denebrink, Commander, Service Force, Pacific Fleet; Lt Gen Lemuel C. Shepherd, Jr., Commanding General, Fleet Marine Force Pacific; Maj Gen Oliver P. Smith, 1st Marine Division commander. “E.A.” Cushman may actually be Brig Gen

Thomas J. Cushman, 1st Provisional Marine Brigade deputy commander and commander of the Forward

Echelon of the 1st Marine Air Wing.

Lt. Gen. Idwal H. Edwards, USAF

Deputy Chief of Staff for Operations,

is greeted by General Stratemeyer on

August 21, following Edwards’ arrival

with the Collins-Sherman party.
Stearley arrives from Okinawa. He joined Edwards, Craigie, Weyland and

myself at lunch at the Union Club at 1230.

Partridge’s morning report to me indicated that OSI info he is getting is good

and timely and he is making use of it. However, General Willoughby was thru

there several days [earlier] and indicated in a “vague” manner that the OSI was

to be reconsolidated. Partridge stated that full impact of Willoughby’s casual

remark was lost on him until Nichols expressed concern over reconsolidation of

some of his activities with location at another spot. Partridge stated he viewed

this with alarm inasmuch as Willoughby did not enlighten him as to whole picture of reconsolidation. Partridge further stated that Harris219 is now at Pusan and

comes to Partridge’s hqrs. daily.

Upon my return from meeting General Edwards I was informed that three

spans of the main RR [railroad] bridge at Seoul was down; immediately sent Vandenberg a redline message to that effect.

There is now some controversy as to who caused this destruction. I talked

with Colonel Graff and the lead pilot of the 19th Group and they both informed

me that prior to the release of bombs, all spans were put [in place] but one was

leaning out of line and they very definitely stated that none were in the water.

About 1220 hours, General Briggs called from Okinawa and stated that they have

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

126

219. This is probably Maj Gen Field Harris, USMC, commander of the 1st Marine Air Wing. Two of his

squadrons, VMF-214 and VMF-323 (as part of MAG-33) began operations from the escort carriers Sicily

and Badoeng Strait in early August.

Bombs from 19th BG Superfortresses make sure that the “elastic bridge” does

not bounce back. One span of the bridge (lower) can be seen in the water.
a photograph taken just prior to the 19th Group’s attack and that the photograph

showed spans down and in the water. I directed that a Stratline message be sent

confirming the Briggs report to me.

My reaction to all the above is as follows:

The bridge has been under constant attack with 500, 1,000, 2,000 and sixteen 4,000 lb. bombs since this war started. The Navy has attacked the bridge

twice and day before yesterday with 1,000 pounders. The fact that the bridge is

down is the important thing and the credit should be given to the Navy and the

Air Force although the majority of the bomb drops have been from B–29s. 

If I am confirmed in my above reaction, such a statement will be made at the

GHQ briefing tomorrow.

Sent a “morale” letter to General Gilkeson who is unhappy that he is on

Guam and not in the thick of things. Explained to him that Buster Briggs is not

in command of the 19th - but it is under the command of O’Donnell. Since 4

of the 5 B–29 groups were SAC units, it seemed only sensible to add Gilkeson’s group too as their missions were identical. Briggs has only a few officers

and airmen and acts as a link and coordinator between the 3 groups on Okinawa

and O’Donnell’s headquarters. He is not a commander and issues no orders to

the three groups.220

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

127

220. Perhaps Briggs did not command the three groups, but he did exercise “operational control” over these units.

(Hist, FEAF BomCom, Jul 4-Oct 31, 1950, Vol. I, Book I, p 62.) 

An RF–80 provides proof that the bridge is indeed down. Both the 19th BG and

Carrier Air Group 11 shared credit for the bridge’s destruction.
Visited Korea taking over with me General Collins, Colonel

Nutter and Colonel Everest; General Edwards and General

Armstrong and Colonel Brothers.221 We visited Taegu;

attended General Walker’s briefing (which was the best I’ve

heard so far) and before the meeting broke up, asked that General Partridge give

the air side. He did, and without question, the best job there for which I was very

very proud. General Armstrong and Colonel Brothers pointed out to me that the

Army was not using our air evacuation as it could be used. They attempted to

investigate the why’s, but were unable to contact the proper people. General

Armstrong while here in Tokyo will look into this on a high-level with Major

General Hume,222 Far East Command Surgeon.

We landed and spent a short time at Pusan and while there General Partridge

thoroughly explained our plan for the jet fields in Korea to General Edwards. We

then visited Itazuke; Colonel Jack Price223 gave a quick picture to General

Edwards of his problems and while there, General Edwards and the rest of us

listened to a very interesting debriefing of three (3) F–80 pilots. Theirs is a great

story to be written on the air controller and the jets.

We departed Itazuke and landed Iwakuni where we were entertained by the

RAAF, after which I presented the Legion of Merit to Wing Commander Louis

T. Spence.224 We dined with Colonel McWhorter,225 wing commander of 3d

Bomb Group, with 15 RAAF officers as guests.

Arrived back at Haneda about 1000 hours.

Following memorandum taken by me to CINCFE at 1135

hours in reference to a radio I received from Norstad quoting in

full an article written by a Wayne Thomis aboard a carrier off

the coast of Korea.226 Of course USAF wanted my comments.

Memo to General of the Army Douglas MacArthur:

It is my personal opinion, substantiated somewhat by evidence of the

Wayne Thomis’ article, dateline “Aboard U. S. Support Carrier Off

Korea,” is another step in a planned program to discredit the Air Force

and the Army and at the same time to unwarrantly enhance the prestige

of the United States Marines. This situation in my opinion has become

so acute that I bring it to your personal attention while Admiral Sherman

is in the theater with the suggestion that you discuss this matter with the

Chief of Naval Operations, and General Collins, who are both members

of the Joint Chiefs of Staff. I have instructed all my commanders and

my staff in strict terms against public or private criticism of a sister service even in spite of provocative statements that have been made in the

press. I am so concerned about this matter that I fear it will affect the

fine team play that exists between all three services under your comWEDNESDAY

23 AUGUST

1950

TUESDAY

22 AUGUST

1950

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

128

221. Col Clyde L. Brothers, FEAF Surgeon.

222. Maj Gen Edgar E. Hume.

223. Col John M. Price, 8th FBW commander.

224. Commander of No. 77 Squadron.

225. Lt Col William A. McWhorter commanded the 6133d BW(L) until August 1950.

226. This article appeared in the August 19, 1950, edition of the Chicago Tribune.
THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

129

mand and I therefore urge that something be done at your level. I

worry about dissension spreading to the lower ranks. G.E.S.

After my discussion with CINCFE, he gave me the outline for my answer

to Norstad - some of the phraseology I used in toto; final message evolved

as follows:

Personal Norstad from Stratemeyer. Re the Wayne Thomis article which

distresses me greatly. It is completely unrealistic and plainly dogmatic

propaganda and is probably and unfortunately part of a planned conspiracy for the accomplishment of basic changes in the Defense Department.

Counter-action must be on a much broader scale than the Korean theater

of operations to safeguard the interest of the Air Force and the national

defense in general. Everything possible to correct such biased reports is

and has been done in this theater. From CINCFE down through all ranks

of the Army and the Navy, and largely in the dispatches, commendations

of the Air Force have been of the most complete and generous nature. The

cooperation between the services could not be improved. I regard it as

near perfection as is possible. This article is not only a planned affair but

is a scuttlebutt one and a certain number of scuttlebutts always exist

whenever men assemble together and whenever action is undertaken.

Attention has been drawn to the Marine high command here of the damage caused by this type of irresponsible and scurrilous reporting and I

believe that the Marines themselves do not in general support this type of

mockery. The mad scramble among pressmen for sensational headlines

can only be suppressed by the publishers and editors themselves. The

reporters respond to the impulse from the top and up to the present time

such impulse in the Korean operations has been to encourage and foster

the most highly sensational articles irrespective of the psychological

damage they might cause. I recommend most urgently that the journalistic higher-ups be informally requested to discourage doubtful articles

which can only tend to create dissension and disunity within our own

ranks and give comfort and aid to the enemy. I have furnished a copy of

this message to CINCFE who is exerting every possible effort to dry up

the flow of injurious reporting.

Along the same subject, I amplified my views and sent Vandenberg the

following “T.S. - Eyes Only” letter:

Dear Van, this letter supplements my two recent messages: V 0193

and VC 0212; the first in reply to 51337, and second to 51952 - both

from Norstad.

There is little to be added to my two replies. In fact, the first part of my

V0193 could well have been my reply to Larry’s second message. The

detailed similarity of the Robert Miller article dated 14 August and the

Wayne Thomis article dated 18 August is not mere coincidence and since

both of them appear to have originated on carriers, it is evident that both

were inspired from the same or similar sources.

Upon receipt of Larry’s message on the Wayne Thomis article I discussed

the entire matter with General MacArthur who, although unaware of the
Thomis piece, had already discussed with Admiral Sherman the absolute

necessity for a cessation of such derogatory and dissension-sowing

reports as the Miller article. After reading the Thomis piece, General

MacArthur was even more wrought up and in fact suggested the tenor,

and in many cases, the phraseology of my VC 0212 message.

As background, you may be interested to know that Thomis arrived in the

theater about the second week of August and was immediately taken

aboard a CVE. During the twenty-four hours he was in town prior to

departure, one of his newspaper colleagues discussed air power in general with Thomis. My understanding is that Thomis, during the conversation, outlined the type of article he was planning to write, thus

indicating that he had been thoroughly briefed by service sources prior to

his departure from the ZI.

When the text of the Thomis article was shown to his colleague here in

Tokyo, this colleague said (again my understanding) substantially as

follows: “He had the article written in his mind before ever leaving

Tokyo and apparently went out on the carrier merely to get an authentic

date line.”

Short of censorship, which as you know General MacArthur is loth to

impose, I can see no possible solution to this service inspired propaganda,

and even censorship would merely defer the articles rather than halt them.

I am completely convinced, as I have said in both of my messages quoted

above, that the carefully planned campaign is designed to do two things:

(a) discredit the Air Force, and (b) unjustifiably enhance the prestige of the

United States Marines at the expense of both the Army and the Air Force.

Ops [sic] 23 may have been dissolved following the B–36 undercover

campaign but there now appears to be every indication that its successor

not only has been formed but is in action.227

Our defense against these and perhaps other attacks has and will continue

to be the telling of the complete facts on the accomplishments of tactical

air power as represented by Earle Partridge’s Fifth Air Force and any and

all United Nations Forces that operate under Earle. They not only have

flown fifty-eight consecutive days in direct and intimate support of the

ground forces, but they also have been credited with being the decisive

factor that prevented the ground forces from being driven from the Korean

peninsula. Next week, we plan to take a group of correspondents on a special tour throughout the Fifth Air Force from the JOC (Joint Operational

Center) right up to the front lines and the ground and airborne controllers.

Marine aviation claims to maintain a CAP [combat air patrol] over

Marine ground forces throughout the day. Their two carriers are

required to cap three thousand men operating on a front frequently meaPART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

130

227. OP-23 was a research and policy unit under the Deputy Chief of Naval Operations (Administration). Its head

in 1949 was Capt Arleigh A. “31-Knot” Burke. In April of 1949, Secretary of Defense Louis Johnson cancelled the construction of the “supercarrier” United States. In what became known as the “Revolt of the

Admirals,” the Navy then attempted to discredit the Air Force’s current premier weapon, the B–36. At the

forefront of this attempt was OP-23, which compiled information to use against the B–36 program. Apparently, OP-23 was involved in more than information gathering, but in the “dirty tricks” department also.

Thus, Stratemeyer was quick to see OP-23’s hand in the various articles praising the Navy in Korea. (Rearden, pp 385-422.)
sured in yards. The Fifth Air Force is providing a close support cap on the

entire 140 -160 miles of battlefront and are doing it so effectively and so

continuously that frequently the ground forces or our airborne controllers

are unable to produce targets as rapidly as our fighters knock them out - or

appear over front lines requesting targets.

Van I sincerely feel, after considerable deliberation, that I can be of much

greater service to the Air Force in directing its activities both present and

planned rather than butting my head against the stone wall of serviceinspired propaganda which, although appearing to emanate from here,

actually had its conception back in Washington.

“The Jeep Carrier,” “With the Marines” or even “Tokyo” are merely date

lines used for the final dissemination of material that had its stimulation many thousands of miles away. General MacArthur is very concerned, I am very concerned, but until and unless the Navy can and

desires to control its personnel, there is little that can be done here.

You may be interested to know that two Navy “masterminds” – Captain

Walter Karig and Captain Charles Duffy both arrived in the theater about

three weeks ago.228 Both are public relations experts. Neither has any

apparent duty assignment. Bill Nuckols is of the opinion that they are

merely the Tokyo link between the successor to Ops [sic] 23 and the fleet

itself.

Please, Van, understand that my opinions to you as expressed above are

given from here as they would be if I were sitting in your office there in

Washington. I can prove nothing.

“I do the very best I know how - the very best I can; and I mean to keep

doing so until the end - if the end brings me out, all right. What is said

against me won’t amount to anything; if the end brings me out wrong, ten

angels swearing I was right would make no difference.” (From a RailSplitter’s Philosophy, by Abraham Lincoln).

Abe and I are in the same boat.

G.E.S.

Issued a memo to PIO telling him to get a sharp newshawk on the story of

the air controller. It is a natural.

Issued a memo to Banfill, Craigie, Weyland and Nuckols telling them that

they were authorized to initiate their own, but which must be cleared thru me for

signature and approval, any info that might be of interest and assistance to CSAF

that he does not receive from any other source. Type of material desired that

would be of help to CSAF in his contacts with the President or other high

governmental officials.

On 16 Aug I sent General Walker the following ltr:

The enclosed article by Robert Miller, indicating that close air support

is a new type of operation employed by the USMC, has created considerable concern here and in the Air Force. Since the ground action

referred to in this article was under your command and direction, and

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

131

228. Karig later wrote a semi-official history of the Navy in the Korean War as part of the “Battle Report” series.

Capt C.G. Duffy was head of the Media Division, Office of Public Relations, U.S. Navy.
the associated air action was well known to you, I would greatly

appreciate your comments on the article as a whole. I would particularly like to get your specific reaction to those paragraphs which are

marked. I entertain the highest regard for the air and ground Marines,

and feel that the harmonious and close relations which have existed

between the Army, the Air Force, and the Marines should not be disrupted. I also feel that the facts in this instance should be established,

and I am, therefore, hoping for an early reply from you.

On 18 August this letter received from General Walker in answer to

mine above quoted:

Your letter arrived today concerning the article by Robert Miller on the

comparative merits of Marine and Air Force capabilities in the role of

close air support. The article, written in typical journalistic style of the

sensational variety, undoubtedly has inaccuracies such as the statement

that planes worked over enemy positions 50 yards ahead of Marine

troops, when 300 yards is probably nearer the truth. I feel, however, it

is never worthwhile to comment on newspaper articles in defense of

myself, my decisions, or of units or individuals under my command or

with which I am cooperating. I have never done so, and do not intend

to start now. As for the support rendered my troops by the Fifth Air

Force, I have every praise for the cooperation and assistance of Partridge and his people and have gone on record in this regard. Without

the slightest intent of disparaging the support of the Air Forces, I must

say that I, in common with the vast majority of officers of the Army,

feel strongly that the Marine system of close air support has much to

commend it. Marine aviation is designed, equipped and trained for the

sole purpose of supporting Marine ground forces. It operates equally

well from land bases or carriers, often permitting support from short

distances not possible if there is sole dependence upon land air bases.

During training and maneuvers, Marine aviation works constantly with

ground units to perfect the communications and coordination so essential in the application of any type of supporting fires, whether delivered

by aircraft, artillery, or supporting infantry weapons. Tactical air support parties are available to units down to and including the infantry battalion. In short, although there are probably strong reasons such as

governmental economy to the contrary, I feel strongly that the Army

would be well advised to emulate the Marine Corps and have its own

tactical support aviation.

In my opinion this is the result of General Clark’s attempt to secure

tactical aviation as a part of the Army. I am greatly disappointed in

Walker’s reply.229

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

132

229. In a December 1950 Air Force magazine interview, Gen Mark W. Clark, Chief of Army Field Forces,

claimed that he did not want the Army to have its own separate air force. He did, however, feel that the Air

Force clung to “arbitrary and unyielding” priorities regarding its role in the ground support mission. It

seemed to Clark that the Air Force’s first priority was to stay alive in the air regardless of the situation on the

ground. He went on to say that the Army should have a larger voice in the design of those aircraft to be utilized in the support of the ground forces. Finally, he believed that the commander of a “ground” campaign
19th Bomb Gp, employing 3 aircraft with 8 each 1,000 lb

bombs from an altitude of 16,000 to 17,400 ft struck the RR

bridge west of P’yongyang.

Bombing results: one direct hit on bridge and one near miss.

One bomb hit a building near south edge of bridge causing building to explode

on impact and burn viciously. Functioning of bombs: functioning of control: -

due to Razon equip malfunction, control over all bombs not accomplished.230

Only one bomb which scored a direct hit reacted properly to control equipment.

Control of other bombs ranged from fair to poor. Weather factor: Weather was

clear and was not a factor in poor results. Anticipated improvement: - Next

scheduled combat mission is 26 Aug. Practice mission to be flown locally on

25 Aug to air check all item of equip[ment]. Upon elimination of technical

difficulties, subsequent Razon bombing should be highly successful.

Upon receiving above report, sent following Redline to Vandenberg:

“Razon bombing initiated 23 August on trial basis without previous practice or tests. Results poor due to malfunction Razon control. Combat mission 26 August after equipment checks.”

General Turner and Partridge in headquarters.

The United States Navy hqrs in Tokyo announced in the Nippon Times this

date its participation in a campaign to destroy industrial facilities with possible

links to the Russian atomic program. This article was released through International News Service.

It is my impression that this type of information was of the very highest classification; further it was announced that the Navy with destroyers had bombarded

Ch’ongjin as well as the Mitsubishi Iron Works. The harbor installations and

warehouses were also hit. All of these targets had been previously struck by the

FEAF Bomber Command.

Here again the Navy with destroyers as they have done with carrier based

aviation have hit targets that the FEAF Bomber Command have practically

destroyed. Mark my words, when the history is written, the Navy will claim the

destruction of targets throughout North Korea that FEAF Bomber Command had

destroyed. This entry in my diary is made for the record that might be made of

the history of Air Force participation in the Korean War.

When I arrived at my desk found the following radio from CINCFE to FEAF

and COMNAVFE which stated:

(1) in view of current planning CINCFE is concerned with the increased evidence of a build-up in enemy air potential. Reference is made to the recent

sporadic enemy air attacks, including the attack yesterday on a British

destroyer off the west coast. Reference is also made to the reports of revetments being constructed on airfields at Kimp’o, Suwon and Taejon and the

possibility of an air operations hqrs near Kunsan. (2) it is desired that all

FEAF and Navy air operations provide for frequent interdiction of known or

THURSDAY

24 AUGUST

1950

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

133

(Korea was intimated, but not mentioned) should be able to employ air and naval forces as he saw fit.

(Intvw, Gen Mark W. Clark, Air Force, Dec. 1950, pp 24-25, 52.)

230. A World War II development, Razon was a regular bomb to which movable control surfaces had been added

to its tail. These surfaces were radio controlled in range and azimuth.
PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

134

suspected enemy air facilities, with particular regard to those facilities, other

than the runways, at Kimp’o, Suwon and Taejon. It is considered desirable

that these targets also be frequently utilized as secondary targets. The use by

the enemy of these or other airfields south of 39 degrees north must be

refused from this date forward.

Sent a buck slip to Plans thru Weyland to prepare a FEAF plan to support the

contemplated amphibious landing. This is to be a plan, separate and apart from

anything that is done by GHQ staff; further, the plan is to encompass the use of

all FEAF combat aircraft except the minimum essential to the close support of the

ground troops in Korea. Suggested they call in representatives of Fifth, FEAF

BomCom, and Twentieth. I feel that it is incumbent upon me to present to

CINCFE our conception of a FEAF Plan to support this operation.

The Collins-Sherman-Edwards party to take-off tonight from Haneda at

2100 hours.

Annalee and I have invited to have dinner with us tonight at Mayeda House:

Colonel and Mrs. Brothers, Colonel and Mrs. Nuckols, General Edwards,

General Armstrong, and General O’Donnell.

Sent a redline message to Vandenberg telling him that 441 night intruder

missions have been flown between the dates of 24 July and 23 August inclusive;

break-down: B–26s - 335; F–82s - 36; F–51s - 25; F–80s - 2; Marine F4Us - 43.

385 of the above flown after 4 August; highest number in one night was night of

9 - 10 August - 42 flown and since that date we have averaged about 35.

In answer to TS 3746 (re Turner’s mission - scope of same etc and in which

USAF voiced the subject of possible evidence of NK Air Force build-up and

activities) sent the following redline to Vandenberg; courier to Partridge

and O’Donnell:

...Fifth AF and 31st Strat[egic] Rcn [Reconnaissance] Sq are maintaining

constant surveillance of all NK airfields. 5th AF fighter bombers have

made and are continuing strikes on these airfields. All sources available

are being used to determine any movements of aircraft along Manchurian

border. SOP [standing operating procedures] set up whereby strat rcn aircraft covering most of the NK daily must stay in constant radio contact

with 5th AF control center near Pusan and with Bomber Command near

Tokyo. They have standing instructions to report in the clear to 5th AF

control center and Bomber Command any targets of opportunity or aircraft sightings. In addition, one aircraft in each B–29 formation has now

been directed to come up on this recon broadcast frequency and to augment sightings reported by strat rcn ships. I have directed 5th AF to

increase daily air reconnaissance fighter sweeps in NK to assure a force

on the spot and to destroy rail and road traffic now being disrupted by

progress of interdiction program. The tactical rcn RF–80s have the

same SOP of reporting to control any target of opportunity. All flights

entering Korea area check in with 5th AF control, thus providing means

of diverting effort to any target reported by recon as profitable. The system has been slow in getting into action, but we are getting some results

now with continued attention from my staff.
Also in answer to TS 3784, sent a redline to Norstad stating that Tunner231

will get picture while here and depart for U.S. on 26 August. Desire that he

return for 60 to 90 days, departing U.S. not later than 3 Sept with small staff,

also TDY. Tunner has selected those he wishes - 5 colonels, 2 lt. colonels, 3 majors

and 1 captain.

Sent following redline to Vandenberg:

A/C from 31st Strat Recon Sq while engaged in recon mission on 24 August reports receiving 40 bursts of flak near

Manchurian border at approximately 40° 4’ N - 124° 20’

E. This a/c had reconnoitered rail line leading NE from Sinanju to Yalu

River and then proceeded SW on Korean side of Yalu River to vicinity of

Sinuiju. Crew estimates 6 of these bursts came from across Yalu River in

Antung area. Estimate caliber 88 or 90 mm. All bursts missed a/c but firing was definitely more accurate than most flak encountered to date.

Comment: Firing encountered from characteristics described indicates

predicted concentrations. This is first indication of this type of fire in

Korean conflict. This is also second report within three-day period of flak

suspected as originating from Manchurian territory. Due to difficulty of

aircrew accurately pin-pointing flak positions, this report should not be

considered as completely reliable.

At 1100 hours a Mr. Maxwell Kleiman who was preceded by a letter of

introduction from Cy Marriner dropped by the office.232 Mr. Kleiman’s forte

“matters which will assist to restore some degree of Japanese industrial economy

and assist U.S. industrialists in re-establishing their interests in Japan.”

Sent Courtney Hodges233 a letter assuring him the C–47 assigned to him was

undergoing check at Clark and for him to let me know when he receives it, and

if received in satisfactory condition. Also told him to call on me any time with

reference to airplane for assistance.

Redline message sent to Vandenberg as follows:

Study of strike photos taken during mission on Ko ̄nan yesterday reveals

that the one building thorium plant indicated to us by the Joint Chiefs of

Staff as critical target has been 35 percent destroyed and has suffered an

estimated additional 40 percent heavy damage. Plant area immediately

adjacent to this building is heavily and accurately hit. Post strike photos

still not available because weather forced reconnaissance aircraft to land

at Misawa. It is thought that buildings in this area were used to process

monazite which is a primary source of thorium and other elements in

the atomic energy program. Mission conducted by 92d Group. Final

evaluation from post-strike photos will be forthcoming soonest.

FRIDAY

25 AUGUST

1950

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

135

231. Maj Gen William H. Tunner commanded the India-China “Hump” airlift operation in World War II, and had

been in charge of the Berlin Airlift. At this time deputy commander of MATS, Tunner later returned to Japan

to organize the FEAF Combat Cargo Command (Provisional), which functioned in both the air transport and

troop carrier roles. As Combat Cargo commander, Tunner reported directly to Stratemeyer. (Futrell, p 155.)

232. These two gentlemen have not been identified.

233. Gen Courtney H. Hodges commanded the U.S. First Army in World War II and retired from the Army in 1949.

He now was serving as the military advisor to the U.N. mediator in the India-Pakistan dispute over Kashmir.
Following “cipher message” from Australian Military Forces

received 31 July (Col. Marson from Charlesworth)234 and for my

information:

Australia agrees that the procedure for accounting for transfers of supplies and equipment between FEAF and BCOF in Japan and Korea is the

recording of all such transfers the reconciliation to be effected later on an

inter-governmental level. Major aircraft maintenance is to be done at

Iwakuni and replacement aircraft and spares are to be from Australian

sources where readily available supplies such as rations, fuel, bombs, etc.

to from American sources.

British furnished me a copy of their message to Air Ministry re my

request to them for a night-intruder specialist, dated 10 August:

Foreign Office please pass to Air Ministry for Pearson from Barclay. The

Commanding General of the United States Far East Air Forces has an

immediate requirement for an RAF officer experienced in latest night

bombing and light bomber night intruder techniques to advise the United

States Fifth Air Force in planning a night tactical bombing plan employing B–26 aircraft. Paragraph two. This officer would be required for 14

days upwards. I suggest that in the RAF and Allied interests an officer

should be supplied as requested and that as soon as possible he should

proceed to Tokyo by air. I suggest that the most suitable ranking would

be wing commander. Gascoigne.

Ltr rcvd today, dtd 24 August from General Cushman in reply to my

letter of 16 August which refers to the Miller story of 14 August.

Cushman reports:

(1) It is most unfortunate and regrettable that such a press release had been

published when all services are doing their utmost to bring the present conflict to a speedy and successful conclusion. (2) The subject correspondent

originated the article while visiting a carrier at Sasebo on which one of our

squadrons was based. He is not accredited to this headquarters and the views

expressed are entirely his own. The basis of this article is unknown to this

office. (3) The portion of paragraph three (3) of the subject release, Enclosure 1 to reference a, which has been underlined, “first constant air coverage,” is obviously incorrect. (4) In regard to statements attributed to certain

individuals, measures have been taken from the Chief of Naval Operations

on down to prevent statements of a controversial nature on the part of naval

and marine personnel. (5) The cooperation and assistance rendered this

command by both the U.S. Air Force and Army in becoming established in

Japan has been splendid. Without this whole-hearted support, our units

could not have been deployed into action as rapidly as they were. (6) I

have the highest regard and admiration for the work the U. S. Air Force

and Army are doing and have done in the past. To insure speedy and successful termination of hostilities it is mandatory that the armed services continue to maintain close and harmonious relations. s/ T. J. Cushman.

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

136

234. Air Commodore A.M. Charlesworth, the BCOF chief of staff; Marson is unidentified.
I turned the entire Marine-Army-Air Force controversy file over to Colonel

Tidwell,235 FEAF JA [Judge Advocate], to prepare a letter for my signature to

General Norstad reference the reply to the Cushman letter which came in today

and the reply to the Walker letter which has been on hand for some time.

Group Captain Barclay came to see me this morning and stated that he was

on the spot with the British Foreign Office because he had used their “emergency

immediate” communications set up in order to get word to the Air Ministry and

wondered if I would give him some support in his reply. I told him he could use

my name and very firmly state that it was an emergency and that I had urged the

quickest action possible to get an RAF night-intruder specialist out here to the

Far East to assist the Commanding General, Fifth Air Force, in his night-intruder

work. Group Captain Barclay was very grateful and said he would use my name.

Two humorous bits of info redlined to Vandenberg - (1) the

catchword these days by the 19th Group is - “who has the

bomb-bay door?” Seems doors are transferred from a/c

undergoing maintenance to those coming out. One bombbay door is missing. Item (2) Marines were without air cover and under fire

from heights near Masan; called for air support and some of our Mustangs

returning without ammunition from a raid, “strafed” the North Koreans for 20

minutes without firing a shot - which enabled the Marines to regroup and organize their position.

Informed Vandenberg via redline that next Razon mission scheduled Monday,

28 August with 3 a/c. Technical difficulties today. Razon radio receivers scheduled

for airlift and necessary for next mission did not arrive necessitating postponement.

2/3s of all these receivers must be rejected because of deterioration while in storage.

General Partridge called at 1000 hours and stated the following: He is moving more a/c into Taegu and he felt that the Army would reconsider their evacuation of the wounded, possibly utilizing more air evacuation. He further stated

that he was having difficulties with the “boys in blue” [Navy] and that they had

indicated to the JOC that they didn’t intend to participate in close support.

I told General Partridge of the signals sent to CINCFE and dispatched by

CINCFE where CINCFE didn’t really know what they had said, that Weyland had

straightened this out with Wright and it was my opinion that the Navy would be

back in close cooperation with the Fifth Air Force and operating under my control.

Sent Norstad a letter inclosing my letters to Walker and Cushman requesting

their comments on the Robert Miller article and their replies to me. Forwarded

them with my comments, pointing out that Cushman’s desire for harmony in line

with CNO’s directive and that I was disappointed in Walker’s reply - he refused

to comment, and although did praise the support we have given him, stated that

he thought like, as he stated, so many Army personnel, that the Army should have

its own tactical support as the Marines. Pointed out in my conversations with

Collins that Collins would not ask for Army tactical air force, happy with us in

our efforts and cooperation. As a talking point for Van on JCS level, suggested

he throw out the idea that perhaps there should be an increase of Marine divisions

and a cut in the divisions of the Army.

SATURDAY

26 AUGUST

1950

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

137

235. Col Moody R. Tidwell, Jr.
Sent a redline to Vandenberg:

Daily sorties are approaching the 600 mark; with 553 sorties by FEAF a/c

and 26 by Australian Mustangs reported up to 0600 this morning. 33

night intruder sorties flown by FEAF a/c and 8 by Marines. 112 C–47s

lifted 292 tons of cargo and 314 passengers to Korea.

Following redline sent to Vandenberg:

Statement being released to press here for Sunday morning publication

stateside sums up FEAF operation for first 60 days. Says, 20,559 sorties

flown, 13,000 of them by fighters, 1300 by ‘26s, 1500 by B–29s, and

2,800 by transports and 1,700 recce, more than half the latter figure being

flown by T-6 air controllers. Also states, more than 600 attacks have been

made on tanks, armored cars or half-tracks by FEAF. 72 enemy a/c

destroyed compared to 58 AF airplanes lost in 20,500 sorties. Our losses

for period 26 dead, 23 wounded and 25 missing.

Informed Turner via signal that since the Navy does not understand the terms

“operational control” and in order to be uniform with their understanding, wherever the words appear in my directive to you in your plans of action on Formosa,

change the wording to “coodinational control” as defined and used by the Navy.

With Tunner called on CINCFE.

Annalee and I had dinner with the Pichers, their home - 7:00 P.M.

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

138

Still a mainstay with the USAF, the C–47 performed yeoman service throughout

the Korean War.
Sent a personal redline to Vandenberg:

An interesting report on POW reaction has come from

SK Navy. Among 25 NK POW’s, captured at T’ongyong

(34° 50’ N/ 128° 26’ E) by SK Marines, was an infantry

company commander who reported that his unit departed Haeju (38° 02’

N - 125° 46’ E) 28 July, in high spirits, confident of success of North

Korean Army but as they traveled southward and observed blown

bridges and the deep fear of air attacks noted among other North Korean

troops met on the way, they lost their confidence and, by time they

reached point of capture, they were sure that they would lose and only

expected to be killed upon capture as they had been informed ROK

troops took no prisoners.

Prepared memo to Plans thru VC A&P with info copies to CINCFE and

General Tunner, reminding them that Lt. Col. J. L. McGinn, now at Tsuiki, in the

6131st Wing, knows more about Suwon Airport, its surrounding terrain than

anyone in FEAF and urging that General Tunner and his operational and plans

people should discuss same with McGinn.

Sent Gill Robb Wilson another weekly letter - which I intend to have dispatched to him by each Monday. (Also inclosed my 60-day FEAF Summary of

Air Activities - the PIO official release.)

Reference the article that was received late today from Sory Smith,236

appearing in the Baltimore Sun, written by Phillip Potter, I have directed that the

following action be taken. That Colonel Nuckols answer Sory Smith’s radio and

give him the best reply available from our records - including a statement that I

referred the article to Admiral Joy and to General Partridge.237

In my letter to Admiral Joy I directed that General Craigie include the following: that if I have at any time since the Korean war indicated an inhospitable

attitude reference any matter, it was certainly unintentional and I apologize;

that it was my impression from the records and from memory and from Admiral Joy’s letter to me dated 10 August that the relationship between naval air,

Admiral Joy’s office, and my headquarters has been most amicable and that we

tried in every instance to meet their many requests for assistance. Our records

show that as a result of our meeting with the 7th Fleet aviators and my staff, it

was agreed that the Navy would furnish some three (3) control teams and a

mutual agreement, which met everyone’s satisfaction, was resolved; I did not

know there was a shortage of maps or charts and if there are, will meet every

possible request that they have; that I constantly requested the 7th Fleet air to

participate with the Fifth Air Force in air support to the ground forces, and that

if there are any deficiencies existing as of this writing on our part, that I can

remedy, it is requested that he make them known and that I will do everything

possible to correct those deficiencies; that I do desire his comments on the

SUNDAY

27 AUGUST

1950

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

139

236. Brig Gen Sory Smith, Director of Public Relations, Headquarters USAF.

237. The Potter article and a Baltimore Sun editorial, which Stratemeyer quoted in their entirety, are printed

below. In his article, Potter ignored the fact that the Navy had a different communications philosophy and

limited, and often different, communications equipment. He also conveniently ignored the fact that it was the

Navy that had been reluctant to become involved in the operation of the JOC, an important cog in the air

support role; that two separate TACPs was a duplication of effort; or that the kind of support the Marines were

then getting would be an extreme waste of air power over the long run. (Futrell, pp 49n, 115-118, 342-343.)
article since the article indicates that admirals of the 7th Fleet are unhappy with

cooperation of FEAF.

My instructions to General Craigie that the article be referred to General

Partridge for his comments with the statement in my letter of transmittal that I do

not want him to worry nor to personally answer the letter, but to have one of his

staff people investigate the whole operations with the Seventh Fleet for my information and to remedy any deficiencies that exist on our part.

General Mundy238 checked in at headquarters and Colonel Sykes arrives to

take over the spot that I requested a Brig. General Leach for - to document the

history of our activities out here that will be available and valuable as source

material for Hq USAF.

Received a “thank you” letter from Bozo McKee for the flags and

which also included the following paragraphs:

We are very proud here of the fine job the Air Force is doing in Korea. It

is a great tribute to you and your staff. As a purely personal suggestion

from me - why don’t you write the Chief a letter occasionally, telling him

the picture as you see it, and in which you could put a lot of things that

you probably do not wish to put in a cable. My idea is that it would be

purely an informative matter between you and the Chief and not an action

letter to the Staff.

In answer to the above letter from McKee, sent him the following

“Top Secret - Eyes Only” [underlining in original] (This letter, AG#

112-OL-50 burned 27 Sept as per my instructions (answered by

McKee’s ltr dtd 13 Sept.) See full quote of letter contained in diary

under date of 27 Sept.) letter:

Your letter of 22 Aug just received and I have already beaten you to the

punch on your suggestion of a letter to the Chief - having mailed quite

a lengthy one 23 August 1950. Thanks for the suggestion and I will continue a letter every now and then giving him the unfavorable as well as

the favorable. During the visit of Collins and Sherman, Sherman was

very cool towards me which was quite a contrast to his trip out here

with Van several months ago. Collins, of course, was just the opposite

and during one of my conversations with Collins reference Robert

Miller’s critical news item on the Air Force versus Marine close-support

for the Army, Collins indicated that Van had shown to Sherman my personal redline to Norstad, dated 16 August 1950, number V 0193 (Top

Secret). I am in great hopes that the only part of that radio that he

showed to Sherman was Part Two. Of course, if Part One was shown to

Sherman, I can readily understand Sherman’s coolness towards me. For

my own defense and knowledge could you diplomatically find out if

Sherman saw the whole message which included Part One or did he

only see Part Two? It is very important that I know because of my close

relationship with the Navy (Admirals Joy and Struble) out here. Please

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

140

238. Brig Gen George W. Mundy, Deputy Director of Supply and Maintenance, Air Materiel Command.
THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

141

treat the latter part of this letter with the very highest of classification

and for your eyes alone. Am glad that you like the flags, etc.

Sent a letter to Partridge asking why I have been receiving no reports on the

use of napalm and why it has not been used more both in your close support

missions as well as against trucks, tanks, convoys, and concentrations of troops.

I had success in India and Burma with it; Chennault with it in China, and George

Kenney had success with its use in his campaign here in the Far East. With all the

enthusiasm for its use and the lack of reports from you on your using same is a

bit disturbing. Requested his comments reference napalm.

PHILLIP POTTER STORY WHICH APPEARED

IN BALTIMORE SUN

NEWSRELEASE - Story, Tokyo, August 23.

Navy airmen hesitate to speak out openly on the subject for fear reopening old wounds in the unification struggle, but they believe the Korean

conflict has shown up the glaring deficiencies in American ground support aviation. Admirals responsible for aviation of the United Nations

Task Force 77 which is primarily an American show - complain that failure of the Far Eastern Air Force[s] to provide adequate tactical air control

has kept the effectiveness of carrier based planes at about 30 percent of

their potential at a time when doughboys in Korea need all the help they

can get.

Their complaints and suggestions for remedying the situation, including

a proposal for use of the Navy’s own tactical control parties, have been

thoroughly gone into at recent conferences in Japan between Douglas

MacArthur’s Far Eastern Command and such distinguished visitors as

General J. Lawton Collins, Army Chief of Staff; Admiral Forest P. Sherman, Chief of Naval Operations; and Vice Admiral Arthur W. Radford,

Commander-in-Chief of the United States Pacific Fleet. Those who have

been directing operations from the two American carriers already operating in Korean waters are known to have told superiors the Fleet is experiencing difficulties which must be remedied if effective support of Army

Ground Forces is to be achieved.

Specifically, they have complained that there is no adequate direct means

of communication between the JOC, the Far Eastern Air Forces have set

up in Korea, and naval forces; that no properly gridded air-support charts

have yet been made available; that there has been trouble in establishing

communications with the Air Forces’ mosquito planes whose job it is to

direct fighters and bombers to their targets; and there have not been

enough mosquitoes to adequately carry out their mission. Charts are gridded on a scale too large to allow speed and accuracy of control, but they

claim they have been inadequately supplied even with such charts.

Navy flyers have frequently reached Korea, where they were to be assigned

targets by the Air Forces’ mosquito planes, only to find that they were

already busy with the Air Forces’ F–80 jets and Mustangs, or they had to

leave a target area due to gasoline exhaustion without making arrangements

for proper relief. Navy men have suggested use of the Navy’s own tactical

air control parties, some of which are aboard a communications ship which
PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

142

is now in Japanese waters, but is operating with Rear Admiral J. H. Doyle’s

Amphibious task Force instead of with the carriers.

Lt. Gen. George E. Stratemeyer, Commander of the Far East Air Force[s],

however, is reported to have been inhospitable to this proposal although

the Army is crying for air support equivalent to that Marine flyers provide for Marine ground forces.

A feeling that their potential striking power is being aborted is universal among fleet airmen, from ensigns to admirals, and this is reflected in

reports of virtually all carrier pilots returning from combat missions. The

following are typical examples Lt. j.g. E.L. Carpenter - “Couldn’t get

mosquito controller so dropped ordnance on target of opportunity”

(meaning anything he could find). Lt. Comdr. R. W. Fleck “Contacted

controller but he was too busy so went to targets of opportunity.” Lt. F.

Dalzell - “Reported to JOC which tried to give instructions but was cut

out (radio contact was lost) continually. Circled for 45 minutes but finally

had to give up and proceed to bomb line to strafe sampan.” Lt. j.g. N. R.

Quill - “Flew to city where JOC was located and got contact but was told

to wait 10 minutes, then was directed to mosquito controller but could not

get effective contact so expended ammunition on town in same area

where Air Force F–80 jets were working.” Lt. Cmdr. T. Deacon - “No

directions from either JOC or mosquito controller. Radio channel overcrowded. Attack bomber finally got controller but were told to wait.

Waited an hour, then hit target other (Air Force) planes were leaving.

Nothing constructive accomplished.”

Many naval aviators are as well trained as are Marine Corps flyers in

close support work but there has been no system in Korea such as the

Marine Corps employs to put their talents to use. Special mobile tactical

control units accompany all the Marine ground forces into action, communicating by radio with squadron leaders who know with what ordnance each of their planes is loaded. If the ground party wants a machine

gun next taken out with a general purpose bomb, the squadron leader

goes down and marks the target with a smoke rocket, then he calls down

the plane he wants to make the strike. If the target is a NK tank, a plane

loaded with rockets does the job.

There is “nothing mysterious about close air support,” Rear Adm. Edward

C. Ewen said. “There are a few simple principles. It is mainly a matter of

proper communication between AF and GF.” He said that due to chaotic

Air Force communications in Korea, the carriers contribution as far as

close support is concerned is almost negligible.” The kids just wander

around, the racks loaded with bombs and rockets, and [no] place to put

them,” he said.

Ensign Sam Clauzel, Avista, California, one of the carrier pilots put it

even more pungently: “This carrier has almost 3,000 men aboard,” he

said, “and there is a tremendous effort put forth by every one of them to

get out planes in the air, then we are useless.” We have and are capable of

putting in the field tactical control parties with whom we trained in

maneuvers, but they won’t let us use them.
EDITORIAL

Mr. Phillip Potter, Sun paper’s war correspondent, reports that in Korea

the effectiveness of carrier-based airplanes is being held to about 30 percent of its potential because of inadequate tactical air control. The Navy

lays the blame on the Far Eastern Air Force[s].

According to Navy men there is no adequate means of communication

between the Air Forces JOC and Navy Air Force: Support charts, they

say are not properly gridded and sometimes are not even available. The

Navy flyers all report trouble establishing communication with the Air

Forces’ mosquito planes whose job it is to direct fighters and bombers to

their targets. The result of this, they say, is that they often receive no

instructions. In consequence they have to look for a target themselves or

else fly home with a bomb-load unused. Mr. Potter states that these complaints are now receiving the attention from the Big Brass. Well they

might, for they are serious and should be fully investigated. It is conceivable that the trouble is due to some oversight in planning that could

be readily adjusted. The emergency in Korea came so suddenly that there

had to be a good deal of improvisation. The use of carrier-based planes

to support Army ground forces was a novel combination, and it would

be surprising indeed if 100 percent efficiency were had immediately.

Such a failure as the Navy complain of, if only temporary, might be

excused. What can not be excused is that condition should be permitted

to continue. In particular, it should not be allowed to go on if the failure

is in any way attributable to Service prejudice which so often has bedeviled unification. The American public is being called upon to throw

into this Korean operation both its blood and its treasure. It has the right

to demand that both be used with the strictest economy but they will not

be used economically if responsible officers of the respective services

carry into the war any of the silly, childish notions of Service loyalty that

have prevailed during the peace.

This is the problem for the President of the United States, the Joint Chiefs

of Staff, and General MacArthur to handle. If those on the top level let it

be known that service jealousies will not be tolerated, such mis-placed

loyalty will soon disappear. The American public is very much a party to

this matter. In the specific case of air control, it will insist that the attention the subject is getting from the High Command will not be diverted

until the conditions of which the Navy flyers complain have been corrected or the complaints have been shown to be unjustified.

Had a fine conference (1530) with Mr. Ben Wright239 this

afternoon and will lend him every possible assistance. Sent a

redline to Vandenberg so stating.

I was impressed with the PIO (alert) abilities of Colonel

Wright. I agreed with him that he should do his job out here as a representative

of American Airlines rather than as a consultant for General Vandenberg. I feel

MONDAY

28 AUGUST

1950

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

143

239. Ben George Wright, director of public relations for American Airlines, was now serving as a civilian consultant to Gen Vandenberg. Wright later became publisher of Field and Stream magazine.
PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

144

confident that his stay here, after he thoroughly sees our set up and operations

and with his contact with the Army, the Marines and the Navy at his service back

home, General Vandenberg will be benefited. Just prior to his departure from

FEAF, he will pay me another visit.

Sent the following cryptic message to Cabell (in answer to his T.S.,

“Eyes Only” handwritten letter):

Reference the conversation I had with you just prior to your departure and

at which time I brought Banfill into the picture, and in view of receipt of

your letter written in longhand dated 21 August, I assume you are not

interested in further reports of the nature that we discussed at the airport.

The initiative is now in your hands as your letter referred to above

absolutely stymies me. I have issued instructions accordingly.

As per my instructions to Nuckols, quoted in full, is his interim reply

to Sory Smith re the Phillip Potter newstory released in the Baltimore

Sun, and the Sun’s editorial comments re the release:

Sory Smith from Nuckols - This is radnote #41, 28 Aug 50, reur USAF49 dated 25 Aug. I have discussed the matter in great detail with General

Stratemeyer and suggest you advise General Norstad that the following

action is being taken: (1) General Stratemeyer is writing a letter to

Admiral Joy, transmitting both the story and the editorial and asking for

specific comments on the allegations contained in said story. Specifically he is asking, do the quotations attributed to senior naval commanders in fact represent the views of these commanders? He is also

specifically requesting Admiral Joy to provide additional Navy controllers and controller teams both at JOC and at combat troop level if, in

Admiral Joy’s opinion, such a requirement continues to exist. (2)

General Stratemeyer is asking General Partridge, CG Fifth AF, for

detailed information as to allegations contained in story and on Fifth AF

acceptance or request for additional Navy controllers and controller

teams. He is impressing on Partridge that he is not repeat not to let the

above request interfere with his operational responsibilities. These comments, both from Admiral Joy and General Partridge, will be forwarded

by General Stratemeyer to General Norstad as soon as available with his

comments. It is interesting to note the following extracts from a memo

dated 10 Aug from COMNAVFE (Admiral Joy) to General Stratemeyer:

the letter is in reply to a letter of congratulation to COMNAVFE from

General Stratemeyer expressing his gratification of 47 enemy aircraft

destroyed by naval aviation. Following are extracts from Admiral Joy’s

reply: “Your hq furnished most of the target information, coordination

effort and photographic data which materially assisted in the success of

the 18-19 July strike. The spirit of willing and energetic cooperation

exhibited by your staff and the members of the Far East Air Forces, with

whom they deal, has brought forth much favorable comment from officers of my command. This fine spirit continues to build a higher mutual

regard and warm bond of understanding between the U. S. Navy and U. S.

Air Force in this theater.” It is difficult to reconcile the above statement
with the allegations contained in the BALTIMORE SUN article, none of

which have been brought to FEAF’s attention through official channels.

General Edwards, Deputy Chief of Staff Operations, during his recent

visit to this theater, discussed the general subject of Air Force-Navy

cooperation in great detail with General Stratemeyer. Believe General

Edwards understands the problem, both as it exists here and also as it

exists Stateside. Stratemeyer recommends Norstad discuss whole problem with Edwards. The following item from Combat Ops Center diary,

dated 11 August, is quoted for your information: “The AF combat ops

officer, in discussing difficulties in coordinating Navy strikes, pointed

out three deficiencies: (1) Navy was sending too great a number of aircraft into the areas at one time. (2) JOC did not have info as to their time

of arrival. (3) No naval liaison officers were present.” Diary item continues to say that items 1 and 3 have been eliminated. Navy has reduced

number of aircraft coming into the area at one time and 4 naval officers

and one Marine officer have been assigned as liaison officers. Diary item

continues, “JOC expresses no complaint against coordination with Navy

and commends their excellent job.” Diary item then contains the following paragraph: which deals with conversation between Major Lynch, 5th

AF officer in JOC and Commander Murch, USN240 - “When asked if a

briefed secondary target should be assigned each Navy flight, Maj Lynch

queried Commander Murch, USN, who answered ‘No’ as he was satisfied with their present procedures, and if forward controllers were filled

up at the time, armed recn areas are and can be assigned.” The above is

completely at variance with the Potter article. For your info, it is interesting to note that CG FEAF has constantly requested Navy air to operate in battle area and that 7th Fleet has consistently asked for area

assignments outside of enemy battle area due to “scarcity of targets in

battle area.” Further interesting to note that an agreed upon Navy plan,

arrived at after joint AF-naval planner conference, states that for close

support work Navy would supply three controllers from the close support carrier. One controller would be relieved about 1700 each day to

return to carrier to provide day to day exchange of information. Copy of

memo of record is on file in this HQ. Personal comment from Nuckols

to Smith: The pattern of the planned attack on tactical aviation is similar

if not identical to the recent abortive attack of strategic air power. Cast of

characters remains the same. Plan of maneuver essentially the same.

The only difference being change in target.

General Craigie presented the following letter to Partridge for my signature

re the Potter article:

I am referring to you the attached article and editorial which were published in the 23 August issue of the Baltimore Sun and which were

referred to this Hq for comment by Headquarters, USAF. This is the third

example of this type of malicious attack against our operations in support

of the ground forces which has come to my attention. I realize that inquiring

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

145

240. Maj J.A. Lynch and Lt Cdr John A. Murch.
PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

146

into this sort of thing can very seriously detract from the time and effort

which you are able to devote to your primary operational responsibilities.

It is my desire that you turn this over to a staff officer for preparation of

comment in order that it may interfere as little as possible. It is my desire

that your comments include statements relative to the utilization you have

made of Seventh Fleet controllers or control teams. Please inform me also

relative to direct offers of such teams which you may have received from

the Seventh Fleet. One of the serious allegations concerns deficiencies in

the communications between 7th Fleet and your headquarters. I would

appreciate your comments relative to that matter also. I am enclosing

copy of letter written this date to Admiral Joy.

My letter to Admiral Joy:

Dear Turner, I have had brought to my attention an article and editorial which have appeared in the Baltimore Sun in which the writer, Mr.

Phillip Potter, after having interviewed various high-ranking members

of the United States Navy in the Pacific, including Rear Admiral Ewen,

has made very derogatory statements relative to: (1) the operation of

FEAF in Korea; (2) the cooperation which exists between FEAF and

Unites States Navy carrier aviation; (3) my inhospitality toward the

Navy’s proffered assistance, and (4) the failure on the part of FEAF to

supply the Navy with information and/or equipment which the Navy

required. As I indicated to you previously, during our discussion on the

Miller article on “Marine close support aviation,” this sort of thing

upsets me very greatly. I am concerned because the picture which is

created in the mind of the reader of such an article is vastly different

from the picture which I carry in my mind of the cooperative spirit

which has characterized the actions of my staff in dealing with the

Navy. Contrary, to the impression created in this article, I have urged

maximum participation of the Navy in close support of the battle line. I

have, in fact, been quite disturbed over repeated (occasional) indications that the Seventh Fleet was more anxious to operate in North Korea

than in the close support zone. Admittedly, good battle area targets are,

and have been from the beginning, rather scarce and hard to locate during daylight hours. The importance to the ground effort has, at times,

however, dictated the use of practically all available Naval air strength,

as well as all FEAF tactical air strength, in this less lucrative area. Thus,

we have endeavored to insure our ability to attack a worthwhile target

when and if it did appear. This has, at times, resulted in what might

appear as an over-saturation of the battle area which after all is a cap.

As the ground situation improves, the necessity for this will become

much less. The statement is made that I have been inhospitable and

non-receptive to offers of the Navy to supply controller teams. This is

not the case. On the contrary, following a joint meeting on 3 August,

there was delivered to my headquarters on the following day an agreed

upon Navy plan which stated that, for close support work, the Navy

would supply three controllers from the close support carrier. One controller would be relieved about 1700 each day, returning to the carrier in
THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

147

order to provide day-to-day exchange of information. A copy of this

memorandum is on file in this headquarters. If, at any time in your opinion, the requirement exists in Korea for additional Navy controllers or

controller teams, please be assured they will be very welcome. General

Partridge has informed me that he shares this view. With reference to our

failure to supply proper grids, maps and target material to Fleet personnel, I am informed that the Navy has been supplied the same material

which has been made available to our own personnel and in at least as

generous quantities.

Regardless of the nature of the articles which certain misguided writers

or publishers are printing in the United States, my single idea in connection with the Korean effort has been and is to do my utmost, and

encourage all under me to do their [both words emphasised in original]

utmost, to bring about a United Nations victory. If I have at any time

appeared inhospitable to offers from you or your people, I apologize and

if I have appeared non-receptive to suggestions submitted by the Navy, I

would appreciate it if you would bring such incidents to my attention in

order that I may take appropriate corrective action. I consider it of vital

importance that you and I and our staffs work together smoothly and

with a minimum of public recrimination and criticism. Anything less

than this can only result in a loss of confidence in the military establishment on the part of the American people. I, therefore, am asking you to

inform me if and when in your opinion, misunderstandings have developed or are developing between us or between our respective staffs. It is

possible that the time has come for a meeting of appropriate individuals

on our respective staffs for the purpose of ironing out such differences

as may be developing. After all, there have been many new arrivals (both

Navy and Air Force) to the theater during the past few weeks and it may

well be possible that some of these individuals have brought with them

ideas which are not in consonance with agreements which you and I

reached relative to the coordination of the operation of our respective

combat air units. It is possible that it is necessary at this time to again

reiterate the terms of the CINCFE directive (GHQ, FEC, file AG 370.2

(8 July 50) CG) which delegated to me coordination control of United

Nations air over Korea “when both Navy Forces, Far East, and FEAF are

assigned missions in Korea.” If you believe that we are not seeing eye to

eye on such subjects as the utilization of Navy tactical control teams or,

as I said before, on any matter of mutual interest, I would consider it a

favor if you would bring such matters to my attention with the view of

having appropriate individuals on our respective staffs get together and

iron out the difficulties. It appears to me that such a get together between

your operations people and mine would be appropriate in the immediate

future in order to preclude the recurrence of that which occurred on 26

Aug. On that date, the CG 5th AF expected and counted on approximately 80 sorties from the Seventhth Fleet in direct support of the

ground forces in the battle line; only 4 flights of 4 a/c each reported in

to the JOC although I note that 19 additional close support sorties were

reported in your flash summary, Air Ops, 26 August. I am sure that you
will agree with me it could be extremely serious for misunderstandings of

such a nature to occur at that level. Lastly, I would appreciate receiving

your personal views as follows: in your opinion do the deficiencies alleged

in the article, in fact, exist? Does the picture painted by this article accurately portray the views held by senior commanders in the 7th Fleet? If the

deficiencies do exist, it is indeed unfortunate that they have to be brought

to my attention through the press rather than through a meeting between

the two of us.

Issued following Stratline to Partridge:

re 15-mile column enemy troops sighted vicinity of Kyomip’o (38°35’;

125°45’): CINCFE desires hourly reports starting 1500 hours today on

location, progress, results our air attacks, and any other pertinent information to include negative reports throughout the hours of daylight and

such reports as you can obtain during hours of darkness.

Radio - to Ramey from Stratemeyer:

Officers of this and my AF hqs have had earlier “M” atomic energy

clearances continued here. Disregarding duty assignment of officer,

request statement of AF policy on allowing officers holding M or Q

clearances to go on combat missions over Korea. Because of rapid

changes and improvements in atomic weapons, and because of great

amount of information previously classified which has appeared in press

and periodicals believe any restrictions that may exist should be tied to

date officer when to school at Kirtland or was briefed by General LeMay

at his hqrs. Any policy applying to staff officers of this and my AF hq

should be in consonance with any restrictions that have been placed on

SAC units operating in this theater.

Sent following two redlines to Vandenberg in line with my

policy of keeping him informed of happenings that might

not otherwise get to his immediate attention and which he

can pass on to Bradley for the President:

(1) Following just received from Chinese sources and evaluated B–3 by

FEAF: “54th, 55th, 56th, and 74th Chinese Communist armies all

crossed Yalu River and are now in North Korea.” This report, if true,

assumes additional significance in the light of earlier intelligence indicating (a) hurried large-scale construction and repair of revetments in

Korea, some capable of sheltering twin-engine bombers or transports,

(b) continuing frantic efforts, despite heavy air attacks, to reconstruct

bridges across the Han River, and (c) Monday’s charge by the Chinese

Communists that American airplanes have violated Manchuria 5 different times which is without foundation. We did scare hell out of the

Ruskies though when we bombed Rashin and patrolled in Korea across

Manchurian border opposite Antung.241

TUEDSAY

29 AUGUST

1950

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

148

241. Intelligence sources were rated with letters from A (the most reliable) to D (least reliable). In addition, the
(2) As experimental mission FEAF BomCom to furnish 1 B–29 to drop flares

over bridge complex at Seoul during period 0001 through 0300, 30 Aug,

while 5th AF strafes and bombs the Seoul bridge complex.

Late this afternoon received the following from Admiral Joy:

Your confidential letter of 28 Aug is acknowledged with misgiving. The

Baltimore Sun editorial has given a misleading picture of Navy-FEAF

cooperation which has been excellent from my observation; the article in

question has been the subject of previous strong dispatch from the CNO.

An investigation is being conducted. I will reply to your letter in detail at

an early date when facts bearing on the case are made known to me. Be

assured that your personal interest in the success of our joint efforts is

well known and appreciated at this headquarters.

At 7:00 P.M. we had dinner at the Craigies; Craigie was most thoughtful and

had the Supply and Maintenance people; namely, Col. and Mrs. Alkire, Col. and

Mrs. Ausman;242 also General Banfill and his daughter.

Sent the following to Vandenberg redline for his info:

Suggest USAF initiate immediate project to develop newsreel shorts plus a feature color picture depicting USAF tactical air operations Korea. MAAF picture Thunderbolt and

late starting Ninth AF Europe are examples. Assume Navy doing something

along lines Fighting Lady. Most desirable USAF be first.

Following is my redline to Partridge:

I want immediate investigation instituted at TOP SECRET level to ascertain fullest details of incident reported your ADV-INT-D-563. Submit

partial reports as investigation progresses in order that this headquarters

will be kept informed. Matters of special interest which should be

reported ASAP are: a. Weather conditions in areas involved during periods; b. Details of surrounding territory with special reference to location

of river and nearest town, with respect to airfield. c. Type of construction

of runway. d. Details as to aircraft observed. e. Flak encountered. f. Number of aircraft in flight dispatched on 27, 28, 29 August; g. Corroborating

reports from other personnel on flight, if any.

Re my signal to Partridge reference the action that I have taken and my

proposed action redline to Vandenberg, General MacArthur at 1143 hours

this morning approved wholeheartedly my procedure; he indicated he did

not want a copy sent to his hqs, but to handle it strictly with the Air Force.

He commented that the ‘51 pilot must have been a pretty damn poor navigator and that if he were guilty, disciplinary action should be taken, but

insofar as he was concerned, that action should simply be to send the

offender to the ZI.

WEDNESDAY

30 AUGUST

1950

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

149

information these sources supplied were given numerals from 1 to 4, with 1 being accurate or highly probable, and 4 being inaccurate or improbable. Thus, B-3 information was from a reasonably reliable source but

was deemed to be only a possibility and not necessarily accurate. (Goulden, p 280.)

Two F–51s did strafe an airstrip near Antung on August 27.

242. Col Neal E. Ausman.
After seeing CINCFE, dispatched the following redline to Vandenberg:

Preliminary report from Partridge in Korea indicates strong probability

that F–51 aircraft of the 67th Fighter Bomber Squadron had strafed

workers on an airstrip in Manchuria, near the NK border, on 27 Aug 50.

Attack resulted in possibly killing or wounding 10 to 15 workers. Pilot

reported the location of airstrip attacked as being near Anju (39°36’N:

125°40’E) however two subsequent flights failed to locate the airfield

attacked in this vicinity. This suggested possibility that the airstrip

attacked was located at Antung (40°10’N; 124°25’E) some 5 miles

inside Manchurian border. Partridge has been directed to make a

detailed investigation at TOP SECRET level with partial reports as

investigation progresses. Further details will be forwarded as received.

Directive received redline Stratemeyer from Norstad, 021955/Z, was

promptly issued 3 July to my responsible AF commander. Further on

14 Aug, following directive was issued to my responsible AF commanders: “it is dir[ected] that no repeat no attacks against targets w/i

[within] 50 mile of Manchurian and USSR border be undertaken without prior specific approval of this hq.” If an error has occurred, it will be

admitted as soon as facts can be determined. There is doubt in our minds

that an attack was made in Manchuria.243

1400 hours - the meeting in conference room outside General MacArthur’s

office on the coming amphibious operation was a very good one. Following were

present: Admirals Joy and Struble; Generals Almond, Hickey, Wright, Ruffner,

Weyland, Crabb, Fox; Colonels Chiles, Ganey, Ferguson, Warren, Zimmerman,

a Navy Commander, and Captain Hill, and myself.244 The point that I want to

make in my diary is that I raised the question of coordination control, I being

General MacArthur’s air commander. I looked at Admirals Joy and Struble and

asked if they were satisfied with the agreement that we were operating under and

which was issued by General MacArthur. They both indicated that they were and

General Almond commented that it was working satisfactorily.

Dispatched the two information redlines to Vandenberg which had to do with

our experimental flare mission, and the superb training evidenced by SAC in

their GCA landings from a 9-hour mission. These radios as follows:

(1) Re my redline 290551/Z, cite A 4936 CG, mission successful. Seoul

bridge complex lighted from 0059 to 0130/K. Eight B–26 a/c attacked in

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

150

243. That such an attack would occur had been a worry to Stratemeyer for some time. As noted in his redline,

as early as July and reiterated on August 14, he had warned his fliers about the grave consequences of

border violations. Following the August 27 incident, he again cautioned his commanders and their subordinates about knowing the proper locations when operating near the borders. He ended this message with

the admonition, “There must repeat must be no slip up in this matter.” (Msg, HQ FEAF to CG 5AF Japan,

et al, 2 Sep 50.)

Nevertheless, border violations (including reconnaissance and “hot pursuit”) continued throughout the war.

At least one source believes these violations, if not officially sanctioned, were tolerated by higher authorities. (Jon Halliday, “Air Operations in Korea: The Soviet Side of the Story,” in A Revolutionary War: Korea

and the Transformation of the Postwar World [Chicago, 1993], pp 154-156. See also Robert F. Dorr and

Warren Thompson, The Korean Air War [Osceola, Wis., 1994], p 118.) 

244. Probably Col John H. Chiles, the G-3 for X Corps; Col Don Z. Zimmerman, Director, Plans and Policy,

FEAF; Capt Hill may be Arthur S. Hill, the Navy liaison officer at FEAF headquarters.
flare light but full moon interfered. Will utilize again on dark nights

when needed. All bridges are out.

(2) All 24 B–29s of 92d Bomb Group at Yokota, after 9-hour mission to

Ch’ongjin on 29 Aug, made GCA landings in 300-foot ceiling at 4 repeat

4 minute intervals, all without incident. LeMay advised on efficient

results SAC training.

Sent the following to LeMay with info to O’Donnell:

I am happy to report that all 24 B–29s of 92d Bomb Group at Yokota,

after 9-hour mission to Ch’ongjin on 29 August, made GCA landings in

300-foot ceiling at 4 repeat 4 minute intervals, all without incident. The

results of SAC training was most evident on the efficiency with which the

92d landed yesterday. All your units as members of FEAF Bomber Command are performing superbly on their destruction of Joint Chiefs of Staff

targets and also on their now excellent precision bombing against bridges

in our important interdiction program.

Wrote another letter to Vandenberg urging temporary

promotion for Darr H. Alkire to Brigadier General. Sent a

carbon of this letter to Nate Twining245 to see if he can’t push

it a little. Feel very strongly about Alkire’s promotion -

which is deserved, and some tangible recognition for his efforts is due him.

Craigie came up with his “first nickle”246 with respect to the informational redline I send to Vandenberg which is as follows:

Of 31 RR bridges and 12 highway bridges designated primary targets for

BOMCOM, 19 RR bridges and 8 highway bridges were reported intact as

of 22 August. As of this date, only 3 RR bridges and 2 highway bridges

remain usable. One of these RR bridges was damaged but was again

placed in operation by the enemy. We are really getting precision results

from our B–29s.

(Info’d Curt LeMay on this redline)

Also sent a commendatory letter re “Increased Effectiveness of Bombardment

Attacks Against Bridges” to Col. James V. Edmundson, CO, 22d Bomb Group, thru

O’Donnell, with copy to LeMay. I commended them for their enthusiasm, determination, and outstanding professional ability - and told them, I didn’t and do not,

forget the ground crews who make such bombing possible.

Group Captain Barclay left the following transcripts of cypher signals:

Following signal is for the Air Adviser from Air Ministry London: AX

4329 30 August. The following is for Barclay from Pearson. Begins. With

THURSDAY

31 AUGUST

1950

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

151

245. At this time, Lt Gen Nathan F. Twining was head of personnel at Headquarters, USAF. In October, he

became Vice Chief of Staff, USAF. Later he became the Air Force chief of staff and, finally, Chairman of the

Joint Chiefs of Staff.

246. In the context of Stratemeyer’s comments, the term “nickle” is unclear. However, during World War II the

term was used to indicate a propaganda leaflet and it is possible Stratemeyer is using it to mean a propaganda

or public relations effort.
PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

152

reference to your signal AAJAP 122 of 28 August we are dispatching on

30 August 24 low level bomb sights Mark 3 with mounting brackets, flexible drive, computer lighting control panels, and pocket handbook. Par 2.

Consignment consists of crates 28 which are going via America by U.S.

military a/c. Par 3. It is presumed the Americans know how to fit and that

they are aware that suction drive is needed. Will you please state whether

or not a technician is wanted. I shall be grateful if you will notify me

when these items are safely received in Tokyo.

Also follows is a copy of the confidential letter written Sir A. N. Noble

Bart, C.M.G., Foreign Office by Sir Alvary Gascoigne:

I showed your ltr of 11 Aug (YT 223/6) to my air advisor who drafted the

telegram of which you complain. He tells me that General Stratemeyer, the

CG of FEAF, has himself asked to be quoted as asking for the highest possible priority to be given to the telegram requesting provision of a night

intruder expert from the R.A.F. for duty with the 5th AF. The General

wishes me to stress that the appointment was of such urgency that even the

saving of a few hours in lodging his request was of the utmost importance.

The General has written personally to the Chief of the United Kingdom Air

Staff, Sir John Slessor, to thank him for the very prompt action which was

taken in the matter. I think that you will agree that, in view of the above, we

were in fact justified in using the priority “emergency” in this case, strange

though it may have looked at your end.

Redline, TS received from Vandenberg:

I must have not later than 2400Z, 31 August as complete a report as possible of your investigation of possible F–51 attack on airfield on

Manchurian border, 27 Aug 50. Report should be in two parts: A. Statement of facts as determined by that time; B. Based on facts available,

statement of your judgment as to whether the attack was made. Par. 2.

Assume you are keeping MacArthur informed. The necessity for closest

security on this subject at this time should be apparent to you. 

After receipt of above, immediately sent following reply to Vandenberg - TS - redline:

Have arranged to conduct investigation today my headquarters

Tokyo. Parties concerned have been ordered here. Report will be

made to you prior to 2400/Z, 31 August. MacArthur has been and

will be kept fully informed. 

The personnel concerned in above redline to Vandenberg arrived at Haneda

at 1855 hours and were immediately brought into headquarters where the investigation was conducted. Draft of redline reply to Vandenberg brought to Mayeda

House at about 2100 hours, was re-drafted by me and dispatched last night.

Following is the signal that I dispatched:

Par. 1. An investigation of circumstances surrounding incident reported to

you in my redline AO 229 is in progress. Part A. Facts, as disclosed,
indicate that an attack of an airfield in Manchurian territory, southwest of

city of Antung, was made on 27 Aug 50, in late afternoon. One (1) F–51

aircraft, of 67th Fighter Bomber Squadron, 18th Fighter Bomber Group,

made attack. Facts further substantiated by pilot of second F–51 aircraft,

of same unit, who was following attacking aircraft at higher altitude but

did not participate in attack. Pilot in second aircraft witnessed attack. Part B.

In my judgment, an attack was made. Par. 2. MacArthur will be informed

this message. Investigation is continuing and detailed report will be

courier mailed soonest.

In the meantime my PIO has been in the line of fire from newsmen. He sent

following radnote to Sory Smith:

Press queries here ask for comment on charge presented to United

Nations that four American fighters flew across Yalu River on August 29.

Following is our response to these queries: “All of our pilots and air

crews have been meticulously briefed to scrupulously avoid any action

that might be construed as a border incident. Specifically they have been

cautioned to refrain from crossing any North Korean border. We do not

plan to comment on each detailed individual report.” Request comment

and/or guidance.

Nuckols received from Sory Smith in answer to his

radnote the following:

Your quoted response to queries concerning border incidents checked with Chief of Staff, Secretary of Air Force,

and Under Secretary Early.247 Your handling exactly correct. Mr. Early

suggests particular emphasis on final sentence, “we do not plan to comment on each detailed individual report.” signed Smith

Partridge arrives. Gave him my copy for action of the Norstad

redline to me which reads:

The fol[lowing] statement was introduced at UN Security Council today,

quoted in part: “At 1745 hours on Aug 29, 4 U.S. fighters flew over from

Korea and invaded and reconnoitered from the air above La-koo-shao of

the Kuan-Tien district of China on the right bank of the Yalu River. After

that they flew along the right bank of the Yalu River to Chang-tien-hokou, about one kilometer from La-Kao-sho, where they fired shots at

Chinese civilian boats, killing one Chinese fisherman and wounding 2

others. At 1750 hours the same fighters came to the air above Koo-LauTsu to the northeast of Antung where they again fired shots at civilian

boats, killing three Chinese fishermen, severely wounding two and

slightly wounding three others.” Investigate and report as to possible

basis for this statement.

FRIDAY

1 SEPTEMBER

1950

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

153

247. Stephen Early had been Under Secretary of Defense since April 1949. Earlier he had been President Roosevelt’s press secretary.
My immediate redline reply to Norstad is:

Partridge in my office and signal has been turned over to him for investigation. Report will be made as soon as received. My comments are: On 29 Aug,

F–51 flights were made over northwest Korean territory in order to investigate incident of 27 August; the pilots were particularly thoroughly briefed

not to violate the border and it is my opinion that they did not repeat not.

Quoted in toto is the redline Vandenberg sent me in reference to this

whole border incident as it emanates from the floor of the Security

Council:

The US delegate248 to the Security Council of the United Nations today

made this statement: “On August 28 there was submitted to the Security

Council a communication from Chou-en-Lai complaining that military

aircraft operating under the Unified Command in Korea had overflown

and strafed Chinese territory in Manchuria. On Aug 29 on behalf of my

Government I submitted to the Council a reply to that complaint which

stated that the instructions under which aircraft are operating under the

Unified Command in Korea strictly prohibit them from crossing the

Korean frontier into adjacent territory and that my government had

received no evidence that these instructions had been violated. In that

communication, I also expressed the view that my government would

welcome an investigation on the spot by a Commission appointed by the

Security Council. As soon as we received the complaint from Mr. Chouen-Lai, the United States military authorities operating under the Unified

Commander of the United Nations Forces in Korea were instructed to

make an immediate investigation to determine whether there was any evidence to indicate that the charges were well-founded. Reports have now

been received which indicate that one F–51 aircraft of the 67th Fighter

Bomber Squadron may have violated Chinese territory in Manchuria and

strafed an airstrip in the late afternoon of Aug 27, 1950. This evidence has

not been confirmed, but indicates the possibility that the F–51 aircraft

attacked an airstrip at Antung in Manchuria approximately 5 miles from

the Korean border. If this evidence is confirmed my government is prepared to make appropriate response in compensation for the damages

which have occurred. As I stated in my communication of Aug 29 strict

instructions have been issued by the military authorities in Korea to confine their operations to the territory of Korea. For example, on June 29,

1950, in an order to the military forces it was stated that ‘special care

should be taken to insure that operations in North Korea were well clear

of the frontiers.’ Again on July 2, 1950, the Secretary of Air Force of the

United States directed the CG of Air Force operations to emphasize the

necessity of full briefing to air crews so that there will be no possibility

of attacking targets beyond the territory of North Korea. These same

instructions were emphasized again to the military commanders in the

beginning and middle of August. The evidence which has so far been

developed, indicating as it does the possibility that an aircraft of the

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

154

248. Warren R. Austin.
United Nations Forces in Korea may have violated territory in

Manchuria and attacked an air field there, only serves to emphasize the

desirability of sending a United Nations commission to the area which

can make an objective investigation of these charges. My government

believes that the Security Council should establish such a commission

without delay. The authorities of North Korea and Manchuria should

provide it with the necessary freedom of movement and safe conduct so

that it may make a thorough investigation of the facts. For their part, the

United States military authorities would extend to the Commission full

cooperation including access to pertinent records. The Commission

when established can make an immediate investigation of the incident

complained about an Aug 27 and if it finds that an attack did in fact

occur, my government is prepared to make payment to the SYG [Secretary-General] for appropriate transmission to the injured parties such

damages as the Commission shall find to be fair and equitable. (In such

case, my government will see that appropriate disciplinary action being

carried out by the Unified Command in Korea.) I am requesting that the

SYG O[ffice] transmit a copy of my statement in the Council this afternoon to Mr. Chou-en Lai.” If queried on this subject you will restrict

your comments to the facts as stated in this statement.

Received the following letter from General Spivey, the VC for Fifth

AF in Nagoya:

Just before leaving Washington, I participated in actions leading to

greater protection of our strategic Air Force. General Vandenberg and

General Fairchild,249 before his death, as well as the Air Staff, put very

great emphasis on protecting SAC aircraft and SAC and MATS bases

essential to the implementation of our war plans. I believe I am correct

when I state that the reason they placed such great emphasis on our

strategic capability is that they felt that our atomic capability is the

greatest single deterrent to Russian aggression, and that if war ensues it

will be our greatest capability for winning the war. As a consequence,

the Joint Chiefs of Staff, as well as the North Atlantic Treaty Organization, have given first priority to our atomic capability in all their planning. It is the Air Force’s position that in case of war, the targets most

likely to be attacked by the enemy will be our atomic carriers. The logic

behind this is obvious when one considers that if our atomic carrier

capability is destroyed, the enemy need not fear destruction by our

bombs but may take his time in delivering his own stockpile. General

Vandenberg ordered the following actions be taken to protect SAC’s

atomic capability: (1) All SAC and MATS bases to be utilized by SAC

in carrying our agreed war plans have been fenced with a perimeter

fence enclosing the flying field and inhabited areas; an inner fence with

guard towers and search lights surrounding the parking areas, maintenance areas, operation areas and gasoline dispersion points. This

fencing program cost approximately $3,000,000. (2) Restriction

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

155

249. Gen Muir S. Fairchild was Vice Chief of Staff, United States Air Force when he died on Mar. 17, 1950.
PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

156

of the bases to all personnel not essential to the operation of the base.

Those entering must have passes and are checked in and out of

restricted areas. (3) The Air Police squadron of each base has been augmented by 200 additional guard personnel. (4) FBI, OSI and CIC activities have been greatly increased in the vicinity of each base.

(5) Notified the Joint Chiefs of Staff that the Air Force must have at

least one fighter squadron and one AAA battalion on or near each critical base. During my recent inspection of Fifth Air Force bases, I found

at Yokota a most lucrative target for the enemy. Two groups of B–29s

were parked two to a hardstand and wing tip to wing tip along the parking ramp. They were loaded with bombs and gasoline and were so

closely jammed together that it appeared to me that detonation of the

bombs on any one of the aircraft would start a chain reaction destroying the other, or that if one caught fire, the others might also burn. The

proximity of this base to North Korean bases makes it possible for Yak

type aircraft to make flights from North Korea to Yokota. Even if the

North Koreans lacked the navigational and pilot ability to fly to Yokota,

it is not inconceivable to me that well-trained Manchurian or Chinese

pilots might be used for this purpose without implicating China,

Manchuria or Russia. I am sure, and my air defense people agree with

me, that if only one or two such aircraft arrived at Yokota, damage to

the B–29s would be exceedingly great, possibly disastrous to both

groups. Inspection of the radar installations in the vicinity, ADCC and

the TCC [tactical control center] at Johnson, convinces me that it is possible for low flying aircraft, or aircraft taking advantage of background

clutter caused by the mountains near Tokyo, to reach Yokota without

being detected before they are within two or three minutes of the field.

There are three gun battalions and one AW [automatic weapons] battalions located in the vicinity of Yokota. It is problematic whether they

would keep a flight of two or three aircraft from strafing or bombing the

aircraft at Yokota. On the ground I found that there was a distinct lack

of defense against overt or covert action. I believe it is possible for an

armed group of Reds to do material damage to aircraft at Yokota or at

any other base in the Fifth Air Force if they were clever and disguised

themselves as American officers. In a staff car or truck they could drive

onto the base and down the line without so much as being challenged.

The strategic Air Force believes that the danger from sabotage and

overt action poses a threat greater than that of air attack. I believe this

is especially true in Japan. In order to lessen the possibility of damage to

the aircraft based at Yokota, I have taken the following actions:

(1) Directed the base commander to confer with General O’Donnell

concerning protection of his aircraft at Yokota. a. To increase the guard

personnel at Yokota to the extent necessary to secure the base properly.

b. To restrict access to the base to the extent necessary to keep unauthorized persons off the base. c. To inaugurate a pass system which will

positively identify authorized personnel. d. To set up strong points on

the base, this to be accomplished in conjunction with the AAA.

(2) Directed the air defense commander at Johnson Air Base to increase
to the greatest possible extent the air protection for Yokota Air Base. I

recommend that the following actions be taken to insure greater security for the B–29 groups now located at Yokota: (1) That dispersal areas

be rushed to completion at the earliest possible date. (2) That the aircraft now at Yokota be dispersed to hardstands which have already been

completed. (3) That the possibility of deploying one group to another

base be explored. In this connection Komaki should be considered.

(4) That the recommendations of the anti-aircraft commander concerning the replacement of the AW battalion, which was recently removed

from the Tokyo area, be expedited. (5) That the heavy anti-aircraft

artillery now on Johnson Air Base be deployed to recommended offbase positions. (6) That manproof fencing be installed at Yokota to the

same extent being erected on SAC bases in the U.S. I feel so strongly

about preserving our atomic capability that I am constrained to write

you this letter. I believe that we should not accept any risk which we

can anticipate and eliminate when our long-range striking force is

involved. I shall keep you posted as to our air defense and ground

defense capabilities.

Sent above letter with this R&R to Craigie:

Attention is invited to the attached letter from General Spivey, etc., which

has the concurrence and approval of Major General Partridge, CG Fifth

AF. I approve every recommendation made by General Spivey and direct

that every possible action be taken by FEAF Hqrs to bring about the

action recommended. It is realized that some of these actions will require

additional funds and must receive the approval of CINCFE. You will utilize the attached letter and this memorandum to secure such funds and

approval as is necessary from higher authority.

This morning, in conference with CINCFE, I secured his approval to deploy

and make available to Fifth Air Force for operations in Korea the following

units: The wing hqrs and two squadrons from Okinawa - F–80Cs; leaving there

one squadron with its essential supporting units. One squadron from Johnson

AFB, leaving there one squadron. All the F–80s from Misawa except one flight

of F–80Cs; to utilize the squadron that I have required for air defense at Itazuke,

to be utilized for operations in Korea. The all-weather fighters to remain as now

deployed.250

I presented to General MacArthur the complete file on the F–51 incident

around Antung, Manchuria, including the last signal from Norstad, and the long

signal from Vandenberg in which he quoted Mr. Austin before the UN. General

MacArthur’s instructions to me were to put out no publicity except that as shown

in Vandenberg’s signal reference Mr. Austin. 

The letter (which is quoted in full above) from General Spivey, approved by

General Partridge, received by me this date, makes strong recommendations for

the security of our air bases in Japan - particularly those in the Tokyo area. I

approved every one of those recommendations and directed the VC for A&P to

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

157

250. General Partridge requested these changes on August 30. (Ltr, Maj Gen E.E. Partridge to Lt Gen George E.

Stratemeyer, 30 Aug 1950.)
take the necessary action to implement them. I further directed my VC A&P to

make requisition on the AF in Washington to replace for air defense purposes all

units with supporting organizations that I have turned over to Partridge for operations in Korea. 

While in conference with General MacArthur, at which General Partridge

was present, I told him that I was very concerned about the ground situation. For

the first time, he impressed me that he was concerned also and that he indicated

that he turned over to Walker the Marine Brigade, the 17th ROK Rgt., and all

ammunition that he contemplated using on the planned amphibious operation.

He then stated as follows: “Strat, I’m not ordering you to do this, but if I were

you, as the overall Air Force commander and because of the seriousness of the

ground situation in Korea, I would utilize every airplane that I had, including the

B–29s to assist in the latest all-out effort that the North Koreans are mounting

against General Walker’s ground forces.” I indicated to him that that was exactly

what I intended to do.

Upon my return to my office, Generals Weyland, Craigie, Partridge and I

went into a conference; the same time got in touch with General O’Donnell and

directed that he report to me without delay. We discussed the use of the ‘29s; the

use of what Navy and Marine airplanes we could secure, and I was just informed

at 1435 that the Navy would be able to make available this afternoon 40 sorties

for close support and that the Marines at Itami would be flown to Ashiya and also

will get into the fight in close support this afternoon. Generals Weyland, O’Donnell

and Partridge are now in conference to come up with the recommended use of

the B–29s tomorrow.

In my conference with General Partridge this morning, the following subjects were discussed: General Lowe’s visit to Korea tonight or tomorrow; the use

of the night recce squadron at Itazuke; the use of napalm on the ferry slips and

facilities near Seoul; the operations of the 3d Bombardment Group (light); the

possible desire of Marines to utilize Tsuiki when they are required to vacate

Miho (I gave an emphatic “No”) and temporary assignment to me of a bachelor

F–80 pilot, who had flown some 50 missions in order to let Capt Melgard to get

into the battle. On this latter subject, he stated that Timberlake was securing the

individual and that I would be informed.

It is my opinion that the American ground forces are not taking the

initiative and fighting. It is further my opinion that they are not aggressive

unless they have total, all-out air support. Yet, the North Koreans without any

air support and in spite of tremendous casualties that they are receiving from

our air, they are aggressive at all times. When one considers the tremendous

havoc and casualties that we (air) have inflicted on personnel, armor, and on

trucks, and they still keep coming, one can not but admire them as an enemy.

Again, in my opinion, General Walker needs a staff - and an aggressive one.

I wonder what would happen within our lines if there was enemy air and it had

killed 1,200 of our people on a division front as we did yesterday in front of

the 3d South Korean Division.251

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

158

251. This F–51 attack near P’ohang apparently killed 700 enemy troops. (Futrell, p 140.)
Dispatched the following memorandum to CINCFE by courier:

The normal effort of three B–29 bomb groups will participate in support

on designated targets at safe distances beyond bomb line tomorrow, 2

September. Two groups with normal effort which are already loaded with

1,000 lb. demolition bombs will continue the priority interdiction program. Plans are being made to utilize B–29s in support of ground forces

on Sunday, 3 September. I have had General Partridge and General

O’Donnell together with my Operations people this afternoon and we

will continue efforts utilizing the B–29s wherever in our opinion they will

favorably affect the ground situation.

After conferring with O’Donnell, I sent the following priority message to LeMay and Twining, with info to the Bomb Command:

This radio in 2 parts: Part I For LEMAY: I am in great need of a commander to command 19th Bombardment Group (Medium). I have in

mind Lt Colonel Payne Jennings, now Assistant Operations Officer,

FEAF Bomber Command, but who should be promoted immediately to

the grade of Colonel. General O’Donnell in my office and concurs in

this transfer. If promotion recommended cannot be approved, can you

furnish me a qualified group commander? Part II for TWINING: If

LeMay agrees to this transfer, urgently recommend promotion to temporary Colonel, Lt Colonel Payne Jennings. Will appreciate you advise

on action taken. I have known Jennings since 1943 as he was with me

in India-Burma-China as first pilot on B–24 and performed superbly.

After serving two years overseas he was returned to ZI and assigned to

SAC. He was one of the few lieutenant colonels in SAC who commanded outstandingly for one year a B–29 group, namely the 301st

Bombardment Group (Medium) at Salina, Kansas. Although 19th

Group has been in the war since 27 June and has performed creditably,

it now needs an energetic, highly technically qualified group commander. The present group commander, Colonel Theodore Q. Graff has

commanded the group for approximately a year and in combat over two

months. It is my opinion that he now should be rotated, as I contemplate

recommending in the case of other group commanders, to the ZI, and a

new group commander appointed.

Colonel Heflin,252 SAC, called on me in my office.

T.S. redline, EYES ALONE, Vandenberg to Stratemeyer,

received and read 0745 hours:

The operations in Korea are the responsibility of General

MacArthur, operating under the directives of the Joint

Chiefs of Staff. I cannot therefore prescribe any limitations or special

rules governing your operations in any particular area or in any special

situation. However, the directives from the Joint Chiefs of Staff and from

SATURDAY

2 SEPTEMBER

1950

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

159

252. Probably Col Clifford J. Heflin, commander of the 9th BG(H).
me are clear and complete as to the necessity of avoiding any violations

of the Manchurian or Soviet borders. The probable attack of an F–51 on

Manchurian territory as reported by you has had, as you know, the gravest

political implications. There must repeat must not be any repetition or

appearance of repetition of this incident.253

My comment is: The signal does not sound like Van. To me, it is a passing

the buck signal and indicates that the crossing of the border by an F–51 was condoned - and that we had not attempted to carry out the directives from the Joint

Chiefs of Staff. Again, I say this does not sound like Vandenberg. It is one of

those signals sent purely for the record. Such signals do not help morale. Again,

I quote Lincoln: “I do the very best I know how - the very best I can; and I mean

to keep doing so until the end - if the end brings me out all right, what is said

against me won’t amount to anything; if the end brings me out wrong, ten angels

swearing I was right would make no difference.”

First Lieutenant Thomas C. Langstaff254 reported on permanent change of

station from the 49th Fighter Bomber Group; he will make it possible for Bob

Melgard to go on detached service and join the 8th Fighter Bomber Group at

Itazuke where I have instructed him to be given the opportunity to fly some 50

or 60 missions. Lt Langstaff has flown 53 F–80C combat missions; he is the

nephew of Elise Boyd.255

Dispatched to Admiral Joy (info copies to CINCFE and Partridge)

the following letter:

I would like to express my appreciation and admiration for the way Task

Group 77.4 was put into battle line support on 1 September 1950. All of

us realize the difficulty of making emergency changes in plans and my

staff and I am unanimous in our respect for your efficient handling of yesterday’s operations. Please convey to your staff and the officers and men

of Task Group 77.4 my thanks (and I am sure, General Walker’s) for the

prompt and aggressive support they gave. Best regards.

In answer to LeMay’s letter of 21 Aug in which he raised several

questions, following extract is my answer to his letter:

Ref Par. 2. In reply to your first question, I am of the opinion that your

training program is very sound and is producing crews capable of doing

excellent bombing, both visually and by radar. The crews of your units

in this theater have demonstrated outstanding professional skill in

bombing operations against industrial targets. Although not trained for

bombing attacks against bridges, the crews are gradually mastering the

techniques peculiar to such bombing. The results achieved recently

have been most gratifying. Low altitude, visual bombing, when it is

necessary to perform missions when the cloud deck is low, in my opinion,

needs attention. When I say this I realize this is not a normal technique

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

160

253. See “History of the JCS,” Vol. III, pp 249-263, for a discussion of the border issue from the viewpoint of

the JCS.

254. Langstaff flew with the 8th FBS, 49th FBG, before becoming Stratemeyer’s junior aide-de-camp.

255. Elise Boyd is unknown.
THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

161

for SAC, but there will always be occasions in war where low altitude,

visual bombing will be a requirement should the targets be fruitful. This

is not a criticism, Curt, it is merely a suggestion. Ref Par. 3: Concerning your 2nd question, I think your mobility plan is adequate for the

mission for which it was designed, that is, conducting only atomic

bombing operations for a period of approx. 1 month. Operations

employing conventional bombs as Rosie is now doing require a large

amount of base support. Both at Kadena and at Yokota, we are furnishing the equivalent of the wing support provided by your bases in the ZI.

In this connection, I might add that we are in a position to furnish

better support than you can hope to find in any other part of the world.

This fortunate situation is largely attributable to the fact (1) we have the

largest AF organization outside the ZI, and (2) we enjoy a highly advantageous priority because of the war and we are not competing with other

areas for resources. Ref Par. 4: Depending upon the world location of

bases, various augmentations of your mobility plan in personnel and

equipment will very probably be necessary. Because the problem is

rather complex, I heartily welcome your proposal to send over a couple

of your organizational experts. Ref Par. 5: Rosie O’Donnell has just

returned from a visit to Guam. Heflin returned with him and briefed me

and some members of my staff, including Trask. Nevertheless, I am

planning to send Trask, as soon as possible, for a visit with Heflin and

his organization.

Redline to Vandenberg with info to CINCFE, 5th AF, 20th AF, 13th

AF, FEAMCOM, 5th AF in Korea:

Part I. Because of critical conditions in Korea and contemplated offensive

operations demanding additional fighter-bomber support, I am decreasing

the air defenses of FEC by 4 F–80 sqdrs [squadrons] and supporting elements, and augmenting the offensive effort of the 5th AF in Korea by the

same amount. This action places 4 day fighter groups in offensive tactical air operations, and leaves one day and one all-weather fighter group

for air defense of Japan, Okinawa, and the Philippines. Part II. Request

that a 4 squadron fighter wing be transferred to FEAF to rebuild our air

defense capability as expeditiously as possible.

The above radio, re additional squadrons and utilization for air defense of

Japan put in form of directive in a letter to Partridge and Stearley this date.

Drafted a letter to O’Donnell re plans and methods of new techniques in the

utilization of B–29s; asked him to come up with some ideas. Sent my draft over

to Operations for them to mull over letter before I send it out.

Called General Marquat and pointed out to him that the complete approval,

that he concurred in on the employment of Japanese National engineers at

FEAMCOM, has been complied with insofar as we are concerned; but it is held

up there in his office, by his people, and has been since 23 August. He said he

would immediately get on it.

I telephoned Colonel Bunker and asked him to tell the boss that the three B–29

sorties against targets in rear of the battle line had been excellent, and, further,
that we would operate 48 B–29s, 3 September, against targets, data for which is

being flown to BOMCOM direct from Fifth Air Force.

Following is redline personal to Vandenberg sent out in line

with my policy of keeping CSAF advised of pertinent info:

AP report from front quotes Major General Wm. B.

Kean,256 commander of the 25th Div, saying: “The AF

saved this division.” AP report then continues, saying: “Kean issued a

statement saying ‘the close air support rendered by 5th AF again saved

this division as they have many times before. I am not just talking. I have

made this a matter of official record.’” AP report. UP report quotes Kean

as saying: “Close air support rendered by 5th AF has been magnificent.”

UP report. I am querying Fifth Air Force for complete text of “official

record.” Perhaps above statements will be of significance in connection

with the current Washington interest in tactical aviation.

Major General Wm. E. Hall with a Colonel Welchner arrived in Tokyo.257

General Tunner, who reported in this morning, informed me (which I have

passed on to Weyland) that General Vandenberg was sending to FEAF one group

of C–46s (30 airplanes) which were due to arrive 1 October. (Queried Weyland

to find out if we are getting with that group the supply and maintenance people -

that I feel it should be a wing and not a group.) General Tunner also stated that

General [Edward H.] White’s (MATS) transport squadron could be made available upon our request for airlift as this squadron was being furnished 3 crews per

airplane, but if we use it, we must notify General Edwards, D C/S, Ops, USAF,

in advance, giving him the time with inclusive dates that its use is desired.

Advised Weyland to keep me posted re above 2 subjects.

Sent the following official letter to O’Donnell, with copies to Craigie,

Weyland and Crabb (and LeMay with the note: Dear Curt - just to keep

you informed):

(1) This is to confirm my suggestions to you as given in General Weyland’s office 1 Sept 50, that you figure out with your people some methods and new techniques on the use of your B–29s for emergency purposes

in order to affect the outcome of the ground battle now taking place in

Korea. You know the ground situation, plans of maneuver and the locations of their corps and division CPs. (2) I want these plans perfected in

order to utilize the 500-pound and 250-pound frag clusters and the 500-

pound napalm bomb of which we have a great supply. Also, consideration

must be given to utilizing B–29s at low altitudes, perhaps in flights

of three, squadrons, or even groups, in order to bomb visually below

cloud decks. (3) Certainly with imagination and study as we can use this

SAC weapon now more advantageously than in the past. Practically all

SUNDAY

3 SEPTEMBER

1950

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

162

256. Commander of the 25th Infantry Division since 1948, Kean had been Gen Omar Bradley’s chief of staff,

then chief of staff of the First Army in World War II.

257. General Hall had worked closely with Stratemeyer during World War II as Secretary of the Air Staff and

then Deputy Chief, Air Staff. Presently, he was Director, Legislation and Liaison in the Office of the Secretary of the Air Force. Lt Col Carl A. Welchner also worked in the L and L office.
the Joint Chiefs of Staff targets have been destroyed. (4) I desire that

you give this immediate study and submit to me by indorsement hereon

your ideas on how best to employ the ‘29s in this emergency, using nonSAC tactical methods.

In answer to my redline of yesterday asking for additional air defense and

telling Vandenberg that I’m stripping my forces to put all the power I can in Korea,

the following was received: “re redline request this hq four F–80 squadrons for air

defense requirement FEAF. This matter under study. You will be advised.”

My immediate reply to above redline: “reurad TS 4070 AFOPD: my request

was for a four squadron fighter wing. I did not specify F–80 squadrons.”

Sent the following Memo to CINCFE: “I thought you would be interested in

the attached chart which depicts graphically the weight, in terms of sorties, and

the continuity of the joint air effort over Korea.”

To Major General William B. Kean, CG of the 25th Infantry Division,

sent the following:

The courageous action of your 25th Division in containing the heavy

North Korean thrust during the past two days has been magnificent.

Although your men have been in action almost continuously since first

committed early in July and in spite of the numerical superiority enjoyed

by your opponents, the 25th has not only absorbed everything that could

be thrown at them, but also have bounded back in remarkable fashion.

The deep admiration of the airmen of the Far East Air Forces goes to the

men of the fighting 25th.

I have just read the investigation conducted by General Banfill, assisted by

Colonel Tidwell, Staff Judge Advocate, and Major Ranlett,258 an officer from the

Inspector General’s office, and as far as I can determine, the investigation is complete and I like the recommendation made; however, I am having it looked over

by my Vice Commander, Administration and Plans, in order to seek his advice.

The directive for the investigation was dated 31 August, subject: “Alleged Attack

on Neutral Airfield Near Antung, Manchuria by United States Air Force F–51

Aircraft,” to: Brigadier General Charles Y. Banfill, and signed by me.

On the 13th of Aug I sent a ltr to CINCFE, subj: “Air-Ground Operations,”

and stated that although 5th AF procedures in coordination with 8th Army operations are based on FM 31-35, dtd Aug 46, which is based on WW II experiences

and certain refinements derived from subsequent field exercises and maneuvers,

I feel that more effective use could be made if an air-ground operations system

were established within the Army. Amplified my reasoning for above and gave

an estimate of personnel and equipment required: 1 senior officer with G-3 air

experience to supervise the operation of the air-ground system; at the JOC in Hq

5th AF, there should be 9 G-3 air duty officers, 6 G-2 air duty officers, and

required clerical help; one ground liaison officer team to brief pilots who are

assigned missions which are closely integrated with ground action and to interrogate these air crews subsequent to each mission; suggest an Army photo interpretation center be established; and a communications of a mobile type to

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

163

258. Maj Charles A. Ranlett, Jr., executive officer of the FEAF Inspector General Office.
PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

164

connect the components of the air-ground operations system mentioned above.

The following reply to my letter that is briefed above has been sent to

5th AF in Korea & Nagoya, read by Colonel Sykes, and copies made

for the AG [adjutant general] File; the reply is quoted in part:

The CG, 8th Army has established an air-ground operations system in

Korea based upon the principles of organization and procedure outlined

in FM 31-35 and the pamphlet “Conduct of Air-Group Operations.” The

latter pamphlet was prepared jointly by the Office, Chief of Army Field

Forces, and the Headquarters, Tactical Air Command, and represents the

latest guide for the conduct of air-ground operations. This pamphlet has

been reproduced by GHQ, FEC, and 40 copies were furnished by hq by

referenced letter. The CG, 8th Army, is cognizant of the discrepancies in

the present air-ground organization, as outlined by your letter, and every

effort is being made to overcome these as soon as possible. The arrival of

additional personnel, presently assigned or expected, will permit the

complete staffing of the JOC with qualified personnel ... and will permit

the dispatch of the necessary ground liaison officers to each 5th AF combat group to brief pilots and to interrogate crews subsequent to each mission. The personnel and equipment required to establish the Photo

Interpretation and Reproduction Center and the necessary air-ground

communication system are not presently available in the FEC but have

been requisitioned from the ZI with request that movement of personnel

and equipment be expedited....

Dispatched my weekly letter to Gill Robb Wilson. Banfill

brought in this “nickel” in line with my policy to keep

Vandenberg abreast of items of interest, but decided to hold

it for 24 hours. Banfill stated:

Observation of 162d TAC Rcn Sq aircraft from 3,000 feet at 040030/K

Sept 50: Scattered lights of estimated 200 vehicles going generally south

from Yangsi (39°59’N - 124°28’E). Numerous vehicles coming across

Manchurian border above Yangsi into Korea. Other vehicular convoys

observed on adjacent roads in general area between Yangsi and

P’yongyang. Fifth AF reports missions have been laid on to attack these

targets.

COORDINATION OF AIR EFFORT OF FAR EAST

AIR FORCES AND UNITED STATES NAVAL FORCES, FAR EAST.

AG Ltr, 370.2 (8 July) CG, signed by General Almond reads as follows:

In order to obtain the maximum effectiveness in the employment of all air

resources in the Far East Command and to insure coordination of air efforts, the

following conclusions agreed to by the Commander, United States Naval

Forces, Far East, and Commanding General, Far East Air Forces, are approved

and adopted as policy:

MONDAY

4 SEPTEMBER

1950
(a) CG, FEAF, will have command or operational control of all aircraft

operating in the execution of Far East Air Forces mission as assigned by

Commander-in-Chief, Far East. This includes operational control of

naval land based air when not in execution of naval missions which

include naval reconnaissance, anti-submarine warfare, and support of

naval tasks such as an amphibious assault. 

(b) Commander, U.S. Naval Forces, Far East, will have command or operational control of all aircraft in execution of missions assigned by Commander-in-Chief, Far East, to Naval Forces, Far East. 

(c) Coordination: (1) Basic selection and priority of target areas will be

accomplished by the GHQ target analysis group with all services participating.(2) Tasks assigned by CINCFE, such as amphibious assault, will

prescribe the coordination by designation of specific areas of operation.

(3) When both Navy Forces, Far East, and Far East Air Forces are assigned

missions in Korea, coordination control, a Commander-in-Chief, Far East,

prerogative, is delegated to Commanding General, Far East Air Forces.259

(The above ltr sent to both COMNAVFE and myself)

On 4 September, I sent to CINCFE, subject: Coordination of Air Operations, as follows:

1. References: (a) Annex ‘F’ to Operations Order No. 1, “Coordination of

Air Operations, Headquarters United Nations Command,” 2 September

1950 (TS). 

(b) Letter, CINCFE, AG 370.2, (8 July 1950) CG, subject: “Coordination

of Air Effort of Far East Air Forces and United States Naval Forces,

Far East.” (Secret)

2. During the joint meeting of Army, Navy and Air Force commanders held

in the office of Chief of Staff, GHQ, 30 August 1950, I presented the air

coordination directive of 8 July 1950 (reference b), and it was agreed by

the commanders present that this agreement would remain applicable to

future operations. Annex ‘F’ to Operations Order No. 1 (reference a)

contains some elements which are not in accordance with this agreed to

directive. In order to avoid misunderstanding, I deem it imperative that

Annex ‘F’ be in complete consonance with this directive.

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

165

259. The term “coordination control” was almost an oxymoron in the Korean War. Throughout the war, both General Stratemeyer and his successors had trouble establishing either “coordination” or “control” of the various

Air Force, Navy, Marine, and foreign air units fighting in Korea. One reason for this problem was that the

term was a newly-coined one and had not been officially defined. Almost as an afterthought, the following

unofficial definition was prepared by a GHQ staff officer later in the war:

“Coordination control is the authority to prescribe methods and procedures to effect coordination in the operations of air elements of two or more forces operating in the same area. It comprises basically the authority to

disapprove operations of one force which might interfere with the operations of another force and to coordinate air efforts of the major FEC commands by such means as prescribing boundaries between operating

areas, time of operations in areas and measures of identification between air elements.” (Futrell No. 71, p 12.)

Despite the fact there was no official definition of the term, General MacArthur never clarified its meaning

and apparently never intended to. MacArthur evidently attached little importance to this matter, his July 8

directive on this subject being written in such a way as to indicate that his headquarters would retain the

final say on “coordination control.”

With the term unclarified by MacArthur and only an unofficial definition written much later, it is no wonder

“coordination control” would remain ambiguous and subject to diverse interpretations by the various services.

It remained a problem area for Stratemeyer for months, causing him to expend much energy and time on the

subject that could have been better spent in other areas. (Futrell, pp 49-51, 54-55; Futrell No. 71, p 12.)
PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

166

3. a. Par. 3 of reference a states in substance that aircraft operating outside

of the objective area on missions assigned by CINCUNC [Commander in

Chief, United Nations Command] to COMNAVFE are subject to coordination as arranged between COMNAVFE and CG FEAF. 

b. It is recognized that COMNAVFE must have control of air operations

within the objective area during the amphibious phase. Air operations

outside of the objective area are part of the overall air campaign, and during the amphibious phase contribute to the success of the amphibious

operation. Air operations before and after D-Day, outside of the objective

area, must be coordinated in accordance with paragraph c (3), reference

b, which states: “When both Navy Forces, Far East, and Far East Air

Forces are assigned missions in Korea, coordination control, a Commander-in-Chief perogative, is delegated to Commanding General, Far East

Air Forces.”

4. a. Par. 4 of reference a states in substance that the sweeping of airfields

within a radius of 150 miles from a point located at latitude 37 degrees and

longitude 125 degrees is a mission assigned COMNAVFE, effective on

receipt of the order.

b. The mission of maintaining air supremacy over all of Korea is the continuing responsibility of the Commanding General, Far East Air Forces.

With the exception of Kimp’o and Suwon airfields, the remaining airfields

are outside of the objective area. The mission of sweeping airfields at all

times, with the exception of the two fields in the objective area during the

amphibious assault, is a responsibility of the Commanding General, Far

East Air Forces, and coordination control must be exercised by him in

accordance with paragraph c (3), reference a.

5. Par. 8, reference a, states in substance that COMNAVFE will designate

approach and retirement routes for aircraft such as troop carrier and cargo

aircraft in the objective area. The operations of troop carrier aircraft are of

special nature and require thorough knowledge for the successful accomplishment of their mission. Before designating retirement routes in the

objective area, COMNAVFE must coordinate with CG FEAF.

6. The principle established in par. a of reference b that CG FEAF will have

“control of naval land-based air when not in execution of naval missions

which include naval reconnaissance, anti-submarine warfare, and support

of naval tasks, such as amphibious assault” has been omitted in reference 

a. To avoid any possible misunderstanding, this principle should be

applied and stated in ANNEX ‘F’ to OPERATIONS ORDER NO. 1.

7. I therefore recommend that:

a. The last line of paragraph 3, reference a, be changed to read: “These

latter missions are subject to coordination control of CG FEAF.”

b. The 3d sentence of par 4, reference a, be changed to read: “The sweeping of these and other located fields in the area indicated, to insure air

supremacy within the objective area, is a mission assigned jointly to

COMNAVFE and to CG FEAF with coordination control exercised by

CG FEAF.” Delete the 4th sentence of par. 4, reference a.
THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

167

c. The 1st line of Par 8, reference a, be changed to read “COMNAVFE,

through appropriate commanders, and after coordination with and

approval by CG FEAF, will designate approach and retirement routes for

a/c such as troop carrier and cargo a/c and other transient a/c in the

objective area.”

d. Add par. 9 to reference a to read as follows: “Control of air operations

including those of land-based naval and marine units in the objective area

will pass from COMNAVFE to CG FEAF when directed by CINCUNC

after completion of the amphibious phase.”

8. The foregoing recommendations are indicated in Inc. C, recommended “Revised Copy - Annex ‘F’ to OPERATIONS Order No. 1.” Signed G. E. S., etc.

(Recommended Revision - Annex ‘F’ - Coordination of Air Operations to

OPERATIONS ORDER NO. 1.)

1. Appendix 1 delineates the Initial Objective Area. Within this area, COMNAVFE, thru appropriate commanders and agencies, control all air operations, including air defense and close support of troops from 0600 D-3

until relieved by orders of CINCUNC.

2. Appendix I further indicates:

a. A number of areas, designated as areas MIKE, NAN, OBOE, PETER,

and QUEEN, which will be employed both in the pre-assault and postassault phases to assist in the coordination between Far East Air Forces

and Naval Forces Far East in the area outside the objective area.

b. A zone in which COMNAVFE is responsible for tactical interdiction

affecting the objective area from 0600 D-3 until relieved by CINCUNC.

This zone is the area between the outer limits of the objective area and

the line R-R as shown on Appendix I.

3. Far East Air Forces controls the operation of all a/c outside the objective

area with the exception of a/c operating in the execution of missions

assigned by CINCUNC to COMNAVFE. These latter missions are subject

to coordination control by CG FEAF. [emphasis in original.]

4. Various airfield lying within a radius of 150 miles from a point located at

Latitude 37 degrees and Longitude 125 degrees constitute a definite threat

to the conduct of the operation. Such fields have been located at or in the

vicinity of P’yongyang, Sinmak, P’yonggang, Ongjin, Haeju, Kimp’o,

Suwon, Taejon and Kunsan. The sweeping of these and other located

fields in the area indicated, to insure air supremacy within the objective

area, is a mission assigned jointly to CG FEAF and [emphasis in original]

COMNAVFE effective on receipt of this order, with coordination control

exercised by CG FEAF. (See paragraph 3, above). In correlation with

such sweeps, Navy air elements will conduct strikes against military

targets of opportunity and will, at the request of FEAF, undertake such

interdiction missions as are consistent with the primary mission.

5. Requirements for air operations in the objective area, during the period

0600 D-3 to disestablishment of the objective area, which exceed the

capabilities of COMNAVFE, will be requested from CG FEAF by
PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

168

COMNAVFE. In the event CG FEAF is unable to provide such support

without undue interference with other missions assigned, he will so report

to CINCUNC and inform COMNAVFE.

6. Except under emergency conditions, requests on CG FEAF for medium

bomber strikes will be requested at least 72 hours prior to the TOT [time

over target] desired. Where a question arises as to priority of missions, the

decision will be made by CINCUNC.

7. In emergency, the tactical air commander in the objective area may

request air support direct from CG 5th AF. If such support is not consistent with 5th AF commitments and capabilities, priority for such support

will be designated by CINCUNC.

8. COMNAVFE, thru appropriate commanders, and after coordination with

and approval by CG FEAF [emphasis in original], will designate

approach and retirement routes for a/c, such as troop carrier and cargo a/c,

and other transient a/c in the objective area. Such a/c will be subject to the

control of established control agencies in the objective area.

9. Control of air operations, including those of land-based naval and Marine

units in the objective area, will pass from COMNAVFE to CG FEAF

when directed by CINCUNC after completion of the amphibious phase

[emphasis in original]. (By Command of General MacArthur.)

Wrote Jack Slessor a letter, telling him because of a telephone conversation I had had with Bouchier, apparently he

(Bouchier) was a bit unhappy about the channels we used to

Slessor. Bouchier too had apparently dressed down both

Squadron Leader Sach and Group Captain Barclay inasmuch as he thought they

had been presumptuous. Told Slessor that Bouchier had never indicated to me

that he was out here to help us - my understanding was that his level was too high

to approach, as in the case of obtaining flares - which is the case in point - and

that Sach and Barclay had both done a superior job for us and that Gascoigne,

too, had been most helpful. “I write this letter to you in order to protect Squadron

Leader J. F. Sach (he is a real member of my team) who is doing a superior job

for me as an exchange officer from Air Marshal Sir F. J. Fogarty’s show in Singapore and Group Captain Barclay. They have both gone out of their way to

assist me in my dealings with the RAF - both in Singapore and in London.”

Decided not to send the Banfill “nickel” as suggested info to Vandenberg as

it had not been confirmed. (See reference under date of 4 September.)

After the briefing, had a nice talk this morning with Air Vice Marshal C. A.

Bouchier, RAF, and he was sorry that he had not made it clear that he was in a

position to act direct between myself and Slessor on any of our needs. He indicated that he had made all arrangements for flares for Partridge’s night intruders

and Squadron Leader Sach is preparing a signal, Norstad from Stratemeyer,

requesting that the flares be lifted from the British Isles to Japan.

I instructed Squadron Leader Sach to confer with Wing Commander Wykeham-Barnes when the latter returns to Tokyo and secure from him two or three

names of RAF officers that he considers capable of being assigned out here to

TUESDAY

5 SEPTEMBER

1950
assist Partridge in his night operations and then utilizing these names, prepare a

memorandum from me to Air Vice Marshal Bouchier, requesting that a signal be

sent to Jack Slessor for their assignment here. 

Received a call from Partridge at 0955 hours and he stated that things were

all right and that he was hopeful. He pointed out though that the weather over

there was not good and that the T-6s reported the weather in the P’ohang - Kigye

area was so bad that fighter bombers could not operate. He related to me the

following incident which was witnessed by General Lowe in a T-6.

A Lt Wayne,260 who was recently on the cover of Life as having shot down

the first two Yaks in the war (Lt Wayne was flying an F–80), was forced to bail

out in a rice paddy, after the F–51 he was in was hit, behind enemy lines. A helicopter was dispatched immediately, it went back of the lines and rescued Wayne -

all of which was taking place under enemy fire. When Wayne arrived back at

Itazuke, he discovered that his wife had had a baby.

General Lowe stated to General Partridge, relating the incident to him, that

all participants should receive not less than the Medal of Honor. Partridge said

recommendations for awards would be forthcoming.

After talking with Bouchier, I added the following P.S. to Slessor in my letter which is quoted above: “Had a nice talk with Bouchier this morning and

everything is properly channeled and all my dealings with you from here on out

will be through Air Vice Marshal C. A. Bouchier. I am still sending the letter,

though, Jack - just for the record.”

Redline to Vandenberg:

Razon operations successful 3 September from research point of view.

We experienced several malfunctions but all can be evaluated and corrective action taken. Two direct hits accomplished resulting in span out of

bridge, with other near misses. Reason known for misses and corrective

action can be taken. Will keep you advised.

With respect to “affair Manchuria,” I sent this date the following letter to Partridge:

(1) Enclosed for appropriate action is copy of the report of investigation

of violation of the Manchurian border by two F–51 a/c of the 5th AF on

27 Aug 50. The investigation reveals that the border was violated and that

the leading airplane of the flight fired on an airstrip southwest of Antung,

Manchuria. The investigation was confined to establishing the truth or

falsity of the allegation. There are many questions left unanswered as to

the contributing causes of this incident which I am sure you will want to

check and eliminate in present and future operations. (2) I do not wish to

dictate the corrective action that should be taken as a result of this case.

You are well aware of the seriousness of the violation. I consider that the

lack of judgment on the part of the flight leader, 1st Lt Ray I. Carter, warrants careful consideration by a Flying Evaluation Board. (3) In reading

the report, I find several serious deficiencies in operational procedures.

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

169

260. 1st Lt Robert E. Wayne was the first pilot to be rescued from behind enemy lines, being saved by Lt Paul W.

Van Boven in an H–5 helicopter on September 4. (Futrell, p 577.) Wayne shot down two Il–10s on June 27.
As examples, when new targets in unfamiliar territory are assigned,

greater study of maps and terrain features should be made by the pilots;

positive steps to insure that the latest weather reports brought in by earlier flights is considered in the dispatch of later flights. The fact that there

was no specific briefing on the importance of staying clear of the

Manchurian border is not only a reflection on the briefing at squadron

level, but suggests that my instructions to you are not reaching the operating levels. (4) Corrective action will be taken by you to remedy all

deficiencies brought out by this case. G.E.S.

On same subject as above, the following was dispatched to Vandenberg:

(1) Per statement made in my radio AO 233 CG, I am inclosing, herewith, a report of the investigation of the Manchurian incident. (See Inclosure No. 1). The investigation definitely shows that two of our F–51s of

the 67th Fighter Bomber Squadron, 18th Fighter Bomber Group, 6002d

Fighter Bomber Wing, now designated as the 6002d Fighter Bomber

Wing, did, in the late afternoon of 27 August 1950, violate Manchurian

territory by flying over the Manchurian border and the lead airplane

fired on an airstrip just southwest of Antung, Manchuria. (2) The investigation discloses that both pilots involved had had combat experience in

ETO and had flown combat missions in Korea prior to this incident.

They knew that they were not to fly over Manchurian territory. (3) The

mission involved was to destroy six barges near the mouth of the

Chongeh’on-gang261 River in North Korea. The weather was not good,

as had been forecast, and the flight had to fly at 14,000 feet, and came

out of the clouds at a place the pilots thought was south of their target.

Instead, they were north of it and mistook the Yalu River for the

Chongeh’on-gang River. Being fired upon, they turned and circled to

their left to avoid the flak, turned south and passed over the airstrip

involved. Not until the 29th of August, when they made another flight to

determine where they had been, was it definitely ascertained that they

had been in Manchurian territory. (4) Specific instructions from this

Headquarters have been given to the various Air Forces to avoid

Manchurian and Soviet territory and to brief their crews accordingly.

Note our radios enclosed. (See inclosures Nos. 2, 3, and 4.) (5) The

investigation disclosed several deficiencies in the operational procedure

of Fifth Air Force in Korea. These have been called to General Partridge’s attention and he has been instructed to remedy them. (See Inclosure No. 5). (6) The report of the officers investigating the incident has

recommended that Lt Carter, the flight leader and pilot of the airplane

that fired on the airstrip, be ordered to appear before a Flying Evaluation

Board, special attention being called to Lt Carter’s lack of judgment,

which I approved. The report of investigation has been forwarded to

General Partridge for necessary action. G.E.S.

1130 hours, Major General Harris, U.S. Marines, called with Brigadier

General Cushman.

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

170

261. Also known as the Ch’ongch’on River.
1500 hours, Mrs. Nora Waln,262 novelist, visited me with Colonel Nuckols

for about 30 minutes, during which time she discussed her coming article for the

Saturday Evening Post, in which she writes about the Air Force cadet training in

Korea, with particular emphasis on character building of the Korean cadets, our

treating them as equals - all of which will be presented most favorably to the Air

Force. She asked if I had any comments or quotes for her story and I stated that

I felt the main part of the instruction which she should convey to her readers was

that the democratic way of life was being instilled in these cadets and that all of

our instructions to them emphasized equality for all and that the most competent

should lead - all of which is the basis for our way of doing things.

General Partridge called about 6:00 P.M. and stated that all was well in

Korea - that he was not worried about the North [Koreans] or the battlefront. He

stated that there would probably be a change in the location of General Walker’s

set up tomorrow, but that his present location would remain the same.

General Partridge called; reported that the weather was good;

he considered the ground situation the same as yesterday and

maybe a little better. There is no rain and that General

Walker, with a command group slightly larger than his, was

remaining in Taegu.

At about 1015 hours, went over to the AEP school and talked to Mrs. Overacker’s group of volunteer teachers. (These women assist in the established

Japanese schools by giving of their time in leading class discussions in English.

All is on a volunteer basis.)

I congratulated these women on their initiative and suggested that they

emphasize DEMOCRACY [emphasis in original] - giving all the why’s; cover

our Constitution, equality of person, institution, etc. Suggested that their teaching not stop in the classroom, but continue their efforts in their own homes.

Personalized it by stating from my own experience of one and one-half years,

that it tends to build up happiness and efficiency when you endeavor to train

your servants.

Also told the ladies that they have a job here in the occupation just as real as

General MacArthur’s; through their efforts - and all our efforts - the imprint that

we leave behind will stay for many years to come.

I ended up with Abe Lincoln and his Rail-Splitter’s philosophy in dealing

with these people - and it was good to keep in mind no matter what job that they

attempted to do.

My above efforts seemed appreciated and well received.

In answer to my letter to Rosie of 3 Sept on the emergency use of B–29s,

I received the following from which I quote in toto:

1. The proper utilization of B–29 a/c on tactical targets has been of continuous concern to myself and my staff since arrival in this theater. From the

outset it has been evident that destruction of vital strategic targets in

North Korea could be accomplished with my available effort in very

WEDNESDAY

6 SEPTEMBER

1950

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

171

262. In addition to several novels, Waln had also written numerous articles for various magazines. It was in this

latter capacity that she was visiting Japan and Korea.
PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

172

short time. It has been equally apparent that the continued gravity of the

ground situation would dictate diversion of medium bombardment aircraft to tactical usage from time to time.

2. In general, the only limitations in the tactical use of the B–29 are those

imposed by the unwieldiness or clumsiness of the weapon itself and the

avoidance of self-inflicted damage. Subject to these restrictions, I believe

the B–29s can be EFFECTIVELY [emphasis in original] employed

against tactical targets under the following conditions: a. Assignment of

targets before take off with designated aiming points. b. Attacking by

visual methods only. c. Attacking at an altitude such that: (1) Selfinflicted damage from bombs dropped will not occur. (2) Cluster-type

bombs, when used, will open in time for dispersion of the components.

(3) Synchronous bombing using the bombsight will be permitted. (We

must resort to fixed angle bombing below 6000 feet). d. Receipt of the

directive in time to properly plan the missions, bomb-up, brief the crews,

and preflight the aircraft.

3. I suggest that I be given a list of targets, with designated aiming points, by

Lt General Walker, in coordination with Major General Partridge. We will

strike using the available bombs by

type in accordance with the effects

desired, and employing the aircraft

either individually or in formation,

depending upon the assigned target.

I think you will agree that aimless

flying in the general battle area in

search of targets of opportunity or in

wait for flash directives from the

ground, is not an efficient way to

utilize the weapon. If some special,

important unorthodox task seems

feasible to you, I know you will pass

it on to us. I need not tell you that

we will promptly take a crack at it.

Passed Rosie’s comments on

to D/Ops and for them to keep me

aware of any unusual operations in

which B–29s are to be used.

Partridge answered my query

to him of 28 August re the use of

napalm. Since difficulties now

ironed out in accumulating stocks

of tanks, mixers and igniters, and when F–80s can utilize by virtue of their basing

in Korea (up to now they have had to carry their own external fuel), employment

of napalm is to be stepped up.

In answer to Fogarty’s radio re Woodruff, and particularly to his

statement “I shall welcome a combat veteran of the Korean war as

he will no doubt be able to teach us a lot - if agreed, I would like to

Twin fireballs of napalm dropped by a

452d BW Invader sprout from a North

Korean rail yard.
put him into a combat squadron for 3 or 4 months before I employ

him on any staff duty” - I sent him the following:

Part 1. Glad to have your complimentary remarks concerning Woodruff.

Concur in your plan to place the officer I send to you with a combat

sqdn. Will forward pertinent details regarding this officer very shortly.

Part 2. Ref your proposed visit, about 26 Oct, I shall be most happy to

have you come to Tokyo. This will be an excellent time to discuss mutual

problems. Incident to your flight here, we need a roster of personnel,

a/c type and number, grade of fuel required and proposed itinerary to

Japan. This may be sent at any convenient time, say 10 days before your

departure from Singapore. Billeting and messing while in Japan will

be arranged for your party by my hq. Billeting and messing while

enroute will be aranged by this hq upon receipt of your itinerary. Part 3.

I shall look forward to seeing you again and am sure the visit will be

interesting and profitable.

Colonel Brothers just reported 1405 hours that he felt I should be informed

on the possibility of a blow-up reference air evacuation. Col Ohman263 just

returned from a trip where he visited Itazuke and was informed by the Army

doctor of the hospital there that some 16 fatalities due to gunshot wounds had

occurred where and if they had been evacuated by air from Korea there was a

great possibility that many of the lives could have been saved.

When Colonel Ohman arrived at Taegu, he ran into a reporter who was securing

data reference this matter. Further, Colonel Brothers reported that Charlotte Knight

had interested herself in this subject and intended riding an air evacuation ship from

Korea to Japan and then she intended to ride a surface vessel evacuation ship.

I queried Colonel Brothers as to the cleanliness of our skirts and he indicated

that he and Colonel Kelly,264 the Fifth Air Force surgeon, had both talked

with Colonel Dovell,265 8th Army surgeon and Colonel Kelly had talked with

Lt Colonel Willis266 at the hospital in Pusan, urging air evacuation. They

pooh-poohed the idea and have continued to evacuate by surface ship to

Itazuke hospital, and thence to Yokohama and Tokyo by train.

As of today, though, through General Hume, or because of finally realizing

the error of their ways, they are now evacuating from Korea to Itazuke and on to

Tokyo by air. Over 200 evacuees came out of Korea yesterday and over 300 from

Itazuke area to Tokyo.

From all the information I could gain, the Air Force has gone out of its way

to set up this air evacuation but have been stymied by 8th Army surgeon and by,

as Colonel Brother’s put it, a nincompoop lieutenant Colonel in Pusan.267

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

173

263. Lt Col Nils O. Ohman commanded the 97th BG in World War II. At this time he was a FEAF operations

staff officer. In June 1951, he became the 3d BW commander.

264. Col Frederick C. Kelly.

265. Col Chauncey E. Dovell.

266. Lt Col William D. Willis was an Army medical officer.

267. The medical evacuation problem was not quite as simple as General Stratemeyer makes it out to be. A shortage of ambulances restricted the Army’s choices. With the Taegu airfield eight miles over rough roads from

the hospital, the Army thought it better to place patients on the train from Taegu to Pusan, thence by ship to

Japan. Also, those patients awaiting evacuation by air from Pusan often were kept for inordinate lengths of

time, a problem not of the Army’s making. (Futrell No. 71, p 108.) Eventually, a smooth-running operation

was achieved by Combat Cargo Command using C–46s, C–47s, and C–54s.
Sent the following informational redline to Vandenberg:

Construction at K-9 (east field at Pusan) progressing

rapidly. Completion of second taxiway delayed awaiting

removal of AMMO. Total completion by 15 September.

Anticipate 6002d Fighter Wing (F–51s) to be in place tomorrow.

Received the following msg from Edwards quoted in toto:

Present decision, here, reurad AO 259B to send 437th Troop Carrier Wg

to FEAF for assignment and date departure from ZI has been stepped up

to October 1st.268 Decision on retention of C–119 sqdns in FEAF will

have to be made in accordance with future situation. Present plans based

on conference with Tunner and consideration of engine supply and other

maintenance difficulty is to return C–119s to ZI unless your requirements

at the time are paramount.

General Partridge called at 0930 hours and stated that in his opinion they

would make it. The situation in the north is stabilizing and that the status of the

break-thru in the east P’ohang area was not too bad.

He stated that the weather was bad but that airplanes were flying. Further

stated that he had had a particularly good day yesterday and that he had actually

destroyed 19 tanks and damaged 22 for an overall 41 tanks. These tanks were not

in the front lines but were in rear areas and that in his opinion, the result of air

action, they would not make the front lines. He further stated that they knew

where there were 30 more and they would be on them this morning.

Sent the following redline to Vandenberg: “Fifth AF destroyed 19 and damaged

22 tanks yesterday. These figures confirmed by Partridge to me this morning.”

THURSDAY

7 SEPTEMBER

1950

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

174

268. The 437th TCW was a Reserve organization based at Chicago’s O’Hare Field. Mobilized the same day,

August 10, as the 452d BW, the 437th’s training period was very chaotic. One reason for this was the fact

that the wing was one of the five lowest-manned wings in the Air Force Reserve. Administrative records

were in a shambles and there were a number of men attempting to obtain deferments for this recall.

Nonetheless, training began at Shaw AFB, South Carolina, on August 22. The 437th’s first C–46 reached

Japan on November 8, with the first mission flown on the 10th. (Cantwell, pp 25-34.)

At their base at Pusan, 12th FBS Mustangs await another mission.
Per our directive to FEAF Bomber Command, they are

experimenting today with four (4) B–29s loaded with 500

pound GP [general purpose] bombs, attempting to cut rail

lines between Seoul and P’yongyang. It is my opinion that

this is going to be a worthwhile operation.

In reference to the personal signal sent to Vandenberg dated 2 September 50

in which I told him I was stripping my air defensive set up in order to meet the

all-out effort required because of the ground situation, and my request to him for

replacements for these squadrons, received the following decision from him:

This hq recognizes your problems in air defense. However, critical deficiencies elsewhere make it impossible to provide requested augmentation to

your command within the time period which concerns you now. Principal reasons

follow: All F–80s are required to meet contemplated expansion of the AF and to

support your operating unity. Trouble with F–84s, particularly their engines,

precludes further overseas commitments at this time. The few fighter units

equipped with F–86 aircraft cannot be commited to overseas theaters at this time

because of logistics problems as well as the ZI requirement for air defense.

There are no conventional fighter units available in the ZI. NATIONAL

GUARD FIGHTER UNITS NOW BEING FEDERALIZED MIGHT BE

MADE AVAILABLE AT A LATER DATE BUT DECISION ON THEIR

DEPLOYMENT SHOULD AWAIT THE OUTCOME OF PLANNED OPERATIONS. (Emphasis mine).

Following is quote of my “personal - confidential” letter to Van:

Col Ben Wright who was sent out here by you to take a look-see is due to

depart today. We have lent him every possible assistance and I am sure that

he will bring you a picture of our present public information set-up and

our needs - particularly here for Nuckols and for Scott269 in Korea.

I agree with him 100 percent on the recommendations that he will make

to you with reference to beefing up with suitable people the PIO set up

here (in Tokyo) and Partridge’s set up at Pusan, Korea. I have asked him

in what way I could assist and he has given me some suggestions - all of

which I intend to follow. He will relate them to you.

There are two things that I recommend that he discussed with you; one is

the campaign that is being carried on headed by General Clark, CG of the

Army Field Forces, to secure for the Army their own tactical air. I consider this of such importance that you discuss it with Joe Collins who,

from all the conversations that I have had with him, is diametrically

opposed to any such proposal. The other subject is “beating the Navy to

a movie of our operations here in the Far East.”

I am wondering if the redlines that I have been sending you meet your

requirements for those items that are a bit unusual and which no one else

receives but you? If there are too many - or not enough, I would appreciate your desires.

I want to take this opportunity, Van, to thank you and all the headquarters

staff for the support and the fulfillment of nearly every request that I have

FRIDAY

8 SEPTEMBER

1950

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

175

269. Col Cecil H. Scott, Jr., the 5AF Public Information Officer.
submitted which includes personnel, equipment, units and materiel.

Through your help, I now consider that we have an all-around first team

here in the Far East Air Forces and I am confident that all of us will live

up to the responsibilities and actions that you place on us.

Bestest to you and Glad from Annalee and me. P.S. Again, I’m making a

strong plea for Alkire’s promotion.

I quote in toto the awaited letter from Admiral Joy in reply to my

letter to him of 25 August:

Commander, U.S. Naval Forces, Far East, Navy No. 1165, Fleet Post Office,

San Francisco, Cal., dtd 7 September 1950,

Dear Strat,

This will answer your letter of 25 August in more detail than time permitted for my brief note of 29 August.

Before answering your specific questions in detail, I should like very

much to reiterate my appreciation for your cooperation and the cooperation of your staff. I have felt that our two staffs work together with commendable harmony and in the spirit of getting a difficult job done

effectively and expeditiously. I, personally, as well as the naval forces

under my command, are appreciative of your frequent tributes to naval air

and of your desire to increase the mutual assistance so necessary among

our fighting forces. You can be assured that I and my staff will continue

to do everything that we can do to promote friendly relationships among

our armed forces.

You have asked whether the deficiencies alleged in the Potter article do,

in fact, exist. To a degree they do. The experience of the pilots in Task

Force 77.4 assigned to close support missions at the time this article was

written would justify the opinion that neither the organization nor the

communications available for the tactical control of aircraft in close support missions in Korea were prepared for that assignment. I am informed

recently that those factors have been improved. At no time, however,

have I ever been given the impression that any of the echelons of FEAF

command were non-receptive to constructive criticism or suggestions for

improvement.

You further asked whether the picture painted by the article accurately

portray the views held by senior commander, 7th Fleet. I am of the opinion that such views are held, except that there is no basis for the statement

that you have been unhospitable to any proposals for improvements. I

know of no senior officers who hold this view.

Nevertheless, it is extremely regrettable that these deficiencies reached

the press. They have been, however, the subject of considerable discussion by the various echelons of our commands. Specifically:

a. LCDR Capp,270 from PhibGruONE [Amphibious Group One] staff, the

Navy’s best authority on TacAirControl in this command, visited 5th

Air Force JOC in Korea after the P’ohang landing and made specific

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

176

270. Stratemeyer apparently means Cdr Arlie G. Capps, who became the gunfire support officer of TF 90, the

Inch’on naval attack force.
THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

177

recommendations as to how it might be organized and equipped to

meet Navy standard operating procedures. This visit was made,

according to my information, with full knowledge of Commander 5th

Air Force and staff who were reported to have been most receptive to

the ideas he presented.

b. Commander 7th Fleet SECRET dispatch 090422Z of August, with

information copy to FEAF states in part:

“REPORTS RECEIVED DURING PAST FEW DAYS HAVE INDICATED ONLY PARTIAL EMPLOYMENT OF USN AIRCRAFT

WHEN SENT TO TAEGU FOR CLOSE AIR SUPPORT MISSIONS X

PARA X FIRST DIFFICULTY APPEARS TO BE THAT THE JOC

CONTROLLER TO WHOM ALL INCOMING FLIGHTS ARE

REQUIRED TO REPORT COULD NOT BE CONTACTED OR DID

NOT ASSIGN SUCH FLIGHTS AFTER REPORTING TO HIM WITH

THE RESULTSTHAT FLIGHTS CONCERNED HAD TO FORAGE

FOR AIR CONTROLLERS ON THEIR OWN INITIATIVE X PARA X

SECOND DIFFICULTY AIR CONTROLLERS THAT WERE SUCCESSFULLY CONTACTED APPEARED TO HAVE MORE AIRCRAFT THAN THEY WERE ABLE TO CONTROL WITH THE

RESULTTHAT CERTAIN FLIGHTS WERE UNABLE TO OBTAIN

ASSIGNMENT TO TARGETS BY CONTROLLERS”

Other similar information was made known to me as a part of a recommendation by Commander, 7th Fleet, for a changed operating policy for

the 7th Fleet. The subject of TacAirControl was part of an overall presentation made to CINCFE’s chief of staff, who, at this time, advised that

changes were being made in the procedures governing control of close

support, air.

If during the busy moments of the last few weeks this matter has not

been the subject for personal discussions between us, no significance

should be attached to that fact. My feelings about the Far East Air

Force, and its leadership, are expressed in a recent memorandum to

my command.

I will be very glad to meet with you and the members of your staff, at

such time as you suggest, to discuss the whole question of TacAirControl.

We may have a lot to learn from each other. I feel certain that we can

overcome any difficulties and arrive at a solution to our mutual problems.

s/Sincerely “Turner” (C. T. Joy).

The above letter was received at 1000 hours, 8 September from Admiral Joy.

Forwarded Joy’s letter to Nuckols with this R&R:

(1) Your attention is invited to the attached letter from Admiral Joy. (2) It

is desired that you now assemble as enclosures to a draft letter that you are

herewith directed to prepare for my signature to General Vandenberg

a copy of the attached letter (Adm Joy’s letter dated 7 Sept), a copy of my

letter to Admiral Joy (dated 25 Aug), a copy of my letter to General Walker

(dated 16 August), a copy of General Walker’s reply to that letter (dated

18 Aug), a copy of Admiral Joy’s acknowledgement of receipt of my
PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

178

letter of 25 Aug (dated 29 Aug), and a copy of Admiral Joy’s memorandum to me which contains the quote of his statement to all his commanders

(dated 30 Aug). (3) Particular attention is called to the last paragraph of the

attached letter from Admiral Joy. (4) You will pass on to General Weyland

(after both Generals Weyland and Craigie have read the letter) my desire

that members of my staff meet with members of Admiral Joy’s staff to discuss the whole question of tactical air control and my desire that they make

specific requests that when the Navy participates in close support that the

Navy supply the required number of tactical air control teams, augmenting

Fifth Air Force teams, to the point where all possible Naval close air support can be proficiently handled.

Sach and Wykeham-Barnes were both in the office. Wykeham-Barnes

is due to depart this theater reference this quoted British Cypher

Message - Immediate & Secret:

The following is for the Air Adviser, Tokyo, from Air Ministry London

(A.3995): Reference your telegram No. 908, Wing Commander Wykeham-Barnes is to leave by air on Tuesday, the 15th of August. His date of

arrival in Japan will be notified to you later. Will you please request the

Commanding General of United States Far East Air Forces to allow

Wykeham-Barnes to return to England by mid-September as he is

engaged on important work.

In discussing with Sach and Wykeham-Barnes the overall picture of

our night-intruder missions, I gave to Sach a letter to Air Vice Marshal

Bouchier, Senior British liaison officer, here in Tokyo, the following

letter for him to handcarry to Bouchier:

Dear Air Vice Marshal Bouchier:

After consultations with my staff, Wing Commander Wykeham-Barnes,

and Squadron Leader J. F. Sach, we have come up with the following

signal which I urgently request you send by quickest possible means to

Marshal of the Royal Air Force Sir John C. Slessor: “For Slessor from

Stratemeyer: Your night interdiction expert Wing Commander Wykeham-Barnes will be leaving here for the United Kingdom on 11 September as requested. He has accomplished an outstanding job, and

General Partridge, my Fifth Air Force commander in Korea, has asked

that Wykeham-Barnes be allowed to remain for a further period. This, I

realize is not possible, but perhaps you could make availabe to me an

officer of similar operational experience who would be required to work

and fly with my squadrons on the vital night campaign against the

North Korean forces. The aircraft at present being used for this task is

the B–26 Douglas Invader. Subject to your decision in this matter, I

would be grateful if the officer selected could be made available by the

quickest possible means.”

Had Sach and Wykeham-Barnes to Mayeda House for drinks and dinner.

It was one of the best meals ever turned out at our home.
THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

179

After a conference with General Weyland about 1815 hours,

I decided not to bother General MacArthur reference the

subject of “coordination control” reference which directives

are now coming our from CINCFE interferring with this

control. I do intend as soon as the opportunity affords to take this matter up with

General MacArthur and have it cleared once and for all.

Sent the following T.S. EYES ONLY letter, individually, to the following:

Partridge, O’Donnell, Turner, Stearley, and Doyle:

I am sure it is not necessary for me to tell you that the Air Force is again

being harrassed by our sister services and although we have a war on in

Korea, we have another one on to defense our position reference tactical

air from sniping attacks from both the other services.

The Navy, having been whipped on B–36 skullduggery, has its very best

PIO people here in the Tokyo area and throughout the Far East Command

following the pre-designed, laid-out plan of advancing carrier based aviation as against land based tactical air.

At the same time, General Mark Clark, Commanding General of the Army

Field Forces, is putting on an undercover campaign to lay the groundwork

to secure tactical aviation as a part of the Army, and, from my observations, has influenced a number of the Army’s senior generals.

I personally ask that you give inpetus and continued guidance to your

entire PIO set up and that on every opportunity the story of our proven

methods of handling tactical aviation be discussed with news media representatives or with influential private citizens. For your information,

some slight additional help in the way of qualified PIO personnel will

arrive in the theater soon. You will get a share of these people to further

aid in the problem.

Upon reading the above, destroy this letter and report to me personally by

radio signal that you have done so. s/G.E.S., etc.

I learned about 1500 hours that Wing Commander Spence, RAAF, was

killed this morning in the vicinity of A’gong-ni in close support of the ROK

forces. It was a terrible blow to the 77th RAAF Fighter Sq as well as to FEAF.

Sent letters of sympathy to both Mrs. Spence and to General Robertson.

The first B–29 was lost because of flak, over North Korea, in the vicinity of

P’yongyang. The ‘29 was from the 92d Bomb Group. Six (6) parachutes were

seen to open shortly after which the B–29 blew up in the air.

The B–29 rail-cut operations were considered excellent. This was the first

time that this type of operation was flown and it was done at my suggestion

and urging. Nine (9) cuts took place between P’yongyang and Sariwon; three

(3) cuts between Sariwon and Kaesong, and four (4) cuts between Kaesong

and Haeju.

At 0930 hours, I made the award of the Air Medal to Wing

Commander Wykeham-Barnes.

Following were my “talking notes” when I saw CINCFE

this noon.

SUNDAY

10 SEPTEMBER

1950

SATURDAY

9 SEPTEMBER

1950
PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

180

(1) Area outside objective area should have some one individual controlling

air - should be I.

(2) Par 4 states effective upon receipt of order COMNAVFE is responsible.

When order is issued, naval air was at Sasebo refueling.

(3) Land-based naval and marine air units should pass to my coordinational

control after amphibious phase.

(4) Troop carrier and cargo lift routes must be coordinated with me although

COMNAVFE has been directed to designate routes, types of aircraft

involved - C–47s, C–119, and C–54s.

After my conference with CINCFE [regarding the upcoming Inch’on operation], sent the following directive to General Weyland, with info copies to

Craigie, Crabb, and my Director of Plans, Col Zimmerman:

1. I took up with General MacArthur at 1230 hours today the question of air

control. I pointed out to him that I had found errors in ANNEX F to Operations Order No. 1 and that on 4 September, I made certain recommendations which admittedly were minor in character, but which violate the

principles as laid down in the approved CINCFE directive; subject:

“Coordination Air Effort of Far East Air Forces and United States Naval

Forces, Far East, 8 July, AG 370.2.”

2. The main topics discussed with reference to ANNEX F were as follows:

a. Someone must control all air effort in Korea and that individual is I.

General MacArthur agreed.

(1) In the order as published in ANNEX F, there was no control of the

areas outside of objective area.

b. Paragraph 4, referenced ANNEX, stated that effective upon receipt of

this order, COMNAVFE is responsible. COMNAVFE could not be

responsible from date of receipt forward as they were in port refueling

part of the time at Sasebo. My recommendations for coordination were

the only correct solution. In this case, General MacArthur also agreed. “I

am responsible for coordination control.”

c. ANNEX F Order stated that COMNAVFE will designate approach and

retirement routes for aircraft such as troop carrier and cargo aircraft. I

pointed out to General MacArthur that this could not be done without my

coordination as COMNAVFE nor his appropriate commanders did not

know the characteristics of our aircraft and that it must be a mutual understanding and coordinated effort. To this, General MacArthur gave his nod.

d. Reference land-based naval and marine air units, I pointed out that

when they were no longer performing a mission for the Navy, that they

must pass to my coordination control, and his (General MacArthur’s)

comment was, “Why, of course, Strat, there is no other way to do it.”

3. During my conference with General MacArthur today, it was my desire

to obtain his approval and consent to dispatch VC 0260 CG which is in

reference to CX 62085. He gave it. Here again I pointed out the necessity

for one individual to coordinate control of air effort. General Partridge,

CG Fifth AF, due to his responsibility for tactical air operations, including
close air support of the Eighth Army, must be the coordinating individual. General MacArthur read this signal and he indicated that it was O.K.

and to send it.

4. In reference to the last sentence, Paragraph 1, First Indorsement to my

original letter, 4 September, subject: “Coordination of Air Operations,” I

can see no reason to review the basic principles as laid down in the 8 July

1950 Directive on “Coordination of Air Effort” as it meets all contingencies that might arise. There have been directives issued by CINCFE staff,

though, that are contrary to the policies as laid down in this 8 July letter.

I, therefore, want the necessary action taken, as soon as the current operation is over, to assure that subsequent directives clearly establish the

coordination of air efforts of FEAF and COMNAVFE in accordance with

the policies agreed to and stated in the 8 July letter.

5. You are authorized to use all statements made above in connection with

accomplishing this purpose. s/ G.E.S.

Reference above, sent the following message “courier” to all

addressees: TO CINCFE, INFO CG 8th Army, COMNAVFE,

CG Fifth AF:

Cite VC 0260CG

Reference is made to CX 62086.

My understanding is that CG 5th AF is responsible for tactical air operations including close air support 8th Army. Request for augmentation of

5th AF effort in support of 8th Army should therefore normally come

from 5th AF with EUSAK believes their need for air support not adequately considered by 5th AF. However, responsible agency should not be

bypassed if proper coordination of air effort is to be achieved with minimum wastage and danger to ground forces.

I have therefore directed CG 5th AF Korea to submit direct to this headquarters requests for air effort which exceed his capabilities including

medium bombers, strategic reconnaissance, cargo or troop carrier or

support from TF 77. Such requests involving naval air will be referred

by my headquarters to CINCFE for approval or disapproval after coordination with COMNAVFE. (Note: This message was cleared personally

by me with General MacArthur shortly after 1300 hours, this date - 10

September 50.) 

1430 hours, Dr. Bowles’ Weapon System Evaluation Group [WSEG],

from the Department of Defense, called. (Weapons Evaluation Group: Major

General J.M. Gavin, Dr. E.R. Smith, Dr. E.L. Bowles, and Dr. C.C. Lauritsen.)271 Besides the group had present Generals Weyland and Craigie and

Colonel Zimmerman.

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

181

271. Maj Gen James M. Gavin, commander of the 82nd Airborne Division in World War II, was named Army

member of WSEG in 1949. He was also chief of the group’s Military Studies and Liaison Division; Dr. E.R.

Smith’s field is unknown; Dr. Edward R. Bowles was a noted scientist in the field of electrical engineering

and communications and a professor at MIT. Since 1947, he had been a scientific consultant to the Air

Force; Dr. Charles C. Lauritsen was a physics professor at the California Institute of Technology. The WSEG

group was studying problems of tactical air support. 
Partridge called at 1515 hours and stated that he had

received my letter on the PIO business and would get his

requirements in.

I told him that Ben Wright had discussed the whole situation with Scott and that we knew his requirements, but for him to go ahead and

send them in anyway.

He stated that he had my signal which was delivered by courier on “Coordination Control” and was very grateful for its receipt. He stated that this would

solve many of his problems.

He stated that reference a certain individual that was investigated by Banfill

(meaning Lt. Carter) on the Manchurian boundary violation, that he felt that my

approved recommendation was not the answer. I told him that since Lt. Carter

was a member of his command that he had my authority to administer such

discipline and to take such action as he deemed advisable.

He stated that he had a very unfortunate incident take place at Taegu at 0600

hours this morning; an F–82 made four (4) passes over Taegu and that twelve

(12) people (Koreans) were hit - four (4) killed and eight (8) wounded. He stated

that the pilot had missed his target by some twenty (20) miles and he (Partridge)

could not understand how such an error could be made. His intentions are to try

the pilot for the gross carelessness displayed.

He stated that the ground situation was such that he fully expected that they

would make it. All he asked was that the supply of rockets, fuel, bombs, and

ammo be kept coming his way. He indicated now that when they found a tank

they let go with all eight (8) rockets - and that they are getting them! (Copy above

diary entry sent to: Generals Craigie, Wekyland and Banfill.)

Sent General Vandenberg following informational redline:

Our method of tank kills is firing all 8 rockets at target and we are really

getting them as confirmed by following kills: 6 September, 19 destroyed;

7 September, 4 destroyed; 8 September, 6 destroyed; yesterday, 11

destroyed. In addition, 40 tanks damaged during those dates. 

Received reply to my letter to Partridge reference the Potter incident. I forwarded it with a letter of transmittal, copy of my letter to Partridge and copy of

his reply to Vandenberg with the statement that no further comments from me

were deemed necessary.

General Toohey Spaatz272 due in today; ETD Tokyo 25

September. 

Sent the following informational redline to Vandenberg:

634 sorties yesterday was all-time high for FEAF aircraft. In addition, RAAF Mustangs flew 38 sorties and F4U Marine aircraft 11 sorties. Grand total of 683 sorties. Two new words coined

TUESDAY

12 SEPTEMBER

1950

MONDAY

11 SEPTEMBER

1950

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

182

272. General Carl A. Spaatz was the Commander, U.S. Strategic Air Forces in Europe and subsequently, U.S.

Strategic Air Forces in the Pacific during World War II. He became commanding general of the Army Air

Forces in February 1946 and the first Chief of Staff of the Air Force in September 1947. He retired from

the USAF in June 1948. Following his retirement, he wrote numerous columns on aviation matters for

newspapers and magazines.
Korean war: Army stating that naval gun fire was “wonderful and

General Keiser,273 2d Division Commander, described air support

as “delightful.”

Sent the following commendatory letter to Joy:

I have just learned this morning that the First Marine Air Wing with 48

assigned a/c flew a total of 208 sorties in a 3-day period (1, 2, 3 Sept). I

consider this sortie rate of nearly one and one-half sorties per assigned a/c

exceptionally fine and records well the maintenance and operational

readiness of the First Marine Air Wing. I would appreciate very much

your extending my congratulations to the Navy personnel concerned and

the Commanding General, First Marine Air Wing.

Major Woodruff (Sach’s counterpart) reported in briefly from Singapore. He

brought with him a personal letter from Todd Melersh who said that he was planning a trek to Japan and of course wanted to see me here in Toyko. Wrote him

(which Woodruff will carry back with him) that inasmuch as Spaatz arrives

tomorrow and intends to leave 25 Sept and Kenney arrives 23 September and

intends to leave 3 Oct, and since they will be guests of mine - which will entail

taking them to Korea and the bases here in FEAF, would appreciate his putting

off his trip if at all possible; if not, and my schedule does not permit my greeting

him personally when he arrives, he is to get in touch with my ADC who will see

that he gets to the house and is taken care of and that Annalee will be delighted

to have him.

Bouchier (Air Vice Marshal - Senior British Liaison Officer, GHQ,

FEC) passed along to me the following extract of a telegram he

received from Slessor in re Wykeham-Barnes:

Please pass following to General Stratemeyer from Chief of Air Staff:

Your message through Bouchier and your letter of 20 August. Am very

glad to learn Wykeham-Barnes has done a good job of work as I expected

he would. Sorry we must have him back but will certainly arrange for a

relief to be sent our earliest possible. Am also glad to learn that Squadron

Leader Sach fills your bill. Air Ministry has been asked to select an officer to meet requirements given in Gen Stratemyer’s message and Paragraph 2 of your CAB 35 and you will be informed of details and time of

arrival as soon as possible.

Quoted above in a message to Partridge plus bucking the statement amongst

my staff.

General MacArthur at 1500 hours left to join the 7th Fleet in order to be present for the coming amphibious landing. I have been informed that there will be

an advanced GHQ CP set up in Korea which will contain an advanced FEAF hq.

My foresight in planning such a hq makes our job an easy one. We were able to

give our answer without delay.

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

183

273. Maj Gen Lawrence B. Keiser saw combat in World War I and was VI Corps chief of staff in World War II.

After serving as the division’s assistant division commander, he became the 2nd Division’s commander in

February 1950.
PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

184

At 1430 hours Weyland, Craigie, Crabb and I attended COMNAVFE’s

amphibious landing briefing.

Information received that Spaatz will arrive at 2300 hours

tonight. Annalee and Colonel Van Meter will meet him.

Bill Hall left, after dining with us last night, at 0400 hours

this morning, via Northwest Airlines and Alaska.

Sent the following information redline to Vandenberg: “

Tank destruction 1 September through 12 September, both dates inclusive, 71 kills and 73 damaged. Our 8-rocket tactics are paying dividends.”

Report of investigation received from Gen Partridge on violation of

Manchurian border near Sinuiju on 29 Aug states that no violation of the

border occurred when four F–51s on armed reconnaissance attacked

Sinuiju airport and destroyed buildings and hangars. This flight was

most carefully briefed prior to take off, was cautioned by the flight commander prior to the attack on the airport to stay south of the Yalu River,

and all members of the flight were in sight at all times and did remain

south of the river. This report forwarded to the Vice Chief of Staff, USAF,

13 September, stating “I consider the case closed.”

In addition, the following message was dispatched, personal Norstad

from Stratemeyer:

Included in protect on violation of Manchurian border on 27 Aug 50 was

vague reference to another violation on 29 Aug. On that date carefully

briefed flight of four F–51s made armed recon of P’yongyang-Sinuiju

area, exploded hangar on Sinuiju Airfield with one rocket and strafed

other airport buildings. All members of flight stayed south of Yalu River

at all times. Report of investigation by Fifth AF coming to you by courier.

I consider case closed.

Sent the fol informational redline to Vandenberg:

New tactics successfully developed cutting railroad lines exclusive of

tunnels, bridges, and marshaling yards, by FEAF with B–29s. Rail cuts

have been made along unpopulated lines of track. Since 9 Sept to 12 Sept

inclusive: 18 cuts between Songjin and Wonsan; 4 between Kuwon [?]

and P’yongyang; 4 between Wonsan and Ch’orwon; 2 between Ch’orwon

and Seoul; 1 between Ch’orwon and Kosong [Kaesong?]; 1 between

Seoul and Kaesong; 4 between Kaesong and Haeju; 3 between Kaesong

and Sariwon; 9 between Sariwon and P’yongyang. Total 46 rail line cuts.

Will continue on other rail lines.

With reference the personal radio from Norstad suggesting that because of

the possibilities for such a posthumous award for Wing Commander Spence, that

perhaps I should approach CINCFE to see if he, as Commander of UN Forces,

would give the award. I sent Norstad a radio telling him that action has been

initiated with FEC.

WEDNESDAY

13 SEPTEMBER

1950
Annalee left at 0615 this morning to pick up General Spaatz as

we were notified that he would arrive at 0655. However, since

arriving at the office have learned that he arrived at 0640.

Approved Sykes’ letter - gave him the go ahead signal to

send same to Mr. Finletter.274 Mr. Finletter had written Sykes thanking him for his

assistance in USAF and stating that he would be looking forward to his findings.

Following is quote of Sykes’ reply:

Your thoughtful note of 25 August 50 is much appreciated. You will recall

the Joint Secretaries proposal, made sometime ago, that a Joint Evaluation Board be sent to this theater; I heard that this proposal was disapproved by the Secretary of Defense on the grounds that the activities of the

board might burden the hardpressed operating staffs out here. Upon

arrival here I found that General Stratemeyer was preparing a formal

request that an “Air Evaluation Board” be sent out here as promptly as

possible, and I am now informed that this formal request went forward

on 10 September 1950. File reference: AG 10719 (Secret) subj: Air Evaluation Board.

From what I have picked up so far, there are many valuable lessons to be

learned from this operation, as well as many opportunities for drawing

false conclusions. I am still of the opinion that an Evaluation Board could

operate out here without imposing on the operating staffs, and that such

a board could perform a avery valuable service both in connection with

discussions of current operations and in connections with the possible

future establishment of a “Bombing Survey.” s/ Sykes 

C–119 lost last night due to weather.

Sent informational redline to Vandenberg: “Spaatz arrived today

0640/I. Will be my guest. Have you any message for him?”

Sent Vandenberg this informational redline:

According to NK propaganda radio, FEAF has been experiencing some

tough opposition lately. An extract from one report: “Our brave eagles...

attacked two vicious rocket planes... one plane plummeted to the ground,

leaving a trail of black smoke; the other started to flee but it was pursued

and shot down also. Later, while returning to base, this same airman spotted 17 enemy aircraft. He charged into the formation at surprising speed,

frightening them and forcing them to flee. By pouring accurate fire into

them, he downed two more planes.” This report of course has no, repeat

no, basis in fact.

Bucked the gist of my telephone conversation with Robertson to

D/O, VC A&P, VCO, and D/P:

Received a telephone call from Lt General Sir H. C. H. Robertson, Commander-In-Chief, British Commonwealth Overseas Forces, this morning

he indicated that 2 officers were being sent soonest from Australia to the

THURSDAY

14 SEPTEMBER

1950

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

185

274. Thomas K. Finletter, Secretary of the Air Force since April 25, 1950.
77th RAAF Fighter Squadron. A Wing Commander Ford275 will replace

Wing Commander Spence, deceased, and Squadron Leader Cresswell276

to command the squadron. He stated that he had a signal from Air Marshal Jones indicating that he (Jones) had received no information from

South Africa reference the forming of a wing of British Commonwealth

Forces at Iwakuni. General Robertson indicated that he was sending the

following signal to Air Marshal Jones: “CG FEAF desired that a wing be

formed of the South African Fighter Squadron and the 77th RAAF

Fighter Squadron and that it was within FEAF commander’s authority to

do so and he therefore urged that a wing hqrs be dispatched to the Far

East to form this wing.” He asked me if that was what I desired. I said,

“yes” and thanked him.

In reference to the Manchurian Incident, Partridge wrote me:

Yesterday we talked on the telephone about the case of 1st Lt Ray I.

Carter and I promised to write you regarding the action which I consider

appropriate in his case. The proceedings in his case have been reviewed

by my JA [judge advocate] and he is of the opinion that a lack of judgment in a single instance is not deemed adequate cause under the applicable regulation for grounding the individual concerned. There is no other

evidence which will support the allegation that the pilot is below standard

and therefore I am reluctant to proceed with a Flying Evaluation Board.

An incidental difficulty in proceedings before a Flying Evaluation Board

is that the incident under consideration is still classified TS. There would

be considerable difficulty retaining that classification of the facts in the

case if the matter comes up before the Flying Evaluation Board. My JA

also considers that disciplinary action should not be predicated upon error

in judgment. Gross carelessness and the failure to obey orders may be

taken cognizance of under the Articles of War but it is doubtful that

any court would find the officer guilty on these counts. Accordingly, it is

recommended that 1st Lt Carter be censured and that the censure be

imposed by his wing commander. I agree with your thought that the man

should not be relieved from combat duty but should be retained in his

organization for the duration of his tour.

Replied to above and stated... 

at the time I studied the investigation report, I thought of the things which

you pointed out and realized there were several problems involved....the

officer is in your command and such disciplinary or other action to be

taken is one for you to decide. I have complete confidence in your judgment on such matters.

Via telecon note informed Partridge and I would be arriving, C–54, at Pusan,

with Spaatz, 1030 hours (I time) Saturday, 16 September.

Went on record with a letter to Colonel Simons, complimenting Sergeant

Billy Dixon for the restraint he showed in handling the incident that took place

PART ONE: THE BITTER DAYS

186

275. Ford is unidentified.

276. Squadron Leader R.C. Cresswell commanded No. 77 RAAF Squadron from September 1950 to August 1951.
in front of the Meiji Building when some Russians insisted on parking in the

“restricted” parking zone.

Sent a redline to Edwards pointing out to him that my two previous queries

to him have yet to be answered re Najin (Rashin). Three good targets remain and

that I desire to bomb them visually. Asked him if it were possible for him to give

me the green light on those targets - or should I drop the subject.

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

187

Part Two

The Intoxicating Days

September 15 – November 25, 1950
Situation Summary

September 15, 1950 — November 25, 1950

By 0630 on the morning of September 15, the opening moves in

MacArthur’s bold counterstroke to regain the initiative in Korea were underway.

These initial moves involved the 1st Marine Division of Lt. Gen. Edward M.

Almond’s (formerly MacArthur’s chief of staff) recently-activated X Corps. A

battalion of Marines landed on Wolmi-do, the small island guarding Inch’on’s

harbor, but because of falling tides and the shallowness of the harbor, these men

would be the only U.S. troops landed until late in the afternoon when the rising

tide permitted the rest of the 1st Marine Division to land.

Fortunately, surprise was complete. Air strikes and naval bombardment

isolated the target area and Inch’on fell swiftly. By the 18th, Kimp’o airfield had

been captured and the 1st Marine Division, 7th Infantry Division, and ROK

troops were on the outskirts of Seoul. At this point, North Korean resistance stiffened but the outcome was never in doubt. MacArthur declared Seoul recaptured

on the 26th, though heavy fighting continued for the next two days. Because of

unloading problems in Inch’on’s shallow harbor, much of the assault force’s

supplies were furnished by FEAF’s Combat Cargo Command through airdrops

or a round-the-clock airlift into Kimp’o. On September 29, General MacArthur

and President Rhee returned to Seoul for ceremonies to reestablish the government of South Korea in its capital.

Meanwhile, General Walker’s Eighth Army began its push out of the Pusan

Perimeter, driving north to join the X Corps. B–29s helped to blast a path through

the enemy lines with a carpet-bombing attack at Waegwan. At first, the North

Koreans resisted vigorously (having launched their own offensive across the

Naktong River on August 31-September 1), and the fighting was savage and

bloody. But the enemy was in serious straits. Although U.S. intelligence had

estimated the NKPA forces around the perimeter to number about 101,000 men,

there were only about 70,000 troops, most of them suffering from serious shortages

of equipment and supplies caused by the almost daily attacks on their supply

routes by FEAF aircraft. Suddenly, the enemy’s front collapsed. What began as

an organized retreat turned into a disorganized rout as the NKPA, fearful of being

cut off by the thrust from Inch’on and greatly outmanned and outgunned in

the south, fled north.

By the end of September, what was left of the NKPA (estimated to be not

more than 30,000 men) was hurrying back across the 38th Parallel. Naval forces,

primarily on the east coast, encouraged the North Koreans on their way with

many bombardment missions. Whether or not the U.N. forces should follow the

190

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS
NKPA across the parallel was a difficult question that took long hours of discussion

by many individuals and organizations before being settled. Not only did U.S.

and South Korean interests have to be considered, but also those of the various

U.N. members whose troops were in Korea. Additionally, MacArthur’s own

desires played a very large part in the final decision to allow the U.N. force to

cross the parallel. There was an important caveat to the directive on the crossing

of the 38th Parallel; the U.N. forces were to stay “well clear” of the Manchurian

and U.S.S.R. borders.

South Korean forces crossed the 38th Parallel on October 1, followed by

troops of the Eighth Army on the 7th. Flushed with the success of the Inch’on

landings, MacArthur planned a second amphibious assault by the X Corps at

Wonsan on Korea’s east coast. This “assault” proved anti-climactic because ROK

troops captured Wonsan before the landings took place. Mines in the harbor,

which cost the U.S. Navy three minesweepers and the ROK Navy one more,

forced the ships carrying the 1st Marine Division to remain at sea for several

extra days. The landings finally took place on October 26.

Though Wonsan was useful as a port, the logistical logjam caused by the

switching of the Eighth Army from the east to the west and X Corps from the

west to the east side of Korea created supply problems that were not completely

solved before the Chinese struck in late November. A major reason, generally

unspoken at the time, for this switch of army and corps was that of personalities.

By this time, General Walker had fallen out of MacArthur’s favor, while General

Almond enjoyed MacArthur’s confidence. Buoyed by the success of the Inch’on

landings, MacArthur saw Wonsan as a chance both to trap the enemy and to

enjoy yet more publicity. So, instead of Walker, he chose Almond and his

X Corps for this job. For the time being, however, the supply problems were not

considered important because it seemed the war would be over shortly anyway.

By mid-October, General O’Donnell was complaining that FEAF Bomber

Command was running out of targets. Tactical air strikes by Air Force and Navy

planes continued apace, but even these were scaled down as the target area

constricted. North Korea’s capital, P’yongyang, fell on October 19. An airdrop

north of P’yongyang of the 187th Airborne Regimental Combat Team on the

20th by Combat Cargo Command C–119s resulted in a sharp engagement which

caused little delay in the movement north.

With the collapse of North Korean resistance, it appeared that the Korean

War was almost over. There were reports of Chinese Communist Forces (CCF)

191

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY
moving into Korea, but these were thought to be either unreliable, indications

that a few “volunteers” were aiding the NKPA, or were just saber-rattling by

the Communists in an attempt to “blackmail” the U.N. forces into retiring from

North Korea. 

By the 24th of October, the Eighth Army was crossing the Ch’ongch’on

River. Two days later, a regiment of the ROK 6th Division reached the Yalu River

near Ch’osan. To the east, in the X Corps area, the 1st Marine Division finally

landed at Wonsan, while the ROK Capital Division kept pushing closer to the

Russian border. But the heady days of pursuit against a fleeing enemy were

coming to an end.

On the 25th, the CCF hit the ROK II Corps near Onjong and over the next

five days, sent it reeling back south of the Ch’ongch’on. The unlucky regiment

that reached the Yalu was wiped out. Other CCF attacks halted the Eighth Army’s

advance northward. In the zone of the X Corps, however, smaller CCF attacks

beginning on October 25 only blunted the advance. The 1st Marine Division

continued toward the Changjin (or Chosin) Reservoir, while the 7th Infantry

Division (which had landed at Iwon, north of Wonsan, on the 29th) and the

ROK Capital Division continued to press to the north. The 7th Division’s 17th

Regiment reached the Yalu at Hyesanjin on November 21. 

These initial Chinese attacks were only harbingers of things to come. Within

a few days, the assaults ceased and the Chinese seemingly vanished. Most of the

intelligence reports considered these actions to have been little more than spoiling

attacks by a few Chinese “volunteers,” and that major CCF involvment in Korea

was unlikely. MacArthur, too, believed that the Chinese would not enter Korea in

force, but to ensure that they would not, MacArthur ordered on November 5 a

series of strikes by Air Force and Navy planes on the Yalu River bridges. However,

he also ordered that the Manchurian border was to remain inviolate. Naturally, this

order limited the effectiveness of the air attacks on the bridges. Also, the

Communists supplemented the permanent bridges with a number of easily

repairable pontoon bridges. Finally, the Yalu was beginning to freeze over and it

wasn’t long before supplies and men were coming directly over on the ice.

Even before the bridge attacks began, the Chinese were moving into North

Korea, and they continued to move south despite the efforts of the airmen. The

U.N. Command continued to believe that most of the activity on the bridges

involved the movement of supplies and that the number of Chinese troops in

North Korea was small. That the CCF was already in Korea in large numbers was

192

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS
dramatically underscored on the evening of November 25 when the CCF

launched a massive surprise offensive against the U.N. forces. Ironically, the day

before, General Walker had renewed his own offensive toward the Yalu only to

be brought up short by the Chinese counter-offensive.

For the U.N. troops, the heady wine of the pursuit days in late summer-early

fall had been drained dry. Now a new enemy would force them to drink again the

bitter dregs of retreat. 

193

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY
The Diary

Received a letter from Partridge in which he stated the Navy

had an “in” with the Ambassador in that they were furnishing

him air transportation complete with naval attache. Partridge

suggested a C–47 be put at Muccio’s disposal for his use and

for the use of ranking South Korean dignitaries, and that this Air Force airplane

be used entirely at Muccio’s discretion. Partridge also suggested the appointment

of an AF attache to the Ambassador.

Sent the letter to my Vice Commander for Adm and Plans, concurring in

the suggestion.

Informed the Vice Commander for Operations that because of the enemy’s nite

movement of war materiel, personnel, etc., he should draw up a suitably worded

directive for my signature instructing the FEAF Bomber Command to do a little

experimenting on night interdictions with the ‘29s. FEAF Bomber Command

should carry in their B–29s a mixture of fragmentation clusters and G.P. bombs.

Twining confirmed my request to USAF for the promotion of Lt. Col. Payne

Jennings to colonel. Jennings will relieve Ted Graff who is due for rotation to

the States.

Received from Vandenberg a detailed letter, with study attached, re “Night

Tactical Air Operations.” Bucked the letter to Vice Commander for Operations

with instructions that he comply with Vandenberg’s desire, that is, to designate

the 3d Bomb Group (L), including the one squadron of the 452d Group at Victorville [California] (to be redesignated) as a night attack group and to operate

only on night missions. As soon as action has been completed, he is to let me

know in order that an outline of our action taken might be sent CSAF.

Received signal from Norstad stating that the JOC [sic] had directed

MacArthur not to bomb targets at Rashin.1

At the briefing this morning, I introduced General Spaatz to all present and

indicated that since he was a retired Chief of Staff, United States Air Force, and

an aviation news writer, he would be assisted in every way possible by every

member of my staff to determine the facts REPEAT facts.

Mr. Bascom Timmons2 called and indicated that it was his intention to write an

article on Air Force operations in Korea. I gave him about thirty minutes and recommended that he go into the details with Colonel Nuckols re our operations. He

also indicated that he intended making a trip to Korea the early part of next week.

FRIDAY

15 SEPTEMBER

1950

194

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

1. Not the “JOC,” but the JCS. Rashin is only 60 miles from Vladivostok and was the location of railway yards

and naval oil storage facilities, these useful to both North Korea and the Soviet Union. The State Department,

particularly, was worried that the Soviets might react violently to attacks so close to their borders. This concern had been heightened by the Antung incident and an incident on September 4, when Navy fighters shot

down over the Yellow Sea an aircraft that had flown into a U.S. formation and began firing at the Navy planes.

A body recovered from this plane was that of a Soviet officer. (“History of the JCS,” pp 249-255.) 

2. Timmons, a long-time reporter and columnist for numerous newspapers, was reporting for Colliers.
I have invited Mr. Hugh Baillie, president of United Press, to go with me to

Korea along with General Spaatz tomorrow morning. General Spaatz had made the

request that while he toured installations in Korea where he thought Mr. Baillie

might also cover, that Mr. Baillie be permitted to accompany him. To this I agreed. 

0630 hours Marines debark Inch’on.

0900 hours general offensive, EUSAK.

With Spaatz and Mr. Hugh Baillie, United Press, flew to

Pusan where we were met by General Partridge. Immediately went in and called on General Walker who appeared to

be more optimistic than I had ever seen him. We then visited

General Partridge’s headquarters where we got the latest information on the

morning attack. The B–29s were not able to operate because of the weather. We

had lunch with General Timberlake and then proceeded to Taegu; while enroute

from the field to General Partridge’s quarters, we visited General Milburn’s3 First

Corps headquarters. General Partridge had Milburn and his chief of staff as

guests to dinner with Mr. Baillie, Spaatz and myself. After dinner, Spaatz retired

to the guest house to work on his article and I then had about an hour’s visit, and

a good one, with General Partridge. Went to bed about 2300 hours.

I got General Partridge’s ADC to get General Spaatz’s

article typed; as soon as that was done, after breakfast, I

departed the airport for Tokyo and landed Haneda 1215.

Came immediately to the office where I cleaned up papers

that had accumulated, and approved by signing a directive to O’Donnell to do

night intruder work with B–29s.4 Signed a letter to Partridge directing that he

SUNDAY

17 SEPTEMBER

1950

SATURDAY

16 SEPTEMBER

1950

3. Maj Gen Frank W. “Shrimp” Milburn commanded the XXI Corps in Europe during World War II. He brought

the IX Corps to Korea in Sept. 1950, but in a trade switched corps command with Gen John Coulter’s I Corps.

4. This use of the B–29 as a night intruder was a short-lived idea that took place primarily during the last half of

195

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

An F–80 leads a 

formation of B–26s

against targets near

Iri on September 16.

White spots just to the

left of the fighter and

under its wing mark

rockets just fired at

some enemy tanks.
196

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

3d BG Invaders wheel around to attack flak installations near Iri.

A parabomb floats toward a bridge near Iri. The North

Koreans have spanned a destroyed portion of the bridge

with a crude but effective earth and timber structure.
create a night intruder group and a day group with the six squadrons of B–26s

that he will eventually have. Also promoted 1st Lt Donald NMI [no middle

initial] Nichols5 to grade of captain. This fellow is a one-man army in Korea. He

has been there some 4 1/2 years and on several occasions with a GI or two and a

group of Koreans he has performed the impossible. A couple of days ago he

stopped a suicide squad of some 12 Koreans who had infiltrated through the lines

with the intention of sabotaging the aircraft at Taegu. He captured four, killed

seven, and one got away. I turned the Spaatz article over to Mr. Pakenham6

at 1335 hours.

Received the following letter from Major General L. B. Keiser,

2d Infantry Div:

Dear George: I wish to express my appreciation to you and to members

of the Far East Air Force[s] under General Partridge who flew some

highly successful missions in front of my division yesterday. These missions were performed in a highly effective manner and in many instances

given voluntarily in localities where I did not have sufficient enemy

information nor where we could effectively control the operation of aircraft. These flyers took on enemy groups on both controlled and

uncontrolled missions and effectively reduced threats against the division

which were making our position rather precarious. I consider that the

effectiveness of these air strikes definitely damaged the morale of the

enemy to such a degree that his capabilities against us materially

decreased. Moreover, the improvement in the morale and combat efficiency of my command has been enhanced by this valiant effort. My

appreciation to all of you.

Bucked copies of above letter, with appropriate remarks, to both Generals

Vandenberg and Partridge (18 Sept 50).

Sent out commendatory letters (dated 15 September) to: Partridge, O’Donnell, Stearley, and Doyle. Each letter contained a summation of their efforts

during phase one of the Korean campaign - since the beginning of hostilities to

15 September, or beginning of the offensive.

Replied with thanks to Joy’s letter to me of 16 September which

reads as follows:

The exceptionally fine performance of the Far East Air Force[s] on 10

and 11 September is a source of pride to all forces in combat in this

area. It is noted that on the 10th of September alone the AF had the

phenomenal success in destroying 11 tanks and damaging 12 more.

197

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

September. The 98th BG flew a number of sorties over enemy-held territory and North Korea, trying to bomb

vehicular traffic moving on the roads. For the most part, these attacks were unsuccessful. Attempts to bomb

targets with the use of flares also gave unspectacular results. While these attacks may have had some psychological effect, the B–29 was just not suited for night intruder work against moving targets. Operations were

halted on October 3. (Joe Gray Taylor, Development of Night Air Operations [USAF Historical Study 92,

Maxwell AFB, Ala.], pp 221-224; Futrell, p 165.)

5. Nichols’ remarkable career is described in his privately-printed autobiography How Many Times Can I Die?

(Brooksville, Fla., 1981). The introduction to the book was written by an obviously impressed General Partridge.

6. Compton Pakenham was Newsweek’s Tokyo bureau chief.
In addition to this record of tank busting, it is noted with great satisfaction that your excellent pilots destroyed a large number of trucks,

vehicles, box cars and other enemy transportation. On 11 Sept your

force again demonstrated its outstanding capabilities by flying a total of

683 sorties, on this date, destroying 8 tanks and damaging 5 and wreaking havoc on the enemy’s transportation facilities. This fine performance of duty and exhibition of aggressive spirit is in accordance with

the high standards of the AF. The Naval Forces Far East are grateful to

the AF for the destruction inflicted on the enemy and share your pride

in the exploits of our comrades-in-arms. Please extend my congratulations to those pilots who have contributed so much to the success of our

forces in the Far East.

Called Darr Alkire in and presented him with the radio which stated that

his brigadier generalship had been approved by CSAF and was awaiting

congressional O.K.

Sent following informational redline (Banfill’s marble)

to Vandenberg:

In support of attempted breakout effort of 8th Army, Partridge reports on 17 September that fighters killed at least

1200 enemy troops while they were attempting to retreat across the Naktong River in 2d Division area. 260 110-gallon napalm tanks dropped

throughout area. This despite adverse weather.

Got my weekly letter off to Gill Robb Wilson.

Admiral Tomlinson7 called at 8:30 A.M.; the Thai Minister called (Mr.

Sanga Nilkamhaeng) at 3:00 P.M.; and Pete Jennings called at 2:30 P.M.

Departed for Korea 0700 hours; arrived at Taegu at 1040

hours where I made the award of the Distinguished Flying

Cross to General Partridge at the airdrome at Taegu; returned

with General Spaatz and Mr. Hugh Baillie, United Press,

landing at Haneda at 1406 hours.

Sent Nuckol’s marble via redline to Vandenberg:

Add the word “beautiful” to the several words already coined by ground

force in Korea to describe FEAF air efforts. Latest word -”beautiful” was

used by Major General Hobart Gay, First Cav. commander, in describing

B–29 tactical strike on Communist positions west of Waegwan on Monday, September 18, when 1600 bombs were dropped on a 2 square mile

area just in front of U.N. positions.8

TUESDAY

19 SEPTEMBER

1950

MONDAY

18 SEPTEMBER

1950

198

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

7. Rear Adm William G. Tomlinson, Commander, Pacific Division, MATS. (At this time, MATS was a combined

USAF/USN operation with four Navy squadrons assigned.)

8. A carpet-bombing attack by the B–29s had been scheduled for September 16 in front of Waegwan. This was

intended to punch a hole in the North Korean lines that would enable the Eighth Army to break out of the

Pusan Perimeter. Foul weather caused by a typhoon delayed the mission, although F–51s and F–80s did strike

various positions on the perimeter on the 16th and 17th. In the early light of September 18, 42 B–29s of the

92d and 98th groups finally bombed two areas just behind the front lines. (Futrell, pp 161-162.)
Informed Vandenberg via redline that first C–54 of FEAF Combat Cargo

Command landed at Kimp’o Airdrome at 1426I [local] this date. It will be

followed by approximately 31 other C–54s today. Night lighting equipment

included in initial lift. In all probability, Kimp’o will be operational on 24-hour

basis by tomorrow, 20 Sept.

Mr. Hugh Baillie, United Press, had dinner with Spaatz and me at Mayeda

House, 1900 hours.

South African contingent, represented by Commandant J.

D. Pretorius, A.F.C. and Major Swanepoel9 called at 8:15

this morning.

General Partridge called this morning and stated that he went

into Kimp’o yesterday afternoon at 1500 hours, that there was no confusion and

that Tunner’s transports were landing regularly about every ten minutes.

Colonel Lee, the Kimp’o Air Force Base commander, was there but that it

would be several days before his base personnel and equipment arrived.10

Partridge met Brigadier General Cushman who stated that today (20 September) there would be 24 Marine aircraft that would come in and be based at

Kimp’o.11 The 10th Corps has its headquarters in Kimp’o and General Lowe with

his jeep and sergeant were present.

He had information that 3,800 dead were found by the ground forces in the

walled city and that it is our opinion that our 60-tank napalm attack on 17 September did that job.12

Partridge reported that all in all, the entire ground situation was good and

that the ground commanders were reporting that the Air Force had killed many,

many more North Koreans than we had estimated.

Partridge also stated that he was concerned about air evacuation and that

information had come to him that some reporters were looking into the matter.

He stated he had brought this to General Walker’s attention and he was issuing

orders to Fifth Air Force that they would not discuss the matter and they would

in no way criticize the Eighth Army. He asked me if I would do likewise with

FEAF and I told him that I not only would but that it had been my policy; however, certain doctors in the hospitals here in Japan had stated that lives could have

been saved and amputations been prevented had certain wounded been air evacuated. This morning I talked with Colonel Brothers and re-stated my policy of

not criticizing a sister service and he indicated to me that he had not nor did he

intend to and that he would instruct his people along those lines. He did submit

a report to General Parks13 showing clearly that the Air Force’s skirts were clean

reference air evacuation of wounded.

WEDNESDAY

20 SEPTEMBER

1950

199

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

9. Commandant Jan D. Pretorious and Maj Daniel Swanepoel. Pretorious was the senior SAAF liaison officer.

Initially equipped with F–51s and later with F–86s, No. 2 Squadron, SAAF, began operations on Nov. 19.

10. Col Joseph D. Lee’s command, the 6151st Air Base Unit, was activated at Kimp’o on Sept. 23. Less than a

month later, the outfit moved to Wonsan to administer the airfield there.

11. The first Marine aircraft to be based at Kimp’o were the helicopters and liaison planes of VMO-6, which set up

operations on the 19th, followed shortly by five F7F–3N Tigercats of VMF(N)-542. (Montross and Canzona,

The Inchon-Seoul Operation [U.S. Marine Operations in Korea, 1950-1953] [Washington, 1955], p 169.)

12. The “Walled City of Ka-san” was actually a mountaintop (Hill 902) where ruins of an ancient fortress were located. A 30-foot-high stone wall encircled the crest of the mountain. The North Koreans turned this area into a formidable defensive position which had held up the advance of the 1st Cavalry Division. (Appelman, pp 421-432.) 

13. Brig Gen Harlan C. Parks, Deputy Director for Personnel Planning, Headquarters USAF. He was in Japan to

confer about FEAF manning requirements.
Mr. Don King, Vice President of Northwest Airlines, was in and wanted me

to start the proper wheels turning to get Northwest back into operation into

Korea. Turned the information over to my Vice Commander for Adm and Plans

and asked him to coordinate with Far East Command.14

1115 hours, Squadron Leader Bodien,15 who is taking Wykeham-Barnes’ job

reported in to me with Squadron Leader Sach.

Sent personal, in the clear radio to McKee: “No answer received my query in

Par[agraph] 4, personal T.S. letter to you dated 28 Aug. Would appreciate answer.”

Left the office earlier than usual in order to be out at the Bomber Command

in time for Rosie’s dinner for Spaatz at 1730.

Sent the following Stratline to Partridge:

Dr. Bowles, General Gavin and one other will arrive Taegu

approximately 1700 hours today. They are representatives

of the Department of Defense and desire to see General

Walker and you and then visit frontline ground organizations as well as Air

Force operations. Suggest you advise Walker their arrival.

Bucked the following to Weyland and Craigie:

Colonel Heflebower,16 our senior air officer in JSPOG, brought in

attached message to me this morning, which I have read and which I

desire you read. It is not to be shown to anyone else and will be kept

secure and will be handcarried by General Weyland to General Craigie

and by General Craigie back to me.

(The paper contained certain pertinent conclusions reference current operations

in Korea and the actions that should be taken if Russia or Communist China should

enter the conflict in North Korea, in South Korea, or would implement the North

Korean forces by replacements from Russia or Communist China. It also contained

data on the actions that CINCFE must take reference the crossing of the 38th Parallel

with his ground forces and his instructions in case of a general global war.)

Redlined the following information to Vandenberg:

Further reference my secret letter of 10 September 1950, AG 10719,

subject: “Air Evaluation Board.” For you information three (3) separate

parties of analysts are now in this theater looking especially into general

subjects of tactical air support of ground forces: one party headed by Dr.

Ellis Johnson17 from Department of Army’s Office of Operations

Research; this party presently consists of four (4) people with more to

come later. Another party from WSEG headed by Dr. Bowles and

including General Gavin. And still another party of seven (7) from

Headquarters Army Field Forces headed by Colonel Onslow Rolfe.18

THURSDAY

21 SEPTEMBER

1950

200

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

14. Despite an ongoing war, Northwest officials were quite anxious to resume operations into Kimp’o. On Oct.

19, Stratemeyer recommended, and MacArthur approved, the resumption of two flights a day into Kimp’o

starting Oct. 29. (FEAF Opns Hist, 25 Jun-31 Oct 50, Vol. 1, pp 231, 246.)

15. Squadron Leader Henry E. Bodien was an experienced night intruder veteran of World War II.

16 Col Roy C. Heflebower later became FEAF director of plans.

17. Dr. Ellis A. Johnson, a physicist, had been Director, ORO since 1948. Previously, he had worked for the Air

Force as a special weapons technical director.

18. Col Onslow S. Rolfe, Chief, Development Section, Army Field Forces, at Ft. Monroe, Virginia.
This last party includes a Major Smith19 from the Tactical Air Command

who is the only Air Force representative in any of the three parties.

Redlined Nuckols marble to Vandenberg:

Aircraft under operational control of FEAF set several new records

yesterday, 20 September. All-time high of 702 sorties flown, 44 of them

by RAAF Mustangs which is also new high for them and 18 by Marines.

With capture of Kimp’o Airfield, FEAF Combat Cargo Command airlifted 635 tons cargo and 1055 passengers into Korea in 139 flights,

latter three figures representing new records.

Sent Partridge a personal letter asking him for the notes he talked from in

briefing me of the happenings 25, 26, and 27 June. Told him I needed same not

only for my diary but for the documented history.

Dr. Bowles dropped by the office and gave me the two log books that were

found in the two Russian aircraft at Kimp’o. Sent them up to D/I [Deputy for Intelligence] and asked them for the complete translation and to send same on, over my

signature, to the CSAF. Dr. Bowles also presented to me in memo form the info to

several questions they had asked regarding these two planes and their log books:

(1) What are these two books? (Answer) Both are plane performance

records. (2) Do they pertain to the same plane? (Answer) No. [No.]1.

Engine - AM - 42; Series -3; No. - 471951; Type - ?; Last record of flight

9 Sept 50. [No.] 2. Engine - AM - 42; Series - ?; Factory No. 8011; Type

Il 10 (ground attack); Last record of flight 1 Sept 50. (3) When was plane

or planes transferred from Russian to Korean hands? (Answer) Both

planes transferred from Soviets to Koreans on 28 June 1950 and

receipted for by CHO, Tae Sik, Tech, 867 (Squadron?).

201

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

19. Maj Earl L. Smith, Jr.

An abandoned Il–10

similar to those found

at Kimp’o. This plane

was recovered at 

Wonsan.
General Kenney due in tomorrow.

Bouchier passed the following info to me from Slessor: Sq. Ldr. Bodien,

from Hong Kong joining me in place of Wykeham-Barnes and hopes that Bodien

will meet our requirements inasmuch as he has worked with Wykeham-Barnes

who recommends him strongly.

After reading Tunner’s Operations Plan, sent him a “well done” letter.

Sent via Sory Smith my greetings to the Air Reservists Convention conclave

in Fort Worth.

Reassured Vandenberg by radio, answering his 53782, that we are pushing

hard to take better care of the correspondents who are streaming into Korea -

teletype circuit for release of their stories, messing, etc. ...”everything possible is

being done and situation will improve as soon as additional public relations

personnel, soon to depart from the States arrive here. Korea, as Ben Wright well

recognizes, is entirely different than Europe.”

The Navy sent over a courier message thanking us for the air coverage given

them in their rescue of the SKs that had been aboard a grounded LST near

Yongdok. Returned to the Navy via courier my statement “that we were more

than happy to oblige.”

On the 18th, Del Spivey sent me a letter which pointed out that the decision

to employ all our fighters, with the exception of one F–82 and one F–80 squadron

in the Korean conflict had left nothing more than a token force available for air

defense of FEC.20 He and Partridge had gotten together and agreed that 3 groups

is their minimum requirement for an acceptable peacetime air defense deployment. Urged that I request CSAF to deploy 3 National Guard fighter groups to

this theater. In my reply to Spivey told him that I had already placed my cards

before CSAF and asked him to transfer a four-squadron fighter wing to bolster

our air defense capabilities to its previous level of three groups, totaling ten

squadrons. Although this force alone would not be sufficient for defense should

an all-out war develop, nevertheless I consider my request for the additional

four-squadron fighter wing meets 5th AF requirements - for which you had

suggested I request three groups

I had Major VanderPyl21 report to me prior to his assignment

to Misawa Air Force Base. This reassignment within FEAF

was occasioned by stupid actions on his part. The actions,

though, were not of such a nature as to cause his relief and

return to the ZI. He is a competent, hardworking and intelligent individual,

although, at times, he fails to use his head. I pointed out the errors of his ways

prior to his reassignment.

CINCFE ordered yesterday, 22 September, the 187th ABN

[Airborne] Regimental Combat team airlifted from its

present station to Kimp’o and upon its arrival at Kimp’o to

be assigned to the X Corps.

We have recommended that the ROK AF consisting of 300 officers and men

with four F–51s be moved to Kimp’o soonest. Reason - international political

SATURDAY

23 SEPTEMBER

1950

FRIDAY

22 SEPTEMBER

1950

202

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

20. The 339th FS was assigned approximately 12 F–82s, while the 41st FS had about 25 F–80s.

21. Maj Ellis VanderPyl was a 5AF Directorate of Intelligence briefing officer.
value. This has been referred to CG X Corps for comments or concurrence.

CINCFE has indicated in a signal to X Corps that the plans to establish a GHQ

UNC (Tac) in the Seoul area has been suspended indefinitely; in view of this decision, the establishment of the

Advanced Hq by FEAF will be

indefinitely suspended.

Went down to meet General Kenney who arrived at

1430 hours. After his arrival,

the two of us went direct to

General MacArthur’s residence where we waited until

he came downstairs about

1730 hours. We accompanied

him to his office and visited

with him for about an hour.

Kenney has joined us at

the Mayeda boarding house

and will remain with us until

he departs.

Learned last night of the accidental bombing by napalm of a

sector held by the British ground units.

Rosie O’Donnell in a covering letter forwarded to me

four reports written by his airplane commanders on their

night intruder missions. Bucked the letter and reports to Crabb, thru Craigie and

Weyland, with the comment that “it appears to me that if flares are carried on all

those missions, a better job can be done.”

Sent Partridge a Stratline telling him that Spaatz, Kenney, Hugh Baillie and

I would be taking off tomorrow at 0700 hours for Kimp’o and that we would

return via Taegu, Ashiya and Itazuke. We would RON [remain overnight] Taegu

25 September. 

While Kenney, Spaatz and I were having lunch with CINCFE, Partridge

called the following info to Weyland and immediately upon my return to the

office, sent it to General MacArthur. The gist is as follows:

(1) An accidental attack by friendly fighters was made on the British

Brigade. The extent of casualties is not known at this time.

(2) Fifth Air Force and Eighth Army inspectors will carefully investigate

the incident.

(3) The conditions under which the accident occurred are substantially as follows:

The British Brigade were trying to cross the river at a ferry site. They had

no bridges. The troops of the brigade were astride the stream. North

Koreans were shooting at the British troops in the vicinity of the ferry

site. Fifth Air Force fighters attempted to help the British troops in their

predicament. The request for fighter assistance was made by the tactical

air controller who was on the east side of the river. A Mosquito control

SUNDAY

24 SEPTEMBER

1950

203

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Stratemeyer and Maj. Gen. Laurence C.

Craigie greet General Kenney upon his

arrival at Haneda. Kenney was then

commander of the Air University at

Maxwell AFB, Alabama.
airplane was in the area directing fighter aircraft according to instructions

given by the tactical air controller on the ground. The North Korean

troops, who were supposed to be the target of attack, were to one side, but

in the rear, of the most advanced elements of the British Brigade.

Through some tie-up in recognition or instructions, the British Brigade

were hit by friendly fighters.

(4) Will keep you informed re further developments.22

Quoted in toto is my redline to Vandenberg on the same subject -

accidental strafing of British Brigade:

Reur 54161 from Norstad, Partridge this date states: Accidental attack by

friendly fighters was made on British Brigade. Extent of casualties not

known. Fifth Air Force and Eighth Army inspectors will carefully investigate incident. Accident occurred while British were trying to cross river

and their forces were astride stream at time. Enemy were opposing crossing and fighters were requested by jeep tactical air controller on east side

of river. A T–6 airborne controller was in area directing fighters according to instruction from tactical controller on ground. Enemy troops were

to one side but in rear of most advanced elements of British Brigade.

Through some tie-up in recognition or detailed instructions, British were

hit by friendly fighters. Detailed investigation being conducted. I will

keep you advised on any developments.

Annalee and I gave a small dinner party, with my general officer staff present, in honor of Generals Spaatz and Kenney. We also invited a Mr. Al Jolson23

who was in the Tokyo area with his accompanist, Mr. Harry Akst. In consideration of General Spaatz, we invited the Newsweek representative, Mr. Pakenham,

as well as Mr. Hugh Baillie of United Press and Mr. B. Timmons, Collier’s.

Departed Haneda this morning with the following guests:

Generals Spaatz and Kenney, Mr. Hugh Baillie and Mr. Bascom Timmons. We flew via the east coast of Korea to Kimp’o

where we landed and discussed the situation with Colonel

Lee, the base commander; inspected the two IL–10s and the Yak–12 in the hangar;

paid our respects to Brigadier General Cushman, the Marine aviation commander.

I called General Almond, CG X Corps, but both he and General Ruffner24

were up at the front and would not be back until 1600 hours. Gave up all intentions of visiting X Corps, but did emphatically tell the Colonel that I talked to (he

was General Ruffner’s executive) that for their own good and the maintenance of

Kimp’o Airport, our aviation engineer battalion and our air base troops for Kimp’o

should be debarked without delay. Everyone agreed, but they indicated that it

had been held up on General Almond’s order as he needed fighting doughboys and ammunition.

MONDAY

25 SEPTEMBER

1950

204

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

22. After a T-6 “Mosquito” was fired upon, four F–51s strafed and napalmed the vicinity on the 23d. These

attacks struck troops of the Argyll Highlanders of the British 27th Brigade. First of the British contingent to

arrive in Korea, they moved into the front lines west of Taegu on Sept. 7.

23. The famed entertainer was on a USO tour of the Far East.

24. Maj. Gen. Clark L. Ruffner, X Corps chief of staff.
I found that the airport at Kimp’o was in first-class condition except for one

large hole about 1/3 of the length of the runway from one end. They have temporarily placed a mat over the hole, but if it isn’t repaired shortly, they are going

to have trouble. Found great need for air base personnel, as the only security for

the whole base was some 300 South Koreans that had been obtained by that very

superior officer, Captain Nichols. Of course, the Marines have their own guards,

but it detracts from their efficiency as the guards should be put to other use. Col.

Lee reported that he needed some 4,200 pounds of rice in order to feed the South

Koreans who were actually his only security, and, later in the day with General

Partridge, I directed that this rice be flown in and have since learned through

General Tunner that it was done.

We departed and flew to Taegu where we were met by General Partridge at

which time he explained to me the catastrophic error made in our strafing of the

British troops. He said it was terrible and showed it by his eyes filling with tears

when talking to me; however, he informed me that both General Robertson and

Air Vice Marshal Bouchier had absolutely cleared the Air Force, stating that it

was one of those errors that takes place in war and although everyone felt bad,

they do not hold it against the USAF. Twenty (20) were killed and twenty-one

(21) injured. The strafing included napalm. I also found out that at the same time

we strafed the battalion, the 19th Infantry artillery had fired an artillery barrage

in front of the other battalion which stopped their attack.

I discussed the stopping of building K-1 into a jet field and will take the

necessary steps when I get back to Tokyo. It is desirable to use Vinnell people

and all our aviation effort personnel on Taegu, Suwon and Kimp’o as we have a

good field at K-9, in Pusan.25

General Partridge also discussed with me the absolute necessity of returning

to him his C–47s. They were taken from him for the air drop and now that there

is to be no air drop, he needs his staff C–47 in order to operate and perform his

duties as Air Force commander. I agreed and took the necessary steps to return

at least one-half of his requirement - and all as soon as possible.

General Partridge told me that Colonel Robert Burns, Army artillery officer

and G-3 Air, Eighth Army member of the JOC, had indicated time and time

again that our estimates of North Koreans killed have been way below the actual

number that we have killed. He gave as an example that once we estimated that

500 were killed when 2,500 had been actually killed. Recently, General Walker,

during a briefing, stated to General Partridge: “Partridge, you certainly are

modest with your estimates of killed and damage done.” I directed that Partridge

make a note of these statements and record them in some manner. He had not

been doing this.

General Kenney and Mr. Bascom Timmons remained at Taegu as General

Partridge’s guests and joined me the next day at Ashiya.

205

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

25. Because of a severe shortage of engineer personnel, civilian contractors had to be hired to assist in airfield

construction. A brief experiment using crews of the Vinnell Corporation as a single unit to turn the K-1 strip

into a full base was a failure, primarily because of airfield conditions, not because of the performance of the

contractor’s crews.

It was decided, though, to parcel out the construction crews of Vinnell Corporation to the various aviation

engineer battalions. This was a more practical use of the civilians, plus it enabled all of the engineer units to

gain badly-needed experienced construction people. (5th AF Hist Data, Phase I—Korean War, Jun 25-Oct 31,

1950, Vol. I, pp 113-14.)
Mr. Baillie, General Spaatz and I pushed on to Itazuke where we were met

by Colonel Jack Price. He took us to the guest house where we had a delicious

dinner and comfortable night.

I paid for dinner and breakfast which cost $7.74.

After dinner, Colonel Cellini26 and three other jet pilots came to the house

and discussed F–80C operations with General Spaatz. All four officers were certainly in love with the F–80C and had nothing but praise for it in all types of

operations - including close ground support.

The next morning we departed at 0900 hours for Ashiya

where we were met by General Tunner who took us to his

headquarters where we were given one of the finest briefings

I have ever attended. Major Hoag,27 the briefer, did a superior

and outstanding job. All the charts he used were excellent and I complimented

the captain who was instrumental in their preparation.

After the briefing we drove around the field and visited the airborne RCT

and its deputy commander and had a very thorough briefing by him on the

ground. We inspected one of the C–119s that was loaded with three pontoons and

other bridge material. Believe it or not, the Air Force is moving one pontoon

bridge complete [emphasis in original] from the Tokyo area to Kimp’o

via Ashiya!

We inspected other C–119s that were loaded and being loaded. The entire

operation at Ashiya is one of efficiency and orderly operation. We then

proceeded to General Tunner’s quarters where we had a delicious luncheon with

him and his staff.

We had expected General Kenney and Mr. Timmons to arrive by 1400 hours

and when they didn’t, we proceeded to clear and take off. While warming up our

engines, Kenney and Timmons arrived by B–17 so we waited their boarding

FEAF’s C–54 and then proceeded back to Haneda arriving here about 1800 hours.

We were all tired and went home and went to bed although General Kenney

wanted to stay up and talk, but we all turned him down.

Arrived early at the office to get caught up and send out

the following signal to O’Donnell with info to Partridge:

The handling of the recent attack north of the Manchurian

border by a B–29 has been embarrassing to me and to the

Air Force as a whole. The fact that the attack had been made north of the

border was known to the crew prior to landing and to members of the

group staff soon thereafter. However, no apparent effort was made to pass

this vitally important information to those in authority. This matter first

came to the attention of my staff thru press reports from Moscow and

London over two days after the mistake was known. If this incident had

been properly and specifically reported, the US would have been able to

assume the blame for its mistake in the United Nations and thus would

have been able to forestall the Communist blast. I appreciate that it is

WEDNESDAY

27 SEPTEMBER

1950

TUESDAY

26 SEPTEMBER

1950

206

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

26. Col Oliver G. Cellini commanded the 51st FIG. The group began moving from Okinawa to Itazuke on Sept. 22.

27. Probably Maj Robert Hogg, Executive, Combat Cargo Command.
hard for an individual to understand that his acts may have national significance regardless of his station or grade, but that awareness must be

pushed down from your level to combat crews. I desire that within the

restrictions required by the classification of this message you pass it to

your people immediately.28

McKee in answer to my TS, EYES ONLY ltr of 27 August, and my

radio to him dated 20 September sent the following:

Concerning your letter of 28 August and your question with regard to

who saw the message, am unable to find out for sure but it is my best

judgment that he did see the entire message. Am sorry I cannot give you

more positive information, but am unable to with restrictions which you

placed upon me. Am sure proud of the Far East Air Force[s] and the job

they are doing. When the final score is tabulated, I am confident that the

contribution made by your command will become abundantly clear. With

highest regards, signed: Bozo (McKee).

Sent the following memo to General MacArthur, subject: “Return of

Medium Bomb Groups to the Zone of the Interior.”

Just prior to the successful amphibious landing at Inch’on, I concurred in

retaining the last two (2) medium bomb groups to arrive in this theater

until 8 November 1950.

I consider the present status of the destruction of the enemy in Korea to be

so much in our favor that I now consider it no longer necessary to retain

all four (4) additional medium bomb groups in your command.

The Joint Chiefs of Staff directive received your headquarters directs cessation of attacks on all strategic targets and three (3) medium bomb groups

are an ample medium bomb force to destroy remaining tactical targets.

I’m sure you realize as well as I that the United States Air Force plans are

to re-equip medium bomb groups with either the B–50 or B–36 and that

the sooner they are returned to the Zone of the Interior the quicker that

re-equipment can take place. Thereby, the Strategic Air Command will be

in a better position to perform its mission.

I, therefore, strongly urge that a signal be dispatched to the Joint Chiefs

of Staff recommending the return without delay of two (2) medium bomb

groups to the Zone of the Interior.29

Received the following letter, dated 25 Sept from Admiral Joy,

COMNAVFE:

25 Sept was another day in which the AF broke its previous excellent record.

I note that your planes flew over 700 sorties in addition to destroying a large

number of tanks, enemy transportation, and enemy gun emplacements. I

want to again congratulate your force upon this excellent record. Although

the bombers and close supporting a/c frequently receive the greatest praise,

207

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

28. On Sept. 22, a 98th BG B–29 bombed Antung’s marshaling yard.

29. On Oct. 22, General MacArthur authorized the release of the 22d and 92d groups back to the U.S. The two

units began their return on the 27th. (Futrell, p 207.)
I would especially like to commend your reconnaissance a/c. These a/c have

performed a most valuable service in locating enemy concentrations and in

timely reporting of enemy movements. Their cooperation with the naval

forces operating in this area has been exceptionally noteworthy and has

resulted in the prompt destruction of enemy forces which threatened our

forces ashore. The valiant crews who man these planes on their long, difficult, and lonely missions have contributed a great deal to the successful

accomplishment of our joint endeavors.

In answer to above, I said:

We all appreciate letters such as you wrote complimenting the AF in breaking its previous record when 700 sorties were made with gratifying results.

Thanks for your congratulations but I think the USN forces, Far East, is to

be congratulated for, as we have both so many times stated privately and

publicly, it is the close support the services give each other that make the

team really work. I agree with you that the reconnaissance aircraft have

done a splendid job, as has yours, for they play such an important part in

preparing the way for both the air, the service ships, and the ground to follow them. Many thanks again for your very kind letter.

Received two letters of appreciation from members of the Press (1) Walter

Simmons, Chicago Tribune, and a Member of Parliament, the Hon Thomas

Driberg, who is out here representing Reynolds News.30 Sent copies of both to

General Vandenberg and General Partridge. To General Tunner sent a copy of

Mr. Simmons’ letter.

Sent a Stratline to Partridge:

“All aviation engineers and effort in Korea are placed at your disposal to

utilize as you see fit. You are authorized to discontinue all engineer

effort at K-1.”

Craigie sent me the following memo:

(1) At the GHQ briefing on 26 Sept, General Hickey stated that, in his

opinion, there was a distinct possibility that the UN might move north

of 38° N. Lat. and, after hostilities have ceased, assume the responsibility for rebuilding many of the NK facilities destroyed by our

medium bombers. Specifically, he referred to hydro-electric power

plants, one of which was a target for 26 Sept. He requested that FEAF

give serious consideration to refraining from hitting targets of this

type. I told him we would give consideration to the matter, but that

there was one aspect, covered in JCS correspondence, which I wished

to discuss with him after the briefing.

(2) In the discussion which took place in his office, I informed General

Hickey that the destruction of power plants and other similar targets

which supported the NK economy was consistent with the spirit of the

JCS directive under which the medium bombers were sent to the

208

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

30. Simmons was the Tribune’s Far Eastern Bureau chief and had been in Tokyo since 1946. A Labor Party M.P.

from the Maldon Division of Essex, Driberg was also a correspondent in World War II.
209

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

theater. He stated that he, nevertheless, felt it extremely important that

we not ‘take out’ the particular group of hydro-electric plants in the

Wonsan-Hamhung area. I agreed to get word out to FEAF Bomber Command to defer the program until he had obtained the CINC’s reaction. I

did so immediately after the briefing. Approximately 30 minutes later,

General Hickey called and stated that the CINC did not wish to interfere

with FEAF plans with reference to these targets and that we should continue with our program as planned. This information was passed to

Deputy for Operations.

Prepared the following memo to CINCFE which I am to handcarry to

him tonight: “Subject: P’yongyang Bombing Mission.”

I proposed to direct a major B–29 strike against several of the most

important remaining military targets in the P’yongyang area. Selected

targets include several military barracks and training areas, warehouse

storage areas, and marshaling yards. Plans call for using over 100 B–29s

on this mission in order to saturate the anti-aircraft defenses and insure

elimination of these important targets in one strike.

The execution of this plan will require standdown the day prior to the

mission. Fifth Air Force fighters and bombers will be made available for

tactical support on that day in lieu of the B–29s. From a tactical standpoint

this type of mission is desirable since it will minimize flak damage. We

have suffered increased battle damage over P’yongyang recently.

I consider this operation fully authorized by my current directives from

you; however, it is submitted for approval to insure that a mass strike of

this nature is consistent with your most recent target directive from the

Joint Chiefs of Staff and with your wishes.

Attached is city plan of P’yongyang, showing selected targets. Also

attached is a self-explanatory draft of a signal proposed to the Joint Chiefs

of Staff in the event you desire to obtain approval for this operation.

Following is my suggested radio to be sent by CINCFE to Joint

Chiefs of Staff:

This message in three parts.

PART I. Among the more important remaining military targets in North

Korea are several military barracks and training areas, warehouse storage

areas and marshaling yards in the P’yongyang area. In order to saturate

P’yongyang anti-aircraft defenses and insure elimination of these remaining targets in one strike, I proposed to undertake an attack with over 100

B–29s. All selected targets are considered to have a direct bearing on the

tactical situation and are not of strategic nature. Strike will be visual and

precision bombing.

PART II. This plan is submitted for your approval to insure that there is

no objection on part of Joint Chiefs or other agencies to the execution of

such a mass bombardment attack.

PART III. In the event you do not approve of this proposed mass operation,

it is assumed that there is no objection to destroying these selected targets

one at a time, but anti-aircraft losses may occur.
Met with General MacArthur at 1800 hours.

With reference the dispatch of two medium groups back to the ZI, General

MacArthur directed that until a decision was made as to whether he would go

beyond the 38th Parallel he did not dare return the two medium groups, but did

state that if he was not authorized to go beyond the 38th Parallel that he would

immediately return the two groups, but that if he did go forward beyond the 38th,

he would retain all four.

Reference the one bang [underlined in original] attack on military targets in

the P’yongyang area, he approved my paper of this date (27 Sept) at 1815 hours

and he very emphatically stated that there was no reason for him to send my draft

signal to the Joint Chiefs of Staff! Hooray! God bless his soul!31

During my conversation with CINCFE he specifically invited Partridge and

O’Donnell to the coming ceremonies at Seoul.

Immediately upon my return to the office from General

MacArthur’s, I dispatched the following signal: STRATLINE to

Partridge and O’Donnell.

There will be a ceremony in Seoul 1100 hours, Friday, 29 Sept. General

MacArthur invites you to be present, but you must get there under your

own airplane power. I desire your presence if it does not interfere with

your military duties.

Coordinated a radio earlier in the day to Partridge and O’Donnell stressing

again the necessity of not repeat not violating the Manchurian border. Directed

that all crews operating north of a line from P’yongyang to Wonsan be specifically briefed prior to each mission on these points and further that any airplane

north of this line that cannot definitely determine its position make no attack.

At 0935 hours, General MacArthur called me on the telephone and stated that he had had a directive from Washington

to offer surrender terms to the Korean Reds and that in view

of his directive, he desired to hold in abeyance the “one

bang” attack on P’yongyang. He indicated that if he had no offer from the North

Koreans to his surrender that he would give me the green light to go ahead with

the attack. Again, God Bless his soul!

I instructed General Weyland to notify General O’Donnell that his attack

was off for 1 October and he would put it up for 3 October but would make the

attack only on my specific word. This is being confirmed by “Stratline.”

Sent formal condolence messages to Bouchier and Robertson re the

accidental attack by FEAF on elements of the advance units of 27th

British Brigade. Also asked Bouchier to forward by signal my message Marshal of the Air Force Sir John C. Slessor:

Personal Slessor from Stratemeyer. Receipt of the knowledge that elements of the Far East Air Forces accidentally strafed advance units of the

27th British Brigade came with deep shock to me. The contribution of the

THURSDAY

28 SEPTEMBER

1950

210

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

31. The “one bang” attack was to be a massed bombing by 100 B–29s of military targets in P’yongyang. Stratemeyer believed that this strike could, at least, impress the North Koreans and possibly hasten the collapse of

North Korean resistance. (Futrell, p 205.)
Commonwealth to United Nations efforts is a source of constant admiration to members of this command and each keenly feels the tragedy of

this unfortunate incident.

Departed 0600 hours from Haneda, direct for Seoul aboard

the SCAP32 with General MacArthur and a group of his staff

to attend the ceremonies wherein CINCFE turned over the

Korean capital, Seoul, to President Rhee. The ceremonies

were in great dignity and simplicity. MacArthur, near the end of his message,

broke down completely and he had to stop and collect himself prior to the

saying of the Lord’s Prayer.

President Rhee, in his statement, was impressive and I admired his stamina

and courage. Mrs. Rhee was also present; she is a sweet, little old lady.

We departed immediately after the ceremony and arrived back at Haneda

1600 hours.

Prior to the ceremonies, General MacArthur met with his commanders and

discussed the coming operations and conditions under which we would cross the

38th Parallel.

He indicated to Walker that he should not stop the momentum of his pursuit

and if the ROK Army wants to go forward, not to stop them, but encourage them.

The Distinguished Service Cross award was made to General Walker at the

conclusion of which I told General MacArthur that I felt that General Partridge

was entitled to the same award. He agreed and authorized me to submit a recommendation for the award which he will approve.

General Weyland informed me that he had sent a redline message, dated

28 Sept, to Vandenberg stating that the 49th Jet Fighter Group was based and

operational that date from K-2, Taegu, Korea.

In opening my mail, found a note from Partridge re the “favorable” comparison between AF and ground force “kills” which I bucked to members of my

staff. We consistently have underestimated our kills.

FRIDAY

29 SEPTEMBER

1950

211

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

32. “SCAP” was the name given MacArthur’s new Lockheed Constellation.

Stratemeyer talks with

Brig. Gen. Edward A.

Craig, assistant division

commander of the 1st

Marine Division, and a

naval officer prior to

the ceremonies in Seoul.
212

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

Also the following letter was received from Jack Slessor who reported that

Wykeham-Barnes had returned, thanked me for his receiving the Air Medal,

and added:

... We shall have to be careful that the land forces don’t come to think they

can never do anything unless they have overwhelming air support. We

have seen something of the dangers of that six years ago, and I gather

from Wykeham-Barnes that they are inclined to suffer a bit from that

complex in Korea. That’s all very well where there is no air opposition,

but it won’t be the form if there is a show-down in Europe...

Following is the exchange of messages on the movement of the fighter wing

to Suwon Airfield:

25 Sept Partridge sent to X Corps:

Req permission to deploy the 6131 Tac Sup Wing to Suwon airdrome in

Korea. This organization is a fighter wing and is to be employed from

Suwon Airfield. Present plans of the Fifth AF contemplate airlifting in an

adv[ance] detachment of the 6131 Tac Sup Wing consisting of 50 people

and equipment. This is to be followed by the 1st, 2d and 3d echelons at a

later date. Req that your hq expedite reply and info to adees [addressees]

listed above.

28 Sept X Corps signalled 5th AF:

No objection to deployment 6131 Tac Support Wg to Suwon Airdrome

in Korea.

Immediately following receipt of their above message they sent

this signal:

It should be pointed out that the concurrence given in above reference radio

is with the clear understanding that the establishment of ATDC support

wing on Suwon Airdrome at this time will in no way reduce the allocation

of air cargo to X Corps. Further, that all tactical aircraft operating in this

area will be under the control of the X Corps Tactical Air Command.

Partridge immediately wired me on 29th:

The condition cited in Ref Msg for movement of a tactical support wing

to Suwon is not acceptable to this headquarters. The 6131st Wing will not

be moved to Suwon unless it is clearly understood by all concerned that

command and control of this unit remains with CG 5th AF. Inasmuch as

action has already been initiated to have supporting equipment and supplies into Suwon, it is requested that this matter be cleared with CINCFE

and this hqs advised earliest.

My message to CINCFE with info to all adees:

Essential to support of EUSAK and contemplated future opns that 5th AF

ftr bmr gps be estbd as soon as possible at K-13, Suwon, and at K-14,

Kimp’o. These units must remain under centralized control Fifth AF in

execution of Fifth AF overall missions. Forward displacement of FEAF
air units w/require some support fr FEAF Combat Cargo Cmd. As Inch’on

opn has progressed well beyond amphibious phase, req that upon arrival

of 5th AF units in the Seoul area, control of all land based acft, including

Marines remaining at Kimp’o, pass to CG FEAF as set forth in CINCFE

policy ltr of 8 Jul 50, file AG 370.2.

Sent Toohey Spaatz (who departed yesterday aboard PanAm

for the ZI) the following airmail special delivery letter:

I think you would be interested to know that while en

route to Seoul yesterday, when General MacArthur turned

over the capitol to President Rhee, in a conversation I had with Brigadier

General Courtney Whitney, Chief of SCAP Government Section, General

Whitney informed me that up to that time, 29 September, General

MacArthur had not received a single commendation or congratulation

note on the successes that he has had in Korea from anyone connected

with the administration — including the President. General Whitney

stated “none of the Secretaries of the Service, nor members of the Joint

Chiefs of Staff (including General Bradley), nor any member of the

Department of Defense, nor any member of the State Department had

sent one word of praise to the Boss.”

I thought you might be interested and might slip in a line or two on this

subject in one of your articles.

When I heard this news, I just plain couldn’t understand it.

Hope your trip back was pleasant, etc.

In my letter to Spaatz added a PS to the effect that CINCFE did receive

congratulatory messages from Chiang Kai Shek and PI [Philippine Islands]

President Quirino.33

Admiral Struble under date of 27 Sept informed me:

The New York Times of Sept 8 carried an article headlined, “Russians

Stirred by Plane Incident - Resentment Against U.S. Rises Over Bomber

Loss Off Korea - Press Features Protest.” The last two paragraphs of this

article, headed “Moscow,” read as follows:

“Meanwhile, the Literary Gazette added three American generals to a

list of Westerners it calls ‘War Criminals,’ and cartooned them in uniforms dripping blood.

“They were Lt. Gen. George E. Stratemeyer, Far East Commander of the

United States Air Force; Maj. Gen. Earle E. Partridge, Commander of the

United States Fifth Air Force in Japan; and Brig. Gen. Edward J. Timberlake, Jr., Vice Commander of the Fifth Air Force.”

It was a great shock to me to read your name as one of the “war criminals.”

Trusting that all goes well, etc.

SATURDAY

30 SEPTEMBER

1950

213

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

33. This message was not sent, perhaps because Stratemeyer learned that, in fact, there had been many congratulatory messages from members of the administration, including the President, and the JCS. (James, p 484;

Collins, pp 140-141.)
In reply I told Struble:

Your succinct letter of 27 Sept was read with a great deal of interest.

However, I feel that when the Commies get around to giving “war criminal” Stratemeyer a cell-mate, it will be none other than that old “buccaneer” Arthur D. Struble, USN! etc.

Also bucked copies of Struble’s letter to Earle Partridge and Ted Timberlake -

“as further indication of their effective leadership of the Fifth Air Force.”

Directed Deputy for Personnel to get started on the citation for Partridge for

the Distinguished Service Cross.

Sent a short note to the Honorable Robert A. Lovett,34 Deputy Secretary of

Defense - telling him I didn’t know whether to congratulate or condole with him

re his new appointment.

Drafted up another letter to Vandenberg urging tangible recognition of Jack

Doyle’s efforts - either permanent brigadier general, a temporary major generalship, or preferably - both.

Sent Vandenberg an informational redline as of today we had passed the

40,000 sortie mark - 40,190 to be exact.

Received from USAF (Sory Smith) the following signal:

Your message of 21 Sept,..., to President Air Reserve Association,

National Convention, Hotel Texas, Fort Worth, Texas, was passed to

Brigadier General Lafeton Whitney35 as you requested. I feel sincerely

that your well-timed and masterfully worded message to ARA members

and guests could not help but both impress and inspire the delegates. The

text of Secretary Finletter’s address to this same group at 0930, local this

date, has been airmailed to you FYI.

Sent the following redline to Vandenberg - personal:

Further reference requirement for Air Evaluation Board. Recognizing

necessity for securing corroborative evidence results of air effort, Partridge is initiating limited survey of areas now uncovered. We shall continue to do our best within limits of resources. In view of rapid enemy

roll-back earnestly recommend movement of Evaluation Board or Bombing Survey personnel be expedited.

“FLASH” message from Joint Chiefs to General MacArthur received

this morning as follows:

At the time the situation in Korea was going against the UN forces, some

consideration was given to an all out bombing attack on the enemy capital at P’yongyang. We do not know what your views or plans are in this

connection under the existing circumstances. Because of the serious

political implications involved it is desired that you advise the Joint

Chiefs of Staff, for clearance with higher authority, of any plans you

214

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

34. During World War II, Lovett was Assistant Secretary of War for Air. When George C. Marshall became Secretary of Defense, he recruited Lovett as his deputy. Lovett became Secretary of Defense when Marshall retired

in the fall of 1951.

35. Whitney is unknown.
215

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

may have before you order or authorize such an attack or attacks of a

similar nature.

MacArthur to DA replied as follows to above quoted signal:

For JCS. I have no present plans or purpose to bomb the enemy capital at

P’yongyang and at no time has consideration been given to attempt any

operation designed to do more than destroy its military installations. I am

trying to end the campaign with as little added loss of life and destruction

of property as is possible. In the case of P’yongyang, if it becomes a

citadel of defense against our attacking ground forces, I would plan to use

such air concentrations as might become necessary to minimize our own

losses. At present, however, I have no intention of launching an all-out

bombing attack of the nature to which you refer. Signed MacArthur.

General MacArthur forwarded copies of the following statements.

1. Message from the White House.

The President - “I know that I speak for the entire American people when

I send you my warmest congratulations on the victory which has been

achieved under your leadership in Korea. Few operations in mil[itary]

history can match either the delaying action where you traded space for

time in which to build up your forces, or the brilliant maneuver which has

now resulted in the liberation of Seoul. I am particularly impressed by the

splendid cooperation of our Army, Navy and Air Force, and I wish you

would extend my thanks and congratulations to the commanders of those

services - Lt Gen Walton H. Walker, Vice Adm Charles T. Joy and Lt Gen

George E. Stratemeyer. The unification of our arms established by you

and by them has set a shining example. My thanks and the thanks of the

people of all the free nations go out to your gallant forces - soldiers,

sailors, marines and airmen from the United States and the other countries fighting for freedom under the United Nations banner. I salute you

all, and say to all of you from all of us at home - ‘Well and nobly done’.”

2. From the Joint Chiefs of Staff.

The Joint Chiefs of Staff are proud of the great successes you have

achieved. We realize that they would have been impossible without brilliant and audacious leadership and without the full coordination and the

fighting spirit of all forces and all arms. From the sudden initiation of

hostilities you have exploited to the utmost all capabilities and opportunities. Your transition from defensive to offensive operations was magnificently planned, timed and executed. You have given new inspiration to

the freedom-loving peoples of the world. We remain completely confident that the great task entrusted to you by the United Nations will be

carried to a successful conclusion.

General MacArthur has ordered the following statement

dropped 1 October 1950. Leaflet written in both English and

Korean and is addressed to: The Commander-in-Chief North

Korean Forces. It states:

The early and total defeat and complete destruction of your armed forces

SUNDAY

1 OCTOBER

1950
and war making potential is now inevitable. In order that the decisions of

the United Nations may be carried out with a minimum of further loss of

life and destruction of property, I, as the United Nations Commander-inChief, call upon you and the forces under your command, in whatever

part of Korea situated, forthwith to lay down your arms and cease hostilities under such military supervision as I may direct - and I call upon

you at once to liberate all United Nations prisoners of war and civilian

internees under your control and to make adequate provision for their

protection, care, maintenance, and immediate transportation to such

places as I indicate. North Korean Forces, including prisoners of war in

the hands of the United Nations Command, will continue to be given the

care dictated by civilized custom and practice and permitted to return to

their homes as soon as practicable. I shall anticipate your early decision

upon this opportunity to avoid the further useless shedding of blood and

destruction of property.

Hugh Baillie lunched with us at Mayeda House.

General Kenney returned about 1500 hours from his trek to Korea.

ROK forces reach and cross 38th Parallel.36

Received Stratline from O’Donnell in which he stated,

listing his reasons, that the American-made flares of 1943

vintage were dangerous and hazardous and his statistics

were showing their use not worthwhile. British flares, which

were of 1950 manufacture, were available in theater and he was requisitioning

a supply.37

The following memo was given to Vice Commander A&P, Vice Commander

Ops with an additional copy for Deputy for Operations - and Plans - in order

MONDAY

2 OCTOBER

1950

216

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

36. As early as mid-July, MacArthur had considered crossing the 38th Parallel into North Korea, believing that it

might be necessary to occupy the entire country in order to bring the war to a successful conclusion. He was

perhaps responding to the rather vague and imprecise U.N. Security Council’s June 27 resolution to “repel the

armed attack and to restore international peace and security in the area.”

Also in July, both the JCS and the National Security Council (NSC) began studying the possibility of crossing

the parallel. After the JCS reviewed an initial study, the NSC issued a revised paper, NSC 81/1. This paper, a

somewhat waffling and obtuse document, among other things stated: (1) U.N. forces could advance north of

the 38th Parallel so as to either force the NKPA to withdraw from the south or defeat it; (2) if Russian or

Chinese forces entered North Korea before U.N. troops crossed the 38th Parallel, there would be no advance

farther north, though bombing operations in North Korea would still be allowed; (3) operations “close to” the

Manchurian and U.S.S.R. borders would be forbidden, as would operations across these borders; (4) only

ROK troops would be used in the “northeast province or along the Manchurian border;” and (5) occupation

plans for North Korea would be drawn up by MacArthur, but only executed with the “explicit” approval of

the President.

Curiously, NSC 81/1 also said that if the Russians intervened anywhere in Korea, MacArthur was to go on the

defensive, whereas, if the Chinese Communist Forces (CCF) intervened in the south (North Korea not being

mentioned), he was to continue operations as long as he deemed them to be successful. The JCS finally

noticed that NSC 81/1 did not mention Chinese intervention in North Korea and in early October, amended its

directive by substituting the word “anywhere” for “south of the 38th Parallel.” (FRUS, 1950, Korea, Vol. VII,

pp 685-93; “History of the JCS,” Vol. III, pp 224-228.)

The main provisions of NSC 81/1 were sent by the JCS to MacArthur on Sept. 15, followed on the 27th by a

JCS directive authorizing movement north across the parallel. The first U.S. patrols crossed the 38th Parallel

on Oct. 7, the main force following two days later. (“History of the JCS,” Vol. III, pp 228-230.)

37. O’Donnell also recommended that the use of B–29s on night target of opportunity missions be discontinued,

to which Stratemeyer agreed. (Ltr, Maj Gen Emmett O’Donnell to Lt Gen George E. Stratemeyer, 2 Oct 1950,

subj: Emergency Use of B–29 Aircraft; Memo, Lt Gen George E. Stratemeyer to Vice Commander, Operations, 3 Oct 1950, subj: O’Donnell Ltr of 2 Oct 1950, “Emergency Use of B–29 Aircraft.”
217

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

to guide them in their preparation of any indorsement that I sign, sending forward

reports from my four major commands regarding the Korean conflict:

MEMORANDUM - Subject - Final Reporting - Korean Conflict.

When the final reports of the Korean campaign are submitted from FEAF

Bomber Command, FEAF Combat Cargo Command, Fifth Air Force, and

FEAMCOM, we must be very careful in preparing my forwarding indorsements to indicate besides the lessons learned, the lessons not learned.

For examples:

(1) In the FEAF Bomber Command, there have been only four (4) losses,

two (2) of which were due to enemy action and only one (1) of those -

air action. The great tonnages they dropped and the number of aircraft

they kept in commission could not have been accomplished had there

been an aggressive air opponent.

(2) The tonnages carried by the FEAF Combat Cargo Command could not

have been a semblance of what they carried had there been aggressive

hostile jet aircraft to interfere. The straight pattern of course they flew

from Ashiya, around the tip of South Korea, up to a point opposite

Inch’on, and then straight into Kimp’o - a half dozen jet aircraft could

have picked them off like clay pigeons. If the statement were made that

air cover could have protected those aircraft, this would be a fallacy if

there is aggressive enemy air present inasmuch as friendly fighters

would be needed to attempt to gain air superiority. In this case, we

would have to go into some form of group formation and fly in the

cargo or the troops just as we would move out with a bomber formation. We must keep in mind that our home bases here in Japan, and even

in South Korea, have not been interfered with by hostile air.

(3) The Fifth Air Force, after the initial two or three days was able to concentrate practically its entire effort on the support of United Nations

ground troops. There was no hostile interference from hostile air and the

great support that we were able to give might lead to a wrong conclusion.

If there had been an enemy air force, it is questionable - to my way of

thinking - that the ground troops could ever have been supplied by long

truck columns and train as they were from Pusan.

The great proportion of our air effort would of necessity have been to

knock out hostile air both on the ground and in the air.

There never has been any real hostile aircraft with which to contend.

General Walker, General Gay, and other senior ground people realize the

fact that there was not hostile air and thereby their rear echelons operated

freely due to this fact.

One hears frequently of the “package Marine (ground-air) units.” For certain types of operations, such as amphibious landings, this type organization is good, but the United States government simply cannot afford to

have all ground divisions equipped with their own tactical air in packages. The senior commanders would be unable to divert from one side of

the line, as was done by General Partridge during the period 1-5 Sept, had

they had the packaged form of close support.
The type of support rendered by the Corsair and the F–51 could not have

been had they been opposed by an aggressive air opponent equipped

with jets.

The F–80 not only is capable of as great a wallop as the ‘51 or Corsair,

but it can protect itself, and, further, the combat losses have been in the

ratio of about 4 to 1, favoring the F–80. If the F–80 had only one-third the

effectiveness it had, it would still be a better air supporting airplane than

the ‘51 because of the minimum losses that would be sustained from

ground fire.

The chief of staff of a North Korean division who surrendered, in an interview with Dr. Bowles, indicated that the most feared piece of equipment utilized by the United Nations in the Korean conflict was the American jet.38

(4) FEAMCOM has been able to operate here in Japan and in forward

bases without any interruptions from hostile air, and we must not

assume that in a war with a major power could FEAMCOM’s activities been carried on as they have been. One hostile raid at Tachikawa

would have made a great difference in the supply and maintenance

rendered to the Far East Air Forces.

Furthermore, we will never have available in other theaters of operations

the technical and industrial help that we have been able to secure here in

Japan from the Japanese civilians employed by FEAMCOM.

Our lines of communications here in Japan and in Korea have not been

interfered with by hostile air. Again, I’m wondering what would have

happened to our supplies and maintenance problems.

(5) Now, a word about my own headquarters which operated here in the

Meiji Building under the most advantageous conditions that one

could imagine - even including air conditioning. There were no bomb

raids, no black-outs, no harrassment of any sort that would always be

present in a war with a major power.

At times, our communications did not function too efficiently, but overall, to

my mind, it was superior as compared to conditions that would be present were

we in the field and dependent upon communications we would have to set up.

The point I want to make is: the war has been fought with a minor power

against a very aggressive ground opponent and if we are not careful, people back home in the Pentagon will draw conclusions from this war which

will not be true.

Our ground people, in their defensive situation, on many occasions were

absolutely dependent upon the air support to maintain the security of the

great gaps in their lines.

Again, we have the Navy, offshore with their carriers, making a great

show with their sweeps and their light tonnage attacks against hostile targets with no enemy air to interfere in the air - or against their carriers -

which would be sitting ducks for an aggressive hostile bomber force.

All of us must be very careful not to draw inept conclusions from this

small, “police action” war. GES

P.S. Here are several other thoughts that must be considered: (1) We have

218

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

38. This North Korean officer was Senior Lt Col Lee Hak Ku, Chief of Staff, N.K. 13th Division. In 1952, he

became notorious as the leader of the Communist prisoners in their Koje Island riots. (Appleman, pp 589-590.)
had no communications jamming. Our security in messages - both by

telephone and radio - has been very lax as compared with what it would

be when engaged in a war with a major power, particularly where the

enemy had an aggressive Air Force. Practically all of our routings and

reportings of aircraft, especially those having to do with FEAF Combat

Cargo Command, have been in the clear, whereas if we were really pitted

against a first-class enemy, they would have had to have been in code.

(2) We have not considered in all of our night operations the fact that the

enemy could well employ night intruders against our light and medium

bomber activities. GES

General Turner arrives Haneda 1030 hours.

Generals Turner and Kenney dinner guests at Mayeda House (General

Kenney is a house-guest).

At 1700 hours a Colonel John L. Holcombe, with a letter of introduction

from Rawlings, and who is employed in a civilian capacity in the Comptroller

Office, Department of Defense, called at the office. He is over here to look into

Army budget and finance problems. Colonel Holcombe is also anxious to look

into AF materiel utilization and loss factors. Colonel Corr39 has him in tow.

I authorized him to make a flight with the FEAF Bomber Command.

1815 hours had a long conference with CINCFE, and, although he was one

hundred percent for having me be in controlling head of all air operations, he

indicated that the defense forces were not organized that way and that such a

decision could not be made by him, but must be made by higher authority.

After pointing out that the Annex Order to the coming Wonsan operation put

the coordination of air effort outside the objective area, after the assault, in his

headquarters, he agreed with me that that should be changed - that I should be

the controlling controller of all air operations after the assault phase.

At his direction, I discussed this with General Doyle Hickey, the acting chief of

staff, and, after explaining General MacArthur’s desires, we came to a quick decision and a change in the order was made to my satisfaction by changing the word

“post-assault” to “assault” and by striking out the words “in his headquarters.”

My interpretation of this is that I am the coordinating headquarters for air

operations throughout the Wonsan operation.40

Press conference at 1030 hours was received with enthusiasm and many complimentary remarks were made by the

correspondents. About 25 members of the press were present

plus members of my staff. Took about 30 minutes for the

TUESDAY

3 OCTOBER

1950

219

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

39. Col Francis J. Corr, FEAF comptroller.

40. On Korea’s east coast, Wonsan is a major port and industrial city. MacArthur planned to make a landing there

on Oct. 20 using the troops of the X Corps. This was not received with great enthusiasm by many commanders who believed removing troops from action to embark them for the landings would slow pursuit of the

enemy. A more proper strategy, they thought, was an overland attack to Wonsan.

There were other problems with this operation. It was feared that major logistical headaches would be created

by the plan, both at Inch’on where the 1st Marine Division would load, and on the road between Inch’on and

Pusan, where the 7th Division would embark. Indeed, this is what happened. In addition, the diversion of

shipping from hauling supplies to carrying the two divisions caused serious problems later as stockpiles dwindled in the face of increased enemy activity.

The amphibious “assault” at Wonsan was anti-climactic. On the day the X Corps began to stage for the landings,

Oct. 7, the ROK I Corps was only ten miles south of Wonsan, and the city fell to the ROK troops three days
statement and then about 30 minutes was used for questions and answers. The

telegraphic dispatches to Stateside papers sent out by reporters were well worded

and covered the subject although the information sent was based more on the

answers to the questions than on the statement made.

Captain Hoagland,41 General Kenney’s son-in-law, joined us - and General

Kenney - at dinner at Mayeda House.

Mr. Joseph Alsop called at the office. Saw him with Colonel

Nuckols at 1515 hours. (Believe I won the jet support

controversy.)

Bouchier sent over the following memo which I sent to

Earle Partridge for his records and to return to me to become a part

of the official FEAF files:

I have just received the following telegram from Sir John Slessor in

reply to the one you sent him as contained in your letter to me dated

28 Sep 50.

Quote: “Personal for STRATEMEYER from SLESSOR. Reference

telegram CAB 63 most grateful your personal message through Bouchier.

Assure you both Slim and I realize that this sort of tragic accident is

bound to happen occasionally in war. Anyway, it was clearly not the fault

of pilots in the air.” Unquote.

(Slim referred to above is General Sir William Slim, Chief of Imperial

General Staff).

May I take this opportunity also of thanking you for your most kind letter to me dated 28 Sept. The sincerity and deep regret and concern that

both you and all officers and airmen of the Far East Air Forces have

shown with regard to this well understood and pure accident of war is

greatly appreciated by us all. For myself, may I ask that in any investigation you may possibly have made into this accident that you or General

Partridge will deal compassionately and as lightly as possible with anyone you may consider to blame in any way.

No one makes a mistake of this sort purposely and if you should find that

some blame attaches to anyone in particular I earnestly hope that you will

see it, as I do, that any mistake made is, in itself, full punishment enough

and that no further action is necessary.

I addressed the WAF Detachment, Captain Temple42 commanding, this morning in the FEAF Auditorium at which

time I welcomed them to FEAF, explained my experience

with 300 WACs in India and China and then personally told

them what a great job the WACs had done for me in the war. I wished them well

and told them I was glad they were here.

THURSDAY

5 OCTOBER

1950

WEDNESDAY

4 OCTOBER

1950

220

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

later. Air Force base units and 1st MAW air units were actually operating from the Wonsan airfield before the

landings took place. The 1st Marine Division arrived off Wonsan on Oct. 20, but extensive minefields in the

harbor kept the ships offshore until the 26th, when an “administrative” landing was made. On the 29th, the 7th

Division landed at Iwon, 105 miles northeast of Wonsan. (Futrell, pp 202; Schnabel, pp 190, 205-210, 219.)

41. Capt Edward C. Hoagland, Jr., was married to Kenney’s daughter, Julia.

42. Capt Charlotte E. Temple.
I saw Squadron Leader Soen,43 Royal Thai Air Force, who is here with the

Thailand Mission.44 He brought me a beautiful cigarette case from Air Marshal

Fuen Ronnapakat- Ritthakani.45 Soen was in great hopes that we could arrange to

have MATS return their wounded to Bangkok from Korea and bring back

replacements. I indicated I had no authority to do this and it was something that

would have to be taken up by his Mission with CINCFE. He also asked for some

instructional photographs and maps which Major Paradis46 arranged for and

secured for him from Intelligence.

At 1530 hours had a conference with Hanson Baldwin,47 New York Times

military expert (bushwa). Present were General Weyland and Colonel Nuckols.

Rather proud of the way I conducted myself and was nice and gave him

some of the lessons learned - as for example the proving of the F–80; the fact that

we had an Air Force in Korea where you could swing the weight of its attacks

from one front to the other; and the great job that our air evacuation people have

done, wherein I noted that we have saved many American boys’ lives; and that I

was opposed to having for the Army “packaged” type air support which I believe

is correct for the Marines, but not correct for the Army. Mr. Baldwin left around

1615 apparently well pleased.

1730 hours made the award of the 4th cluster to General O’Donnell’s Distinguished Flying Cross. Present were Generals Craigie and Weyland; Colonel

Toro (AG)48 read the Order and Colonel Tidwell (JA) read the citation.

Colonel William P. Nuckols, my PIO, received his star -

appointed Brigadier General (temporary). Pinned his

stars on him and also gave him the copy of my signal to

Vandenberg which I had sent out earlier this morning:

Personal Vandenberg from Stratemeyer: I was in process of recommending Nuckols for his temporary star and therefore good news of his

promotion received this morning most gratifying and most deserved. His

work has been outstanding.

At 1200 hours today I checked with General Hickey by telephone to find out

if General MacArthur had sent out his ultimatum to the commander of the North

Korean Forces, and if he knew General MacArthur’s plans for the strike at

P’yongyang in order to destroy the seven military targets in that area if the North

Korean commander did not answer his ultimatum.

General Hickey indicated that in view of the present political situation he

was confident that General MacArthur intended to hold the attack in abeyance

for some time and that he had not sent out the ultimatum to the commander of

the North Korean forces.

I have directed General Weyland, Vice Commander for Operations, to

FRIDAY

6 OCTOBER

1950

221

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

43. This is probably Wg Cdr Suan Jitaiboon.

44. This was the diplomatic mission to Japan. On June 24, 1951, a Royal Thai Air Force detachment of three

C–47s arrived at Tachikawa. Attached to the 374th TCW’s 21st Squadron, the detachment began operations 

in July. (The History of the United Nations Forces in the Korean War, Vol. I [Seoul, 1972], pp 584-588.)

45. The Thai Air Force commander in chief. 

46. Maj Joseph C.E. Paradis, Stratemeyer’s aide-de-camp.

47. Baldwin was the military editor for the New York Times. Author of numerous articles and books on military

topics, he won the Pulitzer Prize in 1942.

48. Col E.E. Toro, FEAF’s adjutant general.
inform General O’Donnell of the above and that if the attack is directed, we will

receive at least 48 hours notice - or most likely, 72 hours notice.

General Courtney Whitney, Chief of SCAP’s Government Section, sent me

a copy of Drew Pearson’s49 column in the Washington Post of 30 Sept which

delineated with accuracy my exchange of notes with the Navy, my feelings, etc.

re the “air controller” situation and the JOC in Hq Fifth AF in Korea. Sent him a

thank you note for the article and also a copy of my letter to Admiral Joy which

is quoted in toto:

Dear Turner: The recent and completely unwarranted article by Drew

Pearson in the Washington Post distresses me greatly and I hasten to reassure you of my continuing and complete confidence in the naval forces

under your command.

It is indeed unfortunate that minor divergencies, which you and I are

always able to reconcile, have to be aired in public print. How this information came into the hands of the author is unknown to me, but one thing

is certain - it was not from this headquarters, its files or any member of my

staff who are operating under rigid and unmistakable orders. I sincerely

trust that the unrealistic and exaggerated Pearson article will not hamper

the intimate and effective coordination that has existed in the past between

your headquarters and mine - and between you and me personally.

I sent Joy the clipping from the paper with my letter.

1650 hours, Dr. Bowles called at the office to say goodbye.

Left the office about 0930 hours for Haneda. Flew to Taegu in

the T–33, Lt Langstaff piloting and made the award of the DSC

to General Partridge. Pictures were taken and brought same

back with me and turned them over to the PIO. Had lunch with

Colonel Smith50 in his pre-fab lunch hall. General Partridge lunched with us.

I explained to Partridge that he better have a second plan whereby he

could still support General Walker with all possible sorties and turn over the

necessary storage space at Kimp’o for the Cargo Command if they are

required to pick up the 187th Airborne Brigade there and drop them some

place in North Korea.

Partridge pointed out, and I agree with him, that this is contrary to all methods of dropping an airborne brigade. The forward flying fields should be made

available for fighter- bombers and the brigade should be picked up from fields in

the rear area.

I told him that I would do everything I could to allow him to occupy

Kimp’o with the 51st Fighter Wing.

(Passed the above on to General Weyland).

Walker’s C–47 has been returned to FEAMCOM where it was found they

had to pull a motor and while this is being done, it was decided that both motors

should be changed. Told Alkire to put the bee on FEAMCOM to get this job completed and the C–47 returned for General Walker’s use as early as possible.

SATURDAY

7 OCTOBER

1950

222

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

49. The famed and notorious columnist (“The Washington Merry-Go-Round”) noted for his investigative work.

50. Col Stanton T. Smith, commander of the 49th FBG.
General Partridge informed me that Mr. Muccio’s airplane was now

assigned and available for his use along with Captain W. J. Brown who used to

be stationed at Misawa and who has had service in Korea and who knew Mr.

Muccio personally. The Ambassador is very happy with this assignment.

General Partridge informed General Walker that B–29s (strikes) will be

made available to him on call. I confirmed this. (Passed same to Weyland).

To Craigie I sent the following memo:

General Walker and General Partridge are concerned about the fact

that American troops are not to pass the MacArthur Line, after they

cross the 38th Parallel, which extends from Sinanju to Kunu-ri, Yongwon

to Hamhung.51 The reason for their concern is that there are control

parties with ROK divisions as well as KMAG officers. If the ROK divisions are permitted to go forward, they desire that they be informed as

to whether KMAG officers and our ground control parties are to proceed beyond the MacArthur Line along with the ROK divisions. It is

desired that you (Craigie) secure this information and pass it to General Partridge from me and request CINCFE to inform Walker. If you

feel that this cannot be done at your level, I will take it up personally

with General MacArthur.

General Partridge has informed me that Major Smith who is a member of

the Army Field Evaluation Group told him that General Almond had written letters to Army Field Forces, General Clark, and others that he does not believe in

the Air Force - Army type of air support by cooperation and he feels and has

recommended that the Marine type of air support, where the Marine aviation

operates under the ground commander, is the type of air support he desires.

Major Smith pointed out, as did General Partridge to me, that he makes this

recommendation when he has never been supported by the USAF in any of his

ground actions. It is, therefore, difficult to understand his attitude.

Colonel Sykes (my Special Assistant) sent me the following buck slip

which I approved:

Inasmuch as the expression “coordination control” does not appear in the

joint dictionary of military and naval terms, I suggest for the record that

we footnote the GHQ 8 Jul 50 directive with a local definition of “coordination control.” Attached is a memo from Col Heflebower in response

to my request for the JSPOG understanding of what “coordination control” means. It might be desirable to ask GHQ for an official definition of

this expression; however, such a request might appear academic, arouse

suspicion, do more harm than good. Therefore, I do not recommend that

we ask GHQ for an official definition unless future controversy should

develop. Meanwhile, request your approval or changes in Col Heflebower’s suggested definition.52

223

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

51. This line actually started at Chongju, which is west-northwest of Sinanju, and ran just above the narrowest part

of Korea. On Oct. 17, MacArthur removed the restriction against using American troops north of this line.

However, he established another line restricting an American advance farther north extending generally from

Sunch’on north to Ch’ongsongjin and thence across country to Songjin on the east coast. (Schnabel, p 216.)

52. As noted earlier, there was never an official definition of this term.
224

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

Follows a verbatim quote of Colonel R. C. Heflebower’s memo re “Definition of Coordination Control, dtd 26 Sep 50.” Reference: Ltr, GHQ, FEC, File

370.2 (8 Jul 50) CG, subject: Coordination of Air Effort of Far East Air Forces

and United States Naval Forces, Far East, dated 12 July 1950.

(1) There apparently is not recorded a definition of “coordination control” as employed in reference letter, nor is it known whether the principals party to the agreement outlined therein discussed “coordination

control” in specific terms. The GHQ officer who prepared the background papers for the C/S, GHQ defines the phrase as follows:

“Coordination control is the authority to prescribe methods and procedures

to effect coordination in the operations of air elements of two or more

forces operating in the same area. It comprises basically the authority to

disapprove operations of one force might interfere with the operations of

another force and to coordinate air efforts of the major FEC commands by

such means as prescribing boundaries between operating areas, time of

operations in areas and measures of identification between air elements.”

(2) The specific definition above is reconstructed by the staff officer

referred to above and has NOT been officially approved by GHQ, FEC.

Sent a Stratline to Partridge telling him that Walker’s C–47 being tested

Sunday, 8 Oct, and in all probability would be delivered to Walker Monday

morning, 9 Oct, and for him to inform Walker re same.

Sent Toohey Spaatz the following letter:

Enclosed herewith are the general purpose maps and the

handbook on Inch’on (under separate cover) which

Willoughby had given you as part of the fittings for the

map case which you so kindly left for Annalee.

I feel, and hope that you agree, that one of your future articles should be

on the tactical air support that the United States Air Force furnishes to the

Army in conjunction with the AF’s job of isolating the battlefield by

operating light bombers and fighter-bombers well to the rear, as well as

in direct support, of the ground forces.

I have been told that there is quite a drive on in the Army, headed by Mark

Clark, to attempt to secure for the Army its own tactical support air force,

and one of the proponents of this out here is (as I was told by the Air

Force member of the Army Field Forces Evaluation Board that recently

visited this theater) Major General E. M. Almond. General Almond has

boldly stated that he does not like the “cooperation type support” that has

been agreed upon by the Army and the Air Force, but wants the Army to

secure its own similar to the Marine “packaged type of support.”

If you will remember, we discussed this while you were here and both

agreed that it would certainly be a backward step - besides being uneconomical - at a time when our government is spending all it can for defense - to

set up for all divisions in the Army packaged type close support. General

Almond has made such statements even though he has never operated

as a commander with the United States Air Force giving him close air

SUNDAY

8 OCTOBER

1950
225

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

support. The other commanders out here, as you know, who have received

our close air support, have nothing but praise for the effort we give them.

As I see your job, you need not mention names, but can surely point out

the fallacy of the Army attempting to further divide the air effort of this

country. (Frankly, I think we even made a mistake when we gave them

their liaison planes and artillery spotting planes.)

I had the great pleasure yesterday of pinning the Distinguished Service

Cross on Earle Partridge. I flew over to Taegu in a two-place F–80

[T–33], made the presentation, and returned to my headquarters - flying

time over and back about three hours and five minutes!

Annalee and I send love to you and Ruth and hope your fishing trip to the

Northwest and your trip home were pleasant ones.

Bucked the following letter received from Admiral Joy to my PIO who

in turn was instructed to file it with my “special” file in Toro’s office:

Ltr from Joy, dtd 7 Oct:

Your letter of 6 Oct 50, expressing distress concerning an enclosed clipping

of Drew Pearson’s article is acknowledged. Your thoughtfulness in bringing

this article to my attention and your reassurance that your forces have continuing and complete confidence in naval forces is appreciated.

In turn, I should like to state that we do not attach much importance to

such articles. We recognize that malicious and exaggerated articles will,

at times, appear regardless of the steps taken to prevent them and regardless of the actual conditions.

The Navy has had and will continue to have great respect for the integrity

of the AF. We have a high regard for the ability and the effectiveness of

AF units. Newspaper articles will not shake confidence built on the experience of our two services working together. The foundation of mutual

respect and mutual confidence between our services is not susceptible to

deterioration by outside comments.

Among sincere people who are attempting to solve complex and intricate

problems, there will always be differences in viewpoints and differences of

opinions. Without such differences among qualified personnel, there is no

progress. An alert, virile organization has a wide range of opinions within

itself. This is a normal healthy condition. It is regrettable that these sincere

differences are sometimes exaggerated and distorted. As time goes on, and

the people who do distort views realize that that distortion has no effect on

the cordial relationships between our services, we expect the distortions to

be gradually reduced and finally disappear.

I am positive that the excellent relationships existing between ourselves,

our staff and our services will continue to get even better.

Sent a letter to Chennault, in reply to his, re the ability of his CATS people

to “deliver the goods.” Told him that their help has been of assistance in seeing

us through the tough spots, but that they had over-estimated their abilities such

as promising a number of aircraft and being able to produce a fewer number than

they had committed themselves to. 
Sent a T.S. message to Partridge which contained 2 subjects:

(1) My alarm about inadvertently bombing with the ‘29s UN POW

camps that might be in barracks areas or training areas and have

directed that no more such targets be bombed.53 I am wondering if

Capt. Nichols through his sources could secure any info on UN POW

locations.

(2) Informed Partridge that he was authorized to continue with ROK divisions north MacArthur line (Sinanju - Yongwon - Hamhung) your ground

control parties. Walker has been informed by CINCFE that KMAG

officers can also continue with ROK divisions. (Bucked this signal

with its two subjects to Weyland, Crabb, and Banfill - and to TS Office

for file - for their info.)

Got my weekly letter off to Gill Robb Wilson. Enclosed with

the letter was the clipping from the S&S [Stars and Stripes],

8 October, re Partridge’s DSC award (also sent this clipping

to Hugh Baillie, Toohey Spaatz and Vandenberg), the complete FEAF news release on this award, and also the FEAF story on the air

evacuation of wounded.

Immediately when I got into the office this AM received the “flash”

radio from Partridge which states that pilot reports indicate flight F–80s this

afternoon strafed airfield northeast Korea containing about 20 P–39 or P–63

type aircraft. Mission directed to sweep Ch’ongjin 4146, 12948. Interrogation of pilots will be carried out this headquarters and further details supplied

soon as possible.

Mr. Tsufa Lee, accompanied by his friend Mrs. K. K. Chai, called and we

reminisced for quite a period.54 He indicated that on his next trip to Tokyo, he

would bring his wife, Eta. He has just returned from one month’s activities in the

United States, working with his company.

Sent Vandenberg following redline after receiving

several Stratlines from Partridge re the sweep of the

F–80 pilots of an airfield upon discovering about 20

P–39 or P–63 type aircraft thereon:

Possibility two F–80 violated USSR border afternoon of 8 Oct 50 on mission to sweep Ch’ongjin airfield. On letting down through low overcast

discovered sod field with about 20 P–39 type aircraft and destroyed one,

damaged one or more. From pilot’s description of landmarks and terrain

possible airfield is in Rashin area. B–26 reconnaissance mission 9 October not successful and will be repeated today with F–80 pilots aboard.

Will forward you further details as received.

TUESDAY

10 OCTOBER

1950

MONDAY

9 OCTOBER

1950

226

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

53. By now, General O’Donnell’s Bomber Command was having difficulty in finding profitable targets for the

B–29 groups. In searching for likely targets, several North Korean replacement training centers (which had

been identified during POW interrogations) were considered to offer possibilities for the B–29s. After attacks

on four of these centers, FEAF received information that some of these training camps were also holding

U.N. prisoners of war. To be on the safe side, Stratemeyer ordered no more attacks on these targets.

(Futrell, pp 205-206.)

54. These individuals are unidentified.
My radio (stratline) to Partridge:

Soviet Government according to Moscow radio has protested to the U.S.

violation of Soviet frontier by U.S. airplanes. The note charges that two

American F–80s attacked and fired upon a Soviet airdrome one hundred

kilometers within Korean-Soviet border located on seacoast in Sukhaya

Rechka area. Incident is said to have taken place 4:17 P.M., 8 October

local Soviet time.

This to my mind confirms the violation of the Soviet border by your

F–80 fighters as recently reported by you on 8 Oct as having possibly

taken place.

General MacArthur and I are most unhappy about this violation. It shows

a disregard for orders issued by you and me as well as from your organization commanders. At such a time near the end of the Korean war, you

and your people must repeat must be sure of your targets and not permit

such exhibition of haphazard navigation and disregard for instructions

issued. To be over 100 miles off in navigation is inexcusable.

A thorough and complete investigation of this incident will be made without delay and submitted direct to me.

(Had copy made of the signal to Vandenberg and sent it to General

MacArthur.)

Attended the “double ten” party at the Chinese Mission with Annalee and

then we went on to dinner with Sir Alvary and Lady Gascoigne, their residence,

British Embassy, at which they were honoring Under Secretary for Air, A. M.

Crawley and General Harding, Commander Ground Troops, Far East (British).55

Reached the office this AM and waiting for me were

the following redlines from Vandenberg:

(1) from Norstad, TS 4840; “reference reported violation

of USSR border. Report of your investigation, including

your judgment as to whether the attack was actually made, is required

here not later than 1400/Z (0900 local), 11 October.”

(2) The redline from Vandenberg, strongly worded (which I fully

expected) asked that I ascertain and name of the responsible commander

of the pilots who violated the USSR border and relieve him from duty

within 48 hours.

The first radio I turned over to Picher for reply.

Sent a redline to Vandenberg telling him that Major General Glenn O. Barcus56

and his group arrived (last evening, 10 October) and “reported to me this morning. They will be given all-out assistance. Col Sykes has been assigned to the

Barcus group for duty while they are here.”57

WEDNESDAY

11 OCTOBER

1950

227

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

55. Journalist, film producer and flier, Alden Merivale Crawley (in addition to being the Parliamentary Under

Secretary of State for Air) was a Member of Parliament for the Buckingham Division of Buckinghamshire.

Lieutenant General Sir John Harding was the commander-in-chief of the British Far East Land Forces. Later,

he became Chief of the Imperial General Staff.

56. Barcus, after earlier fighter and air defense commands during World War II, became the commander of the XII

Tactical Air Command in February 1945. He became Commanding General, Tactical Air Command in July 1950.

57. Although Colonel Sykes had come to the Far East in August to analyze the Korean air war, General Vandenberg
Issued instructions assigning Col Sykes to Barcus group - copies to General Barcus, General Nuckols, and Col MacNaughton58 (Historical), and of

course to Col Sykes.

Finally received a newsy letter from Weikert59 and among other items he

wrote about was the fact that the Navy was getting the preponderance of publicity in the Washington papers and passed along the info (which I’ve been aware

of for months) that Admiral Sherman on his trip out here was dissatisfied with

the publicity the Navy was getting, assigned three top-notch Navy colonels

[captains] to step it up. Sent P.D. the mimeographed gist of my press briefing,

complete with charts to help in backing up his arguments.

The RAF Under Secretary of State for Air A. M. Crawley was my guest

at our briefing.

Barcus reported in at 0930; assigned him the office next to mine - Room 210.

1030 hours, Lou Pick60 called on me.

Left the office for lunch at the American Embassy. MacArthurs honored

General Sir John Harding and Under Secretary of State for Air Crawley.

Immediately after the luncheon, the Under Secretary of State for Air Crawley and I departed for Haneda where we boarded the C–54 and flew to Iwakuni.

Mr. Crawley was most appreciative of my trip to Iwakuni with him. While there

I made an award of the Air Medal to a young RAAF flyer - Flight Lieutenant

Pritty.61 This award was made for his volunteering to fly as navigator with the 3d

Bomb Group. He flew seven (7) missions to Korea, nearly all of which were

night intruder missions and on the last mission the aircraft was forced down on

228

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

desired a broader and larger evaluation of this topic for use in future planning. He sent General Barcus and a

team of senior officers to Tokyo to undertake this project. The Barcus group remained in the theater until the

end of the year. Their report, titled “An Evaluation of the Effectiveness of United States Air Force in Korea,”

became more popularly known as the Barcus Report. The final report, in seven volumes with numerous

appendices, was issued on March 12, 1951.

58. Probably Lt Col F.H. MacNaughton from the FEAF History Office.

59. Brig Gen John M. Weikert had been FEAF vice commander until June 8 and was now Deputy Commandant,

Administration, National War College. His nickname was “P.D.” for Pennsylvania Dutch.

60. It is unknown if Stratemeyer is referring to General “Lew” Pick, the Army’s Chief of Engineers or some other

individual.

61. Flt Lt W. I. Pritty.

A pair of 49th FBG 

F–80s await takeoff on

another mission while

a C–119 lands.
229

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

the beach about 70 miles behind enemy lines; however, he was rescued by AirSea Rescue along with the entire crew.

I like Under Secretary of State for Air A. M. Crawley.

Sent a redline TS to Vandenberg as per his deadline

instructions:

Reurad TS 4837 Colonel Stanton T. Smith, Jr., has today

been relieved of command of 49th Fighter Bomber Group

based at Taegu, Korea, and the two pilots who made the attack will be tried

by court martial. My investigation report will follow soonest by T.S. radio.

My stratline to CG Fifth or VC Fifth:

You are directed to try by court martial 1st Lt. Alton H. Quanbeck and 1st Lt.

Allen J. Diefendorf for the violation of the Soviet border on 8 October 50.

I called attention of the Barcus group to my radnote to COMNAVFE pointing

out that the ten (10) Marine C–54s should be made a part of the Combat

Cargo Command.

Took over to CINCFE my formal report on the Violation of Soviet

Border incident. Report is as follows:

I. FACTS:

(1) On 3 Jul, 14 Aug, 2 Sept, and 26 Sept radios were sent to my major

commanders emphasizing the importance of not violating the

Manchurian or Soviet borders. In the radio of 26 Sept 50, I repeated

that crews operating near the North Korean border be specifically

briefed on this point and set a line from P’yongyang to Wonsan north

of which no airplane would attack if it could not positively determine

its position. (2) Fifth Air Force Operations Order 100-50 directed the

6149th Tactical Support Wing located at K-2 airfield at Taegu, Korea,

to dispatch a four-ship flight to sweep Ch’ongjin airfield on 8 October

50 with take-off time 1500 Item. (3) The flight was composed of: 1st

Lt. Norvin Evans, Jr., Flight Leader; 1st Lt. Alton H. Quanbeck, 1st Lt.

Allen J. Diefendorf, 2d Lt. Billy B. Watson. These officers are all

assigned to the 49th Fighter Bomber Group, flying F–80C aircraft,

located at Taegu. (4) The flight was specifically briefed at 1300 I,

8 October 50, to stay clear of Manchurian and Soviet borders. The target

folder included the location of the airfield with respect to the city of

Ch’ongjin and reports of previous strikes. No target photographs were

available. (5) Based on available data on winds aloft, the flight commander computed time to the target as one hour and five minutes. This

flight plan was followed. (6) Lt. Watson aborted prior to take-off due

to engine trouble. The flight leader, Lt. Evans, aborted 40 minutes after

take-off because of engine trouble and turned command of the flight

over to Lt. Quanbeck. Lt. Quanbeck and Lt. Diefendorf continued

climbing on a magnetic heading of 05 degrees through broken clouds

to 35,000 feet and continued above an overcast. After one hour and

THURSDAY

12 OCTOBER

1950
five minutes, they let down into a valley, under broken clouds one to

two thousand feet above sea level, then followed a dry stream bed two

or three minutes to the coast. The flight leader identified his position

to his own satisfaction as being northwest of Ch’ongjin, turned southeast between the coast, road and railroad to a 3500-foot sod field occupied by about twenty (20) P–39 type aircraft marked with red stars with

white edges. These were attacked in three strafing passes each, destroying one and damaging one or more. After strafing, the flight commander

noted terrain features did not agree with the landmarks on his map. On

the return to base, time in climb and cruise consumed 50 minutes, at

which time the Taegu radio homer was picked up far to the west. After

turning to the homer course of 265 degrees, Taegu was reached after 45

minutes flying. This position far to the east of Taegu was also an indication to the pilots that they had attacked the wrong target.

II. CONCLUSIONS:

(1) That an attack was made by two F–80C aircraft at about 1520 Item

8 October 1950, on Soviet aircraft on an airfield in the vicinity of

Sukhaya Rechka, USSR. (2) That the pilots had been briefed on the

importance of not violating the Manchurian or Soviet border. (3) That

the winds at altitude were not as forecast. (4) That the attack was the

result of pilot error and poor judgment, in that it was made without positive identification of the target.

III. ACTION TAKEN:

Above information has been radioed “personal for General Vandenberg”

per his radio direction. 

Sent the above in toto to General Vandenberg with exception of Par. 3, Part III,

which read: Above information has been furnished CINCFE this date.

General MacArthur’s reaction to my memo, reference the violation of the

Soviet border was good. He asked what would happen to Colonel Smith and I

told him that I intended to leave that up to General Partridge; however, he was

one of the best and most outstanding commanders that we had. CINCFE then

asked if the info had been sent to CSAF and I said that it was in the process of

being sent at that time. His first reaction was only to punish the pilots by disciplinary action under the 104th Article of War.62 I told him, “General, you just

can’t do that in this case.” He finally agreed and then asked what did I think the

court will do to them. I told him that I thought they’d fine the flight leader and

the number two man would probably get off with an admonition. His remark then

was, “Very good, Strat, and thanks.”63

230

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

62. The Article 104 that MacArthur refers to concerns the powers of commanding officers to impose disciplinary

punishment upon members of their commands for minor offenses without having to hold a court martial as

prescribed in the 1949 edition of the Manual for Courts-Martial, also known as the Articles of War. These

articles were revised and reissued in May 1951 as the Uniform Code of Military Justice (UCMJ). Under this

revised Code, Article 104 became Article 15. 

63. In 1990, both Quanbeck and Diefendorf recounted this incident, Quanbeck in an article in the Washington

Post (“My Brief War With Russia,” Washington Post, Mar 4, 1990) and Diefendorf in a magazine article

(Daniel Bauer, “The Pilots That Nearly Started World War Three,” Air Classics, April 1990, pp 28-41).
Weyland this date sent General Hickey, the acting chief of staff, GHQ,

UNC, the following memorandum:

Annex F to OPERATIONS ORDER NO. 2, GHQ, UNC, dated 2 October 1950, [concerning the Wonsan operation] reads in part as follows:

“2. Appendix 1, herewith, delineates the Initial Objective Area. Within

this area COMNAVFE, through appropriate commanders and agencies,

control all air operations, including air defense and close support of

troops from 0600 D-5 until relieved by orders of CINCUNC, at which

time CG FEAF assumes operational control of all land-based aircraft in

accordance with CINCFE Letter Directive of 8 July 1950, subject: ‘Coordination of Air Effort of FEAF and NAVFE’.” II CINCFE outgoing message, CX 66169, dated 111135 October 1950, reads in part as follows:

“Part 1. (2) Wonsan Airfield will be utilized for land-based aircraft under

control of Tactical Air Commander, X Corps, effective on arrival elements of X Corps in the Objective Area.’ III. The quoted reference in

paragraph 2 above appears to be in conflict with the quoted reference in

paragraph 1. IV. For clarification and for planning purposes, information

is requested as to whether it is intended: a. That control of land-based

Marine air units at K-25, Wonsan, pass from COMNAVFE to CG FEAF,

or b. That two separate land-based tactical air elements are to operate in

the constricted area of North Korea under separate air control and different

command arrangements.

Copy of CINCFE’s signal to the Joint Chiefs of Staff re the

Soviet border incident reached my desk this morning. I note

that he paraphrased my memo to him and included the statement that he approved my conclusions and actions.

Got off a courier personal (TS) message to Rosie O’Donnell:

The recent violation of the Soviet border by our fighters has resulted in my

having to direct the relief of one of the best fighter group commanders I

have from command of his group, and the court martial of the officers who

made the attack. When the report of investigation is released to the United

Nations, which will reduce the information from its present Top Secret

classification, I desire that you apprise all your group commanders of the

action taken and warn them again that any further violations will result in

action equally as drastic.

Sent the following letter to Earle Partridge calling his attention to:

the two instances that Fifth Air Force aircraft have violated the

Manchurian and Soviet borders have one thing in common - in each case

both the flight leader and deputy leader aborted, and command of the

flight was turned over to a wing man in the air. This suggests that the

more lowly members of the flight are merely attending the briefing and

FRIDAY

13 OCTOBER

1950

231

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Following this incident, Quanbeck became Brig Gen Delmar T. Spivey’s aide-de-camp. After 22 years in the

USAF, he worked for the Brookings Institution, the Senate Intelligence Committee, and the CIA. Although

through flying in Korea, Diefendorf went on to fly 142 missions in an F–4 during the Vietnam War, and

eventually retired as a colonel.
not being impressed with their responsibility in case the flight leader

aborts. I suggest that the briefing officers focus the attention of the wing

men on this responsibility in that the flight leader job could fall on them

with startling suddenness.

Received information copy of radnote from Marine Air Wing 1, to

Marine Air Transport Sqdn, VMR 152:

Advance echelon VMR-152 with 10 R5D aircraft assigned now TAD 1st

MARAIRWING from Pearl. Colonel Dean C. Roberts command. Report to

CG FEAF Combat Cargo Command for operational control.

Sent the following note to Follett Bradley64 complete with editorials

clipping from the N.Y. Times:

Dear Follett - The New York Times B. S. [emphasis in original] This

paper to my mind is just plain anti-Air Force. Not a word except where

underlined about the great part air power played in the turning of the tide

in Korea. I took the N. Y. Times for years, but I am through now. Damn

their souls and hides - and if you see Sulzberger65 you can pass this on

for me. G.E.S.

Right after the briefing, General Robertson made presentation of the Australian flag to me; the reason, the 77th Royal Australian Air Force Fighter

Squadron operates under FEAF control; therefore, I am authorized to fly the

Australian flag. It is my understanding that this is my personal property.

Weyland came out to the house for Mexican food with us. I ate too much.

Besides the principal lesson learned not to draw wrong conclusions from Korean War because of absence of aggressive

hostile air, main two lessons relating to the tactical war

learned thus far to my mind are: (1) We must develop equipment and tactics to seek out, see, and attack hostile ground equipment and troops

at night; (2) necessity for development of good night photography.

Received the following signal for Admiral Joy which I had bucked to

FEAF Combat Cargo Command:

Joy to Stratemeyer. The op control of the Marine transports was resolved

to the satisfaction of your deputy Major General Craigie and my chief of

staff prior to receipt your Cite A 21868. CG 1st MAW disp[atch] DTG

[date-time group] 120620A which you have an info copy of refers: the

Marine transports have been loaned to NAVFE for a brief period at the

expense of TRANSPAC airlift and I expect to release at least five of them

to return Pearl by D plus 10. I am confident that present arrangement will

insure the best interests of the Marines and Cargo Command. Be assured

that the airlift provided by the Cargo Command for the Marines at Kimp’o

has been the subject for much praise from those who know.

SATURDAY

14 OCTOBER

1950

232

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

64. Bradley, a retired USAAF major general, had been the assistant to the president of the Sperry Gyroscope Co.

since 1944.

65. Arthur Hays Sulzberger, president and publisher of the New York Times.
Sent the following to O’Donnell:

See by summary of 13 October missions that B–29s bombed at 16 different bridges with possible damage to 2 bridges and missing the others. This appears to be below standards you had set earlier. I realize that

there is a lack of interesting targets, however, the war is not over and I

hope that interest in BOMCOM does not lag to the extent that the

outstanding precision and capabilities of your individual crews

retrogresses.

Hugh Baillie sent me a formal “thank you” to which I

replied, as well as sending me an “informal” thank you letter. Had copies made of his formal letter and bucked it to

Vandenberg, Partridge and Tunner, as well as sending copies

to Toohey Spaatz, with appropriate remarks to each.

Left the office early in order to be at hand when CINCFE lands at Haneda

upon his return from a conference with the President.66 He landed at 1600 hours.

1100 hours - Bell representatives Charles Barr and Charles

H. Schmidt called at the office.

Colonel Harold R. Maddux,67 officer-in-charge of the Bob

Hope troupe, came in and discussed with me the Howard

Hughes movie that is being made on the Korean war indicating the part played

by USAF.68 I told Colonel Maddux I would be delighted to have Mr. Hope to

dinner and would also arrange a golf game for him if he so desired.

General Nuckols and Colonel Sykes read the Howard Hughes movie script

in order to offer practical suggestions.

At 1600 hours, made the presentation of the Commendation Ribbon to:

1st Lt. William T. Wilkinson, 1st Lt. Claude D. Lamb, T/Sgt. Vincent W. Hesler,

and Staff Sergeant Jimmie J. Stanley.

At 1630 Wing Commander Johnny Johnson69 reported in as Marshal of the

Royal Air Force, Sir John Slessor’s representative to look us over, etc.

MONDAY

16 OCTOBER

1950

SUNDAY

15 OCTOBER

1950

233

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

66. The highly-publicized first-ever meeting of Truman and MacArthur took place on tiny Wake Island this day,

MacArthur having left Japan the day before. What this meeting was actually supposed to accomplish is still

subject to interpretation. Some historians, including the iconoclastic I.F. Stone and John W. Spanier, believe

the meeting was in response to the October 8 attack on the Vladivostok airfield. (See their reasoning in I.F.

Stone, The Hidden History of the Korean War, [New York, 1952], p 150, and John W. Spanier, The TrumanMacArthur Controversy and the Korean War, [New York, 1965 ed.], pp 111-112.) Truman later claimed that it

was held to discuss policy and improve his somewhat shaky relations with MacArthur; others said it was just

a public relations ploy, mainly on the President’s part, though MacArthur was never one to turn down an

opportunity in the public relations field.

What this meeting was not was a serious, organized review of Korean and Far Eastern policy. The discussions, which lasted less than two hours on the 15th, were generally shallow and often digressed into matters

far afield of Korea. Though MacArthur, for once, did not orate at length, his various statements at the meeting

still added up to more conversation than the other eight people at the conference combined! One of his comments, that there was little chance that the Soviets or Chinese would interfere in Korea, gave his detractors

much ammunition later as MacArthur’s star began to wane. It should be noted, however, that virtually all of

the U.S. intelligence agencies made the same assumption. (See James, pp 500-517, for a good short summary

of this meeting; also see “History of the JCS,” Vol. III, pp 263-270, 285-286.) 

67. Maddux was Secretary of the Air Staff. Bob Hope was touring the Far East at the time for the USO.

68. This movie became the terrible John Wayne/Janet Leigh potboiler, “Jet Pilot.” Although made in 1951, it was

not released until 1957.

69. A 38-victory “ace” in World War II, Johnson was in Korea observing FEAF operations for the RAF. 
234

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

General Hickey, this date, sent Weyland the below quoted memo

which is answering Weyland’s memo to him of 12 October. Hickey

also enclosed a copy of a signal which is included in the below

quoted material:

1. Reference is made to your memorandum of 12 October 1950 [about the

border violation], copy attached. (Incl 1). 2. It is believed that CINCFE

message dispatched this date, copy attached (Incl 2), clarifies the matter

concerned and is sufficient for planning purposes. 3. No conflict exists if

phases are considered in proper sequence.

Inclosure #1 see my diary item under date of 12 October).

Inclosure #2: “From CINCFE; To FEAF & COMNAVFE; Info CG 8th

Army, Korea; CG X Corps, Korea; CG 5th AF Korea; Com 7th Fleet at Sea;

CG BOMCOM Yokota; COMPHIBGRUF 1 at Sea. Msg dated 16 October;

No. CX 66578.

“Message in 3 parts.

“Reference a. Annex F. Operations Order No. 2, UNC, 2 October 1950.

“b. CINCFE Letter Directive, 8 July 1950, subject: Coordination of Air

Effort of FEAF and NAVFE.

“c. CINCFE Message CX 66169, 11 October 1950.

“Part 1. The objective area delineated in Appendix 1, Annex F to Operations Order No. 2, UNC, 2 October 1950 is disestablished effective with

the passage of leading elements X Corps beyond the outer limit so prescribed. CG X Corps will report such passsage immediately when executed to CINCUNC, info to CG FEAF and COMNAVFE.

“Part 2. Effective with the disestablishment of the objective area, the operational control of all land based aircraft will be effected by CG FEAF through

appropriate commanders and agencies. Concurrently CG FEAF will exercise

coordination control of carrier based aircraft operating in Korea.

“Part 3. In the exercise of his control and coordinating functions, CG

FEAF will assure that elements of the Fleet Marine Air Wing remain

in support of X Corps units.”

General Kuter reported in this morning. Got off my weekly

letter to Gill Robb Wilson - enclosed a press release as well

as five photographs showing graphically the damage done by

FEAF in North Korea on targets.

Presented Wing Commander J. E. Johnson with the following letter of

introduction and sent copies of introduction to Partridge, O’Donnell,

Tunner, and Doyle for their advance info.

This will introduce Wing Commander J. E. Johnson who will be in the

Far East until the first week in December and who is out here at my invitation per request from Marshal of the Royal Air Force Sir John C.

Slessor (Chief of Staff of the Royal Air Force).

Sir John indicated, with my permission, that he desired to send a representative out here to look us over in order that they might profit by any of

the lessons we have learned and naturally I agreed. 

TUESDAY

17 OCTOBER

1950
235

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

It is desired that you extend all possible courtesies to Wing Commander

Johnson, including classified material and the introduction to members

of your staffs.

Dispatched a “confidential” letter to Vandenberg (copy sent to Toohey

Spaatz - also bucked a copy to Sykes for his info and return to me)

as follows:

Wing Commander J. E. Johnson has just reported in to Far East Air Forces

Headquarters to look into the activities of the United States Air Force in the

Korean war. As you know, he is on duty with Tactical Air Command

Headquarters at Langley Air Force Base, Virginia.

In a conversation I had with Wing Commander Johnson yesterday

afternoon, he indicated that General Mark Clark, head of the Army

Field Forces, came right out in black and white, in a paper that Johnson has seen, advocating that the Army take over control of tactical air.

The Royal Air Force went through something quite similar to this after

the First World War and had it not been for the magnificent work of

Marshal of the Royal Air Force Viscount Trenchard (Ret), the Royal Air

Force would not have become the strong bulwark force which it proved

itself to be in 1940-41. Again, following World War II, the Royal Air

Force, by virtue of the efforts of Marshal of the Royal Air Force, The

Lord Tedder, was able to retain its tactical air in spite of Montgomery’s

efforts to the contrary.

I have just learned that The Lord Tedder is now on duty with the British

Mission in Washington, D. C. It occurs to me that it might be possible

to arrange to have him testify before Carl Vinson’s House Armed Services Committee. If he could be persuaded to do so, I believe it might

help our cause.

I am worried, as I’m sure you are, Van, by the efforts of the Army, headed

by Mark Clark, to secure tactical air. It is my impression that this is contrary to the opinions and ideas held by Generals Eisenhower and Collins,

and I’m surprised that Collins has not come out strongly and opposed

Mark Clark’s behind-the-scene activities.

Colonel Harold R. Maddux, who is escorting the Bob Hope troupe,

reported to me this morning, and he has very thoroughly covered with us

the contemplated movie by Howard Hughes and the reason therefor. I can

assure you that we will lend Maddux and everyone concerned with this

film all possible aid. Nuckols and Sykes at this writing are carefully going

over the script and any other individual who can be of assistance in this

preliminary work will be made available.

As I’ve said many times to you, and every top Army man over here will

back me up, if it hadn’t been for your Far East Air Forces out here, there

wouldn’t be a white man in Korea today.

Best regards.

O.K’d Fogarty’s itinerary and sent copies of same to both Partridge and

O’Donnell requesting that each prepare a briefing in their war rooms at Fogarty’s

visit to their Hqs.
236

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

Sent a radnote [radio note] to LeMay strongly urging that O’Donnell remain

in this theater until the show is over to complete important reports and “also to

receive what glory due him for a job well done.”

Following is my TS redline to Vandenberg:

General Barcus and members of his air evaluation board have arrived and

with assistance from FEAF agencies is organizing to carry out General

Norstad’s letter directive. Individual orders of General Barcus and board

members from ZI call for TDY not to exceed 60 days. In my view this

board should carry on its work to final conclusions and it is very questionable whether this can be accomplished within a 60-day period. Recommend that orders for General Barcus and his board members be

amended to direct this TDY with Hq FEAF until completion of project.

See Par 4F of Barcus’ letter directive dated 5 Oct 50. Barcus or individual board members could return your hq temporarily to render interim

reports if so instructed by you.

Stearley arrived Haneda about 1300 hours.

1530 hours, Mr. Charles Corddry, United Press, attached to Fifth Air Force,

came in with Bill Nuckols. I thanked Corddry again for the beautiful release he

had written on Earle Partridge’s receiving the Distinguished Service Medal.

Before leaving the office signed and dispatched the following memorandum to CINCFE, subject: Destruction of Sinuiju:

1. It is requested that I be authorized to conduct an air attack on the city of

Sinuiju with all available air means at the earliest practicable date on

which the attack can be launched under visual flying conditions. The

types of attack recommended are listed in order of priority, as follows:

(a) An attack over the widest area of the city, without warning, by burning and high explosive. (b) An attack over the entire city, after warning,

by burning and high explosive. (c) An attack against military targets

within the city limits, with high explosive, without warning. (d) An attack

against military targets in the city, with high explosive, with warning.

2. Specific reasons favoring an attack on this city are: (a) This city will

provide a foothold on Korean soil from which the North Koreans can

maintain a government in existence, and would provide a certain validity to claims of legitimacy. This would lend stature in international discussion and provide a sounder position than if it were a refugee

government on foreign soil. (b) This city, with considerable industrial

activity and an estimate population of over 60,000 is a provincial capital and has the capability of becoming the capital of North Korea when

P’yongyang is evacuated. Usually reliable sources have already indicated that this transfer is under way. (c) It is a rail exchange point

between Korea and Manchuria and rolling stock can be passed back and

forth since the gauge of the rails are the same on both sides of the river.

(d) It is believed that the psychological effect of a mass attack will be

salutary to Chinese Communist observers across the river in Antung.
(e) The city has a considerable industrial capacity which will provide

some means of supporting a North Korean government unless destroyed.

3. I have no mental reservations as to the ability of the Far East Air

Forces to carry out this attack without violating Manchurian territory.

I propose, if the recommendation for an attack is approved, that it be

carried out under the on-the-spot supervision of a general officer and

the actual attack made only upon his order. G.E.S.

1100 hours Drs. Futrell and Simpson,70 historians, checked

in at the office with Colonel Corr.

At my request, General Craigie discussed with General

Hickey and recommended to him that the recent comments

on FEOP-1-50 made by CSAF, CSUSA, and CNO be transmitted officially to my

hq for comment. General Hickey agreed to this request and thereby proved himself to be a real Chief of Staff.

I directed Craigie to take this action because I had learned unofficially from

my plans section that the Chief of JSPOG contemplated obtaining the Air Force

point of view by unofficial contact only and did not contemplate giving us access

to the comments of CSUSA and CNO.

GHQ returned my memorandum of yesterday, subject: Destruction of Sinuiju

as follows in 1st Indorsement, dtd 17 Oct, AG 373 (17 Oct 50)-CS: “The general

policy enunciated from Washington negates such an attack unless the military situation clearly requires it. Under present circumstances this is not the case.”

Quoted in toto is my radnote to COMNAVFE & CG FAF, with info

copies to all concerned:

VC 0387: Part I. Upon disestablishment of Wonsan objective area,

con[trol] of all land based air in Korea again reverts to CG FEAF. In addition, under provisions of CINCFE ltr dir, 8 Jul 50, subj: “Coordination of

Air Effort of FEAF & COMNAVFE,” and Part 2 to CINCFE msg CX

66578, FEAF is charged w[with] coordination con[trol] of carrier based

air activities in Korea. To provide basis for FEAF and COMNAVFE coordination and planning, the folg [following] measure for combined air

effort are proposed eff[ective] upon disestablishment of objective area: A.

5th AF w/opnl con of all land based air in Korea supports UN ground

forces. B. Close air support of EUSAK primary responsibility of assigned

5th AF units. C. Close air support of X Corps primary mission of elements of 1st Marine Air Wing based at Wonsan. D. Carrier based Marine

aircraft, when available, to support 5th AF opns in Korea, normally in

close air support X Corps elements under im[mediate] tac[tical] direction

MAW TACG. E. 5th AF provide or arrange for such additional air support as is required by X Corps.

F. Navy acft provide close support as requested by CG 5th AF in Korea.

G. Navy aircraft assume primary responsibility for airfield sweeps and

rail and highway interdiction to the north of bomb line in area east of 127

degrees. FEAF interdiction opns, chiefly by med bombers in this area,

WEDNESDAY

18 OCTOBER

1950

237

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

70. Robert F. Futrell was then a USAF historian working in the Pacific, and Albert F. Simpson was the Air Force

Historian. Futrell later wrote the definitive history of the Air Force in Korea. 
will cont. H. FEAF assume primary responsibilities for airfield sweeps

and rail and highway interdiction north of bomb line and in area west of

127 degrees. I. No area restrictions imposed on opns north of the bomb

line on the part of either land based or carrier based aircraft. However,

primary responsibility for interdiction and airfield sweeps be as directed

in pars G and H above . Part II. Rapid and eff comms [communications]

should be established between elements of 5th AF and the Navy to provide continuous coordination of each day’s opns. Overall coordination of

air activities will be effected by daily exchange of plans at COMNAVFE

and Hq FEAF level.

At 1630, presented the UN Flag to General Spivey.

At 1700, presented at the hospital the Distinguished Flying Cross to Flight

Nurse Lt Jenita Bonham71 who had been seriously injured a few weeks back in

a C–54 crash.

Conferred with General MacArthur at 1345, re proposed airdrop that has not

been decided upon for 20 October. Story returned to the office with me. 

Prepared the following memo for him:

The information desired regarding your time of take off is as given in following quoted telecon note: “CG 180641/Z, File Time 180642/Z, from CG

FEAF COMCAR COMD, Kyushu, Japan to CG FEAF (Gen Stratemeyer):

TOP SECRET, Ref Gen Crabb telephone. First take off 0610/I; first jump

238

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

71. 1st Lt Bonham was awarded the DFC for helping, although injured herself, rescue passengers from a plane

that went down at sea.

General Stratemeyer presents the United Nations flag to Brig. Gen. Delmar T.

Spivey, Vice Commander, Fifth Air Force.
0800/I; last jump at 0900/I; weather permitting. Altitude 800 to 1,000

feet.” It is desired that you give this information to General MacArthur.

Brigadier General Courtney Whitney, Chief of SCAP Government Section,

called at the office. We discussed my awarding to General MacArthur the

Distinguished Flying Cross. Sent Craigie instructions to draft for me, for my

OK - or my corrections, the citation, that is to be in my hands by 1200 hours,

19 Oct, so that it may be in final form and that I can take it with me when I depart

the office tomorrow at 1800 hours. The citation will be based on the following

flights made by CINCFE into Korea to the following places on the following dates:

SUWON- 29 June - at which time his airplane was subject to interception

by hostile aircraft, a C–54 having been destroyed by enemy aircraft just

prior to his landing, and, while at Suwon, at least four dog fights between

North Korean airplanes and USAF airplanes took place. TAEGU - 27 July - at

which time the ground situation was in a most precarious situation - in

fact, the enemy was only some fifteen miles away from Taegu; his airplane

was subject to hostile air interception throughout the time he left the

Japanese islands to Taegu and return. KIMP’O - 29 September - at which

time he landed at this airstrip while it was still subject to hostile ground

fire and possible air interception. SUKCH’ON-SUNCH’ON - 20 October

- where he personally witnessed the para-drop of the 187th Airborne

Brigade at which time he was again subject to air interception as enemy

airplanes were known to be based at the airdrome at Sinuiju. For a General of the Army, who occupies such extremely important positions as the

Commander of all United Nations Forces, the Supreme Commander of

the Allied Powers, the Commander-in-Chief, Far East, and Commanding

General of the United States Army Forces to display the type of leadership and courage he has shown, and his understanding of all three of the

Services is of such an outstanding character - that the Far East Air Forces

takes great pride in making this award.

Received the following radnote from Norstad: (This is in reply to my

message to CSAF, 17 Oct, re extending the Barcus’ group TDY.)

The C/S is away but I am sure that it is his intention to keep Barcus

and his party on the job until it is concluded. In setting up this group originally we felt it was desirable for a number of reasons to have it headed

by a civilian of considerable stature. Mr. Finletter has been successful in

obtaining Mr. Charles E. Wilson72 of General Electric for this assignment.

I do not know how soon he plans to leave, but I will learn tomorrow or

Thursday and I will see that you are informed. A proposal that will be put

up to him will be along the general lines of Barcus and his party being the

operating agency under his general policy guidance and that he and Barcus would work out the broad conclusions. The Secretary presented it to

Mr. Wilson on the basis of spending 6 weeks or 2 months in the theater

now to get the program laid out and the work under way and then return

239

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

72. Wilson, the president of the General Electric Co., became Director, Office of Defense Mobilization in December 1950. He was known as “Electric Charlie” to differentiate him from Charles E. Wilson (“Engine Charlie”)

of General Motors, who became Secretary of Defense in 1953.
240

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

to the United States if necessary. The work of the evaluation board could

either be presented to him by Barcus on his return here or Mr. Wilson

might rather return to the theater some time after the first of the year

when the work is nearing completion. This is general information for

your guidance only at this time. You will be notified officially as soon as

the project if firmed up.

Annalee and I had General Kuter and General Hall and General and Mrs.

(MATS) White to dinner at the house. Also Colonel and Mrs. Clyde L. Brothers.

Received the following radnote from Twining:

In view of concern repeatedly expressed on the highest

level over potential effect of a repetition of accidental

bombing or strafing north of Korean border, you should

make every effort to insure against such a possibility as I am sure you are

aware. I have noted your directive to Fifth Air Force, AX 5372 V, 17 Oct,

on this matter and it occurs to me similar instructions might be issued to

Bomber Command. Furthermore, since the rapid advance of UN forces

increases danger of accidental bombing and strafing own forces, I suggest

you consider elimination of radar bombing except in emergency and then

only under most stringent controls.

In reply, sent Twining following answer:

Standing instructions to BOMCOM are to make no attacks against targets

within 50 miles of the Manchurian and USSR borders without specific

approval my headquarters. Only objectives remaining for BOMCOM are

a very few bridges, and rail and highway cuts which are specified to be

bombed visually. No radar targets remain, however, Sonjin [probably

Songjin] is last resort target for radar bombing if primary and secondaries

are not visual. Greatest care continually exercised to avoid border violations or attacks on friendly troops.

THURSDAY

19 OCTOBER

1950

Richard J. Holzworth,

the International Field

Secretary of the Gideon

Society, presents a

Bible to General

Stratemeyer. Observing

the presentation are

Col. John C. W. Linsley,

the FEAF Chaplain,

and Raymond Provost,

Jr., a missionary 

in Korea.
241

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Bucked the following memo to Picher:

It is desired that you and your division, with the assistance of the Deputy

for Intelligence, have in mind a packaged form report for my signature to

the Chief of Staff, United States Air Force, of all violations of the

Manchurian border, the accusations made - and by whom, the actions

taken by me to stop such violations, and the reports submitted to me as

well as those reports made by me to higher headquarters. I think you

should include those newspaper reports made by Red China where we

have been accused of flying over the border with the simple statement

that “reference these reports, I took no action” - if such was the case. In the

above, I am referring to just Far East Air Forces and not to any possible

Navy or Marine aviation violations.

At about 1520, a Mr. Holzworth, representative of the Gideon Society

dropped by the office to present me with a bible.

The citation for CINCFE approved and corrected by me (let General

Whitney read it as well as Col Story - in order to give them a pre-view

of same) as follows. Six extra copies were made in order that I can

give them to the press members who accompany us on the trip. 

GENERAL ORDERS NO. 93, dtd 20 October 1950, AWARD OF THE

DISTINGUISHED FLYING CROSS. By direction of the President,

under the provisions of the Act of Congress approved 2 July 1926 (WD

Bulletin 8, 1926), National Security Act of 1947, Air Force Regulation

30-14, 22 August 1950 and Section VII, GO No. 63, Dept of the Air

Force, 1950, the Distinguished Flying Cross for heroism while participating in aerial flight during the period indicated is awarded to General

of the Army DOUGLAS MACARTHUR, 057, United States Army.

General MacArthur serving as Commander-in-Chief, Far East, and Commander-in-Chief, United Nations Command, distinguished himself by

outstanding heroism and extraordinary achievement while participating

in aerial flights during the period 29 June to 20 October 1950.

On 29 June General MacArthur made a flight to Suwon, Korea, during

which his aircraft was subject to effective interception by hostile air

action. Another friendly aircraft in the area was attacked and destroyed by

enemy air immediately prior to General MacArthur’s landing, and the

Suwon airstrip itself was bombed and strafed during the course of his

visit. On 27 July he made a flight to Taegu, Korea, during which his aircraft was again subject to hostile air interception and at which time the

ground situation in the immediate area was most precarious. On 29 September, General MacArthur made a flight to Kimp’o, Korea, again under

conditions presenting the threat of hostile air interception and while the

Kimpo airport itself was subject to hostile ground fire. On 20 October he

made a flight to the Sukch’on-Sunch’on area of Korea in order to observe

and supervise the para-drop of the 187th Airborne Regimental Combat

Team. During this entire operation his aircraft was subject to attack by

enemy aircraft known to be based at Sinuiju.

These aerial flights in an unarmed aircraft were made by General
MacArthur in furtherance of his mission as Commander of the United

Nations forces in Korea. Each flight involved the risk of death or capture

by the enemy. In General MacArthur’s case this risk was multiplied a

hundred-fold in view of his personal stature and his position as Commander-in-Chief. That General MacArthur unhesitatingly took part in

these extraordinarily important and dangerous missions is a further

demonstration of the unfaltering devotion to duty which characterizes

his every action as a leader. His conduct in these instances has been an

outstanding source of inspiration to the men he commands.

Throughout the Korean campaign the strategic concepts underlying General

MacArthur’s command decisions have reflected a superb understanding of

the most advantageous employment of air power and made possible the victory which is being achieved with minimum losses and unprecedented speed.

By his heroism and extraordinary achievement, General Douglas

MacArthur reflects the highest honor upon himself, the United Nations,

and the Armed Forces of the United States.

Departed Haneda aboard the SCAP with General MacArthur

at 3:35 A.M. We proceeded on course and after arriving well

into the interior of Korea, received word that Kimp’o airport

was closed and that the para-drop had been postponed three

hours. We turned around and made a landing at Pusan (K-9). While there I talked

with both Generals Partridge and Tunner and found out that because of the

weather, the scheduled time of take off for the drop had been postponed six

hours. This made the drop at 1400 hours instead of 0800 hours.

We departed K-9 (Pusan) about 1120 hours, flew direct to Kimp’o, where we

circled and watched the take-off of many of the ‘119s, witnessed their assembly

and squadron formation and then proceeded direct to the drop zone - Sukch’onSunch’on.73

We missed the first drop at Sukch’on and then proceeded to Sunch’on and

there, in a regular ring-side seat, we witnessed the second drop, saw artillery and

mortar shells falling in the area, witnessed both F–80 and F–51 strafing gun positions, destroying enemy troops in the villages and witnessed one F–80 burn and

crash in the village due to hostile ground fire.

We then proceeded to Sukch’on and witnessed another drop - this being

equipment, again watching the fighters, witnessing the T–6s direct fighter fire as

well as observing General Partridge (in a T–6) and General Tunner (in a C–54)

witness the drop.

Directly after this we proceeded back to P’yongyang, the captured capital of

North Korea, and checking with the ground where General Partridge had arrived,

landed on the airstrip which had been secured by the 1st Cavalry Division.

FRIDAY

20 OCTOBER

1950

242

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

73. The villages of Sukch’on and Sunch’on were about 30 miles north of P’yongyang. MacArthur hoped to trap as

many Communist troops as possible and ordered an airborne drop on Oct. 21 for this purpose. The rapid

advance to P’yongyang and its capture on the 19th forced a change in date to the 20th for the airborne operation.

Kimp’o was the staging area for the 187th Airborne RCT and the planes of Combat Cargo Command.

After a delay on the morning of the 20th because of heavy rain at Kimp’o, 71 C–119s (making their first combat

paratroop drop appearance) and 40 C–47s delivered 2,860 paratroopers and 301.2 tons of equipment in an afternoon drop. Follow-up drops over the next two days provided another 1,093 troopers and 290.8 tons of supplies.

Light to moderate resistance was soon overcome in the two drop zones, and the troopers at Sunch’on were

joined a few hours later by men of the ROK 6th Division driving northwest toward the village. Elements of the
There General MacArthur, General Hickey, General Whitney and myself

were greeted by Generals Walker, Partridge, Gay, Gay’s chief of staff, General

Milburn, and a great many officers and soldiers of the 1st Cavalry Division.

It was a sight that I’ll never forget - the drops, witnessing the fighters in

action, their direction by the T–6s, and the landing on an airport that had been

secured only five hours before.

The daring and bravery of General MacArthur and the timing of his operations,

and his organization’s abilities, and the things that he does, to me, again display his

great leadership, courage and the “doing of the right things at the right time.”

After a walk up the strip, following Generals MacArthur and Walker, we

came back to the airplane where I introduced General Tunner to General

MacArthur (Tunner having just landed). General MacArthur greeted General

Tunner and stated that he had directed the award of the DSC for his participation in the drop, as well as the award of the DSC to Colonel Bowen,74 who

commands the 187th RCT. This again, to my mind, demonstrates leadership

and command ability. All a professional man gets out of the service is a few

pieces of ribbon and I have never known a man to know better how and to

whom to make awards than General MacArthur; he is generous; and, like

Napoleon, he gains loyalty and has won battles with ribbons like Napoleon did

with ostrich feathers.

We then boarded SCAP; as soon as we got aboard, I made a short statement

to General MacArthur and told him that in my humble way I wanted to do him

243

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

27th British Commonwealth Brigade reached the men of the 187th at Sukch’on on the morning of the 22nd.

Though MacArthur had believed that at least 30,000 enemy troops would be trapped in the airborne operation, this did not happen. Most of the North Korean troops had already moved north of Sukch’on-Sunch’on

prior to the drop. At a cost of 46 jump casualties and 65 battle casualties, the 187th killed some 2,764 North

Koreans and captured another 3,818. (Appleman, pp 654-661; Futrell, pp 208-209, 211.)

74. Col Frank S. Bowen, Jr

Paratroopers of the 187th Airborne RCT pile out of C–119s over the Sunch’on

drop zone.
244

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

honor by making the award of the DFC to him on behalf of FEAF. I stated there

was great affection for him and that we in FEAF appreciated his brain power, his

leadership, and his strategy. I told him that I hadn’t prepared that speech, but the

situation was such that I just had to attempt to explain to him what we in the Air

Force felt toward him. I requested him to read the citation.

He was deeply affected and became very serious; he took me by the shoulders

and looked me square in the eyes and stated: “Strat, this is a great honor that I, of

course, have not qualified for, but I accept this award in the spirit in which it is given -

I appreciate it beyond words.” Later, after he had read the citation, he looked across

the aisle at me and threw me a kiss and said, “Strat, I shall wear it on top of all my

ribbons.” Naturally, I was affected; I thanked him, and that was that.

(For citation, quoted in full, see date 19 October 50.)

We flew direct from P’yongyang to Tokyo and arrived at 1830 hours.

As soon as I arrived at Mayeda House, I called Mrs. Gay, Mrs. Partridge and

Mrs. Walker and told them about meeting their husbands at the airport in

P’yongyang, the captured capital of North Korea, and that they all looked wonderful and all were doing outstanding jobs.

Earlier, I cleared with General MacArthur the return to the ZI of two medium

bomb groups. They will be the 22d and the 92d Groups. General O’Donnell and

General Craigie will be advised tomorrow morning.

Directed the VC for Adm and Plans to write up and have

prepared for me to present to General Partridge the Silver

Star - based on his flight with General Walker in a T–6

over the drop zone and his landing at the P’yongyang airport in order to report to Supreme Commander, United Nations, that the airport was secure.

Also directed Craigie to get off a signal for my signature re the clearance I

received to release the two medium bomb groups to the ZI.

General O’Donnell called later on in the day and I discussed this with

him briefly.

Asked Crabb, setting a deadline for the info at 1400 hours, for the casualty

figures on the drop - not to include those casualties due to enemy action. Told

him that CINCFE desires this info.

At my request, Alkire got a winter flying suit for “Shrimp” Milburn -

Milburn had requested of me such a suit. I sent it by courier this P.M.

Craigie is drawing up in rough draft a letter to be signed by CINCFE, citing

the meritorious service of the two bomb groups that I’m releasing for return

to the States.

Sent both Toohey Spaatz and Gill Robb Wilson the news release for Sunday

(tomorrow) wherein is contained POW statements re the effectiveness of AF

activities as well as a copy of my DFC award order to CINCFE. Both papers were

sent for their general information.

When I reached my desk, found a congratulatory cable from Hugh Baillie

thanking me for giving Corddry the interview. Bucked this cable to Vandenberg -

“for his information.”

Made a tape broadcast to the Armed Services Committee for the San Antonio Centennial celebration - Committee includes Generals Krueger, Courtney

SATURDAY

21 OCTOBER

1950
Hodges, and Wainwright 75 At the end I gave a personal message to General Jerry

Brant and Elmer Adler, AF generals retired.76

Sent Vandenberg a redline:

“Total patient air evacuation by FEAF as of 2400 hours,

21 October: 20,534. From Korea: 11,227; and intra-Japan:

9,307.” A very quiet day.77

Got off my weekly letter to Gill Robb Wilson, copies of

which I sent to Follett Bradley and to Toohey Spaatz.

Attended a conference in General Hickey’s office at

CINCFE’s direction. Those present were Generals Hickey,

Craigie and Banfill and myself.

CINCFE is greatly disturbed about the unilateral action taken by the Air

Force direct with my headquarters reference a matter that is too hot to even put

in this diary. General Hickey informed me after our explanation of our actions

that CINCFE wanted me to submit a complete report with all inclosures stating

what had been done, the reasons therefor. I issued instructions to General Banfill

to make copies of all inclosures and to prepare a memo to General MacArthur for

my signature which I will deliver in person either to General Hickey or CINCFE,

dependent upon just how I feel about it at the time.

Earle Partridge due in tomorrow. I have in mind the following items to discuss with him: (1) For political reasons -

Sweetser must command the light bomb wing and Henebry

the C–46 wing.78 (2) I feel that we have reached the time now

when spot promotions should stop. (3) Leniency in awards - particularly the

Bronze Star, Legion of Merit and the Silver Star. (4) Airfields that we should

return to Korea. (5) The size of the Korean Air Force - two groups of fighter

bombers or one group of fighter bombers and one light transport squadron. Suitable back-up for maintenance and supplies and spares. (6) Recommendations

from you (Partridge) for promotion to Brigadier General; I have not received a

one. I consider both Hall and Jack Price qualified.79 (7) Timberlake’s second star

and his permanent B. G.

1500 hours, Mr. Moore,80 Indian News, who was a PIO in India during the

last war, paid me a visit, not to gain information from me, but as the British say,

to make his number known.

TUESDAY

24 OCTOBER

1950

MONDAY

23 OCTOBER

1950

SUNDAY

22 OCTOBER

1950

245

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

75. Gen Walter Krueger led the Sixth Army in the Southwest Pacific in World War II. He retired in 1946. Gen

Jonathon M. Wainwright assumed command of the troops on Bataan and Corregidor when MacArthur left for

Australia in 1942. Captured, he was a POW for the rest of the war. In 1945, he received the Medal of Honor.

76. Maj Gen Gerald C. Brant commanded several training centers and the Newfoundland Base Command

before being disability retired in 1944. Maj Gen Elmer E. Adler, among other assignments, commanded the

10AF’s Air Service Command, and had been Chief of Management Control, Air Transport Command. He

retired in 1946.

77. Stratemeyer was being modest, for on this date, by order of General MacArthur, he was awarded the Distinguished Service Cross.

78. Both Brig Gens Luther W. Sweetser, Jr., and John P. Henebry were reserve officers who commanded the 452d

BW and 437th TCW, respectively. Both of these units arrived in Japan in late October-early November.

79. Col Thomas B. Hall commanded the 35th FIW, while Col John M. Price led the 8th FBW.

80. Moore’s full name is unknown.
We discussed Indian politics which included Nehru, Lord Louie’s81 work

there, the Kashmir difficulties etc., etc. He has a tremendous bristling, bushy and

unsightly mustache.

0945 hours, I made the award of the Silver Star, with presentation in my office, to General Partridge.

As characteristic of him, his statement was that “Many

people in the Fifth Air Force were more deserving than he.”

My reply: “I don’t agree, but get all those recommendations in.” He stated that

they were in the mill.

WEDNESDAY

25 OCTOBER

1950

246

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

81. Lord Louis Mountbatten.

Map 4.
I then held a conference with General Partridge and covered the subjects as

outlined under Diary date of 24 October.

In addition: - General Partridge asked for the policy on occupation and the

movement to the border. I told him that our policy would have to be a very compact one - consisting of an American wing commander, with an integrated staff

consisting of three fighter squadrons: one F–80 American squadron; one F–51

South African squadron; one F–51 RAAF squadron - all to be stationed at Kimp’o.

General Partridge discussed at length X Corps and General Almond’s

persistent attempts to control Marine aviation which has been turned over to

General Partridge for operational control.

He (General Partridge) stated that he had talked with Major General Harris,

Marine Corps, and that because of the personalities involved, he intended to give

General Harris some rather detailed instructions regarding operational control to

which General Harris appreciatively agreed.82

General Partridge called on General Almond on the 21st and made it very

clear to General Almond that he intends to operate all land-based air in support

of his (Almond’s) X Corps operations.

Partridge pointed out that the X Corps was unable to furnish the communications that are essential on the part of the Army and that he, General Partridge,

was at this time furnishing the necessary AF air support communication which

the X Corps should furnish; furthermore, he was furnishing FAF Mosquito airplanes (T–6s) to direct Marine aviation to the targets in support of the ROK

forces now in the X Corps and who are making their drive north.

Also, the Fifth Air Force is furnishing the ground control parties who are

with the ROK Army. General Partridge invited General Almond to send representatives to his JOC and he (Partridge) did not know whether he (Almond)

had sent them.

My comment again, as I have made other places in this diary, is that General

Almond is not a team player and is attempting to control, contrary to all written

documents, the Air Force that supports him. His attitude ever since he has been

appointed a commander has surprised me greatly. I should think that he would be

grateful and would express his thanks for the communications and assistance

which we have given the troops that have been placed under his control, but

according to General Partridge, he has not done so.

General Partridge will lunch with us at Mayeda House.

Instructed Toro (my Adjutant General) to draw up a strong recommendation

for the promotion of Earle Partridge to Lieutenant General, and to go into detail as

to Earle’s personal gallantry, his command ability, stressing that “I believe he has

the qualities for higher command and is certainly in the running before his career

is over to be either the Chief of Staff or the Vice Chief of Staff of the USAF.”

Instructed Merchant83 (my Deputy for Personnel) to come up with a complete,

yet dignified, draft for the award of the Medal of Honor to General MacArthur

“which I intend to use through a certain source provided the occasion arises.”

247

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

82. The operational control mentioned actually refers to the “coordination control” of the 1st MAW by 5AF

during the Wonsan operation. The X Corps commander, General Almond, was attempting to gain control of

the MAW and use it as his own little tactical air force at Wonsan. This attempt was defeated, although Stratemeyer did order that the 1st MAW be used primarily to support the X Corps. (Futrell, pp 212-213.)

83. Col Brintnell H. Merchant.
The award is to be based on the hazards he faced, in spite of his high position, in

flying to Suwon, 29 June, and his personal supervision of the para-drop later, some

20 - 30 miles behind enemy lines, from altitudes of 2,000 to 2,500 feet, in the areas

around Sunch’on - Sukch’on.

Got off a letter to Mike Scanlon84 asking for his “late dope on new engines

or airframe designs. In this Korean war I have found out to a large extent what

the present capabilities of the Air Force are; now I am interested in figuring out

what our future capabilities will be.”

Word received that a Dr. Alexander due to arrive at three

o’clock tomorrow morning. An EYES ONLY message had

been sent to me from Norstad indicating that we were to

assist this man in getting to Saigon on a special mission for

General Vandenberg. I turned the action over to General Craigie, but since he

(Craigie) was absent on a flight to Korea as well as General Crabb, who also

knew about it, it left me in a bit of a quandary this evening. I instructed General

Weyland to inform General Hickey, the Chief of Staff, of Alexander’s arrival

and for him then to take the necessary action to comply with General Norstad’s

signal to me.

A Dr. Davidson is also due to arrive on the same flight, and it is my understanding that he is to be a member of General Barcus’ evaluation group.

Major General Wolfinbarger85 checked in at my office at

0800 hours. He had arrived this morning at 0300 hours. Sent

Stratline to Col Zoller that he is to represent me at Iwakuni

when Air Marshal Fogarty arrives at that base tomorrow.

Sent a Stratline to Partridge and Tunner telling them that in addition to Fogarty accompanying me to Korea, Robertson is going along in order to present

Brigadier Brodie86 to General Walker. Also asked Tunner to have a short briefing

prepared for Fogarty.

Received a letter from Hugh Baillie - which I showed to Nuckols:

United Press Associations, Incorporated in New York, General Offices,

News Building, New York City. Hugh Baillie, President - October 9,

1950.

Dear Strat: Harry Bruno87 just came back to town and I had a talk with

him, in the course of which I conveyed your regards and those of Annalee

to Harry and Nydia.

Harry was very much interested in hearing all about you and your

doings. He mentioned that he was going to spend several days with General Vandenberg, so I took occasion to advise him that if it were not for

FRIDAY

27 OCTOBER

1950

THURSDAY

26 OCTOBER

1950

248

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

84. Brig Gen Martin F. Scanlon (USAF, Ret.) was at this time a vice president for Republic Aviation, the company

building the F–84.

85. Maj Gen Willard R. Wolfinbarger commanded 9AF.

86. Brigadier, later Major General, Thomas Brodie commanded the British 29th Independent Infantry Brigade

Group. Although he reported to MacArthur’s headquarters on the 26th, his unit did not begin arriving until

November 5.

87. Bruno was a public relations counsel and author and had been involved in aviation matters for many years. At

this time, he was chairman of the Public Relations Advisory Committee to the USAF.
the Air Force, the Army would have been thrown out of Korea; and that

it was the Air Force which made possible the rapid coverage of the

Navy’s show at Inch’on.

I told him about the relay which FEAF had established at Ashiya.

Harry heard all this with glee, and I have no doubt that General Vandenberg will hear it, too.

With every good wish, believe me, Sincerely yours, s/ Hugh.

Sent both Gay and Shrimp Milburn “pat-on-the-back” letters.

Also sent a similar letter to Gen Walker.

A Dr. David Alexander88 reported in at ten o’clock and stated

that he had come out here particularly to see the French commanding general in North Africa who had been sent out by

the French government to Saigon; however, since his

(Alexander’s) arrival, the French general had returned to Paris and consequently

there was nothing for Alexander to do but turn around and go back to Paris. This

man (Alexander) is a count, apparently not a military man in the service, and who

is well to do, and is a non-Communist whose sole purpose is to fight the Communists. His father was General Pershing’s French aide, and his mother is an American who met his father while he was acting as General Pershing’s French aide.

I arranged for him to talk to Colonel Rogers in Intelligence and see CINCFE

in case MacArthur would see him. He will depart tomorrow for Washington and

thence to Paris.

He will come in for a short talk tomorrow morning.

I left the office at 1115 and, believe it or not, had a swell game of golf with

General Robertson, Admiral Joy and Commander Muse, one of Joy’s staff

officers. I’m stiff all over.

Air Marshal Sir F. J. Fogarty, my RAF counterpart whose

headquarters is in Singapore, with Lady Fogarty, is due to

arrive at Haneda at noon today.

0900 hours, Dr. Alexander conferred with me in the office.

0730 P.M. [sic], with my key staff, the Gascoignes, Bouchier, and Robertson, Annalee and I gave a dinner honoring the Fogarty’s at Mayeda House.

Departed with Air Marshal Fogarty for Seoul (Kimp’o) from

Haneda at 0700 hours; arrived about 1100 hours. We were

met by General Partridge, members of his staff and went

directly to his headquarters.

General Robertson went direct to General Walker’s headquarters across the

street.

The FAF put on a very fine briefing covering the Korean conflict from the

very beginning - 25 June up to the present date.

We had lunch with General Partridge in his quarters. Present besides

Partridge were Air Marshal Fogarty, General Robertson, Brigadier Brodie,

MONDAY

30 OCTOBER

1950

SUNDAY

29 OCTOBER

1950

SATURDAY

28 OCTOBER

1950

249

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

88. The purpose of Dr. Alexander’s trip is unknown. He did work for the OSS in World War II and it may be his

trip was intelligence oriented. 
General Timberlake and myself. We had a good luncheon - fortunate in having

some pheasant which General Partridge had shot the day before at P’ohang.

Immediately after lunch departed for Kimp’o. Took off from there about

1600 hours for Ashiya where we were met by General Tunner and immediately

proceeded to his headquarters where we were thoroughly briefed on his activities

- the FEAF Combat Cargo Command. This also was an excellent briefing. We

met all of Tunner’s staff, were served cocktails and immediately thereafter

boarded FEAF C–54 and proceeded direct to Haneda, arriving at about 2325

hours. Was in bed by about 2420 hours.

In the office briefly to look over my papers and get off two

memoranda (1) to VC A&P and D/P re the morale factor in

extending tours arbitrarily from 15 to 24 months on

Okinawa. Want a radnote re same sent out to CSAF. (2) to

VC A&P to get our people started studying the “Post Far East Air Forces Organization” as based on Partridge’s paper on same subject, which is to be submitted,

and on attached paper from General Tunner, same subject.

Air Marshal Fogarty attended early morning briefing in FEAF. We then

departed my headquarters for Yokota at 0945 hours and were met by General

O’Donnell and his key staff. I made the award of the DSC to General O’Donnell and we were then very thoroughly and excellently briefed by General

O’Donnell on FEAF Bomber Command activities. We then proceeded to

General O’Donnell’s quarters where we had lunch with him, his key staff and

group commanders. Immediately after lunch we departed for FEAMCOM

where we were met by General Doyle who also thoroughly and excellently

briefed us on the activities of FEAMCOM. We made a rather complete

inspection of the plant, both by car and on foot. We then proceeded to General

Doyle’s home where Mrs. Doyle served us hors d’oeuvres and cocktails.

Arrived back at Mayeda House at about 1800 hours. Had dinner with Sir

Alvary and Lady Gascoigne.

Left the office early (1100) hours with Fogarty for some golf

with him, Robertson and Davison. Good exercise - lousy

score - another 94.

Weyland in my stead sent following redline to Vandenberg:

Redline to Vandenberg from Weyland for Stratemeyer. One T–6 and one

B–26 attacked this morning by three Yaks. T–6 hit but returned to base

safely. B–26 not hit.89 F–51s called in and shot down two Yaks. B–26 shot

down third Yak. Confirmed by Mosquito T–6. F–80 recce pilot flash reports

fifteen Yaks on Sinuiju Airfield previously empty. Twelve F-80s being

dispatched to attack same. Pilots cautioned concerning border.

Weyland sent out following redlines to CSAF:

(1) PART I. Remy A 2939B, 12 F–80s attacked Sinuiju Afld [airfield],

destroyed one, damaged six Yaks. Open ends revetments face river,

WEDNESDAY

1 NOVEMBER

1950

TUESDAY

31 OCTOBER

1950

250

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

89. The B–26 was from the newly-arrived 730th BS of the 452d BW.
251

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY Map 5.
hence difficult to strafe. Flak most intense and accurate yet encountered. One F-80 lost. Sixteen additional F-80s being dispatched.

PART II. F-51s in I Corps area jumped by six jet fighters believed

MiG-15 type. No F-51s lost. MiGs in turn jumped by F–80s. No report

of results yet.

PART III. Unconfirmed report considerable guns and armor crossing

Yalu near Namsan-ni. Armed recce strikes cleared to border in this area.

AND

(2) PART I. Reference my A 2952 B CG second strike on Sinuiju Afld

disclosed enemy aircraft had departed leaving only aircraft damaged

by first strike.

PART II. Hostile jet type believed to be MiG–14 not MiG–15. F–80

tangle with MiG’s unconfirmed and probably mistaken report. F–51

pilot reports raking one jet. Damaged hostile jet flew across Yalu

River into Manchuria. F–51 combat film to be processed soonest for

identification hostile plane.90

The Fogartys had sukiyaki dinner with us.

Dispatched following redline to Vandenberg:

Reference three redline messages 1 November. Sightings

and intelligence highlights are as follows:

PART I. Six to nine MiG–15s were seen by Mosquito pilot at XE 3515

between 1345 and 1415. Acft [aircraft] had 30/35 span, swept wings,

short, thick fuselage. One acft displayed red star on top of right wing.

Appeared to be burned green silver color. Made pass firing three squirts at

2000. Pass made was pursuit curve. Formation was in trail when first seen.

Acft can apparently turn very sharply and have very steep angle of climb.

Also very, very fast. Mosquito pilot believes one, closely observed, to be

MiG–15. PART II. A flight of four F–51s engaged six to nine swept wing

jets in dog fight and are believed to have hit two. Enemy broke engagement and damaged acft returned to northwest over Yalu River. Comment:

Believe these are same jets reported above by Mosquito pilot. PART III.

Mosquito plane, reported one conventional enemy fighter appeared about

20 minutes prior to jet attack. PART IV. The tentative identification of

above jets as MiG–15 answers your query which caused your AFOIN

56456 to be dispatched to FEAF.

Weyland will handcarry the following memo to GHQ which is a reply

in fact to a flash note just received by me from Almond’s headquarters.

Memo to CINCFE - reference signal from X Corps to CINCUNC, cite

X 11894, dated 2 November, I am confident Fifth Air Force will furnish

THURSDAY

2 NOVEMBER

1950

252

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

90. The Soviets had stationed a fighter air regiment (FAR) in China in February 1950 and followed this unit with

the dispatch of the 29th FAR to China in August and September 1950. Further MiG–15-equipped units arrived

later. It was an aircraft of the 29th FAR that the F–51s encountered. The MiG–15 pilots involved in these

early meetings were always Soviet; Chinese and North Korean pilots only became qualified later in the war.

(Yefim Gordon and Vladimir Rigmant, MiG–15: Design, Development, and Korean War Combat History,

[Osceola, WI, 1993], p 111.) 
every possible assistance to X Corps consistent with availability of TACP

personnel and equipment. I do want to point out that the CG X Corps has

the responsibility of furnishing personnel to the Joint Operations Center

located at Fifth Air Force headquarters and therefore urge that the CG X

Corps be directed to furnish G-3 Air and if possible G-2 Air to the Joint

Operations Center at Fifth Air Force hdq. By so doing, these representatives can personally represent the X Corps in the assignment of missions

and equipment. Either General Partridge or General Timberlake will contact in person General Almond or his Chief of Staff, General Ruffner, reference the above cited message.

Reference the above, Weyland’s comment was: “General Almond has no

intention of endeavoring to cooperate with the Fifth Air Force,” to which I agreed.

My vice commanders, Craigie and Weyland, were hosts at a stag dinner for

Fogarty at the University Club.

On my desk when I got in this morning were two radios from

Partridge: (1) because of heavy antiaircraft fire from city of

Sinuiju and across river from Antung, requested clearance to

burn Sinuiju and (2) because of enemy aircraft crossing NK

border into Manchuria and because their staging areas in Manchuria, requested

authority to pursue the enemy into Manchuria.

I immediately got off a letter to CINCFE, subject:

Pursuit and Destruction of Hostile Aircraft - (1) Hostile aircraft have been

sighted flying from Korean territory across the border into Manchuria.

Current directives prohibit UN aircraft from continuing pursuit of such

enemy aircraft beyond the border. (2) It is requested that clearance be

obtained for UN aircraft to pursue enemy aircraft across the NK border

to destroy them in the air or on the ground and to determine the location

of their bases.

Met with General MacArthur at 1120 hours and discussed my letter to him

reference the pursuit of hostile aircraft into Manchuria and destroying them in the

air and on the ground. He indicated that due to the entire situation the UN and

Washington must act and it was not his intention to refer this matter to higher

authority until more information was received that the Chinese Communists

were actually engaged in strength against our forces in Korea. His words were:

“I want to muddle over this a bit longer.”91

FRIDAY

3 NOVEMBER

1950

253

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

91. The first indication that the CCF was taking an active role in Korea came on Oct. 25 when Chinese troops

decimated a ROK battalion near Onjong. For several days, the CCF attacks continued against the Eighth

Army’s South Korean units, wiping out the only South Korean unit (the 7th Regiment) to reach the Yalu and

routing the ROK II Corps. Also on Oct. 25, in the X Corps zone, Chinese troops blunted the advance of the

ROK 26th Regiment toward the Changjin (Chosin) Reservoir.

The South Koreans were not the only U.N. troops to run into the Chinese. In the Eighth Army zone, the 1st

Cavalry Division’s 8th Regiment was roughly handled by the CCF on Nov. 1-2 and driven south. The Chinese

troops who stopped the ROK 26th Regiment were themselves destroyed by the 1st Marine Division as it

moved toward the reservoir.

Within a few days of these attacks, however, the CCF melted back into the mountains and little traces of their

activity could be found. A cautious Gen. Walker regrouped his forces along the Ch’ongch’on River, while Gen.

Almond kept extending his units farther north. The appearance of Chinese troops surprised MacArthur and
Reference Partridge’s Stratline to me that because of heavy, intense and

accurate anti-aircraft fire from the city of Sinuiju, and requesting clearance to

burn the town, General MacArthur indicated that because of his contemplated

use of that town he did not want to burn it at this time. His intentions are to push

the 24th Division to the Yalu River, taking Sinuiju, and then proceed northeast

and cut off the NK forces with his left flank protected by the Yalu River. As a

matter of fact, he directed Admiral Struble yesterday to make a study of the use

of naval forces into the harbor south of Sinuiju. At the present time, Walker’s

retreat order for the 24th Division has eliminated that as a possibility.

I then queried him as to the military targets that were in Sinuiju and his

answer to me was “Strat, I have no objection to the destruction of military

targets anywhere in North Korea, but I do not want barracks buildings or any

other facility in Sinuiju destroyed at this time.”

I pointed out the seriousness of the anti-aircraft both from Sinuiju and

Antung and requested authority to go in low over Sinuiju with fighters using

napalm or any other weapon and try to take out the anti-aircraft. He and I both

realize the difficulty of such action.

I then discussed with him the marshaling yards that are just east of the

viaduct which joins onto the bridge that connects Sinuiju and Antung and he

said, “Hit that” - if I consider that a military target.

I also told him that as a lesson we could burn some other towns in North

Korea and I indicated the town of Kanggye which I believe is occupied by enemy

troops and is a communications center - both rail and road.92 He said, “Burn it if

you so desire,” and then said, “Not only that, Strat, but burn and destroy as a lesson

any other of those towns that you consider of military value to the enemy.”

He stated that he realized that there were not many targets left for the ‘29s

but he wanted to get them back in the business. I told him we could put in the air

daily 24 B–29s and, with a couple of days of stand-down, we could probably

mount 75, but I knew of no targets for such a formation.

He then stated that he wanted from me the very best study that I could make

to prove that the Chinese Communists, in force, both on the ground and in the

air, were operating in and over North Korea.

I told him of the signal that I had received from Vandenberg wherein he

(Vandenberg) was a bit worried about the Russian jets that had appeared over

North Korea and that I had been called on by Vandenberg to submit our best

estimate of the situation as he (Vandenberg) wanted that data in order to reinforce

me with F–84Es (jets) if the need arose.

I told General MacArthur that I would send him a copy of the Vandenberg

signal to me and a copy of my reply.

Dispatched a Stratline to Partridge in three parts:

PART I. In discussion with General MacArthur this morning, he indicated

that he would not burn Sinuiju at this time because of contemplated

254

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

many of his commanders, but most of them brushed off the encounters as little more than isolated instances of

intervention by a few “volunteers.” The quick disappearance of the Chinese seemed to indicate that there was

little to worry about and that the proposed final offensive to the Yalu should go off as scheduled on Nov.

24. Little did MacArthur and his subordinates realize that the Chinese were readying an offensive of their

own to begin on the 25th.

92. Kanggye was the new home of the retreating North Korean government.
255

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

occupation by United Nations troops. PART II. You are authorized to use

fighters with any armament you so desire to take out the anti-aircraft

batteries in and around the city of Sinuiju, at the same time not repeat not

violate the border. PART III. Ref radnote KH-OPS 2324 [regarding hot

pursuit across the border]. I have brought this matter to CINCFE’s attention and at the present time he is studying your request.

A copy of the above was sent to CINCFE.

Air Marshal Fogarty attended the FEAF briefing this AM, and then I accompanied him out to Haneda, where he departed for Singapore via Okinawa and

Clark AFB. Sent a radnote to both Turner and Stearley, with a copy going to

Deputy Comptroller, that they were authorized to draw on FEAF entertainment

funds for their modest entertainment of the Air Marshal.

Following message received from CG X Corps to FEAF, with info to

CINCUNC, CG FAF (rear) and CG FAF (adv):

5th AF msg 280501Z. The TACP rqmts [requirements] of 1st ROK Corps

prior to passing to operations control of X Corps are not known here. Our

msg X 11645 is quoted: “Attn Maj Gen Weyland. To meet close air support rqmts for 1st ROK contemplated opn urgently require 4 AN/VRC-1

jeeps and 4 radio technicians to be airlanded Yonp’o airdrome soonest.

Additional crew members avail to his hq. Please advise your action.” The

request contained in X 11645 was carefully considered in all aspects

before submission. The nature of opns planned and in progress requires

the personnel and equip requested.

My reply to above was:

For Almond from Stratemeyer referring to your X 11742. This rad in two

parts. PART I. Four additional complete TACPs, equipment and personnel,

will be furnished by Fifth AF to work with units of I ROK Corps as quickly

as they can be assembled from limited resources. Gen Partridge will confer

with you tomorrow or as soon as possible on this and other support matters.

PART II. Urgently request you fulfill your responsibility for G-2 and G-3

air representation at JOC and appropriate communications as contemplated

in FM 31-35 and current Army doctrine.

CINCFE and CG FAF were info addressees on this radio.

Received following OPERATIONAL IMMEDIATE from Vandenberg, a copy of which I sent to CINCFE:

Our estimate air situation in North Korea based on rather sketchy evidence concludes that enemy aircraft in operation 1 and 2 Nov were

Yak–7 or –9 and MiG–15s, that Yaks used airfields at Sinuiju and probably Antung, that MiGs employed from fields in Manchuria, that most

likely pilots were NK or Chinese Communist or both. Thus far, only

token air forces employed conforming in general with pattern in ground

forces. No evidence as yet of major air threat to UN forces in Far East.

Would appreciate any comment you might wish to make on above estimate. Meanwhile, inform me immediately of details of any additional
indications of the employment of Chinese Communist forces, air or

ground, or any change in situation which indicates significant development in present trends. Particularly essential here that we have as much

forewarning as possible of any jet buildup, so that appropriate action

required, such as the reinforcement of your command with F–84s can be

taken in time.

Dispatched via personal redline to Vandenberg my answer to his radnote

above:

Your estimate of air situation in NK is essentially in accordance with

mine. Fairly reliable sources indicate that the CCAF may have up to 300

airplanes in China with possibility of an undetermined number of jet

aircraft as reported sightings have been made at Canton, Nanking, Shanghai, and Antung-Korea area. Eighth Tac Rec Sq pilot in RF–80 reported

having sighted at 020705/I fifty fighter-type aircraft on Antung Airfield;

Recce aircraft altitude 16,000 feet, three miles east of Sinuiju. Small

numbers of enemy aircraft, not necessarily CCAF, have been observed in

operation over NK, largest in flight to date has been six aircraft. First

enemy jet operation in NK on 1 Nov included 6 airplanes, and our pilots

reported possible damage to one of these (four F–51s against six jets).

Second report of enemy jet operation on 2 Nov indicated only five jet airplanes utilized. This may indicate that our claims of damage to one jet

were correct and that only six were committed. Enemy jet pilots have not

been aggressive. Possibility exists that the six MiG–15s are Russianowned and operated and are being service-tested on exactly the same

basis as we contemplate service-testing six F–84Es. Reference Chinese

Communists ground build-up, G-2, Far East Command, this morning

estimated 12,000 Communist troops in North Korea. CINCFE informed

of your message and this reply.93

A copy of the above radnote handcarried to CINCFE. 

General Hickey called at about 1900 hours and stated that General

MacArthur had approved the Partridge wire to burn Sinuiju by the Fifth Air

Force. Hickey asked that I drop in tomorrow morning and discuss other targets

with him as the Boss had asked that this be done. Will go to see him at 1000

hours, 4 November 1950.

Got off my “Estimate of the Situation” to CINCFE as per his

request and included my belief that if Russia entered the

conflict openly it would mean World War III which in my

estimation was not in the cards.

I was a bit concerned this morning when I learned that ten (10) correspondents were accompanying the B–29s on their attack (burn) on Kanggye. After

SATURDAY

4 NOVEMBER

1950

256

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

93. By this date, there were approximately 300,000 Chinese troops in North Korea. (Schnabel, p 259.) Because

they generally moved at night and had excellent camouflage discipline, the CCF troops were never spotted.

Two reasons for their not being seen was that FEAF had a very limited number of RF–80As for photo reconnaissance, with the result that some areas (such as the Yalu crossings) were considered of greater importance

and received much greater attention than others. Also, neither FEAF nor Eighth Army had enough photo

interpreters to screen what photos were taken. (Futrell, pp 229, 547-548) But there was another reason for
discussing with General Weyland, Craigie and Nuckols the picture, my statement

will be generally, as follows: That wherever we find hostile troops and equipment

that are being utilized to kill UN troops, we intend to use every means and

weapon at our disposal to destroy them, that facility, or town. This will be the

answer to the use of the incendiary-cluster type of bomb.

My conference with Hickey was most satisfactory. While there he confirmed

the instructions that he had given me the night before that General MacArthur

wanted an all-out air effort against communications and facilities with every

weapon available to stop and destroy the enemy in North Korea. He reiterated the

burning of towns and emphasized the importance of taking out Sinuiju.

Warning orders were sent to Fifth Air Force and FEAF Bomber Command

directing the destruction of Sinuiju on 7 November. This authorized Bomber

Command to stand down on the 6th. It also authorized direct communications to

work out between FEAF Bomber Command and Fifth Air Force their cooperation on this attack.

I made the award of Legion of Merit to Colonel Ganey at 1500 hours.

In accordance with the exchange of radios between

X Corps (General Almond) and my headquarters, and

my reply signal to Almond (see 3 November 50),

Partridge radioed me as follows:

Conferred today with Almond at Wonsan. He understands shortage of

tactical air control parties and accepts delay of few days in receipt of four

additional ones. When these four are delivered he will have seventeen

(17) of a total of forty-six (46) supplied by FAF and this proportion is

over twice his share. Recommitment of EUSAK forces, operational

losses and fair wear have caused unforeseen shortages which will be liquidated as rapidly as our resources will permit. Almond agreed to send

liaison officer to this hqs but demurred in establishing here G-2 and 3 air

because he feels lack of contact and communications with X Corps will

prevent these officers from operating effectively. I pointed out to him that

communications with us was an Army function. At present Navy msgs

sent by CW [continuous wave] radio are undelivered or are delayed

beyond time when profitable action can be taken on them. Will review

communications problem and will report later what progress we can

make in solving this problem within our resources.

Received a signal (Radnote) from Cabell in which he stated that he wanted

to send a small group of highly specialized target analysts to Hq to have them

proceed to Korea to make detailed inspection and measurements of physical

damage caused by specific weapons of various types, and also in certain cases to

trace and assess the economic, industrial and military effects of such physical

damage. It is contemplated that these analysts will collect certain types of

SUNDAY

5 NOVEMBER

1950

257

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

their not being seen — they were not really being looked for! MacArthur, the JCS, and the various intelligence organizations could not believe that the Chinese Communists would involve themselves in the war in

Korea, but, instead, would use their presence on the Korean border only as a form of “political blackmail.”

Indeed, though MacArthur and his intelligence people kept revising upward their estimates of CCF strength,

on the eve of the first major Chinese offensive, they were still grossly underestimating the enemy’s strength

by three-quarters.
detailed data that were not availably reported by the US Strategic Bombing

Surveys following WWII and that are urgently required by the Air Targets Division as basis for its analyses of the vulnerability of both strategic and tactical

targets in other parts of the world. The proposed group will include approx 10 AF

and Navy analysts, and it may include a few Army analysts. It is anticipated that

the group will need approximately 4 draftsmen, 4 photographers, 7 interpreters,

2 auto mechanics, 7 jeeps, and 7 trailers in order to enable them to carry out their

mission. Your concurrence and support of this project are sought and your advice

is requested as to whether you can obtain the necessary theater clearances and

make other necessary arrangements mentioned in the preceding paragraph. If you

concur and clearances are obtained, efforts will be made to have the group depart

this hq by 10 Nov. Estimated duration of project is 60 days.

My reply to above, Personal radnote for Major General C. P. Cabell,

Director of Intelligence, information General Twining, V/CofS:

Reference your radnote 041810/Z, subject to provisions hereafter stated,

I concur in sending Target Analysis Group, will support it in the theater,

and am confident that MacArthur will approve. I must remind you that

we have the Chief of Staff’s Evaluation Group here headed by General

Barcus to which Mr. Charles E. Wilson is to be assigned as Director.

There is also a Human Relations Evaluation Group coming out from the

Air University. Various analyses are being done by Fifth Air Force and Hq

FEAF personnel. It is therefore desired that any evaluation that is

attempted augment General Barcus’ Group in order to maintain objectivity,

avoid duplication, and achieve maximum benefits.

Met with General MacArthur at 1105 hours. Present were General Hickey,

Chief of Staff, and General Wright, G-3. The gist of General MacArthur’s

instructions are as follows: Every installation, facility, and village in North Korea

now becomes a military and tactical target. THE ONLY EXCEPTIONS ARE: the

big hydro-electric power plant on the Manchurian border at Changsi [?]94 and the

hydro-electric power plants in Korea. General MacArthur reiterated his scorched

earth policy to burn and destroy.95 The other exception to his directive is the city

of Rashin. Every bridge across the Yalu River, from the Russian - KoreanManchurian border, southwest across the Yalu, is a target and will be destroyed.

We must not and cannot violate the border; consequently, no part of the bridges,

from the Manchurian side from the center over, will be hit. The bridge targets

will be the Korean side of the river and the abutments thereto. This includes any

pontoon bridge that the Chinese Communists might throw across the river.

Starting from the Yalu River into Korea, every method of surface communication will be destroyed. The towns on the Korean side, bordering the Yalu River

- except between Korea and Russia - will be destroyed.

258

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

94. Stratemeyer apparently is referring to the Suiho power plant located in the Ch’ongsongjin area.

95. MacArthur’s “scorched earth” policy was considered a very sound military decision. Much of North Korea is

stark and barren, particularly in the winter, with few resources immediately available to sustain an invading

force. Thus, the towns would be the focal points where troops would naturally gather for shelter and food.

Burning the North Koreans and Chinese out of these towns and villages would force them to live off the land

(Chinese supply efforts, especially, being relatively rudimentary at this time) as temperatures began to drop

below zero. There is some evidence that many NKPA and CCF troops were lost through death or incapacitation brought on by being forced out of the towns into the brutal weather. (Futrell, p 228.)
259

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

A maximum effort for the next two (2) weeks by all of FEAF’s air will be

produced - flying our combat crews to exhaustion if necessary.

All the targets that are on the Yalu River and close thereto must be hit only

by visual means; there will be always an alternate and that can be by radar anywhere in North Korea with the exceptions above noted.

A study of all river crossings and approaches to the Yalu River within Korea

is being made by Far East Command - the directive for same being given to

General Wright.

I have issued instructions to my staff directing that the above be put into

effect without delay, starting the destruction of bridges and villages and communications from the Korean side of the Yalu River south and southeast.

General Craigie, Colonel Price and Colonel Rogers were present at time

above dictated. I told Craigie that I think this is important enough for either

Rosie or his C/S to come in here (Hq FEAF) to discuss this. Craigie agreed and

indicated he was thinking along those lines and would give FEAF Bomb Command a call. Also to Craigie and Price I indicated that they must prepare a signal from me to Partridge with the information copy going to Rosie, covering

generally what I said so that Partridge will thoroughly understand this and I will

send this message via officer courier rather than trust it to the regular top secret

courier service.

In discussing with Rogers recon of the Yalu River, and my desires to have a

map (he is to check with G-3 upon completion of their directive from MacArthur

and also Willoughby’s outfit) which shows every crossing of the Yalu River, rail

or highway and the names of the towns that they are near. Rogers indicated that

because of previous recon restrictions, this was the first day we’ve had recon

planes covering that dividing line and he indicated that because of the speed of

the jets, quite possible the border would be violated. Reiterated that the border is

not to be crossed and if need be we shall send the 31st up there. They can sit up

there top-side and get a picture. Emphasized that we are to get these target

pictures to Rosie.

In discussing bridge crossings, one example that was shown to me indicated

that POW camp sites (reported), hospitals and prisons would be vulnerable to

incendiary attack. Whether vulnerable or not, our target was to take out lines of

communication and towns.

Copies, made direct from this diary entry, were sent to VC A&P (Craigie),

D/O (Price for Weyland and Crabb), and D/I (Rogers - who is acting in Banfill’s

stead, the latter is on TDY to USAF).

General O’Donnell came in to the office at 1430; I let him read the above

and then we discussed the whole problem of air attacks.

Cleared Nuckols’ marble to Vandenberg:

Redline Vandenberg from Stratemeyer. FEAF Bomber Command this

afternoon bombed the military supply center of Kanggye with about 170

tons of incendiary bombs with flash report indicating all bombing done is

usually with excellent results. Entire city of Kanggye was virtual arsenal

and tremendously important communications center, hence decision to

employ incendiary for first time in Korea. 
260

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

Brigadier General Courtney Whitney, Chief of SCAP Government Section,

and advisor to General MacArthur telephoned me at 1325 hours today and stated

that he had discussed the article in the 6 November issue of the Pacific Edition

of Time Magazine, upper right hand corner, page 7, with General MacArthur.

General MacArthur’s remarks were as follows: “Tell Strat that nothing could be

further from the truth than the statements made in that article.”

I incorporated the above in an EYES ONLY letter to Vandenberg and dispatched same to him this date. (See article, [this] page).

[The following article was pasted in the diary at this spot.]

ARMED FORCES - Change of Heart 

Oh, we asked for the Army

To come to Tulagi,

But Douglas MacArthur said “no!”

He gave as his reason,

“This isn’t the season,

Besides, there is no U.S.O.”

Such boondock minstrelsy (and other more ill-humored doggerel)

summed up the feeling of many World War II marines for the U.S. Army’s

ranking officer in the Pacific. But by last week it was different. The word

out of Korea and out of Washington was that MacArthur and [This line is

unreadable in the article pasted in the diary. It probably read to the

effect... “the Marines made up.”] MacArthur had been heard to say that

there are no finer troops on earth than the marines, and was giving all his

support to the Marines’ air arm, which a year ago, in the integration fight,

was battling for its life. At his insistence, high Army brass had even begun

a fight to take tactical aviation away from the Air Force and put it back in

the Army, so that it would be coordinated with ground forces as it is in

the Marines. And the ranking Marine Corps officer in the Pacific, Lieut.

General Lemuel C. Shepherd, was reported to be disappointed because

Harry Truman had given MacArthur “only” a Distinguished Service

Medal (his fifth) instead of the Medal Honor, to add to the M.H. he won

in the Philippines.

Following is my signal with reference General MacArthur’s instructions to me re the destruction of North Korea:

To: CG FAF (Stratline)

CG FEAF BomCom (Courier)

Info: CINCFE (Courier)

COMNAVFE (Courier)

CG TWENTIETH AF (Stratline)

Personal Partridge and O’Donnell from Stratemeyer.

This message in five parts.

PART I. On 5 November 50, General MacArthur directed the following

action: A. “Destroy the Korean end of all international bridges on the
261

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Korean-Manchurian border.” I interpret this as meaning the first overwater span out from the Korean shore. B. “Except for Rashin, the Suiho

Dam and other electric power plants in North Korea to destroy every

means of communications and every installation, factory, city and village. Under present circumstances all such have marked military potential and can only be regarded as military installations. [Emphasis in

original.] This destruction is to start at the Korean-Manchurian border

and progress south.” C. “All targets on or close to the border will be hit

under VFR conditions only. There must be no violation of the border. The

border cannot and must not be violated.” D. “A maximum effort will be

made by FEAF for the next two (2) weeks. Combat crews are to be flown

to exhaustion if necessary.” PART II. Effective immediately the above

policy directives will be put into effect. Specific directives will be forthcoming. Direct communications between Fifth Air Force and FEAF

Bomber Command is authorized. FEAF Bomber Command will station

a liaison section with Fifth Air Force. PART III. In general, FEAF operations orders will assign to FEAF Bomber Command the mission of

destroying Korean end of the permanent international bridges with Fifth

Air Force destroying pontoon bridges which may be built. FEAF

Bomber Command will destroy the cities and large towns. Aircraft under

Fifth Air Force control will destroy all other targets including all buildings capable of affording shelter. PART IV. Note carefully that the above

policy is effective up to the Manchurian border but not to the Soviet border. In the latter area, these operations will not be conducted north of a

line running from Ch’ongjin to Musan. PART V. It is essential that we

obtain immediately photo reconnaissance of the Manchurian border area

of North Korea, particularly of the international bridges. Your RF–80s

should be put on this job at once. They must not violate the border in

obtaining this reconnaissance. Advise me of any reconnaissance targets

your RF–80s cannot photograph in accordance with this policy and I will

assign those targets to the 31st Squadron.

General Hickey called and stated that General MacArthur liked my signal

but desired that I include in Part I “B” the following: Under present circumstances all such have marked military potential and can only be regarded as military installations. (See underscored quote in radio.)

Immediately prepared a signal to all the original addressees informing them to

add the above statement to my signal to them re the “Destruction of North Korea.”

Peking officially acknowledges a Chinese Communist force of “volunteers”

in North Korea.

FEAF Bomber Command liaison officer dispatched via staff

T–33 to Hq Fifth Air Force. 

At 0915 hours, I held a conference with General Craigie,

Weyland, Alkire and Crabb reference a call I had had this

morning from General Partridge. I explained that Partridge had a good day yesterday and that he is confident that he inflicted severe damage on the enemy. Partridge indicated that there was hostile air action in both the east and west of North

MONDAY

6 NOVEMBER

1950
Korea and that as a result he felt it necessary that he move his fighter-bomber

units from South Korea forward. Partridge stated that he was confident that he

had the situation in hand but that it would require both air and water lift. I

informed Partridge that if he needed any help from me, to scream and he said he

would if the occasion arose. I instructed Alkire to personally contact General

Eberle, G-4, FEC, and to indicate to him that for a short period now, Partridge

must be given practically all of Tunner’s airlift and I indicated that to my mind

this was the most important use of the airlift during the next few days. I also indicated that if there was any indication that this would not be done to let me know

and that I would take care of it with Generals Hickey and MacArthur.

Partridge raised the question of spot promotions and indicated it looked to

him that it was going to be a long, cold winter and asked that spot promotions be

again authorized and I agreed and directed General Craigie to send out such a

signal re-authorizing spot promotions.

Got off my weekly letter to Gill Robb Wilson.

At 0330 this morning, General Crabb called and stated there

was a message in Vandenberg to Stratemeyer, redline, that

we are not to bomb Sinuiju and the Yalu River bridges.

As a result, I directed that a redline be sent to Vandenberg

to this effect - mission ordered by CINCFE. Any change in mission must

come from CINCFE.96

Later, General Crabb in conversation with Colonel Warren97 and the duty

officer at FEC, found that there was a concurrent message received from the

JCS. The big boner was made by Warren and Crabb in not telling me that in

Vandenberg’s message to me were these words: “issuing now MacArthur.” Had

I known this, my entire actions throughout the rest of the night would have

been different. As a result of the JCS signal to MacArthur, we stood down the

attack and it will be cancelled until tomorrow if a green light is not given at 0830

hours this morning.

General Hickey called me about 0545 hours and read me the MacArthur

reply to the JCS and asked for my comments per instructions from MacArthur.

My comment was: “Doyle, it is one hundred percent.”

In view of the above, I did not sleep the rest of the night and came to the

office about 0710 hours.

At about 0740 hours, I held a conference with Crabb, Craigie, and Warren

and very emphatically pointed out to them that the crux of Vandenberg’s message

was “issuing now MacArthur,” and they should have told me this immediately.

TUESDAY

7 NOVEMBER

1950

262

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

96. When Vandenberg learned of the proposed attacks, he quickly notified Secretary of the Air Force Finletter,

who then contacted the Deputy Secretary of Defense, Robert A. Lovett. An urgent meeting with the Secretary

of State was arranged to discuss this matter. At this meeting, which took place only about 3 hours before the

bombers were to take off, it was revealed that the British government had been promised by the United States

that it would be consulted before any action was taken that might affect Manchuria. Also, that same day the

U.S. delegation to the U.N. was attempting to get the Security Council to consider the problem of Chinese

intervention in Korea. All in all, the proposed attack was not happening at the most propitious moment.

Additionally, Lovett, Secretary of State Acheson, and Secretary of Defense Marshall were not convinced that

the bombing would be effective. President Truman, who was in Missouri to vote in congressional elections,

was contacted and he directed that MacArthur justify the attacks before they took place. (“History of the

JCS,” Vol. III, pp 290-292.)

97. Col R.H. Warren, Director of Operations, FEAF.
263

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

I directed General Craigie to call General Hickey, General O’Donnell and General Partridge stating that if the green light for the mission was not received by 0830

hours this morning, it would be called off until tomorrow as we cannot take a chance

on bombing the Yalu River bridges at Sinuiju in darkness or even early twilight.

In answer to Vandenberg’s redline re:

high officials here desire to know at once if instructions in JCS 59878 and

CS TS 5364, reference postponement of bombing within five miles of

Manchurian border were received and implemented. Important you reply

redline immediately.

My redline answer to him was:

Instructions in JCS 59878 and your redline TS 5364 received. CINCFE

has directed postponement of bombing until further orders.

Followed up my above redline with the following:

REDLINE PERSONAL VANDENBERG FROM STRATEMEYER

WITH INFO PERSONAL COURIER CINCFE AND INFO PERSONAL

STRATLINE PARTRIDGE AND O’DONNELL. Further to my V 0420

CG. In addition to postponing FEAF BOMCOM missions against specific targets cited JCS 59878 and your TS 5364, I have directed Partridge

to refrain from bombing any targets within five (5) miles of border. He

has been and still is authorized to perform armed recce flights up to border utilizing napalm, rockets, and machine gun fire against appropriate

targets both in the air and on the ground.

At about 1000 hours, called on Hickey. Discussed hamstrung restrictions imposed by JCS. At CINCFE’s direction prepared the following

draft of a radio for him to send to the JCS:

PERSONAL FOR THE JOINT CHIEFS OF STAFF FROM

MACARTHUR: Rate of enemy air operations on new high level yesterday with both conventional and jet aircraft employed. One (1) of these

aircraft came directly across border and was sighted proceeding both east

and west over Sinuiju. Joint Chiefs of Staff’s restrictions against crossing

border convey to enemy full initiative in action against our aircraft near

Yalu River. I view with grave alarm your instructions to me which give

sanctuary to enemy equipped with modern jet fighters. He is gaining confidence and aggressiveness with experience. Further, his numbers are

increasing and if this trend continues unchecked, his air operations will

soon constitute a most serious threat to overall operations of United

Nations forces. I must be authorized to release my aircraft to strike on and

above Manchurian soil. I cannot over emphasize the gravity and seriousness of the prospects in the light of the directives under which I an now

forced to operate. I therefore strongly urge that I be given authority to dispatch my aircraft across the Manchurian border in pursuit and attack both

in the air and on the ground. I consider this authority mandatory if I am

to protect United Nations troops which are now engaged against Chinese

Communist troops. 
On 06 1647/Z, CINCFE received from WAR [Department of the

Army], WD GR85 the following FLASH message:

(JCS 95878) from JCS Personal for MacArthur. 1. Consideration being

urgently given to Korean situation at Government level. One factor is present commitment not to take action affecting Manchuria without consultation with the British.98 2. Until further orders postpone all bombing of

targets within five miles of Manchurian border. 3. Urgently need your

estimate of situation and reason for ordering bombing Yalu River bridges

as indicated in telecon this date.

(To JCS:) - In reply, CINCFE DISPATCHED HIS ANSWER:

C-68396 Men and material in large force are pouring across all bridges

over the Yalu from Manchuria. This mvmt [movement] not only jeopardizes but threatens the ultimate destruction of the forces under my command. The actual mvmt across the river can be accomplished under cover

of darkness and the distance between the river and our lines is so short

that the forces can be deployed against our trps [troops] without being

seriously subjected to air interdiction. The only way to stop this

reinf[orcement] of the enemy is the destruction of these bridges and the

subjection of all installations in the north area supporting the enemy adv

to the max of our air destruction. Every hour that this is postponed will

be paid for dearly in American and other United Nations blood. The main

crossing at Sinuiju was to be hit within the next few hours and the mission is actually already being mounted. Under the gravest protect that I

can make, I am suspending this strike and carrying our your instructions.

What I had ordered is entirely within the scope of the rules of war and the

resolutions and directions which I have recd from the United Nations and

constitute no slightest act of belligerency against Chinese territory, in

spite of the outrageous international lawlessness emanating therefrom. I

cannot over-emphasize the disastrous effect, both physical and psychological, that will result from the restrictions which you are imposing. I

rqst [request] that this matter be immediately brought to the attention of

the President as I believe your instructions may well result in a calamity

of major proportion for which I cannot accept the responsibility without

his personal and dir understanding of the sit[uation]. Time is so essential

that I rqst immediate reconsideration of your decision pending which

complete compliance will of course be given to your order. Signed

MACARTHUR.99

264

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

98. British, or for that matter, all the U.N. allies, sensibilities were carefully considered by the U.S. government

regarding various aspects of the Korean War. Not the least of these concerned the inviolability of Manchuria.

The allies and the U.S. were disturbed that incursions into Manchuria might escalate the war from a local

conflict into a world war.

99. This message shows a remarkable turnabout in MacArthur’s estimate of the situation in Korea. Just a few

days earlier he was telling the JCS not to jump to conclusions regarding the appearance of the Chinese in

Korea. He apparently still refused to believe they could be there in force.

A message on the 5th from him to the U.N. Security Council was also restrained in his estimate of the situation. Yet this Nov. 7 dispatch is alarmist and suddenly full of urgency. In addition, his language is surprisingly

intemperate, considering that this message is directed at his superiors on the JCS. What is perhaps more

surprising is the deference the JCS showed MacArthur when replying to this message. Though the JCS

deferred to MacArthur in this matter, again they were not happy with his manner. The clock was now
Because it was on a radio (excellent one) received from Earle Partridge on

which I based the rough draft of answer for General MacArthur to send to the

JCS (reference FEAF crossing the Manchurian border), I wrote Earle a letter,

telling him so and underscoring again my confidence in, and appreciation for, his

abilities as a commander.

Quoted in toto is his (Partridge’s) radio:

Stratline to Stratemeyer from Partridge: Enemy air operations on new

high level today with both conventional and jet aircraft employ[ed]. At

least one of these came directly across border and was sighted proceeding both east and west over Sinuiju. Our inability to cross border conveys

to enemy full initiative in action against friendly aircraft near Yalu River.

Although I fully appreciate delicacy of international situation, I view with

grave alarm present instructions which give sanctuary to enemy equipped

with modern jet fighters. He gains confidence and aggressiveness with

experience. Further, his numbers are increasing and if this trend continues unchecked he will soon constitute threat to overall operations of

United Nations forces. Correction of this situation will require release of

our aircraft to strike on or above Manchurian soil, a clearance which I am

aware lies beyond your authority. My purpose in dispatching this msg is

to present on one time basis my view of gravity of prospects under existing directives. Unless developments depart from those expected, I shall

refrain from mentioning this subject again.

Sq Leader Suan, Royal Thai AF, called; directed him to see Craigie. Suan

presented me with two letters addressed to me from Air Chief Marshal Ritthakani. Turned these letters over to D/O for preparation of reply. Subject in

question is the evacuation of Thai wounded by MATS to Thailand.

Dispatched fol rad Stratline to FEAF COMBAT CARGO COMMAND, Tunner from Stratemeyer, with info to CINCFE and FIFTH

AIR FORCE:

Because of shortage of suitable airfields in central and north Korea, it is

inevitable that there will be competition for the use of those which do

exist. The fol factors apply to this situation: (a) The sudden increase in

both quantity and quality of enemy air activity. (b) Resultant necessity for

moving 5th AF combat units forward. (c) Initiation of rail traffic to

P’yongyang together with opening of port facilities at Haeju and impending opening of port at Chinnamp’o. (d) Opening of port and availability

of cargo handling facilities at Wonsan and Iwon. In view of above, it is

my desire that priority be given to requirements of Fifth Air Force for use

of airfields in central and north Korea and that occupancy and use of these

fields by aircraft of COCARCOM be limited only to that which is

nec[essary] to airlift emergency supplies and equipment. COCARCOM is

directed to lend all possible assistance to the forward move of combat

units of FIFTH AIR FORCE.

265

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

running on MacArthur and it was only a matter of time before the clock stopped. (Goulden, pp 297-302;

James, pp 519-523; “History of the JCS,” pp 293-294.)
266

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

The draft I sent over to CINCFE, although utilized insofar as the thought

was concerned, did not reflect the air picture - but more or less reflected the

ground picture - in its final form as rewritten by GHQ, FEC. For that reason,

I dispatched the following redline to Vandenberg:

Rate of enemy air operations on new high level yesterday with both

conventional and jet aircraft employed. Enemy is gaining confidence and

aggressiveness with this air experience. The enemy, equipped with

modern jet fighters, has a sanctuary in Manchuria into which I am not

permitted to penetrate. His numbers are increasing and if this trend continues unchecked, his air operations will soon constitute, in my opinion, a

most serious threat to overall operations of the United Nations forces.

Here following is CINCFE’s rad to JCS, CX 68436:

1. The introduction of Chinese Communist forces in strength into the

Korean campaign has completely changed the overall situation and

leads me to the conclusion that all previous plans for the provision of

essential U.S. ground, sea and air forces must as a minimum requirement now be immediately and fully implemented. 2. My grave concern

as to the unsatisfactory status of Army replacements was reported in

CINCFE msg CX 68300 dtd 050531. As reported in that msg the FEC

has been and is still seriously understrength in Army personnel. It is

essential that the replacement flow be immediately resumed. As a

complementary measure action should be taken without delay to

forward to this command those Army units, both combat and service

which were previously requested or scheduled but which as yet have

not arrived in this area. 3. To properly support the ground effort, as a

minimum the currently available naval and AF must be retained and

maintained in the FEC at their authorized strengths and preparatory

steps be taken to augment these forces promptly on call if necessity

arises. 4. Whether units, Army, Navy and Air, in addition to those previously requested will be required cannot accurately be determined at

this time. There is no doubt, however, that the full requirement for balanced forces as stated during the earlier phases of the campaign must

now be met with possible appreciable augmentation thereof. The alternatives are either a stalemate or the prospect of losing all that has thus

far been gained. Signed MacArthur

Also, CINCFE sent the following to JCS, CX 68411:

Hostile planes are operating from bases west of the Yalu River against our

forces in North Korea. These planes are appearing in increasing numbers.

The distance from the Yalu to the main line of contact is so short that it is

almost impossible to deal effectively with the hit-and-run tactics now

being employed. The present restrictions imposed on my area of operation provide a complete sanctuary for hostile air immediately upon their

crossing the Manchuria-North Korean border. The effect of this abnormal

condition upon the morale and combat efficiency of both air and ground

troops is major. Unless corrective measures are promptly taken this
factor can assume decisive proportions. Request instructions for dealing

with this new and threatening development. Signed MacArthur.

The JCS reply: (JCS 95949)100

The situation depicted in your C 68396 [of Nov. 7] is considerably

changed from that reported in last sentence your C 68285 [of Nov. 4]

which was our last report from you. We agree that the destruction of the

Yalu bridges would contribute materially to the security of the forces

under your command unless this action resulted in increased Chinese

Communist effort and even Soviet contribution in response to what they

might well construe as an attack on Manchuria. Such a result would not

only endanger your forces but would enlarge the area of conflict and

U. S. involvement to a most dangerous degree. However, in view of first

sentence your 68396 you are authorized to go ahead with your planned

bombing in Korea near the frontier including targets at Sinuiju and

Korean end of Yalu bridges provided that at time of receipt of this message you still find such action essential to safety of your forces. The

above does not authorize the bombing of any dams or power plants on

the Yalu River. Because of necessity for maintaining optimum position

with the United Nations policy and directive and because it is vital in

the national interest of the U. S. to localize the fighting in Korea. IT IS

IMPORTANT THAT EXTREME CARE BE TAKEN TO AVOID VIOLATION MANCHURIAN TERRITORY AND AIRSPACE AND TO REPORT

PROMPTLY HOSTILE ACTION FROM MANCHURIA. [emphasis in

original.] It is essential that we be kept informed of important changes

in situation as they occur and that your estimate as requested in our

95878 [of Nov. 6] be submitted as soon as possible.

(Italics in message mine.)

At my direction, Crabb sent out the following radnote late 7 November 50.

Personal Partridge and O’Donnell from Stratemeyer.

PART I. The max effort strike against Sinuiju originally scheduled for 7 Nov will be executed on 8 Nov. Tgt [target] times

and tasks asgd [assigned] to BOMCOM and 5th AF remain unchanged.

PART II. I reiterate that you must insure all reasonable actions and precautions are taken to avoid violation of Manchuria territory and air space.

On my desk this morning was the following AFCVC TS 5400 from

Vandenberg, a copy of which I had made to take over to

MacArthur when I see him this AM:

In view of the changed military situation, particularly the resurgency of

hostile air and appearance of jets, I propose to deploy to FEAF on temporary duty one each F–84E and F–86A wings. Believe it particularly

advantageous to test the performance of these types under combat conditions.

WEDNESDAY

8 NOVEMBER

1950

267

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

100. This was the JCS’s reply to MacArthur’s outburst of Nov. 7. It was a restrained rebuke and also included a

clear reminder that the JCS was to be kept “informed of important changes in [the] situation as they occur.”
An essential condition to this deployment is your capability of operating

these units from Korean fields. Can you meet this condition and does

General MacArthur desire these reinforcements? Aircraft crews and as

much supporting personnel and supplies as possible would be moved by

Navy carrier and MATS. Movements could begin within ten (10) days

after decision has been made. Let me have your views.

Dispatched a Stratline to Partridge, giving him the above info in Vandenberg’s

radio, statistics on capabilities of F–84E and F–86A, telling him PSP available in

Yokohama and Seoul, and asking for info from him, by 1500/I, as to how he

reacts to the basing of these wings in Korea - can he handle.101 Dispatched Erler

and Alkire for a conference with him re same.102

My AX 5454 to COMNAVFE, with info to CINCFE, BOMCOM and

FAF in KOREA:

Part I. All out commitment of FEAF bombers today atk Sinuiju and international bridges there makes it impossible to atk [attack] bridges south of

Suiho Dam where heavy eny [enemy] traffic is rptd [reported]. Our pilots

rpt hundreds of vehicles moving to south fr[om] Manchuria on hwy

[highway] thru Sakchu. PART II. Req naval forces atk and destroy international bridges at 4028/12453 [map coordinates] and 4024 /12449 to

block further eny mov. Priority to be given to hwy bridge at

4024/12449.103 CINCFE has indicated approval to destroy first overwater

span on Korean side of all international bridges between Manchuria and

Korea provided Manchurian territory and air space not violated repeat not

violated. PART III. CINCFE concurs in this req. CINCFE orders are that

hydro-electric plant and associated fac[ilities] at Suiho must not repeat

must not be atkd.

Starting at 1230 hours the following reports on the bomb raid on the bridges

and town of Sinuiju were made to me by General O’Donnell which I transmitted

to General Hickey for General MacArthur.

1st Flight: three (3) B–29s, with one thousand-pound bombs on the first

over-water span at Sinuiju-Antung bridge; result - excellent; meager and

accurate flak.

2nd Flight: four (4) B–29s on the other bridge, first over-water span;

result - good, intense and inaccurate flak.

The seventy (70) B–29s in squadron formations loaded with thirty-two

(32) incendiary cluster bombs; all results - excellent, with first squadron

receiving intense and inaccurate flak and all the remaining squadrons

receiving meager and inaccurate flak.

268

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

101. An oblong metal strip with numerous lightening holes in it, PSP (pierced steel plank) was used for surfacing

a temporary runway.

102. The first F–84 mission, by the 27th Fighter Escort Wing (a SAC unit) was flown on Dec. 6. The first F–86

mission, an orientation flight, was flown by the 4th FIW on Dec. 15. (Futrell, p 248.) The slower and less

maneuverable F–84 would be most used in Korea as a ground support aircraft, while the F–86, a close match

for the MiG–15, would be used in the air superiority role.

103. These bridges were about 30 miles upstream of Sinuiju at the town of Ch’ongsongjin which lay below the

Suiho Reservoir. The restrictions on overflight and on which bridge spans could be destroyed naturally hampered effective strikes on all of the Yalu bridges.
Each incendiary cluster is made up of 38 individual fire bombs; consequently, there were (32 x 38 x 70) 85,120 fire bombs on Sinuiju. General

O’Donnell indicates that the town was gone.104

There were no hostile fighter interception of our bombers. A FEAF

Bomber Command recon airplane did report that an F–80 jet shot down

a MiG–15.105

I reported to General Hickey that the missions for tomorrow would be with

incendiary bombs, maximum effort of sixteen (16) B–29s would be over the

towns of Sakchu and Puckchin; that the Navy would be requested to destroy the

first over-water span of bridges and that our B–29 Razon equipped flight would

take out any over-water spans of any bridges that were left standing.

FLASH REPORT from Fifth Air Force: First contact between F–80 and

MiG–15s this morning - results no damage to F–80s, one MiG kill, and

one probable.

In reference to developing facilities in Korea to handle the two new

wings - one an F–84 and one an F–86, notified USAF with information to FEAMCOM and AMC

Reurmsg AFMSS.SP. 756645, dtd 4 Nov 50 and our msg AX 3103B dtd

6 Nov 50, Im opnl necessity exists for two airfields with possible rqmt for

add[itional] two airfields in North Korea. Present sup[ply] of mat [PSP,

etc.] in FEAF depots is considered min[imum] tac[tical] res[erve] for this

269

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

104. Approximately 60 percent of Sinuiju’s built-up area was burned out but though the approaches to the bridges

had been damaged, the bridges were still standing and usable. (Futrell, p 223.)

105. In the first all-jet air battle in history, six Soviet-flown MiG–15s jumped a group of 51st FIW F–80s. It was

readily apparent that the MiGs outclassed the F–80s. Nonetheless, Lt. Russell J. Brown was able to down

one of the enemy planes, the first in a long line of Communist jets to fall in Korea.

At this time, the B–29s could bomb safely during daylight. The appearance of

the MiG–15 changed that completely.
270

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

theater. Req im action to release five million sq ft mat now on FEAMC

rqn [requisition] to AMC. Further req that first two millionsq ft mat be

loaded on one vessel to expedite trans-shipment fr Yokohama to Korea.

Imperative that comp[lete] ship[ment] arr this theater prior to 1 Dec 50.

TS redline came in from Vandenberg re the release by 1 Dec of Weyland and

Van’s placement of him in Europe.

My reply, redline to Vandenberg, is as follows:

A few days ago Korean situation seemed in hand with operational aspects

FEAF functioning smoothly and stabilized to point where Weyland could be

released almost any time. In the light of the present critical turn of events,

however, I am constrained to ask that he stay on at least until the situation is clarified somewhat. Will try to release him by 1 December as

requested. Aside from his understandable preference for a command job,

Weyland wants to serve where he can do you and Air Force the most

good. In the event of any change in plans you indicated, I would be glad

to have Weyland in any capacity and if I should lose Partridge for return

to the ZI, I would give him the Fifth Air Force.

After talking with our communications people, I sent the fol redline

to Twining personally:

We have not received the communications equipment in the quantities

promised as a result of Ankenbrandt’s visit to Far East Air Forces early July.

The main weakness in our operation today is the lack of communications

facilities to provide dependable circuits within Korea to our operational

bases. We are now in the process of revising our present minimum requirements and anticipated future needs. Emphasis is being placed on HF [high

frequency], both RTT [radio telephone and telegraphy] and voice, in lieu of

wire or FM [frequency modulation], as a primary means of communication

in view of mountainous terrain and guerrilla action repeat guerrilla action.

I strongly urge that when our requirements are received, that every effort

be made to expedite procurement and to airlift or ship by MARINEX

[Marine Express] as we so indicate.

Before I left the office I sent a memo to General MacArthur giving

him a resume of the flash reports I had received all afternoon:

MEMO in four parts. PART I. Eighty-three (83) B–29s were mounted for

the Sinuiju /attack which was made starting at 1210 and ending at 1225/8

November. Three were known to abort, and one is unaccounted for at this

time. Seventy-nine (79) B–29s made the attack. No hostile fighter interception of our bombers. The mission was ‘excellent;’ the border was not

violated. Information being gathered from the de-briefings indicates that

some of the anti-aircraft encountered came from the vicinity of Antung,

the area near the airport. PART II. From Fifth Air Force pilots’ ops reports

on Sinuiju, they indicate that the town was burning fiercely and was covered 90 percent by bombers. Flak was estimated at moderate and reasonably accurate. One B–29 appeared to be hit. No enemy fighters were
sighted. In the prebombing attack on Sinuiju, no F–80s were lost. One

report indicates that one bridge span on the North Korean side was

knocked out, but this cannot be verified because of the dense smoke

which had reached an altitude of 15,000 feet. PART III. The mission for

tomorrow will be a Navy-FEAF Bomber Command coordinated attack on

the towns of Sakchu and Puckchin and Yalu River bridges. FEAF Bomber

Command’s maximum effort of 16 B–29s, carrying incendiaries, will

take out the two towns. The Navy has been requested to destroy the first

over-water spans of specified bridges over the Yalu River. In addition,

FEAF Bomber Command will mount a flight of B–29 Razon-equipped

aircraft to operate against bridges should any spans be left standing.

PART IV. Fifth Air Force flash report of 1500 hours indicates that the first

meeting of F–80s and MiG–15s took place this morning. Results: one

MiG kill, one MiG probable; no damage to F–80s. S/G.E.S.

Received a reply from Cabell re my radnote to him that the team of

analysts he was sending out should be fitted into the Barcus group.

Cabell stated:

It is believed highly desirable that 3 target analysts (Mayer, Loftus, and

Staats)106 concerned with broad economic vulnerability and other target

analysis problems work very closely with other evaluation groups in

order to avoid duplication and insure that data collected are of maximum

utility in future target analyses. Your support in providing or procuring for

them necessary interpreters, clerical assistance, transportation, etc., will

be appreciated. The other 7 target analysts headed by Walker and Allen107

to be sent out from this headquarters constitute a team of highly specialized physical vulnerability analysts who will be seeking detailed data

concerning the effectiveness of specific weapons against particular targets and in particular certain types of data not adequately reported by the

bombing surveys following World War II. While this team should be

regarded as augmentation of General Barcus’ group, it is urged insofar as

feasible they be permitted to operate as an integrated field team and to

inspect particular targets preselected in a carefully worked out plan. Five

of the interpreters and all the other personnel and equipment requested in

Radnote 041810/Z are desired for this team. Estimated date of departure

of both groups is 10 November. 

Because of shortage of “indians” caused by so many “chiefs” arriving, but

not wishing to appear “negative” phrased my reply to Cabell with care, in the

hope of indicating to him that this above group should bring with it as many or

as much of their clerical help as possible. 

Part I. CINCFE has granted theater clearance to party of ten, but we need

names and grades before arrival. No objection to analysis personnel working as an integrated field team. However, I strongly recommend that they

work under Barcus in order to avoid any possible duplication of effort.

271

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

106. E.A. Mayer and J.E. Loftus worked in the Office of the Director of Intelligence, HQ USAF. It is unknown

where W.T. Staats worked.

107. C.B. Walker and Henry V. Allen both worked in the Office of the Chief of Naval Operations.
PART II. Re personnel to be provided locally. (a) Clerical personnel:

Enlisted typist only can be made available. (b) Draftsmen: Japanese draftsmen only are available without seriously interfering with the high priority

target program now being carried on in FEAF Hq. (c) Interpreters: Without curtailing present interrogation program, cannot furnish interpreters

who are qualified to work on material classified higher than Confidential.

In the light of above, recommend that group bring with it as much as

possible of supporting personnel.

Had a Mexican dinner at Mayeda House - guests were the MacNaughtons,

Rogerses, Davisons, and the Adamses. The girls having had a golf tournament in

the afternoon, I awarded prizes to the winner and runners up.

Presented Annalee with her birthday present - a pearl and diamond clip, to

match her ring. She was really surprised, and delighted.

Weyland prepared following redline to be dispatched at

2200 hours. 

Reference your redline 5400. TDY of F–84E and F–86

wings with this command highly desirable and Gen.

MacArthur fully concurs in earliest deployment. Operating bases can be

provided in Korea. When decision on deployment is made will furnish

some detailed recommendations on supplies, spares, personnel etc. by

reason of introduction of new type units into theater.

Departed Haneda for Itazuke 1000 hours to meet and welcome Brigadier

General Sweetser and his 452d Bomb Wing (L). On arrival at Itazuke at 1245

hours, was met by General Sweetser, Colonel Stratton,108 base commander, and

Lt. Col. Charles W. Howe, the group commander .

Immediately proceeded to mess where we had lunch and a nice visit, and I

met young Richard Leebrick.109

We then went out to the line and inspected several of his aircraft - which by

the way are in excellent mechanical condition, some being taken direct from

mothballs and having only about nine hours time.

Young Leebrick accompanied us. I had several pictures taken, copies of

which I have directed Nuckols to send to the Los Angeles Times, to Long Beach

papers, the Peru Republican, and to Washington papers. My secretary will send

copies of these pictures, with letter of transmittal to Mr. Charles Leebrick.

General Sweetser had assembled all possible men and officers and I made a

short address to them of welcome.

Departed Itazuke at 1430 hours. While in the air near Itazuke, picked up on the

radio General Henebry’s arrival at Brady.110 Talked to Henebry over the radio, welcomed him. (Will try to get away tomorrow - 11 Nov 50 to go down and see him.)

Landed at Haneda at 1701 and proceeded directly home. 

Talked to Col. Warren in Ops and got the results of today’s missions.

THURSDAY

9 NOVEMBER

1950

272

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

108. Prior to this assignment, Col Wilbur H. Stratton was the 8th FBW’s executive officer.

109. Unable to identify Leebrick or his father, Charles.

110. The first aircraft of Henebry’s 437th TCW arrived at Brady on the 8th.
273

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY Map 6.
Dispatched the following letter to Vandenberg:

Following Johnnie Walker’s magnificent drive from

Pusan to P’yongyng and beyond, I wrote him the attached

letter on 28 October. (See diary note under that date.) A

deep feeling of comradeship and mutual respect has developed between

FEAF, the Fifth Air Force, and Eighth Army since the arduous days of

the early part of the campaign. Johnnie Walker and his Eighth Army

have battled the enemy and at the same time have battled inadequate

supplies, lack of trained combat troops and all the other impediments

that a man could face. His warm and obviously sincere reply of

7 November also is attached. I hope you will get as much of a lift

from his letter as did I. This letter might be helpful with the Vincent [sic]

Committee.111 Best Regards. s/G.E.S.

General Walker’s letter reads as follows:

Headquarters, Eighth United States Army (EUSAK), APO 301, c/o PM,

San Francisco, California. Dtd 7 Nov 50.

Dear Strat: Your fine letter of 28 October is deeply appreciated. Throughout the trying days in Korea my confidence and the confidence of my

troops has been greatly sustained by the knowledge that the Air Forces in

Korea and those elsewhere in the Far East Command were giving us

unstinted and skillful support. The magnificent spirit of your commanders, your pilots and your ground crews has always been in evidence and

has been a source of inspiration to all. Your officers and airmen have won

and shall retain the affection and gratitude of all ranks in the Eighth

Army. They have shared our trials and tribulations. They have shared our

successes. They shall share the final victory. With warm personal regards,

I am, Faithfully yours: s/Johnnie Walker (Walton H. Walker, Lt. General,

United States Army.)

Dispatched a Stratline to Partridge and Sweetser:

I flew to Itazuke yesterday and called on General Sweetser, CG 452d

Bomb Wing (L) and addressed his officers and men. Was impressed with

condition of his equipment, with morale of his officers and men, and his

individual leadership and knowledge of the capabilities of his personnel

and equipment. I directed that he report expeditiously to you. It is my

opinion that the Fifth Air Force is fortunate in having this unit assigned

and I am confident that they will give a good account of themselves. Their

tails are in the air.

Crabb flashed me the news that at about 1245 today, 6 MiGs hopped on and

shot down a B–29 as it was withdrawing from the target at Uiju. Eleven men

were seen to parachute from the plane. Plane went down near the coast and airsea rescue now in process.

FRIDAY

10 NOVEMBER

1950

274

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

111. Actually the Vinson Committee, after the Chairman of the House Armed Services Committee, Rep. Carl

Vinson. His committee was preparing to hold hearings on tactical aviation.
Sir Esler Dening112 (British Ambassador at Large - like U.S. Ambassador

Jessup) and Sir Alvary Gascoigne called at 1030 hours. Sir Esler was a member

of Lord Louis Mountbatten’s staff - being his political adviser.

1530, Colonel Cleeves113 completed my physical examination at the

Tokyo General.

1800 hours, we had dinner with the Hills.

In reply to my radio of congratulations to the Navy -

Personal Joy and Struble from Stratemeyer - re their

bridge strikes when BomCom hit Puckchin and Sakchu -

received in answer the following two radnotes:

FROM STRUBLE: Your congratulations are much appreciated and we

are glad to be able to contribute to the campaign.

FROM JOY: Joy to Stratemeyer information Struble. Referring to your

cite AX 3251B VCO X, your congratulations to Task Force 77 airmen

of the 7th Fleet for their aggressive attacks on the Yalu Bridges are read

with pleasure. Navy airmen are proud to receive praise from you and

members of a command whose effective bombing and sky clearing

fighter tactics over northern Korea are observed with admiration.

Left Haneda at 1000 hours and flew to Brady Air Base where I was met by

Brigadier General John P. Henebry and his staff. Immediately went to his mess

hall, had lunch, and a good visit, after which he assembled all of his officers, men,

and I made a speech of welcome to his wing. (They all seemed to have appreciated

what I said because they applauded enthusiastically at the end of my few words.)

I made it very plain to Henebry that he took his operational orders from Tunner but that he was assigned to FAF and his administrative and logistical support

would come from them. 

SATURDAY

11 NOVEMBER

1950

275

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

112. Dening had been Chief Political Adviser to the Supreme Allied Commander, SE Asia from 1943-1946, and

later became Assistant Under-Secretary at the Foreign Office. At this time, he was on a special mission to

Asia with the rank of ambassador. Later, he was the British ambassador to Japan.

113. Cleeves was a FEAF surgeon.

General Stratemeyer

addresses members 

of the newly-arrived

437th TCW from the

bed of a weapons 

carrier. Note Stratemeyer’s non-standard

wearing of the CBI

patch on his blue 

uniform. A number of

the 437th’s officers can

be seen wearing the

old olive drab USAAF

uniforms.
General Henebry impressed me greatly; he is 32 years old, has had a

world of combat experience and I am confident he will lead his combat wing

most efficiently.

Received a letter from Gilkeson which I told Craigie to

show to General Hickey, C/S, FEC:

General Bolté114 and party dropped in here the day before

yesterday (ltr written 9 Nov). General Beightler115 took

care of them overnite. Last evening Beightler informed me that Bolté had

tipped him off to the fact that the Navy is taking steps to have Guam declared

a unified command under the Navy. I do not know any other facts in the

matter. The new admiral who replaced Eddie Ewan has attempted to be

very dictatorial since his arrival - in small matters so far.116 The Sec of

Navy is due in here next week (Secret). Thought you would want to know

of the rumor concerning Navy plans. Best regards. s/Gilkey.

My letter to Nate Twining, this date, reads as follows:

Your attention is invited to the attached letter from Gilkeson. It has been

shown to MacArthur’s Chief of Staff, Major General Doyle O. Hickey, by

Craigie. Thought that it would be of interest to you and some of your

planning boys. As you know, the home station of the 19th Bomb Group

is at Andersen Air Force Base on Guam, the 19th Wing being a part of

FEAF command which operates under General MacArthur. We are

spending money to improve Andersen and I am of the opinion that General MacArthur would take exception to a unified command set-up on

Guam. Certainly, I could not have what little striking force exists in the

Far East Air Forces stationed on Guam under the Navy. Would appreciate

your comments and the return to me of Gilkey’s personal letter to me

(attached). Best regards. 

Dispatched the fol informational redline to Vandenberg:

Enemy a/c losses 1 Nov thru 11 Nov inclusive: destroyed: two MiG–15s

and sixteen Yaks. Probably destroyed: five MiG–15s. Damaged: fourteen MiG–15s and nine Yaks. Above does not include two MiG–15s

claimed destroyed by U. S. Navy aircraft. Total destroyed by FEAF:

forty-six enemy aircraft. Total destroyed by Navy: two. Grand Total:

forty-eight enemy aircraft destroyed period 1 November thru 11

November. 

Called on Turner Joy (Admiral Joy, COMNAVFE) and discussed with him

(1500) hours - his office) some highly classified intelligence matters and asked

for his assistance; he indicated that he would do everything he could.

SUNDAY

12 NOVEMBER

1950

276

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

114. Maj Gen Charles L. Bolté was the Army’s deputy chief of staff, G-3 (training and operations). He arrived in

Japan on Oct. 31 to discuss planned reductions in Army forces in Korea. The reductions were shelved when

the Chinese offensive rendered them moot.

115. Maj Gen Robert S. Beightler headed the Army’s Marianas-Bonins Command.

116. Rear Adm Edward C. Ewan took command of TF 77 in late August, commanding it until Dec. 25, 1950. The

“new admiral” was Rear Adm O.B. Hardison, Commander Naval Forces Marianas.
We also discussed the coming visit of the Secretary of the Navy, the Honorable Francis P. Matthews.117

Immediately upon return to the office I got off a radnote to the CO Itazuke

AB, with info to General Sweetser, that Adm Joy will precede the Honorable

Francis P. Matthews to Itazuke on 19 November and that the Secretary will land

Itazuke 1700 hours (local). Instructed that billeting and Air Force honors be

given the Secretary and six officers and two enlisted Navy men the night of

19-20 November. They will depart 0700 hours, 20 Nov, for Kimp’o.

Also by radnote informed Stearley that the Secretary is due Naha 1230

hours, 19 Nov, and will depart that same day for Itazuke . Asked that he advise

General McClure, also he provide AF honors and that the Secretary be afforded

every opportunity to inspect Naval installations and then be driven to Kadena

from where he will depart. No lunch required. 

USAF sent the fol radnote (TS 5432):

Re movement of F–84E and F–86 wings to FEAF, air echelon of the 27th

Fighter Wing (F–84E) and one squadron of the 4th Fighter Wing (F–86)

will load on carriers Bairoko, Bataan and [Cape] Esperance on Nov

14, 16 and 17, with 110 a/c and approximately 150 officers, 1200 men,

and 400 tons of supplies and equipment. Remainder of the 4th Fighter

Wing will be shipped as early as possible, exact date undetermined, by

either carrier or tankers. Additional materiel and personnel will move by

MATS and water transportation. Request earliest information as to the

availability of heavy equipment in the theater for these organizations in

order to avoid unnecessary movement from the ZI and any further recommendations you may have in connection with supply and personnel as

suggested in your redline.118

Upon receipt of the above, immediately queried FAF as follows:

Fol info received from Hq USAF: Air echelon of the 27th Fighter Wg

(F–84E) and one squadron of the 4th Fighter Wg (F–86) will load on carriers Bairoko, Bataan and [Cape] Esperance on November 14, 16, and

17, with 110 acft and approx 150 off, 1200 men, and 400 tons of supplies

and equipment. Remainder of the 4th Fighter Wing will be shipped as

early as possible, exact date undetermined, by either carrier or tankers.

Additional materiel and personnel will move by MATS and water transportation. Request any recommendations you may have on bases, equipment, supply or personnel.

Informed Partridge the Navy Secretary will spend nite of 19 Nov at Itazuke,

and will arrive Kimp’o 0900 hours, local, on 20 Nov. “This for your info in order

that you or Timberlake can meet them if operations will permit.”

277

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

117. Matthews had been Secretary of the Navy since May 1949.

118. The 4th FIW had been based at New Castle Airport, Wilmington, Delaware, and the 27th FEW had been at

Bergstrom AFB, Austin, Texas. Alerted on Nov. 9, planes from the two wings were loaded on carriers at San

Diego between Nov. 14 and 27. The last carrier reached Japan on Dec. 13. (Futrell No. 72, p 17.)
278

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

Intend to send the fol ltr to Vandenberg.

I am sending direct to you the attached recommendation

for the award of the first Oak Leaf Cluster to the Medal of

Honor for General MacArthur in great hopes that you and

the Secretary of the AF, the Hon Thomas K. Finletter, will support me in

this award. I know of no figure of important national and international

status today - or in the past -that more prominently occupies his position

than General of the Army Douglas MacArthur. His courage, gallantry,

and valor in the Korean War have been displayed time and time again

way beyond the call of duty. The United States Air Force today, in my

opinion, does not have a better friend than General MacArthur. He

believes in air power, he knows how to use it, and he has backed me one

hundred percent in my position as Commanding General, Far East Air

Forces. I feel that to have this recommendation for the first Oak Leaf

Cluster to his Medal of Honor come from the Air Force would be most

appropriate and of historical significance. I therefore urge from the bottom of my heart that you do everything possible to secure this very

deserving award for Douglas MacArthur.

Attached to above letter was this “official” ltr with appropriate

attachments:

Subject - Award of the first Oak Leaf Cluster to the Medal of Honor, to:

CSAF, etc. 1. I recommend unhesitantly, with humility, that the first Oak

Leaf Cluster to his Medal of Honor be awarded General of the Army

Douglas MacArthur. 2. I base this recommendation upon his distinguished and conspicuous leadership, gallantry and intrepidity at risk of

his life above and beyond the call of duty in valorous action against

invading North Korean forces during the period 29 June through 20 October 1950, and on his heroically conducted defensive and offensive operations based upon brilliantly conceived concepts of modern war which

turned the tide of campaign in Korea favorably to the United Nations

forces. 3. a. The specific periods in which he risked death or capture by

the enemy, in furtherance of his conception of duty and mission, were: 29

June, 27 July, 15 through 21 September, 29 September and 20 October,

during which periods he personally reconnoitered the area down to the

Han river; surveyed the perimeter defense plans and dispositions at

Taegu; directed the Inch’on amphibious operations; personally turned the

city of Seoul back to the Republic of Korea; and observed the landing of

airborne troops north of the enemy front lines, thereby closing the trap

on enemy elements in the P’yongyng area. b. The performance of all

these missions involving air, sea and land travel and reconnaissance

embodied great inherent risks. In General MacArthur’s case these risks

were multiplied many times by his position as Commander-in-Chief of

the United Nations Command and foremost target of Communism in the

Far East. In addition he was Supreme Commander Allied Powers; Commander-in-Chief, Far East; and Commanding General of all United States

Army forces in the Far East. c. By making these front line contacts and

MONDAY

13 NOVEMBER

1950
forward reconnaissances he gained complete understanding of the military situation. They enabled him to formulate strategic decisions which

traded space for time in defense while preparing the brilliantly conceived

and executed offense which brought world acclaim to United Nations

forces. d. His was absolute fearlessness and conspicuous valor in utter

disregard of personal danger under fire and aerial attack; his was calm

judgment in each crisis backed by the reassurance of his unshaken, confident predictions of victory. His was a leadership that galvanized,

inspired and encouraged the forces under this command to desperate

effort, at times against overwhelming odds, and set for them the standard

of selfless performance of duty he exacted from himself. 4. I have personal

knowledge of the acts and services for which this award is recommended,

and in addition am enclosing the certificates of Major General Courtney

Whitney, Military Secretary to General MacArthur, and Brigadier General

Edwin K. Wright, G-3, of the United Nations and Far East Command,

who witnessed these operations as members of General MacArthur’s

staff. 5. A recommended citation also is enclosed.

CITATION: For distinguished and conspicuous leadership, gallantry and

intrepidity at risk of his life above and beyond the call of duty in action

against invading North Korean forces, and for his valor in the heroic conduct

of defensive and offensive operations resulting in victory for the United

Nations in Korea. In constant danger of his life from enemy ground and aerial attacks, General MacArthur made repeated trips in unarmed aircraft over

and near enemy-held territory. After his landings in or near the battle area he

made extensive front-line inspection trips and personally directed defensive

measures, delaying actions and attacks. This leadership ended the disorganized

rout of South Korean forces and changed it into dogged, firm resistance and

regrouping in the face of tremendous odds. At all times he risked death or

capture by the enemy. His strategic concepts and superb understanding of

the use of ground, naval and air forces brought about firm holding lines

which an enemy greatly superior in men and equipment was unable to break.

His organization and personal direction of amphibious landings at Inch’on

turned the tide of battle and brought about entrapment of North Korean

forces south of that area. His entrapment and rout of enemy forces by airborne personal direction of parachute drops of thousands of men with their

equipment behind North Korean lines greatly reduced enemy resistance. His

leadership of the allied forces brought them world acclaim for their gallant

defense and victorious offense. His utter disregard of personal danger under

heavy fire and aerial bombardment, his calm judgment in each crisis, and his

unshaken, confident predictions of victory in the face of seeming disaster

galvanized the spirit of resistance and confirmed the faith of the South

Korean, the United States and the other nations of the United Nations in the

power of their armed might against imperialist aggression. The successful

conclusion of this first great test of United Nations effort was inspired by his

spirit and actions. His contribution may lead the way toward eventual unity

and peace for the nations of the world.119

279

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

119. MacArthur did not receive his medal.
Had a good visit with Colonel Dennison120 who is here from General Bertrandias’121 office. We discussed preventive accidents. Both he and the civilian with

him stated that they had received wonderful cooperation from all my stations.

Crabb got off a redline for me to Vandenberg reporting the incident of the

hung bomb which fell on Antung.122 (Rosie O’Donnell called me earlier on this.)

O’Donnell reported that the bombing of the Sinuiju bridges were “excellent.”

Annalee and I had dinner with Ambassador Sebald and Mrs. Sebald who

were honoring Sir Esler Dening, British Ambassador-at-Large.

Got off my weekly SOP letter to Gill Robb Wilson.

Instructed my people to send copies of O’Donnell’s radio

to me with reference the strike on the Sinuiju bridges and

the “hung” bomb that fell on Antung, to CINCFE along

with information of my redline to Vandenberg informing

him of the incident.

Sent Vandenberg pages l-k, l-j, and 1-1 from Willoughby’s Intelligence

Summary of today. It was a resume, giving concrete figures, of the effects of our

air efforts - in all phases - in Korea. In written words it acknowledges and

underscores everything I’ve said about our activities. It will be good ammunition for Vandenberg to utilize during the coming Vinson hearings to which he

(Vandenberg) tipped me off that Partridge or Weyland - or both - might be called

to Washington to appear.

Reported to General MacArthur about 1145 hours to discuss with him the

possibility that one of our bombs yesterday dropped on the city of Antung. I indicated that I was not too much concerned myself, that this was a pure accident,

and that I in no way censored the Bomber Command. General MacArthur after

looking at the photographs asked to read the Carmichael report and General

O’Donnell’s preliminary report of last night. After reading both he said to me

“Strat, I do not admit anything. We’ll make no report of this and as Bomber Command’s lawyer, I propose to fight it if we are called on for a report.” He said,

“Carmichael does not admit it - nor does O’Donnell.” I indicated that I would not

admit it too much myself; however I did make it plain that the chances were that

this was a damaged fin on one of the bombs that caused this bomb to deflect and

hit Antung in view of the excellent pattern shown in the photographs.

I told him I had forwarded by redline to Vandenberg General O’Donnell’s

report. General MacArthur’s remark was - “that’s too bad, Strat.” I told him that

because of the border violations why it had to be done and MacArthur indicated

that was all right. I told him that I had ended Rosie’s quote with a statement that

he (Vandenberg) would be kept advised. His instructions to me then were to send

the Carmichael report by radio and then add this: “The facts of this case are too

indefinite to reach any authoritative conclusions.”

TUESDAY

14 NOVEMBER

1950

280

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

120. Col Junius W. Dennison, Jr.

121. Maj Gen Victor E. Bertrandias, Deputy Inspector General for Flight Safety Research and Technical Inspection, USAF.

122. As the B–29s of Col Richard H. Carmichael’s 98th BG attacked Sinuiju on the 13th, one bomb out of the

102 thousand-pounders dropped hit 1,983 feet from the average range of the bombing patterns and 3,500

feet to the side of the patterns. The area where the bomb landed was in Antung, across the Yalu from Sinuiju.

Tactics used by the B–29s could not explain why this one bomb deviated, but it was thought that defective

tail fins on the bomb created the bombing error.
281

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Since General MacArthur indicated he was not going to report this, I did not

list CINCFE - or O’Donnell - as an info addressee on the following redline to

Vandenberg, but did send both copies of the dispatch, which is quoted below:

Redline Personal Vandenberg from Stratemeyer. Remy A 3425 OP-op.

I quote Colonel Richard H. Carmichael’s report to FEAF Bomber

Command: “1. On 13 November 1950, the 98th Bombardment Group

(M) was ordered to destroy the railroad bridges spanning the Yalu River,

connecting the cities of Sinuiju and Antung. Three flights, composed of

four, two and three aircraft respectively, attacked the bridges at 1205 local

time. 2. The first flight, composed of four aircraft, made their final bomb

run on an axis of 230 degrees. The second flight, composed of two aircraft, turned slightly short of the initial point and made the final bomb run

on an axis of 237 degrees. The last flight, composed of three aircraft,

made their attack on an axis of 232 degrees. The altitude separation was

500 feet between each flight, with the average altitude at 25,000 feet pressure. A total of one-hundred two 1,000 pound demolition bombs were

released from the 9 aircraft in the formation in less than 10 seconds. The

remaining six bombs were not released due to a bomb door malfunction,

and were salvoed at sea after departing from Korea. The intervelometer

setting was 50 feet, allowing a walk of 500 feet from the first to last

release. Bomb releases were made on the three squadron leads, and the

three flights turned from the axis of attack immediately after bombs away

to avoid any possible violation of the Manchurian border. The general

bombing pattern was confined to an area of 1,400 feet in radius; however,

an explosion was observed and scored 4,123 feet from the mean point of

impact. The explosion was 2,800 feet from the farthest bomb in the

immediate target area. The aiming point for the formation was the most

eastern end of the 2 railroad bridges spanning the Yalu River. The bombs

on the western perimeter of the main distribution were less than half way

across the Yalu River separating North Korea from Manchuria. The

explosion observed was approximately 1,800 feet southwest of the western end of the railroad bridge. The divorced explosion was 1,983 feet

from the average range of the flights and the deflection was 3,500 feet

from the average pattern of the composite group. 3. It is remotely possible that the explosion observed was a bomb dropped by the formation of

nine aircraft attacking the bridges, if the following conditions were

resolved. To account for the range, distance fore and aft, the bomb would

have to have been carried another nine or ten seconds along the same axis

of attack. To proffer an explanation for the deflection, lateral error, an aircraft would have to assume a sharp bank of 1/4 needle width or greater.

4. All three flights turned off the axis of attack immediately after bombs

away to avoid tracking flak and the proximity of the border. No one a/c

in any of the three flights broke formation, which lent no opportunity to

continue on the same course to drop a single bomb. The three turns executed by the trailing flights were normal formation turns providing little

or not opportunity for a 1,000 pound bomb to be centrifugally thrown

almost 3,000 feet. After reaching terminal velocity the 1,000 pound
282

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

demolition bomb becomes extremely stable, and it is difficult to find a

suitable or logical explanation for the one explosion which occurred

4,123 feet from the aiming point assigned to the 98th Bombardment

Group (M).” The facts of this case are too indefinite to reach any authoritative conclusions.

Went again to see MacArthur about 1800 hours and pointed out that due to

the some 15 MiG’s attacking our ‘29s, we had 5 that were forced down - but no

known fatalities. I told him that I was against attacking these bridges without giving our bombers the fighter cover they are entitled to even though it violated the

border. He agreed with me except that he could not give the green light on this

procedure at this time. He said he expected the UN to act reference this subject

this coming Wednesday and that if he did not hear favorably then, he proposed

to make a request for me to protect my bombers and violate the air space if it

becomes necessary. I told him that I would continue to wash out all cities and that

15 Nov we were concentrating our entire bomber effort on Hoeryong [near the

west coast]. He pointed out that those bridges that we felt we could not hit without violating the border then to absolutely obliterate the communications along

both rail and railroad leading to those bridges from Korea. I came back to the

office and informed both Craigie and Weyland of my conference and directed

orders be issued as General MacArthur directed. While here in the office I

learned that only 2 B–29s were forced down due to enemy action and that the

other three were due to run away props caused by engine failures due to the high

altitude (25,000 feet) for the attack on the Sinuiju bridges. This information I

telephoned to General Hickey.

The two that landed due to enemy action landed at Kimp’o. One had its

brakes shot out and finally got in on the ground; it washed out four F4Us (Marine

fighters). The co-pilot had his leg broken due to 20 mm fire and the engineer was

very seriously injured due to the enemy action.

The other B–29 made its landing satisfactorily.

In response to Vandenberg’s redline to me, got the

following stratline off to Partridge:

Rad in 2 parts. PART I. Fol redline received from

Vandenberg: “From a study of your daily operations

summaries for the past 12 days it is concluded that the majority of night

intruder sorties now being flown in Korea are by USMC F7F aircraft

under 5th AF control. I recognize that the primary objective is to increase

the tempo of night operations regardless of who does it. In view, however,

of our previous exchange of messages on the subject of night operations

and the efforts on the part of this hqs to increase your night intruder capabilities, the AF showing in the past 2 weeks is somewhat disappointing to

me. The AF must become as proficient in night air support operations as

they are in the day time. This is the opportunity to begin the development

of the tactics and techniques to accomplish this objective. I want you to

push this program vigorously.” PART II. I realize that operating areas

have been restricted and there are probably other good reasons why more

USAF night intruder operations have not been conducted recently. However,

WEDNESDAY

15 NOVEMBER

1950
with arrival of the 452d LB Wg, I expect the 3d LB Wg, with the newly

attached night intruder squadron, to specialize in night operations.123

Until such time as the new bomb units become fully operational, step up

your night operations with the squadron of the 3d Gp which has specialized in night work, and also utilize in a similar manner available operational aircraft of the new night intruder squadron.

In answer to the redline Vandenberg sent me (which is quoted in my

radnote to Patridge), I told him

I appreciate your concern over night intruder operations which for a

time have been curtailed. Severely restricted operating areas, extremely

mountainous terrain, fog and haze at night all have affected night operations of 3d Bomb Gp which does not have radar in acft. Only four aircraft of 731st Bomb Sq Nite are operational with APQ-13 “B”

components reinstalled. This equipment for other acft daily expected

but hasn’t arrived. Partridge instructed to employ 13th Sq 3d Gp and

opnl acft 731st Sq to best advantage in nite operations and to further

specialize 3d Gp in this work as availability light bombers increases.

Left the office early and got in a golf game with Adm Joy, Comdr Muse and

Mr. Garey of Time-Life. Had a good game - and played good golf. Score was 92,

but it was with a 12 on one hole.

Rosie O’Donnell called the office and left word that mission was “Excellent” - they encountered no flak, no enemy fighters - and that he was “using my

name” in a radnote to his commanders.

Rad received “From Vandenberg to Barcus info Stratemeyer” in

answer to my radnote to General Twining.

...sending team of target analysts to support your effort. Believe these

should work under your guidance to avoid duplication of effort. [Underlining in original.] Seven of this gp [group] are interested in the field of physical vulnerability of targets to particular weapons and should work as an

integrated team; three are analysts with general analytical experience.

Names and grades as follows: TEAM COMMANDER Lt Col P.H. Taylor, Army officer assigned to Director of Intelligence, Maj J.O. Ronningen from ID. GENERAL ANALYTICAL TEAM: E. A. Mayer (GS-14);

J. E. Loftus (GS-14); W. T. Staats (GS-13). PHYSICAL VULNERABILITY TEAM: C. B. Walker (GS-14), H. V. Allen (GS-13), E. S. DeLeon (GS12); R. F. Ritchel (GS-11); L Chernus (GS-9); L. E. Dolan (GS-7); R. V.

Kaiazek (GS-5).124 Theater clearance for the 2 Army officers was requested

yesterday but Col. Taylor’s name was not available at that time. Group

scheduled to leave here 17 Nov 1400/Z time.

283

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

123. Formerly part of the 452d Wing, the 731st BS (L-NA) had been especially trained for low-level operations.

It had been decided to convert the 3d BG (under the 3d BW) completely to night attack. Because the 3d was

also understrength, the 731st BS was attached to it. The 731st flew its first squadron mission on Nov. 24.

(Futrell, p 128; Cantwell, pp 42-43.)

124. Taylor and Ronningen worked in the Office of the Assistant Chief of Staff, G-2, U.S. Army; Mayer, Loftus,

Staats, and Chernus worked in the Office of the Director of Intelligence, HQ USAF; Walker, DeLeon, and

Dolan worked in the Office of the Chief of Naval Operations; Allen, Ritchel, and Kaiazek are unidentified.
General Kenney’s Human Resources Team under Col. Croker125 will

include a small team of psychological intelligence specialists under Dr.

Fred Williams.126 This team’s operations should be coordinated by your

group and their work supported in all respects so far as practicable.

[Underlining in original.]127

Reached the office this morning and was informed that

General Almond, X Corps commander had sent a radnote to

us asking for 34 control parties. That radio has about as

much sense to it as if I had sent him a signal and told him I

would like to have 10 nicely upholstered sedans, painted Air Force blue, to meet

me at the airfield at Yongp’o-dong when I landed. Partridge and Meyers intend

to call on General Almond and get him straightened out.

Received the radnote which Rosie had mentioned in his telephone conversation yesterday. It is a good one and I quote it in full for diary record:

Personal from O’Donnell to Briggs, Jennings, Carmichael and Hilger.

PARA I. The sudden change in the tac sit due to act[ive] intervention of

the Chinese Communists has placed a heavy load upon our combat and

maint[enance] crews, our a/c, and our staffs during the past 11 days. The

performance of Bomb Cmd during this max effort period has inflicted

heavy damage on the enemy and, in my opinion, has been largely responsible for his rapid transition from a cocky and confident offensive to a

sullen and stunned defensive. PARA II. During the past few years, while

the Chinese Communist armies were conquering most of China against

sponge defenses and little air opposition, their egos had ample opportunity

for growth. The rapidity and completeness of their successes undoubtedly

rendered them drunk with power and high self esteem. The insolence of

their Prime Minister’s recent threat against the U.S. is a good example of

their arrogance and imagined prowess. PARA III. They have now found

what it is to run up against the U.S. AF and, while I cannot say what the

future holds for us, I am certain that a re-evaluation of the sit is unquestionably being made at Peiping. PARA IV. Our effort has not been made

without cost. Enemy ftrs [fighters] attacking fr sanctuary north of the border had inflicted damage, including the loss of one a/c and crew. Engines

have suffered due to formation flying at higher alts [altitudes]. Crews have

become fatigued, and, to make the course more sporty for the units at Okinawa, the wea[ther] man arranged a typhoon hit right in the middle of this

critical period. PARA V. We are today returning to normal combat effort and

it is my desire that max maint effort be applied in the docks and on the

hardstands until we regain the healthy airplane and engine condition we

enjoyed before this phase of the campaign. PARA VI. Gen Stratemeyer has

THURSDAY

16 NOVEMBER

1950

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

125. Col George W. Croker.

126. Dr. Frederick Williams was assistant director of the Air University Far East Research Group in Human

Resources and also head of the Psychological Warfare Research Team.

127. The purpose of the Human Resources Team visit was to study the combat situation as it affected morale and

interpersonal relations. Two groups, the Personal Research Team and the Psychological Warfare Research

Team, made up the larger organization.

284
asked me to add his congratulations to my own upon the precise and accurate bombing accomplished in the face of serious restrictive border conditions and unk[nown] ftr and anti-aircraft defense strengths.

USAF (Twining personal for Stratemeyer) sent a radio

request clearance of theater for following in lieu of Generals Curtis and

Leach, whose clearances should be cancelled: Dr. Robert L. Stearns,

civilian consultant to C/S, President University of Colorado; Major General Thomas D. White, Col. Cecil E. Combs, Col. John A. Brooks, III, Lt.

Col. Archie J. Knight, T/Sgt. Dean D. Trots.128 The above plan to depart

Wash, Sun, 19 Nov.

My comment to Craigie was “Looks like Tommie White will take over

Barcus job. Barcus 87A - White 22A [seniority ranking]. What do you think?”

1045 hours: Just received a call from General Walker and he was very anxious

to have the VB-17 that I have set up for him to come to Korea for his almost daily

use - rather than leaving it here at Haneda. I agreed to this and directed General

Crabb to send it over to Korea and bring back the VC-47. While talking with

General Walker, I asked him how he and Pat were getting along. He said, “Strat,

if Pat were my brother I couldn’t like him more - in fact my entire association

with him has been perfect and never once have I asked him for help or assistance

which was not immediately given to me.” I then said, “Can I do anything for

you?” He said, “No, that whenever I need anything from the air, I make my

request on Pat and always get it.” I further told him that I thought I’d helped him

the other day when I had stopped sending supplies to the east coast of Korea

which could have gone by ship rather than by airlift. He said that he had seen the

message to that effect and thanked me. He then said, “Strat, I’m kind of a

stepchild.” My remark was, “I am most sympathetic.”

Called General Walker that his plane had been tested and was enroute to

him, having departed here 1625 hours, today.

The draft redline Alkire drew up for me was a good one,

and so let him know that I thought so:

I want to compliment and commend you and the individual -

or individuals - who prepared my redline to General Vandenberg setting forth so clearly the reasons why our night intruder missions with B–26s have not been successful to date. This redline indicates

“education” - and, with the proper use of words paints the exact picture

that I desired to give to the Chief of Staff.

Following is a quote of the redline:

FRIDAY

17 NOVEMBER

1950

285

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

128. Stearns was President of the University of Colorado. During World War II, he had been educational advisor

at the USAAF’s School of Applied Tactics. The purpose of Stearns’s mission was to examine the conduct of

the Korean air war in order to provide information that would help Secretary of the Air Force Finletter in the

making of policy decisions.

General White, a noted linguist, had been an attache in several countries prior to World War II. Among his

assignments during the war were those of deputy CO of 13AF and Commanding General, 7AF. At this time,

he was a member of the JCS’s Joint Strategic Survey Committee. Prior to his retirement in 1961, he was

Vice Chief of Staff and Chief of Staff, USAF; Colonel Combs was deputy commanding officer of the 2d

BW; Knight worked in the Office of the Director of Plans, DCS/Ops, HQ USAF; Brooks’ and Trots’

positions are unknown.
286

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

The redline quoted below was sent to General Chidlaw also, personal from

Stratemeyer, and a copy, made from this diary entry, was dispatched (18 Nov 50)

to General Partridge.

REDLINE, CG FEAF to CSAF, Cite A 3567B D/M, for Vandenberg from

Stratemeyer. Reur redline 57262 and my redline A 3504-B. PART I. I

wish to reiterate our desire to commence effective night intruder opns on

a large scale at earliest possible date. I have the folg resources on hand

and avail for this task: A. 1st Shoran Beacon Unit presently being estbd

[established] in the P’yongyng area. B. 4 ea B–26C acft of the 731st

Bomb Sq (L) fully equipped for night intruder missions. Remaining 12 ea

B–26C acft of 731st still awaiting arrival of Group B parts for AN/APQ13 sets from Ogden Air Depot. C. 32 ea B–26C acft from FEAF inventory awaiting arrival of APN-3 airborne Shoran sets. The folg action is

reqd to fully equip the night intruder force: A. AMC expedite shipmt of

Group B parts for APQ-13 sets installed in 12 ea acft of 731st Bomb Sq.

B. AMC expedite shipmt of 32 ea APN-3 sets for installation in FEAF

acft. These installations will be accomplished at FEAMCOM. PART II.

Marine F7F and F4U-N acft are operating from Kimp’o with primary

mission as night recon, and targets of opportunity are bombed and strafed

visually. Info on any targets is passed to JOC for early morning daylight

attack. PART III. As you know, effective night opns over the contracted

area in North Korea requires specialized equip. I depended on the 731st

Bomb Sq (L) to arrive with equip for this job. The first acft arrived on 25

Sept and the last acft landed here 29 Oct. To date only four complete sets

of Group B parts for APQ-13 sets have arrived. Vigorous follow-up

action from this has failed to date to produce the missing parts. A special

case report was submitted on 10 Nov 50 to the Inspector General, USAF,

Kelly AFB, Texas, outlining discrepancies incident to the movement of

the 731st Sq. On 12 Oct FEAF rad AX 2201-B to Hq USAF specified

firm reqmts for 53 ea B–26C acft equipped with APN-3 and SCR 718

sets, plus an additional 28 ea B–26C acft equipped with APN-3, SCR 718

and APQ-23 sets. Projs [projects] estbd to fill these reqmts were cancelled by USAF rad AFMSS-SP-1B 56598 dtd 3 Nov 50. USAF rad

AFMSS-SP-18 55379 dtd 21 Oct 50 directed CG AMC to dispatch necessary parts and tech [technical] pers[sonnel] to FEAF as reqd for modification of B–26 acft in FEAF. To date no parts or papers have arrived for

this proj. PART IV. The above resume presented not as alibi for our limited night intrusion effort but to indicate that on this specific proj there

was a lack of aggressive action on the part of ZI agencies in delivering

the equip I need to accomplish this task. My opnl crews are ready and

eager to perform this specialized mission. We must have the equip.

Sent the fol message to COMNAVFE info CINCFE:

Reference ourad AX 4722 OP-PL and urad CINCFE CX 61420, COMNAVFE message 150630Z and CINCFE ltr AG 370.2 (8 Jul 50) GC. This

message in two parts. PART I. CG FEAF concurs in establishment of

Naval Air Station at Atsugi Airfield. PART II. CF FEAF does not concur
in its entirety with Part 1 COMNAVFE message dated 150630Z. CINCFE

ltr AG 370.2 (8 Jul 50) GC delegates operational control of marine land

based a/c to CG FEAF. CG FEAF insists on retention of this operational

control because he deems it essential to the accomplishment of his mission

under CINCFE’s directives. The continuing situation in the Far East

makes it necessary for CG FEAF to have authority in an actual emergency

to employ available land based aircraft without delay regardless of current

activities of this aircraft. There is no desire to disrupt the teamwork of

Marine units. CG FEAF agrees that COMNAVFE shall retain such control

over the Marine air units in question as is required for training and operations in the performance of naval missions and in the support of naval

tasks. This includes training for the amphibious phase of an operation.

At 1000 hours, presented my ex-driver, Sgt. Rogers129 with a Commendation

Medal. He had been with me for a long time, leaving my service because of marriage.

At 1500 hours the Distinguished Flying Cross was presented to Corporal

Harry J. LaVene.130 I made this award to Cpl. LaVene, in the presence of his CO,

Lt. Colonel Edward D. Edward,131 of the 31st Strat Rec Sq. Cpl. LaVene was

awarded the DFC because on 9 Nov 50, he was a tail gunner and on that date shot

down the first MiG from a B–29 type aircraft.

Major General Junius Jones132 arrives in the theater.

1500 hours, Ambassador Muccio of [sic, to] Korea paid me a visit.

1530 hours, Bill Dunn of National Broadcasting Company dropped by the

office to thank me for assistance rendered.

1530 Senator Pepper,133 of Florida, called; he asked me lots of questions

about the Chinese and China, whether I thought the Chinese would make good

soldiers. I very emphatically told him that I was confident that they would and all

they needed was leadership and that I was one of the few, along with General

Wedemeyer,134 that believed in Generaliassimo Chiang Kai Shek. Throughout the

hour’s visit, at every opportunity, I praised General MacArthur. At one time during the discussion on Communism, Senator Pepper stated that he imagined that

the Communists would take over Japan if they could and get us out of the Far

East. My reply to him was that one man had stopped that - and he would continue to do so - and that man was General of the Army Douglas MacArthur. Pepper would get off the subject of MacArthur and I would bring the conversation

back to General MacArthur again. Senator Pepper has changed his attitude, I

would say, one hundred percent from what it was a year ago. However, our interview was pleasant and about the time he was leaving, I am of the opinion he

287

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

129. Rogers’ full name is unknown.

130. As Stratemeyer mentions, Cpl LaVene received his DFC for being the first B–29 crewman to down a MiG.

His plane, however, was so badly damaged in the encounter that it crashed on landing, killing 5 of the crew.

(Futrell, pp 228-229.)

131. When the 31st SRS was redesignated the 91st SRS on Nov. 16, Edward continued as its commander. 

132. Jones was the AAF/USAF inspector general from 1943 to 1948. Since 1948, he had been the Sacramento

Air Materiel Area commander based at McClellan AFB.

133. Claude Pepper was first elected to the U.S. Senate in 1936 and, although defeated in the 1950 elections,

returned to Congress in 1962 as a member of the House of Representatives. He served until his death in

1989. At this time, he was a member of the Foreign Relations Committee.

134. Lt Gen Albert C. Wedemeyer commanded U.S. forces in China from 1944 to 1946. In 1948-1949, he was

Army deputy chief of staff for plans and combat operations. Before his retirement in 1951, Wedemeyer was

Commanding General, Sixth Army.
wanted to finagle me out of an airplane to take him to Korea and the air bases

within Korea. I was very evasive in my answers and learned that he was going on

the courier. However, I did tell him that General Partridge, with his many flights

in and around Korea, could take him where he wanted to go.

Sent a letter to Bill Kepner135 (CINCAL) asking him to send

me any dope on the performance thru their tests and operations of the F–94s.136 They have a squadron in Alaska operating, and since FEAF is to eventually receive F–94 all-weather

airplanes to replace our F–82s, would appreciate any such information.

Bucked a note to General Whitney, General MacArthur’s military

secretary, to which I clipped an article that appears in Time Magazine

for this week.

Dear Whitney, I would say this is certainly another misquote of our

Boss by Time Magazine in its 20 November issue. Such misquotes by

Time to the American people are not good for the morale of General

Partridge and all of his airmen - both officers and enlisted men - nor

does it boost my morale. I know Mr. Roy Alexander, Managing Editor

of Time Magazine, very well. He is a scrupulously honest and accurate

journalist. He would be shocked to learn that his reporting staff has

been misinformed, and he would hasten to correct any mistatement of

fact. Can you suggest a way of getting the truth to Mr. Alexander without involving our Boss personally?

In reply to my radio of yesterday, Twining shot back the following

answer re our B–26 night intruder missions:

Personal for Stratemeyer from Twining. Reurtel A-3576 B D/M each

Group ‘B’ parts for AN/APQ-13 and 32 each AN/APN-3 are being packed

for airlift to your theater. AMC is contacting your hqs for air priority. Req

you inform CG, AMC, directly of the tech pers you require to assist in this

project. Project to supply you with replacement B–26 a/c equipped for

night intruder opns has been reinstated. Vigorous follow-up will be made

here to insure earliest possible delivery equip. In the future, bring directly

to the attn of this office matters such as this which play such an important

part in your combat opns. [Emphasis in original.]

Received copy of fol radio from CINCUNC to DEPTAR WASH DC,

info FEAF, cite: C-69211.

For JCS. Tentative date for main attack of 8 Army is now 24 November.

Delay has been due entirely to logistical difficulties. Partial pressure being

maintained until main attack against enemy concentrations disposed

along the general axis Huich’on-Koin-dong-Kanggye. The air attack of the

SATURDAY

18 NOVEMBER

1950

288

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

135. Lt Gen William E. Kepner, Commanding General, Alaskan Command. In World War II, he had commanded

the Eighth Fighter Command of the Eighth Air Force and the 2d Bomb Division.

136. An outgrowth of the F–80, with common wings, landing gear, and tail surfaces, the F–94 featured a new

nose to hold radar for all-weather interception and an afterburner (the first use of this device on an operational Air Force plane). Initial deliveries of the F–94A began in June 1950, but the aircraft did not reach the
last 10 days has been largely successful in isolating the battle area from

added reinforcement and has greatly diminished the enemy flow of supply.

Signed MacArthur.137

General Partridge called at 1550 and reported that he had just returned from

a visit to X Corps and their outlying commands. He indicated to me that he felt

he had done some good with General Almond and his staff. When they asked for

numerous things, he pointed out that he couldn’t do what they asked for until

they furnished the communications and other requirements of a JOC which was

their responsibility. He simply told them that at the present he could not furnish

the 34 control parties to which he received the reply that they knew that but sent

signal for the record and because they could use that many. General Partridge

pointed out that they now had more in proportion to divisions they had than the

Eighth Army. General Partridge further stated that at long last he convinced General Almond and his chief of staff, General Ruffner, that they should at least read

the manual on close support which very clearly covers their responsibilities as

well as those of the Air Force.

Unfortunately, General Almond’s only method of communications with

his commanders is through Mosquito and ground tactical control parties.

Here again, the Air Force is doing the Army’s job. Partridge told Almond that

he would turn out those control parties as fast as it was physically possible to

do so. He feels that his trip was worthwhile and that General Almond and his

staff appreciated his visit and learned a little bit more about the problems of

the Air Force. General Partridge indicated that Almond had to have some

method of air transportation. I told Partridge that I was assigning to the Fifth

Air Force for Almond’s use a VC–47, Partridge agreeing to the crewing and

maintaining it.

Immediately after my conversation with Partridge dispatched the following radio to General Almond with info to General Partridge:

Personal Almond from Stratemeyer. Have just learned today of your

requirement for better air transportation and am therefore assigning a

VC–47 to Fifth Air Force who will crew and maintain it and will station

it at Yonp’o for use by you and your staff. Best regards.

At 1100 hours, The Hon. Sihn, Sung Mo138 (Defense Minister for the Republic

of Korea) called on me accompanied by the Chief of the Korean Mission in

Japan, The Hon Kim, Yong Joo.

General Junius Jones with Colonel Schmidt had lunch with us.

O’Donnell dropped by the office - just returned from his trip. Weyland

reported back to hqrs after being away briefly for about 3 days.

289

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Far East until mid-1951. (Marcelle Size Knaack, Encyclopedia of U.S. Air Force Aircraft and Missile Systems, Vol. I, Post-World War II Fighters, 1945-1973 [Washington, 1978], pp 100-111.)

137. Actually, most of the Chinese troops that would launch the surprise offensive against the U.N. forces on Nov.

25 were already in place and had not been spotted by reconnaissance aircraft. Though FEAF planes had

knocked out many bridges across the Yalu, the Chinese assiduously repaired them if possible, replaced them

with easily-built pontoon bridges, or just forded the Yalu where it was shallow. The battlefield was not isolated.

138. Sihn also served as acting Prime Minister on several occasions during 1950.
290

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

In answer to my radnote of 17 Nov to Navy re “operational control of aircraft (land-based Marine a/c in this

instance)” they replied 180546/Z as follows:

Cannot agree with the implications or demands made in

Par II of your Cite AX 3594 - B CG for the following reasons. A. CG

FEAF does not hold op control now and therefore cannot retain it.

Existing agreement only gives op control to FEAF of “all aircraft operating in execution of FEAF missions as assigned by CINCFE.” MAG is

an integral component of an amphibious team scheduled for post Korea

retention in Japan. Mission of Marine air is primarily to support operation of US Marine forces in exactly the same manner as any other component of a combat team such as artillery or tanks. Marine combat team

liable to be moved to any trouble point in the Far East and should not

be considered as an integral part of Japan’s air defense. B. COMNAVFE

sees no objection to op control of Marine air being delegated to FEAF

by COMNAVFE for those exercises directed to by CINCFE that call for

air defense operations and obviously has no objection to FEAF assuming op control in emergencies as directed by CINCFE. These periods

however would normally be very small portion of the total time and

such control by USAF, which is common practice in other areas,

offers no problem or difficulty. Operational control as interpreted by

COMNAVFE is essential in this case to the service concerned for the

person holding it has the authority to change operating schedules,

operating procedures, and operating techniques. Since all components

of the team must work as a team all operational factors must be under

the control of a single service, that is, the Navy service. C. Additional

factors which bear on this subject are, training in carrier operations,

amphibious landing operations. D. COMNAVFE does not understand

CG FEAF’s insistence on this operational control or the benefits to the

FEC that will accrue if it were given nor dangers if it were withheld.

Partridge sent me a copy of a basic letter received from Major General Hobart R. Gay, dtd 21 October 50, addressed to him (Partridge)

which reads:

Headquarters, 1st Cavalry Division, Office of the Commanding General,

APO 201, 21 October 1950:

Dear General Partridge - The breakthrough at Hukkyo-ri and the subsequent capture of the enemy capital city, P’yongyang, on October 19,

1950, by this division was made possible only by the magnificent close

air support given by the Fifth Air Force. The 1st Cavalry Division is, and

always will be, grateful. Sincerely s/Hobart R. Gay, Major General, USA.

By first indorsement, General Partridge on 5 November 50 sent the above

letter to all FAF commanders in Korea and Japan. “I take great pride in forwarding the above letter to all personnel of my command. s/E. E. Partridge, Major

General, USAF.”

SUNDAY

19 NOVEMBER

1950
Received two radios related to Dr. Stearns’ visit to FEAF. Dr. Stearns is

accompanied by General White (Thomas D.) and staff, underlining again Sec

of AF and CSAF desires we give every possible assistance to Stearns group,

including the making available either Col. Ferguson or Colonel Gilbert L.

Meyers dependent upon interview with Dr. Stearns. Stated that one of these

officers would work with Stearns while he was out here and the other be

returned to ZI, reporting to Dr. Leach, Office of the Secretary of the AF, for

temporary duty of approximately 30 days for consultation on Combat Tac

Operations in Korea.

My reply to CSAF (with info cy to Partridge) reads as follows:

Redline personal Twining from Stratemeyer. Reference your 57627

FEAF will render every possible assistance to Dr Stearns and his group.

Colonel James Ferguson has been Special Assistant to Weyland, has

broad picture of all FEAF operations, including relations with Army and

Navy, and has worked closely with Barcus group. He is well qualified and

can be made available to work with Professor W. B. Leach in Washington

approximately 30 days TDY. Colonel Gilbert L. Meyers is Fifth AF D/O

in immediate charge of Partridge’s complex operations and should remain

on that job as primary responsibility. He and any other officers, of course,

available for consultations, briefings, or advice on tactical air operations.

If absolutely essential, Meyers or another qualified officer can be made

available to work with Dr Stearns full time. Both officers, of course, will

be available for interview upon Dr Stearn’s arrival. 

Lt. General Peter Mow139 (presently delegate to UN and

an old friend) guest at Mayeda House. He attended my

8:30 briefing.

We entertained for General Mow at Mayeda House at

dinner, among the guests were Mrs. Ho and certain of my key general officers

and their wives.

On my desk this morning was the following radio

from USAF:

Reur ad AX 3359B VCAP dtd 12 Nov 1950. Your request

for additional C–54 and C–46 crews and maintenance

personnel to meet future contingencies not favorably considered due to

serious effects withdrawal of personnel at this time will have on other

commands.

The following signal in its entirety is one of the best received during

the war so far. Had we started out in this manner, many trials and

tribulations would have been avoided:

TUESDAY

21 NOVEMBER

1950

MONDAY

20 NOVEMBER

1950

291

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

139. Mow had been Commisioner of Aeronautical Affairs in the Chinese government during World War II. He was

head of the procurement office of the Chinese AF in 1948-1949 before becoming the CAF representative to

Washington. In August 1951, he became involved in a messy affair involving charges and countercharges of

misuse of official funds. (Ross Y. Koen, The China Lobby in American Politics, [New York], pp 35, 42-45.) 
From: CG Army Eight dtd 20 Nov 50

To : CINCFE Tokyo, Japan

Info: CG 5thAF, COMNAVFE Tokyo Japan

Nr : GX 28010 KAR

This msg in 2 parts.

PART I. Rqst max aval air support from 5th AF, BOMCOM, Navy, British

for Army Eight offensive operations period 230700-281800 and normal

sustained effort 281800 Nov - 021800 Dec 50. Recm all support be under

control 5th AF in coordination with Army Eight.

PART II. Request effective immediately, in the destruction of bridges

Army Eight zone that all air commands concentrate on important and

critical bridges in zone south of Yalu River and within 15 miles of the

border and that no further effort be placed upon preventing the enemy

from restoring bridges south of above 15 mile zone.140

Action: G-3

Information: Commander in Chief, Chief of Staff, G-1, G-2, G-4, AG,

JSPOG, Signal, FEAF, COMNAVFE, LJLCOM LNO, Air Marshal

Bouchier.

In answer to above, Partridge sent to me, info EUSAK, the following:

The fol request has been received from CG EUSAK and is quoted for

your info. “It is requested that effective imm, in the destruction of

bridges, that all air commands concentrate on important and critical

bridges south of the Yalu River and within about 15 miles of the border,

and that no further effort be placed upon preventing the enemy from

repairing or rebuilding bridges south of the above 15 mile zone.” This

command will comply with the above request. Request your Hqs notify

FEAF Bomb Comd to also comply with this EUSAK request.

General Lowe, Presidential adviser, in the office this AM. Attended the

FEAF briefing. 

General Partridge called 0935 and stated that for the first time the Eighth

Army was in fine shape for supplies. Yesterday, they moved forward 6,500 tons;

further, they found the clog in the pipeline and got forward POL to the amount

of 2,300 tons. Now that the railroad is operating from Seoul to P’yongyang and

that the port at Chinnamp’o is open and that railroad and road operating forward,

General Partridge reported the Eighth Army was in good shape.

He also reported that he had received my letter of 14 November reference

movement of wing headquarters to Korea, designation of an air defense division,

etc., and that my solution was a workable one and that he was issuing a mission

directive to General Spivey today.

He indicated that the people from the 27th Fighter Bomber Wing and the 4th

Fighter Interceptor Wing were there in his headquarters and that every possible

action would be taken to get them into combat by increments.

292

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

140. Probably the reason Stratemeyer believed this message to be “one of the best” was that it recommends that all

support (5AF, BomCom, Navy, and British) be under the control of 5AF in coordination with the Eighth Army.

On the other hand, General Partridge in his diary entry for the same date was not that impressed, seeing it just

as a request for full support for the Eighth Army. (Maj Gen Earle E. Partridge Diary, 21 Nov 1950 entry.)
293

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

He indicated that General Nuckols had put the heat on Colonel Scott to get

more public relations out on tactical air support. General Partridge pointed out that

by so doing, the airlift, Bomber Command, and logistics support would necessarily

have to be sacrificed. Only so much could be put out. I agreed that this was proper

and that General Partridge knew as well as I did the reasons why: bigger and

better publicity must, repeat, must be put out on tactical air support. We must

forget competitive public information servicing within the Air Force at this time.

He called my attention to the signal from Collins to CINCFE on the stand

that the Army proposes to take reference tactical air support. This is a TOP

SECRET message and I have it in my billfold. 

Dispatched a “marble” to Vandenberg:

SAAF sq operational 19 Nov from K-24 (P’yongyang East) with eight (8)

sorties. Remainder aircraft and personnel will arrive P’yongyang 27 Nov

with full operations by 1 December. Commander: Commandant Thereon;

T/O&E: 25 F–51s, 38 pilots, and 210 personnel.141

Sent a “needle” with info to BomCom to Edwards:

I have been anxiously awaiting arrival of 2 RB–29 a/c with K-30 camera

installations. I anticipated being able to use them on special projects during fall period of good weather. However, arrival dates have been postponed for one reason or another from the last of September to our

estimated date of 1 December. These aircraft are in work at OCAMA

[Oklahoma City Air Materiel Area] on project SACISB-30. I would

appreciate all possible action to expedite movement of these aircraft to

my control.

Wrote a letter of thanks to Larry Bell, President of Bell Aircraft, re the

Tarzon wind-tunnel model he sent me and also telling him that I was asking for

specialized technical help from USAF. (See below quoted radio)

Dispatched a personal Edwards from Stratemeyer with personal

information to Chidlaw:

Messrs. Charlie Barr and Charlie Schmidt, engineering representatives

from Bell Aircraft have arrived back in theater on Vivian Project.142 Since

this will be the first employment of Vivian, Mr. Barr recommends and I

strongly concur that Captain Lyle Bishop143 and his crew of three be

immediately sent to Kadena Air Base in Okinawa on temporary duty for

thirty days, arriving 1 December. This in order to be sure that best experience possible be available when Vivian utilized.

141. This unit, the 2d South African Air Force (SAAF) Squadron, was attached to the 18th FBW. The squadron

transitioned to F–86Fs in January 1953. (Futrell, pp 232, 638.)

142. Vivian involved the development of the Tarzon bomb, a much larger 12,000-lb. version of the Razon bomb.

With the advent of the Tarzon, Razon bombing was suspended in December 1950 after a 67 percent controllability success rate. The last 150 Razons dropped destroyed 15 bridges and had a control reliability of 96

percent. Unfortunately, the larger Tarzons suffered several failures before a fix was thought to be at hand.

Then, it was discovered that a Tarzon could not safely be jettisoned. Bombing with this weapon was suspended in early May 1951. (Robert F. Futrell, United States Air Force Operations in the Korean Conflict, 1

Nov 1950- 30 June 1952, [U] [USAF Historical Study 72, Maxwell AFB, 1955], pp 141-142. Hereafter cited

as Futrell No. 72.)

143. Bishop’s job is unknown, although as intimated in the message, he was probably involved in Tarzon testing.
294

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

Mr. Charlie Barr of Bell Aircraft came in to see me. We discussed substantially that which was quoted in my radio to Edwards. (see preceding page)

Weyland and I drove to Haneda to greet Dr. Stearns, President of Colorado University, who is out here on a special project for USAF, and his party which includes

Major General Thomas D. White, USAF, who is acting as Dr. Stearns adviser.

Dispatched a TS Operational Immediate to CSAF with info CINCFE,

CG COCARCOM, CG FAF IN KOREA:

Top Secret Personal for Twining from Stratemeyer: Radio in five parts -

PART I. Ref ur TS 5634, 20 Nov 50, FEAF is continually faced with airlift demands of critically needed material and personnel: this over and

above what has necessarily come to be considered the normal demands of

forces now in Korea. Examples are: (a) Airlift of 375 tons of 115/145

avgas over a three-day period from Japan to Wonsan to keep the Marine

air operating at Wonsan. (b) Lift of more than 3,400 men and 600 tons of

the 4th and 27th Ftr Wings from Japan to Korea. Only by this airlift can

I get these wings into action in a reasonable length of time. (c) Thirty-six

C–46 loads of comm equipment just in from ZI and urgently needed in

FAF in Korea. (d) An urgent request today from X Corps to give them

three more C–47s to quote have a max number of a/c readily available to

airdrop or airlift emergency supplies to isolated units during breaks in

weather. Constantly extending supply lines require immed responses to

request by front line units for airlift or airdrop of supplies unquote. PART

II. In view of the demands placed on us and unavoidable decrease in

C–119 potential which offsets gains made by arrival of 437th TCW, there

is no recourse but to again request a C–54 sq capable of eight hrs a day utilization. PART III. In addition to rqmt for another sq of C–54s, General

Tunner has advised me that nine C–54s now possessed by 374th TCW are

in dire need of depot overhaul. Four have over 5,000 hrs since last DIR

[depot inspection and repair], four have over 4,000 hrs and one has over

3,000 hrs, much of these hrs being accomplished into rough fields in

Korea. Also, due to operational losses, the two C–54 sqs of 374th are

short one a/c to the theater to fill their T/O&E. PART IV. I assure you that

I am fully aware that by global war criteria I have more than my fair share

of air transport and am asking for still more. Obviously some of this

would have to be withdrawn in event of an all out emergency. As we see

the overall situation, we are trying to accomplish two things: (a) To overcome an inconceivably difficult supply situation. As General MacArthur

pointed out to the JCS in his C-69211 dated 11 Nov 50, delay in the

Eighth Army offensive quote has been due entirely to logistical difficulties unquote. These difficulties are not the result of poor planning, but are

a combination of many factors. Among them: (1) The havoc wrought by

our interdiction program; (2) Very heavily mined harbors and beaches;

(3) Continuous guerilla activity in rear areas, including tearing up of rail

lines and ambushing trains and truck convoys; (4) Ice and snow covered

one-way roads thru wide and tortuous mountain ranges. (b) While meeting the rqmt for air supply to simultaneously reduce to an absolute minimum our use of C–119s, saving them for emergencies. PART V. We are
not panicky, but we are desperate, and are utilizing every cargo acft we

own or can hire and we are still in bad shape. We need the spare air transport crews we have been requesting; we need the replacement C–54s and

we need the C–54 sq.

When I arrived at my desk this AM, found fol radnote

from COCARCOM:

Personal to Stratemeyer from Pringle.144 Reur Stratline to

Tunner cite A 3753B D/O. I have discussed this with

Tunner and this is his position. We concur completely with your Part 2.

Because of theater-wide shortage of transport a/c we are unable to meet

all emerg rqmts of using agencies. Withdrawal of three C–47s as Reqd

by X Corps would reduce airlift in other areas. We are ready to furnish

either C–47s or C–119s as required for X Corps emerg drops or other lift

on call, but we must not further reduce the FEAF air transport fleet. We

will give highest possible priority to X Corps requests, but we do not feel

that it should be furnished at expense of higher priority lift for FAF and

Eighth Army.

In reply to my message of yesterday to General Twining in which the

cargo aircraft situation was described graphically, Twining sent in

answer the following:

One squadron C–54s of 12 airplanes augmented for 6 hour utilization is

being alerted for movement to FEAF this date for 90 day TDY. It must be

WEDNESDAY

22 NOVEMBER

1950

295

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

A Sherman tank rumbles past a 15th TCS C–54 unloading supplies at a

Korean airfield.

144. Col Hoyt Pringle, the 314th TCG commander.
296

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

realized that the assignment of this squadron to FEAF is at the expense

of trans-Pacific lift to CINCFE and must be cleared with CINCFE. Overhaul of your C–54s must be accomplished when you see fit to schedule

them to depot. Two C–54s are on a previously established project for

FEAF. One is now ready for delivery. No additional replacement C–54s

are available.

With Dr. Stearns and General White called on CINCFE at 1230 hours. After

the call, they accompanied me to Mayeda House where we had lunch. (For notes

on conference see following pages.)

Received an additional radio from USAF:

One squadron C–54s of 12 airplanes augmented for 6 hour utilization

ordered FEAF this date for 90 days TDY. This squadron will be operational 1 Dec. REURAD VC-0449. Two C–54s on established project for

FEAF, one of which now ready for delivery. Replacement C–54s would

have to be taken from MATS. MATS presently having difficulty supplying FEAF airlift plus drastically reduced lift to other areas. A reduction

of MATS lift to FEAF must be balanced against FEAF’s internal lift. It is

not considered advisable at this time to further weaken MATS.

In reply to the assignment of a C–54 sq, I wired Twining with info to

CINCFE as follows:

Reur TS 5653, 22 Nov 50. This rad in two parts: PART I. CINCFE concurs in assignment of sq of C–54s. CINCFE further concurs in reduction

of trans-Pacific lift if required as result of this assignment. Neither

CINCFE nor I can understand the nec[essity] for this reduction in view of

past performances on Pacific lift. Records here indicate that contract lift to

the extent of 301 rnd trips from the ZI was util[ized] at the peak of the lift;

falling off to a low of 89 trips and temporarily peaking again this month at

139 trips. From the foregoing, it appears that about 40 C–54s are avail in

commercial organizations over and above present and planned commercial utilization. PART II. Appreciate you are constantly harassed with budgetary troubles, but must recommend strongly that you contract for

commercial lift to fill void created by assignment of sq to FEAF.

Called on General MacArthur accompanied by Dr. Robert Stearns and

Major General Tommy White. We went into his office about 1232 and were there

until 1345 hours, and all of us, particularly Dr. Stearns, were impressed beyond

words with MacArthur’s comments.

* * * * 

MacArthur stated, “Well, Dr., I understand you are out here to evaluate the

Air Force bombing effort.”

Dr. Stearns replied, “Not exactly. I am here to evaluate the tactical air

support given to the Army by the United States Air Force.”

MacArthur’s reply was, “Well, I guess I should be your first witness,” and he

then, to the best of memory, commented as follows:

That the USAF efforts from the very beginning up to this moment in support

of the ground forces, as well as O’Donnell’s bombing and Tunner’s transport
297

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

activities, have been magnificent and one hundred percent. He simply praised all

the activities of FEAF.

He then stated that with all that, looking towards the future, the ground

forces and the Air Forces, in the close support buiness, must work and strive for

a closer coordination of their respective activities.

He commented on Marine air support given to the Marine divisions and

stated that their sole job was support of amphibious landings and that very, very

close support was given in these operations. He stated that in any operation, at

the beginning of a war, all the air forces should be under air command in order

to rid the skies of hostile air and that as soon as that was done, the ground forces

were then entitled to that close team work and support that is required in these

days of great fire power. He indicated that if the ground had artillery back of their

lines, hub to hub, there would not be sufficient fire power for the ground elements

to advance and that this artillery fire power must be backed up with air power. He

specifically stated that he was not discussing the command problem, but he did

emphasize that there must be that close cooperation between the ground commander and the Air Force commander which would make it possible to give the

ground elements in contact with the enemy the required and essential air support

that they must have if they intend to advance.

He stated that at the Inch’on landing, he was struck by the magnificent air support that Marine air gave to their ground people and the ease with which air, with

their Corsairs, was called from the front lines to support the Marine ground troops.

He then went on to say that the Fifth Air Force with their ‘51s and ‘80s gave

the same destructive fire effect in support of the Eighth Army.

With reference to reciprocal engine type versus jet type aircraft, he indicated

that that was a question for the Air Force to decide, that the jet had proved itself in

close support and that in his opinion the jet, because of its speed, should be utilized.

He indicated that this whole question of enough air support was a question

of money. The Air Force decided that they must have the Strategic Bomber Command and by that decision maybe the tactical support of the ground troops was

given too low a priority. However, again it is a question of money. 

He feels that in any war - and they are all different - that the decision will be

made to use soldiers and that if that is correct, then these soldiers must have air

support. He indicated that there was no greater and more ferocious fighting man

in the world than the American soldier, that he had been reared from boyhood

with a standard of living of the very highest, and that the American soldier in the

field had every right to expect - and did receive a higher standard of living than

all other soldiers; therefore, he had a right to expect a fire power of both artillery

and air to support him in battle.

He stated that the Marine was an excellent amphibious landing soldier, but

when it came to remaining in battle, under all hazards with mud and weather, that

the man on the ground must take, the Marine did not compare with the American

soldier. The Marine is a specialist; he is willing to take great losses to do a quick

job, but then his desires are to pull out, accept the plaudits of the American people, and let the doughboy carry on.

Upon our departure, General MacArthur asked Dr. Stearns when he had

completed his evaluation to please come back to see him.

* * * * *
298

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

Bucked a carbon copy extract of meeting with MacArthur to General

White:

Attached is an extract from my diary, 22 Nov 50, re our visit with Gen.

MacArthur. You and Dr. Stearns may remember what took place better than

I. Hope attached will be helpful in preparing a statement for signature.

Cy Marriner’s friend, Mr. Kleiman, came in at 1100 hours. Turned him over

to General Alkire.

Dispatched fol rad:

Personal for Twining from Dr. R. L. Stearns signed Stratemeyer. Ref your

AFCVC 57791. PART I. No material required with White unless you

have additional info you desire to send. PART II. Col. James Ferguson

will be available for return TDY Wash on or about 29 Nov.

USAF sent the fol radio with info to AMC and FEAF

BOMCOM:

1. Reurtwx AX 3743B CG dtd 21 Nov 50, the fol action

has been taken to insure that the 1st operational employment of Vivian will be successful: A. 3 B–29 a/c were specially modified

and checked out to San Antonio for Project Vivian. This was followed by

proof tests at Holloman. These a/c should arrive your cmd this week.

B. Latest Tarzon test equipment, data and nec spares were packaged in

______a/c [left blank in diary] to ensure prompt delivery. C. All Tarzon

tails for delivery to FEAF have been completely rehabilitated at San

Antonio. 20 Tarzon Bombs together with fuzes, handling equipment, and

spares departed SF [San Francisco] 18 Nov 50 on Brainard Victory. D.

Further, action has been taken to send 1st Lt. Arthur F. Adams on TDY

along with modified B–29 a/c. Lt. Adams has been on the Tarzon program at Holloman during the last year and is thoroughly familiar with latest developments. E. Lt. Adams also supervised the B–29 and Tarzon

modification program at San Antonio. 2. In view of the above and considering that Capt. Bishop is essential at Holloman and Eglin on the

accelerated electrical tail Tarzon program, no action will be taken to send

Capt. Bishop at this time. It is considered that subsequent to 15 Jan 51,

the services of Capt. Bishop can be made available to your comd if still

desired at that time.

Attended the Thanksgiving game (football) between the FEAF Tornadoes

and the GHQ Athletics. Score was FEAF 26 and GHQ 17. Between halves, the

bands played “Happy Birthday” in honor of my natal day!

Annalee and I had Thanksgiving dinner at Mayeda House.

Departed Haneda with General MacArthur aboard the

SCAP at 0610 hours. Also accompanying him were Generals Hickey and Whitney and Wright, Colonel Canada

(MacArthur’s surgeon), his aides Colonels Bunker and

Huff, and several new[s] reporters. Our destination was Sinanju or K-29.

FRIDAY

24 NOVEMBER

1950

THURSDAY

23 NOVEMBER

1950
Landed at Sinanju at 1030 hours. General MacArthur was met there by Generals

Walker, Partridge and Milburn. We immediately got into jeeps and drove to General Milburn’s 1st Corps hq where we were briefed on the ground situation. From

there we drove to IX Corps hq where General Coulter145 briefed us. From there

we drove to General Church’s headquarters, the 24th Division hqs, and were

briefed on his front and we learned that the attack was progressing favorably.

General Milburn made the statement that he could go right on to the Yalu River

but did not dare do so unless his right flank were secure. He made the statement

there was not much resistance before him. From General Church’s headquarters we went back to Sinanju and flew the battle lines and then took a course

to a point about 15 miles south and west of Sinanju, and, at 15,000 feet, flew

the border parallel with the Yalu River circling Kanggye, thence to Chosin and

Fusan reservoirs, and thence to Hyesanjin on the Manchurian border, the town

which the 17th Infantry of the 7th Division now occupies. From there we flew

directly south to the coastline of the Sea of Japan, and thence direct to Haneda.

General MacArthur was thrilled with the entire operation as was everyone in

his party. Prior to the departure for the Sea of Japan, General MacArthur radioed

back to the escorting F–80s: “Thanks for a grand ride, MacArthur.”

Shortly after leaving Hyesanjin and setting our course for return to Haneda,

Colonel Story came back to the General’s compartment where Generals Hickey,

Wright, Whitney and I were seated, bringing five glasses and a bottle of champagne. He poured the champagne and then MacArthur, Hickey, Wright, Whitney,

and Story sang HAPPY BIRTHDAY to me.

Following that, a large birthday cake was brought to me which had been

baked at the American Embassy, and which was presented by General

MacArthur. A table then was set for two and at General MacArthur’s invitation,

I sat on his left and we had a most delicious luncheon served to us. 

To me, this was the highlight of my military career.

I have mentioned that being with MacArthur on the paradrop and the landing at P’yongyang as being the highlight, but this trip, and this salute of my

sixtieth birthday by the greatest American alive, participated wholeheartedly in

by him, is something I’ll never forget.

Particularly was this true because he had just completed flying a course

which to my mind was a most dangerous mission for a man in the position he

occupies, and, there is no question in my own mind that had a determined attack

by MiGs taken place - had they seen us - they could have made that attack in spite

of the cover that I had provided above and at both sides of his plane. I’ll never

forget his remark as we started parallel to the Yalu River: “Gentlemen, there are

plenty of parachutes up forward for anyone who cares to wear one. I do not

propose to put one on.”

For the record, I make this statement: - General of the Army Douglas

MacArthur is the most courageous, brilliant, valiant of men, and the greatest

leader I have ever seen or known. In all my career, I have never come in contact

with a mind and manner equivalent to his, and, with it all, he is human and constantly thinks of those who work for him. As I’ve said before, “God bless him.”

299

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

145. Maj Gen John B. Coulter came to Korea in August as commander of the I Corps. He commanded the 85th

Infantry Division in World War II.
Reached my desk where I found the two following

quoted radios:

Fm CINCFE to X Corps, info: JLCOM, EUSAK, FEAF,

COCARCOM, cite: CX 69703 - dtd 24 Nov 50: Reurmsg

X 12867, 21 Nov 50, CINCFE Msg CX 69502, dtd 210953Z, FEAF

MSG AX 3799 B Op-Op, 22 Nov 50, notal or needed. (1) Opns control

of all cargo a/c must, as far as possible, remain with CG FEAF COCARCOM to insure max utilization of airlift to meet rqmts of all organizations

in Korea. (2) Your request for emergency airdrop/airlift of supplies well

recognized by CINCFE and CG FEAF. FEAF has directed COCARCOM

to make every effort to meet your rqmt fully and expeditiously. The decision as to method used to meet your rqmts rests with CG FEAF COCARCOM, who has in ref to this matter stated “we will give highest possible

priority to requests of X Corps.”

Fm COMNAVFE, to FEAF, cite: NIL dtd 24 Nov 50: Re your MF 17141

OP-PL. Folg comment. COMNAVFE will pass opnl control of Marine

shore based a/c to CG FEAF w/o delay in any actual emerg as declared

by CINCFE and for the accomplishment of such FEAF missions as

CINCFE designates. This affords CG FEAF the op control needed to

meet the conditions outlined in reference dispatch and reiterates views

expressed in my 180546Z.

Departed for lunch late inasmuch as I had lunch with the MacArthur’s at the

American Embassy. They were entertaining in honor of Secretary of the Navy

Francis Mathews.

At 1600 hours, Colonel Croker and his group called. They are from the

Air University.

Annalee and I couldn’t make it to the Navy reception for the Secretary,

1800 - 1930 hours, GHQ Officers Club.

Dispatched the following memorandum to General MacArthur after

a visit from Rosie O’Donnell:

Subject: Possible violation of the Manchurian border. 1. This report and

General O’Donnell’s first indorsement on violation of the Manchurian

border are submitted for your information. 2. Under adverse wind conditions, I consider this operation perfect, and, had we not been fired upon

by anti-aircraft artillery from the Manchurian side of the border, no violation of Manchurian territory would have occurred. 3. A photographic

record of the attack is enclosed in photographs numbered one to four

inclusive. 4. I have personally commended General O’Donnell for a job

well done and propose to take no action reference this excellent attack by

FEAF Bomber Command. 5. I would appreciate the return of this report

with the attached photographs for Far East Air Forces’ files.146

Above memorandum returned to me, and in his own handwriting, General

MacArthur had written: “Action par. 4 approved. Mack.”

SATURDAY

25 NOVEMBER

1950

300

PART TWO: THE INTOXICATING DAYS

146. When the 98th BG bombed the Manp’ojin railway bridge on Nov. 24, because of the maneuvering to evade

the flak and also a strong drift, eight bombs fell in the mud flats on the Manchurian side of the Yalu. (Futrell

No. 72, p 23.


Part Three

The Bitter Days

November 26, 1950 – May 20, 1951
Situation Summary

November 26, 1950 — May 20, 1951

Everything went well at first for the U.N. offensive, but on the evening of

the second day (November 25), Chinese troops struck with overpowering force

against the Eighth Army. The assault turned the Eighth’s eastern flank and threatened the entire army with entrapment. General Almond’s X Corps did not escape

the attention of the Chinese, either.

The shock of the immense Chinese assaults sent the U.N. troops reeling

backward, some units in panic, others in well-organized retrograde movements.

But no matter in what manner the U.N. forces pulled back, the fact remained that

they had suffered a stunning and, perhaps, irrecoverable defeat. FEAF tried its

best to stem the tide, sometimes with spectacular success, but was hampered by

the fact that the Chinese observed outstanding camouflage discipline during the

day and that it was their common practice to attack at night.

On November 24, the Eighth Army had launched its attack from the

Ch’ongch’on River north toward the Yalu. One week later, it found itself 50 miles

south of the Ch’ongch’on and falling farther south toward the 38th Parallel. During this period the Eighth had suffered heavy casualties. Particularly hard hit had

been the 2d Division, especially during a nasty action near Kunu-ri, and it had to

be pulled out of combat after losing about 5,000 men.

Though the battles in the western part of Korea were very important and bitterly fought, it was the fight of the X Corps’ 1st Marine Division at the Changjin

(or Chosin) Reservoir that caught the attention of the press. The Marines were

stopped at Yudam-ni (on the reservoir’s western shore) on the 27th. At the same

time, on the other side of the reservoir, a three-battalion force from the 7th Division was trapped by the Chinese and shattered. Eventually, 1,050 men (including

just 385 able-bodied survivors) of the original 2,500-man force were saved.

Pushed back from Yudam-ni, the Marines began their “advance to the sea”

along what was basically a single narrow road. On December 4, the rear guard

entered Hagaru-ri to join the rest of the 1st Marine Division, along with a mixture

of men from the 7th Division, the Royal Marines, and various ROK units.

Hagaru-ri was just a way station on the narrow road to the sea, and the U.N.

troops (primarily Marines) again moved on to the final perimeter line around

Hamhung-Hungnam. By December 11, after an epic running battle, the Marines

had reached the perimeter.

The battles around the Changjin Reservoir and during the “breakout” cost

the U.N. troops (again mainly Marines) some 6,000 casualties of the 25,000 men

involved. Heavy as they were, these casualties probably would have been much

304

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS
greater had it not been for the yeoman work of FEAF, Navy, and Marine aircraft.

Planes from Task Force 77 and the 1st Marine Air Wing handled most of the

close support, while FEAF aircraft struck further afield. It was in the supply and

evacuation efforts that the Air Force really shone. Combat Cargo Command’s

entire airdrop system had been geared to handle only 70 tons a day. Through herculean efforts this was bumped up to 250 tons a day. In addition to the many

airdrop and cargo missions flown, the Cargo Command planes evacuated almost

5,000 ill or wounded troops. For their part in this undertaking, the 314th Troop

Carrier Group, the 21st Troop Carrier Squadron, and the 801st Medical Evacuation Squadron received the first Distinguished Unit Citations awarded Air Force

units in the war.

Crowded into the Hamhung-Hungnam perimeter were troops of the 1st

Marine Division, the 7th and 3d Infantry Divisions, and the ROK 3d and Capital

Divisions (the latter four divisions having quickly pulled back from their exposed

positions in northeast Korea in order not to be trapped). Between December 11

and 24, 105,000 troops and 98,000 North Korean civilians, along with 350,000

tons of supplies and over 17,000 vehicles were evacuated from Hungnam. Fortunately, the Chinese (who were in serious straits themselves) did not interfere in

the evacuation.

So quickly had the Eighth Army pulled back that the ground-bound

Chinese forces were unable to keep up with the motorized U.N. troops. Instead,

most of the pressure on the retreating army was exerted by revitalized North

Korean units. By the middle of December, the Eighth Army held a vague line

running from the Imjin River on the west generally along the 38th Parallel to the

east coast. When the X Corps completed its evacuation, it was placed initially

into positions backing up the Eighth Army.

Meanwhile, in early December, U.N. members began efforts to arrange a

cease-fire in Korea. These attempts foundered when the Chinese, flushed with

the success of their offensive, rejected the proposals. Though rebuffed for the

time being, the U.N. continued its efforts to obtain a cease-fire.

On December 23, the Eighth Army’s commander, Lt. Gen. Walton Walker,

was killed in a jeep accident. The possibility of his death in combat had been

considered earlier, and MacArthur had already decided on who would replace

Walker. That man was Lt. Gen. Matthew B. Ridgway, then Deputy Chief of Staff

for Operations and Administration, Department of the Army. By Christmas Day,

Ridgway was in Tokyo for briefings.

305

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY
Ridgway’s initial encounter with the fighting in Korea was not auspicious.

On New Year’s Eve, the CCF, along with North Korean troops, launched another

major offensive against the Eighth Army. The U.N. troops took a heavy toll of the

attackers but the sheer weight and ferocity of the attack pushed the army back

across the 38th Parallel, back past Seoul, back to roughly the 37th Parallel. But

this would be as far south as the Eighth Army would retreat.

Because of the opposition by the Eighth Army and also because their supply

and transportation system could not sustain it, the Chinese offensive faltered,

then stopped. The Communist’s usual practice was to advance, attack, withdraw

for supply, and then repeat this procedure. And so it was now. Ridgway had

already made it plain to his troops that he wanted a more aggressive attitude, and

he now decided to take advantage of the withdrawal by launching a reconnaissance in force. A limited offensive began on January 25 and it did not take long

for the revitalized U.N. forces to show gains. Despite a strong Chinese counterattack in the Chip’yong-ni area, by February 16 the U.N. forces had moved back

up to the Han River, on the outskirts of Seoul, and now held a line midway

between the 37th and 38th parallels.

To keep the pressure on the enemy, Ridgway initiated a series of offensives.

Operation Ripper, which began March 7, retook Seoul (which would at last

remain in friendly hands) and resulted in the Eighth Army closing in once more

on the 38th Parallel. A continuation of the attack, code-named Rugged, by April

9 brought the U.N. forces to positions running generally southwest to northeast

above the 38th Parallel.

MacArthur and Ridgway were well aware that the Chinese had no intention

of retreating much farther, particularly from their staging area bounded by the

towns of Ch’orwon, P’yonggang, and Kumhwa, an area which became notorious

as the “Iron Triangle.” Consequently, Ridgway made contingency plans to repel

another Chinese offensive.

As the U.N. forces moved north, the United States government planned

further cease-fire overtures to the Chinese. Suddenly, and without telling his

superiors in Washington beforehand, General MacArthur on March 24 issued a

statement that was stunning in its blatantness and presumptuousness. In

essence, he was attempting to make national policy himself and was giving the

Chinese an ultimatum that the war would be extended to their mainland unless

they negotiated a peace settlement. MacArthur’s pronouncement succeeded in

scuttling any further attempts to effect a cease-fire, a result he cannot have been

so naive not to expect.

MacArthur had finally overstepped his bounds and on April 9, President

Truman relieved him. The resulting uproar almost overshadowed the fact that the

war was still going on. Ridgway replaced MacArthur as FEC commander and

commander of U.N. forces in Korea, while Lt. Gen. James A. Van Fleet took over

Eighth Army.

306

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS
On April 22, resupplied and refreshed, the Chinese launched the offensive

Ridgway had expected. Bitter fighting ensued and thousands fell on both sides,

but this time there was no headlong retreat by the U.N. forces. A realignment of

the front lines, particularly just north of Seoul, took place, but for all intents the

Chinese offensive had little effect. There was a lull for a couple of weeks and

then the Chinese and North Koreans tried again.

Five Chinese armies, totalling 137,000 Chinese and 38,000 North Korean

troops, flowed south on May 16 to batter against the Eighth Army’s line. They

broke through only to find themselves caught in a terrible trap. When the Eighth

Army counterattacked, the Chinese armies were decimated, close to half their

men being killed or wounded. For one last time the Eighth Army struck north,

recovering the ground that had been lost, and in the east even extending its gains

farther north before the attack came to a close in mid-June 1951.

By this time, the first breezes of a real armistice were wafting their way upon

the scene, and the front stabilized on a line winding from below Kaesong on the

west to above Kansong on the shore of the Sea of Japan. But before an armistice

was finally hammered out, fierce, grinding positional fighting would take place

along this front for almost two more years as the cease-fire talks sputtered along.

307

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY
The Diary

Dispatched multi letters of thanks to those friends who

honored me in some way on my birthday.

Dispatched the fol REDLINE PERSONAL (marble) to

Vandenberg:

3d Bomb Group now with 3 sqds flew 67 night intruder missions between

Yalu River and bomb line last night. JOC worked them for five hours.

Practically everything ahead of front line 8th Army was aflame when they

finished. Marines, under my control, flew 11 in addition to those by 3d.

Total by both 78. Forty-eight B–26 night intruder and 8 RB–26

missions, plus Marines, are scheduled for tonight.

Got off a long letter to Chidlaw in which I delineated a lot of thoughts I’ve

had on F–80Cs.

Also sent a letter to Partridge, urging him to get behind the project that I’m

setting up for General Vandenberg in order that FAF, its fighters and its light

bombers, be adequately recorded photographically in order that the effectiveness of tactical air can be documented before Congress when it convenes early

in 1951. Told him that he was as aware as I of the impact of a complete and

dramatic photographic record has on skeptics who do not understand both the

capabilities and accomplishments of air power employed tactically.

Departed the office about 1130 hours. Annalee and I played golf with the

Davisons - had a lot of fun - and good exercise, but my game wasn’t so hot.

Todd Mellersh1 wired me that he was to visit his Flying Boat Wing at

Iwakuni early next month and expected to arrive Tokyo PM, Sunday, 3 December.

He is to stay 2 nights in Tokyo, departing AM December 5.

Directed Sach to send via British telecommunications the following message, info to Bouchier, Sir Alvary Gascoigne, and General Robertson:

Delighted to have you stay as my guest for your visit to Tokyo. Please let

me have details of your arrival and departure time, and airfield you propose to use. Have arranged accommodations for your staff at the BCOF

Maronouchi Hotel.

Dispatch fol redline to Vandenberg:

45 B–26 night intruder, 11 Marine night intruder, and 5

RB–26 night recon missions were flown last night. Total 61.

MONDAY

27 NOVEMBER

1950

SUNDAY

26 NOVEMBER

1950

308

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

1. Air Vice Marshal Sir Francis John Williamson Mellersh had been Air Commanding Officer, Strategic Air Force

(EAC) in 1944-1945. He was presently Air Officer Commanding, Malaya.
Sent the fol R&R to Crabb:

I have just had a long talk with General Partridge reference his communications set up and he gave me the reasons for sending the long signal

that came in this morning. He states that Colonel Wagner,2 his communications officer, was an air defense officer and not a signal officer. He further stated that Colonel Ira Stinson, who was his signal officer, could not

take Korea and was sent back to the ZI for physical reasons. General Partridge stated that Colonel Wagner is a fine officer but that he is just not

up to getting proper communications established in Korea. It is desired

that you in consultation with Colonel Sirmyer3 and General Weyland,

prepare a redline signal to Twining from Stratemeyer urging the immediate airlift and assignment of a qualified communications officer for assignment to General Partridge, Fifth Air Force in Korea. Somebody of the

caliber of Colonel Garland is required. s/G.E.S.

Had a call from Partridge at 1700 hours and he reported that the ground

situation on the right flank of the Eighth Army was bad. He personally flew out

over the lines at 1240 hours and arrived at this estimate of the situation from the

radio chatter that he listened to. Calls were coming in for fighter support from

all over the front. At my request he stated he would send me a Stratline giving

his estimate late this evening. It was received at my quarters about 2330 hours.

I immediately called my Ops people and inquired if the Ground Ops office was

present and I was informed that he was not. I asked if they had received my Stratline and they said they had and then they stated they had sent a copy of same to

Colonel Sims,4 our liaison officer in Far East Command. When I heard this, I hit

the ceiling. I asked them by what authority they had sent a personal message

from Partridge to me over there and they had indicated that they had done so on

instructions from General Crabb. I then called General Crabb at his quarters and

he confirmed his instructions to Ops and in very plain language I told General

Crabb that I didn’t like it - that [it] was a violation of a confidence between me

and my commanders and that in the future any personal message to me would not

be passed out of this headquarters without my personal approval. Of course,

Crabb said he was sorry, but that doesn’t help matters. I then called the Acting

Chief of Staff, FEC, and got General Keyser and told him that when he saw the

message to treat it as strictly a personal message from Partridge to me and not in

any sense as an official message as far as Far East Command is concerned. He

had the message on his desk and stated that he would do as I requested for which

I thanked him. I quote Partridge’s Stratline verbatim herewith:

1. EUSAK Forces are executing a general withdrawal over entire front. In

II ROK Corps Sector, retrograde mvmt [movement] net loss of over 30

airline miles. Reserve of IX Corps and 8 Army committed with latter

consisting of 1st Cav Div, moving E thru Sunch’on to block II ROK Corps

line of retreat. 2. Based solely on pilots’ radio conversations, I am of opinion enemy is present in str[ength]. Ground reports indicate exc[ellent] use of

2. Col Victor H. Wagner.

3. Col Edgar A. Sirmyer, Jr.

4. Col Jack A. Sims.

309

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY
night infiltration tactics similar to those employed by NK trps during period

July to mid-Sept. 8 Army evaluates enemy action as an offensive rather than

counterattack and I concur. 3. In order to be prepared for eventualities, plans

being laid here for possible evacuation of P’yongyang facilities including

field at Sinanju.

Went to Tokyo General Hospital and took some funny physical test where they look at all my innards through a pair of

goggles after I have drunk some vile white liquid, standing

me in front of an X-Ray machine.

I made the briefing at about 0840 hours. Immediately after the briefing, I told

Weyland of my unhappiness about passing around personal messages outside

of this headquarters. I called Colonel Toro that at the next staff meeting to make

plain that any personal message from one of my commanders to me would under

no conditions leave FEAF Hq without my personal approval, and if I should be

absent, then General Craigie must give approval. 

Dispatched the fol REDLINE TS personal to Vandenberg:

PARA I. Reference my 0426. Ground situation on right flank of Eighth

Army bad. Partridge will concentrate great effort there today. O’Donnell

besides burning T’aech’on will burn and interdict respectively other villages and communication lines today. Weather is good. PARA II. In view

of critical turn again of events, I request that Weyland stay on until situation becomes reasonably clarified. Am sure you appreciate that his

release by one December would be to the detriment of FEAF and USAF.

Annalee and I had the Barcus group and the Stearns group to dinner at

Mayeda House. Dr. Stearns honored guest

Stratline received from Partridge:

1. Impressions contained in my Stratline of last night are

confirmed by the day’s events, Chinese forces continue

general offensive in EUSAK sector and according to

reports received at K-27 this afternoon attacks against X Corps have

started. 2. At 1600 hours word was received at K-27 that 1st Mar Div was

in need of all air support that could be dispatched and 35 Group was

released for remainder of afternoon for full scale effort in close support of

ground forces around Chosin Res.5 3. Gasoline for both Marine Air Wing

and AF in Hamhung area has been critical but it now appears that sufficient

supply is assured. K-27 was down to last 75 rockets late today but Marine

expect 4000 tomorrow and will replace those borrowed from USAF. 4. Am

directing removal of all heavy equipment from Sinanju area starting tomorrow, leaving there only so much as can be moved with organizational vehicles and air transport. This precaution is mainly to safeguard vital

communications and radar equipment that could not be replaced. 5. Craigie

and party here tonight. They will depart for K-27 and Seoul tomorrow.

WEDNESDAY

29 NOVEMBER

1950

TUESDAY

28 NOVEMBER

1950

310

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

5. Two F–51 squadrons of the 35th FIG had been based at Yonp’o (K-27), south of Hungnam, since Nov. 19.
311

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Dispatched a “pat-on-the back” to Rosie, via Stratline, with info

going to CG 19th Bomb Gp, Okinawa:

Stratline personal O’Donnell from Stratemeyer. I have just examined the

BDA [bomb damage assessment] photography of your bombing of a

Manp’ojin RR bridge. The interpreters’ report indicates that on the South

end, the first span is slightly damaged, the second and third spans are

damaged and out of alignment. The bridge is considered unserviceable.

This shows evidence of good bombing. The results are excellent. My congratulations to you and the 19th Bomb Group. Keep up the good work.

Received the fol redline from Vandenberg: TS 108:

The addition of the 2 gps of fighter a/c now arriving in ur [your] theater

makes the problem of congestion on your airdromes increasingly serious.

I note here the concentration of several hundred odd a/c in Manchuria.

The possibility of this having been done in conjunction with the Chinese

attack is quote apparent. I believe it is possible the attack was launched

by the Chinese ahead of schedule and that the possibility of their first

intention was to accompany the attack with a Pearl Harbor type on your

operational fields. This causes me great concern. For the future, I feel that

it is imperative that no stone is left unturned to provide dispersal areas

and even possible revetments since the destruction of your AF combined

with an all-out attack might cause the loss of Korea and even possibly set

up the Japanese Islands for invasion. Our ground troops, unaccustomed to

hostile air attack might well be unable to become acclimated before a

disaster could occur. Will you advise me as to your ideas and what preparations you have and are intending to accomplish in order that this threat

be avoided.

Upon receipt of the above radio I bucked and R&R to VC A&P (today,

General Weyland, 30 Nov on, General Craigie):

It is desired that without delay you prepare a reply to the attached TS 108,

Vandenberg to Stratemeyer, covering what we have done in Korea and

Japan and what our contemplated plans are for both areas.

To General MacArthur, I sent a copy of Vandenberg’s above quoted

radio with the following memorandum:

Your attention is invited to the attached copy of TS redline, TS-108, from

General Vandenberg to me. I am in the process of preparing the reply and

will secure concurrence from Far East Command prior to its dispatch.

s/G.E.S., etc.

Dispatched my personal crew and FEAF C–54 to Korea in order to return

General Almond to his CP. Instructed them to return tonight.

Partridge radioed in via Stratline, ref the Vandenberg radio received

today,

Will require 68 Ftr AW Sq station[ed] at Itazuke to maintain a flight of

four F–82 a/c at K-14 [Kimp’o] for air defense of Seoul area during hrs
of darkness. Desire flight of four F–82 be order from Okinawa to

augment 68 Ftr AW Sq. Plan to provide for night defense of P’yongyang

area by utilizing Marine night fighters based at K-27. Will provide best

air defense possible within limitations imposed by equipment, comm

facilities, terrain and enemy ground activity.

Dispatched vis redline the following TS radio to Vandenberg in

answer to his of this AM. Sent Partridge a Stratline info copy and sent

a courier copy to CINCFE:

PART I. Reference your redline TS 108 fully concur in your analysis and

share your concern over capabilities of Manchuria based aircraft. Dispositions FEAF units presently predicated on offensive war against NK

with no appreciable opposing air power, and some of our airfields are

badly congested. We are now confronted with new and grave situations.

PART II. Partridge is reviewing his air defense requirements in Korea,

especially for Kimp’o and P’yongyang, and disposing warning and GCI

[ground-controlled intercept] radar accordingly. GCI equipment now

operational P’yongyang, Kimp’o, and Yonp’o areas. Have already moved

F–82s from Japan to Kimp’o and four F–82s from Okinawa will be

moved to combat area. Plan to provide for night air defense P’yongyang

area by utilizing Marine night fighters based at Yonp’o K-27. PART III.

Propose to take all possible action to achieve maximum dispersal of aircraft on operational fields in Korea. Korean labor must be used to large

extent as avn [aviation] engineers fully employed now to meet minimum

requirements for accommodation new wings. Eighth Army will be

requested to lend all possible Army service assistance to provide dispersal. We do have space at P’yongyang for dispersal, although it is not

revetted. Terrain is such that we cannot utilize old revetments there for

our aircraft and these revetments are being used for AVAMMO storage.

Kimp’o presents our greatest problem. It is our best operational field in

Korea but local terrain precludes effective dispersion. On east coast

Wonsan and Yonp’o have satisfactory terrain for dispersal. PART IV. In

Japan and Okinawa our B–29s now have ample dispersals and have

good AAA protection. With the exception of Ashiya, other Japanese

fields are not too congested, and with continuing progress on the airfield

program the situation will improve as dispersal is provided.

Wing Commander Johnson, RAF tactical specialist who is out here, presented several papers including his conclusions.6 Before forwarding them to Marshal of the RAF, Sir John C. Slessor, I included the fol letter with these papers to

Jack Slessor:

I forward herewith report #2 - TACTICAL AVIATION IN KOREA, subject

Tactical Reconnaissance with inclosures, and report #3 - TACTICAL AVIATION IN KOREA - Air Ground Operations. I have not seen nor read the first

312

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

6. Johnson’s three reports were succinct and well thought out. As an observer for the RAF, Johnson was not criticizing FEAF’s interdiction program, just pointing out that it missed a great opportunity to isolate the battlefield

early on when MacArthur insisted on the B–29s being used for close support. (Wg. Cdr. J.E. Johnson, RAF,

“Tactical Aviation in Korea,” No. 3, Air-Ground Operations, Oct. 30, 1950, pp 5, 9.)
313

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

report entitled TACTICAL AVIATION IN KOREA dated 19 October 1950.

I consider that Wing Commander J. E. Johnson has prepared very comprehensive and thorough reports. I do not concur in some of the statements

made by Wing Commander Johnson although I am sure he arrived at them

after thorough and complete observations and study. Our interdiction

program had to be curtailed in order to save our greatly outnumbered ground

forces from annihilation. The reason I say this is because I do not in any way

want to detract from the excellence of his papers. You must realize, Jack, that

when we started this show, everything in the way of air-ground support was

a hurried makeshift movement to the offensive as my occupational Air

Forces were primarily defensive. Had we any indication that we would be

fighting in Korea or an offensive mission, we would have been better

prepared for that type of show. Our mission was the defense against air

attack of our occupational forces. Your Wing Commander Johnson, I would

say, is top notch. s/G.E.S.

Underscored again, in an R&R to the Director of Communications,

my desire for immediate assistance from USAF of the best communications officers available:

Reference USAF redline radio to me dtd 28 Nov 50, cite: RL-107, when

you hold your telecon with the Director of Communications, Office of the

Chief of Staff, USAF, you are directed to first present our critical

personnel shortage and urge with all your power of expression the immediate airlift of the very best communications officer available as a

replacement for Colonel Ira Stinson as the communications officer for

Fifth Air Force, Korea. There should be a limited number of staff officers,

with whom he is familiar and whom he can place in positions of high

responsibility accompany him. Our whole system of communications in

Korea, and from Korea to my headquarters, is dependent upon communications officers who have the know-how and can make our communications function as it should. Such personnel are not available to me at this

time. After you have discussed the above, then take up the question of

communications equipment and supply requirements. s/G.E.S.

Received the fol Stratline from Partridge:

Part 1. I have instructed my wg commanders to effect

maximum dispersal of a/c on their fields, within their present capabilities. Plans are being formulated for the construction of revetments and adequate dispersal areas for ea field, utilizing

local labor primarily under the supervision of atchd Engr Units and Air

Install pers. I will endeavor to obtain maximum assistance fr 8th Army in

order to expedite completion of this program. Part 2. Commanders have

been directed to establish passive air defense measures for all pers, to

include construction of split trenches and other emergency shelters, and

the use of smoke candles. A limited number of a/c are being maintained on

10 minute strip alert. Part 3. This will be a special subj for my Inspector

Gen, and I will keep you advised of the progress being made in each area.

THURSDAY

30 NOVEMBER

1950
Part 4. Completion of the present airfield construction program will

preclude the congestion caused by 2 Wgs being based on 1 fld.

Called on CINCFE just before noon, carrying with me the two

following redlines to Vandenberg, with info to him (CINCFE), for his

concurrence in dispatch:

Further reference your redline TS 108. In addition to all passive and

active defense measures possible in Korea, plans are being made for

offensive action if authorized. Further, if we are attacked in force by

Communist Chinese Air Force we must be ready to deliver effective

counter air effort. If this is to be effective, I feel it imperative that we be

authorized to utilize our RB–45s for reconnaissance of airfields in

Manchuria. I feel that the RB–45 reconnaissance of airfields can be

accomplished at high altitude, 40,000 feet, without positive identification

and probably without detection. Desire reply soonest.

The other radio I desired his concurrence for dispatch, is as follows:

In view of current situation in Korea, the build up of Communist Air

Force units in Manchuria, and the possibility that UN forces will become

involved in a war with Communist China, it is recommended that the

Strategic Air Command be given a warning order to be prepared to

dispatch without delay medium bomb groups to the Far East for the

purpose of reinforcing FEAF Bomber Command (Prov.). Further

believe this augmentation should include atomic capabilities.

The above quoted message reference the RB–45s was not dispatched as

General MacArthur could not see his way at this time to concur in it. The message reference augmentation of FEAF Bomber Force was dispatched.7

After discussions reference the two signals, I asked General MacArthur if

anything took place during his conference with Walker and Almond that I

should know. He said, “No, Strat.” He said that he simply had them come back

to give him first-hand information on the status of the ground situation and

their contemplated actions. Walker indicated that he felt confident that he could

straighten our his lines, but would necessarily have to have retrograde movements. Almond stated that he wasn’t in too much difficulty but that he indicated

he would contract his X Corps and form a perimeter defense around Hamhung

and Wonsan.

The General appeared to me pretty much depressed.

Awarded the Legion of Merit to Colonel Keach8 - his wife, Margaret, was present.

1630 hours, Ted Tezlatt and Lowell Farrell9 of RKO with a letter from

General Eaker called at the office. Discussed Howard Hughes’ proposed movie.

They were accompanied by USAF Lt. Colonel Paul Latislais.10

314

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

7. A pair of RB–45s were brought to Japan on Sept. 28 for tests with Reconnaissance Detachment A, 84th BS. In

January, BomCom took operational control of the detachment, attaching it to the RB–29–equipped 91st SRS at

Yokota. Although only three RB–45Cs usually operated with the 91st, at least one more aircraft was added to

the force for a short period.

8. Lt Col Thomas C. Keach, FEAF director of personnel. 

9. Further information on these men has not been found.

10. Latislais was a member of the 5AF JOC in Korea.
Received fol radio from Twining:

1. I concur in your proposal to undertake the responsibility for the opn

of aerial ports for the spt [support] of the Korean opn, specifically the

weighing, manifesting, loading and unloading functions. As you

propose, this responsibility should terminate at the air freight docks.

2. Your request for 116 off and 1006 airmen spaces is not fully understood. It is assumed that you can fill the requested spaces fr resources

avail to you except for the 200 airmen which you require fr ZI resources.

These 200 wppl [?] airmen will be furnd [furnished] POE [port of

embarkation] as soon as SSN’s are known. 3. You are authd to approach

CINCFE ref this commitment.

GHQ, United Nations Command, on 29 November, General Orders No. 23

states as follows:

Attachment of Forces: 1. Pursuant to request of the Security Council, United Nations, the Governments of the following nations have furnished Air

Forces as indicated to the United Nations Command:

2. Having reported on the dates indicated, the above forces are attached to

Far East Air Forces effective those dates. AG 300.4 (25 Nov 50) GC. BY

COMMAND OF GENERAL MACARTHUR: s/DOYLE O. HICKEY,

Major General, General Staff Corps, Acting Chief of Staff. OFFICIAL:

s/K.B. Bush, Brigadier General, USA, Adjutant General.

Received the fol rad from USAF - personal from Twining:

Reurad A 39728 GOP-COM dtd 28 Nov 50. Ref Part 2. Colonel Henry

Riera,11 being recalled to EAD [extended active duty] will depart Travis

AFB, Calif via MATS 11 Dec 50 on PCA [permanent change of assignment] to your hqs. Ref Part 3. Colonel Glenn C. Coleman and Lt. Col.

Orville V. Rose, and Lt. Col. Frederick W. Shipe,12 will depart Travis via

MATS on or about 1 Dec 50 for Hq FAF, Nagoya on 90 days TDY your

comd. Details of balance ur radio will be discussed in telecon now scheduled for 30 Nov 50.

NATION FORCES REPORTING DATE

Australia 77th RAAF 

Fighter Squadron 7 July 1950

Union of 2d SAAF 

South Africa Fighter Squadron 4 October 1950

Greece Royal Hellenic Air 

Force Detachment 25 November 1950

315

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

11. Riera became Assistant Deputy for Communications and Electronics, Fifth Air Force on Dec. 18, 1950.

12. Coleman became Deputy for Communications, Fifth Air Force, on Dec. 10, 1950; Rose became Executive

Officer, 934th Signal Battalion on Dec. 21, 1950; Shipe’s job is unknown.
Fifth AF PIO forwarded a copy of the fol ltr that had been received

by General Partridge, dtd 25 Nov 50:

Headquarters 7th Infantry Division, Office of the Commanding General,

APO 7, subject: Letter of Appreciation, To: Commanding General, Fifth

Air Force in Korea, APO 970, Thru: Commanding General X Corps, APO

909: I wish to express my appreciation for the very effective support rendered by the Fifth AF to the 7th Infantry Division in its advance from the

beaches at Iwon to the Manchurian border. The performance of the tactical air control parties [TACP] and Mosquito planes left little to be desired

and proved the effectiveness of air support for ground troops. The Mosquito planes not only furnished the necessary and sometimes difficult

coordination between ground troops and fighter planes but, in effect,

served as an additional link in our communications system by reporting

enemy locations and the positions of our front lines. The tactical air control parties are especially commended for their close coordination and

cooperation with the bn commanders as well as for the cheerful and

enthusiastic manner in which they accomplished their task and adapted

themselves to the local conditions. Their friendly spirit combined with

their efficient performance was noticed and appreciated by the troops as

well as the commanders. I am indeed happy to state that as a result of the

close coordination and the excellent work on the part of the Fifth Air

Force, many enemy were destroyed in close proximity to our front lines

and yet not a single man was injured by our support aircraft during the

entire advance. The cheerful and efficient performance of duty of all Fifth

AF units which participated has been in keeping with the highest traditions of the Armed Services. s/David C. Barr, DAVID C. BARR,13 Maj

Gen, USA, Commanding.

AG (25 Nov 50), 1st Ind, Headquarters, X Corps, APO 909, 30 November 1950. To: Commanding General, Fifth Air Force in Korea, APO

970. I am pleased to transmit this letter indicating the appreciation from

Commanding General 7th Infantry Division for the efforts on the part

of Fifth Air Force to provide close tactical air support to his Division.

s/Edward M. Almond, EDWARD M. ALMOND, Major General, USA,

Commanding.

Earle Partridge sent me the following handwritten memorandum with “eyes only” enclosure:

Headquarters Fifth Air Force, Office of the Commanding

General, APO 710, dtd 26 Nov. General Strat - This is one

of two copies. The other is in my personal files - P. E.E. Partridge, Major

General, USAF, Commanding.

EYES Only - Headquarters Fifth Air Force in Korea, Office of the Commanding General, APO 970, 19 November 1950. 

FRIDAY

1 DECEMBER

1950

316

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

13. Barr had commanded the 7th Infantry Division since late 1949. A staff officer in World War II, he headed an

Army mission to China in 1948 and 1949. 
MEMORANDUM FOR RECORD, SUBJECT: Visit to X Corps. 

1. During the past three days, Col Meyers and I have been visiting in the

X Corps area in an effort to indoctrinate General Almond and his staff, to

determine what procedures were being followed and to gain a better

understanding of operating conditions in the X Corps area. My observations follow: a. General Almond has no major complaints regarding the

air support being furnished him. The Marines and the Fifth Air Force,

plus the Navy, are furnishing him much more support than the ground

situation warrants. Within recent days, in the front of the First ROK

Corps around Kilchu, there has been some fighting. In general, however,

the operations are limited to patrol and guerrilla action and air is being

used lavishly without commensurate returns. b. The photographs

requested for the X Corps have not been provided promptly and in some

cases, not at all. This has been due to a combination of circumstances

involving communications, the movement of the Marine photographic

establishment from Kimp’o to Wonsan, and the failure of the Army to

provide either photo interpreters, ground liaison officers, or reproduction

facilities. The Fifth Air Force will do its best to overcome these many

deficiencies, and I believe that a workable solution is now in effect so that

a minimum number of photographic prints needed by the ground forces

can be supplied through Air Force and Marine sources. c. The conversation developed that neither Gen Almond nor his chief of staff was familiar with the doctrine set forth in Field Manual 31-35 or in the

supplementary pamphlets issued jointly by the Army Field Forces and the

Tactical Air Command in June and September of this year. The manuals

already had been delivered to the X Corps headquarters personally by Col

Meyers and by me. I again left copies with Gen. Almond and extracted

promises from him and Gen. Ruffner as well, that they would read these

documents carefully.

d. Conversation also developed that the X Corps had no conception of its

obligations with regard to the provision of an air-ground operations

system as contemplated in Field Manual 31-35. Insofar as I could determine, no provision has been made to secure the necessary personnel and

equipment to implement this air-ground operations system. Furthermore,

the resources of the X Corps are entirely inadequate to improvise the

essential items from what is now on hand. For example, I pointed out that

some weeks ago I had visited X Corps headquarters at Wonsan and had

pointed out the requirement for a reliable communications system

between Headquarters X Corps and Headquarters Fifth Air Force. At that

time, the Corps’ signal equipment was still afloat and as an interim measure I provided a complete 399 radio set with operating personnel, as well

as a TACP, with vehicles and equipment so that the Corps headquarters

could not only communicate with Fifth Air Force in Seoul, but also talk

to passing mosquito and courier aircraft by VHF. Although a considerable

time has elapsed since that time, the X Corps has made no move to

establish the radio link or any other link with this headquarters so that the

Air Force’s 399 radio set could be released for its proper duty. I might add

317

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY
that the tactical air control party provided for Corps headquarters has also

been diverted to another location within the X Corps for use as a true

TACP. e. The X Corps is having major difficulties with its internal as well

as its external signal communications. The tactical air control parties and

the mosquito aircraft are being used in conjunction with the Marine

tactical air control center and other ground facilities as a substitute for the

point-to-point ground communications which should have already been

firmly established by the X Corps. f. Procedure being followed in the

X Corps is a hodge-podge of Army-Air Force, Marine, and improvised

methods. Having no adequate communications and having no interest in

establishing them, the X Corps prefers to work directly with the Marine

TACC, and in many cases, direct with the Marine air unit at Wonsan.

Actually, instead of using the TO&E equipment and the supporting arms

of the ground forces, their commanders prefer to call for air strikes on the

assumption that the air support costs nothing and that the use of air may

cut down casualties. I was told by Gen Mead,14 assist division commander,

for example, that the 3d Division has been instructed to call directly on

the Marine air unit at Wonsan for strikes whenever needed. (1) Actually

my instructions to Gen Harris were that he will furnish air support within

the X Corps area and elsewhere as directed by the Fifth AF daily operations order. In emergency, and when I wrote this directive, I meant emergency, the ground units were authorized to call direct on the First Marine

Air Wing at Hamhung for such support as might be needed. Actually,

there has been no emergency, insofar as I could determine. Yet, the

X Corps continues to call on the First Marine Air Wing for immediate

assistance. (2) There was a sly attitude in X Corps headquarters. They

thought they were getting away with something and circumventing the

instructions which are in existence. I intend to let this matter continue in

its present status for the time being. Eventually, it must be brought under

control. As I view the matter, it will require careful indoctrination of the

ground army and this, rather than an open break, is the first step. g. During

the course of our visits to the X Corps area Col Meyers visited two

TACP’s and I visited two others. All of these were in operation, but their

margin of reserve was entirely too small. This will be corrected by action

to be taken by Maj. Calahan15 through his division air liaison officers and

by Col. Meyers through the operations people here. 

If these tactical air control parties are to remain on the air successfully,

each VRC-1 jeep must be backed up by another of the same type at each

location.16 This is the objective and a great deal of organization work

remains to be done in the Fifth Air Force if the desired number of TACP’s

is to be put in the field. See also memo for Col. Meyers of this date.

h. Gen. Almond pointed out many times that he is now operating his

force in detachments of battalion size or smaller. He is spread over a wide

318

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

14. Brig Gen Armistead D. Mead, 3rd Infantry Division assistant division commander (ADC).

15. Calahan, first name unknown, was the X Corps Air Liaison Officer.

16. A VRC-1 jeep carried the AN/VRC-1 radio. This radio had four channels, of which only three were normally

available, the fourth supposedly being reserved for emergencies. An improved TACP jeep with more radios

made its appearance in April 1951. (Futrell No. 72, p 193.)
area and he frequently runs into trouble at out-of-the-way places. Under

the circumstances which now exist, he is often unable to bring in air

strikes promptly because the air-ground communications do not exist due

to lack of tactical air control parties. I tried to point out to him that he had

none of the ground communications essential to carry out the Army’s

responsibility for providing information as to the targets to be attacked. If

the Army were able to do this, we could provide mosquito aircraft and

carry out strikes in that manner based on information sent back through

the air-ground operations system. He insists that this is quite out of question and that he must have one TACP per battalion. Under the system in

which the Army has no adequate communications with its forward ground

units and its detached patrols or task groups, I am inclined to agree.

2. Before concurring in the arrangement by which the Air Force undertakes to provide a TACP and a Mosquito aircraft to accompany each

forward ground unit, no matter how small, it should be remembered that

there will be generated concurrently, a requirement that for each of these

small ground organizations we be prepared to provide a continuous combat air patrol during flyable daylight hours. This method of furnishing air

support would be prohibitably costly. 3. In reviewing the above, I note

that I have made no mention of the fact that the Navy has operated quite

consistently in close support of the X Corps. This headquarters is aware

that the 7th Fleet has been given as a third priority task the close support

of the X Corps in emergency. This mission follows in importance those

of destroying the Yalu River bridges and of making interdiction strikes

between the bomb line and the Manchurian border. The exact manner in

which the strikes are requested and the way in which they are handled

either by X Corps or by the First Marine Air Wing, is not known officially

to me. Since aircraft working in close support must operate either under

the control of a Mosquito or a tactical air control party, I am sure that the

Navy’s aircraft are reporting in to one agency or the other prior to attacking

targets inside the bomb line. Thus far, I have taken no official cognizance

of their actions, but I am looking into the matter. 

s/P - E.E.P. copy furnished: General Stratemeyer.

Received the fol operational immediate radio from Partridge, TS,

which I relayed on to Spivey as per request:

1. EUSAK continues withdrawal as planned, with only major difficulty

being extraction of 2d Division from position southwest of Kunu-ri,

repeat Kunu-ri. K-2917 abandoned this date without loss of property but

advanced radar site was evacuated by our personnel on advice of infantry

without removing all of equipment. This incident now under investigation. 2. At conference here today following was decided. 8th Fighter

moves K-23 to K-16. 18th Fighter moves K-24 to K-13. Mosquito and

ROK Air Force move to K-24 to K-16. 35th Fighter moves K-27 to K-9.

Marines move 1 sq from K-25 to shipboard and 2 sqs to K-27, abandoning

319

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

17. “K-sites” mentioned in this paragraph are: K-29, Sinanju; K-23, P’yongyang; K-16, Seoul; K-24, P’yongyang

East; K-13, Suwon; K-27, Yonp’o; K-9, Pusan East; K-25, Wonsan; K-14, Kimp’o; K-2, Taegu.
K-25. 4th Fighter moves K-14. 27th Fighter moves K-2. Erler was in

attendance and can present details. General Harris, local commanders,

and Gray18 from K-27 also participated. 3. Plans for ground Army include

continuation of independent command status of EUSAK and 10th Corps.

Walker plans execute withdrawal and delaying action. Almond plans as

last resort withdrawal into perimeter defense of Hamhung area. Removal

of 35th Wing from K-27 simplifies command within 5th AF and assures

fullest cooperation with 8th Army which appears destined to bear brunt

on fighting. At same time move provides space for Marine a/c wing to use

after abandoning K-25. 4. Plan to give added mission directive to Harris

assigning him close support mission with 10th Corps with request to go

direct from 10th Corps to first Marine a/c wing. 5th AF will retain operational control but will exercise it only when necessary to balance available sorties against requirements of two ground forces. 5. Estimate full

evacuation K-23 and 24 may consume week. I remain P’yongyang with

few people until Walker leaves but all heavy gear is moving at once.

Anticipate all moves will be accomplished without any notice. Able

reduction in operational effectiveness and foresee no repeat no unusual

difficulties.

Immediately upon receipt of above radnote, sent the fol Stratline to

Partridge:

Reurad 301140Z. Relocation of FAF units approved. I am assuming that

77th RAAF Sq will move with 35th Wing and that SAAF Sq will move with

18th Wing. Do not reply if my assumption correct. (Assumption correct.)

At 1000 hours this morning had a conference with Colonel Erler who

attended the meeting held yesterday in P’yongyang. Main people present were

Generals Walker, Partridge, Harris (commander First Marine Air Wing). Colonel

Erler stated that the fields that would be retained by FAF in their retrograde

movement would be as follows: K-14, K-16, K-13, K-2, K-9 as operative fields

with units stationed thereon. K-3 [P’ohang] would be kept open for emergency.

K-27 would be retained and all landbased Marines would operate from there. The

Air Force units would be pulled out in order that the air support for the X Corps

when they finally pull back to a perimeter defense around Hamhung would be by

the Marines. The steel mat at both K-24 and K-23 is being loaded or that which

is still on cars will be returned to Seoul. Steel mat extension of K-27 will be put

down. Our AF engineers then will function at K-16, K-13, K-2, and K-27.

A personal EYES ONLY from Vandenberg received this morning and

following people have read this signal: Generals MacArthur, Craigie, Weyland,

Crabb and Hickey - and myself.

I quote a news release from Washington:

WASHINGTON (0755) President Truman Thursday hurled the threat

of the atomic bomb at the Chinese Communists hordes in Korea and

called a crisis conference of congressional and defense leaders to

320

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

18. Col Frederic C. Gray took command of the 35th FIW on this day.
decide whether total mobilization must be ordered. Mr. Truman told a

news conference he is considering use of the A-bomb to end the

onslaught of Chinese Reds because “we are fighting for our own survival” and he pledged that UN forces under MacArthur “will not abandon their mission” in Korea. The President said that if he authorizes

use of the atomic weapon, MacArthur will decide where and when it

will be employed.

Reference the above release, General MacArthur at 1400 hours today, in

his office, stated that in a war with Communist China and if he was given the use

of the atomic weapon, his targets in order of priority would be: ANTUNG,

MUKDEN, PEIPING, TIENTSIN, SHANGHAI and NANKING. [Capitalizaton

in original] That if we get in the big one, his targets would be VLADIVOSTOK,

KHABAROVSK, KIRIN, and a fourth one which I believe was

KUYVYSHIEVKA. (Extract of this diary item which included news release and

listing of targets made for: VC Ops, VC A&P, and Director, Plans.)19

At 1030 hours presented a letter of appreciation to Mrs. A. Waterman,

long-time FEAF civil service employee (Personnel) on eve of her return to ZI.

Sent the following “marble” redline to Vandenberg:

Seven Greek C–47 aircraft landed at Itazuke at 1458I, 1 December. One

additional aircraft departed Kadena, but returned. Greeks are now a part

of Far East Air Forces and attached to Com Cargo Command.20

Had Wing Commander Johnson’s Tactical Aviation in Korea series of

reports distributed as follows: 1 ea to CAS (thru Bouchier), 1 ea to Bouchier,

1 ea to Air Marshall Fogarty, 1 ea to General Barcus, 1 ea to Staff thru General

Weyland, 1 ea to Wing Commander Johnson, and 1 ea to File (Sach).

Before leaving office sent the fol stratline to Partridge:

As you are undoubtedly aware, the First Marine Division and First

Marine Air Wing are now undergoing an experience from which may be

drawn many examples to substantiate the AF concept of air power organized and controlled so as to exploit its flexibility in support of operations on wide fronts involving either deep penetrations or retrograde

movements, as contrasted to air power organized and controlled to

321

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

19. How MacArthur’s target selection compares to the Air Force’s cannot be explained here as USAF targeting

during the period is still classified. It is now obvious that, despite President Truman’s ill-considered remarks

concerning use of the atomic bomb in Korea, the U.S. had little desire to use the weapon there except in an

extreme emergency, a position MacArthur’s troops were never in.

There were several reasons that the U.S. did not wish to use the atomic bomb in Korea: U.S. policy makers,

both civilian and military, believed the Korean situation to be a Soviet ploy to waste the weapons in Korea so

that a Russian attack in Europe (the prime theater to the planners) would not have to face a nuclear counterattack; there was a strong fear that the Russians would retaliate with their own atomic weapons; the American

allies, notably the British, were strongly against the use of these weapons in the war; some military commanders felt there were no suitable targets for atomic bombs in Korea. It should be noted that the Chinese apparently were quite afraid that the U.S. would use atomic weapons against them when they moved into Korea.

This fear lessened when it became obvious to the Chinese that American planes were not going to cross the

Yalu into China. (Morton H. Halperin, Limited War in the Nuclear Age [Westport, Conn., 1978], pp 47-49;

William Steuck, The Korean War: An International History [Princeton, N.J., 1995], pp 131-134, 145-146.)

20. Initially consisting of seven C–47s, with two more added later, the Royal Hellenic Air Force’s Flight 13

arrived in Japan on Nov. 26. The unit was assigned to the 374th TCW’s 21st Squadron for operations and flew

its first mission on Dec. 4.
support relatively small-scale assault operations involving shallow penetration on a narrow front. In order to derive maximum value from the

lessons now unfolding, I desire that you and key members of your staff

keep careful, detailed, daily memoranda of record of the principal

events since the beginning of the current Chinese Communist offensive,

and that upon its conclusion you submit to me your personal summary

analysis of air employment in support of both the Eighth Army and the

X Corps, with particular attention to air support of the First Marine

Division, both the support provided by the First Marine Air Wing and

the support provided by other air under your control. I fully appreciate

the difficulty of your position as the air commander who may be called

upon to make hard decisions relative to allocation of your sortie capability and I am unreservedly confident that your decisions will be one

hundred percent sound and just. This signal should be kept within Air

Force family. 

Dispatched the fol TS rad to CSAF:

V 0463 This rad in 4 parts:

PART I. Dr. Ellis A. Johnson, Director ORO, DA [Operations Research

Office, Department of the Army], has proposed to provide GHQ within

next week a critical evaluation of the pos use and effectiveness of

atomic bombs in close spt of ground forces in Korea. Study is to determine whether such use is capable of providing decisive effect on the

enemy, whether tactically feasible, and numbers of bombs required,

logistic preparation nec, and nature of detailed planning rqmts. It is

intended that the study along with info they may accrue from Washington

will enable GHQ to make a factual decision with respect to recommendations concerning the use or non-use of atomic bombs. PART II. Dr.

Johnson and associates have been in the theater in connection with a

number of projects of opnl research nature. One of these projects has

been tactical use of atomic bombs in close spt. It is understood that

ORO analysts have been working on this project since September.

PART III. Above proposal has been approved by CINCFE and Army,

Navy, and AF reps fr G-3, Joint Strategic Plans and Opns Gp, GHQ, are

being made available to assist in the proposed study. In addition this hq

has been requested to furnish an officer qualified to provide advice

concerning the opnl aspects of the problem fr the AF point of view. Lt.

Col. James E. Trask has been selected. PART IV. In a memorandum to

CINCFE this Hq points out that inasmuch as USAF as primary responsibility for delivery, CSAF has specialized agencies under his direction

to study matters of this nature and that it is recommended that CSAF be

called upon to provide assistance.21

322

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

21. This report, ORO-R-3 (FEC), Preliminary Evaluation of Close Air Support Operations in Korea, was issued

on Feb. 1, 1951. It intimated that if tactical nuclear weapons had been used at certain places and times, the

Chinese forces would have suffered terribly high casualties, but friendly forces close to the explosion areas

could also have suffered substantial casualties. (Futrell, pp 701-702.)
Reached the office this AM and was handed Twining’s reply

to my radio of late yesterday re Dr. Ellis A. Johnson’s

proposed evaluation etc.:

Personal Stratemeyer from Twining - the matter raised in

your V 0463 OP-PL will be discussed with you by Gen. Cabell who will

arrive your hqs in the next 2 or 3 days for a visit.

USAF (Personal Farthing22 to Stratemeyer) to me with info to

CINCFE Area Petroleum Officer received (radio):

Continued success air operations directly dependent adequate fuel

supply. Suggest closest coordination operations planning with fuel supply agencies. Imperative CINCFE area petroleum office known in detail

all plans affecting fuel requirements at earliest moment.

Bucked radio to my D/M and told them to get on it.

Sent the fol personal rad to Twining (redline) A-4167B.

Until this time I have not insisted upon a rotation plan for combat crew

personnel based entirely upon attainment of a certain number of missions,

because I felt that it would not be necessary. Twice it looked like war

would end. However, in view of latest developments I feel that such a

rotation plan must be established immediately. A number of my crew personnel, including some fairly recent arrivals, have been in combat most

of the duration of the Korean war and have now flown as many as 140

missions. These personnel are not eligible for return to ZI under the very

restricted authority contained in your radio AFPMP-1-T 57343 because

they have not completed normal overseas tour. These individuals have no

promise of return to ZI because of extended hazardous and difficult combat duty. Naturally they can see only one end, namely that of eventually

being killed. Crew morale is already affected and if this situation is

allowed to continue, will go lower. Crews lose their eagerness for combat

after 30 or 40 missions unless some eventual relief is held out. Inter-theater rotation is already in effect but is of little value in solving overall

problem because practically all tactical units are in combat. Replacements will have to arrive before individuals could rotate. Recommend criteria for return be established at 100 fighter missions, 75 light bomber

missions, and 60 medium bomber missions. Data is now being gathered

as to number who would be eligible for this rotation immediately and

monthly thereafter. Urgently request concurrence in this plan in order that

our request for replacements may be submitted. This matter was thoroughly discussed with General Parks during his visit in September.

My radio received in USAF re crew rotations and Edwards

in a personal redline stated “Your A 4167 CG received and

understudy. Reply may be expected by 6 Dec.

SUNDAY

3 DECEMBER

1950

SATURDAY

2 DECEMBER

1950

323

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

22. Maj Gen William E. Farthing, Director of Maintenance, Supply and Services, Headquarters USAF.
Dispatched Stratline to General Partridge in which I stated:

General Vandenberg will want to know immediately when first F–84s and

first F–86s are utilized in combat. It appears now that Colonel Packard23

with his first F–84s will proceed to Taegu 4 December. Be sure to advise

me immediately of their first mission so that I may inform Vandenberg

and LeMay.

Redline to Vandenberg as follows:

COMBAT CARGO COMMAND C–47s evacuated 978 wounded personnel from 1st Marine Division and Seventh Division on 2 Dec and approx

1100 on 3 Dec from quickly prepared field at Hagaru-Ri CV 5272.

Got off my weekly letter to Gill Robb Wilson.

1507 hours Air Vice Marshal Sir F. J. W. Mellersh, B. E., A.F.C., Air Officer

Commanding, RAF at Singapore arrived for a two-day visit with us. Met him at

the airport at Haneda.

At about 1630 hours, Major General Junius Jones came in and reviewed

the general topics of the report he proposes to submit to AMC as a result of his

visit to FEAF. He left with us many very good suggestions. He promised to

send me a copy of his report. He further promised that he would call Major

General Bertrandias and secure the name for me of a top-notch flying safety

officer in the grade of lieutenant colonel or major. I will request this officer’s

services - by name.

Received the fol TS Stratline from Partridge:

This rad in 3 parts. Subject is Escape and Evasion. 

PART I. Timberlake informs me you are holding meeting 3 Dec on above

subject. By chance one of my people working on this matter came to my

324

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

23. Col Ashley B. Packard commanded the 27th FEW. Originally intended to be based at Kimp’o, the changing

military situation resulted in the wing being based at Taegu. The 27th flew its first mission on Dec. 6. (Futrell,

p 248.)

Snow and below freezing temperatures did not stop FEAF’s C–47s from evacuating casualties and delivering supplies to the embattled troops at the Changjin

(Chosin) Reservoir.
office tonight and he is greatly disturbed over the lack of progress in releasing aircrew personnel who fall in enemy territory. As you may recall I visited your hq some months ago in an effort to crystalize the issue and induce

action from some agency. Part II. My agent informs me that practical

progress on evasion and escape is negative. No one has been rescued nor

has any firm program been established. PART III. My observations confirm

above. I cannot repeat not answer following in any way except negative.

(a) Is there an evasion and escape program? (b) Is some one in charge?

(c) Is any suitable information given our crews? (d) Have any evasions been

accomplished thru planned program? PART IV. We still need 40 radios with

operators for observation posts. Opportunity to place these agents on

ground will soon be lost and I request assistance in this program. PART V.

Would appreciate any efforts you could exert to bring to fruition plan for

establishing sound scheme to help our crews out of hostile territory.

In reply my answer to Partridge follows:

Every person back here is doing everything possible to assist you getting

this escape and evasion operation going. This includes Willoughby and

Banfill who are in close association and working on project. Meeting for

operational planning purposes now in progress. You will be advised

results soonest and both Willoughby and I promise action.24

I made copies of the two foregoing “escape and evasion” radios and

bucked them to General Willoughby with the fol plea:

Dear Charles, attached hereto are copies of Partridge’s stratline to me and

my stratline to him of this date. For your information and all possible help

on this project. Charles, all I’m trying to do is to save my airmen’s lives.

Please help. G.E.S.

General Cabell with General Collins and Admiral F. S.

Low25 arrived this AM at 0830 at Haneda. They were met by

General MacArthur and staff. 

Was called to General MacArthur’s office with Cabell to

hear a discussion between Generals MacArthur and Collins on the current

Korean situation and General MacArthur’s contemplated plans. Additional

people present: General Hickey, General Whitney, General Wright, Admiral Joy

and Admiral Low. General MacArthur announced his contemplated plans which

included not only retrograde movements, but, as a last resort, the holding of two

beach-head areas - the Eighth Army area in the Inch’on-Seoul area and the

X Corps, in the Hungnam area, and the later entire evacuation of UN forces if

the situation so demands.

MONDAY

4 DECEMBER

1950

325

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

24. A joint Air Force-Navy-CIA effort to train indigenous agents to assist downed airmen in escape and evasion

was begun shortly after the start of the war but this organization was disbanded within a few months. Another

organization, Combined Command Research and Activities in Korea (CCRAK), was formed by FEC in 1951

to direct all aspects of covert and clandestine activities in Korea but it was unable to fill FEAF’s E&E requirements. It appears that few airmen, if any, made it back to friendly lines using preplanned covert E&E facilities. However, a number of downed fliers were rescued from behind enemy lines by the Air Rescue Service.

(FEAF Report on the Korean War, Vol. III, Mar. 26, 1954, pp 5-6; Futrell,, pp 576-584.)

25. Low was the Deputy CNO for Logistics.
General Collins then reviewed the thinking of the JCS and indicated that that

thinking coincided with General MacArthur’s plans. General Collins then

discussed at great length his opinions of the political situation both in America

and the Far East and further gave his opinions as to the probable actions of the

UN. There were other subject matters discussed that were of such a high classification that I dare not even put them in this document.

Again, I want to point out for the record of the unequaled and superior

statesmanlike discussion that emanated from General MacArthur.

General Collins gave a very general statement as to the contemplated build

up of the Army, the Navy and the Air Force, and stated that in his opinion the

necessary money would be forthcoming for that build up.

It was then decided that General Collins would leave at 1230 hours to fly

direct to Seoul accompanied by General Cabell where he would remain overnight

and have discussions with General Walker. Tomorrow he planned to go to the

P’yongyang area and see Milburn and Coulter, the 1st and IXth Corps commanders, leaving there Wednesday morning and proceeding to the Hungnam area

where he would meet with General Almond and return to Japan late Wednesday

night, 6 December.

See my Stratline to Partridge reference Cabell’s movements quoted

hereinafter:

General Cabell will arrive with General Collins in Constellation at

Kimp’o, departing Haneda ETD 1230I. It is desired that you and Cabell

be present with Collins when he talks to General Walker. Cabell will

remain overnight with you to return to Japan tomorrow. Furnish him air

transportation.

Sent a Stratline to Tunner:

In view of the very outstanding performance of your C–47 squadron,

operating in and out of Hagaru-ri, evacuating the wounded, commanded

by Lt. Colonel Royal S. Thompson,26 I desire that he and such people of

his organization who you deem have qualified, be recommended for the

award of the Silver Star, or that you make other appropriate awards.

Dispatched the fol Stratline to Tunner:

Radio in 2 parts: PART I. Following message from COMNAVFE to CG

FEAF is relayed: “The airlift of wounded from Hagaru-ri is magnificent.

We are grateful.” PART II. To the foregoing, I add my own sincere appreciation and commendation for yet another difficult and dangerous job

promptly and efficiently accomplished.

During the conference with General MacArthur and General Collins this

morning I made the following statement re evacuation from Korea as a result of

information furnished me by my planning group– per 24 hours from Korea to

Japan, our capability is 17,000 per day. From K-27 Hungnam to Pusan K-9– or

Japan, 8,000 per day. The limit here being the use of only one airstrip. From the

Inch’on-Seoul area to the south or to Japan– or both– 16,000 per day.

326

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

26. Thompson commanded the 21st TCS. 
327

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

The above does not mean that we can evacuate from both the Hungnam area

and the Seoul area at the same time. The figures apply to our capability from one

or the other area at a time.

At 1500 hours had a long interview with Colonel Sykes and reviewed

principally some signals in my headquarters and correspondence sent to

COMNAVFE reference the use of Navy controllers at Fifth Air Force.

At 1930 hours, had a bachelor party for Air Vice Marshal Mellersh at Mayeda

House. Annalee was terribly ill with a cold and fever and could not be present.

(Footnote - Air [Vice] Marshal Sir F. J. W. Mellersh departs 1115 hours,

5 December, for Singapore.)

Received a telephone call from Partridge at 0755 hours.

Cabell being present in his office there in Korea. He asked

permission to come to see me tomorrow morning at ten o’clock

to discuss a plan of action in Korea to which he does not

concur as he feels the Air Force which is playing the most important part is being

ignored. Of course, he could not talk with me freely on the telephone, but I gathered

he was concerned with the logistical side of the Air Force problem in reference to

the maneuvers and actions by the ground forces. I told him to come on in.

Sent the following redline to Vandenberg:

Total number of evacuees airlifted from Hagaru-ri area to include

4 December 2,654; of this number, 1,983 have been airlifted to Japan.

Went over to the Chief of Staff’s office at 1410 hours today and had a good

friendly, heart-to-heart talk with Doyle Hickey, the Chief of Staff, Far East

Command. I told him of my concern over the discussion that took place in his

conference room yesterday between Generals MacArthur and Collins on the contemplated withdrawals and beach-head establishments in Korea with no concern

being given to the security of my air bases at Taegu (K-2) and Pusan (K-9). I

pointed out that the air will and must play a most important part in any withdrawal or any defense of beachheads, but that if security is not given to the bases

in Korea then the air support to which the Army is entitled might not be given.

I pointed out that since we were able to move out of the Pusan beach-head

forward to the Seoul area, I could see no reason why we couldn’t make, if it

was required, an orderly withdrawal from the Seoul area to the Pusan area.

I requested of General Hickey that any discussions that he has or is to have with

General MacArthur that he point out this dangerous condition that might exist for

the security of his air force bases in Korea. General Hickey was most receptive

to all my statements and indicated that he would do as I requested.

Fol redline from Vandenberg received:

It appears here that your requirements for evacuation and resupply have

been greatly stepped up due to the recent operation. I therefore propose

that I send you two additional 12 plane sqds of C–54s provided you can

accommodate them. They will come off the Pacific MATS run and be

replaced with an equal commercial lift which is available. These units

have been alerted if you indicate approval but will probably not become

TUESDAY

5 DECEMBER

1950
operational your theater prior to 7 days after you give the go ahead. I feel

sure that in your planning for every contingency you have not overlooked

the possibility of being required to mass evacuate personnel from Korea

and in such possibility these might be invaluable. I would like any details

of such a plan and any other possible emergency action which might

thereby be required by this headquarters, including diversion of MATS

aircraft on the Pacific run. I am sure you agree that even the planning for

mass evacuation must of course be held extremely confidential at this

time. S/Hoyt S. Vandenberg, CSAF.

In answer to above, Stratemeyer to Vandenberg, I stated:

Reference your TS RL 113. This rad in 2 parts. PART I. We have completed outline plan for mass air evacuation of personnel in conjunction

with surface lift either to southern Korea or to Japan. Detailed planning continuing in Combat Cargo Command. Our plans contemplated

employment of C–54s on MATS Pacific runs. In the light of rapidly

changing situation request the two additional twelve plane C–54

squadrons be dispatched immediately. Specific destination will be furnished later. Request double crews, additional maintenance personnel

and flyaway spare parts kits accompany these airplanes if possible.

PART II. With present airlift, augmented by two C–54 squadrons

and some assistance from Navy, estimate we can air evacuate from

two areas approximately 16,000 personnel per day under good

weather conditions and 12,000 per day under bad weather conditions.

COMNAVFE informally advises approximately thirty additional

R5Ds [Navy C–54s] could be made available starting approximately

48 hours after notification. Plan also includes utilization C–54s in

1503 ATW, MATS at Haneda. In extreme emergency we might request

diversion additional Pacific MATS acft depending upon availability of

airdromes at the time. Plan is being closely coordinated with Navy

and Army evacuation plans. We contemplate continued combat close

support and interdiction.

Partridge in at 1000 hours. Gave me the following radio

he had received from General Harris (Marine) dtd

042220Z:

Fm Gen Harris to Gen Partridge - I was upon the hill

today and saw the 5th and 7th Marines return. Thank god for air. I don’t

think they could have made it as units without air support. Saw your B–26

boys do a superb job in clearing a position near the airfield. The next job

is to get the Marine Division off the hill. I want to be able to cover their

flanks and rear 100% and to blast any major resistance to their front, can

use all the help you can give us until they get down. Tell your pilots they

are doing a magnificent job.27

WEDNESDAY

6 DECEMBER

1950

328

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

27. The “hill” that Harris refers to is apparently the Hagaru-ri area and not a specific hill. Several miles north of

there, at Tok-tong Pass, a Marine company had held a hill overlooking the pass for six days, repulsing every

attack thrown its way and keeping the pass open for the rest of the 1st Marine Division to break through back

to Hagaru-ri.
329

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Bucked the above radio to Sykes and the Barcus group, and then to my AG

for file in the permanent files.

Following are notes from conference I held in my office, 1030 hours. Copies

of these notes have been sent to Generals Weyland, Craigie, and Alkire.

MEETING:

6 December, General Stratemeyer’s Office; Present - General Partridge, CG

Fifth AF, General Cabell, Dir of Intelligence, USAF; General Craigie, FEAF VC

A&P; General Weyland, FEAF VC Ops; General Alkire, FEAF D/M; General

Stratemeyer, COMGEN FEAF.

Partridge: “...When I decided to pull out of Sinanju, I decided to pull out

right away. Instructions were issued to evacuate the radar site on the river, unfortunately, the man in charge of the station started to demolish it and didn’t work

rapidly enough,and a day and one half later, he was informed by an Army demolition team coming down the road, that he should be ready to evacuate. They blew

up some of the equipment, and left the rest and we had to burn it up with napalm.

We did take out some of the equipment - we didn’t lose it all. I started to investigate the incident, but the poor guy has gone off his head - he is completely

nuts.”

Stratemeyer: “That’s OK, Pat. Forget it.”

Partridge: “On Sinanju, we got everything off the field. The Army lost some

L–5s; we had to burn some deadline vehicles and airplanes at P’yongyang. Made

one F–80 out of two and flew it out. Evacuated everything usable from K-24.

There were some rockets, some ammunition left there. My A-4 checked the items

to be left and had those critical items brought out such as napalm igniters. All the

items were supposed to have been completely taken care of by Army engineers,

but apparently the hasty withdrawal of the Army caught them short. There was

some question whether we could get our air installations equipment out and I

have been told that 7 carloads came out.”

Alkire: (Gives figures on those withdrawals. General Stratemeyer confirms.)

Partridge: “We didn’t lose anything of any importance in the three evacuations. We did lose some napalm tanks - 2 to 3 hundred - I don’t know.”

Alkire: (breaks in re Army transportation servicing.)

B–26s deliver their bomb loads on a North Korean target.
330

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

Partridge: “The Army transportation had trouble for two reasons with their

train movement. First, saboteurs took the wheels off the engines, and, strangely

enough, they couldn’t get water for the engines. The water point was gone.

“I understand there was a hell of an explosion at East P’yongyang - ammunition - but they didn’t get it all and we will have to destroy it.”

Stratemeyer: “Are all the bridges down - were they all blown up?”

Partridge: “Yes, but not a very good job.

“There is only one usable bridge there; they took only 1/2 a pontoon bridge.

The wooden bridge across the river was burned in two places, unless they have

demolished a lot more than yesterday, I would say still in pretty good shape. It

can easily be repaired. The Army is doing little in the way of demolition in the

wake of withdrawal.”

Weyland: “We are giving GHQ another scream on this thing - asking that in

all their withdrawals they pay particular attention to demolishing the bridges

which we would have to destroy anyway.”

Stratemeyer: “I want to get out of the bridge busting business.”

Partridge: “We are now about established according to the plan which I sent

to you and we are building this runway, 24 hours a day, at K-14 - that is at Seoul.

“It is the only way we have to stay in operations; we are using pierced

steel planks.

“You understand Walker has not been attacked; you understand Walker is not

being pushed out of these positions, but is being outflanked. He does not know

how many of them are there on his flanks. We strafe and kill 500 or 600 here and

there all the time.” (General Partridge goes to the map, explains that Walker is

pulling his troops back to the 38th Parallel - apparently shows movements on

map.)

(General Partridge - still at map) “... finally along down here on the Imjin

River here. He is trying to get people over on the east bank. I estimate that they

will be back here (Imjin line) a week or more - 7 days, and they will be back here

unless somebody stops the troops coming down there. We will be out of Seoul

in two weeks.”

Stratemeyer: “His plan is to execute successful withdrawals to the Pusan area?”

Partridge: “Right.”

Discussion of Walker’s plans.

Partridge: “He has in being, in the rear areas, organized units which are 3

weeks, 1 - 2 months old, and he is going to move these forward to the east coast

and mountain areas, they are ROK troops, and leave the policing of the rear areas

to the police. These units are ill equipped, partially equipped, they have no

artillery whatever, but they are as well equipped as the Chinese will be when the

Chinese get there, and there is no reason why they shouldn’t be over here in a

state of readiness. It will take two weeks to get them over there.”

Discussion of ROK shock action.

General Stratemeyer asked General Partridge about conference there in

Seoul with Collins. Didn’t Walker say something?

Partridge: “Yes, he told General Collins he could not guarantee to hold
331

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Seoul. He would, if ordered and will expend the Eighth Army in doing so, but it

would have to be a stiff and direct order in writing, and, further, he said, I’m

going to save the Eighth Army and I can do that by orderly withdrawals to Pusan.

“I told Collins that the only counter-balance force over here, the one that tips

the balance is the Air Force in close support of the ground forces. We are killing

Communists by the thousands and will continue - but we can’t do anything

unless the Army finds someplace to stop and fight and push them (Chinese Communists) in the open. We’ll have to find a place where the Army can make a

stand, and then we can work. We cannot agree and we should not agree to the

Seoul area because we can’t provide them with air support in that area.”

Stratemeyer: “Pat, we are in complete agreement. This is what I’m going to

tell Hickey; make an orderly withdrawal and get all the air support possible.”

Partridge: “I hope that the good counsel will take effect, but in any event I

have to get out of the Seoul area - and quickly. We will carefully consider the

F–84 business.”

Discussion of F–84 dispersals and General Stratemeyer placing 12 at

Taegu - K-2.

Alkire: “Are you going to open K-1?”

Partridge: “I believe we should; we have a plan, work was started and

supplies are adequate.”

Stratemeyer: “That is the jet field we were building which I told Van about

and which was not completed.”

Partridge: “Let’s not take any action at K-1 until I find out where Walker is

putting his final defense line. If he will even suggest, the critical item - that the

X Corps is going to put in - then we can hold until the cows come home, but if

the X Corps is withdrawn back to Japan or fights independently, General Walker

will withdraw to a 30-mile perimeter only, which includes K-9 and K-1, but does

not include Chinhae and does not include K-3.”

Stratemeyer: “With the X Corps, he can draw back to the old Taegu, Naktong

River and Masan line; we can hold it. Going to be good weather now - cold, but

weather will be OK for air support.”

Partridge: “I will send you a message if we want to go ahead with construction on K-1.”

Craigie injects his opinion that because of morale, etc., should put all of the

F–84s over in K-2.

General Stratemeyer talks him down. To Partridge, he says, “We will start

now with no more than 12 of them the minute you say, and that’s the way we will

leave it. There is a reason for that as I want to know whether their nose wheels

will stand up on pierced steel planks. I also want to know what they can do.

Understand not as good as ‘80s on plank.”

Discussion by all - Evacuation must be by orderly withdrawals; no future in

holding beachheads, but there is a a future in Pusan.

Partridge: “They should bring the troops from the eastern beachhead, and put

the two forces under a single head, and then we can defeat the Chinese Communist

armies. I don’t care how many they throw at us, and it is better that we face the issue
now, and defeat the Communist armies - and we can do it. Walker did say it was

going to cost us - about 25,000 more casualties - but we’ll kill 10 to 20 for every one

we lose, and you know that no Army can stand those casualties.”

Discussion re Russian Air Force by Stratemeyer.

Partridge: “We have enough Air Force to fight the Soviet Air Force unless

they commit their entire force. We can defeat them if they come down and fight

in our own back yards.”

Discussion of deployment of the ‘84s and ‘86s. Twelve each to K-2 and K-14.

Partridge: “Matter of fact, my people worked on a plan to get them back to

Pusan area as per a Nagoya Plan.28 The 4th Fighter Wing of 2 squadrons to Johnson that would leave 1 squadron to Kimp’o, etc. I’ll leave a copy of this to show

you how we are thinking.

Stratemeyer: “I’m not going to put more than 12 ‘86s at Kimp’o at this

time.” (General Stratemeyer gives reasons, citing radio messages, own thinking)

“...and with 150 aircraft at Taegu with no dispersal, I don’t want a target sitting

up there within range of Il–10s.”

General Craigie reads the tonnage figures re aircraft coming in, supplies, etc.

and their staging areas: Yokota, 450 thousand pounds, Haneda, 12 tons, K-14,

35 tons, K-2, 100 tons, move 13 tons yesterday from Haneda to Korea, and they

are moving 15 tons - 17 tons today from Yokota to Korea. The present airplane

deployment of F–84s - 26 at Kisarazu, 31 Yokota, 4 at K-2, 1 at K-3 - on barges

13 at Kisarazu.

Stratemeyer: “Pat, how many do you want to put in K-2? Remember you

have no dispersal, etc.”

Partridge: “Well, the thing of it is, if I don’t put that unit in there, I’ll have

to move a unit in there any way. Intend to move the 543d Tac Recon Group

from Taegu.”

Stratemeyer: “Where are you going to put it?”

Discussion from Partridge. “Someplace where there is water. Pusan - like to

have it at Pusan. They are operating out of K-2 now, they can operate out of K-9.”

Weyland - Discussion re split of technical staff for reconnaissance. “Put RF–80s

only at K-9 and put RB–26s back in Japan. The RB–26s clutter up an airdrome and

are not as essential as the F–80s. You want to leave room for your fighters.”

Stratemeyer: “Bring your equipment back and do your work here.”

Partridge: “Let me go back and with what I’ve learned this morning, is all

I need to know as to the finer developments. We just have to avoid getting

caught at Seoul.”

General Partridge is assured by General Stratemeyer that he (Partridge) has

his assurance that he is not going to get caught in Seoul, discusses what he has

done - talks with Hickey, conferences, etc.

Partridge: “I have a bunch of things written down here which represent my

332

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

28. Timberlake’s planners had developed a plan to retire either toward Seoul or Pusan, and this may be what Partridge is referring to. However, nothing has been discovered that refers specifically to a Nagoya Plan. It is

possible that General Partridge was talking about a setup similar to the 5AF’s command structure that was

divided between an advance headquarters and a rear headquarters at Nagoya. (See Futrell, p 265, for problems

associated with this type of divided command.)
333

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

points of view from the other side: (1) the Air Force action is decisive in this

campaign. If the Air Force bases - facilities - are reduced, then they are out of

business. If we withdraw to Pusan, we will get the following benefits: (1) Inspire

the ROKs to fight. But, if we withdraw to Seoul, all the rest of Korea will fall

without a fight. (2) Withdrawal to Pusan permits us to resume offensive,

(3) lengthens the Chinese lines of supply, (4) shortens ours, (5) gives us a good

point, (6) eliminates any property loss on the part of the Air Force, and, for that

matter, the Army - every single piece of equipment is either expended or lost.

(7) Seoul and Inch’on has a capacity of 5,000 tons maximum; Pusan can put out

30,000 tons a day and can unload more there from LST’s off of the beach - right

at K-9. (8) If you stay in the Seoul area, all our landlines and all FM relays and

VHF are lost as they are all in enemy territory and communications are plaguing us now. All in all, all we would have left is radio. (9) If we stay in Seoul, all

other airfields would be left uncovered. (10) You haven’t mentioned prisoners -

we’ve got about 135,000 down there. If the Commies take over, we can’t

evacuate those folks.”

Stratemeyer: “They plan to evacuate the ROKs.”

Partridge: “If we keep withdrawing to Taegu, we keep concentrated all the

CP resources, all the Army forces, and all the materials pushed down in that area,

and, if we don’t do that, we will lose them all. All will be expended. If we could

go back to Pusan area, we can support the operation from Japan alone.”

Stratemeyer: “Have you gone over this with Walker? Did he indicate what

he wanted to do to Collins?”

Partridge: “Yes. It is clear to me that General Walker is greatly depressed

about being compressed in Seoul. Going into Seoul gave me the cold shivers.”

Cabell: “Fact remains though that when we left General MacArthur’s conference, no objection was raised at that time. I didn’t raise any objections until

I again thought back about it.”

Stratemeyer: “I gave them just a couple of figures, but I was depressed as

hell at MacArthur’s conference. I think MacArthur was too.”

Partridge: “One of the figures which General Collins had was the figure of

evacuation of personnel from Seoul as 17,000 a day.”

Stratemeyer: “No, overall from Korea.” (General Stratemeyer emphasizes

and explains to Partridge that figures given were just our capability.)

Partridge: “Can’t do that when fighting a defense.”

Stratemeyer: “With the transports we have available and expect to get and

which Van has offered, we have a capability of 16,000 from the Seoul area or

8,000 from the Yonp’o area. Only a capability. Now, if you have to use that airport to fight from, of course, the figure must be lower - reduced by virtue of

fighter action. So, when you go back be sure to tell Walker this. I don’t want him

to get wrong impression.”

Partridge: “It is essential that I take steps now to withdraw in one direction

or the other unless you tell me otherwise and start evacuation of my headquarters

to Pusan. I want to get heavier parts of the headquarters on the way because I’ll

have only two weeks at the most to get out of Seoul - it might be one week -
depends how fast the enemy troops are pushed down the middle, and General

Walker feels that he can break off in Taegu area. Withdrawals are going to be

successful because of his mobility and the enemy can only move at night and on

their own two feet. Walker moves day and night - mostly on wheels.”

Stratemeyer: “Destroy every damn bridge and that means I want every

bridge destroyed. This bridge busting business for me is a waste of our effort,

better let our bombs stop people when the Army can just as soon do it with

their demolitions.”

Partridge: “With that much guidance, I can go back.”

Stratemeyer: “OK, I will present that tomorrow morning that I have authorized you to move with Walker and to start a retrograde movement as you see fit.”

Partridge discusses only alternative — “If I am directed to get into Seoul,

then the people you would ordinarily evacuate, would be sent to Japan. I

don’t want to send them into Nagoya, think they will be evacuated to Itazuke

or some place where a Fifth Air Force headquarters would be closest to

Korea. I personally think we will be able to stop the Communists somewhere

short of Taegu.”

Weyland: “Any part of X Corps moving into K-18 [Kangnung] - that’s

right here.”

Partridge: “No, make them go down to Pusan or P’ohang and fight north

and then they can join up - preferably Pusan - and then they can go anywhere.”

Alkire: “K-2 field is in better shape.”

Partridge: “We are building a new field on rice straw matting at K-16.”

Stratemeyer (to Partridge): “Do you estimate - of the situation - that the

Chinese Communists will come down past the 38th?”

Partridge: “I think they will.”

Stratemeyer: “I think they plan to destroy UN forces if they can.”

Partridge: “They will fail. They will if we withdraw into two pockets.”

Cabell: “I think our attitude has assured us that they are going to come down

past the 38th.”

Stratemeyer: “There is only one point - does Russia want China in Korea? I

don’t think Russia will permit them to go south to Pusan. China would be up near

Vladivostok, etc., I think eventually China and Russia are going to have a scrape

- maybe not in our lifetime.”

Cabell: “I’m afraid that is wishful thinking. I think the Russians have sufficient control to turn the war off or on at will.”29

Partridge: “My impression is that Russia did not fulfill her obligations to

334

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

29. Russia’s ability to “turn the war on and off” was tenuous at best, for the Soviets had lost much of their clout

in North Korea. Robert R. Simmons, in his book, The Strained Alliance, suggests that it was probably at

North Korean, not Russian, instigation that South Korea was attacked. He also believed that both the Chinese

and the North Koreans came to realize that the only role the Russians were going to play in Korea was that of

a supplier of military hardware and of few advisors and as a sidelines rooter. Seeing this, and thinking that the

U.S. was physically threatening their own territory, the Chinese intervened in Korea. This intervention would

bring the Chinese and North Koreans (historically closely aligned anyway) closer together and would tend to

shunt the Soviet Union toward a more peripheral foreign policy and military role regarding the war. (Robert

R. Simmons, The Strained Alliance [New York, 1975], pp 120-124, 137-168.)
North Korea and when they finally got going, they intended to secure enough of

North Korea to at least re-establish the Republic of North Korea, but when high

dignitaries, like yourself, launched the Walker jump off, it was decided to go in

to defend itself. Once she advances down this peninsula and accomplishes the

objective of driving United Nations forces out, Chinese forces will be withdrawn

and Korea turned over to North Korea.”

Stratemeyer: “Another thing, they are pointing the finger at us - why we

didn’t see this build up, etc., and why with the tools we had, we didn’t produce

it. There are many reasons, short distances, Yalu River, came over in driblets,

crossed the ice, etc. The finger is on us. I asked for a study be made - not an alibi -

and sent it to Craigie this morning.30

Partridge: “That is a perfect example of the Army’s not producing enough

photography interpreters. Thousands of pictures were taken and no one to sit

down and evaluate them.” (General Partridge cites the example of a sharp PI man

who picked up an enemy concentration, etc.)

Cabell: “Is that clearly in the SOP for the Army?”

Stratemeyer: “Yes, sir.” (Shows him the manual)

Cabell: “They are to examine the photographs and count the men under

any given tree?”

Continuation of discussion of lack of photographic analysts on part of Army.

END OF NOTES

* * * *

Dispatched the fol signal to FAF, with info to 1st MAW, CG X Corps,

CG BOMCOM, and CINCFE:

To assist 1st Mar Div break out from Hagaru-ri offer is made of B–29

bombing of enemy occupied exit route upon initiation of Mar Div withdrawal. 48 hrs notice highly desirable so BOMCOM liaison officer can

coordinate details directly with 1st MAW and X Corps. Normal effort

approx 24 B–29s can be laid on without detailed planning preparation

with 24-hour notice. Attn invited to possibility of damage to exit road and

to creation of landslides. Proximity fuses could be used. Request earliest

advice as many other urgent rqmts for B–29s. New subject: Request for

B–29s on three towns tomorrow will be honored.

Handcarried the fol Memorandum to General MacArthur which I

addressed personally to him:

I am greatly concerned about the possibility of the Eighth Army being

directed to withdraw into the Inch’on-Seoul area.

This course of action would, in my opinion, greatly reduce the effectiveness of the Fifth Air Force.

It is my considered opinion that the AF has been and will be a decisive

force in the Korean campaign. If our air bases and air base facilities, as

they of necessity would be, are reduced, the Far East Air Forces gets out

of the business of close support of the ground forces. The Taegu Air Base,

335

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

30. This study has not been found.
336

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

where we operate 75 F–80s and our tactical recon group, the Suwon Air

Base to which I am withdrawing an F–51 group, will not be secure and

would in all probability be over run by guerrillas and Communist

sympathizers. In addition, the inspiration for the ROKs in southern Korea

to fight would no longer exist. The Chinese Communist lines of communications would not be extensively elongated, and, as a result, the power

of the air which I have available could not destroy the Chinese Communists by the thousands as we are now doing. The farther they become

extended, the more we can kill.

I, therefore, recommend that the Eighth Army make orderly withdrawals

from its present position and, if need be, to a perimeter defense of the line

P’ohang-dong, Taegu, Naktong River, Masan; that the X Corps fight

north and join up with the Eighth Army’s right as they withdraw. These

recommendations are made for the following reasons:

We can evacuate our Air Force bases where need be in an orderly manner

and save our heavy equipment, personnel, and base facilities; we can continue the essential air-ground support that we would then have available;

Eighth Army and Fifth Air Force, if it becomes necessary to evacuate

Seoul, can move their main headquarters to Pusan and keep advance

headquarters first at Taejon and then at Taegu. These command post facilities are already in existence.

The AF would operate from the two airdromes at Seoul and one at Suwon

as long as possible, then fall back to Taejon, Taegu, P’ohang-dong and the

two fields at Pusan.

Those units and aircraft, when there are no longer sufficient base facilities in the old perimeter defense area, could evacuate to Japan and

continue the air support needed by the UN forces in that perimeter as we

did in June and July.

This maneuver would extend the Chinese Communist lines of communications to such a point that, in my opinion, thousands would freeze or die

besides the thousands that we could kill by air attack.

The ROK forces would be inspired to fight and the UN forces would still

remain in Korea. My opinion is that we could defeat the Chinese Communist forces in the long run. By pulling into the beachhead at Seoul, all

the rest of Korea would fall without a fight.

By withdrawing to Pusan, we are permitted to resume the offensive if we

desire; the Chinese lines of communication are lengthened; ours are

shortened. It eliminates the great property loss on the part of the AF and

the Army which would result from a forced evacuation from the beachhead. I am told by Admiral Joy that it will take six days to evacuate a

division from Inch’on and that the maximum capacity of that port is

5,000 tons. Pusan, on the other hand, has a capacity of 30,000 tons and

can handle even more by utilizing direct loading or unloading of LSTs

right next to K-9 our main airbase.

By staying in the Seoul area, all our land lines, all our FM relays, and

many VHF stations would be lost. Communications are bad now and

would practically stop by going into the beachhead.
As a result of a discussion on 6 December with General Partridge, I have

been informed that General Walker wholeheartedly supports the concept

of an orderly withdrawal to successive lines of defense clear to the Pusan

area if need be and that he made this idea plain to General Collins during

his conference of 5 December.

In view of the above, I strongly recommend that the Eighth Army not take

up a beachhead defense in the Seoul-Inch’on area and that as soon as possible X Corps be evacuated by water to the Pusan area and that General

Walker be directed to withdraw by successive orderly withdrawals on the

axis toward Pusan as the situation dictates. s/G.E.S.

My above memo to General MacArthur was circulated to Generals Crabb,

Weyland, Craigie, Alkire and Colonel Zimmerman. This copy was handcarried

and for their eyes alone.

Made the award of the Legion of Merit to one of my intelligence officers,

Lt Colonel J. N. Donohew.31

Dispatched the fol redline to Vandenberg:

Flight of 4 F–84s from K-2, Taegu, participated in first combat mission

today; results unknown.

Dispatched fol redline to Vandenberg from Stratemeyer:

COCARCOM by airlift evacuated from Hagaru-ri from

period 1 December - 6 December 4,369 wounded 1st

Marine Division and Seventh Division personnel.

THURSDAY

7 DECEMBER

1950

337

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

31. Lt Col Jack N. Donohew, Director of Air Targets, FEAF, until December 1950, when he became Deputy

Comptroller, 13AF.

An F–84E of the 27th FEW takes off on a mission shortly after the wing

arrived in Korea.
Attended conference in General MacArthur’s conference room; present

beside himself were Generals Collins, Hickey, Wright, Whitney, Willoughby,

Cabell and myself; Admirals Joy and Lowe.

General Collins related his trip to Walker’s and Almond’s hqrs and his aerial

survey of the battlefield.

Before we got into the big discussion, General MacArthur asked General

Collins what in the way of replacements could he expect.

General Collins stated that the only U.S. Army forces that would be available

to him would be four National Guard divisions which could be made available,

departing the U. S. next March, which means that they would not be here until

May or June. Complete replacements would follow to bring him up to full strength

in January, that he could expect no substantial help from any of the UN forces

except as stated above from the United States.

General MacArthur then pointed out the great reservoir of Chinese Nationalists on Formosa and urged that he be permitted to use them in Korea under the

UN banner. He indicated that the Generalissimo would give him 60,000 or

100,000 - or all of his troops if he needed them.32

General Collins then asked the question that if none of the following were

made available, should we seek an armistice, that is, cease fire and stop where

both forces are presently located - these are the conditions: No violation against

Chinese territory by air: no use of the A bomb; the Navy not be permitted to

blockade the Chinese coast or fire against the Chinese coastline; that we would

be barred from using the Chinese Nationalists; that no additional foreign troops

would be given us such as British, French, or other reinforcements; that we

cannot expect to receive replacements in ample numbers until January and then

no divisional units would be available for dispatch prior to April 1951.

Each person present was asked to answer the above question with the

conditions attached and we all sounded off.

General MacArthur then summed up the consensus of opinion in these words:

The Joint Chiefs of Staff should protest forcefully the above related conditions and that the only answer to the proposed question is: “this is surrender.”

General Collins then posed this question - with the use of your present force,

and the potential that might be made available, and a possible recommended use

of the A bomb - what would you do?

The answer General MacArthur made to this in which we all agreed was that

we should wait at least a month as this proposed an entirely new estimate and we

would be in a better position to determine our action.

Then General Collins proposed this question: if Communist China announced

that they would not go below the 38th Parallel, what would be your action?

General MacArthur answered we would accept this even to the extent of

putting the X Corps, from its present location, into Pusan.

338

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

32. In July, both MacArthur and the JCS had advised against using Nationalist Chinese troops, believing that their

use would give the Chinese Communists an excuse to intervene in Korea and would also weaken the Nationalist defense of Formosa. Now it appeared to MacArthur that these reasons were no longer valid and that the

Nationalist troops were the only trained forces immediately available to him.

Washington demurred, pointing out that use of these troops would probably be unacceptable to most of the

other U.N. members in Korea, these perhaps even refusing to fight alongside the Nationalist troops. It was also

felt that these forces could be used more effectively on the mainland in case of a general war with China.

Finally, it was considered that supplying the Nationalist troops would be unacceptable from both the political

and logistical standpoint. (Schnabel, pp 295-296; also see “History of the JCS,” Vol. III, pp 367, 391, 405-409.)
I am convinced that the memorandum that I sent to General MacArthur last

night caused a complete reversal of the decisions made on 4 December - to the

one which is in entire agreement with my memorandum. If we continue to fight

and withdraw and bring the X Corps to the south where it can join forces with

the Eighth Army, and be placed under the Eighth Army, I am convinced, as were

all present, that we could hold the Pusan perimeter almost indefinitely, and that

by General Walker’s retrograde movement by successive lines, we would not

only save his Army, but practically all of its equipment as well as all the Fifth Air

Force equipment.

Again, it is my opinion that my memorandum played an important part in

the now approved plan for Korea.

Immediately upon my return from this conference, I dispatched the fol

stratline to Partridge: “Don’t worry. Eighth Army will receive an order shortly.”

Dispatched the fol personal Spivey from Stratemeyer with info to Partridge:

Without going into red alert or creating alarm, I want you by every

method at your command to have all air defense agencies in Japan

particularly readied for next fifteen (15) days. The 4th Fighter Wing less

a few aircraft will remain Johnson temporarily.

Re the communications help for Partridge, sent him the fol:

Personal for Partridge from Stratemeyer: This rad in 3 parts. PART I. Reference my A 4068B, Lt. Col. Rose and Lt. Col. Shipe arrived this hq 5 Dec

and are now enroute your hq via MATS courier to Kimp’o. Col. Coleman

arrived this date and will be sent to you on MATS courier about 9 Dec.

PART II. USAF has just informed my hq that shipment of 642 communications personnel recently requested by you has been deferred. This

includes 127 for a T/D [table of distribution] radio relay Squadron plus

515 required to augment your communications squadrons.33 Query: to

what extent have recent developments altered your personnel requirements? Can we let this deferment ride or should we request that all or a

portion of the personnel requested be shipped? If you still feel that you

need additional personnel, please indicate numbers by SSN desired by airlift, and brief plan covering disposition upon arrival. PART III. Radnote

from Gen Ankenbrandt this date states that further supply action on your

communications requirements being suspended for ten days. This includes

all equipment requisitioned on the ZI per request of Colonel Wagner.

Received a call this morning that my nephew, Sergeant Clarence Donnell,

Marine Corps, had been evacuated from the Hagaru-ri area and was now in the

Yokosuka Naval Hospital with frost-bitten feet.

Took off from the office at 1530 and drove to Yokosuka, arriving there a

little after 1700 hours. Donney looks fine, his morale is OK, and said that if it

hadn’t been for the airlift, he wouldn’t have made it. Both he and the doctor indicated that he will be evacuated home as they do not send frost bite cases into cold

climates again without being sure of complete recovery.

339

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

33. The term Table of Distribution is now obsolete, being replaced by Unit Manning Document (UMD).
Dispatched the fol redline to Vandenberg with info to

Whitehead:

C–119s of 314th CCW, dropped entire bridge yesterday

to embattled Marines and 7th U. S. Infantry elements near

Chosin Reservoir. Eight spans, totalling 16 tons, and supported by 100

foot parachutes, were kicked out of flying boxcars. Drop was made after

airplanes broke through overcast over drop area. Drop was highly

successful and was made to aid Marine and soldier crossing of icy waters

of river flowing into Chosin Reservoir. It is believed this is first operation

of this type in history of warfare.34

Wing Commander Green,35 RAAF, in operations in RAAF stationed in Australia, dropped by the office. Brought me greetings from Air Vice Marshal Scherger.36

Sent the fol redline to Vandenberg:

Because of restricted airfields remaining Korea and

increasing threat to Jap bases, bulk of 4th Ftr Wg being

retained Johnson AFB in air defense Tokyo area. Eight to

twelve F–86s will operate from Kimp’o in Korea as long as field is held.

27th Ftr Wg will base at Itazuke but with minimum equipment and

personnel will operate from K-2 Taegu regularly with 48 aircraft.

SATURDAY

9 DECEMBER

1950

FRIDAY

8 DECEMBER

1950

340

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

34. One span fell into enemy territory and one was damaged, but the remaining six spans enabled the Marines to

cross a 1,500-foot deep gorge with all their vehicles. (Futrell, p 259.)

35. Wing Commander R.F.M. Green, Director of Operations, RAAF.

36. AVM Frederick R.W. Scherger, Deputy Chief of Air Staff, RAAF, from 1947-1951. He later became Chief of

Air Staff.

U. S. airmen keep themselves warm by burning supplies they cannot take with

them as they prepare to evacuate P’y ongyang on December 8.
341

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

To Stearley, Turner and Doyle I sent the fol personal Stratline:

The JCS have indicated that the current situation in Korea has greatly

increased the possibility of general war. Such a possibility might be

initiated by air attacks on our air bases and key installations. Commanders

addressed take such action as is feasible to increase readiness without

creating atmosphere of alarm.

The fol memorandum was bucked to me by my D/Ops:

Headquarters, Far East Air Forces, APO 925, dtd 8 December 1950.

Memorandum for: Commanding General. Subject: Average Length of

Fighter Missions. The following information relative average length of

fighter sorties was received from Fifth Air Force this date and is submitted

as a matter of possible interest to you.

General O’Donnell called yesterday (8 Dec) and was concerned about the

possible reinforcement of medium bombers to his command and the scheduled

missions for his command in case of an all-out war. I invited him to come in and

have lunch with Generals Craigie, Weyland and myself. He did come in at 1100

hours, we had lunch and had a very good discussion. I think he is now satisfied

with the conditions under which we requested reinforcements even though FEC

failed to request reinforcements as we had recommended.

I am taking care of this latest problem by a redline to Vandenberg. O’Donnell’s people are to meet with my Plans people Monday, 11 December, and to

satisfy themselves as well as us that our plans for the use of the mediums in case

of an all-out war is the best one.

1530 hours, Air Vice Marshal Bouchier gave me the following information

which he received from the British Chiefs of Staff as guidance and background

for him. My understanding is that he, besides furnishing me this information,

gave it to General Willoughby and General Courtney Whitney.

AVERAGE LENGTH OF SORTIES - HRS/MIN

Close Support or Combat Air

Armed Reconn Patrol

Type Time in Total Time in Total

Base A/C Tgt Area Time Tgt Area Time

Seoul (K-14) F–80 0:20 1:20 1:00 2:00

Taegu (K-2) F–80 0:30 *2:30 1:00 *3:00

Suwon(K-13) F–51 :45 2:30 2:45 4:00

Seoul (K-16) F–51 :45 2:30 2:45 4:00

Pusan (K-9) F–51 :30 3:30 1:30 4:30

*All F–80s based at Taegu equipped with 260 gallon tip tanks. About 75% of F–80s at

K-14 equipped with standard 165 gallon tip tanks. s/JVC t/JARRED V. CRABB,

Brigadier General, USAF, Deputy for Operations.
General MacArthur was reported in Press in England last week as referring to

“the enormous handicap without precedent in military history arising from

British opposition to his being allowed to operate his Air Forces across the

frontier.” He was probably misquoted but this is how he was reported at home.

2. British objections to violation of Manchurian border are on following

purely military consideration:

(a) British have had a plain warning that to bomb across the frontier would

bring Soviet Air Force into action. (Same source early in October warned

that if UN forces crossed 38th Parallel the Chinese would come in.) British

Chiefs of Staff have little doubt that if we carry war into Manchuria it would

mean intervention of Soviet Air Force.

(b) Handicap of USAF not being allowed to attack Chinese forces L. of C.

[lines of communication] in Manchuria - “cuts both ways.” Our bases and L.

of C. are more vulnerable than Chinese - particularly our shipping and base

ports which enjoy virtual immunity. Our difficulties would be greatly

increased if they were subject to scale of attack Soviet Air Force could bring

against them. If it should be that our Forces have to do a “Dunkirk” from

Korea it would make it infinitely more difficult and costly if subjected to

intensive air attack as at the real “Dunkirk.” Apart from which all hope of

avoiding a general war for which we are not ready would probably disappear.

(c) British Chiefs of Staff view is that if the atom bomb was used in Korea it

would not be effective in holding up Chinese advance - but make the situation more desperate by inevitably bringing the Soviet Air Force into the war.

The “A” bomb is our ultimate weapon and we should surely keep it in reserve

as a deterrent, or for use in event of Russia launching a third world war.

3. British Chiefs of Staff appear to be somewhat concerned about General

MacArthur’s alleged press statements against the British (if true) in view of

our consistently cooperative attitude throughout Korean campaign.37

This was a tough day.

Called on CINCFE taking along two radios for his concurrence, both of which he “bought.”

The first radnote which CINCFE O.K.’d was my

redline to Vandenberg:

This radio in three parts - PART I. Reference T.S. 0459, 30 Nov, USAF

OP 301745/Z, DEPTAR 97791, 2 Dec, CINCFE 69953, CINCFE 50496,

5 Dec, FEAF TS V 0480, 9 Dec. PART II. I request you read carefully my

redline T. S. 0459 of 30 Nov, the dispatch of which was concurred in by

General MacArthur. Your reply OP 301745/Z was most welcome and was

a satisfactory answer. JCS #97791 of 2 December to CINCFE from

DEPTAR asked the question “can you profitably employ more air units”

which, in my opinion, resulted from a misinterpretation of CINCFE’s

SUNDAY

10 DECEMBER

1950

342

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

37. Between Nov. 30 and Dec. 5, MacArthur issued a number of statements regarding his conduct of the war.

Among these statements was his criticism of the ban on air attacks on Manchuria, calling this “an enormous

handicap, without precedent in military history.” He was also especially piqued over what he considered

“scandalous propaganda efforts to pervert the truth” by the British. Needless to say, his pronouncements were

not received enthusiastically by either the British or U.S. governments. (Facts on File, 1950, pp 390-391.)
343

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

message C-69953. At no time was it intended to give the impression that

two additional medium bomb groups are needed except in the event of

open war with Communist China. Of course, additional medium bomb

groups as well as heavy bomb groups or any other type of air fighting

units could be utilized. We have not sufficient air force units to support a

war in Korea and, at the same time, defend Japan against air or an airborne paradrop attack. That is reason, as covered in CINCFE’s C-50496,

5 Dec 50 “the all-weather part” was added. It should have read “three

interceptor wings.” My signal V 0480 explains deployment of 4th and

27th Fighter Wings. PART III. This signal is sent for background and your

eyes only. CINCFE advised.

The second radio which I placed before CINCFE was a draft of a

radio which I proposed that he send to the JCS - and which he bought

in its entirety:

From CINCFE to JCS: - Re my C-50496, 5 Dec 50, requesting that two

additional medium bomb groups be deployed to FEAF, and your JCS

97791, dtd 2 Dec 50 from DEPTAR. CG FEAF and I have continued evaluating request for these medium groups and have come to these conclusions:

A. These bomb groups can be employed profitably in Korea for interdiction and destruction of all towns and villages capable of sheltering or

otherwise supporting enemy troops. B. That in event of war with Communist China and/or the USSR these groups would be urgently required

here. C. That in this latter situation, it is quite probable that the enemy

would initiate the action with a surprise attack against our airfields. This

could well prove disastrous to our bomber forces. Yokota and Kadena

would be heavily congested with the five medium groups and would offer

most tempting targets to the enemy, particularly the Chinese Communists. D. That in view of the present precarious balance between so-called

peace and a general war, the gains to be realized in Korea from two more

bomb groups do not at this time warrant the risks inherent in bringing these

groups into this theater. I ask instead, that if JCS plans permit, they be kept

on alert in the ZI, ready for deployment to Guam in FEC for use against

China and/or Russia, at such time as the situation dictates.

At my direction VC A&P (Craigie) issued the following instructions

to IG (Picher):

1. It is desired that you initiate vigorous staff action aimed at:

(a) Increasing the general awareness of the importance of security on the

part of all FEAF personnel, with particular emphasis on those in staff

positions who are dealing with highly classified information.

(b) Increasing the effectiveness of our security procedures as practiced.

2. During the last year of WWII, Allied forces held such overwhelming

superiority in many departments, especially the air, that careless and loose

security habits became the rule. During the present conflict in Korea, we

have enjoyed air superiority from the beginning. This has undoubtedly contributed to the development of some of the lax security habits which have

developed in this headquarters.
344

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

3. One of the most noticeable insecure practices has to do with the use of

telephones and inter-phone boxes for the accomplishment of classified business. Although these instruments are not secure, conversations concerning

classified subjects frequently take place over both telephone and squawk

boxes. A most insecure practice which has become too commonplace is that

of discussing classified business in semi-public places, the classic example

being the dining room at the Imperial Hotel.

4. I have discussed this subject with General Doyle Hickey, C/S, FEC, who

strongly concurs. It is his belief that the international situation is such at this

time as to make it highly desirable, even essential, to tighten up on security.

5. It would be foolish to expect this to be accomplished overnight. It is

desired that a program be drawn up which will include:

(a) The education of all personnel relative to the necessity of achieving

greatly improved security.

(b) Specific action which should be taken by those concerned.

(c) A system of policing which will uncover violations and permit those

in responsible positions to take appropriate action.

Our base unit will remain at K-27 [Yonp’o] until completion of the X Corps

evacuation at which time it will be waterlifted and airlifted to a place designated

by General Partridge.

General Partridge asked me this question - are we committed to furnish the

support for the Marines when they are land-based? I told him that we were

certainly not; therefore, he (Partridge) will work on the premise that, when they

move into K-1, they must furnish their own base support.

I further told General Partridge that normally Combat Cargo would not stage

out of Itazuke as that place is going to be just too crowded when you consider

that there will be based there 125 jets, plus the jet recce squadron (possibly), plus

the 21st Troop Carrier Squadron. I told General Partridge that this staging base

was only in case of an all-out evacuation and that the same applied to Tsuiki -

would be used only in an emergency by Turner.

General Partridge was most anxious that the base at Komaki be used rather

than Itami as the Marines will be in Itami. I can see no reason why this should

not be done.

General Tunner has made certain requests that construction on certain fields

in Korea be completed in order for him to do his job which is all well and good,

but, as Partridge stated, he simply cannot do this at the expense of the engineering effort at K-1, K-2, and K-9 - which includes dispersal areas.

General Partridge again made a plea to have the ‘47s in the 21st Troop

Carrier Sq returned to his wings for administration and routine wing lift. I told

him that I would not make a decision on this at this time because of the great job

that the 21st had done at Hagaru-ri and what they might be required to do out of

small fields in the future.

General Partridge asked me why the shipment of our communications

personnel was held up. This I did not know and told him that I would look into

it. My last report was that sufficient numbers of communications personnel were

being airlifted and shipped by boat.
General Partridge told me that we lost all of the 822d Engineering Bn

[battalion] equipment at Chinnamp’o. It was not loaded on the LST’s. He further

stated that the train load of AIO [?] equipment at P’yongyang was lost. The

premature ammunition explosion cut the tracks and this train could not be gotten

out. Great quantities also of steel plank were lost. (The above resume of my conversation with Partridge given - via carbon copy - to Craigie.)

Gave Almond the fol info: Combat Cargo Command can lift under a sustained every day effort 9,000 personnel per 24 hours. This figures each man with

his equipment, duffle bag, rifle, etc. to weigh 250 lbs.

Departed 0800 hours for K-27 (Hamhung) [actually Yonp’o]

accompanying Generals MacArthur, Hickey, Wright, Whitney.

Upon arrival met by General Almond and General Partridge and proceeded to Almond’s briefing room and was

thoroughly briefed on the actions of X Corps and their contemplated plans. Present besides Almond’s staff - Generals MacArthur, Partridge, Hickey, Whitney,

Wright and myself and Colonel Canada. Was there about one hour.

Departed K-27 direct for Kimp’o; General Partridge accompanied us. General Walker met us at Kimp’o and we immediately proceeded to Colonel Weltman’s38 (the wing commander) office where we waited while General MacArthur

had a long personal conference with General Walker. At the completion of this,

we departed for Haneda, arriving about 1730 hours.

Told General Partridge that Ashiya would remain in the hands of the Combat Cargo Command.

MONDAY

11 DECEMBER

1950

345

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

38. Col John W. Weltman commanded the 51st FIW.

General Partridge

greets General

MacArthur upon his

arrival at Yonp’o,

December 11, 1950.
I then discussed bases with him and his plan now is to put the Marines in K-1

as they have a jet squadron at K-27 at present. Three squadrons will return to the

three C.V.E.’s and support the X Corps withdrawal from the carriers. All Marines

will then go to Itami after withdrawal where they will base until K-1 is completed -

that is the airlift to Itami, but the water lift to Pusan. The Marines’ night fighters

will stage out of Itazuke, but they will be based at Itami. There is one extra

squadron that also will be based at Itami, making a total of five squadrons including the jet squadron. General Harris, Commander of the First Marine Air Wing has

agreed and is satisfied. He, General Harris, did not want to occupy K-3.

DEPTAR (JCS) Wash, D. C., dispatched to CINCFE,

Nb98608 (Director Joint Staff sends):

For immediate consideration in connection with US position regarding cease fire resolution which may be offered

UN Assembly by 13 Asiatic nations, urgently request your views as to

terms, conditions, and arrangements which should be agreed to prior to US

acceptance of such a resolution. JCS must formulate their position on this

subject at meeting to be held 0900, Washington time, tomorrow, 12 Dec.39

CINCFE replied to DEPTAR Wash DC (C-51052), for JCS:

Re JCS 98608 the minimum terms for a cease fire agreement should

include the following: 1. All ground forces remain in their present positions or may be withdrawn to positions in rear. 2. No augmentation of

combat strength by build up of military personnel, units, facilities, supplies or equipment in Korea with exception of food, medical supplies and

items required for health and comfort of troops. 3. No flights by a/c of

either belligerent permitted to cross the front lines of their own ground

forces, except as required to service the neutral commission observing

the armistice. These latter flights to be conducted in non-combat a/c.

4. Refugees not allowed to migrate in either direction across the present

front lines. 5. The foregoing provisions require supervision by a neutral

commission to insure their execution in good faith. Such a commission

should be composed of representatives of nations not represented by

forces in the Korean conflict. The commission should be accorded unlimited freedom of movement in Korea, should be afforded full use of the

transport, communications, and logistical facilities of both forces and

should be accommodated and provided all necessary assistance at the

main field headquarters of the belligerents in Korea. Signed MacArthur.

I was called to General MacArthur’s office at 1325 and read above

message in which I concurred; however, I sent to General Vandenberg

the following redline:

Recommend you carefully read every statement of MacArthur press release

of last night. I accompanied him to Korea and back him in every word said.

TUESDAY

12 DECEMBER

1950

346

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

39. The 13 Asian and Arab nations presented a resolution to the U.N. General Assembly asking Red China to

negotiate a cease-fire with the U.N. On Dec. 14, the resolution passed by a vote of 52-5 (the Soviet Union

being one of the countries opposed) and a three-man truce team was established. China, however, at this time

being victorious, was not interested in a cease-fire.
I was a bit doubtful prior to going over there as just what the minimum

would be and the four points that I intended to raise were:

1. We are not so bad off that we must seek an armistice.

2. We should never agree to move south of the 38th Parallel.

3. Under no conditions can we give up the fields near Seoul - K-14 and K-16.

4. If we go south of the 38th, the Chinese Red Communist Army must

leave Korea.

The only point that I suggested was number 1; it was not included however

because of General MacArthur’s press release upon his return from Korea.

Got off the Gill Robb Wilson letter - sent copies of same to Toohey Spaatz

and Follett Bradley.

Sent a long personal letter to Twining (copy going to Cabell) re my thinking

on long-range planning and developing of intelligence officers.

Sent my senior ADC to Yokosuka to pick up my nephew to bring him into

Tokyo in order that he could spend the night and day with us. He is due to be

medically evacuated to the States shortly.

Got off a personal Twining from Stratemeyer:

Dr. Stearns, General White, and party plan to depart 20

Dec via MATS a/c to Travis AFB. Request special mission plane be made available at Travis AFB about noon

Pacific Coast Time on 21 Dec to take Dr Stearns to Denver and rest of

party to east coast. Please inform me of arrangements made.

Through General Whitney I received the following which is a quote of a letter

that the President wrote to a Mr. Hume, music critic, who had stated in a review

that Margaret Truman “was extremely attractive on the stage, but her tones were

flat and she cannot sing very well.”

...I have just read your lousy review buried in the back pages. You sound

like a frustrated old man who never made a success, an eight-ulcer man

on a four-ulcer job, and all four ulcers working. I never met you, but if I

do you’ll need a new nose and plenty of beef steak and perhaps a supporter below. Westbrook Pegler, a guttersnipe, is a gentleman compared

to you. You can take that as more of an insult than as a reflection of your

ancestry. s/H.S.T.

For the record and to confirm instructions that I have given as the Senior Air

Force officer in the Far East to General White, MATS commander in the Far East,

that whenever there is a question of saving lives of I servicemen, he will utilize

every facility available to evacuate these people where proper hospitalization can

be given. In the case that took place yesterday, where pressurization was necessary to protect lives of our service people, he acted fully within his right as a general officer of the Air Force and with full approval of his actions by me and the

theater commander.40 (carbon copy of above paragraph given to General White.)

WEDNESDAY

13 DECEMBER

1950

347

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

40. Nothing has been found on this incident. 
348

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

Banfill submitted a paper to me in which I concurred.

Inasmuch as it concerned “ground business,” passed it on

to Craigie with the following memo:

The attached paper from General Banfill to me is sound

insofar as the construction of obstacles, the erection of barbed wire and

the digging of trenches utilizing indigenous labor somewhere in South

Korea in case it becomes necessary for General Walker to pull his forces

south of Seoul. Surely the old beachhead line, Taegu, Naktong River, P’ohang-dong, could well be worked on as well as some line across South

Korea to which by successive withdrawals the UN forces could occupy

and defend prior to moving into the final beachhead. It might be well to

let General Hickey read this paper, explaining to him that although it is a

ground man’s business, we submit it for what it is worth.

Dispatched the fol official ltr to CG FEAF BOMCOM; subject:

Additional Medium Bombardment Groups.

(1) Reference CINCUNC message to the Department of Army for the

Joint Chiefs of Staff re the implementation of two additional medium

bomb groups to the Far East Air Forces which you read in my office on

9 December, the following reply has been received: “From JCS to

CINCFE, 14 Dec 50: JCS concur with your conclusions. Accordingly,

two medium bombardment groups are being placed on alert in the ZI

ready for deployment to Guam, in FEC, at such time as situation

dictates.” (2) It is desired that you acknowledge receipt of this letter by

indorsement hereon. s/G.E.S., etc.

Departed Haneda at 1105, after a delay due to an oil leak in

#1 engine in the ‘54; proceeded in the staff B–17 and arrived

at Ashiya at about 1400 hours. Met by General Tunner, immediately proceeded to his war room where he had three of the

four officers to be decorated with the staff lined up in back of them. General Tunner made a few remarks, citations were read, and the officers decorated by myself.

I then congratulated the three officers and the Combat Cargo Command for their

very outstanding and superior work since they have been in the theater. Luncheon

was served in General Tunner’s quarters for all present, after which I immediately

departed. I think the trip was well worthwhile and will do good.

I landed at Miho on my return to see how the 452d was getting on. Had

about a 15 min chat with the acting commander (General Sweetser sick with

flu in hospital at Itazuke). They have fine morale and their tails are in the air.

They are getting settled quickly and had no gripes. They did say they could use

some 260 frag bombs and some windshields - particularly the left side which

they are short. I am taking care of that through Alkire. Arrived back at Haneda

at 1900 hours.

FRIDAY

15 DECEMBER

1950

THURSDAY

14 DECEMBER

1950
Just received information this morning from Colonel Lockridge,41 Engineer, Fifth Air Force that at Chinnamp’o we

only lost 22 percent of the 822d’s engineer equipment.

Was kept busy all day reading the data prepared by

Sykes in order that same could be given to Dr. Stearns prior to his departure

20 December.

Talked with General Tunner at 0925 to find out if it would be

possible for the Boss to go to Yonp’o tomorrow. He said

absolutely not as the last plane out of K-27 was due to leave

this morning at 0800 hours. All radio equipment and other

Air Force equipment was lifted out last night. There has been a C-47 dirt strip put

in along the beach where two ‘47s will go in daily and move between that strip,

K-9 and Ashiya.

General Tunner further stated that he had his greatest day yesterday and his

greatest night last night.

I will recommend to General MacArthur that he not attempt to go to

Hungnam area.

0950 called on General Whitney re above.

General Weyland and I had lunch with Colonel Pat Mahoney42 who was honoring Major General Keiser. His guest list was six and when he saw us, he invited

us to join him. I have a raincheck from Weyland as I stuck him for lunch.

Dispatched fol redline:

Four F–86 a/c on CAP vicinity Sinuiju (XE 1840) [map coordinates] at

25,000’ attacked 4 MiG–15 a/c at 18,000’, time 170605A. Ensuing combat

SUNDAY

17 DECEMBER

1950

SATURDAY

16 DECEMBER

1950

349

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

41. Lt Col Robert W. Lockridge, 5AF deputy for installations.

42. This individual is unidentified.

4th FIW Sabres on patrol over North Korea.
resulted in claim of one MiG–15 destroyed, no friendly losses. When

attacked enemy flight turned into F–86s, split up, and dived for the Yalu

River border at high speed. Friendly flight leader successfully engaged

enemy #2 man when enemy flight split up. Pilots claim F–86 can out turn

MiG–15 and at maximum speed can close slowly.43

On the 12th of Dec I had written an R&R to D/O, thru VC, A&P

as follows:

Now that we are redeploying some of our units to the Itazuke area, which

will include Marine night fighters, I feel that steps should be taken to

reinforce the Kanto Plain area with more F–82s. I discussed this yesterday with General Partridge and he is in agreement. As soon as the Marine

night fighters arrive at Itami and stage thru Itazuke with airplanes and

crews, it is desired that you take the necessary action to reinforce the air

defense capabilities in the Kanto Plain area with F–82s.

17 December 1950: To all my CGs - 5th, 13th, 20th, 314th, 19th,

BOMCOM,COCARCOM, FEAMCOM sent the fol rad:

Personal to Commanding Generals from Stratemeyer - The Communists

have established a pattern of launching offensives on holidays. Insure

there is no decrease in our combat alert from dawn on 24 Dec thru dark

on 25 Dec.

In answer thereto, Ops dispatched today to CG FAF, CG 20th AF and

CG 314th Air Div, AX 4690B, the following:

PART I. Issue nec[essary] instr[uctions] to assure that 4 all wea ftrs of the

1st Marine Air Wing are aval for air defense at Itazuke. This may be

accomplished by scheduling staging opns of Marine fighters in such a

way that lay overs at Itazuke provide for 4 F7Fs to be present there at all

times. PART II. In view of above air defense support for the Itazuke area

by Marine ftrs and expected early avail of 13 add F–82 a/c fr the ZI and

FEAMCOM, the folg program for the deployment of F–82 acft is established. It is desired this be used as a basis for action to insure proper

balance of air defense capabilities within strategic areas. Figures below

show numbers of F–82 acft by location now and as desired with change

of status as indicated in left hand column.

Naha Itazuke Johnson Misawa Korea

Now 5 8 8 4 4

Upn Aval of 4 Marine 

Ftrs at Itazuke 5 4 12 4 4

Upon del of all

F–82s by FEAMCOM 12 4 16 6 4

350

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

43. Lt Col Bruce H. Hinton, commander of the 336th FIS, was the victor in this action, thus becoming the first

F–86 pilot to down a MiG–15 in air-to-air combat. (Futrell, pp 250-251.)
PART III. As the add[itional] 13 F–82 acft become aval fr FEAMCOM they

will be asgd as fols: First 8 to FAF, next 3 to 20th AF, next 2 to FAF. It is desired

that upon receipt of the 1st 4 of these F–82s, 5th AF release the flt of the 4th FW

Sq now at Itazuke for ret to Naha.

Got off my weekly letter to Gill Robb Wilson. Dispatched

the fol Stratline to O’Donnell with info priority personal

to Twining and Chidlaw.44

We have now dropped four Tarzon bombs, one of which

was a dud and three poorly controlled. I realize that the first team on this

type of bomb was not dispatched to FEAF, but the second team, who is

supposed to be qualified, is here and now assigned to the 19th Bomb

Wing. Also two experts from Bell Aircraft Corp are present. It is desired

that you give this operation your personal attention and let me know

what’s wrong. If there is anything that FEAF can do or can request from

Hq USAF, AMC, or Bell Aircraft Corp in order to make the Tarzon bombing

operation successful, I want to do it.

The following statement compiled by Dr. Stearns as a result of our meeting

with General MacArthur on 22 November was agreed to yesterday by General

MacArthur who authorized Dr. Stearns to use it in his report to Secretary Finletter:

Conversation between General of the Army Douglas MacArthur, Commanderin-Chief, United Nations Command and United States Forces, Far East,

and Dr. Robert Stearns (Lt. General George E. Stratemeyer, Commanding

General, Far East Air Forces, and Major General Thomas D. White, Headquarters United States Air Force, present) on 22 November 1950 from 1230

hours to 1345 hours.

MacA: Dr. Stearns, I understand you are out here to evaluate the Air Force

bombing effort.

Dr. Stearns:Yes, Sir, but with particular emphasis on air support of the

ground forces.

MacA: Well, I should be your first witness. Let me say, I cannot speak too

highly of the air participation in this campaign. It has been magnificent. I

cannot praise too highly General Stratemeyer and General Partridge and

their subordinates. No air commanders in history have been more superb.

The United States Air Force efforts, from the very beginning up to this

moment, in the support of the ground forces as well as O’Donnell’s bombing

and Tunner’s transport activity, have been one hundred percent. No

commander could have asked for better air. I cannot go beyond one hundred

percent, as the mathematicians say - but it has been one hundred percent.

None of this, on the other hand, is to say that we cannot make improvements.

The first function of air power is to get command of the air. In modern warfare, air supremacy is the first absolute essential. The amount of enemy air

opposition in this campaign was negligible. The essential targets were eliminated early and the air units were then able to devote their major emphasis

MONDAY

18 DECEMBER

1950

351

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

44. Lt Gen Benjamin W. Chidlaw commanded the Air Materiel Command.
352

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

on ground support. In the beginning of a war, all the air forces should be

under air command in order to rid the skies of hostile air and when this is

done the ground forces are entitled to ground support that is required in these

days of intense firepower. Modern infantry cannot advance without close air

support. It must have more of it. Modern firepower which the enemy bring

to bear with the burp guns is so heavy that even with artillery back of our

lines hub-to-hub there would not be sufficient power for the ground elements

to advance and this artillery power must be backed up with air power. It is

not a question of the courage of the ground soldier, it is only a question of

survival. Air support is the only effective answer. This necessitates the closest cooperation between air and ground command. In the first stage of the

war and until air supremacy has been attained there must be the closest coordination between the air and the ground command. The ground commander

must be in a position to call for air support as he needs it. The question of

enough air support may be a question of economics. The Air Force decided

that they must have the strategic bomber command and the air defense command and by that decision maybe the tactical support of the ground troops was

given too low a priority. However, it is no doubt a question of money. I think

the Air Force should have more money. I feel there should be on the order of

seventy to one hundred aircraft available per division. I think the Air Force

should have seven thousand to ten thousand more airplanes for this work. They

should be given the money [for] it. The Air Force has to perform a great variety of tasks and it costs money to provide the means.

The American soldier has been reared from boyhood with the standard of

living of the very highest and therefore, that American soldier on the field of

battle has every right to expect, and does expect, a higher standard of living

than all other soldiers. Therefore, he has a right to expect firepower of both

artillery and air force in battle.

Reference is sometimes made to Marine air. This is superb.

Their air-ground coordination is wonderful. I was particularly impressed

with the magnificent air support the Marine air gave to their ground people

at the Inch’on landing and noted the ease with which air was called to the

front lines to support the Marine ground troops. Their air people and ground

people lived and trained together over a period of years. They are on a firstname basis. I know this from first-hand observation. I listened to air communications between air and ground officers and they talked together by

their first names.

We differentiate between the science of war and the art of war. The principles are immutable. The art changes with each campaign and there is no such

thing as a normal war. World War I was not normal. World War II was not

normal. We will probably not see positioned warfare again, particularly

since men may be moved one thousand miles over night. They may be transported and supplied by air, thus the coordination of joint ground-air is more

than ever important. As Napolean said, “the tactics of warfare should be

rewritten every ten years.” Considering the coordination of air and ground

forces we must be ever looking to the future no matter how good it may have

been in the present Korean campaign.

* * * *
(1) Upon departure General MacArthur asked Dr. Stearns to come back to

see him when he had completed his evaluation.

(2) General MacArthur stated that the views expressed above could be freely

quoted in Dr. Stearns’ report.

In conference with Dr. Stearns and General White this morning, Dr. Stearns

reviewed for me his conference with General MacArthur yesterday at 1230

hours. Besides agreeing to the above quoted statement, General MacArthur discussed at great length his great disappointment at the way the war in Korea was

being fought due entirely to the squeamish political attitude on the part of our

government and that of other United Nations. “The business of having to fight a

war where you cannot hit the enemy at his source is the most ridiculous thing that

I have ever seen,” he stated. Further, he said that he was “absolutely confident

that the Chinese Communists intended to use the full weight of their armies

against us in Korea and for us not to be able to hit back was not understandable.”

He indicated that Chiang Kai Shek’s Nationalist troops should be used.

Dr. Stearns asked him his reactions to the air not being able to determine

where the Chinese Communists were, and, he immediately spoke up and stated

that there were certain things that the air just couldn’t do by reconnaissance. He

defended air’s position and stated that those Chinese by three night marches, with

ammunition on their backs and 8 lbs of rice in their pockets could move across

Korea without being detected. He stated that when they ran out of rice and ammunition there was another Chinese corps immediately back of them to take their

places and another corps back of that corps. He stated that had we been able to

cross the Yalu where air could see their concentrations of troops and supplies, we

could have followed them through to Korea and known what we were up against.

He stated that the situation of Almond commanding the Marine air and

controlling Navy air in the northeast part of Korea was a special amphibious

operation and he indicated that when the X Corps by movement was placed

under Walker’s command in the new location in South Korea, there would still

be some controversy in the control of all the services’ air but he felt sure it

could be worked out.

I indicated to Dr. Stearns that I felt that there would be less difficulty when

the X Corps was under Walker than there ever had been before and that I was sure

that between Partridge and the ground command and the Marines, and that

between myself and Admiral Joy, we would arrive at a workable solution wherein

the full weight of air would be controlled and operated properly.

I let Dr. Stearns and General White read my letter of 18 December to Gill

Robb Wilson and told them why I had been writing to him. They both indicated

that I was smart in so doing. I also let them read my secret signal to O’Donnell,

information to Twining and Chidlaw - the Tarzon bomb signal which is quoted

under this date of diary entries.

Read the Colonel Sykes report (25 June thru 31 October inclusive) pages 1

to 247 (inclusive). Also read his Command Relationship study that he prepared

and gave to Dr. Stearns.45 In both papers I made a few changes.

353

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

45. The Sykes report was, in essence, General Stratemeyer’s diary entries for those dates with amplifying material,

including extracts from General Weyland’s diary..
Dispatched the fol redline personal to Twining:

From investigation so far, press release on F–86s in Korean War is violation of security by press representatives in spite of our warning that this

was a classified subject. New York Times reporter Grutzner in Korea sent

story direct with the phrase “not releasable until further notification.”

All representatives except New York Times reporter have played ball. In

fairness to other reporters, was story as received by New York Times

released by Hq, USAF?46

Annalee and I hosted a small dinner party in honor of Dr. Stearns,

General White.

Weyland was also present.

0800 hours, Colonel Reeves, USAF, reported in at the office.

Received the fol reply redline from Twining:

This hq did not confirm New York Times F–86 story.

However, we are confirming at 1000 hours EST this

date that F–86s are in operation in Korea since Associated Press also now carrying story out of your theater.

Departed 1000 hours for Kimp’o, Korea, where I arrived at 1515 hours. I had

neglected to officially notify Partridge and Timberlake, and, consequently,

neither was there. Colonel Weltman met me and I had a nice visit with him,

Colonel Cellini, Colonel Meyers (who is running the F–86 outfit at Kimp’o), and

Colonel Hinton who shot down the first MiG–15 from an F–86.47 Got in touch

with Partridge and he immediately came out and picked me up.

In the meantime, General Timberlake arrived from an inspection tour of the

perimeter defense of Kimp’o which is being handled by the Turkish Brigade.48

Spend the night with Partridge and served a most delicious dinner and breakfast.

Departed the next morning from Kimp’o at 1830 hours, arrived at Taegu

at 0930 where I visited with Colonel Packard of the 27th F–84 Wing, and

Colonel Tyer’s49 representative. Partridge accompanied me. We spent about

two hours there.

Departed Taegu (K-2) and landed at K-9 (Pusan) where we were met by

Colonel Gray and the group commander, Lt Colonel Jack Dale.50 We were there

about one hour.

Departed and landed at Iwakuni about 1500 hours and were met here by

TUESDAY and 

WEDNESDAY 

19-20 DECEMBER

1950 

354

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

46. Charles Grutzner’s story, which appeared in the Dec. 18 edition of the New York Times, described Col Hinton’s victory for the first “kill” of the war by F–86s. Because of this story, MacArthur replaced the “voluntary

censorship” that had been in effect with a full censorship program.

47. Col Oliver G. Cellini became the 51st FIW’s commander in April 1951; Lt Col John C. Meyer, a 37.5-victory

World War II air and ground ace, led the 4th FIG. (Meyer, who would also shoot down two MiGs, later

became Vice Chief of Staff, USAF, and Commander in Chief, SAC.)

48. The 4,602-man First Turkish Brigade arrived in Korea in mid-October and first saw action in late November.

The Turks were considered by many to be fierce fighting men. (The History of the United Nations Forces in

the Korean War, Vol. VI [Seoul, 1977], pp 381-390.) On the other hand, Clay Blair, in his book The Forgotten

War, believes they were very overrated. (Blair, pp 451-452.)

49. Col Aaron W. Tyer commanded the 49th FBW.

50. Dale led the 35th FIG.
Colonel Zoller’s deputy, Lt Colonel Brady,51 the 3d Bomb Group commander.

Saw C. C. Hill.52 He had flown four night missions and was raring to go.

Partridge left me here and went on to Nagoya to spend the night and discuss

problems with Spivey.

I proceeded to Haneda, landing about 1700 hours.

The following subjects were discussed with General Partridge and other

commanders and where action is deemed advisable, the FEAF staff designated

will take the necessary action:

I directed General Partridge to discontinue the use of four RF–80s and four

RB–26s on a PIO project to photographically portray ground support by the Fifth

Air Force. Every available recon airplane must work to determine where the Red

Chinese armies are.

The JOC, Fifth Air Force, opens at Taegu at 0010 hours, 22 December.

I discussed with General Partridge the problem of photo interpreters by G-2

FEC, and G-2 Eighth Army. I learned that they were getting started, but in the

interim, the Far East Air Forces will do everything within its power to perform

this photo interpretation for the Army as well as the Air Force.

I discussed with Partridge the burning of certain towns in North Korea

and we both came to the conclusion that P’yongyang, Wonsan, Hamhung and

Hungnam should be burned without delay. FEAF staff will get clearance on the

burning of these towns and the necessary orders can then be issued to FEAF

Bomber Command.

Partridge urged that all units in the Far East Air Forces be brought to full

war strength. I agreed one hundred percent and I want FEAF staff to take the

necessary action to have this done.

The 3d Bomb Group is in immediate need of 260 lb frag bombs. They like

to use them on practically every mission. Action will be taken and a letter

prepared for my signature to Colonel Zoller, 3d Bomb Wing commander, giving

him all necessary information on their arrival.

I discussed with General Partridge the return of the 51st Fighter Wing, less

one squadron, to Okinawa in view of the critical situation in the Far East. I want

the staff to study this and come up with recommendations.

I discussed with General Partridge my directive to General Banfill that we

go all-out with every possible effort, both day and night, on recon in order to

determine where the Chinese Communist armies are.

As a result of a conference with Colonel Meyer, at Kimp’o, I authorized

his bringing the airplanes and men left at Johnson AFB from the 336th Sq to

Kimp’o. The reason being that the 80th Fighter Sq departed yesterday for

Itazuke. Colonel Weltman and Colonel Meyer both assured me that it could be

housed, fed and maintained. This means the movement of about 75 men and

13 F–86 airplanes.

To my great amazement I found that Combat Cargo Command was flying

rations into Taegu. I interviewed the base air transport officer from General Tunner’s command and found that there had been some 50 plane loads (C–47, C–46,

355

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

51. Lt Col Henry C. Brady came from the 6133rd Air Base Group in October 1950 to become the 3d BG commander.

52. Hill had been Stratemeyer’s personal pilot
356

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

C–54 or ‘119s) delivered to Taegu, K-2, with rations. With water transportation

and rail transportation from Japan to Pusan and on up to Taegu, I cannot understand this misuse of air transportation and I want it investigated by FEAF staff.

I still want the F–86 - MiG–15 aerial encounter violation by the New York

Times reporter Charles Grutzner investigated and a formal report prepared by

PIO for my signature to CINCFE recommending that Mr. Grutzner be notified

that he is persona non grata as far as the Air Force is concerned.

I found serious fuel trouble at K-9 - either due to sabotage, poor construction,

or negligence. This resulted in the loss of two pilots and airplanes and a third airplane with pilot slightly injured. Both Colonel Gray and Lt. Col. Dale assured

both General Partridge and myself that they now had it well in hand, but I want

our D/M to follow through on the investigation and the cause of same when the

report arrives in FEAF Hqs. I can give D/M any information he desires if he will

come to see me.

I discussed with General Partridge Presidential Unit Citations for Fifth Air

Force units. I am sure he will resubmit one for the 3d Bomb Group for the time it

did such a fine job during the first month of the war - and possibly for the RF-80 sq.

(The above discusion items are extracts from CG Diary - five copies of

which were made for circulation amongst FEAF Staff.)

After dictating the activities of the past two days while

in Korea, dispatched the fol redline to Vandenberg:

Reference my letter under date 26 Oct 50 re Partridge’s

promotion to lieutenant general. Now that a national

emergency has been declared, I again urgently recommend Partridge

promotion to lieutenant general. If this can be done now while he is actually in combat and performing so superbly, it is my opinion that great

benefit will accrue to FEAF, the FEC, and the USAF.

Discussed with G-2, General Willoughby, the responsibility that the Army

has in both Far East Command hqs and Eighth Army for a photographic interpretation unit and that they carried that responsibility in addition to what we did

in the Air Force. I urged that he take the necessary action to establish such a unit

and request that high-powered photographic interpreters be gotten out here for a

unit in FEC as well as Eighth Army. He was a bit surprised that he had that

responsibility and was under the impression that he had already requested same

and possibly that it was turned down by the Army. I told him he would have to

go after high-powered civilians, just like we were doing.

Fol is quote from ltr received dtd 18 December 1950,

Headquarters Second Infantry Division, Office of the Commanding General -Subject: Tactical Air Support, THRU: Commanding General Far

East Air Forces, APO 925, TO: Major General E. E. Partridge, Commanding General, Fifth Air Force, APO 970. (1) It is with deep appreciation that I wish to express to you and members of your command my

thanks for the close air support rendered the 2d Infantry Division upon its

THURSDAY

21 DECEMBER

1950
357

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

withdrawal from the Kunu-ri sector of 30th November 1950. The actions

of the Fifth Air Force on that date enabled the major elements of the division to withdraw with minimum losses; which, if close coordinated air

attacks had not been made, would have resulted in terrific losses for the

division. (2) Throughout the actions of the 2d Infantry Division in Korea

the Fifth Air Force has steadily stood by with its air support and its

increasing effectiveness has been clearly demonstrated. This was particularly so in this recent operation against a numerically superior and

aggressive enemy. (3) All members of the command express their

gratitude to the Fifth Air Force for a grand job. s/L. B. Keiser; t/L. B.

KEISER, Major General, USA.

My indorsement of above ltr to General Partridge read as follows:

1st Ind, Headquarters, Far East Air Force, APO 925, TO: Major General

Earle E. Partridge, Commanding General, Fifth Air Force, APO 970.

(1) It is with considerable pride that I note and pass on to you this splendid letter of appreciation from General Keiser. General Keiser’s sincerity

is evident. (2) Please add my appreciation to that of General Keiser and

pass on to those units of the Fifth Air Force which were involved in the

close air support of Kunu-ri of General Keiser’s Second Infantry Division.

Dispatched the fol redline before departed from the office:

(A 4855 B CG) Redline Vandenberg from Stratemeyer. Recent successive

rapid withdrawals of UN ground forces has resulted in almost complete

lack of contact with Chinese Commies in Army Eight sectors. Field commanders have been directed by GHQ to conduct aggressive patrolling

forward from defensive positions to locate enemy but best information in

our opinion of pattern of enemy movement coming from air sighting and

covert sources. Main supply routes in enemy rear areas are fairly well

established by air reports and we are taking all possible action to interdict.

Chinese advance combat elements displace forward by small elements

over secondary roads and trails; are well dispersed over wide areas; apparently well trained in camouflage and concealment; and utilize very little

motor transport or heavy equipment. Consequently photography furnished

partial confirmation of visual sightings and is not conclusive in determining strength, dispositions, and movements. I consider situation most

critical and have directed all out air reconnaissance, visual and photo, day

and night, supplemented by combat crew reports to fill in picture of enemy

ground dispositions. In the absence of adequate Army photo interpretation

I have directed Air Force interpreters to put full effort on helping to solve

problem and have requested additional interpreters from you.

Annalee and I had Major General Keiser to dinner.
Tarzon bomb dropped yesterday; missed target; this

makes total of five Tarzon bombs dropped to date - one of

which was a dud, and the other four missed. This is most

disappointing.

Dispatched a Stratline (T.S.) to Partridge with info to AC/S, G-2,

Willoughby:

Reference any covert activities on the part of personnel operating under

you, it is desired that you clear same with Colonel Dickey53 who in turn,

it is desired, will keep me advised thru G-2, General Willoughby. It is

my desire that we go all out in cooperation with G-2, USAK, G-2, FEC,

and CIA.

Banfill handcarried cy of above to Willoughby. On Willoughby’s copy

I wrote:

Dear Charles, this is in consonance with your telephone conversation

with me yesterday and General Banfill’s visit to your office. It is my hope

that you will keep me advised as I have stated in the above signal.

Annalee and I had dinner with the Nuckols’.

I visited General MacArthur at about 1815 hours and stayed for one-half

hour. He appeared rested and in fine health. This visit was one of the best I have

ever had with him and he reviewed for me the peculiar position in which he and

his forces find themselves. He pointed out here we were fighting in Korea, but

FRIDAY

22 DECEMBER

1950

358

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

53. Dickey is unidentified. 

A Tarzon bomb being dropped during tests in the United States.
really had been given no mission. He stated that this situation was the most unrealistic and fantastic situation that he had ever experienced and that for the life of

him he could not understand the WHY.

I discussed with him the Partridge letter and his reaction was as I expected -

that is, he couldn’t give me the green light on violating the air space over

Manchuria any more than I could give it to Partridge and Partridge could give it

to his wing commanders. He did give me some excellent advice though on a way

to handle the matter and that is to take it up informally by officer courier with

Vandenberg. This I am doing and I quote herewith my informal letter to

Vandenberg (under date 23 Dec 50).

TOP SECRET EYES ONLY. Dear Van, I know how

delicate this problem is, but out here it is becoming acute.

Men who have to fight for their lives are becoming restless, indeed, at the unparalleled handicaps under which

they now labor. They are loyal, devoted, and efficient, but are becoming rebellious against being used as sacrificial expendables. [underlined in original.]

I send you Partridge’s letter which I picked up informally while at Seoul last

Tuesday, 19 December. To stop the steady growth of the enemy’s air power,

Partridge recommends and I agree that we give our fighters a more even

break by adopting this policy:

“Any hostile aircraft which are encountered over the territory of North

Korea will be attacked and destroyed. If they withdraw across the border

into Manchuria, they will be pursued and attacked as long as they remain

in flight. No attacks against ground installations on the Manchurian side

of the border will be permitted.” When can we expect basic decisions

which will orient us out here as to just what our mission is now that China

is our enemy and just what instructions can I expect to receive so I can

inform my people? Van, this is an informal, eyes alone letter to you which

I send with deep feeling, after much thought, in the great hopes that you

can give me some sound direction and advice.

Dispatched the fol redline (secret):

VANDENBERG FROM STRATEMEYER. Yesterday morning eight

F–86s bounced from sun by eight hostile jets, possibly Type 15. We lost

one F–86.54 In the afternoon eight F–86s encountered fifteen plus

MiG–15s. Results: six MiG–15s definitely destroyed and one damaged

with no friendly loss or damage.

Instructed Nuckols that no publicity would be put out on our F–86 loss, but

that he could publicize the six MiG–15 and one probable losses by the enemy in

yesterday afternoon’s dogfight.

Dispatched the fol memo to CINCFE:

Destruction of Enemy Facilities.

1. I submit the following suggestion for your consideration: That we

SATURDAY

23 DECEMBER

1950

359

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

54. During this fight, Capt Lawrence V. Bach was caught in a tight turning battle and shot down in flames.
immediately launch a psychological warfare campaign warning the

enemy that P’yongyang, Wonsan, Hamhung, Hungnam will be burned

and the Suiho power facility will be destroyed if the Chinese Communist

forces continue their aggression. 2. This threat, coupled with our ability

to carry it out [underlining in original], should have a decided effect on

the enemy. Loss of these facilities will constitute a major blow to him.

3. I feel that these targets should be destroyed soon regardless of enemy

moves, and that we can strike a double blow by capitalizing on this plan

for psychological warfare purposes. G.E.S.

Upon my return to the office from lunch received the shocking news of

General Walker’s accidental death. Lt. General Ridgway appointed by CINCFE

as CG Eighth Army.55

Received the fol Op Immediate personal from Vandenberg:

Messages were dispatched on 6 Dec alerting all addees [addressees] to

the increased possibility of general war and directing that action to

increase readiness without creating an atmosphere of alarm be taken. No

intelligence is available which would indicate a greater possibility of

general war than existed that date. However, it is obvious that the relaxation of readiness which might be anticipated during the Christmas holiday

would invite an opportunity for surprise if an aggressor were to choose

this period for the initiation of hostilities. It is therefore necessary that we

maintain during Christmas and New Years the same degree of vigilance

as has been attained in the past few weeks.

Immediately sent Vandenberg the fol answer:

Reference your dtg 22020/Z message acknowledge. Instructions to all my

commanders, subject your signal, dispatched 17 December, and has this

date been reiterated as well as quoting to them your signal 222020/Z.

To all my commanders - CG 5th, 13th, 20th, 314th, 19th BW,

BOMCOM, COCARCOM, and FEAMCOM dispatched the fol rad in

two parts:

PART I. Reference my 4715B, dtd 170848/Z, add thereto entire holiday

period to include dusk to 2 January. PART II. For your compliance,

I quote signal personal Vandenberg to me: “Messages were dispatched on

6 Dec alerting all addees to the increased possibility of general war and

directing that action to increase readiness without creating an atmosphere

of alarm be taken. No intelligence is available which would indicate a

greater possibility of general war than existed at that date. However, it is

obvious that the relaxation of readiness which might be anticipated during the Christmas holiday would invite an opportunity for surprise if an

aggressor were to choose this period for the initiation of hostilities. It is

360

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

55. On the morning of Dec. 23, Walker was killed in a vehicle accident near Uijongbu as he was heading to the

front lines to inspect his troops. Ironically, the manner of his death was strikingly similar to that of his World

War II commander, Gen. George S. Patton, Jr. When General Collins visited Japan earlier, MacArthur had

indicated that he wanted Ridgway to command the Eighth Army in case Walker was lost. Thus, Collins sent

Ridgway to the Far East when he was informed of Walker’s death. (Schnabel, pp 305-306.)
therefore necessary that we maintain during Christmas and New Years the

same degree of vigilance as has been attained in the past few weeks.”

Dispatched fol ltr to Dr. Robert L. Stearns, President,

University of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado, SUBJECT:

General of the Army Douglas MacArthur.

I want to express my appreciation to you and your group

for the service that I know you will render the United States Air Force and

for the fine attitude that all of you took in bearing with us in order to

secure the data that is so important to your mission. I have a request to

make of you personally which is that upon your return to Washington you

emphasize, if you agree with me, to those in authority the greatness of

Douglas MacArthur. Although he does not have an integrated service

staff to work for him, I know of no individual in our armed services today

who more correctly utilizes our three armed services as a team than does

he. In my opinion his generalship, his leadership, his command ability,

and the admiration and loyalty of all of those who work for him are outstanding. Our people should not let the recent reverse on the ground that

happened in Korea in any way hurt him professionally. The fact that he

was able to denude the Japanese Islands of his occupation forces with

alacrity and no hesitation in order to fight in Korea, and his ability as

an administrator and Supreme Commander, Allied Powers speak for

themselves. I urge this plea and yours, if you agree, be presented for

his continued support and backing by the higher officials in our government. With admiration and my very best wishes. Sincerely, G.E.S.

Annalee and I left for Haneda at 1000 hours to be present when General

Walker’s remains reach Tokyo. The plane carrying his body is scheduled to land

at 1100 hours.

Dispatched the fol Op Im radio, PERSONAL FOR

TWINING:

Reur RL-132, 23 December. Greatly appreciate your

efforts towards providing especially qualified reconnaissance and Photo Interpreter personnel. One or two well-qualified civilians

referred to will be welcome addition but suggest increasing period of

TDY beyond 30 days if practicable. Request reconsideration of nonavailability of Major Robert N. Welch56 who was afforded unique opportunity during first tour of TDY to familiarize himself with conditions

here. These requests are submitted in consonance with last sentence your

57526 dated 18 Nov. We need the best available talent and newest ideas

to assist us in coping with this problem. Use of camouflage increasing.

We require the talent to distinguish between camouflage and deception.

Ok’d for dispatch the first of my SOP radios (to be dispatched every Monday

and Thursday morning) via redline to Twining on operations of the F–84s and ‘86s.

MONDAY

25 DECEMBER

1950

SUNDAY

24 DECEMBER

1950

361

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

56. Welch came to the Far East in August as a photo interpretation specialist and was immediately sent to X Corps

to head the Air Section in its G-2 office.
This first rad is as follows:

This is the first of a series of

periodic redlines that I will send

to you each Monday and Thursday concerning operations of

the F–84s and F–86s. A. F–84E.

1. The full capability of the F–84

has not been utilized due to

length and condition of runway

at K-2 and lack of suitable targets. 2. The F–84s have not had

an air-to-air encounter with

enemy acft so no evaluation can

be made of the A1-C AN/APG30 sighting system. 3. The average combat loads of the F–84s

have been 8 rockets with full external fuel tanks plus full .50 cal ammo.

Several missions have been flown with two 500# GP bombs, 12 rockets

and full external fuel tanks, using JATO. 4. The accuracy of the bombing, strafing and rocket firing of the F–84’s has been superior to that of the

F–80s and F–51s. This is due to the A1-C sighting system. 5. Col

Blakeslee57 the CG of the 27th Ftr Escort Gp feels that if the F–84E had a

critical mach comparable to that of the F–86, the F–84E would be similar

to the F–86 in air-to-air combat. Understanding here is the F–84F has a

critical mach comparable to the F–86. If the F–84F is comparable in all

other respects to the F–84E it should prove to be far superior to the F–84E.

6. To date three F–84 aircraft have been lost. One crashed into a supply

cart while strafing. Another crash-landed in friendly territory after an

engine failure due to main bearing freezing. Another suffered a collapsed

nose gear while taxiing over soft ground. 7. Four F–84s have received

362

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

57. Col. Donald J.M. Blakeslee, who had acquired some fame in World War II as the C.O. of the 4th FG.

A Thunderjet is towed to a new parking spot.

4th FIW Sabres take off for MiG Alley.
battle damage. Two received 20 mm hits in tail pipe and tail cone respectively while flying over P’yongyang at 2500 feet. The pilots did not know

that their acft had been hit until post-flight inspection. Two others received

fragment hits in wings and fuselage from their own bombs. 8. No unusual

maintenance problems have been encountered. At the present time 48

F–84s are at K-2, Taegu. The remainder are at Itazuke. All major inspections and repairs are accomplished at Itazuke. B. F–86. 1. The F–86s

operating from Kimp’o have been used only as CAP. At the present time

there are 25 F–86s at Kimp’o. 2. The F–86 is the only USAF fighter

that has been able to cope with the MiG–15 for speed, climb and turn.

3. Although only a few encounters have taken place between F–86s and

MiG–15s it is felt that the F–86 can out-turn the MiG–15. The max speed

and critical mach of the F–86 and MiG–15 appear to be nearly the same.

4. Pilots of the F–86s who have engaged the MiG–15s feel that on several

occasions had the F–86 been equipped with the A-1C/AN/APG-30 sighting system MiG–15s that were only damaged could have been destroyed.

These pilots also feel that due to the short interval that they are in firing

range of the MiG–15’s that guns of a larger caliber and greater effective

range are absolutely necessary.58 5. Two F–86 acft have been lost. One due

to enemy action and one at Johnson AB due to engine failure. 6. No unusual

maintenance problems have been encountered.

Left the office before noon. Played golf with Annalee and the Hickeys. Shot a

90 - consisting of two 45’s. Following our game, the Hickey’s had dinner with us.

General Ridgway landed at 2300 hours, Haneda.

Received which I consider the best letter of thanks on our

close air support. Sent the letter to Nuckols, telling him to

buck the original to Partridge, send a copy to Vandenberg,

and send copies of same as per his usual SOP distribution.

Ltr dtd 25 December -

Dear General, My delay in writing you has been due to the fact that I have

been hospitalized since 5 Dec. As a member of the 2d Infantry Division

which fought its way through the encirclement south of Kunu-ri on 30 Nov,

I want to express my highest praise for the superior support the Air Force

gave our outfit. It is my very definite opinion that had it not been for the

closest cooperation and all-out help given us by your close air support we

would not have gotten through that block in any order at all. Never before

TUESDAY

26 DECEMBER

1950

363

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

58. This feeling resulted in Project Gun Val. From mid-January to May 1953, the 4th FIW conducted a combat

evaluation of a four 20mm-cannon installation in an F–86F instead of the aircraft’s normal complement of six

.50-caliber machine guns. Eight modified F–86Fs were used for this evaluation, flying more than 365 (284

combat) missions. MiG–15s were sighted 139 times and fired on 41 times. Only 21 of these firings resulted in

hits, with 6 MiG–15s claimed destroyed, 3 probably destroyed, and 12 damaged. This was a better ratio of

enemy aircraft destroyed or damaged per mission than the 5AF average, but it remained unclear if this was

due to the new armament or the skill of the evaluation pilots. A serious side effect of the 20mm installation

was the occurrence of compressor stalls when the guns fired. One of the test planes was lost because of this.

Despite the evident superiority of the 20mm cannons, the evaluators concluded that the limited firing time

(only four seconds) and the occasional compressor stall when firing made the Gun Val installation unsuitable

for combat. However, the gun’s reliability, high cyclic rate, and muzzle velocity indicated that the 20mm

would be an excellent weapon on future fighters. (FEAF Report of the Korean War, Vol. II, pp 173-174.)
364

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

have I had metallic links from MG [machine gun] fire drop on my head, nor

have I seen napalm splash on the road. The support was that close. That

needed close support sealed up the machine gun and mortar fire in the pass

which was holding up our vehicular movement on a one way road. I can’t be

too loud in my praise for your boys who flew over us as darkness

approached. I don’t mean twilight - I mean darkness. As an example, I recall

that just before dark one of your TACP boys, a captain whose name I cannot

now recall came to me and asked what he could do. I stopped my jeep in

order to get a break in the bumper to bumper column and asked the lad to

find out if the Mosquito plane could see a 200 yard gap in the column where

the road crossed a railroad track. The answer from the plane was “Roger.”

I then asked him to plaster the hill due east of the gap. Within four minutes

four fighters barreled in all they had and we were able to move again. Please

convey to your “little fellers” my deepest appreciation. They materially

helped in saving some 8,000 doughboys. Sincerely, Sladen Bradley, Brig

Gen, USA, Asst Div Comdr, 2d Inf Div.

To amplify - and correct - my resume radio of yesterday to Twining re

operations of F–84s and ‘86s, dispatched the following:

For Twining from Stratemeyer. This radio in two parts. PART I. Para B 4

my V-0509 recommending guns of larger caliber in error. After check,

wing and group commanders concur that under conditions encountered to

date, higher rate of fire of 50 caliber more desirable than larger caliber

with slower rate of fire and do not repeat no recommend change in F–86

guns. PART II. I am concerned by publicity on F–86 typified by London

UP dispatch 25 Dec stating quote Sabres are more than a match for any

jets the Russians are known to have unquote. As reported in my V-0509,

relative performance MiG–15 and F–86 very close. I feel such advantage

we have had is due mainly to superior US pilotage and gunnery.

1515 O’Donnell called at the office.

Dispatched the following TS redline to Vandenberg:

Reourad AX 4432B Op-Op, 9 Dec 50 and your AFOOP-ZI-59867,

23 Dec 50. I am extremely apprehensive reference our capability for

minimum reconnaissance required for any air war that might be

precipitated in the Far East. In my opinion, the RB–29s would not be

able to live for visual or photo reconnaissance unless escorted by prohibitive numbers of fighters. The only other known reconnaissance

airplane with any chance of survival and with a radius of action great

enough for visual and photo reconnaissance is the RB–45 or the

RB–47 if such exists. The lessons of this war so far have shown us that

we need almost daily coverage of airfields if we are to successfully

destroy the enemy’s air capability. Since no additional RB–45s are to

be deployed to this theater, I am worried as to just what we should do

for this type of reconnaissance.

1000 hours attended General Hickey’s briefing for General Ridgway – all

GHQ staff, plus Admiral Joy and myself in attendance.
Received fol signal from Van Meter.

Unable to accomplish mission owing to absence of

addressee who will be absent for several days. Other

letter was delivered 1600 this date. I will await your

instructions. Address Army & Navy Club. Please forward reply in care

of General Twining.

Dispatched a TS REDLINE TO TWINING.

This rad in two parts. PART I. Desire Colonel Van Meter, my courier,

Army-Navy Club, deliver letter to you. PART II. I urge my letter with

enclosure be given first opportunity to Vandenberg as one of Joint Chiefs

of Staff. After reading same I’m sure you will agree because of delicacy

of subject my desire to have Vandenberg receive it without delay.

Above refers to my letter under diary date of 23 December 50 which I had

dispatched to CSAF via courier, Colonel Van Meter.

Arrangements made for using the Constellation that brought out Ridgway to

return Mrs. Walker, her son and their sergeant along with General Walker’s body

was approved by me and sent to CINCFE.

Weyland held joint FEAF and COMNAVFE meeting and the basis of his

opening remarks were as follows:

1. With the highly successful evacuation of X Corps from Hungnam area

and its consolidation with Eighth Army, we are entering upon a new phase

of the Korean War. Since air operations plays such a dominant role, and

since both FEAF and Navy air are involved in the same problem, I thought

it appropriate to get together at this time and chew things over. 2. I feel that

the previous meetings we held were useful and as far as I know, there are

not major problems or differences of opinion now. 3. My idea of this meeting is simply to review our joint operating procedures with the view to seeing if we can improve our relationship and liaison, and the smoothness and

efficiency of air operations. 4. We have no axes to grind, we have no new

or radical ideas to put forth. 5. Although we are assembled in this rather

resplendant conference room which belongs to the Allied Council, my

thought is that this meeting should be most informal. 6. Some sort of a

resume of principal topics discussed and conclusions reached may be

useful. If you consider it necessary or desirable, we can turn on a tape

recorder. I would just as soon leave it off. (Recorder was kept in operations

and stenos also took notes. W.) 7. Colonel Cole59 made up an agenda of a

few points as a point of departure. I hope all of you will have some additional items to kick around.

Fol radnote rcv’d from Van Meter in Washington:

Ltr addressed to General Vandenberg delivered this date

to General Twining 0830, 27 Dec.

THURSDAY

28 DECEMBER

1950

WEDNESDAY

27 DECEMBER

1950

365

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

59. Lt Col Clifford E. Cole, Chief, Facility Requirements Branch, FEAF.
366

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

Dispatched a redline to Twining:

Re MATS Traffic Manual 76-1, 1 Mar 50, which restricts the transportation

of pets in AF acft. Anticipating approval, I have in Chief of Staff’s name

auth General Walker’s dog to accompany Mrs. Walker in the acft which

is returning General Walker’s remains to the ZI. Request confirmation.

Prepared a letter to be handcarried (by myself) to Partridge reinstituting plan

for rotation of rated officers (pilots) in order to assure relief for those now in

combat, and to provide combat experience for those officers here in FEAF without such experience.

O’Donnell dropped by the office at 1530 hours.

Weyland bucked the fol memo to me - which he stated covered just the highpoints, but “a more complete memo of record under preparation.”

28 Dec 50, MEMORANDUM FOR: Vice Commander for Operations,

SUBJECT: Navy-Air Force Conference at FEAF Hq on 27 Dec 50.

There follows a brief summary of major discussion points and agreements which were made at the Navy-Air Force Conference, 27 December.

(More complete tabulation for purposes of record is being prepared

separately from the recording tape and steno notes.)

a. Establishment of Areas to Facilitate Air Coordination: [underlined

in original] It was mutually agreed by representatives of FEAF,

COMNAVFE, FIFTH AIR FORCE and the 7th Fleet that standard grid

blocks (example: BU, CU, etc) would be used whenever area coordination

was desirable.

b. Desirability of Weekly Meetings Between Senior COMNAVFE and

FEAF Operations and Intelligence Personnel: Navy agreed that meeting

was a good idea and the first meeting will be held at FEAF Hq at 1000

hours, 5 Jan 51.

c. COMNAVFE Participation in FEAF Target Planning Committee: Navy

did not desire to participate regularly; however, suggested that they attend

on an optional basis and that we advise them of scheduled meetings.

d. Integration of Naval Air Coordinators in Tactical Control Systems:

Admiral Morehouse agreed to establish naval policy which would

permanently place naval officers from COMNAVFE, and the Fleet when

available, in the JOC.

e. Daily Air Courier Service Between Tokyo and 7th Fleet: Navy rejected

proposal. s/Crabb.

Received a radio from Twining: “re your redline A 9804

dated 280541Z. This confirms action taken” - which OK’d

my clearance for Walker’s dog to return with Mrs. Walker

in AF Constellation.

I proposed to take up following with General Partridge:

(1) Rotation of rated (pilot) officers for combat experience (see diary

entry 28 Dec.);

(2) Present to Partridge his clusters including 7 for the Air Medal and

his second cluster on the DFC.

FRIDAY

29 DECEMBER

1950
(3) Production line maintenance - particularly for F–51s to get the load off

of FEAMCOM. Tsuiki is suggested. Colonel Harvey,60 his maintenance man,

fully qualified. Leave the F–80 job with pylons, etc. at FEAMCOM.

(4) Delegation of authority for making of awards, execution and approval

of contracts.

(5) The promotions of Colonel G. L. Meyer and Colonel A. W. Tyer.

(6) Reply to his letter of 15 December covering my idea as to the organization

of a troop carrier air division under the Fifth Air Force or directly under me.

(7) The Army is short of photographs for their interpreters to evaluate.

(8) The non-promotion of Lt. Colonel John H. Walls, Jr.61

(9) Several items for Merchant - including Distinguished Unit Citations,

citations for individual decorations not being properly prepared, and casualty

reporting.

(10) The failure of Fifth Air Force to return four (4) kits from Korea back to

FEAMCOM (AN/TPS-1B’s).

Approved in draft the fol radios (which were dispatched) both Personal Twining from Stratemeyer.

Cite AX 0134C, with info to Fifth AF and FEAF Combat Cargo Command - This rad in 8 parts. (1) The temp nature of FEAF’s air trans orgn

is causing me considerable concern. The current world situation makes it

imperative that FEAF’s troop carrier avaiation be permanently established. (2) FEAF has the fol trp carrier units at the moment: a. 374th

T.C.Wg, asgd FEAF, with two C–54 sqdns and one C–47 sqdn. b. 437th

T.C. Wg, asgd FEAF, with 3 C–46 sqdns. c. A provisional T.C. Grp with

2 C–46 sqdns. d. 314th T.C. Gp, TDY from CONAC, with 96 C–119s.

e. 61st T.C. Gp, TDY from MATS, with 2 C–54 sqdns. f. 4th T.C. Sq,

TDY from MATS, with C–54s. (3) Your radios AFOMA-A 58335 dtd 1

Dec 50 and AFOMA-A 59111 dtd 14 Dec 50 auth trp [troop] spaces and

pers required to org the Prov Trp Carrier Gp as T/D [table of distribution]

unit with 2 crews per C–46. Same rad[io]s provided for 2 1/2 crews per

C–54 in 374th Wg and 2 crews per C–46 in 437th Wg. (4) In light of

recent developments, the advisability of organizing a T/D T.C. gp without a supporting wing has been reexamined. I believe this should be

avoided if possible. It is also undesirable to man the 374th and 437th T.C.

Wgs with add crews while these wgs are at peace str[ength] except as a

temp measure. (5) Much of FEAF’s airlift capability is being provided by

314th T.C. Gp, 61st T.C. Gp, and 4th T.C. Sq which are not asgd to FEAF.

Retention of these units in FEAF in an all out war is not assured. (6) To

command and con FEAF’s trp carrier units, the FEAF Combat Cargo

Command Hqs was orgd last Aug. This is a provisional unit commanded

by Gen. Tunner. Most of the pers that make up this Hqs are on TDY from

the ZI or other theaters. I am convinced that it is nec to permanently est

this hqs and gradually replace its TDY pers with pers asgd to FEAF.

367

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

60. Previously the executive officer of the 374th TCW, Col Marvin M. Harvey had just become Deputy for Maintenance, Fifth Air Force.

61. Walls was 5AF deputy for personnel.
(7) To put FEAF’s airlift on a permanent basis I propose: a. To activate

Hqs and Hqs Sq, FEAF Combat Cargo Command under Col 6

T/O&E L-1005 and to gradually replace TDY pers in this hqs with perm

asgd pers. b. To reorg the 374th T.C. Wg fr peace to war str with 3 C–54

sqdns and 1 medium sqdn. It is realized that a C–54 sqdn is gained by this

action and that C–54s may not be immed avail. c. To reorg the 437th T.C.

Wg fr peace to war str with 4 C–46 sqdns. The fourth sqdn will be

manned and equipped fr the Prov T.C. Gp. d. To discontinue the Prov

T.C. Gp. e. To keep utilization of C–119s at a minimum due to spare part

and engine situation for C–119s. (8) Your approval of my proposals and

auth to activate Hq & Hq Sq, FEAF Combat Cargo Command and reorg

the 374th and 437th T.C. Wgs are reqd. If my proposals are approved 430

off and 1200 amn non T/O&E trp spaces may be withdrawn from FEAF.62

Cite AX 0134C with info to AIRDEFCOM, SAC, FIFTH AF, TWENTIETH AF, and THIRTEENTH AF (also direct personal Twining from

Stratemeyer): This rad in four (4) parts. (1) FEAF is now entering the 7th

month of sustained combat in the Korean War. Combat and supporting

units have been going all out twenty-four hrs a day, seven days a week.

With few exceptions, FEAF units are still orgnd at peace str. Instead of

being orgnd at war str, our units have been augmd [augmented] with add

combat crews and with limited maint and armament pers. As a temp measure this was an acceptable solution, but continuation of this solution will

result in loss of effectiveness and increased casualties. It is reqd that the

fol units be reorgnd immed under the war column of applicable T/O&Es.

8th, 18th, 49th Ftr Bmr Wgs 421, 422, 430 Air Police Sqs

35th, 51st Ftr Intcp Wgs 543d Tac Support Gp, HHS

4th 68th, 339th Ftr AW Sqs 45th, 8th, 162d Tac Rcn Sqs

3d Bomb Wg, Light 465th, 466, 467, 474 Sig Avn

Hvy Const Cos.

19th Bomb Wing, Medium 934th Sig Bn (Sep) Tac.

Reorg of the 374th T.C. Wg, Hvy and the 437th T.C. Wg, Medium, will

be covered in separate communication fr me. (2) It is further reqd that the

4th Ftr Intcp Wg and 27th Ftr-Escort Wg, currently attached to FEAF, be

orgn under the war column of applicable T/O&Es. (3) It is desired that

units joining FEAF in future be orgn at war str prior to arr. (4) As a result

of reorgn of units listed in Part I at war str, 267 off and 1611 amn Non

T/O&E trp spaces may be withdrawn fr FEAF.

Took off from Haneda 1000 hours, flew direct to Chinhae (K-10) and met

General Partridge, Colonel Low, the acting group commander as Colonel

Wintermute was off on a short holiday, Colonel Pretorious, the South African top

368

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

62. Except for the addition of the fourth squadron of the 374th TCW, General Stratemeyer’s request was

approved. The 315th AD was activated and FEAF ComCarCom deactivated on Jan. 25. The two troop carrier

wings and an air base group were assigned to the 315th AD, but attached to 5AF for administrative and logistical support except for the assignment and promotion of their personnel. Additionally, the 1st TCG (Prov)

was disbanded, its personnel being used to man an additional squadron. The TDY units were attached to the

315th AD for operational control. (Futrell, pp 382-383.)
officer, and Commandant S. B. Theron.63 K-10 is to my mind the nicest field in

Korea although the strip is only 4,200 feet long and they are pushed for parking

area. This is being remedied by the engineers and is considered an ideal station

for F–51s. One gets a bit of a thrill sliding down a mountain in order to land, but

there is ample room. I inspected all the facilities there, everybody appeared to be

happy and gave the impression of doing a job. From K-10 flew to K-9; checked

on the gasoline situation which has now been remedied although they need

another [fuel] tank. I authorized Colonel Gray to go ahead with the installation

of this additional tank. He indicated they were ready to go, but did not have

authority. The deputy group commander gave General Partridge and me a quick

briefing, which should not have been said to me in General Partridge’s presence.

Nearly everything that he brought out could be remedied in the Fifth Air Force.

Although I understand he is a fine officer, he gave a very poor impression.

Met Major McIntyre,64 the Marine F9F jet squadron commander and he

made a tremendously good impression on me. There was a Major Lowe,65

another Marine, whom I met.

While there, ran into General Ridgway and talked with him a while as well

as General Almond and some other officers from X Corps. Departed K-9, flew to

K-2, where we landed at 1730 hours and proceeded directly to General Partridge’s headquarters where we again met General Ridgway - and all of us listened to the Fifth Air Force briefing.

Discussed all the subject mentioned in my diary of this date (29 December)

with General Partridge and arrived at satisfactory solutions for all of them. Had

a good dinner; to bed at 10:30 P.M.

Went with General Partridge to his headquarters, met

Colonel Walls and ironed out the intra-theater rotational

policy with him, General Partridge, and General Timberlake.

At 0900 hours, General Partridge, Timberlake and I attended

General Ridgway’s briefing at Eighth Army headquarters.

Departed at 1005, flew direct to Tokyo, where we had to do a GCA as there

was only a 1/4 mile visibility and practically no ceiling.

Arrived in office about 1400 hours.

Immediately upon my return, got off the following memos to my staff:

I. To Surgeon, Colonel Brothers: From several sources yesterday while

in Korea I learned that a flight surgeon is required with each combat

squadron and I found that the usual assignment is one flight surgeon for

a combat group. Under these conditions, there is very little work being

done as a flight surgeon as the surgeon’s entire time is taken up with

health problems, sanitation, and other medical operations rather than

flight surgeon duties. What have we done - or what are we doing - to

obtain one flight surgeon per each combat squadron?

II. To Deputy, Personnel (thru VC A&P): Reference my letter to

SATURDAY

30 DECEMBER

1950

369

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

63. Col Curtis S. Low commanded the 18th FBW, while Lt Col Ira F. Wintermute was C.O. of the 18th FBG.

Thereon led No. 2 SAAF Squadron.

64. Maj Neil R. McIntyre commanded VMF-311, the only land-based Marine air unit in Korea.

65. This officer is unknown.
General Partridge dated 28 December on intra-theater rotation, as per

my approval the attached covers the instructions that General Partridge

put into effect today, 30 December. We will conform to this agreement.

Note that it is permanent change of station basis and that where training is involved, General Partridge will do that within his wings. The

people not in Korea will be furnished as per SSN and/or MOS first, and

then General Partridge will release people from Korea. If there is any

further information you desire on this intratheater rotation, come in to

see me.* [See below.]

III. To Deputy, Materiel - Discussed the production line maintenance

question for F–51’s with General Partridge and he indicated that he would

take it over. He indicated 150 people would be needed. This can be worked

out after he designates the place where he will conduct this maintenance.

He seemed to favor Komaki over Tsuiki; however, if he can do so because

of its proximity to FEAMCOM, he might want to do it at Tachikawa. I indicated to him that FEAMCOM would continue all the work on the F–80’s.

Come in to discuss this with me at your first opportunity.

IV. While talking with the acting group commander, 35th Fighter Group,

and Colonel Gray, the wing commander at K-9, I found that the

Australian 77th Fighter Squadron is authorized to fly only 1,000 hours

per month. I also found that the two squadrons in the 35th Fighter Group

have averaged about 1,500 hours per month. It would appear that the 77th

Squadron is not carrying their proportionate share of the load in fighter

sorties - as are the U.S. squadrons. This is probably due to the Australian

government not having sufficient dollars to allow them to exceed the

1,000 hours per month. It seems to me that if they cannot afford it, then

the U.S. government should make up the difference in expense in order

that the Australian squadron can carry the same load in fighter sorties that

other fighter squadrons carry. It is desired that you discuss this with the

proper authority and see what can be done. (Above directed to Vice

Commander, Operations - General Weyland.)

V. To Deputy, Personnel - Is General Partridge authorized to make battlefield appointments to commissioned officers to airmen? As you know,

the Eighth Army, right on the field of battle is authorized to promote

warrant officers and non-commissioned officers to grade of second lieutenant. Is General Partridge authorized to do the same thing? If not, I

want a signal prepared to Chief of Staff, United States Air Force, for my

approval before dispatch, requesting such authority.

VI. To Adjutant General: I find that the UN flags that have been sent to

Korea are either too large or of such fine quality that they cannot be

flown. Are we furnishing AF stations with a UN flag about the same size

as the U.S. storm flag - and if not, what can we do to obtain such flags

for our AF stations?

VII. To Deputy, Personnel: I met a Colonel Wilson66 while at Chinhae

(K-10) who was from the 18th Fighter Wing and he indicated that there

were still many airmen and fine pilots who had not had an opportunity to

370

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

66. Lt Col Eugene E. Wilson, the 18th FBG executive officer.
get into combat in Korea. He knew them almost by name and at my

suggestion he is preparing a list of officers and airmen which he will send

to me through General Partridge in order that they may be rotated to the

18th Group in Korea and people in the 18th transferred back to Clark. Be

on the look-out for this letter and keep me advised.

VIII. Dispatched the fol Stratline to CG Fifth Air Force (copy to

Banfill): Cite: V 0521 CG - TOP SECRET PERSONAL PARTRIDGE

FROM STRATEMEYER. This radio in two parts:

PART ONE (TOP SECRET) We have authority to destroy the following

town: P’yongyang, Wonsan, Hamhung, and Hungnam. Attacks will be

conducted without psychological warfare warnings or publicity. At first

opportunity, inform Ridgway.

PART TWO (NEW SUBJECT - SECRET). Discontinue work on the

large mosaic that was discussed in your briefing last night and Ridgway’s briefing this morning. You are authorized to employ all of your

recon as deemed best to suit your needs and that of Eighth Army.

Advise Ridgway.

*CG Fifth AF to CG FEAF memo dtd 30 Dec: The fol instructions were

given by General Partridge to FAF A-1 in regard to ur ltr of 28 Dec 50,

subject: “Intra-Theater Rotation”: disregard families. Give me a weekly

reading on progress for dispatch to General Stratemeyer. We [underlined in original] will do whatever training is necessary. s/P. (E.E.P.)

In answer to the fol two radios I received:

1) Personal for Stratemeyer from Nugent. It is requested

that you return Gen. Barcus to the ZI to report back his

station here not later than 15 Jan. Please advise his ETD

your theater and ETA Langley. 

and

2) Personal to Stratemeyer from Twining. Based on recommendations of

both Dr. Stearns and Gen. T.D. White, it is my belief that Gen. Glenn

Barcus and the group of officers and civilians who have been engaged in

an evaluation of the FEAF effort in Korea should plan to terminate their

work in the near future and return to the ZI. Will 15 Jan be a suitable

target date for their departure from the theater? Please pass to Barcus and

relay his reaction. The Chief of Staff is particularly interested in his early

return. It has been suggested that you may be in a position to continue the

collection of data which would be valuable in an extension of the current

evaluation using Col. Tate67 and resources now available in the Fifth AF.

Please give us your reaction to this suggestion.

I dispatched following answer:

Personal for Twining from Stratemeyer. Answering your AFODC 50171

and Nugent’s Cite 50240 of 29 December. Barcus and I concur that

Barcus and his group of officers and civilians depart theater 15 January.

SUNDAY

31 DECEMBER

1950

371

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

67. Col David A. Tate.
Collection of data for extension of current evaluation will continue, using

resources now available in theater.

Got off the fol Priority Msg to Twining:

I understand that Generals T. D. White and Barton Leach have indicated

that Colonel Sykes should return to Washington. The Sykes’documentation

project for me completed and approved and embodied in material furnished

Stearns and Barcus. If Sykes’ return is desired, request authority to return

him to permanent station departing theater 15 January with Barcus Group.

However, a replacement to carry on the Sykes’ type of work is required.

I suggest Colonel Noel F. Parrish68 or a colonel of his qualifications.

After sending off the above signal, a radnote came into hqrs which indicated

that USAF desired Sykes’ return prior to the time I contemplated letting him go.

Consequently, dispatched another message - Personal priority to Twining:

Reur AFCVC 48719, dtd 29 Dec, see my A 0202C-CG, dtd 31 Dec. Must

I return Sykes prior to 15 January? If so, request replacement as specified

by me in my A 02020-CG.

Dispatched the fol ltr to General O’Donnell via courier:

Dear Rosie - reference our authority to burn and destroy

P’yongyang, Wonsan, Hamhung, and Hungnam, it is

desired that no publicity whatsoever be given out as to

these strikes. No reporters or personnel nor members of FEAF Bomber

Command will be permitted to ride as observers on these strikes. Make

sure that these instructions are strictly adhered to. Best regards.

Got off my weekly ltr to Gill Robb Wilson

Also sent Hugh Baillie a letter of thanks for the play he gave our special

news release.

Dispatched the fol rad:

PERSONAL TWINING AND LEMAY FROM STRATEMEYER. Re

LeMay’s DP2B 13381, dtd 29 Dec 50, personal to Twining and Stratemeyer. A planned program of replacement of all crews of the 98th and

307th Groups should be drawn up and put into effect immediately. These

crews have been engaged in continuous operations since August and

should be replaced as rapidly as possible. Replacement crews must be

in place before returnee crews can be released. Request schedule for

forwarding replacements.

In reference to F–80C pylons, General Doyle submitted the

fol report-letter, dtd 31 Dec 50, which I bucked to Alkire

for his info:

TUESDAY

2 JANUARY

1951

MONDAY

1 JANUARY

1951

372

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

68. Colonel Parrish commanded Tuskegee Army Air Field during World War II, and organized and directed the

training of those black pilots who became known as the Tuskegee Airmen. From 1948 to 1951, he was Deputy

Secretary of the Air Staff. In January 1951, he became Special Assistant to the Vice Chief of Staff, USAF.
373

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY Map 7.
Progress report on F–80C pylons per your verbal directive as follows:

49-548 294 1639

49-693 301 279

49-695 312 278

49-6972 95 248

49-724 300 2330

As you will see, in line with what Alkire told you the other day, the pylons

are only a part of the job of putting out combat serviceable airplanes.

Best wishes for a successful new year. s/John P. Doyle, etc.

General Partridge called at about 1000 hours and stated that

today he was evacuating his forward command post in Seoul,

that Meyer with his group was leaving Kimp’o and that both

fields - K-14 and K-16 - would be evacuated by sundown

tonight. All buildings and facilities at both fields would be destroyed as well as

supplies, and that later, the runways would be bombed. He indicated that the

ground situation was deteriorating and told me that he would send me a Top

Secret message, for my eyes only, giving me his estimate of the situation.

General O’Donnell called at 1050 hours and stated that he had 73 B–29’s

airborne for the strike at P’yongyang and that the first two flights had reported

in that the visibility was good and the bombing was excellent. I indicated to him

that he would keep me informed reference the P’yongyang strike which he said

he would do.

Korean Minister Kim69 at 1500 hours came by the office and with him was

an American citizen, born in Hawaii, by the name of Walter Jhung. Jhung was in

Hawaii at the time Rosie O’Donnell was a captain. Jhung speaks excellent English and his position now is Consultant to the Korean Diplomatic Mission in

Japan, with headquarters in Tokyo. He is of Korean ancestry. He is a most

unusual fellow.

Received the fol ltr from Twining in reply to my TS, EYES

ONLY, to Vandenberg of 23 Dec which was handcarried

to Washington:

dtd 29 Dec 50, TOP SECRET, EYES ONLY - General

Vandenberg will be away for several days, so with your concurrence I had

read the “eyes only” letter of December 23 that you addressed to him on

the subject of the restrictions placed on your aircraft with regard to the

Manchurian border. I will show your letter to him as soon as he returns.

I know he shares your concern in this matter, but, at the same time, he

cannot change your present directives or approve your recommendations

THURSDAY

4 JANUARY

1951

WEDNESDAY

3 JANUARY

1951

Aircraft Delivered Pylon Manhours Other Manhours

or RFD Expended Expended

[ready for delivery]

374

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

69. Kim Yong-Joo, Chief, Korean Diplomatic Mission to Japan.
375

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

that your fighters be permitted to pursue hostile aircraft across the border

as such action has been disapproved by the United Nations. Furthermore,

the United Nations as of this date have not declared the Chinese

Communists “aggressors” in this conflict. It is to be hoped that if and

when such steps are taken, some of the restrictions under which you are

operating can be removed. Rest assured that you will be kept fully

informed of any new developments that will permit the removal of the

restrictions now imposed on your operations.

Called on General MacArthur about 1120 hours and showed him the reply

from Twining to my letter to Vandenberg enclosing the Partridge letter wherein I

requested authority to pursue hostile aircraft into Manchuria, but not attack

ground installations. Was there about 20 minutes, and MacArthur’s remark, when

I showed him the Twining letter was “Well, Strat, that’s just a brush-off, isn’t it?”

To which I replied, “Yes, Sir.”

One of the statements made during my visit was this: “Strat, I can’t understand why the people back in Washington don’t understand the combined use of

air power and Navy power. We simply cannot afford to meet the enemy in Asia -

or in Europe - on the ground. By the utilization of air power and Navy power,

and, in combination, our great potential could be made to be felt.”

This is a thought in which I agree with General MacArthur. We have not -

and, I’m afraid do not intend to put our strength in the air and on and under the

water, but will in all probability divide it three ways and therefore dissipate our

effort. I intend to think more along this line and see if I can’t arrive at some

conclusions in order, maybe, to influence the powers that be.

Again, I left General MacArthur’s office with that feeling of great admiration for a great leader and a great man.

Placed the fol mem FOR THE RECORD on file:

subject - RAAF and 35th Group Squadrons Operational Data. 

(1) Reference interest in the 77th Squadron (RAAF) and 35th Group’s

squadrons, the following data is recorded:

a. Sortie rate per month per a/c on hand in Korea –

(1) RAAF 15.4

(2) 35th Ftr Gp 22.5

b. Total sorties flown 1 Dec thru 30 Dec –

(1) RAAF 301

(2) 35th Ftr Gp (2 Sqs) 1025 – 512.5 per sq

c. Average aircraft per day on hand in Korea, 1 Dec thru 30 Dec –

(1) RAAF 19.5

(2) 35th Ftr Gp 45.5 – 22.75 per sq

d. Flying hours -

(1) RAAF 1000

(2) 35th Ftr Gp Sqs 1500 per squadron

s/G.E.S.
376

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

Dispatched the fol ltr to Vandenberg, subject; FEAF Assistance to the

X Corps During Its Crucial Withdrawal:

1. I have had assembled figures to give you a picture of the support given

the X Corps by the Far East Air Forces during the period 28 November to

24 December.

2. During the X Corps withdrawal from the Chosin Reservoir area 

(28 November - 11 December, inclusive), FEAF Combat Cargo Command

flew a total of 1608 sorties which airlifted 5286.6 tons of cargo including

14,518 passengers and evacuees. During this same period, Fifth Air Force

flew a total of 408 sorties in direct and close support of the X Corps.

3. In support of the evacuation from Hamhung (12 December -

22 December, inclusive) which has been greatly publicized as strictly a

Navy Show [underlining in original], FEAF Combat Cargo Command

flew a total of 555 sorties which airlifted 2999 tons of cargo including

5,504 passengers and evacuees from the beachhead. During the period 12

December to 24 December, inclusive, Fifth Air Force flew a total of 328

sorties in direct and close support of the X Corps.

4. A detailed breakdown, indicating the effort by FEAF Combat Cargo

Command from each field, is attached.

s/G.E.S.

Typical Korean airfield

conditions. (Above) A

C–46 muscles its way

off a muddy, rutted

runway. (Below) C–119s

waiting to load troops.
377

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Inclosure #1 (to above ltr)

FEAF ASSISTANCE TO THE X CORPS

28 November - 22 December

FEAF Combat Cargo Command

28 Nov - 11 Dec (Incl) Sorties Passengers Cargo* Evacuees

Into YO NP’O 538 1953 1947.3 4689

Out of YO NP’O 612 2240 1662.3 5169

1 Dec - 7 Dec (Incl)

Into HAGARU-RI 148 462 235.2 —

Out of HAGARU-RI** 142 332 330.7 4377

8 Dec - 10 Dec (Incl)

Into KOT’O-RI 15 5 6.4 —

Out of KOT’O-RI** 20 23 33.6 312

28 Nov - 12 Dec (Incl)

Airdrop (1 on 12 Dec) 296 — 1436.3 —

12 Dec - 17 Dec (Incl)

Into YO NP’O 73 127 220.8 —

Out of YO NP’O 461 4444 2763.3 820

17 Dec - 22 Dec (Incl)

Into JADE (beach strip) 9 10 2.2 —

Out of JADE (beach strip) 11 103 11.8 —

*Cargo figures include passengers and/or evacuees.

**These figures are included in the “Into YO NP’O” figures shown above.

Nuckols got off the following marble to Vandenberg;

which I approved:

PERSONAL PRIORITY VANDENBERG FROM

STRATEMEYER. Final operational reports for 3 January

show that FEAF aircraft and aircraft under FEAF operational control,

namely, ROKs, Australians, South Africans, land-based Marines, and

Greeks, flew 965 sorties for new all-time record in Korean conflict. Naval

aviation on 3 January flew additional 208 sorties making grand total air

effort for day 1173. Above 965 figure has not repeat not been released to

press here and suggest you may want to issue statement on this new record.

Instructed my Plans people (Colonel Zimmerman) as follows:

I am greatly concerned with the apparent method in which our government intends to spend the money recently appropriated for national

FRIDAY

5 JANUARY

1951
378

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

defense. By that I mean it looks as though they are going to split it three

ways - Army, Navy and Air Force.

I am confident that we cannot meet Russia and her satellites - either in

Europe or Asia on the ground. I am further confident that our great industrial resources in the United States should build an Air Force and a Navy

(to operate both under and on the water). Our great offensive potential

with the Air Force - Navy team then could be made to be felt by the

enemy. We can whip him with such a team. I do not mean that we should

not have an Army. We must, but our Army should be used for defense of

our Air Force and Navy bases and for ZI defense and against sabotage.

It is my desire that you prepare a study, developing what I have said

above, for my approval. I intend to send it to General Vandenberg. 

s/G.E.S.

General O’Donnell called at 1530 hours.

Dispatched the fol rad to CGs 5th, BomCom, COCARCOM, and

FEAMCOM:

Personal from Stratemeyer to Partridge, O’Donnell, Tunner and Doyle.

During my conference with General MacArthur this morning I was

gratified to be able to report to him that final operational reports for

3 January show that on that date FEAF and FEAF operationally controlled airplanes flew 965 effective sorties, the highest figure thus far in

the Korean conflict. PARA. General MacArthur asked me to pass on to

you his deep and sincere appreciation for the efforts of all of your personnel that made these sorties possible. Signed George E. Stratemeyer,

Lt. General, USAF.

The TOP SECRET - EYES ONLY evaluation which

Partridge had told me he was sending me arrived via hand

courier, and is as follows:

FOR STRATEMEYER FROM PARTRIDGE. For 2

months we have been operating against fresh Chinese Communist Armies

augmented by rejuvenated North Korean formations. Over the same

period we have been opposed by a Russian equipped air force using

aircraft new to this theater. Up to the present time this air force has had

no decisive influence on the conflict in Korea and for the purposes of this

dispatch will be ignored.

The characteristics of our ground opponents bear careful study. The

Chinese appear in overwhelming numbers at critical points, revealing not

only large resources of trained manpower but expert, experienced leadership. The individual soldiers are hardy, skilled in night movements and

infiltrations, and capable of living and fighting when provided a small

amount of logistic support. Their troops capitalize on their lack of vehicles and heavy weapons by utilizing the Korean terrain in such a skillful

manner as to embarrass the better equipped UN forces. Lastly, when

important objectives are to be secured the Chinese throw in their men

with utter disregard of human life, although at other times, camouflage

SATURDAY

6 JANUARY

1951
discipline is so good that the effectiveness of our air attacks is minimized.

Based on the events of the month of December it is apparent that the

enemy can advance at the rate of some four miles a day accomplishing

meanwhile one major offensive per thirty-day period. Assuming for the

moment that this is his best capability, he should appear opposite the

Naktong River in about forty days. Thereafter his progress should be

slower but since it is only sixty miles from Taegu to Pusan, two or three

additional months should suffice for him to drive us off the penninsula

unless unforseen developments occur.

The performance of UN ground forces in attempting to hold the communists on the Imjin River - 38th Parallel line introduces grave doubts as to

the capability of our ground army to withstand a well planned attack. Not

only did the enemy succeed in probing our lines and in discovering a spot

through which troops could pass to infiltrate our rear, but he also made a

frontal penetration where we were strongest. Attacking against a position

most of which had been in preparation for years and all of which was

worked on vigorously since the arrival of our forces on the line in midDecember, the enemy drove over 12,000 yards through our strongest

defenses within a few hours. The final outcome of this particular action

was plain from the outset.70

Short of the line of final defense about Pusan, no well prepared positions

exist southeast of the Army’s current location. Even the Pusan perimeter

is ill-equipped to stop the determined onslaught which has to be expected

in due course.

All this background leads up to the question of the future of military operations in Korea. Are we going to make a determined fight or must we

withdraw to avoid annihilation. In view of the past record it is my

personal belief that evacuation through Pusan will be forced upon us.

This withdrawal can be avoided if the ground armies will make a stand in

South Korea although the price in casualties will be heavy. With everlengthening lines of communication to support his advancing troops from

Manchuria and under constant attrition from ground action and air strikes,

the enemy can be whittled down in the course of a few months to a point

where offensive ground operations can be resumed. His resources of

manpower may be inexhaustible but I refuse to concede that he can train

people fast enough to replace even those casualties which can be inflicted

upon him by the air force alone provided - and I repeat the provided -that

air force is supported by vigorous and determined ground arms.

It is thoroughly understood by me that the decision to fight or get out rests

on a high level. My purpose in writing this message is to emphasize that

the Air Force cannot wait for that decision. The final announcement will

be delayed as long as possible and may come by default. We must start

now with the construction and rehabilitation of our air facilities in the

northern Kyushu area and be prepared first for the support of an evacuation

379

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

70. That this defensive line (Line B) was truly strong or had really been under preparation (by the ROKs) for

years is a matter of conjecture. After all, the 38th Parallel already had been crossed once by the enemy just a

few months earlier. What is not in dispute is that the battle which started on New Year’s Eve, quickly became

a rout of the UN forces. (Blair, pp 592-603.) 
380

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

and second for continuation of air war over Korea should that course of

action be required.

Weyland has been read into our broad plans and unless I hear further from

you we will proceed on detailed preparations.

In order that you may have my own views on what should be done about

Korean operations I add them. The UN forces entered this country in

support of a principle. To withdraw will lower the prestige of the UN to

such a level that the usefulness of the organization will be lost. It would

be far better to make the stand here than to avoid the issue. Recognizing

that the cost in the present action will be high I feel certain the price will

still be small when compared with that of subsequent military operations

elsewhere if we pull out now.

Upon receipt of Partridge’s TOP SECRET EYES only message,

directed it to General Craigie with attached memo:

Attached hereto is a hand-carried, TOP SECRET, message from General

Partridge. I have read it carefully and am inclined to agree with every

word that the message contains. It is my desire that you study this message and then in consultation with General Weyland (who read it at

Taegu), come up with a recommended action.

I approve the construction and rehabilitation of FEAF’s air facilities in

northern Kyushu and for the purpose as stated by General Partridge.

I also agree with all statements in his last paragraph.

The suggested action in my opinion can be as follows:

(1) Do nothing with reference to the attached message as I am in agreement with General Partridge.

(2) Prepare a paper for my signature to CINCFE covering generally what

General Partridge has said, backing up the statements made in his last

paragraph.

(3) Boil the attached message down and send it over my signature, EYES

ONLY, to General Vandenberg and request instructions from him. 

s/G.E.S.

Dispatched fol priority msg to Vandenberg:

FEAF on Saturday, 6 Jan, flew its 100,000 sortie of Korean conflict. Am

releasing to press text of my message to all UN air units who contributed

to effort.

To CGS 5th, 13th, 20th, BomCom, Cocarcom, FEAMCOM, C/S ROK AF,

Cmdrs of 77th RAAF, No. 2 SAAF, 13th Hellenic Flight, Royal Hellenic AF,

with info cy to CSAF, issued the fol statement via radio:

PERSONAL FROM STRATEMEYER. During yesterday’s (Saturday,

6 January) air operations, the Far East Air Forces flew its 100,000th sortie against the enemy since we initiated combat operations in Korea on 26

June. In the 195 consecutive days, FEAF fighters, bombers and combat

transports have carried the air battle to the enemy without let-up. PARA

Our fighters have provided the United Nations surface forces with both a

greater degree of immunity from air attack and also a more intensive and
uninterrupted close air support than has ever before been afforded in

modern war. PARA In early weeks of the war, our medium bombers completely neutralized the limited strategic war potential in North Korea.

Since then, both by day and by night, our fighters and bombers have

constantly interdicted enemy lines of supply and communication in

Korea. PARA Our transports, despite adverse conditions, have maintained the flow of supplies for United Nations troops, and have saved

countless lives by the prompt aerial evacuation from Korean battlefronts

of battle and weather casualties. PARA Ever increasing our daily effort,

we have decimated the enemy forces, disrupted his supplies and equipment, and more recently have magnificently supported withdrawals of

United Nations forces. PARA. Today we salute the 437 officers and

airmen of all our services who have died, were wounded or are missing

in air action, and whose efforts contributed to our achievements. Signed

George E. Stratemeyer, Lt. General, USAF.

Left the office early for a golf game with Joy.

Upon my arrival at the office found the fol radio

AFCVC TS- 6500, from Vandenberg:

As you know the build up of Strategic Air Command is

being accelerated at a greatly increased rate placing high

priority on requirement for senior and experienced bombardment commanders in SAC. I feel, therefore, that General O’Donnell should be

returned to the ZI in the very near future as his services are urgently

needed during this build up. As a replacement for O’Donnell I consider

General Briggs highly qualified to command the FEAF Bomber Command. Would like to have your comments.

In immediate reply thereto dispatched the fol:

TOP SECRET PERSONAL VANDENBERG FROM STRATEMEYER.

Reur AFCVC TS-6504 dtd 6 Jan 51. I approve the return to ZI of Major

General Emmett O’Donnell and, like you, consider Brigadier General

James E. Briggs fully qualified to command FEAF BOMCOM.71

Made copies of both the above signals and sent them out to O’Donnell stating:

I approved your return to the ZI without consulting you because as per

enclosed signals realized the necessity for such return.

Dispatched Partridge’s TOP SECRET EYES ONLY Evaluation

[underlined in original] (see diary entry 6 Jan 51) to CINCFE - TS

and EYES ONLY with following comment from me:

I am transmitting herewith an EYES ONLY message which I have just

received from General Partridge. As you know, I have a great deal of

respect for Partridge’s sound judgment and analytical abilities. I am sure

SUNDAY

7 JANUARY

1951

381

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

71. Briggs replaced O’Donnell on Jan. 10.
you also know that Partridge has kept himself thoroughly informed with

respect to the ground situation by almost daily personal aerial reconnaissance flights often accompanied by the Commanding General, Eighth

Army. I, therefore, have great confidence in his views relative to the

status of the air-ground war in Korea and feel that he speaks with considerable authority. I am in complete agreement with his analysis of the

overall situation in Korea and with his statement relative to the capabilities

of the Air in the event of a determined resistance on the Naktong River or

Pusan perimeters. With reference to the construction and rehabilitation of

air facilities in northern Kyushu mentioned by Partridge in the middle of

page 4, we are proceeding at full speed with this work. Involved in this

program are the runway extension of Tsuiki and the construction of

winterized tents, mess facilities, latrines and other items at Ozuki.72 It is

requested that these papers be returned to me. s/G.E.S.

Reference the above. General MacArthur returned the papers - quoted is his

comment: “Strat, very interesting and represents much sound thought. Thanks for

cutting me in. Signed MacA.”

Departed Haneda about 1015 hours for Okinawa and Clark. However had to

return because of bad engine in staff C–54, returning 8 January 1951 in Stearley’s

B–17. The staff C–54 remained on Okinawa for engine change.

Landed Haneda from Okinawa 1437 and proceeded direct

to the office. Dispatched the fol R&R to Alkire (Deputy

for Materiel):

On my trip to Okinawa yesterday, #4 engine vibrated to

the point that we almost turned back, however, it was not overheating and

not using up oil, so we proceeded on to Kadena. Upon landing, the engine

was immediately inspected and was found to contain many filings and

everyone recommended pulling the engine. This is the third engine of the

four that came over with FEAF staff C–54 and I therefore desire that a

special report UR [unsatisfactory report] be submitted for my signature

on these three engines. Number 1 engine failed at 170 hours; number 2

engine failed at 153 hours; and number 4 engine failed yesterday at 191

hours. I left instructions at FEAF Flight Section to pull the fourth engine

and get a safe one installed.

To the Adjutant General, directed fol R&R:

I find that the airmail delivery to Okinawa has been bad for the last couple of weeks. They are just receiving airmail there that was mailed in

the States on 8 December. It is desired that you look into the airmail situation for Okinawa and see that it gets on our inter-island air service -

and that it improves. Keep me posted on this matter.” (Also sent a cy to

VC, A&P.)

MONDAY

8 JANUARY

1951

382

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

72. Tsuiki is located in northern Kyushu near the Shimonoseki Strait, while Ozuki is on the other side of the strait

on Honshu. Tsuiki was widely used during the war; Ozuki was used only occasionally.
To Deputy, Personnel:

I find from the group commander of the 19th Bomb Group that they are

120 airmen short in their group. How come? I thought we had received

sufficient airmen to keep the 19th Bomb Group up to strength. Come in

and see me reference this matter. (Cy also to VC, A&P)

To Director Air Installations:

There is a feeling on Okinawa that the Futema air strip can be extended and

rehabilitated for much less money than the strip at Naha. Also, that if all the

money that has been appropriated - or is to be appropriated for Naha - were

put into Futema we would not only have a better strip, but a better living

and administrative area. At one time it was thought that there were coral

caverns under the runway at Futema in the area where extensions would

be built. Borings have been made and to date no caverns have been found.

It is desired that you, at your leisure, come in and discuss this with me.

I do not want any action taken - I just want to discuss it.

Received the fol TS signal from HQ USAF:

Authority granted you to issue orders assigning General

Briggs as CG FEAF BOMCOM (Prov). Please advise

date General O’Donnell’s TDY terminates and his ETA

home station. 

I will reply to this signal today after discussing same with General O’Donnell.

1010 hours, General Robertson was in. After our discussion,

dispatched the fol R&R to Deputy, Ops (info & thru VC, Ops):

Attention is invited to the following quoted signal received by General

Robertson from Australia: “Forward a broad rearming plan after discussion with CG FEAF and including his views. Also include recommendations regarding disposal of Mustangs as they become surplus and any

additional personnel required during conversion.” It is desired that we

furnish the data called for in above signal and work closely through Fifth

Air Force with the RAAF 77th Fighter Squadron and with General

Robertson’s headquarters in arriving at the data desired by his government. The first contingent of Meteor-8 jet aircraft will arrive on or about

28 February.73 It is desired that three senior officers from the 77th RAAF

Fighter Squadron, namely, Squadron Leader Cresswell, Flight Lt Harvey,

and Flight Lt Murphy,74 receive operational training with one of our

tactical jet squadrons in order to give them the experience necessary for

squadron tactical operations. Keep me informed of progress. s/G.E.S.

TUESDAY

9 JANUARY

1951

383

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

73. The Australians began converting to their new aircraft in April 1951. It soon became evident that the Gloster

Meteor F.8, which had been the Allies’ first operational jet fighter in World War II, was obsolescent for air-toair combat with the speedy MiG–15. The plane was, however, well-suited as a fighter-bomber and went on to

perform this mission with distinction.

74. Cresswell and Flt Lt Desmond Murphy were the first Australian pilots to fly jets (F–80s) in combat over

Korea. Flt Lt Gordon Harvey was later shot down and made a POW.
I discussed with General Hickey this morning the non-approval of our

scheduled taking over of the three hospitals - namely, those at Tachikawa, Johnson,

and Nagoya and staffing them with Air Force medical personnel. by J.L.C.75

General Hume, who happened to be in the hall, was present and indicated

that he had approved this and was all for it - as were we - and for the same reasons: i.e., (1) Air Force medical people would have a crack at professional duties

in hospitals; (2) we would be taking a load off the Army medical people;

(3) based on the original approval by everyone concerned - or at least Japan

Logistical Command’s non-committal attitude, and (4) the fact that the Japan

Logistical Command would still control the patients and general administration

of the hospitals, we requisitioned the necessary Air Force medical people who

are due to arrive within the next six weeks.

General Hickey indicated not only that he believed in it, but we should have

done it a long time ago. I told him we couldn’t have done this before as Air Force

medical people were not available until now.

My reaction is we will take over the three hospitals with Air Force personnel

as originally scheduled. (cy of discussion with Generals Hickey and Hume

extracted from diary for Col Brothers’ info.)

Mr. Don King of Northwest Airlines came by to introduce Mr. Amos

Culbert, NW Vice President in Charge of Sales, and Mr. Ferrell, Sales Manager

for [Northwest] Orient who is located here in Tokyo, at 1430 hours.

Received cy of fol rad:

Ops Immediate, from SAC to FEAF BomCom, info

FEAF, CSAF, 15th AF, cite CG 5266, dtd 9 Jan 51 - PERSONAL TO O’DONNELL FROM LEMAY. Ref your

BCX 3659, I would like to have Power76 and you meet in Hawaii and consider in detail our plan for relief of 98 and 307 Medium BWs. We will

have planning data aval this week and in view of urgency we all attach to

obtaining an early solution to this subj, I suggest a meet 13-14 Jan at

Hickam. Recommend you also have on hand representatives from CG

FEAF’s hq qualified to concur for Stratemeyer in agreements reached.

Pressure of work at this end makes meeting at some intermediate sta[ge]

mandatory. Please confirm this arrangement promptly.

In reply to above, dispatched the fol:

Ops Immediate, fm CG FEAF, to CG SAC, info V/CSAF, CG BomCom.

PERSONAL LEMAY FROM STRATEMEYER. INFO TWINING AND

O’DONNELL. O’Donnell leaves his TDY here 16 Jan. I will have representative accompany him for 16 Jan meeting in Hawaii with Power,

although I do not anticipate that he will be required to make any decisions

for me. Any plans for crew rotation which come out of the O’DonnellWEDNESDAY

10 JANUARY

1951

384

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

75. The Japan Logistical Command (JLC) had been established on Aug. 24 to administer the logistics support

activities of FEC in Japan and to get all supplies from Japan to Korea. In this latter task the JLC functioned as

a communications zone command for the Eighth Army. (Schnabel, pp 136-137.)

76. In addition to being SAC’s vice commander, Lt Gen Thomas S. Power was SAC’s X-Ray commander in Tokyo,

in charge of the command’s atomic forces in the Far East. A similar command, Zebra, was located in England.
Power meeting will be satisfactory to me, provided they do not violate

following: CINCFE’s position and, therefore, mine, is that as long as

Korean incident lasts we must retain in this theater equivalent of three

peace-strength medium groups, plus three Tarzon airplanes and crews.

O’Donnell has suggested as a possible means of releasing some additional experience to SAC Z.I. activation program that the above mentioned 90 acft and combat crews be contained in two war strength groups

of 45 acft each, thus releasing the overhead of one combat group. I will

concur in such a scheme if you desire to do it.

Major General Kim Chung Yul, who commands the Korean Air Force, arrived

1510 hours with his party of 7 officers. General Banfill met him in my stead.

At 1930 hours, had a stag dinner at Mayeda House honoring Major General

Kim Chung Yul, Brigadier General Choi Yong Duk, Colonel Kim Chang Kyoo,

Lt. Colonel Kim Yong Hwan, Lt. Colonel Han Yong Hoon, Major Chun Myon

Sup, Captain Lee Kyoo Sung, and 1st Lt. Lee Sun Yong (Aide de Camp).77

Other guests present: Generals Craigie, Weyland, Banfill, and Nuckols, and

Major Woodruff.

Made the award of the Legion of Merit, Grade of Officer, to Major General

Kim Chung Yul.

Dispatched a ltr to General Vandenberg:

Dear Van, Attached hereto is Banfill’s current estimate of the short-term

courses of Soviet action which would affect FEAF. To my mind, as well

as that of Weyland’s and Craigie’s, this estimate is so worthwhile that I

feel it should be forwarded to you personally and for such use as the Air

Staff may have for it. I have furnished General MacArthur with a copy for

his information. Best regards.

To CINCFE:

Memorandum For General of the Army Douglas MacArthur: The

attached estimate prepared by my Deputy for Intelligence, Brigadier General Charles Y. Banfill, I consider of sufficient importance for you to read.

I, therefore, sent it to you for your information. s/G.E.S.

Here follows the report, which I sent to both Vandenberg and MacArthur

(see above):

PURPOSE: To estimate the short-term courses of Soviet action which

would affect the Far East Air Forces.

DISCUSSION:

(1) While the facts of Soviet military potential are not definitely available, it would appear that while Soviet air and naval strength and capability of waging atomic, chemical, and/or bacteriological warfare is vague

and inconclusive, the traditional immense strength of the Soviet ground

forces has been maintained and in all probability augmented in numbers,

materiel and efficiency.

385

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

77. Choi Yong Duk is probably Ch’oe Yong Tuk, the Assistant Chief of Staff, ROKAF. The other individuals are

unidentified.
386

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

(2) Dictatorship control permits the launching of a war without warning.

For this reason alone, it is impossible to determine the WHERE and the

WHEN of future Soviet military action. There is, however, some basis for

the determination of the WHAT, HOW and WHY of possible near-term

Soviet action based on their well-known practical approach to a problem

and their freedom for influence by considerations other than that of strict

objectivity in their approach to a solution.

(3) It would be less than realistic not to recognize that the Soviets have

matched the air supremacy which we have employed in Korea with

tactics which have offset the effectiveness of our air power as presently

employed in conjunction with ground operations.

(4) The consequences of the military setbacks to UN forces, since the

active participation of CCF in the Korean incident, may be expected to

include a vitalization of Communist subversive and guerrilla activities

throughout the Far East. It may further be expected that all antiCommunist forces in the Far East may be overcome with doubts and

uncertainties as to the merits of adherence to anti-Communist policy.

Especially significant are reports from the Military Intelligence Service, Armed Forces, Philippines, which included a comment that the

present situation in Korea may ultimately lead to abandonment of

smaller Asian countries to Communist domination, and concluded that

the Philippines cannot fully accept promises of protection by Western

powers. (CINCFE CX 52817, 6 Jan 51). Undoubtedly encouragement

will be given to the JCP [Japanese Communist Party] to engage in acts

designed to embarrass the occupation forces and the military effort

based in Japanese territory.

(5) During the Korean incident the Soviets have been able to assess each

of our current military capabilities except the atom bomb. The hasty but

relatively complete evacuation of industries from cities such as Mukden,

which have been reported with varying degrees of credibility, seems to

have been in anticipation of our employment of the atom bomb against

Chinese targets. From the Soviet standpoint, such employment would

have served two useful purposes: a. It would have afforded an up-to-date

opportunity to determine our capability in placing the atom bomb on a

specified target, and b. It would crystallize the immense propaganda

effort of the Soviets to mobilize world opinion against the user of an

atom bomb.

(6) As indicated above, the Soviet capability in atomic warfare is an

unknown quantity. It is somewhat difficult to reconcile the immense

propaganda effort that the Soviets have exerted against the use of the

atom bomb with a real and present availability to them of such a weapon.

(7) The failure of the UN effort in Korea to date should encourage the

Soviets to a continuance of their support of satellite nations in dissipating

our strength in embarrassing and largely hopeless contests in places of

their choosing.

(8) Realism on the part of the Politburo should enable them to conclude

that any direct act of aggression on the part of the Soviets will solidify
387

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

the current wave of U.S. public opinion which has already arrived at the

conclusion that the sole solution to the Communist problem is a war

with Russia.

CONCLUSIONS:

(9) Having established in Korea the U.S. reaction to Far East military

conquest by satellite forces, (China has not yet been formally branded an

aggressor), the USSR and Communist China may well feel the Korean

pattern can be continued throughout Southeast Asia.

(10) Present and contemplated expansion through satellite activity

precludes the present necessity or desirability of direct Soviet intervention, particularly against areas under U.S. suzerainty, and specifically

against Japan and the Ryukyus.

(11) The Soviet Union will continue both to decry use of the atomic

bomb, and to lure us into using it in Asia in order that world-wide

opinion may be turned against us, while giving the USSR an opportunity to assess the degree of success we are able to achieve with our

“ultimate weapon.”

(12) Barring presently unforeseen military or political events, and

unless or until our atom bomb capability has been neutralized in some

manner or dissipated against non-decisive objectives, the USSR probably will not give cause by overt acts of war for its employment against

the Soviet Union.

RECOMMENDATION: That the maximum offensive means under

FEAF control be concentrated on the defeat of NK and CG [Chinese

government?] units in Korea as they constitute the greatest immediate

threat to UN combat capabilities.

Received word that CINCFE had approved the transfer of

the three hospitals to FEAF control effective 1 April 1951.

Notified Colonel Brothers, FEAF Surgeon (see diary

entry under date 9 Jan 51).

Received the fol signal fm USAF (SAC info) cite:

AFPMP-1-T 51023. ...This msg in 3 parts. PART I. Ref

Part 1 ourad AFPMP-1T-59754 and Part 1 AFOOP-ZI

50682. Subj is repl[acement] plan for 19th B Wg combat

crews. 9 crews fr ccts [combat crew training squadron] will fulfill ur repl

rqmt for pers VQD (?) [in original] in first increment of B-29 type combat indivs and crews for additional 3 acft. PART II. Ref Part 2 ourad

AFPMP-1-T 59754. Upon arrival of 9 crews, or at such time as it is

deemed advisable, FEAF will ret[urn] 6 crews to SAC and SAC will

reasgn 6 crews to the 19 BW. Interchange of crews w/b [will be] on a onefor-one basis, 6 crews per month until FEAF repl rqmt is met. PART III.

Reasgmt procedure. CG FEAF advise this hq name, grade, SSN, and

crew MOS, eta ZI of crew being retd. This hq will obtain from CG SAC

sta asgmt and fwd to CG FEAF. For identification purpose, rpt crews by

FRIDAY

12 JANUARY

1951

THURSDAY

11 JANUARY

1951
project number, month of ret, and crew number. Indicate project 1929 for

returnees and 1929-R for repls. This info w/b included in all orders.

Example: Project 1929 Feb-1 indicates B–29 crews being retd from

FEAF in Feb, crew number is 1. This hq will obtain repl crew info from

SAC and will issue nec repl instructions.

I changed action of above rad to D/P and placed these instructions

on the signal for necessary action:

(1) This is our bible re replacement crews for ‘29s. (2) Get copy to 19th

Bomb Wing thru Twentieth Air Force. (3) When you attend the O’Donnell-Power conference in Hawaii, do not vary from this. (4) New crews

must arrive prior to departure of ours. G.E.S.

At 1200 hours went over to GHQ Officers’ Club and received the Honor

Scroll for 1951 for the March of Dimes Campaign from Mrs. Douglas MacArthur.

Colonel Clinton W. Davies78 had dinner with us at 1900 hours, Mayeda House.

Fol signal rcvd from JCS, personal for General

MacArthur, #JCS 80925, dtd 12 Jan:

General Vandenberg and General Collins, Major General

Landon USAF, Brigadier General Gaither, USA, Colonel

Hutchinson, USA, Colonel McHugh, USAF, Lt. Colonel Larsen, USA

and CWO Davis, USA, will arrive Haneda AFB in Constellation AF

plane 8610, Hanson, Pilot, at 140630/Z (141503I).79 No release of this

information is to be made until after arrival.

General Vandenberg will stay with me at Mayeda House; General Landon

will stay with the Craigies.

At 1500, with The Honorable Kim Yong-joo, Minister, Chief of the Korean

Diplomatic Mission in Japan reading the citation in Korean, and Major General

Kim Chung Yul translating it into English, I was awarded the Republic of Korea

ORDER OF MILITARY MERIT WITH GOLD STAR. Those in attendance, visiting dignitaries of ROK Air Force (see diary entry of 10 January), Minister Kim, his

aide, and various and sundry members of the press, television, and news photographers. Also present were my AG (Colonel Toro) and my PIO (General Nuckols).

After the presentation, General Kim presented me with five figure drawings

(Korean) entitled “Parade of Fashions.”

The citation presented reads as follows:

CITATION In recognition and appreciation of his distinguished leadership,

courage, and unyielding determination in the face of heavy odds, I take great

pleasure, in accordance with the powers delegated to me by the Constitution

of the Republic of Korea, in awarding the ORDER OF MILITARY MERIT

WITH GOLD STAR to LIEUTENANT GENERAL GEORGE E.

STRATEMEYER, 5A, UNITED STATES AIR FORCE. GENERAL

SATURDAY

13 JANUARY

1951

388

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

78. Davies had led the 18th FBW and now commanded the 6200th ABW at Clark AB.

79. Maj Gen Truman H. Landon commanded the VII Bomber Command in World War II, and was now Director

of Plans, Headquarters USAF; Brig Gen Ridgely Gaither saw action with the 17th Airborne Division in World

War II, and was Chief of the Operations Division, G-3, U.S. Army. Hutchinson and Davis are unknown.
STRATEMEYER distinguished himself by exceptionally meritorious performance of service to the Republic of Korea during the period June 25,

1950 to date. At the outbreak of hostilities, General Stratemeyer established

a 24-hour per day air defense of the area of South Korea, and strengthened

the existing air defense system for the Far East. He constantly initiated both

strategic and tactical air attacks against the aggressors and took the necessary steps to provide for logistical support of air combat units. Under General Stratemeyer’s able direction the Far East Air Forces launched and

maintained an air offensive that inflicted heavy casualties on the enemy,

destroyed great quantities of war materiel and wiped out the military industries engaged in production of war materiel. General Stratemeyer’s tactical

and strategic concepts and the skill with which he employed the power of the

Far East Air Forces were of immeasurable value in stopping the larger

enemy forces. He welded into a cohesive striking force the United Nations’

air forces which was composed of the United States Air Force, the landbased elements of United States Marine Aviation, the Republic of Korea Air

Force, the Royal Australian Air Force, the South African Air Force, and the

Royal Hellenic Air Force, and continually directed his units in successful air

support of the Pusan perimeter and the subsequent offensive which pushed

the enemy to the northern-most boundaries of Korea. Through his outstanding ability and great devotion to duty, General Stratemeyer has made a magnificent contribution to the Republic of Korea, and has brought

extraordinary credit upon himself, the Far East Air Forces, the Far East

Command, and the United Nations. Signed and sealed - Syngman Rhee,

Seoul, December 25, 1950.

Received the fol ltr from Brigadier General G. B. Barth,80 CG of artillery,

25th Infantry Division, copies of which I had made, and sent with covering

letters to Generals Vandenberg and Partridge, and Dr. Stearns.* Also replied to

General Barth with an expression of appreciation for his taking the time to write me.

389

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

80. Brig Gen George B. Barth had been the division’s artillery commander since July 1950. Originally intended

only to be a temporary replacement for the commander then on leave in the United States, Barth remained

with the division until June 1951.

General Stratemeyer

receives the Republic

of Korea Order of

Military Merit with

Gold Star from Kim

Yong-joo, Chief of the

Korean Diplomatic

Mission in Japan. Maj.

Gen. Otto P. Weyland

observes the ceremony.
390

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

*Ltrs dispatched under date 14 January 1951.

His letter follows:

Dear General Stratemeyer. Thanks for your very fine Christmas letter. I

agree that it meant much more than had you sent a card. In the past months

we have often marveled at the air support given us by your P–51s and F–80s.

Without it I am convinced that we could not have held the Pusan beachhead

in the early days. During the breakout the devastating effects of air attack on

both personnel and enemy materiel were very evident. At one time during

the Chinju offensive in early August the timely support of two flights of

yours saved from complete destruction four of my batteries that had been cut

off. It is a pity that the pilots who fly these missions remain anonymous to

us. I wish there was some way our men could meet them after action. Much

thus could be done to establish a spirit of comradeship and appreciation

between the air and ground arms of our fighting team. Even though this

meeting is not feasible, I know, first hand, that our men appreciate the efforts

of your flyers and are enthusiastic in their praise of the quality and quantity

of the air support we have received. The strides made in perfecting the technique of the TAC parties have been remarkable. Much of our success has

been due to the efforts of Major James F. Sprinkle. Don’t take him away

from us now because we need him badly but after this war his knowledge

should be invaluable to the Air Force in dealing with the vital problems

of tactical air support. Thanks again for your letter. Best regards to Mrs.

Stratemeyer. s/G. B. Barth.

Turned over to my Adjutant General (Colonel Toro) the

award presented to me by the Republic of Korea, signed by

Syngman Rhee, President. The regulations require that this

be sent to the Air Force for approval for wear. Acceptance

must also be obtained from the State Department and Congress. Colonel Toro

is taking necessary action.

General Barcus dropped in at 1100 hours to say goodbye and to comment a

bit on the report that he will submit to the Chief of Staff, United States Air Force.

He stated that, overall, his report would show that the Far East Air Forces from

the very beginning have performed superbly and efficiently.

At my request for some of the deficiencies he found, he gave me the

following and I have instructed both the Vice Commander for Administration and

Plans and Vice Commander for Operations to take the necessary corrective action

re these items wherever possible.

General Barcus stated that Colonel Gil Meyers is doing a fine job and is a

very fine officer, but a weakness of his is that he retains too much control over

the fighters operating for him. General Barcus feels that more targets could be hit

if more airplanes could be turned over to the TACPs.

General Barcus also indicated that Colonel Meyers has always had difficulty

getting along with the communications officer, and this was true in the Fifth Air

Force - first with Colonel Lee and then with Colonel Wagner. He does not know

how he (Colonel Meyers) will get along with Colonel Coleman, inasmuch as

Coleman has been there for such a short time.

SUNDAY

14 JANUARY

1951
General Barcus believes that the tactical air control parties should be organized into a squadron - which squadron would become a part of the tactical air

control group - as there is now no real command channel for the tactical air

control parties.

General Barcus feels that the pilots detailed to head up the tactical air control parties should remain in their positions longer than three weeks. He stated

that the reason the Marine tactical air control parties were better than ours was

that the Marines usually stayed on this job for at least a year, and further, Marine

radio (ARC-1) was better than that which we used as you could receive as well

as transmit at the same time.

General Barcus stated that upon his return to the ZI he intended to concentrate

on better equipment and a system of training for the tactical air control parties.

I have transmitted to my two vice commanders a copy of this diary entry for

their information and such corrective action as they deem necessary - which can

be accomplished here in FEAF.

General Barcus promised as soon as his report is completed (which will be

around 10 February) that he would send a copy direct to me. This would not

include, however, all the annexes, but would be in narrative form containing a

summary of the conclusions and recommendations.

1000 hours, General Kim (C/S, ROK Air Force) and his group departed

Haneda for Korea.

1200 hours, General Barcus came out to the house for lunch.

1500 hours, Mr. Frank Coniff (INS) with General Nuckols in attendance

dropped by the office. Had a conference with Coniff that lasted about one hour

and talked with him about many things - much of which was off the record. I had

been assured by General Nuckols that everything I said was safe to say to Mr.

Coniff, as General Nuckols indicated that he was one of the best friends we had

in the American press. Mr. Coniff is one of William Randolph Hearst’s outstanding

writers and reporters.

Met General Vandenberg at Haneda at 1930 hours. (Those arriving also:

General Collins, USAF, Major General Landon, USAF, Brig. General Gaither,

USA, Col. Hutchinson, USA, Colonel McHugh, USAF, Lt. Col. Larsen, USA

and a CWO Davis, USA, in Constellation AF plane 8610, Hanson, pilot.) Took

him out to the house for light refreshments and then proceeded direct to the

GHQ, FEC Chief of Staff’s conference room where we met with General

MacArthur and his senior staff along with General Collins and Admiral Joy.

Generals Craigie and Landon were also present as were General Smith (CIA) and

General Ackerman - the latter two having landed one hour after General

Vandenberg. (Gen Bolling also arrived with CIA Gp.)81

The conference lasted until 2330 hours. Went to bed about 0050 hours, 15 Jan.

391

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

81. Gen Walter Bedell Smith had been Eisenhower’s chief of staff during World War II. From Feb. 1946 to Mar.

1949, he was Ambassador to the Soviet Union. After a tour as commanding general of the First Army, he

became Director, CIA, a position he held from Oct. 1950 to Jan. 1953, when he became Under Secretary of

State. Brig Gen John B. Ackerman, a weather officer in World War II, became Chief, Collection Division,

Directorate of Intelligence, USAF, on Dec. 18, 1950. He later held positions with the National Security

Agency and the CIA. Maj Gen Alexander R. Bolling led the 84th Infantry Division in combat during World

War II. In Dec. 1947, he became Deputy Director of Intelligence, U.S. Army, then was Deputy Assistant

Chief of Staff for Intelligence, General Staff of the Army, and in Aug. 1950, became Assistant Chief Of Staff,

Intelligence, U.S. Army.
During the conference with General MacArthur, even after the arrival of the

two [members of the] Joint Chiefs of Staff, there was great confusion in everyone’s mind - particularly General MacArthur’s as to just what directive and mission he had received. To the majority present, except the two [members of the]

Joint Chiefs of Staff, a dual mission had been given to General MacArthur which

was impossible to carry out.82

After much discussion, particularly by the Boss, his mission was clarified and

the two Joint Chiefs promised that he would get a clear-cut mission and that where

any risks were involved, they as Joint Chiefs, and General MacArthur’s superiors,

would take full responsibility and not leave it up in the air as presently worded.

At one time during the discussion, I put in my nickle’s worth to the fact that

even though understrength, I certainly recommended four National Guard divisions be called to active duty and be dispatched here if only for training and recommended that three National Guard fighter groups be sent out here for the

defense of Japan. However, I was informed by General Vandenberg that they just

did not exist. He stated that he didn’t have sufficient fighters to defend his bases

in Europe, and to my great surprise, he informed me that the best the British had

was about four squadrons of fighters. He further indicated that I had here in the

Far East, except for SAC, the fighting units of the United States Air Force.83

Personally, I think this is a hell of a state of affairs.

Of course, every effort in the world is being put to remedy this condition

and, as stated by General Vandenberg, if we have time, it will be remedied.

It was decided to leave tomorrow for Korea at 1000 hours.

General Vandenberg arrived at the office at 0825 hours. He

attended the FEAF briefing at 0830 hours.

Major General Lowe, the President’s adviser, also

stopped by the office enroute to the FEAF Briefing.

With General Vandenberg, after the briefing, departed at 0940 the office

for Haneda.

Flew direct to Taegu (accompanied by General Landon and Colonel McHugh)

where we were met by General Partridge, and, after a short visit with Colonels

MONDAY

15 JANUARY

1951

392

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

82. On Jan. 9, the JCS informed MacArthur that he was to contain the fighting to Korea and defend successive

positions while inflicting the greatest possible damage on the attackers. He was also to withdraw from Korea

if an evacuation was absolutely necessary to save his men and materiel. The JCS saw the second task as naturally following the first, but MacArthur chose to view them as two incompatible tasks that could not be carried on simultaneously. Thus, Collins and Vandenberg came to Japan to set MacArthur straight. (Schnabel,

pp 320-325; “History of the JCS,” Vol. III, pp 408-415.)

Because MacArthur claimed that his troops were suffering a serious morale problem, Collins and Vandenberg

also travelled to Korea to personally inspect the troops. They found few indications of low morale and, in retrospect, it is obvious that it was not the troops but MacArthur that had the low morale.

83. The Army and the Air Force had been reluctant to mobilize the reserve components in the summer of 1950, in

part because it was believed that the fighting in Korea was just a feint and that the reserve forces would be

needed elsewhere. Voluntary recalls were tried but proved ineffective, and it soon became apparent that neither service could attain its ambitious augmentation goals without mobilizing reservists and guardsmen. In

August 1950, the Air Force began recalling its own reserve units to active duty. When the Air Force obtained

approval for a permanent expansion of its force structure in September 1950, select Air Guard units were notified that they would be mobilized in October as a short-term measure. However, the entry of the CCF into the

war turned that limited action into a long-term policy response.

Korea was the Air Guard’s first war. Overall, some 45,000 guardsmen, approximately 80 percent of the Air

Guard’s total strength, were placed on active duty during the war. Two of the Air Guard’s fighter wings, the

27th FEW and the 136th FBW, served in combat in Korea, while three more wings were assigned to NATO.

Other guardsmen served with regular Air Force units in Korea. The remaining 17 Air Guard wings activated
Packard and Murphy84 (the 27th and 49th jet group commanders), we proceeded in a

C–47 to K-9 and met Colonel Gray and Lt. Col. Jack Dale. Went over their problems, talked with a number of pilots, including the Marines and the 77th RAAF, and

then proceeded to K-10 where we were met by Colonel Low, wing commander of

the 18th Fighter Wing and Commandant Theron, the South African squadron commander. Inspected the base and talked with pilots and officers of the two units, then

departed and returned to K-2 where we proceeded immediately to General Partridge’s headquarters and attended the briefing. Had dinner with General Partridge.

Plans were made for General Vandenberg’s trip about the front on 16 January.

We took off early on 16 January and flew direct to the

Hwach’on Reservoir [just north of the 38th Parallel], circled

the reservoir at low altitude and could see not a single soul.

The size of the dam and the uselessness of normal bombing

were very apparent. From there we proceeded direct to the advance C–47 strip in

front of the 2d Division, landed there and then Generals Vandenberg and Landon

and I proceeded by helicopter, piloted by 1st Lt. Barnes, USAF, forward just

short of Wonju where there was a patrol accompanied by a TACP under the

command of Lt. Smith, USAF.85 We had difficulty finding the forward patrol, so

landed at the 9th Regiment command post and was met there by Colonel

Messinger,86 the regimental commander. He stated that he could take us forward

to the patrol - which he did. We had to leave General Landon behind.

We landed forward of the patrol and there with Lt. Smith, our TACP

commander (who is a pilot from the 49th Fighter Group), listened to his directions to a Mosquito and saw a Mosquito over the hill searching desperately to

find the Red Chinese. While we were there, he could locate none.

We then returned to the regimental command post and picked up General

Landon, and thence back to the C–47 strip, and thence flew back to K-2.

From here we transferred to the FEAF B–17 and flew direct to Brady Air

Force Base where we were met by General Henebry. Had a short talk with him,

took a look at the base, and then proceeded to Iwakuni where we were met by

Colonel Zoller and his staff; listened to his briefing of the officers for the night

missions which was conducted by Major C. C. Hill, my former pilot. General

Vandenberg appeared to be extremely well pleased what what he saw - and with

the operations of the 3d Bomb Wing.

From there we proceeded to Miho where we met General Sweetser and were

given a very hurried trip about the post, General Sweetser talking continuously,

explaining his job, the condition of his troops and equipment, and giving us some

of the problems faced by the Air Force Reserves. Here, again, General Vandenberg

appeared pleased with what he saw.87

TUESDAY

16 JANUARY

1951

393

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

helped the Air Force build up its forces in the continental United States. Unfortunately, because the Air Guard

units had been so poorly trained and equipped prior to mobilization, it took many months to prepare them for

their active duty responsibilities. (Charles Joseph Gross, Prelude to the Total Force: The Air National Guard

1943-1969 [Washington, 1985], pp 58-89; “History of the JCS,” Vol. III, p 433.)

84. Col John R.Murphy had been the first director of the JOC and had helped organize the tactical air control system in Korea.

85. Lts Barnes and Smith are unidentified.

86. Col Edwin J. Messinger became the 9th’s commander in November 1950.

87. Brady AB, then the home of the 437th TCW, was in northern Kyushu. Zoller’s 3d BW was based at Iwakuni,

in southern Honshu. At Miho, near the city of Matsue, was Sweetser’s 452d BG.
From there we took off and proceeded direct to Haneda where we landed

about 2000 hours, went direct to Mayeda House where we bathed and had

dinner. Along with General Vandenberg, General Weyland was our guest.

Departed Mayeda House for Haneda where we traveled by

air to Johnson Air Force Base and met Colonels Moe Smith88

and Johnny Meyer as well as the base commander, Colonel

Clark.89 Here again, General Vandenberg devoted practically

all his time talking to Johnny Meyer and Colonel Smith and his pilots. We made

a quick trip about the base and proceeded by car to Yokota where we were met by

General Briggs, FEAF bomber commander, his staff and the base commander.

Here again, General Vandenberg had discussions and conference with General

Briggs and his staff, and, after a quick run about the base, noting particularly the

60 steel mat dispersals, we proceeded by car to Tachikawa where we were met by

Colonel Crawford, 314th Wing commander and his executive, Colonel Bott.90

Took a quick run about the base. General Vandenberg had a discussion with

Colonel Crawford at which I was not present.

WEDNESDAY

17 JANUARY

1951

394

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

88. Col George F. Smith brought the 4th FIW overseas and served as its CO until May 31, 1951. 

89. Col Donald L. Clark, former commander of the 3d BW.

90. Stratemeyer probably means the 314th Air Division. Col Troy W. Crawford commanded the 374th TCW, and

Col Herbert A. Bott led the 374th TCG.

General Vandenberg confers with Maj Gen. William H. Tunner, the FEAF

Combat Cargo Command leader, and Brig. Gen. John P. Henebry, commander

of the 437th TCW.
We then proceeded to FEAMCOM where we were met by General Doyle,

and while we waited there, due to the time limitations on General Vandenberg,

General Doyle took him (Vandenberg) on a quick turn about the post, giving him

a good insight into his operations.

We then boarded FEAF staff B–17 and proceeded to Haneda and thence to

my headquarters, and thence to the University Club for lunch - Generals Craigie

and Weyland being hosts. Besides General Vandenberg, all my senior staff

officers were present.

After lunch, General Vandenberg was taken on a shopping tour to

Takashimaya.

After shopping, we then proceeded to General MacArthur’s conference

room, arriving there at 1530. This was the Joint Chiefs’ final conference with

General MacArthur. Besides the Joint Chiefs (Vandenberg and Collins) and

General MacArthur, there were present Admiral Joy, myself, and the senior staff

officers in the Far East Command.

Both Generals Vandenberg and Collins gave their reactions to their trip.

General Vandenberg praised the Air Force as did General MacArthur. General

MacArthur’s great statement was “the magnificent performance of the new, tried

veteran Far East Air Forces.”

General Collins read a long signal that he had dispatched to General Bradley,

Chairman of the Joint Chiefs. It was accepted.

Other decisions of minor nature were made by General MacArthur.

The meeting broke up a little after 1700 hours.

General Vandenberg and I then returned to my headquarters to the Allied

Council chambers, accompanied by General Nuckols, where General Vandenberg made a superb presentation to the Tokyo correspondents. Many questions

were asked, some of which were most embarrassing, but at no time were they

embarrassing to General Vandenberg.

His answers, to my mind, were masterful.

After the press conference, General Vandenberg held a meeting with our

senior WAF staff officer, Major Deitz.91

After that we proceeded to General Craigie’s for hurried cocktails, and

thence to Mayeda House where we freshened up and had dinner.

Guests being General Landon, General Collins, General Vandenberg,

General Craigie and Colonel McHugh.

General Vandenberg and his party, along with General Collins, departed

Haneda Air Force Base at 2200 hours.

General Weyland gave several folders to General Vandenberg answering certain questions which he had raised during his visit to FEAF hqrs. (1) Information

on the employment and status of aircraft flares used in conjunction with night

B–26 operations. (2) Information concerning the status of helicopter operations

in Korea and making recommendations for helicopter augmentation in the form

of an organized helicopter squadron for rescue and evacuation purposes.

(3) Information on the vulnerability of North Korean reservoirs, dams and power

facilities. The study indicated that the largest bombs available are not powerful

enough to breach these dams.

395

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

91. Maj Virginia C. Dietz, Administrative Assistant and Chief of Administration, Directorate of Maintenance, FEAF.
In addition the latest FEAF sortie chart for the period November 16 thru

December 31 was given to General Vandenberg. This chart shows comparative

Navy and Marine Corps sorties also.

0810 hours Partridge called. Among other things we

discussed was how obviously gratified General Vandenberg

was on what he had seen and also, because it was good news,

recounted to Partridge how at lunch yesterday everyone of

my staff, including myself, felt about a “third star” for him (Partridge).

Got off a memo to D/Personnel that Colonel Wilson had submitted a letter,

coming thru channels, reference the rotation of people between Fifth Air Force

and Clark Field. Referred D/P to my R&R same subject, dtd 30 Dec 50. Told him

“when this letter arrives and you prepare a draft of our forwarding indorsement,

make it for my signature.”

To VC, A&P:

There has grown up within the FEAF bases, or it has been ordered by Hq

USAF, that when VIP land or take-off from our airdromes, that the fire

trucks be out near the landing strip; to escort the VIP into the parking area -

or to escort the VIP out from the parking area to the position of warm up.

I want this discontinued and if there are any such orders from Hq USAF,

I want a letter prepared for my signature requesting that the orders be

cancelled - this per General Vandenberg’s personal instructions to me

on 16 Jan.

Dispatched a ltr of commendation thru General Partridge to Major Leo G.

Fradenburg,92 USAF, Fifth AF Flight Section, and the crew that flew us in the C–47

to the front lines. Told him that CSAF was impressed by his actions and efficiency, to which I added my appreciation for his job that had been well done.

Dispatched the fol memo to General Tunner:

At the suggestion of General Vandenberg, I think it would be to the Air

Force’s advantage to have a sign placed inside our MATS airplanes -

particularly when we bring back for rest in Tokyo the men of the Eighth

Army - read somewhat as follows: “The United States Air Force takes

great pleasure in providing this air transportation in order that you may

enjoy recreational leave in the Tokyo area.”

NEW SUBJECT. In the future, it is desired that when requests are made

for the use of individual airplanes by Eighth Army commanders and

senior Eighth Army staff officers, that such requests be referred to

General Partridge or his headquarters for action. I do not repeat not want

you to assign any Combat Cargo Command aircraft for the use of individuals outside of your command - except upon General Partridge’s request.

My reason for feeling so strongly on this subject is, as you may be aware,

there are Army commanders who believe operational control of aircraft in

the Army areas should be under the Army or Corps commanders.

THURSDAY

18 JANUARY

1951

396

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

92. Fradenburg was Chief, 5th AF Headquarters Flight Section.
A fine relationship exists between the Commanding General, Eighth Army,

and the Commanding General, Fifth Air Force, and I want all of our actions

to strengthen that relationship. Therefore, requests for the use of United

States Air Force airplanes should be made by General Ridgway to General

Partridge. Also, I call your attention to the fact that the Army through the

corps down to the divisions have assigned to them L–5s and L–17s for the

command’s use and use by their staff.

s/G.E.S.

Dispatched a copy of above memo to General Partridge.

Wrote a ltr of thanks to Colonel Edwin J. Messinger, the CO of the 9th

Regiment, for taking care of us so capably on 16 January.

Directed my Director, Plans (Colonel Zimmerman) to prepare a letter for my

signature as instructed in the fol quoted R&R:

Recently while in Korea and in conversation with Lt. General Matthew B.

Ridgway, he made this request: “I would appreciate very much your letting

me know how much air support I could expect from our Air Forces in

support of the Eighth Army if the Russians came into the war.”

I desire that a letter be prepared for my signature to General Ridgway (after

a bit of study) which will contain, generally, the following:

1. We could continue to support you all-out and therefore attrite our Air

Forces to zero, taking punishment from the Russian Air Force which would

result in great casualties for you by the Russian Air Force - and maybe your

destruction. If I did this, I’m sure I would be relieved of command of FEAF.

2. We could immediately take on the Russian Air Force all-out, leaving you

with very little air support but thereby preventing attacks on your

command by the Russian Air Force.

3. We could, dependent upon the situation, go after the Russian Air Force

and, at the same time, give to you that air support which at times we could

make available.

We would do number three. s/G.E.S.

Received the following signal (Stratline personal from Partridge):

Subject is conversations Ridgway, Smith, Willoughby and Timberlake

this date. Ted was requested to present to Smith our requirement for

Escape and Evasion program. This was done and Willoughby entered

talks to present his side of picture. His repeated statements demonstrated

lack of familiarity with details of program. For example he said Parkerton93 had overall responsibility for project. Charles also named as top man

in Korea someone unknown to Timberlake. After listening to Willoughby

for some time, Smith appeared to agree that centralized program was

needed. He indicated that his Agency would exercise overall direction

over the activity and that he would work out details tomorrow. Ted was

embarrassed by mis-statements of Willoughby but confined himself to

expression of view that difference of opinion existed and that end product

397

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

93. Parkerton is unknown.
was nonexistent. Ted expressed my views exactly. Should there be the

slightest criticism of his action, I want you to make it clear that he said

rather mildly what I would have said had I been present. NEW SUBJECT.

Milburn’s promotion was approved long ago and will be announced

tomorrow.

In answer to the above signal, got off a letter to Partridge - as follows:

Your Stratline of 17 January to me reference the conversations with

Smith, and Willoughby by Timberlake received. I am in entire sympathy

with your statements and, as a result of my conversations this noon, there

could not possibly be the slightest criticism of Ted Timberlake’s actions.

A last conference was held this morning and all details reference the

utilization of CIA have been resolved.

I heard immediately upon my return about Milburn’s promotion having

been approved ahead of the two that were publicized while we were

in Korea.

I can assure you, Earle, that Vandenberg was pleased with everything that

he found at every station where he visited and commented most favorably

on the fine job that you are doing with the Fifth Air Force.

He also commented favorably on FEAF Bomber Command, Combat Cargo

Command, and FEAMCOM - all of which pleased me very, very much.

Thanks for your fine hospitality while we were with you and best regards

as always. s/G.E.S.

Had lunch with Banfill and Ackerman. One of the subjects mentioned

during lunch was the Earl of Bandon94 and his being an Air Commodore.

Upon my return to the office, sent a letter to Jack Slessor (Marshal of the

Royal Air Force Sir John C.) commending Paddy Bandon for the work he did for

me, and just putting in a general plug for him which might be of some assistance

to him when the RAF selection board meets re appointments to Air Vice Marshal.

Sent a copy of the above ltr to Paddy Bandon with a personal note

enclosing same.

General Tunner checked in at the office. While he was here I emphasized to

him the letter I wrote him this AM re airplanes for senior Army individuals would

be referred to General Partridge or General Ridgway for decision. He (Tunner)

would not furnish aircraft at their individual request.

I approved this date the study - “Distribution of the Defense

Dollar” (see my directive to Director, Plans, Col Zimmerman, dtd 5 Jan 51), and forwarded same with personal letter

to General Vandenberg. All papers in conjunction thereto

placed in the office of my Director of Plans for safekeeping.

5:45, Mrs. Strat and I were guests of Lt. General Sir H.C.H. Robertson at

cocktails, honoring Joe and Laurna Gascoigne.

FRIDAY

19 JANUARY

1951

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

94. The Fifth Earl of Bandon, Percy Ronald Gardner Bernard, served in Southeast Asia during World War II as

AOC of No. 224 Group. After serving from 1961-1963 as Commander, Allied Air Forces, Central Europe, he

retired as an Air Chief Marshal.

398
1500 hours spent about an hour in the dentist’s chair. Earlier

in the day, met with (in my office) Drs. Williams and

Schramm,95 and another long-hair professor. We discussed

psychological warfare and they were reasonably sure that the

results of their visit to FEAF are going to pay dividends. They were greatly disturbed though because no one in the highest level in the government was really

concentrating on and controlling psychological warfare. I agreed with them

100% and stated that it should be somebody top-side who had a huge stick and

used it as Teddy Roosevelt did when he was president. They indicated that they

had the very best of cooperation and assistance from all personnel in FEAF.

Read the fol signal, which was received this AM at briefing.

The signal quoted the President as underscoring the need for

security, and deplored the recent disclosures by individuals

of classified material to the press, etc. He also desired that

steps be taken to plug any such leaks. USAF, at the end of the President’s quoted

message stated that “implementing instructions will follow.”

As per my directive to Plans (see diary date 18 Jan 51), the following

letter was submitted. After making a few revisions, dispatched the fol

ltr to General Ridgway:

Dear Matt: (1) During my recent visit to Korea while at Partridge’s briefing on 15 January 1951 you requested information on the extent of air

support the Eighth Army could expect from the Far East Air Forces in the

event Russia entered the war. (2) There are several possible courses of

action. a. Continue our present all-out support which would leave the initiative in the air to the enemy, and would probably result in our complete

attrition by the Russian Air Force and subsequent great casualties in your

command. If I did this, I am sure I would be relieved of command of

FEAF. b. Attack the Russian Air Force and furnish no support to you

which would expose your forces to attrition by numerically superior

forces on the ground. c. Current CINCFE plans covering the initial phase

of a general emergency require FEAF to initiate the maximum practicable air offensive against Soviet controlled air power. Our present plans

envisage the maintenance of an adequate air defense in our areas of operation, the mounting of a counter-air offensive against the Russian Air

Force, and the providing of direct ground support consistent with requirements and availability. (3) Our present maximum rate of tactical air support of your forces will consequently be greatly reduced. However, we

will provide you air defense, essential direct air support, and airlift in

consonance with requirements and availability. (4) Tentative allocations

of atomic weapons for employment in retardation of the advance of

Soviet forces in the Far East presage attainment of our objectives far earlier than previously expected. (5) I assure you, Matt, that you will have

SUNDAY

21 JANUARY

1951

SATURDAY

20 JANUARY

1951

399

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

95. Dr Frederick Williams was assistant director of the Air University Far East Research Group in Human

Resources and head of the Psychological Warfare Research Team. Dr Wilbur Schramm was a member of the

latter group. The team was studying propaganda and counterpropaganda techniques and the vulnerability of

certain targets to psywar operations.
the requisite air support from our air forces in furtherance of our common

mission. Sincerely, s/G.E.S. etc.

1100 hours I pinned the first cluster to the DFC on Colonel Dixon,96 commander of our RF–80 recon sq, and the DFC on Captain Monaghan.97 These

DFC’s were given for extraordinary flight over enemy territory on a special

mission for FEAF and CINCFE.

Left the office before noon in order to be out at the golf course by 1230

hours. It was a dusty, dirty, windy day and I almost froze to death on the 17th and

18th holes. My partner was a Mr. Abraham, FEAMCOM, and our opponents

were Lt. Stat and Capt. Graham, both of FEAF Hq & Sv Sq.98

Dispatched the fol signal to Partridge:

Would like to have you consider General Sweetser taking

over command of 315th Air Division (Combat Cargo)

and General Henebry taking over command of 452d

Bombardment Wing (L). It is my opinion that better utilization of

services of two officers named would result from such assignments. Let

me know your reaction after meeting Wednesday, 24 January.

1430 hours presented the award of Bronze Star to my senior aide, Major

Joseph C. E. Paradis, for his exemplary service to me and my command.

General Weyland sent me the fol memo, which I quote in toto:

22 Jan 51, Memorandum for: General Stratemeyer, Subject: Enemy

Casualties. 

I believe you will be interested to know that at the GHQ briefing today,

General Wright, G-3 GHQ, commented at some length on this subject.

He stated that he felt G-3 and G-2 had the best opportunity, through their

intimate knowledge of friendly and enemy action, to evaluate the punishment being inflicted on the enemy by UN forces.

He stated that considering the size of enemy forces involved in see-saw

action around Wonju, the air effort (FEAF and Navy) applied, and the

enemy dead counted on the ground in that area, and further applying

those factors to the entire front, that in his opinion about 3,000 enemy

ground troops were being killed daily by air action, and about 250 were

being killed daily by ground force action.

When questioned, he further stated that the 3,000 daily casualties from air

action were only those sighted along the front in the open, and did not

include the enemy casualties sustained in fighter and light bomber attacks

on buildings, or the casualties caused by B–29 attacks on troop concentrations in towns. s/O.P. Weyland, etc.

General Pee,99 who is the Chinese Military Attache in Washington, called on

me at 1030 hours. We had a nice visit talking about our many, many mutual friends.

MONDAY

22 JANUARY

1951

400

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

96. Lt Col Jacob W. Dixon, 8th TRS commanding officer.

97. Capt James D. Monaghan.

98. None of these individuals has been identified.

99. Gen Peter T.K. Pee.
1500 hours, Mr. L.L. Brabham, who is the Director of Republic Aviation

Corporation’s Military Requirements, came in to see me. We had a very fine

discussion on the F–84 and the general topic of jet aircraft.

1900 hours, Major General Robert McClure came to dinner at the house.

Immediately upon receipt of the news of the aerial

victory of the F–84Es over the MiGs, dispatched to

Partridge, the fol:

Stratline Personal Partridge from Stratemeyer. Congratulations to you and the 27th Fighter Wing on your great aerial victory over

MiGs this date. Will inform Vandenberg and MacArthur.100

Later on in the day, when figures were substantiated, sent the following

memo to General MacArthur:

This morning, 34 F–84Es met in aerial combat over Korea with 18 to 28

MiG 15s. Results: 5 MiGs destroyed, 2 probably destroyed, and other

(number unknown at this time) were damaged. All F–84Es returned to

base with no damage. I have advised Vandenberg and congratulated

Partridge and the 27th Fighter Wing. s/G.E.S.

*My operational immediate “nickle” to Vandenberg contained above

figures and info. Also send an info cy of this rad to LeMay.

*Direct quote of radio:

Personal Vandenberg from Stratemeyer, information LeMay. 34 F–84Es

met with 18 to 28 MiG–15s this morning. Results: 5 MiGs destroyed, 2

probably destroyed, and others (number unknown at this time) were

damaged. There was no damage to our F–84s.

At 0945 hours, Generals Ho and Ho Ying-chin101 called on me and we

discussed conditions in Korea and in China proper.

7:45 P.M. Gave a dinner party in honor of Joe and Laurna Gascoigne.

Received the fol ltr from Major General Kim Chung Yul,

C/S, Korean Air Force, dtd 17 Jan 51:

I wish to extend my appreciation to you on behalf of my

staff for having made our visit to Japan exceedingly

pleasant and of great interest. We gained much in increasing our knowledge and understanding inasmuch as the functions of air support installations and operations are concerned. I am certain that by understanding

both the operations of air support and tactical organizations, it will be of

great assistance to us in the improvement of our own air force.

WEDNESDAY

24 JANUARY

1951

TUESDAY

23 JANUARY

1951

401

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

100. Eight F–84 strafers (with a top cover of 25 more F–84s) struck the Sinuiju airfield in a surprise attack. The

MiGs, based across the Yalu at Antung, were tardy in taking off. A 30-minute fight between the 33 F–84s and

about 30 MiG–15s ensued, with most of the action taking place below 20,000 feet, an advantage for the F–84s.

Two MiGs were downed by Lt Jacob Kratt, while another two enemy planes fell to the other F–84s. Three

more MiGs were claimed as probables and four as damaged. All of the F–84s returned safely. (Futrell, p 288.)

101. Ho Ying-chin, Chief of the Chinese Military Mission to the U.S.
I must also mention that I have received the photographs and the newspaper you sent, and am deeply gratified to have received them. I must

thank you again for the great honor bestowed upon me through your

presentation of the Legion of Merit.

We are most grateful for the gracious hospitality shown us, and hope that

we may have the opportunity of your favors by being your hosts when

you visit Korea again. s/Kim Chung Yul, etc.

8:30, dinner, honoring the Gascoignes; hosts: Senor and Senora del Castillo,

at the Spanish Mission.

1st Lt G.M. Edwards called as requested, at 0930 hours.

I had his status looked into by my Deputy for Personnel and

find that he is due for transfer rotation to Johnson Air Force

Base from K-9, Korea. He seems to be a nice youngster.

At 1730 hours, I approved our plan for the utilization of FEAF aircraft in

case Russia comes into the war. It appears that the Navy will do nothing but get

their carriers out of range of any Russian land-based aircraft.

Our plan is still to be coordinated before final signature with GHQ staff.

Dispatched the fol personal letter to General MacArthur:

Dear General MacArthur. This brief personal note is sent

you today, 26 January 1951, to wish you a Happy Birthday and to convey, in some measure, not only my personal

heartfelt greetings to you, but also those of the Far East Air Forces.

I know that each of us realizes the great debt we owe you for your leadership

and ability, for your wisdom and courage, to name just a few. In other words,

you represent to us simply this - a symbol of everything that is America.

We all wish you many, many more Happy Birthdays and continued health

and happiness to you and Mrs. MacArthur. Sincerely. s/G.E.S., etc.

In reply to my radnote of 22 January (re assignment of Sweetser and

Henebry to suggested new slots), received a reply from Partridge which indicated, in his opinion - and which was concurred in by Tunner - that Henebry was

a good choice for the 315th Air Division, and that Sweetser was a good choice

for the 452d Bombardment Wing (L).

I went along with the above consensus of opinion, and so informed Partridge

and Tunner.

7:15 P.M. Annalee and I went to the Craigies for dinner where we helped

Craigie and Weyland celebrate their 49th birthdays.

(See quote of radio exchange between Stratemeyer and Vandenberg re:

Sykes, Ferguson and Weyland, under date 30 Jan 51.)

At 0930 hours, Major General Barnes and Dr. Cook102 came

in and paid their respects and we had a nice visit. At 1400

hours, Mrs. Stratemeyer and I lunched with General and

Mrs. MacArthur who honored the President’s AmbassadorSATURDAY

27 JANUARY

1951

FRIDAY

26 JANUARY

1951

THURSDAY

25 JANUARY

1951

402

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

102. Maj Gen Earl W. Barnes was the USAF representative to the WSEG at the Department of Defense. Dr.

J. Emory Cook was a WSEG member.
at-Large, Mr. Dulles and his party. Mr. Dulles’ party includes Mrs. Dulles, Mr.

John M. Allison, Political Advisor (Deputy to Mr. Dulles), Mr. Earl D. Johnson

(Ass’t Secretary of the Army) and Mrs. Johnson, Major General Carter B.

Magruder, Colonel C. Stanton Babcock, Mr. John D. Rockefeller, III, and Mrs.

Rockefeller, Miss Doris A. Doyle, and Mr. Robert A. Fearey (State Department

and former assistant to Ambassador Grew).103

Departed Haneda 0805 hours and flew with General

MacArthur aboard SCAP, and accompanying him were

Generals Hickey, Whitney, Colonel Canada (his surgeon), a

Signal Corps photographer whose name I did not know and

his three, long standby correspondent hands - Russell Brines (Associated Press),

Howard Handleman (INS), and Earnest Hoberecht (United Press).

Arrived at Suwon at 1130 hours where we were greeted by Generals Ridgway and Timberlake, and all of the senior commanders in that immediate area,

including Generals Milburn, Van Brunt,104 Kean, and the British Brigade

commander and the Turkish

Brigade commander. We immediately proceeded to the CP of the

35th Infantry where General

MacArthur learned that the commanding officer, Lt. Colonel Kelleher,105 had just received notice of

his promotion to full colonel. General MacArthur pinned on Colonel

Kelleher’s eagles.

We were then briefed as to his

front line situation, after which we

proceeded to the front line by jeep -

except for the last quarter mile

(about). General MacArthur, Ridgway and another jeep with General

Kean proceeded almost to the front

lines. The rest of us were required to

walk, which did us all a lot of good.

Upon arrival at the front, the

enemy lines were pointed out; it

was quiet and there were no air,

artillery, nor infantry operations.

SUNDAY

28 JANUARY

1951

403

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

103. John Foster Dulles was in Japan to obtain the views of MacArthur and Japanese leaders regarding a Japanese

peace treaty; an Air Transport Command pilot in World War II, Johnson had been Assistant Secretary of the

Army since May 1950; Magruder formerly had been Deputy to the Under Secretary of the Army, and was

now assigned to the Office for Occupied Areas, Office of the Secretary of the Army; Babcock was Chief,

Government Branch under Magruder; Rockefeller was a special consultant to the Dulles Mission to Japan on

Peace Settlement; Doyle was a secretary; Fearey was in the State Department’s Office of Northeast Asian

Affairs. 

104. Brig Gen Rinaldo Van Brunt, I Corps chief of staff. He had held the same position in Milburn’s XXI Corps

in World War II.

105. Col Gerald C. Kelleher.

Stratemeyer, MacArthur, and Lt. Gen.

Matthew B. Ridgway, the Eighth

Army commander, meet at Suwon,

January 28, 1951.
404

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

However, off to the left, we could hear both air and artillery in operation.

In walking back, as I passed General MacArthur’s jeep, his expression was

“My God, the commander of the Far East Air Forces is walking and the doughboys are riding!” General Kean was a bit embarrassed and tried his best to get me

to ride back, and I said, “I’ll be damned if I will. Since I’m on foot, I will

continue on foot.”

Everyone enjoyed the exchange of remarks.

We then proceeded to the SCAP at Suwon, said goodby to Ridgway and his

group, flew out over Inch’on and Seoul, and generally along the front lines, and

then direct back to Tokyo.

Arrived Haneda about 1600 hours.

Proceeded direct to the office and finished up some work and then went home.

Annalee departed about 1000 hours for a trip of several days

to Fuji View.

This evening had a delicious dinner with the Nuckols and

a very delightful evening. I imbibed freely - premeditatively!

Earlier in the afternoon, got off my weekly Gill Robb Wilson letter.

Fol radio received by me on 26 Jan:

Personal [from Vandenberg] for Stratemeyer. Cite M

75895, dtd 12 Jan 51. Unable to return Colonel Ferguson

or Sykes to duty your headquarters. Letter follows.

In reply to above, I dispatched fol:

Personal Vandenberg from Stratemeyer. Reurad AFCVC 53400. This

contrary to our suggested arrangement for return of Weyland. My opinion

is that possibly you had not seen above cited message. Sykes needed at

this end too.

In the G-2, GHQ, FEC, INTELLIGENCE SUMMARY (Daily), under date

of 30 Jan 51, #3065, on page 8, item 3 CONCLUSIONS (under PART IV,

G-2 ESTIMATE OF THE SITUATION), in discussing the enemy’s capabilities to defend 1) Han River bridghead, in view of the fact that 50th CCF

Army being used as a covering force, and the enemy been forced into a

defensive role, and as the depth of his defensive position south of the Han

River is reduced by UN advances, the probability increases that the enemy

finds it necessary to execute at least a limited withdrawal, and ... IF THIS BE

CORRECT THE COMBAT EFFICIENCY OF THE ENEMY MAY BE

ASSESSED AS DEFINITELY WANING. THE MOST PROBABLE CAUSES FOR SUCH A CONDITION CAN BE ATTRIBUTED TO A RISING

RATE OF ATTRITION DUE TO HEAVY LOSSES FROM UN GROUND

AND AIR ACTION, TO RAVAGE OF DISEASES, COLD WEATHER

CASUALTIES, AND, AS A VITAL BASIC CAUSE, TO HIS INABILITY

TO LOGISTICALLY SUPPORT ANY OPERATIONS INVOLVING A

LONG SUPPLY LINE WHICH CAN BE STRUCK BY AN AGGRESSIVE,

EFFICIENT AIR FORCE.

(The italics [sic] of quoted matter and underscoring are mine.)

TUESDAY

30 JANUARY

1951

MONDAY

29 JANUARY

1951
1030 hours this morning in conference with General Tunner I approved his

plan for turn-over to be effective by the end of February and further authorized

him to depart around 12 February. He will submit a paper to me, Saturday, 3 February, giving in detail his “phase-out” - of himself and his temporary duty officers.

At 0800 hours, I was briefed by General Banfill and Colonel Gould106 on the

study that was sent to the Director of Intelligence, Washington, D.C., on the A

bomb targets in the Far East. Every target selected by CINCFE and those selected

by us were reviewed and complete data on each was submitted with our recommended list of targets.

At 1000 hours, had a conference with Major Virginia C. Deitz, WAF, and as

a result, directed the Adjutant to get out an order appointing her FEAF Director

of WAFs. I also instructed her shortly after the first of the month to make a trip

to Okinawa, Guam and the Philippines as WAF director and see how the women

of the Air Force were getting along. At this writing I have not heard from Vandenberg telling me of his change giving the senior WAF officer her principal

MOS as Director of WAFs and a secondary MOS - an assignment in headquarters.

This is the reverse of the present orders.

Left the office at noon; played golf and shot a lousy 95. Got some good exercise though and enjoyed it. Played with General McClure, Major Adams and

Capt. Graham.

Tunner’s ADC delivered to me personally Tunner’s phase-out

statement (including dates on which his TDY personnel were

to depart COCARCOM) which I approved. The original

I have filed in this headquarters; sent a copy of same to

Tunner (which my signed approval).

Received a radio this AM from USAF which states that sample field uniforms

being shipped for our testing and a report required on same with our recommendations re: color, design features, warmth, and general comments. Tests be made

complete with documentation report and submitted by 1 Mar 51 to AMC.

Bucked above radio to Alkire: 1) Necessary action; 2) See that these uniforms get direct to General Partridge; 3) Draw up and issue a directive to

Fifth for list; 4) See that one individual in your shop monitors this

project. G.E.S.

The above radio was made up in sufficient copies so that each division and

section chief received one.

Attached to Air Force Magazine’s article (issue of January 1951) entitled

“Survival Under Atomic Attack,” I sent the following memo to my VC

for Adm & Plans: “(1) I suggest that we get started on an indoctrination

program covering atomic attack for our personnel throughout FEAF. (2)

Maybe GHQ might want to run it for entire theater. (3) I want to do it

regardless.”

Mr. Thorpe of Scripps Howard Newspapers, a subsidiary of the United

Press, visited me at 1430 hours accompanied by General Nuckols. I had quite a

WEDNESDAY

31 JANUARY

1951

405

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

106. Lt Col Robert A. Gould, Jr., Intelligence Officer, Director of Air Targets, FEAF.
talk with him which lasted about thirty minutes. Talked a bit off the record, advising him that it was off the record. Anything that he writes will be looked over by

General Nuckols prior to publication.

At 1530 hours Colonel Lei107 (spelling ?) from Taiwan dropped in with General

Banfill. He brought some pineapples from General Chou and greetings from the

Gissimo and the Madame in Taiwan.

Dispatched the fol signal to Vandenberg:

This radio in two parts. PART I. I have agreed to a phaseout plan submitted by General Tunner of all officers in

315 Air Division (Combat Cargo) who are here on temporary duty. General Tunner departs for ZI on 10 February. All will have

departed except one by 28 February inclusive. PART II. NEW SUBJECT.

No reply has been received to my A 1974 dated 27 January reference

release of Weyland. Will appreciate your decision this matter.

Had lunch with Mr. Earl D. Johnson, Assistant Secretary of the Army, at the

Imperial Hotel which I enjoyed very much. Was impressed greatly by Mr. Johnson

who is an ex-Air Force officer who had General Tunner as his instructor and

General Sweetser as a classmate while attending flying school in 1931.

At 1500 Piper108 fixed me up with a new plate which I hope is going to be

very comfortable.

Had Mr. and Mrs. Ogden (owners of a Siamese cat) to dinner. They brought

over a couple of Siamese kittens.

Dispatched the fol “personal secret Stratline” to Partridge:

Earl D. Johnson, Assistant Secretary Army, ETD Haneda

for Taegu 0700 hours, 3 February. Desire you or Timberlake meet him and extend all possible courtesy by Fifth Air

Force. Inform Ridgway. Your information: Johnson World War II Air Force

officer and Air Force friend. Completed flying training in 1931. Classmate

of Sweetser. His instructor was Tunner, whom he admires greatly.

After dispatching above, got off another Stratline to Partridge:

Remy Stratline A 2215 this date, destination K-13 instead of K-2. ETA

1030 hours, 3 February. Possibly I will accompany.

Received from Vandenberg a signal as follows:

Reference per 2 A 77512 dated 1 February 1951, do not repeat not understand your reference to the release of Weyland. Apparently there is some

misunderstanding. Please enlighten me.

In answer, sent the fol:

Reur 53738 dtd 1 February. In USAF’s AFCVC 53400, it was stated

“unable to return Colonels Ferguson and Sykes to duty your headquarters.”

FRIDAY

2 FEBRUARY

1951

THURSDAY

1 FEBRUARY

1951

406

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

107. This individual is unknown.

108. Col Philip F. Piper, a FEAF dental surgeon.
407

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

In my A 1974 I stated “this contrary to our suggested arrangement for

return of Weyland” as both Weyland and I understood that with promotion of Ferguson and Ferguson’s return here, Weyland could then be

immediately released which you indicated was desired without delay. We

both understood your agreement to promote Ferguson and therefore my

A 1974 and my A 77512, paragraph 2.

Departed Haneda about 0730 with Assistant Secretary for

the Army Earl D. Johnson and Major General Carter B.

Magruder for Suwon in their Constellation. Arrived at 1130

hours where we were met by Generals Ridgway, Milburn,

and Partridge. After a short briefing at 25th Division headquarters (General

Kean’s division), we had lunch as General Kean’s guests. General Barth, artillery

commander, 25th Infantry Division, was also present. All of us, after lunch,

proceeded to the front lines to one of the battalions of the 35th Infantry where

quite an artillery dual was taking place. We could see the artillery shells bursting

in front of us (which were being fired from our rear) and were also able to see an

infantry outfit in attack on the plains below.

While proceeding to the front lines, we passed a stream of transportation

going both ways and noticed the close positions of the artillery placement of the

Turkish Brigade. If there was ever a target for enemy air strafing, that was it - but

because of the Far East Air Forces having eliminated enemy air, they operate

with perfect immunity from air strikes. The secretary commented on this and

agreed with me that wrong conclusions could probably be drawn from the operations of the infantry.

After returning to the airstrip, General Ridgway and the secretary proceeded

to one of the front line regiments of the 2d Division of the X Corps where they

watched a regiment in combat which had a perimeter defense; they also visited

ground where they saw hundreds of Communist dead - the results of both air

strafing and artillery.

During the secretary’s absence, Partridge, Milburn, Magruder and I visited

and I did some business with Partridge in the Constellation.

We departed about 1730 hours and arrived at Haneda about 2010 hours.

Proceeded direct home and to bed.

As the result of my conference with Partridge yesterday,

instructed my Deputy for Operations via R&R that as soon

as we have sufficient ‘86s with pylons installed so that they

can carry napalm or bombs in addition to their exterior tanks,

we should bring such a flight to Korea and then rotate the personnel through that

flight in order to train the remainder of the 4th Group. He (Partridge) further

stated that if the infantry moves up to the Han River that he would station that

flight at Suwon, K-13, as this would provide a base from which they could

operate into North Korea against the MiGs as well as provide quick interceptor

airplanes in the forward areas. When do you think at least eight (8) F–86s will

have pylons installed?

Also sent an R&R to my IG telling him that Captain Nichols is being wasted

by being tied down with too much administrative details and instructed him to

SUNDAY

4 FEBRUARY

1951

SATURDAY

3 FEBRUARY

1951
take up with Banfill the (1) relief of Nichols from OSI; (2) his (Nichols) assignment to Fifth Air Force Headquarters; (3) the appointment of a new man to head

up the OSI in Korea.

In reply to a letter received from Partridge re the subject of

“awards,” sent him the following:

Your letter of 2 February, reference a re-examination of the AF awards

policy as well as that which I have set up for FEAF, came in this morning and I thank you for it. Although I don’t agree with you in some

instances, I do agree with the intent and overall suggestions that you have

made. Because of your letter, I propose to have the subject studied here

in my headquarters, and, as a result of that study, a letter will be written

by me to the C of S, USAF, recommending some suggested changes in

the overall AF policy. I am a believer in generous awards - rather than

adopting a niggardly policy. If you will review history, you will find that

battles were won by the use of ostrich plumes by Napoleon, medals by

other commanders, and pieces of ribbon by MacArthur. As long as I

remain in the AF (which won’t be long now), my policy will be one of

generosity rather than a limited and stingy one. I enjoyed very much my

visit with you yesterday and I can assure you that the Assistant Secretary

for Army, Mr. Earl D. Johnson, enjoyed every minute of it. He was just

“plain-like-a-boy” when we departed. Please tell Matt Ridgway of Mr.

Johnson’s great gratitude and satisfaction over his treatment yesterday. I

have issued instructions re Captain Nichols - if it is possible to do so - and

will keep you advised.

Dispatched the fol stratline to Partridge with info personal to Ridgway:

Recurrent reports received here indicate that front line division commanders are not repeat not receiving aerial photographs for their tactical use.

It is requested that you inquire into this situation and ascertain whether

this situation can be alleviated, if true, with the reconnaissance means at

your disposal. Your comments and recommendations requested soonest.

Nuckols received the fol radnote from USAF requesting:

The 3 services are being asked by Scripps-Howard for info on award of

Silver Stars in Korea. Our info here is 27 awarded by FEAF. Also being

asked for citations of awards to Generals Craigie, Weyland, Crabb, Picher,

Banfill, Alkire and Colonel Erler given by General Stratemeyer your

theater on 14 Dec. Presume these awards were announced in your theater

when made. Will be answering queries Tuesday and appreciate your

advice on the subject. Common usage as well as the intent of the Regulation have reserved the Silver Star for specific gallantry in action above the

call of duty and not for performance of duty over a period of time.

I OK’d Nuckols’ reply which was as follows:

Personal for Lennartson109 from Nuckols. Reur USAF 287, citations

requested are contained in FEAF General Order 135, dated 14 December,

408

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

109. Nils A. Lennartson, Deputy Director, Office of the Director of Public Relations, HQ USAF.
409

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

copies of which were forwarded to HQ USAF, Attn: Director Military

Personnel, on 2 January 1951. Awards referred to were for gallantry in

action on numerous occasions, all above and beyond the call of duty. This

gallantry included flights into enemy territory and/or visits to forward airfields into enemy territory and/or visits to forward airfields under ground

attack. The flights were made on particularly hazardous missions at a

time when tactics and techniques of air operations were in the trial stages.

By virtue of these exploratory flights and the first-hand knowledge

gained, air operations in Korea greatly increased in effectiveness. AFR

30-14, dated 22 Aug 50, Para 15B, which authorizes Silver Star, makes

no mention of quote specific acts of gallantry unquote which you infer is

intent of regulation. Announcement of awards was made to press of home

town of individuals decorated.

The clothing that USAF said they were sending us for test arrived on the 3d,

delivered to Alkire on the 4th, and by the evening of the 4th was enroute to Korea

addressed personally to General Partridge.

In reply to a signal received this AM from Partridge,

dispatched the fol to him personally:

Reur OPS 782 of 4 Feb, Part 6. I approve in general your

recommended specific action. Directive will be issued

this headquarters to 315th Air Division, information copy to you earliest.

However, no specific number of C–47 aircraft will be set up solely for the

use of Eighth Army. Further, Eighth Army because of short distances

involved must use their L–5s and L–17s to maximum utilization. Our

directive to 315th Air Division will specify that their mission at K-37 will

be to provide necessary air transportation for Ambassador Muccio, President Rhee, General Ridgway, his Army staff, and other agencies with

legitimate lift requirements.

Assistant Secretary for the Army Earl D. Johnson attended FEAF briefing

with me this AM.

Dispatched the fol signal, attention Major General Truman H. Landon:

During your visit my headquarters, Vandenberg asked me if I had been

notified that 452d Bomb Wing (L) and the 437th Troop Carrier Wing had

been designated regular units. You indicated that I had not been notified

but that I would be upon your return. To date I have received no information on this matter. It would help if they were designated regular units

and if I were notified.

To Vandenberg I sent this radio:

You indicated to me, just prior to your departure, that as soon as you

returned instructions would issue from your headquarters that each major

Air Force command would be directed to appoint their senior WAF officer

as Director of WAFs and that this would be her primary MOS [military

occupational specialty]. I have received no information to that effect and 

MONDAY

5 FEBRUARY

1951
per instructions from Hq USAF, the Director of WAFs as such is her

secondary MOS. Her primary MOS is in another staff position. Effective 1 February, Major Virginia C. Dietz, my headquarters, was appointed

Director of WAFs and operates directly under me, but it is still her

secondary MOS.

To Partridge, I sent:

Orders are being issued this date transferring Captain Donald NMI

Nichols from OSI to Hq Fifth AF. My congratulations to you on securing

Captain Nichols for work under your Deputy for Intelligence. Desire you

commend Captain Nichols for his outstanding performance of duty as a

member of the OSI operating under orders from Hq FEAF.

Mr. Peipgrof of Northwest Airlines called at 1500 hours and indicated that

he had heard from Don King who is in Washington and who wanted to know if

I would support a request by Northwest Airlines in case of a world war to inaugurate a route - Seattle, Hawaii, Guam, to Tokyo. I told Mr. Peipgrof that I

supported nothing, that all I could do was to make recommendations to CINCFE

to whom he should inform Don King to address his query. In case it was referred

to me, I would recommend it based primarily on keeping all airlines operating

into the Far East in case of a war.

Annalee and I attended the farewell cocktail party given by the Gascoignes

at 1745 hours at the British Embassy.

At 2000 hours, Annalee and I honored at dinner at Mayeda House the Assistant Secretary for Army Earl D. Johnson and Mrs. Johnson; other guests were:

Major General Carter B. Magruder, Generals Weyland and Tunner, Mrs. Picher,

General and Mrs. Craigie, General and Mrs. Hickey, and General and Mrs. Allen.

[There was no diary entry for February 6.]

Departed Wednesday, 7 February, for Clark, ETD [estimated time of departure] Haneda 0750 hours.

Arrived Clark 1600 hours local. Met by General

Turner, Colonel Davies, Colonel Wimsatt; received honors

and salute, and proceeded direct to General Turner’s

office where the following subjects were discussed:

(1) General Turner stated that he could not understand why dependents of

officers and non-commissioned officers were not permitted to come to Clark.

He has 209 sets of quarters vacant. He indicated that he had taken this up with

my headquarters some three weeks ago and was informed that it would be discussed with General Hickey and information sent him. I have directed that General Craigie prepare a letter for my signature, covering this subject, personal for

General Turner.

(2) General Turner had been requested to submit the name of a colonel, since

he was over in that grade, to head up the Air Terminal Group under the 315th Air

Division (Combat Cargo). He submitted the name of Colonel Brooks110 (colored)

who is his communications officer and who has performed in a superior manner.

WEDNESDAY and

THURSDAY

7-8 FEBRUARY

1951 

410

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

110. Brooks’ first name is unknown.
General Turner does not want to lose this officer, but he is the only colonel who is

considered qualified to head up the Air Terminal Group.

(3) I have directed Deputy for Personnel to write a letter, personal for

General Turner, for my signature covering thoroughly the rotational policy for

officers assigned to the Thirteenth Air Force. QUESTIONS: A. Have all their

tours been extended six (6) months - as was done by the Army? B. What is the

length of tour in the Philippines and will dependents be permitted to accompany

newly assigned officers?

(4) I questioned Colonel Wimsatt, the Depot Wing commander at Clark if he

could install pylons on the F–80Cs if he had the pylons and drawings. He indicated

that he could and since we have some 53 F–80Cs at Clark, it is my desire that

action be taken by the Deputy for Materiel to ship to Clark the pylons, drawings,

etc., in order that all F–80C aircraft can be equipped with pylons.

(Copies of above extracted and made for Generals Craigie and Alkire and

Colonel Merchant.)

Dispatched from the air, Wednesday, 7 Feb, the fol signal to General

Craigie, Hq FEAF:

Send fol message to General Picher: I recommend promotion to temporary major of Captain Lawrence R. Lockwood.111 He has been a captain

since ‘44. Record outstanding. Signed Stratemeyer.

Message was sent at 03355/Z, to ADA, Dai Ichi Bldg.

The fol message was sent to Major General Hickey, C of S, GHQ,

8 Feb, from the air:

Have package aboard for you. My ETA Haneda 1800. Please send

transportation for package. Stratemeyer.

Message was sent at 0420/Z, to ADA, Dai Ichi Bldg.

Partridge returned the photostat cy [copy] of a letter received

from a Mr. and Mrs. Ale Spradlin, Revela, Ky, and stated

that he had had photostat copies of same made, published,

and distributed throughout all echelons of his command.

(See diary entry under date of [not entered])

Weyland brought in fol radio from Partridge:

Personal for Stratemeyer from Partridge. In the present situation in Korea

it has been found necessary to return the 4th Fighter Wing to Johnson

AFB. This results in presence of 2 senior commanders, one of whom is

on temporary duty in this command. I am reluctant to continue a

command situation in which the senior, Smith, serves in an Air Defense

establishment commanded by a junior, Hall.112 Equally, I am reluctant to

suggest that Smith assume responsibility for the Air Defense of Central

Japan while he is on temporary duty in the Far East. Smith feels, and I

FRIDAY

9 FEBRUARY

1951

411

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

111. Lockwood was a pilot for Stratemeyer.

112. Col, later Brig Gen, George F. Smith commanded the 4th FIW until 31 May 1951

Col Thomas B. Hall, who formerly led both the 3d BW and the 355th FIW, now commanded the 6142d ABW.
concur, that under the circumstances his presence is no longer essential

and that it would be profitable to the AF as a whole to return him to the

United States. This will leave Hall in command over the entire central

Japan Air Defense establishments the fighter portion of which will

consist of 4th Fighter Wing plus other day and night fighter units

stationed at Johnson. Request action be initiated with ZI to return Smith

to the U.S. without delay so that during critical period of AF expansion

his experience and rank may be better utilized.

My immediate reply to Partridge was:

Your 072315Z, CG 32, delivered to me by Weyland. I can’t imagine anything worse happening to a wing commander than to be returned to the ZI

when he brought his wing out here to fight. In spite of your reluctance to

continue Colonel Hall in his position, having Smith as the Fourth Fighter

Interceptor Wing commander under him is to my mind not of sufficient

importance to make a change. Colonel Smith and his wing are over here

on temporary duty status. He is one of our outstanding wing commanders

with much service having graduated from the Military Academy in 1928.

I have been informed that he does not object to his position and I disapprove any action to relieve him from his wing.

Got off a radio to CSAF as follows:

Personal priority secret Vandenberg from Stratemeyer. Reference your

AFCVC 53400, 26 Jan; 53738, 1 Feb; AFPMP 37724, 8 Feb; and my

A 1974 CG, 27 Jan; A 77512 CG, 1 Feb; and A 2236 CG, 2 Feb. THIS

RADIO IN FOUR PARTS. PART I. No reply from you following my last

referenced message where I enlightened you. Reference AFCVC 53400,

letter just received from Twining which is contrary to my understanding

our conversation which contemplated Ferguson’s promotion and return to

FEAF. PART II. Situation here is now such that I am willing to release

Weyland immediately for assignment you outlined. PART III. As discussed with you, I would like to have Ferguson promoted and his knowledge of tactical air operations available in this hq. I also consider Sykes

or a suitable replacement should be returned to complete the project he

was on and maintain follow up of the Barcus study here. PART IV.

Request your decisions on Weyland, Ferguson, and Sykes.

Dispatched to Twining the following:

Light bomb units of my command are severely reduced in combat effectiveness thru lack of aval acft. Present auth[orization] is 112 UE [unit

equipment] B–26s. We have recently asked that this be increased to 144

to provide 24 UE acft per sq. This req was based on the fact that the

B–26 has proven to be our best day-night support-interdiction weapon.

The increase will considerably enhance our combat capabilities. At

present we have a total of 110 B–26s in FEAF, of which 16 are ineffective in FEAMCOM. The inflow of repairable B–26s to FEAMCOM will

approximately balance deliveries from there. We are losing 6 B–26s per

month in operations. Part 6 of your rad AFODA 53865 dtd 3 Feb 51

412

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS
schedules certain B–26 monthly departures from the ZI and we assume

delivery date to combat to be one month later. Plotting these deliveries

against the above 6 per month attrition shows that it will be the last part

of May 51 before our light bomb units will have aval even the 112 UE

acft they are presently auth. Delivery schedules of B–26s must be

advanced if our rqmts are to be realistically met. I request that you give

this your pers attn to assure that the max aval force is working around the

clock to effect delivery of B–26 acft to my combat units.

Cleaned off all accumulated papers on my desk and left the office at 1700

hours sharp.

Received the fol rad from Twining:

Reurad AX 2481 D/O dated 8 Feb 51 every effort is

being made to expedite the delivery of B–26 aircraft to

your theater. You will be advised as to the increase in

estimated deliveries that can be expected.

Bucked Tunner’s Activities Report - 10 Sept thru 7 Feb - to Partridge and

Doyle for their paragraph-by-paragraph comments and expeditious return to me.

In reference to the X Corps staff study, wrote Partridge that

inasmuch as study bogged down (apparently) in GHQ since it has not been

referred to me for comment, and since you would have had comments to

make on it had it been referred to you officially, desire you submit a copy

of the report (which I understand you have) together with the comments

you would have made. I intend to forward your comments on to Vandenberg for reference in case the DA brings up the subject in any way.

Returned to Doyle Hickey the letter from Matt Ridgway signed by

Allen

...Your recent reply to my letter re “utilization of aircraft for emergency

supply purposes” and the attached letter certainly are fair and well

thought out, and meet the objections that I presented. (Follows cy of

Ridgway letter)

Ltr 8th Army, dtd 8 Feb:

Dear Doyle: The views expressed in your letter of 5 Feb, relative to effective utilization of transport a/c are fully appreciated and I welcome the

opportunity to state our case as we see it here. My policy is to utilize airlift and/or airdrop only when no other means of transportation has the

capability of delivering supplies to the location by the time they are

required. To this end all requests for air supply are thoroughly screened

by a central requirement section in the headquarters. This procedure is

designed to eliminate use of air supply when any other means will suffice. In spite of the above, some air supply has become a daily essential

requirement for several reasons. This is particularly true at present while

we are operating well north of operable rail lines in addition to being

SATURDAY

10 FEBRUARY

1951

413

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY
engaged in moderate combat activities. As you know, the entire rail

system over here is barely capable of serving the number of troops in the

theater when moderate combat, forward troop movements or sabotage are

not involved. When supplies other than the bare minimum are required,

means other than rail must be utilized. Every effort is made to use motor

vehicles and sealift for this purpose and to build up quantities of supply

near the front. Nevertheless we are forced constantly to use some air

supply as the only practicable means to meet emergency requirements

and to some extent, what I consider “normal” requirements. In order to

supplement the limited capabilities of the railroad the maximum use of

sea-lift is made. We are now landing some supplies on the west coast at

Kunsan, and trans-shipping them north by rail to I and IX Corps supply

points. However, the X Corps is located where its units must rely

completely upon a single track railroad, motor vehicles or air. While the

above is only a brief statement of the problem I believe you will see that

some supply by air, under present circumstances at least may be considered a normal and justifiable requirement. You may be assured, however,

that we shall continue to work toward further reduction of these requirements to the absolute minimum. Should either you or Strat have any other

suggestions on this subject, I would appreciate your views and will do my

utmost to conform. Ridgway signed by Allen.

Received the fol rad from Vandenberg:

Reference your A 2551 CG, 9 Feb. I plan to promote Col. Ferguson on

the next list and return him to your command before March 1st. General

Weyland will return as soon as possible after Ferguson’s arrival. He will

proceed for temporary duty to this headquarters before assignment to a

permanent station. A suitable replacement will be furnished you for

Colonel Sykes to complete the project you refer to.

After receipt of the above quoted radio and in reply to a letter I had previously received from Twining on 29 Jan which was concerned with news of the

postponement of the Vincent [sic, Vinson] congressional inquiry, the study

started by Sykes and the Barcus group, and personnel requirements regarding

same for FEAF, I replied as follows:

Dear Nate: I have just received your letter of 29 Jan bringing me up to

date on the outlook for a congressional investigation, and the action

underway in USAF Headquarters to monitor the project of the investigation and operations in Korea. I thoroughly agree that we must continue to

be prepared for such an investigation, and to give the whole truth, which

is that the USAF in the Far East has continuously discharged all its

responsibilities to the joint team consistently better than the other members of the team. The establishment of a small Korean Evaluation Group

in your headquarters is an excellent method of accomplishing this at your

end. I am sure you realize, however, that the basic information must

continue to come from this end in such a manner that it can be integrated

with the data already delivered in the Stearns and Barcus reports. It was

for this purpose that I originally asked for Bart Leach out here, and then

414

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS
got Colonel Sykes who did an outstandingly superior job. I soon realized

that one man could not adequately collate and integrate the mass of material which had accumulated, and accordingly recommended that a USAF

Evaluation Group be established. The Barcus group was sent out. I had

expected that this group would stay on the job until its conclusion and

accordingly turned Sykes over to Barcus. Ferguson also helped out. When

the Barcus group returned to the ZI, I concurred in sending Sykes and

Ferguson back for a short while to assist in preparing for the Congressional investigation; however, I certainly didn’t expect to lose them

permanently. I expected Sykes to continue on this end the work which he

had started. As you suggested, Darrow, Merle Williams, and Kinney113

(now in GHQ) are extremely competent officers. However, a new officer

assigned to this work would be thoroughly entangled for a long time in

familiarizing himself with the past efforts of Sykes, Barcus and Dr.

Stearns before he could pick up the ball and make a positive contribution to this complex problem. That is the reason I have consistently asked

for Sykes’ return. I am enclosing a copy of a signal I sent Van yesterday

and which bears on this subject. A copy of his reply is attached also

which came in this afternoon. His decisions are most gratifying. I will

carry on here now to the very best of my ability. I am acutely aware of the

gigantic overall tasks you have back there, and thoroughly appreciate the

assistance you and all have given me in carrying on my part of the job.

Best regards. G.E.S., etc.

Received the fol rad from USAF:

Reurad M 77935 CG dtd 5 Feb 51. (1) Barring further change in the international situation, reservists assigned to these units not desiring to remain

in the active establishment under available options will be released as

nearly in accordance with their desires as a replacement can be made

available. In no case will they be held involuntarily beyond 21 months

without amendment to present laws. (2) The above should not be interpreted as restricting the transfer of personnel into or out of their unit when

such action is considered necessary. (3) Present planning provides that

the 452d Bomb Gp, L, and the 437th TC Gp, M, will retain their status as

USAFR units on EAD [extended active duty] until completion of 21

months of active military service at which time personnel will be released

or reassigned to regular AF units (17 Bomb Gp, L and 317 TC Gp) in

accordance with above stated personnel policy. (4) A board of officers

(The Matheny Board) was appointed in 1946 for the purpose of reviewing and determining numerical designations of units to be retained in the

regular AF. This board listed the following bomb gps, L, and trp car gps

(presently inactive) as having priority over all other presently inactive

regular and active USAFR units. Therefore, these units will be activated

as regular AF units prior to the designation of any active reserve units of

the same type as regular AF units.

415

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

113. Col Don O. Darrow, Director of Plans, FEAF; Col Merle R. Williams, Assistant Director of Operations,

FEAF, and in May 1951, executive officer of the 8th FW; probably Col Andrew J. Kinney, who was a member of the Joint Strategic Plans and Operations Group, and later a member of the U.N. Truce Team in Korea. 
Bomb Group Light Troop Carrier

47 17 38 317, 313, 315

Mr. L.L. Brabham, Director of Republic Aviation Military Requirements

Branch, had lunch with me at Mayeda House. He is due to return to the ZI.

Received a radio that Chidlaw, with party of eight, including Mr. Mundy

Peale,114 are expected to arrive this theater, 5 March.

Annalee attended the Dulles group soiree at the Imperial Hotel late

this afternoon.

Bucked copies of the following to CSAF and CINCFE in

addition to sending General Kean a “thank you” reply.

Subject: Results of Tactical Air Close Support Mission

(dated 12 January 1951) thru CG Eighth United States Army

in Korea, APO 301 to CG Fifth Air Force, APO 710. (1) Interrogation of

prisoners captured 10 Jan 51 by the 27th Infantry reveals that the night B–26

raids, using flares to illuminate the enemy area prior to bombing, have been

particularly terrifying and have caused their night movements to become

much less effective. These prisoners state that their units have been able to

move only approximately one-fourth the distance they normally did without

the harrassing effect of night missions flown by your command. The 27th

Infantry further reports that these missions have been of inestimable value to

them. (2) The above information is forwarded to you as it is believed that

you and the members of your command should receive firsthand information

of the result of your efforts, and know how much we of this Division appreciate your service. s/W.B. Kean, Major General, U.S. Army, Commanding

25th Infantry Division, APO 25.

1st Indorsement, subject: Results of Tactical Air Close Support Mission, Hq

Eighth U.S. Army Korea (EUSAK) APO 301, 19 Jan 51, to CG, Fifth AF in

Korea, APO 970, (1) It is with pleasure that General Kean’s letter expressing the appreciation of the officers and men of the 25th Infantry Division is

forwarded. (2) The entire Eighth Army recognizes and is grateful for the

magnificent support being rendered by the Fifth AF in the achievement of

our common objective. For the Commanding General, s/Leven C. Allen,115

Major General, U.S. Army, Chief of Staff.

Received word that Colonel Thomas B. Hall, the CO of my 6142d Air Base

Wing, has been reported missing on a night mission over the Hungnam area.

Annalee and I attended a poker and supper party at the Castillos (Spanish

Ambassador to Japan) and had a very, very pleasurable evening.

Got off a letter of commendation, with copies going to Stearley and Briggs, to Col. Payne Jennings for the superior Tarzon

bombing job done yesterday on the bridge at Kanggye. They

took two spans out.

MONDAY

12 FEBRUARY

1951

SUNDAY

11 FEBRUARY

1951

416

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

114. Peale was president and general manager of Republic Aviation.

115. During World War II, Allen was Omar Bradley’s chief of staff at Twelfth Army Group. He was now the

Eighth Army’s chief of staff.
General Sweetser, 1200 hours, to lunch. Annalee had a cheese souffle with

all the trimmings, ending up with a chocolate snowball. I never saw anyone enjoy

a meal more than Sweetser.

At 1600 hours, made a Mutual Broadcast Tape “question and answer

recording” for Mr. Kallsen, MBC.

About 1015 hours, General Hobart R. “Hap” Gay called at

the office. Had a nice talk and he again praised the AF and

stated that not only did he not agree with all the palaver

about Marine air being better than USAF, but he said his lst

Cav on the ground was just as good as any Marine outfit.

Left the office early at 1100 hours to play golf. Major Adams and I won our

match from General McClure and Lt. Graham.

Before leaving the office, signed and dispatched a letter to Van, enclosing a

photostat of Hap Gay’s letter re air support - and thanks, and gave a thank you

letter to Gay, when he came in, for his consideration in letting us know how he

feels about our support. His letter to Partridge quoted herewith:

Hq 1st Cavalry Division, Office of the CG, APO 201, dtd 31 Jan 51 - Dear

General Partridge: Upon my departure for a new assignment I wish to thank

you and your Fifth AF for the magnificent air support that you have given

this division during the past 6 and 1/2 months of combat. I assure, that whatever combat success we have had has been due to no little part to your cooperation and to the gallantry of your intrepid pilots. The 1st Cavalry Division

is, and forever will be, grateful. s/Hobart R. Gay, Maj. Gen., USA.

General Whitney (CINCFE’s military secretary) gave me

the following press release as issued by CINCFE 13 Feb:

General MacArthur after inspecting the Korean battlefront,

this evening commented as follows: “What the future has in

store in Korea continues to be largely dependent upon international considerations, and decisions not yet known here. Meanwhile, the Command is

doing everything that could reasonably be expected of it. Our field strategy,

initiated upon Communist China’s entry into the war, involving a rapid withdrawal to lengthen the enemy’s supply lines with resultant pyramiding of his

logistical difficulties and an almost astronomical increase in the destructiveness of our air power has worked well.116 In the development of this strategy

the 8th Army has achieved local tactical successes through maximum

exploitation of the air’s massive blows on extended enemy concentrations

and supplies [underlining in original] but in the evaluation of these successes sight must not be lost of the enemy’s remaining potential for reinforcement and resupply. We must not fall into the error of evaluating such

tactical successes as decisively leading to the enemy’s defeat just as many

erred in assessing our strategic withdrawals in the fact of Communist

China’s commitment to war as a decisive defeat inflicted upon us.

WEDNESDAY

14 FEBRUARY

1951

TUESDAY

13 FEBRUARY

1951

417

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

116. Given what had actually happened in Korea, even for MacArthur this is a remarkable example of obfuscation

and palliation. MacArthur’s statement, however, indicates that the ground commanders had finally gained a

greater appreciation of the FEAF interdiction effort and what it could do for them. (Futrell, pp 313-315.)
We are still engaged in a war of maneuver with the object of inflicting as

heavy a punishment upon the enemy as possible, striving constantly to keep

him off balance to prevent his obtaining and holding the tactical initiative

while at the same time avoiding the hazards inherent in his numerical

superiority. The concept advanced by some that we should establish a line

across Korea and enter into positional warfare is wholly unrealistic and

illusory. It fails completely to take into account the length of such a line at

the narrowest lateral, the rugged terrain which is involved and the relatively

small force which could be committed to the purpose. The attempt to engage

in such strategy would insure destruction of our forces piecemeal. Talk of

crossing the 38th Parallel at the present stage of the campaign except by

scattered patrol action incidental to the tactical situation is purely academic.

From a military standpoint we must materially reduce the existing superiority of our Chinese Communist enemy engaging with impunity in undeclared

war against us, with the unprecedented military advantage of sanctuary

protection for his military potential against our counter attack upon Chinese

soil, before we can seriously consider conducting major operations north of

that geographic line.

Meanwhile, however, the complete coordination of our land, sea and air

forces and the consequent smooth synchronization of their combined operations, with each arm contributing its full part, continues to inflict terrific

losses upon the enemy. General Ridgway is proving himself a brilliant and

worthy successor to General Walker in command of the 8th Army and with

Admiral Struble in command of the Fleet and General Partridge in command

of the Air comprise an ideal trio of field commanders. [underlining in original]

Colonel C.A. Mahoney117 came by the office this PM and among other things

mentioned that the Holy Cross nuns at Nagoya were upset because an Air Force

officer had approached the Mother Superior and indicated the AF was going to

take back the old barracks buildings that K.B. Wolfe had given them in which to

run their high school. Wrote a letter to Del Spivey asking him to personally call

on the Mother Superior and set their and her mind at peace. Sent a copy of my

letter to Del to Pat Mahoney.

Upon my arrival at the office, read the incoming redline from Vandenberg which is as follows:

As you have probably learned by now, the award of the Silver Star to certain members of your immediate staff has caused a great deal of adverse

comment back here. In addition, I have been asked for a full explanation

of the circumstances surrounding these awards by Chairman Vinson of

the House Armed Services Committee. I am sure you recognize from our

previous correspondence, my attitude on the award of combat decorations

to staff officers not involved in day to day contact with the enemy. My

first inclination on learning of these awards was to cancel them. The more

I think of it, the more I think that is still the sound thing to do. Before

doing it, however, I would like to know how embarrassing such action on

418

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

117. Mahoney’s job is unknown.
my part would be to you. If you feel strongly that these awards should not

be cancelled in light of the above, I need by cable your full justification

for making these particular awards.

After mulling over my reply to Vandenberg, I took a rough draft of same

over to General MacArthur for him to make, as a personal favor to me, whatever

comments he felt. After getting his complete backing, I sent the following reply

redline to Vandenberg:

Reur 144 redline. I have probed my soul as well as precedents in World

War II for a valid reason that would cause me to reverse my decision on

the award of Silver Stars to staff officers of FEAF. In all sincerity, I am

unable to discover any such justification. The awards now being questioned were made for extreme gallantry far beyond the normal call of

duty. My staff officers neither were required nor expected to fly combat

missions to test newly devised and at that time untested battle tactics.

Neither are staff officers required or expected to intentionally expose

themselves to ground fire in order to obtain first-hand knowledge that

better fitted them for execution of their job. Yet that is exactly what the

seven officers who were decorated did. In the early days in Korea, both

Craigie and Weyland felt that they had to know themselves just what if

any developments or changes could or should be made in our detailed

combat operations. They found out the hard way - by flying unescorted

B–29 missions, unescorted RB–29 missions, B–26 strafing missions, and

tactical control missions in unarmed T–6 aircraft. In the cases of Crabb

and Picher, they did essentially the same. It should be noted that Picher

was not serving as Inspector General at the time of the act, but instead

was one of two Deputies for Operation, alternating 12-hour shifts with

Crabb. Our intelligence resulting from long-range reconnaissance left

much to be desired and once again a staff officer, Banfill, as Deputy for

Intelligence, flew on missions himself to find out at first hand the reasons

why. The effectiveness of FEAF’s combat operations today, of which I

am proud, is due in no small part to the voluntary actions of these officers. I am truly proud of their actions and feel that a piece of ribbon is

small recompense for the dangers these senior staff officers eagerly

exposed themselves to. The last thing I want to do is reflect in any disparaging way on the value of the Silver Star as an award to be highly

prized. Admittedly these officers were not wounded, not shot down and

not captured, but they willingly exposed themselves to that hazard, knowing full well the treatment they undoubtedly would receive should they

fall in enemy hands. Colonel Thomas B. Hall, one of Fifth Air Force’s top

officers serving here in Japan, three nights ago flew with a night intruder

mission to better qualify himself to perform his duties, and has been missing in action since. Theirs was a calculated risk, carefully thought

through, and accepted not in the emotional heat of battle, but in cold logic

and reasoning. Staff officers of the Air Force in World War II faced the

same difficult solution: should they depend on written reports or should

they go to find out for themselves. Many staff officers decided to go and

they were suitably rewarded. I feel that the precedent merits continuance.

419

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY
I have asked General MacArthur, as a personal favor to me, to review

these cases and give his professional opinion as to whether the awards

were warranted. He has done so, and has given an affirmative opinion in

every case. I cannot fail to disagree with the negative implication of your

reference to combat decorations to staff officers in day-to-day contact

with the enemy. These awards are for personal bravery and are not

connected in any way, that I can see, with continuity of contact with the

enemy. I have carefully studied the regulations for the award of the Silver

Star and can find nothing in these awards which violates either the spirit

or letter of the regulation. I consider that I was justified. I do not believe

that the slightest attention should be paid to sensation seeking reporters

who attack military actions about which they have no intimate knowledge.

To do so tends to establish an invisible control over our officers and

airmen which cannot fail to be highly jeopardizing. Before you make any

final decision to cancel the awards in question, I earnestly suggest that you

weigh the additional publicity which might be adverse and, in any event,

unwelcome since you feel as you do. The heroism of my staff officers’ acts

in my estimation remains unquestioned and undiminished.

Started snowing late yesterday afternoon and followed by a

blizzard that lasted the night.

Came in from Mayeda House to the office via jeep.

Had copies of Vandenberg’s incoming redline to me, and

my outgoing redline to him with reference my award of the Silver Star to my

staff officers, made up and presented each one a copy each of the two radios: -

Generals Craigie, Weyland, Crabb, Banfill, Picher, Alkire, and Colonel Erler.*

*Full quotes of radios under diary date 14 Feb 51.

Dispatched the fol personal letter to Kenneth McNaughton118 (Major General), USAF Director of Training:

It is my opinion that here in the Far East Air Forces we have the finest

operational training unit that has ever existed to prepare both combat

crews and ground personnel to take their places in fighting units. This

applies to all type outfits that I have here in the Far East - including

fighter, light bombardment (both day and night), medium bombardment,

tactical reconnaissance and aircraft control and warning units. I discussed

this with both General Vandenberg and Ted Landon when they were out

here and both were in general agreement with this proposal. We, here,

feel that there has never been such an opportunity to train under combat

conditions as we now have in Korea, Japan and Okinawa. All of our personnel, both ground and air, have encountered new problems and have

secured fresh wartime experience which is invaluable to them and to the

United States Air Force. Our air crews have flown through all types of

weather and, as a result, have gotten exceptionally fine navigational training. The ever-present threat of air interception and the constant subjection

THURSDAY

15 FEBRUARY

1951

420

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

118. McNaughton held several training assignments in World War II. He was appointed head of the newly-created

Directorate of Training in Aug. 1949.
421

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

to ack-ack and small arms ground fire have given these air crewmen

combat seasoning which I strongly believe should be spread throughout

the United States Air Force. This, of course, applies equally to adjutants,

supply officers, maintenance officers and airmen of all grades, who have

gained tremendously in field experience. Headquarters, United States Air

Force, has helped us to work out a program to exchange our 19th Group

crews with SAC, and SAC has arranged to rotate with their ZI units not

only the crews, but the entire personnel of the 98th and 307th Groups. We

started in December to return for exchange with ZI units, a limited number

of fighter and light bombardment crews and your headquarters is now in

The weather in Korea during the winter of 1950-1951 was some of the worst on

record for that country. Although such weather could hinder operations considerably, it did not always stop them as evidenced by this F–51 (above) taxiing in

the snow and the F–86 (below) being uncovered by its well-clothed ground crew.
the process of attempting to expand this program by a further exchange

with ZI units. So far, this is all the rotation we have in process. It seems

to me that as soon as you are in a position to turn out enough people from

your schools and operational training units, and of course after we are up

to war strength, the pipeline could well be filled with these graduates and

other people who have not had combat experience, headed towarded the

Far East, and we in turn, could fill the pipeline back to the ZI with field

and combat trained officers and airmen who could be put directly into the

new units that are being created in the ZI or into training spots where they

could contribute to the expansion. It will be particularly important to

place these people where their experience could be used to the best

advantage. I certainly recommend that you discuss this with Nugent and

Edwards and then with General Twining, and see if we can’t set up a

pipeline in order to obtain the full benefit of the combat and field service

training that is available here in the Far East Air Forces for your newly

activated and training units. Best regards., G.E.S., etc.

Early in the morning, received a signal, personal from Twining telling me

that USAF had not received a reply to their signal that they had sent on 6 Feb.

Upon investigation, we found that the USAF signal had never been received so

we had to go back and ask them for it. The radio arrived in quick order and practically the remainder of the afternoon was spent preparing our reply - A 2803

(redline Personal Twining from Stratemeyer) subject of USAF radio and reply

was “recommendations for the promotion to temporary major general and

brigadier general.”

Mesdames Partridge, Timberlake and Katz, who are here in Tokyo for a few

days, joined us at Mayeda House with Marian Picher, General Weyland and

Colonel Pat Mahoney, and the Overackers, for a Mexican dinner.

Nuckols got a “nickle” for the fol radio which I sent to

Vandenberg:

Far East Air Force and Australian, South African, Korean

and land-based Marine Corps airplanes under FEAF’s

operational control on 15 February set new high sortie mark of 1,025.

Previous high sortie figure was 958 flown on 3 January.

Dispatched the following memorandum to CINCFE:

On 15 February 1951 your Far East Air Forces and Australian, South

African, Korean, and land-based Marine Corps airplanes under Far East

Air Forces operational control set a new all-time high sortie mark of

1,025. The previous high sortie figure was 958 flown on 3 January 1951.

This confirms your recent statement to me that the Far East Air Forces

with other United Nations land-based airplanes would pass the thousand

sortie mark. I’m proud of this record. s/G.E.S., etc.

Dispatched the fol personal radio to Vandenberg re Weyland’s status:

Appreciate action indicated in your AVCVC 5449, dtd 10 Feb 51. Weyland

would like some leave, which he deserves, before temporary assignment

FRIDAY

16 FEBRUARY

1951

422

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS
your headquarters and new permanent station. In order to facilitate this, I

intend to release him from FEAF on 22 February as we can get along

until Ferguson arrives.

After much mulling and discussion, dispatched the following letter to

Curt LeMay:

Dear Curt, I have had suggested to me from many sources, including staff

officers, to urge you to make a bombing attack, non-stop, from the United

States, utilizing tankers, against a North Korean target.

I realize that you are under an expansion program which includes the

activation and training, equipping and manning of new units.

I do feel, though, that such a mission by a squadron of B–29s if it did not

interfere too much with your training and expansion, would be well worth

the effort.

I do not propose to even suggest it unless you agree that it could be done

without interference with your present important expansion and mission.

FEAF Bomber Command (Provisional) under Briggs is carrying on beautifully. Your SAC groups are continuing to demonstrate the excellence of

their previous training. Pete Jennings of the 19th Group has devoted a lot

of personal effort to the Tarzon project and two out of the last three

missions with this potential new weapon have been completely successful.

The rotation of personnel between the medium bomb groups here in the

Far East and SAC Units in the ZI, as agreed upon at the Hawaii Conference, promises to be mutually beneficial to both FEAF and your new

groups and will result in an excellent distribution of our newly acquired

Korean experience. I am really pleased at the prospect of having a

complete turnover of personnel in both SAC groups and turnover of

combat crew personnel in the 19th Group.

Would appreciate your comments on above first four paragraphs.

Best regards. Sincerely, G.E.S., etc.

Departed Haneda 1000 hours and landed at Taegu at 1400

hours. Was met by Generals Partridge and Timberlake,

Colonel Tyer and other senior officers at the base. We went

to the office of Colonel Tyer where I told all, expect Generals Partridge and Timberlake to vacate the office and then took up my business

with General Partridge. I showed him and let him keep the copy of Vandenberg’s

signal reference his promotion and that of Weyland. I also gave him a copy of my

radio recommendations to Twining reference promotion of officers to major

general and brigadier general. I discussed this signal with him and he was very

pleased with what I had done.

He said he would give Colonel George Price a good square break at Misawa.

I cautioned him reference General Mark Clark’s visit to Eighth Army and

told both Timberlake and him to speak up and state exactly how they considered

air support should be rendered and who should be in command and control if the

subject was raised by General Clark.

I queried General Partridge reference the tactical support paper supposedly

sent all over the Army by the X Corps commander. He stated that a copy with his

SATURDAY

17 FEBRUARY

1951

423

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY
424

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

comments had left his headquarters for me.

He confirmed the assignment of Lt Colonel Jack Dale to my headquarters

who, in turn, will be assigned to operations.

The following is the new assignment and switch of certain senior Air Force

officers within the Fifth Air Force:

a. Colonel George Price to Misawa, vice Colonel Jenkins.

b. Colonel Jenkins to Hq 314th Air Division to be assistant to General

Spivey, vice Lawhon.

c. Lawhon to be CG 35th Wing, vice Gray.

d. Gray to Itazuke to be number two to Colonel Jack Price, vice Stratton.

e. Lt. Col. Bull to be area commander, K-2, vice West.

f. West at Nagoya Air Base to be number two to Davasher.

g. Davasher, A-1, 314th Air Division, to be commanding officer, Nagoya Air

Base, vice Parker.

h. Parker at 35th Wing to be executive for Lawhon.

i. Colonel Low relieved from command 18th Wing - to Fifth AF Hq, A-1,

vice Lt. Col. Walz to be air base CO 67th Wing Photo.

j. Col. T.C. Rogers to command 18th Wing, vice Low.

k. Wintermute relieved as group commander, 18th Group, returns to Philippines while Col. Cox, 18th Wing, appointed group C.O.

l. Colonel McBride to command 35th Fighter Group, vice Jack Dale

relieved to go to Hq FEAF from 452d Wing.

m. Col. Dempster to A-3 section, from 452d Wing, Hq Fifth Air Force.

n. LaClare to be exec to Col. Rogers in 18th Wing.119

(2 copies made of above extract from CG’s diary under date of 17 Feb 51.)

After our business, I inspected all facilities of the 67th Recon Wing, with Col.

Karl L. Polifka.120 Everyone appeared very happy that I had taken the time to

review with Colonel Polifka their facilities and to find out for myself the job that

he was doing. During the inspection, I talked with the Eighth Army interpreters

who are setting up their facilities right next to the Air Force interpreters’ buildings

which are to be connected by a covered passageway. While talking to these Army

interpreters, I learned that in their opinion, which confirms mine, that the front

line divisions were not getting photographs of the area in their immediate fronts

and they guaranteed to me as soon as they were set up they would get them

forwarded via liaison airplanes as that would be one of their responsibilities.

Departed Taegu about 1615 hours and landed at Haneda at 1925 hours.

119. Col Jack S. Jenkins previously commanded the 49th FBW; Col Brooks A. Lawhon had been Assistant Vice

Commander, 5AF (Rear), then Deputy for Operations, Assistant Deputy for Operations, and Assistant Vice

Commander (Japan) before taking command of the 35th FIW on Feb. 18; Col Frederic C. Gray had commanded the 6150th Tac Sup Wg and the 35th FIW; Col Wilbur A. Stratton, before becoming the Itazuke CO, had

been the executive officer for the 8th FBW; Lt Col Frederick K. Bull; Col Joseph H. West had previously been

5AF adjutant general; Col Glenn L. Davasher had also been Assistant Vice Commander, 5AF (Adv), Deputy

Vice Commander, Deputy for Personnel (Japan), and, again, assistant vice commander; Col Maurice E. Parker

had been executive officer, then CO of the 6101st ABG; Col Curtis R. Low; Lt Col Robert W. Waltz; Col Turner C. Rogers was Assistant Deputy for Operations, 5AF prior to assuming command of the 18th FBW; Col Ira

A. Wintermute; Col Homer M. Cox; Col William P. McBride had been the commander of the 502d Tac Ctl Gp;

Col Kenneth C. Dempster had been the 452d BW’s deputy for operations; Col Edward F. LaClare.

120. Polifka was a major figure in the USAF in the field of aerial reconnaissance and his services had been

requested by General Stratemeyer. Polifka arrived in the Far East in late January. His command, the 67th Tactical Reconnaissance Wing, was activated on Feb. 25. Unhappily, Polifka was killed on July 1 when his

RF–51 was shot down. (Futrell, pp 546-547.)
Prior to my take-off today, the first radio I saw was a signal from Vandenberg

which stated that he wanted me to keep Weyland here a little longer inasmuch

as he wanted Weyland to receive his third star while still in the war zone, and

Vandenberg also said that he had put in for Partridge’s third star. I was very

very gratified.

In reply dispatched a redline to Vandenberg: “Your RL 154 received

and will be complied with. Overjoyed. Both most deserving.”

Sent a copy of the Vandenberg redline to General MacArthur with the

attached personal note:

Attached hereto is a signal I received from General Vandenberg this

morning. I heartily concur in both these promotions as I am sure you do.

Sincerely, G.E.S., etc.

Informed that during my absence from the office, General Turner departed

for the Philippines. He attended the 8:30 briefing with me prior to my take-off.

Got off the following two memos, based on my conversations while at Taegu:

To Deputy, Materiel: I had a good opportunity yesterday,

while at Taegu, to see the new napalm mobile mix

machine. All of the Fifth Air Force people are most enthusiastic about it;

however, I also found that they are short of napalm mix. Everyone

present indicated that everything had been done by the people in the Fifth

Air Force, and by FEAMCOM, and by you to ship more mix over to

them. I am writing this to see if there isn’t some additional push that you

could give to having an ample supply of this latest napalm mix in Korea

and available for the using units?

Vice Commander, Operations: In conference with General Partridge

yesterday he made a strong recommendation that we set up some two or

three B–29s for night bombing, utilizing the MPQ-2 system and further

recommends that 500-pound general purpose bombs be used with VT

fuses. We must be careful to not divert too much of our medium bomber

effort for this purpose because General Partridge feels, and I agree with

him, that our entire effort might be diverted to this type of operations. He

feels, and I agree, that we should train our B–29 crews however in this

operation and therefore I desire that you take the necessary action.

Received in the mail from Partridge the Army staff studies on TACTICAL

AIR SUPPORT with Partridge’s covering letter. Sent the entire folio to Weyland

with the following comments:

Your attention is invited to the attached letter from General Partridge with

the four enclosures which is in reply to my letter on 10 February 1951

concerning the X Corps staff study on ARMY TACTICAL AIR SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS. It is desired that you have prepared for my

signature a letter of transmittal to General Vandenberg (“Marked Personal

For”) and include with the papers a copy of my letter of 10 February.

SUNDAY

18 FEBRUARY

1951

425

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY
These attached papers should be carefully studied and the letter that you

have prepared for my signature again, very definitely should point out

that the X Corps study is biased and displays great ignorance.

Reference should also be made to the study prepared by the Eighth

United States Army. We must also state in the letter that the two studies

referred to were not given to us for comment nor were we, the experts,

permitted to offer any advice or to assist in the study. A statement should

also be made that we have not secured these studies officially, but since

they are so critical of our air support, they should be made available to Hq

United States Air Force with our comments, and those of General

Partridge, in case either study is used by the Army to detract in any way

against the United States Air Force. s/G.E.S., etc.

Dispatched the fol letter to Matt Ridgway:

We have at Taegu in command of the 67th Recon Wing, Colonel Karl L.

Polifka. He was sent out here at the United States Air Force’s number one

man in this specialized field. He is also a real planner and an organizer.

While at Taegu yesterday, I discussed many subjects with him reference the

use of photography - how it should be used and how the people that you

have in the Eighth Army could be used to better advantage for the Eighth

Army. I urge at your first opportunity you send word for Polifka to call on

you in order that you can gain all possible advantageous information from

him. Please, Matt, understand that I am not getting into your business, but

I am so impressed with Polifka’s ability that I want you to benefit therefrom. He’s a team player and I’m confident can be most useful to you as

well as to us with some suggestions he will make, if you request him to do

so. Best regards. You are doing a great job. s/ G.E.S., etc.

About 1500 hours, Miss Mildred Tsai arrived and brought a very beautiful

luncheon set from Hong Kong for me. Mildred was my Chinese interpreter

during my duty in China during the last war; she is a most capable and nice

young lady. I have made arrangements with SCAP for her to be assigned to my

Deputy for Intelligence for duty in Headquarters, FEAF.

As a result of my R&R to VC, Ops, today’s date, he sent out, with my

approval, the fol rad to CG 5th AF, and CG FEAF BOMCOM,

AX 2944 VCO:

This radio in five parts. PART I. In the conduct of joint operations, it is

occasionally necessary for strategic bombardment aviation to supplement

tactical aviation in close support of ground forces by area saturation or

carpet bombing close to friendly front lines (a) to facilitate a man attack

of friendly ground forces against strong enemy defensive positions, or

(b) under emergency conditions to break up mass hostile attacks which

threaten the existence of friendly ground forces. PART II. It is desired to

further develop techniques and operational procedures for such employment of medium bombers (a) to bomb through an overcast, under bad

weather conditions, or at night, (b) to improve bombing accuracy of areas

lacking really unidentifiable aiming points, and (c) to achieve greatest

426

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS
possible safety to friendly ground forces. PART III. To accomplish the

foregoing, it is desired that BOMCOM, in collaboration with Fifth Air

Force, conduct tests under combat conditions at night with individual

B–29 aircraft bombing with AN/MPQ-2 radar control. Consider the

employment of AN/UPN-4 radar beacons as supplementary guidance and

safety feature. PART IV. If initial test results warrant, increase utilization

of B–29s to 2-3 aircraft per night as permitted by primary BOMCOM

mission in order to train sufficient number of lead crews in each of our

three groups in this technique to permit maximum effort strikes if called

for under conditions contemplated in Part I. PART V. Desire that CG

FEAF BomCom render a final report on this project as soon as possible,

and interim reports if appropriate.

Got off my weekly letter to Gill Robb Wilson. About 1500

hours Messrs Carroll, Lisle and Williams,121 USAF

Civilian Personnel, paid me a visit. Merchant claims

they are helping us.

At 1600 hours, Mr. Melvin E. Terrell who heads up the Special Projects

Section for Aeronautical Charts, USAF, came in to see me. I directed that he visit

all of my four major commands (their headquarters) and also visit K-2 to meet

and discuss the Aeronautical Charts Service with Colonel Karl Polifka,

commanding the 67th Recon Wing.

Compton Pakenham, Newsweek, was over for cocktails and we invited him

to stay to dinner. He wants me to attend with him on 15 March, near Nagoya, the

primitive ceremonies that are held yearly (the only cult in existence in Japan) in

worship of phallic symbols.

Yesterday approved dispatch of fol radio to Twining,

# A 2981:

This msg in 3 parts. PART I. JCS requested CINCFE;s

views in regard to CNO’s recommendation to JCS that

responsibility for security of the Marianas-Bonins and Volcano Islands,

as well as opnl control of facilities and local forces thereon, revert

to CINCPAC. PART II. For your info, CINCFE’s views are as fols:

a. These facilities should not be assumed by cmdr remote fr actual theater of combat opns. b. Bases must remain under CINCFE control for the

cmds defense in depth, their use as bases for major air opns and the rqmt

for a rear area for staging, maint, and re-sup[ply] of combat forces.

CINCFE further states his dissatisfaction with present tenuous naval

cmd relationships and recmds 7th Fleet and other temporary allocated

naval forces be placed directly under him. PART III. I strongly concur in

CINCFE’s views. I must retain under my control Guam as one of my

major air bases. In case of world struggle, Tinian and Saipan must

remain under CINCFE.

TUESDAY

20 FEBRUARY

1951

MONDAY

19 FEBRUARY

1951

427

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

121. R.E. Williams, Chief, Overseas Affairs Division, Director of Civilian Personnel, HQ USAF; Thomas D.

Lisle worked in the same division; Margaret J. Carroll.
Presented the Bronze Star award to Squadron Leader Jack F. Sach who has

been TDY from RAF to my Headquarters for the past year and who has been

utilized in hqs as operations analysis officer. A very fine fellow. Told him so in

a letter of commendation, copies of which I sent to Slessor in London and to

Fogarty in Singapore. Sach is returning to duty with the RAF in England.

Mr. Pakenham came in this PM - had much discussion about the incident of

last month when he was stopped on the road from Tachikawa, near Chofu City,

by one of Jack Doyle’s AP’s [air police]. The alleged impoliteness (which I

cannot understand as Pakenham, to my mind, is a polished gentleman) re both

parties concerned developed into quite a flap. My Hq Provost Marshal indicated

that the reason we were unaware of the incident here was that report of the incident went direct to GHQ. Beiderlinden sent over the copy they have in GHQ for

me to read; instructed Jack Doyle to look into non-delivery of letters to him from

Messrs Pakenham and Mr. Richard Hughes122 and to send them both a reply. To

make sure Doyle had copies of the referred to letters, I sent out copies I had made

to him with a covering letter.

Mr. Pakenham in again this AM - re the incident on the

Chofu City road last month.

U.S. Ambassador to the Philippines, Mr. Cowen,123

called on me this AM. We had a nice chat. As a result of our

conversation I sent two memos to my staff, one of which went to my D/I re the

preparation of an official letter for my signature to General Turner concerning the

need - and necessity - for coordination of various intelligence agency activities;

the second memo was sent to D/M for him to look into the possibility of issuing

commissary cards to Ambassador Cowan’s staff in order to alleviate the high cost

of living they undergo in Manila. D/M is to come up with an answer, prepare a

letter for my signature, to General Turner.

USAF sent the fol rad:

Reurad MX 79217 D/P, 16 Feb 51. Unable to authorize permanent

assignment Col. Edgar W. Hampton. Services of officer are required as

soon as possible in Tactical Air Command to assist in organization of

newly authorized Troop Carrier Air Force.

I looked at the pictures of Vladivostok area that were taken by the B–45.

Lt. General Tarugaki,124 an ex-Japanese army officer, in the company of

Colonel Coffey125 (Executive, Personnel), came in to see me. He was very interesting; was a liaison officer in America at Plattsburg Barracks with General

Krueger. He knew General Yamauchi126 and was interested to learn that

Yamauchi’s widow lived here in Tokyo. I gave him Mrs. Yamauchi’s address.

Colonel Ohman came in to see me re going to FEAF BomCom as vice

commander. I had to turn him down because Hq USAF disapproved my request

for Colonel Hampton on PCS.

WEDNESDAY

21 FEBRUARY

1951

428

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

122. Hughes possibly may be an Australian reporter representing the Kemsley Press.

123. Ambassador Myron M. Cowen, Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary of the U.S. to the Philippines

since March 1949.

124. Tarugaki is unknown.

125. Col Walden B. Coffey.

126. Probably Lt Gen Masafumi Yamauchi, who commanded a division in Burma during World War II.
General Partridge called and reported that he had had two days of bad luck -

reference loss of airplanes. He stated that on the 20th he lost two F–80s, one pilot

recovered, the other shot down and lost by ground fire. He also reported that an

F4U was taking off from K-9, didn’t make it, and in so doing ran into a line of

F–51s washing out 7 and damaging one that can be repaired. Later, at K-9, two

F–51s collided, both lost. Later, an F–51 airplane returning from a mission could

not lower its landing gear and rather than land at K-10, landed at K-9, nosed up -

which will require an engine change. Airplane reparable. Five F–80s, returning

to K-2, apparently had homer [a radio or homing beacon] trouble and broke

out of the overcast not anywhere near the homer, four of them landing on the

Naktong River sandbars; one did make it in to K-2.

Early this morning, one B–26 was lost due to a thousand-pound bomb

exploding just under the airplane. Airplane was blown to pieces, all crew

members lost. Another B–26 left the formation for some reason and has been

reported missing.

Grand total of losses for the two days:

9 F–51s lost - - - - -2 damaged

2 B–26s lost

4 F–80s lost

15 airplanes lost - -2 damaged - TOTAL LOSSES.

Things are beginning to go smoothly between Neko-San and Saki-San.127

Received fol TS personal Stratemeyer from Col. Erler:

Re is presentation of FEAF FY 52 requirements to panels established to

review budgetary submissions. FEAF program activities by location

dtd 11 Feb 51, furnished us by Col. Friedman128 indicates 1 MB [medium

bomber] rotational group for Anderson AFB and 1 for Kadena AB.

429

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

127. Stratemeyer’s recently acquired Siamese cats.

128. Col Robert J. Friedman was in FEAF operational planning.

A MiG–15 is captured

on a Sabre’s gun camera film at close range.
For your info present USAF plan is to eliminate 1MB rotational group

from FEAF deployment and rotate this unit at Hickam which becomes a

SAC base. Staging facilities only would be provided at Andersen. This

will leave 1 only MB rotational group at Kadena. For your further info

plan here is not to provide for any additional facilities at Clark AFB in

present budget submission. PARA Request guidance as to further action

on these 2 installations. Panels are working towards final recommendations with 25 Feb 51 at target date.

In reply to Erler personal from Stratemeyer stated:

This radio in 5 parts. PART I. FEAF program dtd 11 Feb based on and

consistent with Part 1, program guidance USAF expansion program Seed

Corn dtd 16 Jan prepared by Asst for Programming, Hq USAF. Subj guidance directed by Hq USAF for compliance in preparation FY 51 and FY

52 budget estimates. See Hq USAF msg cite AFABF 52692 dtd 31 Jan.

PART 2. USAF conversion and equipping program dtd 19 Jan 51 indicates 19th MB Wg permanently deployed Hickam. This and other

supporting documents prepared by Hq USAF, to include troop program

as of Jan 51, indicate one each SAC rotational gp at Andersen and

Kadena. Further indicated is that these units rotate from ZI rpt [repeat]

ZI. PART 3. Changes stated urad either stem from misunderstanding by

panel or from changes made in guidance subsequent departure Friedman

from Washington 3 Feb. PART 4. Provided guidance changed by Hq

USAF recommend fol action your part. Such action clearly indicated by

you as taken by direction Hq USAF and not as representing of FEAF

rqmts: (a) Kadena: Indicate construction rqmts based on activities indicated in program furn you by Friedman. However, increase mil strength

of 6332d Air Base Wg from 1881 to 2700. This increase based on 20th

AF reviewing this program since your departure. (b) Andersen: Review

by 20th AF indicated that mil strength for “X” Air Base Gp should be

2500 rather than 1800 as indicated our program. Accordingly if MB wing

deployed this station increase population by 700 military. If MB wg not

rept not deployed here reduce mil strength this unit from 2500 to 1700

and by 300 civ spaces. (c) Under assumption that only one MB wg is

deployed to FEAF, if Hq USAF permits choice for MB rotational station,

and I urgently hope they do, since I do not want my mediums based right

under the gun, indicate Guam as FEAF preference rather than Kadena in

which case mil strength of 6332d Air Base Wg remains at 1881 since programmed spaces are already short as stated in sub para (a) above. In

either event rqmts for construction at Andersen for other than housing

remains unchanged. PART 5. Assume your ref to Clark refers to construction rqmts for depot per FEAMCOM recommendation. If this is the

case submit your construction rqmts based on populations and activities

reflected in FEAF program activities by location furn you prior your

departure. Any reduction below these rqmts should be made only by

direction of the panel reviewing your program. Advise ASAP.

430

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS
431

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Received the fol radio from Partridge (which I showed

to Nuckols for his info):

Following progress report relative to decorations awarded

enlisted personnel published in GO this Hq forwarded

your info. DFC 40, Soldiers Medal 12, Bronze Star Medal 134, Air Medal

952, Commendation Ribbon 477, Purple Heart 10. Enlisted personnel of

this command have been awarded approximately 70 percent of all nonflying decorations. Program has been initiated command-wide to determine those airmen who in the opinion of individual commanders have

performed outstandingly. Nominations have been received in this hq and

will be screened by my Awards Board of Review. Awards of the Legion

of Merit and Bronze Star Medal will be recommended in deserving cases.

This program is in addition to other efforts.

1345 lunch at the MacArthurs in honor of General Mark Clark and his

staff.129 I have a very good friend on Clark’s staff, Major General Sullivan.130

Following is a direct quote of a radio, dated 22 February,

sent by General MacArthur to Mr. George Djamgaroff,

Chairman, Organizational Committee, The 4th AntiCommunist Convention, Hotel Plaza, Room 924, New

York, 19 New York:

I have just today received your letter of the 14th, leaving me insufficient time

under pressure of my operational duties to prepare a comprehensive statement on so all important a subject as the Communist threat to our free existence. I am heartened, however, to see so representative a group of

distinguished Americans join together for the exchange of views on the best

means to counter this threat. Communism may no longer intelligently be

discussed as an economic, political or social philosophy. Instead, upon the

shallow pretense of human betterment, it has become but a means to satisfy

a lust for personal power. Freedom has become its very antithesis. For Communism cannot survive in an atmosphere of freedom. Being a struggle for

minority rule over the majority it can only gain and hold power through

terrorism, subversion and deceit. To secure its purpose it must subdue the

soul of man and bring his mind under the paralysis of mortal fear. Thereby

it gains its unwilling converts. In its conquest of the world it has challenged

the forces of freedom on the battlefields of Asia. Here the issue is drawn and

the predatory Communist adventures must be decisively defeated. Otherwise, all of Asia will fall to Communism and with it Communism will gain

all of the requirements to the building of a war-making potential without parallel in history in a war-making potential to point at the heart of Europe and

America. Our people must awaken to the reality of this threat and resist complacent thinking that Asia is a long ways off. An Asia consolidated under the

rule of those who seek to subjugate the world poses a threat at the very

FRIDAY

23 FEBRUARY

1951

THURSDAY

22 FEBRUARY

1951

129. Clark was in Japan on an inspection trip.

130. Maj Gen Joseph P. Sullivan was chief quartermaster of the 5th Army and 15th Army Group during World

War II. From Nov. 1949 to June 1952, he was the Army quartermaster.
doorstep of every American home. Let only they who would see freedom

perish ignore the potentiality of this threat. Signed MacArthur.

Had copies of the above radio made and sent them to Hugh Baillie, Generals

Spaatz and Bradley and Whiting, Harry Bruno, etc.

Mr. Takasumi Mitsui, who is chairman of the Mitsui Foundation, accompanied by Mrs. Sohma, the daughter of Yokio Ozaki, Japan’s elder statesman and

the donor of the cherry trees to Washington, D.C., stopped by the office to thank

me for sending Col. Brothers out to the Tokyo Imperial Hospital to inquire re the

condition of Mitsui’s son.131

Lt. Colonel Jack Dale and I discussed his efficiency reports and pass over.

He is to be assigned to FEAMCOM for six months and to my Headquarters, in

D/M, for six months.

Received the fol ltr from Partridge which contains a quote

of a radio he received from Almond:

Dear General Strat: The following message reached my

Headquarters yesterday morning. “FM: CG X Corps, TO:

CG Fifth Air Force. Cite X4680. Personal for General Partridge from

Almond. May I express appreciation from the troops of X Corps as well

as from myself for the continued and effective air support rendered us last

night and all day today. Nothing is more heartening to the front line

soldier than to observe such striking power as was displayed in the

X Corps area during this period. Thanks to you and your command for

this splendid cooperation. /s/ALMOND”

Even if we can’t satisfy all his requests, perhaps we are beginning to

impress upon Almond the fact that we are doing our level best to do a

first rate job of air support for him. Sincerely, E.E.P., etc. (Partridge ltr

dtd 21 Feb 51)

Bucked this letter to Craigie, Weyland and Crabb for their info, and then sent

it to AG file for history and record.

Left the office early to play golf at Koganei. Played with Adams versus

Captain Graham and General McClure. My score 84!

Received the fol radio from Twining, personal Stratemeyer, 55498 AFODA-A:

This msg is in 2 parts. PART I. Reurad AX 2481 D/O dtd

8 Feb 51 and ourad 54510 dtd 9 Feb 51. Estimated out

schedule of B–26 acft on proj FAF 1SB-57 fols: Jan 10, Feb 16, March 12,

April 19, May 19, Jun 18. The above schedule is the AMC estimate based

on an “all-out” effort. PART II. Reurad A 2301 D/O dtd 3 Feb 51. Based

on contents of cited msg foregoing schedule will provide quantity

SUNDAY

25 FEBRUARY

1951

SATURDAY

24 FEBRUARY

1951

432

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

131. Mitsui was head of one of the four largest combines (Zaibatsu or “financial cliques”) in Japan; the others

being Mitsubishi, Yasuda, and Sumitomo. About 15 families constituted the Zaibatsu and were very powerful. MacArthur and the Occupation Forces attempted to limit the power of these combines with little success. See D. Clayton James’s biography of MacArthur, Vol. III, pp 162-174 for an interesting discussion on

the problems of controlling the Zaibatsu. 
required for increased UE, however, present B–26 crew output is insufficient to meet your requirements and provide the desired rotation. Plans

include increasing the B–26 ccts [combat crew training school] output,

but due to the lack of B–26 acft equipped for night atk training, the effect

of the increased program may not be felt for approx 6 months. Therefore

it is not considered advisable to authorize an increase in the UE of your

light bomb units at this time. This problem continues under active

consideration and if improvement possible you will be advised.

Lunched at the Imperial with Bob McClure, General Ho Ying Chin and

General Ho’s interpreter, Dr. Tong.

(Dr. Hollington Tong is Chief, Central News Agency; he is sometimes called

“Voice of (Nationalist) China.”)

Annalee and I had dinner with the Craigies who honored General Weyland.

Got off my weekly letter to Gill Robb Wilson.

Generals Weyland and Crabb, Colonels Darrow, Friedman,

and Ausman came into the office at 0945 and assisted in the

preparation of a signal to Colonel Erler (back in Washington)

who is appearing before the Installations Board. The data sent

to him was in reference medium bomb groups and possible depot movement from

Clark AFB to Guam or Marianas. Final signal was dispatched about 1130 hours.

General Barnes at Mayeda House for lunch. Dr. Emory Cook was not with

him as Dr Cook was spending the day aboard a carrier.

Major Morris came down and briefed me on the Air Proving Ground’s

papers re the F–86 and F–84. One of the recommendations made by General

Boatner132 was that jet fighter runways should be increased to 9,000 feet. I told

Morris that I was opposed to this and that I felt the solution was in the development of Clear-JATO - or some type of catapult should be developed which could

be installed at each end of our runways and upon which a jet could taxi and some

simplified cocking and firing mechanism installed.

As of this date, current disposition of F–86s in Japan: Johnson, 35; Niigata,

6; Misawa, 8; K-2, 21. TOTAL 70.

On 25 Feb dispatched fol ltr to CINCFE:

(1) The electrical power facilities of North Korea constitute an important

target system which has not been subject to destruction by UN forces.

(2) These facilities have a double significance since they supply

Manchuria as well as North Korea with power. Tab A and inclosure

thereto indicate the size, productive capacity and distribution of the major

power systems of North Korea. The Suiho hydro electric generating plant,

alone supplies nearly one-half the available power for key Manchurian

centers and approximately three-eighths of the hydro power potential of

North Korea. (3) Destruction of these facilities will hinder Communist

MONDAY

26 FEBRUARY

1951

433

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

132. Maj Gen Bryant L. Boatner spent much of World War II in key assignments at Wright Field. When the

USAF was established in 1947, he became Secretary of the Air Staff. Following stints as Assistant DCS/Personnel and Administration and Assistant Comptroller, he became the commander of the Air Proving Ground

in July 1950.
support of the enemy war effort, adversely affect general morale, and

reduce the surplus power available to Manchuria. (4) Request

authority to attack and destroy the North Korean electrical power

complex, including the Suiho plant. Destruction can be accomplished

without border violation.

Colonel Roberts,133 Dept of Army, Office of the Chief of

Ordnance, who is scheduled to leave for the ZI today, came

in to see me. He has been in FEAF on TDY as head of the

VT [variable-time] fuze mission with our ordnance people.

Had a fine talk with him at 1030 hours re VT fuzes - Tarzon and Razon.

Dispatched a personal radio to Vandenberg asking him to OK an SAM [Special Air Mission] airplane to transport Hap Gay, Mrs. Gay and his aides to his

new station in San Antonio, Texas, inasmuch as Hap has been a booster for our

tactical support given him when he was CG 1st Cav Div. I urged approval.

Directed via R&R to VC Ops and D/Ops to bring D/I into the picture re

reconnaissance missions over Manchuria, and also brief me on best method to be

used - if need be, if it is deemed desirable, I will go to USAF for additional

RB–45s to do the job.

Left the office early and played golf with Major Davison versus Sgt Jennings

and General McClure. We got whipped all three ways.

Annalee left this AM for Kyoto accompanied by Mrs.

Picher and General Weyland and my senior aide. She will

return Friday.

Upon arrival at the office, Major Lockwood, my pilot on

staff C–54, met me and explained that the staff C–54 could not be repaired satisfactorily at FEAMCOM, which made me angry and exasperated. Immediately

dispatched the fol personal radio to Chidlaw:

FEAF capabilities have been exhausted attempting to repair fuel leaks in

FEAF staff airplane C–54E, 44-9149. This airplane was a lousy one when

it was transferred to me from Bolling and TEMCO didn’t help.134 The aircraft can be released for a one time flight to the ZI with the No. 4 auxiliary tank blocked off. I would like to have a high priority project initiated

at one of your depots for the complete resealing and repair of the integral

fuel tanks or preferably to expedite it (I need it badly) remove wings and

install new ones with good tanks, put in new wings, my four good engines

and return. The airplane is in good condition otherwise and due to the

large amount of work expended I should like to have the same airplane

returned to me quickly. If repairs are instituted, repair of the wing will

involve removal of outboard wing panels, replacement of rivets and skin

in numerous areas, and resealing of all tanks. The center section tanks

also require extensive repair and resealing. It is estimated that with a high

priority the repairs could be completed within five weeks. I do not want

to wait that long. I would like to get this airplane into work as soon as

WEDNESDAY

28 FEBRUARY

1951

TUESDAY

27 FEBRUARY

1951

434

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

133. Col C.H.M. Roberts, Chief, Ammunitions Branch.

134 . TEMCO was a Texas-based aircraft refurbishing and conversion company.
possible and will appreciate your personal interest in expediting the work

and advising me of the depot that will accomplish the repairs or wing

change. I need your help.

After briefing, Major Arthur L. Stevens, Jr., who was sent out here from

AMC re the napalm mix mission, checked in at the office prior to his departure.

Dispatched the fol personal radio to Twining at Crabb’s request for

a senior field grade officer to head up Air Defense:

PERSONAL TWINING FROM STRATEMEYER: I have urgent requirement for a senior field grade officer for assignment to duty as my Director of Air Defense under my Deputy for Operations. I have thoroughly

screened those officers assigned to FEAF who might meet qualifications

desired for this position. The only officer within FEAF who meets desired

qualifications is assigned as Deputy for Operations, 314th Air Division,

the organization which is charged with primary responsibility for air

defense of Japanese islands. I cannot transfer this officer from this key

spot to my Hq. FEAF is currently planning for the permanent air defense

system in the Far East and is in the process of negotiating joint agreements with ground and Navy commands for integration of Navy and

Army air defense capabilities with that of FEAF. The availability on my

staff of an officer with comprehensive background and experience in air

defense planning is most essential during this critical period. I have in

mind an officer who has had experience on staff of Air Defense Command or Eastern or Western Air Defense Force and who is thoroughly

familiar with current Air Force doctrine and planning for air defense. If

possible, request one of the following named officers be made available

for assignment to my Hq: Edward F. Rector, Colonel; Joseph A. Cunningham, Colonel; Edwin F. Carey, Jr., Colonel; Arvid E. Olson, Jr.,

Colonel.135 If none of these officers is available, request assignment of an

officer of comparable background and experience in air defense.

Upon return from lunch, received news of the near-disastrous fire at Ashiya

in which the warehouse which housed spare parts for C–54s and ‘119s, plus

radar equipment, burned. In that warehouse was 50% of the world’s supply of

‘119 spare parts.

Dispatched fol operational immediate radio personal to

Vandenberg with personal info to Partridge:

Following received from Partridge: “During recent visit

General Vandenberg to this hqs and EUSAK hqs, General

Vandenberg in personal conversation with General Ridgway indicated

availability of new type bomb capable of destroying Hwach’on Dam.

Desire information as to whether General Vandenberg was referring to

the Tarzon bomb or a newer development. Request information as to particular type bomb and availability as EUSAK desirous of destroying as

THURSDAY

1 MARCH

1951

435

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

135. Rector was Chief, Air Defense Division, Office of the DCS for Development, HQ USAF. Both he and Olson

had flown with the Flying Tigers in World War II. What positions the other officers held is unknown. 
436

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

Map 8.
soon as possible.” I recall your discussion with Landon on the possibility

of dispatching from SAC a flight of airplanes with block-buster type

bombs for dam destruction. I did not hear your discussion with Ridgway.

Would appreciate answer to Partridge’s query.

Received a very curt letter from Mrs. Walter Simmons whose husband,

representative over here of the Chicago Tribune, had directed her to write and

forward to me a censored copy of one of his releases. My censor had deleted all

references to “accurate anti-aircraft” fire over P’yongyang and the harrassing

qualities the men were experiencing from the wires the Commies had been

stretching between mountains, etc. Mrs. Simmons had indicated that her husband

thought these deletions were “unnecessary” and “he was not going to consider the

Air Force in any future story he might write.” I sent Mrs. S a letter of explanation

with a copy going to her husband in Korea of why we had made such censorship,

and endeavored to placate both. That letter surprised me - it was the damndest,

silliest thing I’ve received in a long time, to say nothing of being a reflection as to

the smallness of what I had thought to be a first-class correspondent.

At 3:30 attended the memorial services for Major General Bryant E.

Moore136 (former CG IX Corps, who died of a heart attack following a front-line

helicopter crash, on 24 Feb) at the Chapel Center.

Upon my arrival at the office, read the radio (following)

received from USAF re transportation for Hap Gay, his

wife and aides, from the West Coast to San Antonio:

Personal for Stratemeyer from Twining: Concerning

transportation Major General Hobart R. Gay arriving San Francisco about

20 March, such transportation is contrary to existing policy unless there

is an extenuating circumstance other than that given in your message.

Will reconsider if you will provide logical reasons for this transportation.

In addition, I am sure you can understand that we are in no position to set

a precedent of this kind unless circumstances are unusual.

About 1120 hours, Nuckols came in with the GHQ PIO radio-recorder

man and I made the following statement into a tape recorder for the “West

Point Tape.” (Also bucked a copy of my statement to Courtney Whitney for

his info.)

Under the brilliant leadership of West Point’s most distinguished son,

General of the Army Douglas MacArthur, class of 1903, the Far East Air

Forces during the Korean campaign have formed an echelon of the United

Nations Command. This closely integrated and coordinated effort with the

ground and naval services is giving the world a demonstration of the power

which may be mounted only thru operational unification of the combined

arms on the battle front. Ever mindful of General MacArthur’s oft repeated

warning that “THERE IS NO SUBSTITUTE FOR VICTORY” inspired by

West Point’s great tradition, and impelled by devotion to duty, honor, country, the Far East Air Forces - by round the clock operations is giving our

FRIDAY

2 MARCH

1951

437

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

136. Moore had taken command of IX Corps in January. See Blair, The Forgotten War, p 727, for details of his death.
actual and potential enemies an insight into the enormous power of which

American air might is capable thereby contributing in full measure toward

ultimate victory.

Admiral Struble called to invite Annalee and me to lunch aboard the

Missouri on Thursday, 8 March. I will RSVP later - my plans for next week are

not firm as yet.

Bucked the fol copy to Vandenberg of the radio received by Partridge

from Ferenbaugh,137 CG 7th Inf Div, dated 28 Feb 51:

From: CG 7th Inf Div; To: CG EUSAK, CG FAF, thru: JOC: Close air

support given this division during period of 24 Feb 1951 to 26 Feb 1951

outstanding. Excellent results of air strikes enabled taking of objectives

with minimum casualties. I wish to express my appreciation for superior

cooperation of JOC in filling requests for fighter aircraft in numbers

sufficient to saturate hill masses. Fine work of Mosquito also worthy of

commendation. Sgd Ferenbaugh.

At 6:30, General Craigie and I attended the Top Secret presentation by JSPOG

in the Chief of Staff’s (FEC) conference room. General MacArthur was present.

Took off Saturday at 1005 hours, 3 March and

arrived at Guam 6:00 P.M. Tokyo time, or 7:00 P.M.

Guam time which was very embarrassing as we had

informed Gilkeson that we would arrive there at 6:00

P.M. and they had been waiting there since that time.

Sunday morning I took the Review for the eight

awards that were made. The citations were read over the loudspeakers to the

troops, after which I made the presentations. The Review, including the uniforms

of the airmen and the band music, were all anyone could wish for. Immediately

after the Review, I inspected the entire post including the AMMO outfit and the

bomb dump from which they were transferring 10,000 500 lb G.P.s to Japan.

There was no entertainment on my behalf, for which I was grateful.

Spent Sunday afternoon fishing off the end of the island without success, but

had a most restful and pleasant time. A Mr. and Mrs. Brown accompanied us as well

as three of Gilkeson’s staff officers and his WAF lieutenant, Lt. McLaughlin.138

Departed Monday morning at 8:00 A.M. for Iwo Jima where I landed at

1206. I was met by the commanding officer, had lunch, and then inspected all

facilities at Iwo Jima.

This place has really boomed. All the new buildings will be completed by

20 April. There has been a contract let to remove all old buildings, junk, etc. from

the island which will net the government some $109,000 and which will improve

the looks of the island.

Departed Iwo at 1:40 P.M., Iwo time, and arrived back in Tokyo at 4:40 P.M.

(Tokyo time).

SATURDAY, SUNDAY, 

and MONDAY

3-5 MARCH

1951 

438

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

137. Maj Gen Claude B. Ferenbaugh became the 7th Division’s commander in January.

138. McLaughlin’s full name is unknown.
Went down to Directorate of Plans office and Colonel Zimmerman gave me a verbal report on his trip to Washington.

His reactions to his visit (although all of the officers in

Hq USAF were thinking of the budget and the ZI instead of

the Korean War) were good.

He put over his points, including a request from General Twining for a copy

of the paper he took back. Apparently all the top-side in USAF are in agreement

with our suggestions as to the operations to be continued in Korea.

Got off the weekly Gill Robb Wilson letter.

Received radio from Hickam that aboard Constellation

C-121, the following would land at Haneda today approximately 1300 hours: General Chidlaw, Maj. Gen. Schlatter,

Maj. Gen. Stone, Brig. Gen. Early, Col. W. Richardson, Col.

A.E. Watson, Col. A.G. Hewitt, Col. K.L. Garrett, Mr. O.L. Johnson, Mr. M.L.

Peale and Mr. J.L. Atwood.*139 They are arriving via Wake.

*Mr. O.L. Johnson, Lockheed Aviation Corp, Mr. Lee Atwood, Pres North

Am Avn Corp, and Mr. M.L. Peale, Republic Avn Corp.

Chidlaw party arrived early; they were due at 1406 and got in somewhere

around 1350.

We had Gordon and Mary Tweedy140 to dinner. Also there occurred the

damnedest mix-up on transportation that I’ve had since I arrived here.

At the briefing present as my guests were Mr. Earle Cocke,141

National Commander of the American Legion and two

accompanying civilians who are members of his party, and

Lt. General B.W. Chidlaw with his party including Generals

Stone, Schlatter and Early.

1030 hours I had in my office Col. Simons, Lt. Col. Carmichael (FEAF

transportation officer), S/Sgt Switcher142 (dispatcher for last night), and the

Japanese driver reference the tie-up on transportation for Gordon and Mary

Tweedy. It is my opinion that this will not happen again.

1400 hours, attended a luncheon at General MacArthur’s in honor of Mr.

Earle Cocke.

1900 hours attended a dinner party at the Craigies in honor of General Chidlaw

and his entire party.

In the morning and in the afternoon, whenever I could be present,

I attended the briefings and meetings for General Chidlaw’s party in the

Deputy for Operations conference room. I feel that a great deal thus far has

been accomplished.

THURSDAY

8 MARCH

1951

WEDNESDAY

7 MARCH

1951

TUESDAY

6 MARCH

1951

439

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

139. Maj Gen David M. Schlatter, Commander, Research and Development Command; Maj Gen Charles B.

Stone, Director of Maintenance, Supply and Services, Office of DC/S Materiel, Headquarters USAF; Brig

Gen James F.J. Early, Chief, Supply Division, AMC; Col William L. Richardson; Col Albert G. Hewitt,

Deputy Chief, Maintenance Division, AMC. The jobs of the other officers are unknown.

140. These individuals are not identified.

141. Cocke, assistant to the president of Delta Air Lines, was National Commander in 1950-1951

142. Carmichael’s and Switcher’s full names are unknown.
Left the office early (1100 hours) to drive with Annalee to

Yokosuka where we had lunch as Admiral Struble’s guests

aboard the Missouri. Very pleasant and interesting - but was

away from my desk too damn long. Didn’t leave the ship

until 1600 hours in the afternoon, consequently arrived back at the office about

1730 hours.

Departed 0730 from Haneda with Chidlaw party (Generals

Chidlaw, Schlatter, Stone and Early) and proceeded direct to

Hq Fifth Air Force, K-2. Spent the day there. All were

pleased with what they saw and found - and especially

impressed with the very fine briefings presented by Partridge’s staff. Returned to

Tokyo and landed about 2130 hours.

Bucked the fol memos to D/M: (1) In a discussion with General Partridge yesterday, he has about reached the conclusion

that the AF should have a depot in Korea. As you know, the

Army has a large ammo depot and vehicular overhaul depot

in Pusan. It is desired that you look into this and come up with a recommendation

as to what we should do. The Fifth Air Force in Korea have many vehicles that are

in bad condition. When they turn one into the Army for overhaul, they get none in

return - and it’s the last they see of the one they turned in. What is our procedure

on getting from the Army out requirements in general purpose vehicles? Are we

being treated any differently in the issue of transportation vehicles than those that

are issued to units in the Army? General Partridge is not happy with the situation.

Hundreds of new vehicles come into the port of Pusan apparently, but they all go

to the Army. Our T/O&E equipment is not kept up. WHY?

Memo to D/M #2: General Partridge informed me the Fifth Air

Force in Korea, when they go into

khaki want three uniforms per man.

He has heard that the Army intends

to issue only two uniforms per man

to the Army personnel. General

Partridge wonders if he will be able

to get his three. Certainly our AF

people need three khaki uniforms

and it is hard for me to see how

anyone can get by with only two.

Make some investigation into this

matter and report to me.

To D/O I sent the fol memo: A

Captain Butler143 of the 315th

Air Division, who is a C–47

pilot in Korea, has some ideas

about napalm bombs for B–29

SUNDAY

11 MARCH

1951

SATURDAY

10 MARCH

1951

FRIDAY

9 MARCH

1951

440

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

143. Probably Capt Floyd D. Butler, a pilot with the 21st TCS.

Stratemeyer and Partridge discuss the

current situation following the FEAF

commander’s arrival at Suwon.
use at low altitude. (I refer to General Partridge’s present message which

contained a query from General Ridgway.) It is desired that you have

Captain Butler ordered into this headquarters for questioning and get his

mind straightened out on making these reports or suggestions - certainly

they should not be made to ground generals. When he gets here and after

he has been questioned, I want to see him.

Dispatched the fol personal signal to Vandenberg:

On 16 Feb in your RL 154, you indicated that you wanted Weyland to

receive his third star while still here in war zone. Three weeks have now

passed. Is it possible to tell me the approximate date Weyland will be

returned? I intend to use him in a temporary assignment if time permits

with Fifth Air Force reference the JOC and close support to assist in

solving an important problem which has arisen. This will take from

seven to ten days.

While I was in Korea yesterday, at my request, D/O sent the following radio - PERSONAL CANNON144 INFO TWINING FROM

STRATEMEYER:

PART I. It is my opinion that both FEAF and TAC can acquire material

of mutual benefit through a greater degree of coordination, exchange of

info and knowledge concerning tac procedures, doctrine, development,

and technique of employment of air in the tac role. PART II. Since your

comd is charged w/the responsibility of developing USAF tac doctrine

and procedures and maintaining liaison w/Army field forces, I believe

that it would be possible for FEAF to profit considerably by establishing

closer liaison and working relationships w/your hq at this time. I am particularly interested in TAC’s approach to and solution of the many problems inherent in air-grd opns which might be applied in the Korean War.

PART III. Conversely, I am sure that you are interested in obtaining all

possible info concerning our experiences and difficulties resulting fr our

active participation in spt of the 8th Army in Korea. While I realize that

many of our experiences here are peculiar to this theater and to the type

of war now being conducted in Korea, I feel also that many of them may

well have a far reaching influence in future development, plans, and policies related to air-grd opns. PART IV. I propose for your consideration the

exchange of staff officers between our respective hq and comds on short

pds [periods] of TDY on a continuing basis. I have in mind sending sr

staff officers, particularly fr FEAF and 5AF Opns, to your hq for pds of

15 days for asgmt to and experience w/your staff and subordinate comds.

I would likewise appreciate the opportunity of integrating TAC ops pers

into FEAF and 5AF Opns staff for pds of approx 30 days. I believe such

an exchange of selected officers would fac[ilitate] the ready exchange of

“know how” and experience between our comds. PART V. Req your comments and/or concurrence on the merits of the proposal I have outlined.

441

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

144. Gen John K. Cannon held many important assignments in World War II, including commander 12AF and

Air Commander in Chief, Allied Air Forces, Mediterranean. Following the war, he was Commanding General,

ATC and the USAFE commander. He had commanded TAC since October 1950.
If you agree that such an exchange of pers will be mutually beneficial,

I suggest your making recms [recommendations] to USAF, info to me,

w/ a view to initiation of the program ASAP.

Dispatched a short note to Briggs telling him that I do not want Jennings

rotated to SAC under our rotational policy. I want to keep him out here indefinitely.

Held the final conference with General Chidlaw and his group at 1500 hours.

The general reactions from all of Chidlaw’s party and from our people have been

very favorable. I know we gained greatly and from conversations with the Chidlaw party, I am confident they likewise secured vast amounts of information

which is going to be helpful back at AMC.

At 1930 hours, we gave a dinner party at Mayeda House honoring General

Chidlaw and his party.

Got off a statement to Gill Robb Wilson with copies going to

Generals Spaatz and Bradley. Also send copies to Lowell

Thomas, George Fielding Eliot, and Dick Howard145 -

cautioning all that it was my “private thinking,” they could

use it, but it was not attributable to me.

Received the fol radio from Vandenberg:

Cite 56784. This concerns your message on return of

Weyland and approximate date he may be expected to

receive his third star. Expect that his name will be

submitted by the President to the Senate Armed Services Committee

within next two (2) or three (3) days. Date of approval by the Senate, of

course, is uncertain. It usually takes them ten (10) days to three

(3) weeks. Suggest therefore that you proceed with your plans to use

Weyland on special assignment with the Fifth Air Force. After Weyland’s

third star has been confirmed, we can return him at your convenience.

After the briefing this AM, the SAAF senior liaison officer, Col Jan Daniel

Pretorius called on me in my office and said that when his men heard that the

77th RAAF was converting to jets, their morale took a drop. As a result of

our conversation, dispatched the fol letter to Marshal of the Royal Air

Force, Sir John C. Slessor:

Dear Jack. As you know the 77th Royal Australian Air Force Fighter

Squadron is being re-equipped with jet airplanes - the Meteor VIII’s. That

leaves the other British Commonwealth unit, the South African Air Force

Squadron, Number 2, which operate under my control, equipped with

F–51s. I have just had a talk with the senior liaison officer, Colonel Jan

Daniel Pretorius and he indicated to me that he has suggested back to his

Government in South Africa the re-equipping of the 2d Fighter Squadron

with the new Vampire Mark Vs.146 He also indicated to me that the South

African Air Force is re-equipping its fighter units with the Vampire Mark V.

TUESDAY

13 MARCH

1951

MONDAY

12 MARCH

1951

442

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

145. Author, lecturer, adventurer, Thomas had been involved with aviation since the 1920s; Eliot had been writing

on military affairs since 1928; Nathaniel Richardson Howard was editor of the Cleveland Plain Dealer.

146. The South Africans eventually equipped with F–86s instead of Vampires.
I, therefore, suggest to you that it might be possible in your position as

the head of the Royal Air Force to divert as soon as possible to the 2d

South African Squadron here in the Far East sufficient new Vampires to

equip them in order that they may be tested under combat conditions.

This South African fighter squadron contains the cream of the South

African Air Force fighter pilots. They were hand picked and are a wonderful group of gentlemen who have been hard at this air fighting in

Korea since their arrival. There is no better operational training unit in the

world than the United States Far East Air Forces. As you know, Vandenberg is testing out, under my command, besides the F–80, the F–84E, the

F–86A, and soon, the F–94A all-weather interceptor. If I am out of turn,

Jack, in making this suggestion to you, please understand that it is done

to improve our fighting ability out here and to improve the efficiency and

better the equipment of the British Commonwealth fighter units operating

under my control. Best regards.

Received the fol signal from Cannon: In reference the rad I sent him

(see diary entry 11 March)

Reference FEAF Message AX 4663, personal Stratemeyer to Cannon.

Enthusiastically concur with the proposal to exchange senior staff officers

between this command and FEAF. Request USAF authority and

implementing instructions for airlift of personnel to place our officers

from this command 30 day TDY FEAF on a continuing basis, officers to

be in place FEAF approximately first each month. First increment depart

ZI 20 March 51.

(This radio directed to USAF - Twining also)

Captain Butler, of the SAM organization at K-27 in the 315th Air Division,

who talked out of turn about the 4,000 pound napalm bomb to be dropped out of

a B–29, reported in to me at 1100 hours. I gave him some straight forward

fatherly advice - to wit: “sound off all you want to - but to Air Force officers, and

when you talk, particularly to senior officers of the Army or Navy, be sure that

you know what you are talking about. In the case at hand, you knew nothing

about what you said and as a result caused trouble for General Partridge and for

me.” All in all, it is my opinion that he is a fine young officer and when he found

himself in close contact with General Ridgway, he just ignorantly sounded off.

I do not want to hurt him.

As a result of Butler’s sounding off to Ridgway, on 11 Mar sent the

fol personal to Partridge, with info to Briggs and Henebry:

Part I. Extensive tests were conducted at Eglin Field in Oct 45 to determine suitable means of dropping napalm gel as a fire bomb from bomb

acft, Proj PL-44-78 dtd 4 Oct 45. The 4000 lb AN-N56 (cap[acity] of 260

gals) and the 2,000 lb AN-M66 (Cap of 86 gals) along with various other

type containers were tested. It was concluded that all aval containers for

carrying and releasing napalm from bombardment acft at high altitudes

were unsuitable for the folg reasons: (1) Efficient loads cannot be carried

using aimable containers. (2) Containers which permitted as efficient

443

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY
bombing load produced cratering and poor functioning, with consequent

excessive loss in bomb effectiveness. (3) All of the modified containers

tested for carrying and releasing napalm gel from other than minimum

alt proved inferior to the unstabilized tank released from ftrs at min alt.

Further tests conducted in 1947, Proj PL-45-7 18 Aug 47 with B–29s

produced the same conclusion as previous tests. To be effective the fire

bombs have to be released from 120-200 ft and the vulnerability of this

large and unmaneuverable airplane precludes its use at these altitudes.

Part II. I have previously advised Hq USAF: a. That I consider napalm

primarily a low altitude weapon due to unsatisfactory cratering characteristics when dropped from high altitudes, b. That I do not consider the

fire bomb suitable for use in B–29s since they should not be used for low

level work. Part III. In view of these facts, please advise me whether you

wish further examination of this problem.

In reply to the foregoing, received the folg from Partridge: “Based on

information received, no further examination of problem recommended.”

AVM Bouchier brought me a list of questions to answer for

Jack Slessor, RAF Chief of Air Force. Referred them to Dir,

Installations (thru VC A&P and D/M) for answer and also for

them to draft up a letter of transmittal, for my signature, to

Slessor. In addition, copies of our questions and answers to Slessor will forward,

with a covering letter from me, to Vandenberg.

Received good news this AM - (1) Clyde L. Brothers, my

FEAF staff surgeon recommended for his “first star” and

also received (2) the following radio from Twining:

The President this date submitted to Senate nominations

of Gen. Partridge to Be CG, 5th AF, with rank of lt. general, and Gen.

Weyland to be Deputy CG, FEAF with rank of lt. general. Since these

appointments are tendered under Section 504, OPA 1947, both officers’

stars are pinned to job in which they have been nominated. If they are

relieved from these jobs, this law requires that their lt. generalcy be terminated unless they are nominated and confirmed in another designated

3-star position. Therefore, we are issuing order relieving Weyland from

assignment TAC and assigning him to your command for duty as Deputy

CG and his return to the ZI will be on a TDY basis so he can legally retain

his new grade. The C/S desired that Weyland be promoted to 3-stars while

he was in your theater and this is the only legal way it could be accomplished. You will also note that Weyland’s nomination reads “Deputy CG,

FEAF” instead of “Vice Commander for Operations.” We designated this

position as “Deputy CG FEAF” as it was felt here it would carry more

weight for his promotion than his designation as VC for Operations, and

since he was to be returned to the ZI in the near future, it would not detrimentally affect your organizational structure. The law with regard to lt.

generals, while it is cumbersome administratively, is very specific in the

fact that generals and lt. generals who hold their ranks under Section 504,

THURSDAY

15 MARCH

1951

WEDNESDAY

14 MARCH

1951

444

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS
445

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

cannot be moved from job to job without nomination by the President and

confirmation by the Senate. Return Weyland on TDY at your convenience

after appointment. Will advise you further when Weyland’s new position

is designated and his nomination in this new job is submitted. Upon

confirmation in his next position, orders will issue here relieving him

from assignment your command will terminate his planned TDY here.

Immediately upon receipt of this radio wrote Earle Partridge the

fol letter:

Dear Earle, The attached came in this morning and I’m sure, Earle, you

must know how happy and pleased I am with this promotion of yours to

lt gen. You have earned this third star in a most difficult command position, and, furthermore, you have lived up to all the traditions that exist in

the USAF. Note that this is SECRET because of certain data reference

Weyland, and I ask that you place it in your SECRET file. I will give you

the information reference yourself over the telephone as soon as possible.

Again, my heartfelt congratulations for receipt of one of the most deserving promotions that I know of during my 41 years in service. All good

wishes and may everything good continue to come your way. God Bless

and long life. Sincerely, G.E.S., etc.

Received the fol ltr from LeMay which I bucked to members of my staff:

I have considered at some length the proposal in your letter of 16 Feb

that B–36s, operating directly from bases in the US, bomb a NK target.

After weighing all the factors, pro and con, I am convinced that the

advantages of such a mission would be greatly outweighed by the disadvantages. The logistics situation would not sustain such a project and

also the current program. As you know, we have curtailed our training

to be able to build up a small reserve of spare engines for use in the initial months of an emergency. An operation against NK would consume

these engines, would require some storage of spare engines in FEAF

and would reduce our capability for the main mission. Spare parts and

ground handling equipment might have to be diverted into Japan or

Okinawa. These items are also in short supply and would have to be

taken from bases currently involved in emergency war plans. In SAC we

have only 37 B–36s. The remainder are rotating through depots and

modification centers. Training and planning are aimed toward keeping

our assigned ‘36s ready for the war missions. You can see from the

above why I shy away from diverting any of the ‘36s to a project of

bombing a NK target. I feel certain you will agree we should not

attempt it. I am glad to hear that Briggs is doing well and that our units

are performing satisfactorily. At any time if deficiencies are exposed in

training or equipment, please let me know. We want to benefit, SACwide, as much as possible from our experience in FEAF. Warm regards.

Sincerely, Curtis LeMay.

We received word that Ted Timberlake, Partridge’s vice commander,

received notification of his temporary appointment to major general, USAF.
446

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

Reference Generals Partridge’s and Timberlake’s promotions, I called

their respective wives and told them about it. Of course, they were both very,

very happy.

Received fol reply from Briggs in reply to my ltr of 11 March:

I have your letter of the 11th of March with reference to Colonel Jennings.

I had not considered that Colonel Jennings was eligible for rotation to the

States under the current SAC plan. Colonel Jennings will, of course, stay

in the theater for a full foreign service tour and be rotated only in accordance with FEAF policy. A recommendation for the Legion of Merit for

Colonel Jennings is now in your Headquarters. I have included in the citation reference to his superior work in the whole field of command of the

19th Group, rather than refer to the Tarzon project only. Colonel Jennings

is submitting a recommendation for the Legion of Merit for Colonel Cannon,147 Tarzon Project Officer, who, I think, is also deserving.

General J. T. Cole (Tupper),148 Chief, Military Assistance

Advisory Group to the Thai government and Colonel Ray

Schrock, his USAF deputy, reported in this morning. They

have a proposition to offer (political) of a Siamese detachment of some six to eight pilots, with their L–4 liaison planes for service in Korea.

I turned them over to D/O for discussion and told them to proceed to Korea and

find out from General Partridge if he could use the Siamese detachment.

After the briefing, talked a bit with presidential advisor General Lowe and

told him that I didn’t like the fact that Mr. Cocke (American Legion Commander) in his press conference made no mention of the Air Force. Lowe agreed that

Cocke had been remiss and that it would not occur again.

Approved the report submitted by the board I had appointed (6 Feb 51) to

look into awards & decorations. Forwarded a copy of this report to General Vandenberg with a covering letter, pointing out to him the lack of uniformity

amongst the three services in making awards and decorations to their personnel.

Also stated that I felt this matter is one that should be handled at Air Force level.

Made another trip with MacArthur to Korea. Took off at

0700 hours, landed at Suwon at 1100 hours, and departed

there for Wonju by C–47 aircraft and then proceeded from

Wonju, some 40 miles forward, to the First Marine Division

frontline battalions. The First Marine Division looked fine.

The cushions in the SCAP were most comfortable after that 80 mile ride in

a jeep, and I marvelled at General MacArthur who, after his 80-mile ride, and at

71 years, was just as spry, interested, and excited as a youngster. If I’m that good

at 71 I will be most grateful.

Flew direct from Wonju to Taegu where we met General Partridge and

changed from the ‘47 to SCAP and immediately proceeded home, arriving at

Haneda about 1920 hours. All in all it was a fine trip.

SATURDAY

17 MARCH

1951

FRIDAY

16 MARCH

1951

147. Col Vincent T. Cannon.

148. Brig Gen John Tupper Cole was appointed chief of the Army Section, MAAG, Thailand, in January.
Nuckols, in my name, dispatched the fol radio to Vandenberg:

Personal Vandenberg from Stratemeyer. FEAF mounted greatest effort

of Korean war on Friday, March 16th. Revised figures now show

1,123 effective sorties flown, including those of SAAF, RAAF, and

land-based Marines.

Nuckols, in my name, dispatched fol congratulatory signal to

Partridge:

Personal Partridge from Stratemeyer. Congratulations to you and entire

5th Air Force in again exceeding previous records by mounting 829

effective sorties for Friday’s operations resulting in new overall record

for FEAF of 1,123 sorties. This new record could not have been accomplished without the enthusiastic participation of all assigned and

attached units under your command. Please pass to them my sincere

congratulations.

Dispatched the fol memorandum to CINCFE:

Friday, 16 March 1951, the Far East Air Forces, including United Nations’ units and land-based Marine Corps

units operating under our control, set a new all-time high

sortie mark of 1,123 sorties. The previous high sortie figure was 1,069 on

8 March 1951. The Navy on 16 March 1951 flew 354 sorties on that date

- making a grand total for the day of 1,477 sorties. s/G.E.S., etc.

Dispatched ops immed the fol signal - to CG 8th Army, info CINCFE,

CG 5th AF, CG 315th Air Div, and FEAF D/O:

PERSONAL RIDGWAY FROM STRATEMEYER INFORMATION

PERSONAL HICKEY, PARTRIDGE, HENEBRY FROM STRATEMEYER. Radio in three parts. PART I. This relates to our conversation

17 March relative to adv notice which FEAF requires to airdrop RCT.

I have investigated problem and placed the 315th AD on a semi-alert

status today. We desire five days for perfection; however w/ all-out effort,

we can prepare for airdrop 2/48 hrs adv notice and give you the seventy

C–119s and thirty C–46s at K-2 which are required. PART II. In 36 hrs

we can provide sixty C–119s and thirty C–46s at K-2, however, do not

believe this would meet your rqmts. We naturally prefer as much adv

notice as possible to guarantee you a first-class job. PART III. During

preparatory stand-down and during mission we will be unable to provide

you w/front line cargo airdrop; however, will be able to provide your

normal A/L [airlift] rqmts.

Busy as hell in the morning, but left the office at 1030 for a game of golf.

Had a fine game with General Robertson, Capt. Davison, Admiral Joy - Davison

and I took them.

SUNDAY

18 MARCH

1951

447

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY
In reply to Ridgway’s signal to CINCFE in praise of

sister services, dispatched the fol to him (Ridgway):

PERSONAL RIDGWAY FROM STRATEMEYER.

Please accept my deep appreciation for your splendid message of 17 March expressing your admiration for the manner in which the

sister services have supported the units of your command. No enemy can

hope to achieve victory over a team such as we have under the inspired

leadership and direction of General MacArthur. It gives me great pleasure

and pride to pass on your stimulating message to the units of FEAF.

Dispatched to 5th AF, FEAF BomCom, 20th AF, 315th AirDiv,

FEAMCOM, CO FEAF Base with info to CINCFE, COMNAVFE and

EUSAK, the following:

It gives me great satisfaction to pass on to you the following message

from the CG, Eighth Army, to CINCFE, to which I add my personal

congratulations for your continued magnificent performance:

“I wish to express to all members of your command my admiration for

the manner in which they have supported combat operations during the

past three months. Their courage, tenacity and determination to win over

seemingly unsurmountable odds have resulted in the inflicting of severe

defeats and exceedingly heavy casualties on the enemy.

“During the next few months enemy action will perhaps bring us even

greater challenges than those when were confronted and conquered

during the winter and I feel certain that the actions of our combined

forces will permit us to emerge victorious.

“I have complete and unswerving confidence in this battle tested team of

Army, Navy and Air Force, bound together by mutual respect and confidence - a respect and confidence built upon steadfastness in battle and

devotion to one common purpose.”

I am confident that under the inspiring leadership and direction of our

Commander-in-Chief, General MacArthur, we shall be able to mount in coordination with our sister services, the Army and Navy, the destructive power essential

to ultimate victory. s/G.E. Stratemeyer, Lt. Gen., USAF.

Dispatched the following courier signal to CG FEAMCOM:

FEAF units 16 March mounted a new record of 1123 effective sorties.

This magnificent effort which was preceded by over 1000 daily sorties

last week could not have been accomplished without the sustained support rendered by FEAMCOM since the beginning of hostilities. It gives

me great pleasure and pride to forward message received from General

Hoyt S. Vandenberg, CSAF, and to add my appreciation for the support

FEAMCOM has rendered. Message follows: QUOTE “Personal Stratemeyer from Vandenberg. The effort mounted by FEAF in air operations

on March 16th of 1123 effective sorties is most gratifying. Please convey

to the commanders, air and ground crews, and others responsible for the

splendid achievement my highest commendations for a job well done.”

UNQUOTE. s/G.E. Stratemeyer, Lt. Gen, USAF.

MONDAY

19 MARCH

1951

448

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS
To CG 5th AF, FEAF BomCom, 20th AF, and 315th Air Div, with info

to CINCFE, sent the fol:

It is with great pride that I pass on to you the following message from

General Hoyt S. Vandenberg, CSAF. The ability to launch this massive air

assault is indicative of the high effectiveness of your organization.

(COMGEN FIFTH AF: Pass to CO of following units under your operational control - ROK, SAAF, RAAF, 1st Marine Air Wing. COMGEN

315th AIR DIV: Pass to CO, 13th Royal Hellenic Flight.) Message

follows: QUOTE “Personal Stratemeyer from Vandenberg. The effort

mounted by FEAF in air operations on Mar 16 of 1123 effective sorties

is most gratifying. Please convey to the commanders, air and ground

crews, and others responsible for the splendid achievement my highest

commendations for a job well done.” UNQUOTE. Signed G.E. Stratemeyer, Lt. Gen., USAF.

Left the office before noon to visit the 315th Air Division Hq at Fuchu. Was

met by General Henebry. Had a pleasant discussion with him and his VC,

Colonel Childre,149 in his office. Was then given a very fine briefing in their conference room followed by an average luncheon - by that I mean the food was

average - the company was superior.

Returned to the Meiji Building at 1400 hours.

Part III of my radio to EUSAK on 18 Mar (see diary entry) needed

revision and clarification. As a result dispatched the fol to EUSAK,

with info to CINCFE, CG 5th AF, and 315th Air Div:

PERSONAL RIDGWAY FROM STRATEMEYER INFORMATION

PERSONAL HICKEY, PARTRIDGE, AND HENEBRY. This rad in 2

parts. PART I. Reour AX 5018 CG PART III, 18 Mar 51, and confirming

telecon Craigie-Hodes, this date, on basis 48 hours advance notice, it is

our present estimate that we may be able to furnish up to 50 tons air drop

per day from D minus 2 through D-Day. To do so will in all probability

disrupt our airlift and other air transport commitments to some extent.

Therefore, if possible, we would appreciate your pre-planning your logistical flow in such a manner as to make air drop unnecessary during this

period. Part II. Remember air drop is dependent upon parachutes and

recovery of all chutes in Korea and shipment back to Japan is a must. I

have learned from FEC that chutes are now in short supply. This critical

shortage of cargo chutes will not be alleviated prior to the first of May.

Dispatched the fol personal to Twining with info to CG 5th AF, 13th

AF, 20th AF, 314th Air Div, AMC, and FEAMCOM:

Personal Twining from Stratemeyer info Partridge: Subject T–33 aircraft.

Analysis of recent accidents shows increasing number caused by faulty

landing techniques. Several expedients are being adopted in an attempt to

supervise pilots more closely, one being an immediate recheck of all pilots

of dual controlled acft by competent instructors. FEAF now has only 26

449

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

149. Col Cecil H. Childre became the 315th’s commander on Feb. 26, 1952.
T–33s against a requirement for 38 based on 2 T–33s for 17 jet fighter

sqdns and 4 T–33s for one tac recon gp. I am well aware of the USAF

world-wide shortage of T–33s. However, the requirement for additional

dual controlled jet ftrs is nec to maintain a high degree of operational

readiness. In addition my particular problem includes (a) transitioning

F–82 pilots to F–94s in three sqdns, (b) transitioning F–51 pilots to jet ftrs

when the four sqdns equipped with F–51s convert to jet ftrs, (c) refresher

check outs for replacement jet pilots from the ZI, (d) the fact that when my

combat units can spare time for tng they must have the facilities immediately aval. These facts lead me to believe the FEAF requirement for T–33s

merits an especially high priority. I urgently request your support in

providing 12 T–33s to fulfill my requirements. This signal sent per the last

sentence of your radio 57526 of 18 November which I quote: “In the

future, bring directly to attention of this office matters such as this which

play such an important part in your combat operations.”

Approved the fol signal to CINCFE, with info going to CG 5th AF,

FEAF BomCom, EUSAK:

This rad in 3 parts. PART I. Ref yourad CX 57845, dtd 16 Mar, FEAF is

in full agreement with desirability for further dev close air cooperation

techniques. Improvements to tactics dev[eloped] in WW II are continually

being made by the AF with view to increasing effectiveness and flexibility in employment of air power. Subsequent to the carpet bombing attacks

by B–29s in support of 8th Army opns last Aug and Sep, this hq procured

from the ZI addl control and safety devices to permit more effective bombing in support of ground opns. Emphasis on recn capabilities of FEAF

resulting from the assignment of an AF officer eminently qual in this phase

of AF opns and the organization of a rcn wing providing this theater with

addl acft and equipment will contribute considerably to the detection of

lucrative targets suitable for attack by these more accurately controlled

acft. PART II. FEAF has in prog[ress] several experiments designed to

produce improved control and direction of all types of acft in close support opns. Results of these experiments will be forwarded as soon as any

conclusive evidence of effectiveness is determined. PART III. Message

sent to 5th AF and FEAF BomCom, on 18 Feb 51, relative this subj is

quoted herewith for your info: “PART I. In the conduct of joint operations,

it is occasionally necessary for strategic bombardment aviation to supplement tactical aviation in close support of ground forces by area saturation

or carpet bombing close to friendly front lines (a) to facilitate a main

attack of friendly ground forces against strong enemy defensive positions,

or (b) under emerg conditions to break up mass hostile attacks which

threaten the existence of friendly ground forces. PART II. It is desired to

further develop techniques and operational procedures for such employment of medium bombers (a) to bomb through an overcast, under bad

weather conditions, or at night, (b) to improve bombing accuracy of areas

lacking readily identifiable aiming points, and (c) to achieve greatest pos

safety to friendly ground forces. PART III. To accomplish the foregoing, it

is desired that BOMCOM, in collaboration with 5th AF, conduct tests

450

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS
451

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

under combat conditions at night with individual B–29 acft bombing with

AN/MPQ-2 radar control. Consider the employment of AN/UPN-4 radar

beacons as supplementary guidance and safety feature. PART IV. If initial

test results warrant, increase utilization of B–29s to 2 - 3 acft per night as

permitted by primary BOMCOM mission in order to train suff number of

lead crews in each of our three groups in this technique to permit maximum effort strikes if called for under conditions contemplated in PART I.

PART V. Desire that CG FEAF BOMCOM render a final report on this

project as soon as possible and interim reports if appropriate.”

Drafted into final form the following memorandum

(official):

Subject: Destruction of Yalu River Bridges. To: CG, 5th

AF, CG FEAF BomCom

1. It is desired that the Korean ends of the key bridges over the Yalu River

be taken under attack and destroyed, starting at Sinuiju, as soon as possible

utilizing Tarzon bombs. It is desired that careful coordination and planning be effected between FEAF Bomber Command and Fifth Air Force

to assure the greatest possible effect with greatest safety to friendly

aircraft. Power stations and dams will not repeat not be attacked.

2. Commanding General, FEAF Bomber Command, is directed to plan and

execute these attacks to assure optimum success in delivering bombs on the

Korean end of these bridges, and will make his bomb runs in a direction to

insure greatest accuracy possible and according to best bombardment

tactics for precision bombing utilizing the air space essential to success.

3. Fighters of the Fifth Air Force are directed to escort and defend Tarzon

aircraft from hostile fighters, and will utilize the air space necessary to

accomplish their mission. This authority is limited to the immediate

defense of the bombardment aircraft and will not be construed to permit

friendly fighters to pursue hostile aircraft beyond distances essential to

the immediate protection of the bombers or to attack targets on the

ground in Manchuria.

4. No statement relative to these missions, either before or after their execution, will be made without my specific personal clearance. s/G.E.S., etc.

Got off my weekly letter to Gill Robb Wilson, sending copies of same

to Generals Spaatz and Bradley.

At about 1030, Colonel Jack Cram,150 with a letter of introduction

from K.B. Wolfe called at the office. After talking with Colonel Cram

(USMC), turned him over to D/O. Sent the fol letter to Partridge re

Cram’s visit to FEAF:

Dear Earle, Colonel Jack Cram, United States Marine Corps (Aviation),

arrived in my headquarters with a very fine letter of introduction from

K.B. Wolfe. Colonel Cram is interested in air support and night operations and has some ideas that might be useful. He is out here to secure all

TUESDAY

20 MARCH

1951

150. Cram, a member of the Marine Corps Equipment Board, was in Korea evaluating the use of jet fighters in

close air support.
possible information from us to improve jet operations at night, the

equipment used in close support of the ground forces, improve the equipment used by the TACPs, and is interested in the use of electronics in

close support at night. PARA It is my personal desire that the Fifth Air

Force do everything possible to assist Colonel Cram in his mission, and

to gain all possible information from him that will be of assistance to us

here in the Far East Air Forces in our close support mission with the

ground troops and in all types of night operations. PARA Best regards.

Sincerely, G.E.S., etc.

1100 hours, Colonel Edwards, ex-CO of the 91st Strat Recon Sq, came in to

pay his respects prior to his departure and brought with him the new commander,

Lt. Colonel McCoy.151 Had a nice visit with both.

At 1500 hours, Colonel Thomas152 (who was one of the stat[istics] colonels -

stat control officers - under Charlie [Charles R.] Landon in Washington) came in

and I had a good talk with him. He indicated that everything was well in the Fifth

Air Force, BOMCOM, FEAMCOM, and the 315th Air Division insofar as

reports in the future were concerned. I am sure he helped us tremendously.

Upon my arrival at the office this AM, noted the fol

radio:

Personal from Twining from Stratemeyer: Reur MSG

A4914 OP-PL, 15 Mar 51, because of the limited number

of observer spaces available to the entire AF, this hqs has been unable to

allocate spaces to FEAF. Available spaces have been allocated to those

agencies whose technical or operational functions are considered to

indicate a greater or more immediate need to witness the tests.

(This refers to the coming atom bomb tests that are to be held out here in

the Pacific shortly.)

Departed 1000 hours for Niigata where I landed and inspected the station;

the runways and approaches are excellent - all personnel appear to be on the ball.

A wing could be stationed here. Everyone is most enthusiastic about his job and

the GCI station and its operation was most impressive. Departed Niigata for Chitose where I was met by both the Army and Air Force commanders. Made a quick

survey of this base, including ammunition and fuel dumps. The runway is excellent and can easily be extended - which I was told is being done. Departed for

Misawa where I met Colonel George Price and the anti-aircraft commander.

After some coffee and donuts inspected one of the anti-aircraft gun enplacements

and was amazed at the way these anti-aircraft people have dug in and are ready

to fight. They have all their guns laid to be used as artillery as well as antiaircraft. They need water at their gun enplacements where they have dug in and

where they also eat and sleep. Departed Misawa and landed back at Haneda

about 1830 hours.

WEDNESDAY

21 MARCH

1951

452

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

151. Lt Col Edward D. Edwards was originally the 31st SRS commander. He remained the squadron commander

when the 31st was redesignated the 91st SRS in November 1950. Lt Col Frederic E. McCoy became the

squadron commander on Mar. 22, 1951

152. Thomas is unidentified.
453

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

As a result of my trip to Misawa, bucked an inquiry to Dir

Installations re laying pipe out to the four gun enplacements

at Misawa. The crews that man these guns eat and sleep out

there and at present they have no shower or lavatory facilities.

Approved dispatch of fol personal Vandenberg from Stratemeyer signal:

Ref JCS 2150/11 and CINCFE CX 58087 dtd 20 Mar 51. Inflight refueling experiments on F–80 a/c now being conducted in the ZI may contribute to the solution of the problem in ref messages. Believe also that

our D-Day commitments would be much more effectively met if some

air refueling capability were furnished this theater now. I strongly urge

that at least one KB–29 tanker and six tiptank modification kits for F–80

acft be made available earliest so that we can determine the extent to

which this technique can be applied in furtherance of the AF mission in

the FE [Far East].

I discussed with Colonel Don Z. Zimmerman this morning the location of

the post-treaty CP for FEAF and stated that if CINCFE was to occupy the Dai

Ichi Building, I certainly wanted to occupy the Meiji Building.

In Colonel Zimmerman’s report as a result of his trip to Washington (which

I read in its entirety this morning) two items disturbed me: (1) A study had been

completed in Washington on the post-treaty Japanese Air Force (a civilian by the

name of Mr. Doyle told him this), and (2) they (USAF) desired a request from

FEAF for the use of chemicals and biologicals in the Korean war.

Dispatched the fol signal to Twining (Personal):

In Colonel D.Z. Zimmerman’s written report to me upon his return from

Hq USAF, he stated that a paper had been prepared in Hq USAF on the

post-treaty Japanese Air Force. Cannot understand why FEAF was not

called on to submit recommendations, or at least to comment on the

USAF study. We are the occupying Air Force and should be in a better

position to submit recommendations to you than anyone else. I would

appreciate greatly if a copy could be mailed to me. Comments will then

be submitted if desired.

Cleared the fol personal signal to Twining:

In FEAF’s rad to USAF cite AX 5165 OP-OP3 dtd 21 Mar 51, I have submitted a detailed statement of our rqmts for C–46/47 type acft. Our min

rqmts for C–46/47 acft are considerably greater than the 179 auth by

USAF rad AFODA 58717 dtd 8 Dec 50, which is based on AFL 150-10

plus special auth. Changes in FEAF’s organization structure and many

new tac commitments, such as acft to drop flares for night interdiction

and close spt missions, airborne tac air control centers, and transportation

of Army corps commanders are not envisioned or provided for in normal

auth but nevertheless place a firm rqmt upon FEAF. I am especially concerned over EUSAK’s rqmt for 200 tons per day of supplies to be airlifted

to forward positions. We have the capability of performing this mission

by air drop but this is not an efficient operation, and does not provide for

THURSDAY

22 MARCH

1951
454

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

evacuation of the wounded. The spring thaw has made forward air strips

unusable for all but C–47 acft, and the anticipated rainy season will cause

this condition to continue. Sufficient aviation engr troops are not aval to

construct and maintain tac air fields and at the same time construct

air fields suitable for C–46, C–119 and C–54 opns in forward areas.

Partridge needs all C–47s currently assgd to him for special tac commitments and tac unit spt. Therefore, I feel that we must have addl C–47s to

insure that we have the capability of meeting Army rqmts. The attrition

of C–46/47 acft has averaged seven acft per month. We have received no

replacements since Dec and none are pro[jected]. I consider that my

C–46/47 rqmts are rapidly becoming critical, and I req your personal

attention and assistance to alleviate this situation, otherwise FEAF may

be unable to properly meet all obligations.

Dispatched a long letter to EUSAK thru CINCFE re “Aerial Photographs for

EUSAK.” Pointed out this ltr evolved from informal reports that we were not

giving adequate aerial photographic support to UN ground forces and that I had

Partridge run a spot check during a specific period - 13-18 Feb in this case.

Presented to addees statistics re photographic prints furnished during that

period (I Corps - 2,697; IX Corps - 6,965, and X Corps - 14,070). Also pointed

out that period of less than 48 hours elapses from time of request by G-2 Air to

time received by requesting commanders. The vast numbers of prints being

developed is causing logistic drain and concern to USAF procurement agencies.

However, while expenditure rate large, we can increase where needed; however,

effective exploitation of photographic effort dependent upon photographic interpretation. We are emphasizing dissemination of interpretation reports rather than

distribution of photographs where it is practicable (this results in fewer prints but

more readily applicable intelligence). Suggested that addees may wish to examine

volume of photos delivered to them in relation to number of photo interpreters

available to them. Although FEAF will continue to deliver, suggested that spot

checks be run periodically to make sure our efforts not being wasted. (Sent a

copy of this letter to Partridge for his info.)

Got off a lengthy letter to Toohey Spaatz which involved specific answers

(some furnished by my Intelligence people) to questions presented by him. This

letter was classified “secret” and turned same over to my AG for security

dispatch to Spaatz.

Entertained General and Mrs. Ho Ying Chin, General and Mrs. Ho Shai-Lai,

Miss Mildred Tsai, and Major Paradis at dinner at Mayeda House, at 7:30 P.M.

Admiral Towers153 (Ret) called on me 1000 hours ex-Chief

of Naval Aviation and now with PanAm). Our discussion

centered around the domestic airline for Japan. Turned him

over to Crabb for details.

General Ferguson (Asst D/O) submitted to me the fol MEMO FOR

RECORD, dtd 20 Mar, subject: CONFERENCE WITH CG FIFTH

FRIDAY

23 MARCH

1951

153. Adm John H. Towers was now Assistant Vice President, Pan American Airways. In World War II, he had

been Commander Air Force, Pacific Fleet, Deputy Commander in Chief, Pacific Areas, and Commander in

Chief, Pacific Fleet and Pacific Ocean Areas. In 1919, he commanded the Navy’s transAtlantic flight.
AIR FORCE ON 16-17 MARCH, which I quote:

General Weyland, accompanied by the undersigned, visited 5th AF in Korea

on 16-17 March at the invitation of CG, 5th AF, to discuss AF policy as it

pertains to the current activities of the joint board convened to review 5th AF -

8th Army operational procedures.

Those present at the discussion were General Weyland, General Partridge,

Colonel Meyers, and the undersigned. The following topics were dealt with

in particular:

1. It was agreed that FM 31-35 and the TAC-AFF Joint Training Directive

for Air-Ground Operations should furnish the basis for 5th AF - 8th Army

operations and discussions on procedures. Procedures outlined in these

documents should be followed unless agreed upon departures therefrom

were found necessary by reason of the particular conditions in Korea. It was

pointed out that ground force procedures in the air-ground systems varied

among all divisions in Korea. The 25th Division is the only one which follows

the prescribed doctrine. It is highly desirable that ground units follow a

uniform and prescribed procedure.

2. The communications networks for requesting air support and the responsibility for the operation of this net. Discussion on this subject included the

fact that in WW II the AF provided this air support request net from division

to JOC. Equipment was provided by the tactical AF, and each team at division level was headed by an air liaison officer. Responsibility for getting the

battalion and regimental request to division was and still is an Army responsibility. Subsequent to WW II, joint discussions between services led to the

recommendation that the Army assume responsibility for air support request

communications from the front lines to the JOC. This responsibility was

accepted by the Army and they are currently charged with it (see page 74,

FM 31-35). In reviewing the joint operations so far in Korea and taking note

of the fact that 8th Army was incapable of meeting their commitment to provide these communications at the outbreak of hostilities, it was agreed

among those present that, as a negotiating point, the recommendation might

be made to USAF that the AF again accept responsibility for the communications required to transmit air requests from the division to the JOC. In this

event, however, the Army should retain responsibility for passing such

requests from the front lines through Army communications to the division.

3. Since the Korean action began last June, the subject of TACP’s, and the

number provided by the Marines vs the number furnished by the 5th AF, has

been constantly before us. The Marines, being organized for critical amphibious operations, have certain requirements for communications which do not

necessarily apply to Army division. For these such situations, the Marines

provide one TACP per battalion, one per regiment, and one per division, totaling 13 per division. As soon as this was discovered by adjacent Army units in

Korea, the same number of parties were demanded of 5th AF. For reasons

already recorded, 5th AF was not capable of providing parties in such numbers

except in one or two particular instances. Discussion brought out the fact that

the AF is capable of providing sufficient TACP’s to meet the average tactical

situation. Should an Army division be employed in a tactical situation such as

455

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY
the Marines, i.e., amphibious, then the tactical AF should perhaps furnish at

least 13 parties per division. Should 13 TACP’s each be present with a large

number of ground divisions along a given front, the density of traffic for the

limited number of control frequencies would make the system inoperable.

However, it was agreed that the AF position in joint discussion would be that

a suitable number of TACP’s would be provided to insure adequate control of

such air power as was available for close support. For our own planning

purposes, it was agreed that 4-5 TACP’s per division should be adequate.

4. Another proposal recently made by the Army was that they augment the

number of TACP’s furnished by the 5th AF by equipping Army jeeps with

radios and manning them with Army personnel. This proposal led into the

subject of whether or not it would be advisable to transfer to the Army the

entire responsibility for provision of tactical air control party equipment. (This

is the Marine system). Although this suggestion may have some merit, it was

finally decided that such an arrangement would threaten AF capability to control aircraft in the battlefield and that relief of responsibility for furnishing

jeeps and radios was not sufficient incentive to offset the disadvantages inherent

in furnishing large numbers of air-ground radios to the Army.

5. Mosquito aircraft are currently furnished to augment the control of close

support strikes furnished by the forward air controllers on the ground.

Although the T–6 equipped with long range tank, smoke, rockets, and adequate communications had done exceptionally well, the Army feels that

substituting a liaison type for the T–6 would permit landings at division

strips and, therefore, permit closer and more careful briefing of the Mosquito pilot on the ground situation. The advantages of this additional briefing

are recognized and 5th AF has agreed to an experiment provided 8th

Army furnishes the L–19 type plane for the purpose. It was agreed that we

must be very careful that influence by the division staff over the Mosquito

pilot by this arrangement does not jeopardize control prerogatives.

6. The Army has suggested that their liaison craft be equipped with radios

suitable for contacting close support strike formations only to assist them to

the target. They are careful to make clear that this proposal is intended only

to augment the facilities furnished by the Mosquito planes and that no selection of targets is intended but only to furnish assistance to the pre-selected

target. General Partridge felt that he was not prepared to agree to this

proposal. The over-riding consideration with respect to the whole Mosquito

problem is whether or not such a technique can be employed against any

future enemy who has a reasonable number of anti-aircraft weapons and an

AF committed to close support. The point was made that we must be careful

when committing ourselves to a tactical procedure which has little possibility of existence against a first class enemy to keep in the foreground the fact

that the procedure is of interim nature, suitable only under the current conditions of combat. It is our responsibility to keep the Army apprised of this.

Yesterday received the fol signal from LeMay:

In a month or thereabouts I would like to return Briggs for assignment as

Rosie O’Donnell’s deputy and send you Bob Terrill154 who now commands

456

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

154. Brig Gen Robert H. Terrill became FEAF Bomber Command CO on May 23, 1951
the 93d Wg as Briggs’ replacement. Terrill is a Brig. Gen., a steady officer with considerable combat experience and with a good record for

having developed and maintained a high order of effectiveness in the 93d.

I am sure you will find him well qualified. Bondley, who returns soon,

will be transferred from O’Donnell’s Hq to Spokane for command of the

air div at that place where a general officer is needed. We have worked

out with Briggs certain other changes involving officers in the grade of

colonel. I would appreciate concurrence with this proposal.

My reply to the above, dispatched today, is as follows:

PERSONAL LEMAY from STRATEMEYER: Reference your radio

21 March and your proposal to send Brig. Gen. Bob Terrill here as

replacement for Gen. Briggs, I am fully in accord with your plan. Briggs

has performed a fine and outstanding job out here and I hate to lose him,

but I agree with you that rotation of commanders here is to the best interests of the United States Air Force.

Departed 0700 hours with General MacArthur aboard

SCAP. Others accompanying were Generals Hickey &

Whitney, Admiral Joy and Colonel Canada. We flew direct

to the Seoul Municipal Airport where we landed there on the

strip - some 3800 feet long. We were met by Generals Partridge and Ridgway

and proceeded by jeep through Seoul up to Uijongbu. Enroute we visited the

3d Infantry Division, commanded by General Soule,155 the 3d Division artillery,

commanded by General Shugg,156 the Filipino battalion, the 15th Infantry commanded by Colonel Moore,157 and the Belgian battalion.158 We witnessed one of

the finest artillery shoots I have ever seen, and in order to visit the Belgian battalion, we paralleled the front lines between the battalion on the front line and

the battalion in reserves, and, particularly on this jeep ride we really witnessed

about all the front line, and immediately-in-rear-of-the-front-line firing that

one could see.

I’ll never forget the sight, while at the battalion command post of the 15th

Infantry when an old Korean man carried in on his back a very old Korean

woman whose right hand had been completely blown off. They were quiet, no

fear was on their faces, and the fortitude of these people, to me, is amazing. All

she wanted to know by her expressing and holding the stub of her arm up was

where to go. Two other Koreans who were wounded and a GI went into the

dressing station while we were there.

SATURDAY

24 MARCH

1951

457

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

In World War II, he had trained and led three bomb groups before becoming Assistant Chief of Staff for

Operations, Eighth Air Force in July 1944.

155. 5-foot, 6-inch Maj Gen Robert H. “Shorty” Soule, an ex-paratrooper, had much experience dealing with the Chinese. He served in China for six years in the 1930s and was also a military advisor to Chiang Kai-Shek in 1947.

156. Brig Gen Roland P. Shugg was 3rd Division artillery commander from Oct. 1949 to Sep. 1951, at which

time he became the VI Corps artillery commander.

157. Col Dennis M. Moore was captured on Bataan during World War II. He was relieved as the 15th Infantry

commander in Apr. 1951

158. The Philippine Government supplied a 1,367-man infantry battalion for use in Korea. After an anti-guerilla

operation in South Korea, the battalion was attached to several U.S. divisions for operations. Belgium supplied an infantry battalion, to which was attached a rifle platoon from Luxembourg. These latter units arrived

in Korea on the last day of January and first saw major action in April. (The History of the United Nations

Forces in the Korean War, Vol. VI [Seoul, 1977], pp 107-117, 309-328.)
We then proceeded back to Seoul Municipal Airport where we were met by

General Partridge, said goodbye to General Ridgway and the other officers and

proceeded direct to Haneda where we landed about 1730 hours.

Made a broadcast with CBS, in connection with a Mr. Rendell, at Radio Tokyo. Copy of the questions and answers on

file in my office. (One question and answer - bottom of page 3,

all of page 4 and first 2 lines of page 5 were not given.)

Had a golf game with Annalee and the Davisons; I shot an 85 - Davison shot

even par.

On 24 March, while I was in Korea, Nuckols sent out in my

name the info to Vandenberg that I was “delighted to report

that FEAF on 23 March mounted total 1220 sorties breaking

previous high 1123.”

Yesterday cleared the fol personal message to Twining:

Am concerned lest decisions re FEAF rqmts continue under assumption

war ends 30 June. This particularly true for acft deliveries. For case in

point see your AFODC 53329 dtd 27 Jan. Our opinion that time element

and tactical situation such that staff actions affecting this theater must

now envisage continuation current opns well beyond July. PART II. Realize assumption this nature necessary for certain program and budget

actions and note current program documents contemplate return to ZI

during first qtr FY 52 of combat units such as 4th and 27th Ftr Wgs, 452d

Lt Bmr Wg, etc. We assume these actions will not take place if war continues beyond that date and are projecting rqmts accordingly. PART III.

Rqst you advise if our assumptions correct. Our rqmts will be re-submitted

on basis your reply. However, we consider any action to reduce air

potential this theater prior to major change in overall tactical situation as

ill-advised.

Also cleared personal radio to Twining re adaptation of type searchlight for

infrared use w/night intruder acft. This interim measure only and urged that

development programs for infrared equip for night intruder oprs be given max

emphasis and as soon as developed, request team of specialists with equip be sent

us for opnl test.

On the 25th the fol redline received from Twining:

18th AF (Troop Carrier) being activated 28 Mar with 9 wings including

regular active wings and wings now being brought on active duty from

reserve components. Van feels that Henebry is ideal choice for CG 18th

AF. If selected, Henebry must return immediately. I note that Stearley

with splendid operational troop carrier experience is in your command

and could be considered for Henebry’s replacement. Van willing to

promote Henebry upon performance in the 18th AF job. Request your

views soonest.

MONDAY

26 MARCH

1951

SUNDAY

25 MARCH

1951

458

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS
459

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

After thinking over the above signal, sent my reply to Twining

as follows:

Reurad RL 192 in which you indicated that Henebry was being considered to command 18th Air Force. I am sure Van realizes that I will release

anyone whom he needs provided a qualified replacement is furnished me.

Henebry is no exception, but before finalizing on him for spot in question, there are several points which I feel duty bound to present to you for

consideration. Henebry is without question an outstanding young general

officer, particularly in an operational spot such as he now occupies, and I

am pleased with the way he is now performing as CG 315th Air Div

(Combat Cargo). The 315th Air Div recently underwent a change of command and some reorganization, and I feel that another change would

inevitably create concern in the supported ground forces and cause some

loss of efficiency. At the present writing General Ridgway holds Henebry

in highest esteem. His experience in active troop carrier work, however,

is limited to three months command of the 437th Troop Carrier Wing and

the brief occupancy of his present spot since Tunner’s return to ZI in February. In spite of his excellent record, I believe Henebry lacks the general

administrative background which would be invaluable to a commander of

a large numbered Air Force particularly a newly activated one with the

many administrative problems which are sure to arise. In my opinion,

such a background can only be acquired through experience. I strongly

recommend that before making so choice an assignment to so junior an

officer serious consideration should be given to selecting an individual

who already has several years service as a general officer to his credit. I

believe we have several general officers in the USAF qualified to command the 18th AF. It would, in my opinion, constitute an injustice to a

large number of proven AF generals to select for the job in question a

general officer as young and junior as Henebry. In the event it is Van’s

decision to take Henebry from FEAF, I can handle the situation substantially as follows: Stearley can take over the 315th Air Division with very

little difficulty, but I am reluctant to pull him out of his present spot where

he commands a numbered AF and put him in command of an air division

which we recently decided could be commanded by a brigadier general.

On Okinawa there are two medium bomb groups which need support and

a tremendously large construction program is being consummated and

needs energetic and intelligent direction. The 3 engineer battalions which

have been on Okinawa are being moved to Korea and the work on Okinawa is being taken over on contract. This will require extensive and

aggressive detailed supervision. The air defense of the installations in

Okinawa in itself requires an experienced and stable commander and

leader - which Stearley is and has been. I could bring Gilkeson over to

Okinawa from Guam. Gilkeson has done an outstanding job on Guam

and I would not hesitate to give him the Twentieth. I would then need a

forceful brigadier general for the 19th Wing. The present Navy commander, Admiral Hardison, has, at times, proven difficult to cope with. With

the Army pulling out of Guam in the immediate future, I consider it
essential that you furnish me a strong brigadier general for that spot if

Gilkey is moved.159

Dispatched the fol personal message to Partridge:

Congressmen O.K. Armstrong and W.J.B. Dorn arrive in theater

27 March at invitation of Air Force Assn.160 They have particular interest

in US Air Force operations. Brig. Gen. Nuckols is project officer and will

accompany them during visit to FEAF installations. This message is

purely advisory to alert you. Above party will arrive your headquarters,

after Armstrong party departs, for several days visit to various installations in Korea. Exact date and time of arrival will be sent you as soon as

itinerary is firm with them.

General Armstrong and his party arrived, and called on me at my office.

They were and are: Generals Armstrong (the Surgeon General), Schwichtenberg,

Colonel Gould, Col Kester, Col. Preston, Colonel Reuter, Colonel Veigel, Lt.

Col. Niemi, Lt. Col. Tutor, Lt Col Zeller (AFNC); Col. Byrnes, Col. Campbell,

Lt. Col. Nuttall, Lt. Col. Strickland, Major Payne, and Dr. Elmer L. Henderson

(President American Medical Assn), Dr. Cortez F. Enloe, Dr. William P.

Holbrook, Dr. Russel V. Lee, Dr. John M. Murray, and Dr. Herbert B. Wright.161

About 2110 hours, while Mrs. Strat and I were in lounging clothes, viewing

a movie, Major General Armstrong called at the house accompanied by Dr. Henderson. Calling at such an hour was embarrassing; Mrs. Stratemeyer was clothed

in such a manner that she could not come downstairs, and, to my mind, this unannounced call by Armstrong displayed inconsideration and ignorance on his part.

Dispatched a signal to Borum162 inquiring as to ETD to me

of Staff C–54 - it has been in depot there at OCAMA now

for 21 days.

At 1430 hours, Congressmen O.K. Armstrong (Rep) and

W.J. Bryan Dorn (Dem), accompanied by General Nuckols, called on me. Their

mission out here is at their own expense and to inquire into the USAF operations

in the Korean War. I made it very plain to them that every facility within FEAF

would be made available to them to accomplish their mission. I pointed out that

we had already been investigated by the Army and the Navy as to our deficiencies in air support and that for the life of me I could not understand why the Army

had not been investigated for their failure as a member of the ground-air support

team. They indicated they might look into that themselves.

TUESDAY

27 MARCH

1951

460

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

159. 18AF was activated on Mar. 28 with Maj Gen Robert W. Douglas, Jr., as commander.

160. Orlando Kay (O.K.) Armstrong, a Republican from Missouri, was elected to the 82d Congress in Nov. 1950.

He was on the Post Office and Civil Service Committee. William Jennings Bryan Dorn, a Democrat from

South Carolina, was also elected to the 82d Congress in November. He was on the Expenditures in the Executive Department and the Veterans’ Affairs Committees. 

161. Maj Gen Harry G. Armstrong was USAF surgeon general; Brig Gen Albert H. Schwichtenberg was Chief,

Civil and Military Health Interrelations, Armed Forces Medical Policy Council, Office of the Secretary of

Defense; Lt Col Ralph C. Tutor was Director of Medical Staffing and Education, Office of the Surgeon General, HQ USAF; Col Lloyd E. Gould, Lt Col William D. Preston, Col Lester P. Veigel, and Lt Col Osmo I.

Niemi were physicians; Col Wayne O. Kester was a veterinarian; Lt Col Walter J. Reuter was a dentist; Lt

Col Verena M. Zeller was a nurse; Col Victor A. Byrnes was an ophthalmologist. Dr. Elmer L. Henderson

had been president of the American Medical Association since 1947. None of the other officers and doctors

have been identified as to their field of expertise. 

162. Brig Gen Fred S. Borum, base commander at Tinker AFB, Oklahoma, where OCAMA was located.
I placed General Nuckols on duty with them during their entire stay as

project officer.

Mr. Armstrong was a member of the Air Corps in WWI; Mr. Dorn was in the

Army Air Forces in WWII.

At about 1515 hours, Mr. Keyes Beech, of the Chicago News, accompanied

by General Nuckols, called on me for a session re background on AF activities.

Had a nice visit and apparently I satisfied him with my answers to all the questions he asked.

At 0930, Annalee and I had dinner with the Dallas Shermans who were honoring Admiral Towers (Ret), who heads up Pan Am.

Dispatched the fol ltr to CG FAF and CG: FEAF BOMCOM, subject:

Destruction of Yalu River Bridges. 1. I refer to my letter

to you, subject: Destruction of Yalu River Bridges, dated

20 Mar 51. 2. Referenced letter is not intended to limit these attacks to

the utilization of Tarzon bombs. Commanding General, FEAF Bomber

Command, may use GP bombs and such numbers of B–29s as he considers necessary to initiate expeditious destruction of the greatest number of

the Yalu bridges in the shortest period of time. 3. All other provisions of

referenced letter remain applicable. s/G.E.S., etc.

Also dispatched Stratline to Timberlake and quoted above letter for his info.

General Partridge came in about 1500 hours and the following subjects were

discussed with him:

1. The Brigadier General Higgins report to the Chief of Army Field Forces -

wherein Partridge agreed with me as to the fineness of the report.163

2. He will take immediate action on another follow up on Colonel Tyer’s

promotion.

3. We decided to bring Colonel Gray from Itazuke to replace General Picher

as IG. Gray to arrive in about a week. Picher is to take over Deputy for

Personnel this Friday, 30 March.

4. I indicated that the latest Presidential Citation for the 8th Fighter Wing

was a bit embarrassing. We came to an agreement that the Unit Presidential Citation in the future would conform to Battle Star periods of time.

5. We discussed the improvement of the Kunsan (K-8) airstrip which will be

improved some 9,000 feet, utilizing 2d Battalion of aviation engineers

from Okinawa. The 1st Battalion will go to Suwon. Col Jack Price supervising the layout with Korean labor.

6. I briefed General Partridge on Congressmen Dorn from South Carolina

and Armstrong from Missouri.

WEDNESDAY

28 MARCH

1951

461

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

163. Brig Gen Gerald J. Higgins, a paratrooper with the 101st Airborne Division in World War II, was Director,

Army Air Support Center at Ft. Bragg. Because of perceived shortcomings in air support operations, he visited Korea in October and November 1950 to study these operations. His report, issued on Dec. 1, 1950, was

generally supportive of the air operations to that date. In his cover letter to the report he stated, “It is my

firm conviction that practically all of the personal adverse remarks on air support may be attributed to such

lack of information or even misinformation on this subject.”[Emphasis in original.] (Ltr, Brig Gen Gerald J.

Higgins to Chief of Army Field Forces, 1 Dec 1950, subj: Air Support in Korean Campaign.) Nonetheless,

he identified several areas, including communications and training, where improvements were greatly needed.
7. Also briefed him on the Armstrong-Henderson party that will visit FAF

bases in Japan and Korea, including Hq FAF.

8. We discussed at great length General Sweetser and decided we would

send him to the U.S. to “bird-dog” the securing of sufficient numbers of

B–26s for the 452d group, the 3d Bomb Group and the RB–26 recon sq.

We anticipate he will be gone some two months.

9. We also discussed the 452d Light Bomb Wing and it was brought out that

they were way under strength in airplanes and way over strength in

personnel and crews.

10. The question of 12 month’s service for the involuntary Reserves was

discussed and General Partridge is going ahead with his plan, which I

approved, to scatter these involuntary Reserves throughout the FAF so

that when their one year is up, it will not immobilize any one unit.

Had a nice visit with William Courtneay, the English reporter, this afternoon

and made him an honorary member of FEAF with three FEAF patches.

At 1100 hours, Major Morris164 came in and presented an entirely different picture reference his desire to leave active duty. Apparently he has a very

good compassionate reason. His wife is ill and is not being looked after - and

they have five children. I told him that I would on a compassionate basis

release him.

462

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

164. Probably Maj Ray S. Morris.

A spectacular explosion rocks Wonsan after a 452d BW(L) Invader’s bombs

apparently detonated an ammunition dump.
Mr. Stanley Hiller, who is the father of the Hiller who manufactures the Hiller helicopter, paid me a visit at 1100 hours.

He is a right nice old boy and I enjoyed visiting with him

although he was a bit loquacious.

1530 hours, I pinned the DSM on General Craigie which award was given

him as the island commander of Corsica in World War II.

Annalee and I had dinner with the Pichers in their new home and, instead of

having bean soup that I expected, we had a chicken curry - and I ate too much.

Report received Thursday (yesterday) that Colonel Payne

Jennings on a Tarzon bomb mission had lost two engines

and was about 300 miles northwest of Okinawa and was

returning to base. Last report was that he was at 2,000 feet.

Up through this writing we have received no word of the survivors from his airplane although the entire area has been searched by up to 25 airplanes as well

as by surface ships. An all-out effort by BomCom will be made 31 March to

assist Air Sea Rescue.

Attended a housewarming party given by the Pichers and made that terrible

mistake of drinking more than two martinis!

Left the office about 1130 hours and played golf yesterday

and had an 87. Capt. Muse,165 USN, and I played Admirals

Joy and Ewing. Took a buck from them.

Sent Henebry a signal, approving his actions as per

following signal received from him:

Personal Stratemeyer from Henebry. Cause of loss of

right engine on two C–119 aircraft of 314 Group on

29 March 51 determined to be failure of engine nacelle truss structure.

Inspection of all remaining C–119 aircraft discloses same defect in 5

additional aircraft. Causes of failure could occur in flight and may not be

detected by thorough inspection prior to take off. Have grounded all

C–119 aircraft except for missions of extreme emergency. Expeditious

action being taken to procure modification kits from ZI or procure authority for local manufacture of kits.166

Got off a strong letter to Twining re my personnel set up, the reasons for my

shuffling my staff about (trying to strengthen what I consider a weak link

throughout the AF on major command level - Personnel), and requested that

Picher not be reassigned until after Korean hostilities.

SUNDAY

1 APRIL

1951

SATURDAY

31 MARCH

1951

FRIDAY

30 MARCH

1951

THURSDAY

29 MARCH

1951

463

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

165. Capt George R. Muse was on the COMNAVFE staff.

166. C–119s had been sent initially to Korea for only a short stay and to participate in a single airborne operation.

Because of its roominess, however, it became the transport of choice in all phases of airlift, and its stay was

extended. There were never enough C–119s to fulfill the requirements imposed on Combat Cargo Command/315th Air Division and there were never enough men to maintain the aircraft. The double whammy of

overuse and lack of maintenance led to soaring out-of-commission rates, and there were several instances

where engines actually fell off of C–119s during flight. The C–119 fleet was grounded several times for

unsafe conditions, but it was not until the spring of 1952 that newer model C–119s were sent to FEAF.
Had two conferences with Miss Doreen Lonberg167 - one at 1030 hours and

one at 1415 hours. Called General Crabb in and his expert on civilian airline

operations into Japan and Okinawa as Doreen was interested in CAT [Civil Air

Transport] operating into Okinawa from Formosa. Mr. Burridge168 of CAT here

in Tokyo was present during the afternoon session. They secured, I believe, all

possible information that we had. It was fine seeing Miss Lonberg again as she

is a most attractive and efficient lady. As a souvenir I gave her one of the geisha

girls silver spoons.

Had the Armstrong-Henderson party to lunch at Mayeda

House. Unfortunately, neither General Armstrong nor Dr.

Henderson could be present.

General Schwichtenberg (who also couldn’t make it to

the luncheon) called on me at my office to give his regrets and also brief me a bit

as to what he has seen while here.

Dispatched the fol msg which cancelled out a previous radio that I

had sent, same subject, to CSAF, CINCFE, CG FAF, 19th Bomb Gp,

98th Bomb Gp, 307th Bomb Gp, FEAF BomCom, 20th AF, 458th

RCN Tech Sq, 548th Rcn Tech Sq, Det 2, 67th Tac Rcn Wg, K-2,

COMNAVFE:

In furtherance of present Yalu River interdiction program, there is always

possibility of accidental bombdrops in neutral territory. Mandatory that

special measures be taken to control and limit distribution of strike and

reconnaissance photos, taken in connection with interdiction program, to

insure that none are inadvertently released to news media or made available to unauthorized sources. Classification of these photos will continue

to be in accordance with existing directives pertaining to classification of

Korean aerial photography.

Departed Haneda aboard SCAP with General MacArthur,

Hickey, Whitney and Mr. Paul C. Smith of the San Francisco

Chronicle, and flew direct to K-18 (Kangnung) where we

were met by Generals Ridgway and Partridge, and, after a

short conference between Generals MacArthur and Ridgway, we proceeded by

jeep to the Capital Division Hq on up past the 38th Parallel to Yangyang. Lt General Chung and General Partridge rode in the jeep with me. In my estimation, this

was about a 70 mile jeep ride and not nearly as rough as others as the road was

much better. We arrived back at Kangnung at about 1610 hours and were airborne

about 1630. Proceeded direct to Haneda.

During dinner with General MacArthur, aboard the SCAP, I made a

statement to him that I could not understand General Marshall’s recent statement re General MacArthur’s pronouncement. General MacArthur’s reply to

me is, I think, one for the record: “Why, Strat, that old man has gone nuts.”

General MacArthur further stated that he could not understand this reaction

TUESDAY

3 APRIL

1951

MONDAY

2 APRIL

1951

464

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

167. Lonberg was Chennault’s wartime secretary and helped recruit personnel for CAT.

168. A. Lewis Burridge had worked for CAT since 1947 and helped negotiate with FEAMCOM the use of CAT aircraft.
465

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

in Washington nor the reactions in foreign capitals to his recent statement,

and expressed himself as: “It is fantastic.”169

Colonel Carmichael departed; was very disappointed I

didn’t get to bid him goodbye.

Signal received that my C–54 would leave Oklahoma

City on 3 April (which is 4 April here).

At 1430 Mr. Paul Smith of the San Francisco Chronicle visited me for about

35 minutes. We had a talk off-the-record and I indicated to him that I concurred

in General MacArthur’s strategy and that we couldn’t win this war with our

hands tied behind us.

At 1400 hours, Miss Follett (of the British Embassy), who works for our

communications people, came in and bid me goodbye.

Dispatched a letter to Briggs of BOMCOM, enclosing at the same

time a copy of my signal to O’Donnell dated 2 April, and a copy of

O’Donnell’s reply, dated 2 April. I told Briggs,

I cannot spare Col. Ohman from his present assignment, which is an

WEDNESDAY

4 APRIL

1951

169. On Mar. 20, the JCS notified MacArthur of the gist of a peace proposal President Truman was preparing to

release and requesting MacArthur’s recommendations. MacArthur replied that “no further military restrictions” be placed on his command in Korea. He issued on Mar. 24 what he would later label as a “routine

communique” and a “military appraisal.” MacArthur would claim that his communique had been prepared

prior to, not after, receiving the JCS message. (Gen of the Army Douglas MacArthur, Reminiscences, New

York, 1964, p 387.)

His communique, or “pronunciamento” as one ambassador styled it, exploded like a bomb in Washington

and among the other U.N. members fighting in Korea, for it was, in fact, an ultimatum not just to China, but

to Truman and the U.N. as well. In it he stated:

“Operations continuing according to schedule and plan.... The enemy’s human wave tactics have definitely

failed him as our own forces have become seasoned to this form of warfare; his tactics of infiltration are but

contributing to his piecemeal losses, and he is showing less stamina than our troops under the rigors of climate, terrain and battle.

“Of even greater significance than our tactical successes has been the clear revelation that this new enemy,

Red China, lacks the industrial capacity to adequately provide many critical items essential to the conduct of

modern war....

“These military weaknesses have been clearly and definitely revealed since Red China entered upon its

undeclared war in Korea. Even under the inhibitions which now restrict the activity of the United Nations

forces and the corresponding military advantages which accrue to Red China, it has shown its complete

inability to accomplish by force of arms the conquest of Korea. The enemy, therefore, must by now be

painfully aware that a decision of the United Nations to depart from its tolerant effort to contain the war to

the area of Korea, through an expansion of our military operations to his coastal areas and interior bases,

would doom Red China to the risk of imminent military collapse. These basic facts being established, there

should be no insuperable difficulty in arriving at decisions on the Korean problem if the issues are resolved

on their own merits, without being burdened by extraneous matters such as Formosa or China’s seat in the

United Nations .

“The Korean nation and people... must not be sacrificed. That is a paramount concern.... [T]he fundamental

questions continue to be political in nature and must find their answer in the diplomatic sphere. Within the

area of my authority as the military commander, however, it should be needless to say that I stand ready at

any time to confer in the field with the Commander-in-Chief of the enemy forces in the earnest effort to find

any military means whereby realization of the political objectives of the United Nations in Korea, to which no

man may justly take exception, might be accomplished without further bloodshed.” (MacArthur, pp 387-388.)

In this one “routine communique,” MacArthur accomplished three things, all with far-reaching effects: by

virtually taunting and challenging the Chinese, he undoubtedly assured their continuing participation in the

war; his pronouncement torpedoed Truman’s cease-fire, for the President could hardly announce this when

his commander in Korea was instead publicly intimating carrying the war to the Chinese mainland; and he

added fuel to the smoldering distrust of the U.N. allies about American policy in Korea. (“History of the

JCS,” Vol. III, pp 468-469.)

It is hard to believe that MacArthur, one of the most political of generals, could be so naive as not to see

what he had done. Incidentally, “that old man” George C. Marshall, the Secretary of Defense since Sept. 21,

1950, was just a bit more than 11 months younger than MacArthur
important one to which he has just gone. I am still awaiting a reply from

LeMay. In the event no SAC group commander is forthcoming, we will

have to furnish him from FEAF or maybe BomCom. Let me hear from you

on results of your attempt with SAC to obtain a replacement for Jennings.

Through COMNAVFE sent a personal letter to Major General Field

Harris,

USMC, the CG 1st Marine Air Wing, and told him that yesterday, while

on a trip to Korea with General MacArthur, I had a fine visit with General Partridge. In the course of our conversation, he expressed in glowing

terms the excellence of your daylight close support of ground troops, and,

particularly, your night intruder missions. This team play on your part and

that of the First Marine Air Wing is most gratifying to me and I wish to

add my appreciation and commendation in passing this along to you.

Got off the fol ltr to General Ankenbrandt, Director of USAF

Communications:

Your letter of 16 March was greatly appreciated, and I am looking

forward to receiving your final reply to Col. Sirmyer’s report. There

is a great deal of room for organizational as well as technical improvement. The trend towards elimination of the specialist in our staff organization worries me. From the purely personnel side, we must provide

comparable opportunity for advancement and career service for all of

our people. Organizationally, we should retain or establish those special

staff agencies that contain the knowledge required to supervise our

variegated activities. Certainly Gen. Van should be able to point his

finger to one individual responsible for communications. I have had my

staff studying certain relationships and responsibilities in order to assist

in finding an acceptable solution. Maybe we will have to revert to the

“corps” or “service” system in spite of the fact that it incorporates

much duplication of effort and responsibility and may not be as efficient. I hope the USAF will not go to complete integration of the

technical fields into the air staff, as this will only tend to aggravate the

situation and further weaken our capabilities. Some kind of a compromise solution appears to be answer. I know that you and your staff

are doing everything you can to help us. Please keep it up. If there is

anything we can do for you in our common effort, do not hesitate to call

on us. Best regards.

Dispatched the fol signal to Chidlaw:

Unsatisfactory operation of AN/TPS-1B MTI modification has limited

operational employment of this equip in FEAF air defense radar network.

FEAMCOM ltr sub “AN/TPS-1B Modification,” dtd 21 Mar 51, to your

hq outlined this problem in detail. Req that every effort be made to

provide a solution. Also req that a qualified technical specialist be placed

on TDY with this command if indications are that present difficulty is

resulting from lack of technicians qualified in this modification.

466

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS
467

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Sent CINCFE the fol ltr:

Dear General MacArthur: The forces of the UN Command are exacting

such a heavy toll from the enemy that it seems evident he cannot sustain his

military opposition indefinitely in the face of these heavy losses. It is futile

to attempt to predict when the breaking point will come but that it will

come, either militarily or diplomatically there appears no doubt. In the

meantime, our operations should be so conducted as to continue to inflict

maximum losses on the enemy with minimum loss to friendly forces. From

the air point of view, maintenance of this situation becomes increasingly

difficult as the land front moves toward the Manchurian border of Korea.

With these thoughts in mind, it seems that air action can best assist in the

overall effort under the following conditions: (1) Enemy LOC’s [lines of

communication] be of sufficient length to allow effective air interdiction.

(2) Land action continue to attract enemy forces to the ground front. (3) Air

and surface forces continue to protect South Korea. (4) Minimum length

land front consistent with (7) below. (5) Advantage continue to be taken of

the relatively stronger UNC naval surface and air action along the east coast

than along the west coast of Korea. (6) Disposition of forward air and surface units oriented to approximately face the Manchurian border. (7) Disposition of air and surface units beyond the current operating radius of

enemy jet aircraft. (8) As a prime consideration, so dispose air and surface

units to provide best possible conditions for their logistical support.

(a) Ports as far forward as practicable. (b) Best possible rail and highway

net to support units in or near the land front. (c) Lateral communications

across Korea. (9) Airfields close to the land front suitable for interceptor,

fighter-bomber, transport, intruder, reconnaissance and control aircraft.

(10) Twenty-four hour, all-weather air operations. (a) Increased emphasis

on night air operations. (b) Radar controlled operations (shoran and

AN/MPQ2 for blind bombing) over enemy territory. (c) Adequate solid

surface runways, taxiways, aprons and dispersal areas. It is my opinion that

most, if not all, of the preceding conditions can be fulfilled. The additional

aviation engineer battalions being brought into Korea should soon help to

alleviate the airfield situation which has been most critical. The addition of

Kimp’o to our air base system will be a great help. We need additional

airfields in central and western Korea near the land front. Capture of the

airfields at Wonsan and P’yongyang would alleviate the airfield situation as

well as provide a port on the east coast. Control of the Seoul-Wonsan

corridor with its rail line and highways would improve lateral communications and provide the best link in Korea between the east and west coasts.

So far, enemy jets have limited their operating radius so that an arc drawn

from Antung falls short of this corridor. Continued enemy guerilla activity

is one big disadvantage to operations in former enemy territory and our

air capabilities against guerillas are limited. I fully recognize the complexity of the problem posed. I submit these thoughts with the realization

that other considerations may well alter some of the conditions enumerated or demand others of more importance. Should a strategy along the

lines indicated be adopted, the foregoing may provide a partial basis for

solution of the problem. Sincerely, s/G.E.S., etc.
Alkire brought down and introduced a Mr. C.H. Hahner,

representative of the Optical Glass Factory, Bureau of Standards, who is out here collecting Japanese lenses for possible

quantity utilization by USAF.

The two congressmen returned to Tokyo and came in to call on me about

1100 hours and expressed their great gratification and thanks for having had a

very interesting and informative trip to Korea and my other major command CPs.

They have visited every type unit in the Far East Air Forces and have heard briefings and de-briefings. I am sure their trip to the Far East will be most beneficial

to the USAF.

Released my #702 press release on USAF helicopter evacuation of both

wounded and downed FEAF crews.

Also told UP through my PIO that I had no comment to make on orders

received by General MacArthur, but that as an airman I would carry out unquestionably any orders given to me by him.

I rereleased two paragraphs of my interview on 26 March with Mr. Rendell.

Dispatched the fol signal, as follows:

From:CG FEAF, To: CG Fifth Air Force (Priority), CG

315th Air Division (Combat Cargo) (Courier), Cite: AX

5876 CG; PERSONAL PARTRIDGE AND HENEBRY

FROM STRATEMEYER. I intend to issue following directive. Your

comments or recommendations desired soonest. Directive: “Subject:

Operational Control of 315th Air Division (Combat Cargo); TO: Commanding General, Fifth Air Force, APO 970, Commanding General,

315th Air Division (Combat Cargo), APO 959. 1. Effective immediately,

the 315th Air Division (Combat Cargo) is placed under the operational

control of the Commanding General, Fifth Air Force. 2. This operational

control is limited strictly to operational matters and the Commanding

General, 315th Air Division (Combat Cargo) will continue to report

direct to this headquarters on all other matters. 3. This letter directive

is issued in order to simplify and place under one individual, the

Commanding General, Fifth Air Force, the use of all airdromes in

Korea under FEAF control, and to have one senior United States Air

Force officer, the Commanding General, Fifth Air Force deal with the

Commanding General, Eighth United States Army, on all air matters.”

At 1225 I took Mr. William Jennings Bryan Dorn and Mr. O.K. Armstrong, congressmen from South Carolina and Missouri respectively, to call on

General MacArthur. General Nuckols accompanied us. As I have stated in

other places in this diary, I have always been greatly impressed with anything

and everything that General MacArthur has had to say, but today, I have never

spent a more inspiring 55 minutes, listening to this great American, nor

listened with such interest and admiration as I did this afternoon. Both Messrs

Dorn and Armstrong, in my opinion, were so impressed and agreed so wholeheartedly with what General MacArthur had to say that upon leaving they

were speechless.

FRIDAY

6 APRIL

1951

THURSDAY

5 APRIL

1951

468

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS
I will try to relate some of General MacArthur’s views that he expressed, as

follows:

A. He said that the Allied Council could be put out of commission by one

signatory serving notice six months in advance; that the Allied Council was

nothing more, at present, than a sounding board for Russian propaganda; that the

reasons originally for it were instigated by the British. 

B. He said that Formosa was the key to the whole Pacific Ocean - that if it fell

to the enemy, the Far East line of defense would be pierced; Japan on one hand

and the Philippines and Southeast Asia on the other. That under no conditions

should Formosa be allowed to fall into the hands of the enemy of the United States

of America; that there should be a strong advisory group, headed up by a senior

officer, consisting of the three services (Army, Navy and Air Force), placed there

without delay - an estimated strength of which could well be 500 officers and

1,000 enlisted men; that the Chinese on Formosa should receive, on a high priority, the equipment necessary for their ground forces and sufficient air and naval

equipment to make their Navy and Air Force at least good. That this group, since

it is in his area (General MacArthur’s) be placed under his command, but that the

use of those ground troops and Chinese forces should be left to the Gissimo’s

discretion; that he would - and has - supported Chiang Kai-Shek even though he

was the devil himself because Chiang has always fought Communism.

C. That his directives which prevent him from utilizing the main potential of

his air power in going beyond the Yalu River and hitting the Chinese Communists at the roots is simply fantastic.

D. That our dealings with the Russians back in the U.N. and in Washington,

has been on the level of treating them as “white men” or Occidentals - whereas

they are Orientals, and they think and act as Orientals; that it is impossible to

confer or talk with them observing the niceities and dignified confidences that

you normally have with Occidentals; that when they come into a conference and

insult us, we should not act in the Occidental manner - but deal with them as

Orientals (which they are), and call their bluff. That ever since World War II

ended in 1945, their whole strategy has been bluff. In Europe, the time Vittles

[the Berlin Airlift] took place, in his opinion, an American armored column could

have gone straight through to Berlin and, not only would the Russians have let it

pass, but they would have played that maneuver down.

E. That Japan industrially, economically - and even spiritually - today is a

friend of the United States of America.

F. That for security reasons, Japan should have at least ten ground force divisions, fully equipped; as they cannot afford economically, at this time, a navy or

an air force, we would have to supply this for the time being. That as soon as

these divisions are equipped and trained, all the American ground forces should

be removed from Japan.

G. That, as a result of World War II in the Pacific, our Western Pacific coastline is not now our line of defense - that the Japanese islands, Formosa, and the

Philippines - with the 5,000 miles between that line and our West Coast - are our

line of defense. Twenty-six miles of water between the British Isles and Europe

has served Great Britain - what then does 5,000 miles mean to the security of the

United States? Formosa is the key to our present security line, and again, under

no conditions should it fall into enemy hands.

469

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY
H. To my embarrassment, General MacArthur strongly urged both congressmen to respectfully go to Mr. Finletter, General Vandenberg, and Admiral

Sherman and fight for my promotion and that of Admiral Joy’s for four-star rank.

He said so many nice things about FEAF, and me personally, that I will not even

record them here.

I. He said that apparently there was a smear campaign going on to get his

(MacArthur’s) scalp and that in his opinion the leadership of that campaign

emanates from London; that every one of his releases, starting from the Formosa

release and those reference Korea have been made with the idea of strengthening

the pronouncements already made by our government. The only way he can

figure the great majority of the press of the world criticizing him is because the

Pinks and the Reds within the democracies of the world want to get rid of him,

and, again, in his opinion, this stems from England.

J. The Japanese can take all of the cotton grown in America and turn it into

cloth and dispose of it in Asia and thereby not only help herself economically,

but also the United States as well. That Japan, in his opinion, was more important industrially, and as an ally to the United States of America, than Europe, and

that if Japan should fall to Communism, and with their industry and the raw

materials of Asia, Europe would fall anyway. That there should be no priority on

assistance, arms, and what-have-you in the world. The idea of Europe being

always first priority in the present world situation is nonsense - that the State

Department’s advocacy that the United States of America and world democracies

can fight on only one front, namely Europe, is ridiculous. With that policy, we

are admitting defeat to the enemy. Russia is disposed on two fronts, and if she

can bring about a conflict on two fronts, certainly the world democracies can

fight her on two fronts.

K. That we need not fear an attack on Formosa at this time because the

weight and numbers of the Chinese armies are now in Manchuria or in Korea.

The above does not contain all the statements made by General MacArthur

as some were even too delicate to put in this diary. However, both congressmen

reiterated over and over that they agreed with everything that he had said and that

upon their return to Washington they would do everything within their power to

assist him in the great job that he is doing. Of course, to say the least, I agree.

I invited the congressmen and General Nuckols to lunch at the Union Club

with me but the congressmen had a previous engagement - reference their press

conference - and could not accept. They asked me to have lunch with them at

the Imperial, but because of my diet, I refused and went to the Union Club and

had two poached eggs and a glass of tomato juice. General Nuckols did join the

congressmen.

Mr. Clement R. Hurd and Mr. Lawrence Gahn, who are State

Department information officers, called in the morning. Hurd

was a Plebe at West Point during my tour as an officer and was

found in mathematics during his Plebe year.170 In conversation

with them, I let them know that the Voice of America should get its stuff into the

satellite countries and into the inside of Russia and let those people know what we

SATURDAY

7 APRIL

1951

470

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

170.“Found” is a West Point term for a failing grade.
are doing to help them in their fight against Communism - instead of telling them

how the corn grows in Nebraska and how they raise horses in Virginia. 

The Sinuiju railroad bridge was attacked by 23 B–29s, dropping 184 - 2,000

pound bombs. Results at this time are unknown. I hope and pray we got this

bridge. We lost a B–29 and all the crew members but the navigator, who was

rescued, due to two separate MiG attacks. The fighters and bombers destroyed

two MiGs and damaged two.

Played golf at 1245 hours at Koganei and Major Davison and

I really took Major Adams and Lt. Col. Whitehorn171 into

town. I had an 86.

The dinner party at Mayeda House, honoring Congressmen Dorn and Armstrong, was, in my opinion, a great success. They had a good

time and repeated to Mrs. Stratemeyer and me their enjoyment of that dinner.

Armstrong and Dorn got in a great political discussion with Annalee, and Mr.

Armstrong, just prior to everyone’s getting up from the table, stood up and

thanked us all for a very delightful evening, etc. Mrs. Strat’s reply - before I was

able to answer him - was, to my way of thinking, wonderful. She said, “Well, if

I get put in jail, will you get me out?” It really flustered Mr. Armstrong and

everybody at the table howled.

Received a copy of a radio (which I call a BELIEVE IT

OR NOT) from CINCFE to DA:

Reference DEPTAR msg DA 82893 and CINCFE msg

ZX 44186. FEAF has received criteria for award of

MONDAY

9 APRIL

1951

SUNDAY

8 APRIL

1951

471

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

171. This officer is unidentified.

A B–29 of the 19th BG

over North Korea.
Korean campaign stars and Bronze Arrowheads to AF personnel. This

fact, coupled with imminent rotation of large numbers of Army combat

personnel, make it of utmost importance that Army award service stars

and Bronze Arrowheads as soon as possible. On what date can criteria be

expected for Army personnel.

For record purposes, I quote the statement released and made last evening by

Rep W.J.B. Dorn, D., S.C., just prior to his departure for the States. Follows the

UP treatment of his release:

Tokyo, April 9 - (UP) Rep. W.J. Bryan Dorn, D., S.C., left Tokyo’s Haneda

airport Sunday night on his return to the United States after visiting the Far

Eastern command and conferring with General Douglas MacArthur. He said

that a lesson learned in World War II and relearned in Korea is that “Air

Power is the decisive factor in modern war. Air, single-handedly cannot

attain victory, but without air, ultimate victory is impossible.” He said his

judgment was confirmed by MacArthur in a conference Friday. Another

lesson relearned, he said, is that air power must be centrally controlled. He

said central control has enabled the Fifth Air Force “to gain and hold the

complete air dominance in Korea.” But, he said, “this present dominance

must not be taken for granted. It is a basic precept that any determined air

attack, once launched, cannot be turned back. The best our fighters can do is

to blunt the enemy’s aerial thrust. Our highly mechanized Army, largely

dependent on the roads, presents a tempting target for the Red air commander

and his staffers. There is every indication that he is building up a serious air

potential. Our ground forces must be prepared and instantly ready to defend

themselves against Communist strafing attacks for these attacks can well

come and with little advance notice. Air will shoot down many of them, but

some will filter through.” Dorn paid tribute to the “magnificent” teamwork

of MacArthur’s land, air and sea forces. He said he planned a detailed report

to Congress shortly after his return to Washington.

On 7 April I had sent a letter to Partridge inclosing a clipping from that AM’s

Nippon Times re certain broad and misleading statements re air evaluation of the

enemy’s air potential. In reply received today the fol signal from him:

Stratline personal to Gen. Stratemeyer from Gen. Partridge. Msg in 2

parts. PART I. Ref ur ltr dtd 7 Apr 51 and enclosed clipping, correspondent’s dispatch reflects his confusion rather than opinion of this hq. Ltr

fol. All intelligence continues to indicate build up of hostile air arm and

every effort being made to prepare for eventualities. I have personally

warned all my forward commanders plus Ridgway and Chung that they

must expect air attack in near future. Active passive measures being

pushed toward completion and tested frequently. PART II. Eye-witness

account received yesterday, copy being forwarded ur hq, confirms that

MiG–15s were being flown and maintained by Russians. Feverish construction activity observed visually and in photos at many North Korean

airfields. Believe increased emphasis needed on counter air strokes to

keep airfields unserviceable and request for employment of B–29s on this

mission has been forwarded.

472

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS
At 1030 Mr. Raymond Loewy,172 industrial designer and friend of Mr.

Symington173 called and presented a letter from Mr. Symington written on 1

March. We had a nice visit and he indicated he had no request to make of me -

that he was seeing Prime Minister of Japan Shigeru Yoshida174 next Wednesday

and this afternoon had an appointment with Major General Marquat, SCAP’s

Chief of Economic & Scientific Section.

At 1340 I called on General Hickey, in his office, and as per his request.

He showed me the following signal, a copy of which I requested and secured. 

Follows a direct quote of this radio:

General Headquarters, Far East Command, Outgoing Message - CofS

DOH/re, 9 April 1951. From: CINCFE TOKYO JAPAN, TO: SECRETARY OF DEFENSE WASH DC (info JCS)....Priority (SECRET).

(C-59497) I earnestly recommend promotion to four star rank of the

following officers: Lt. Gen. George E. Stratemeyer, Lt. Gen. Matthew B.

Ridgway, Vice Admiral Charles T. Joy, the respective commanders of the

air forces, the ground forces in Korea and the naval forces of the Far East

Command. These appointments should be relatively simultaneous so as

to preserve the coordinated balance and unity of this command. In addition, the following officers are recommended for promotion from two star

to three star rank; William M. Hoge,175 Leven C. Allen, and Doyle O.

Hickey respectively, Commanding General, IX Corps, Chief of Staff of

Eighth Army and Chief of Staff of Far East Command; and promotion

from one star to two star rank of Edwin K. Wright, the Operations Officer of the Far East Command. The distinguished service of all these officers is too well known to require additional comment. It is their brilliant

service which has bulwarked our successful operations in the Far East

Command. The basic reason, however, for the recommendation for these

promotions goes deeper than the individual merits of the officers concerned. The positions which they hold must, for maximum efficiency, be

clothed with the essential authority and dignity which go with these

ranks. Signed, MacArthur. OFFICIAL. K.B. Bush,176 Brig. Gen., USA,

Adjutant General - Copies to CINCFE, CofS(return).

At 1400 hours attended a luncheon at the residence of General and Mrs.

MacArthur, the Embassy, in honor of Secretary of Army Frank Pace.

473

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

172. Raymond F. Loewy was the famous industrial designer who designed a wide variety of items from toothpaste tubes to automobiles to railroad engines.

173. The first Secretary of the Air Force, Stuart Symington, served in that capacity from Sept. 18, 1947, to Apr.

24, 1950. Prior to World War II, he had been president of Emerson Electric Co., and during the war had

made it the largest aircraft armament plant. Prior to becoming Secretary of the Air Force, he had been Asst.

Secretary of War for Air. In 1952, he was elected Senator from Missouri.

174. Yoshida was prime minister in 1946-1947 and again from October 1948 to December 1954.

175. Maj Gen William M. Hoge replaced the late Bryant Moore as commander of the IX Corps. During World

War II, he had been chief engineer during the construction of the Alcan Highway, led a brigade of combat

engineers at Omaha Beach, led the units of the 9th Armored Division which captured the Ludendorff Bridge

at Remagen, and commanded the 4th Armored Division.

176. Brig Gen Kenneth B. Bush had been involved with adjutant general activities since 1923. He became FEC

adjutant general in 1949, and in July 1950, also assumed additional duty as the UNC adjutant general.
474

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

General Partridge called at approximately 1040 hours and

made the following report to me: (1) A First Marine Air

Wing pilot shot down a British fighter this morning in the

Wonsan area. Major General Field Harris, commander, is

very concerned. Every attempt is being made to rescue the downed pilot. (2) The

H–19 Sikorsky helicopter has completed its test and General Partridge is recommending the return of the crew, but the retention of the helicopter with the technical representative and possibly some maintenance personnel. I approved this

and every effort will be made by FEAF hq to comply with General Partridge’s

recommendations. (3) General Partridge held a conference with General

Sweetser and Colonel Zoller this morning and has concluded that it is desirable

to convert the 452d Light Bomb Wing into a night operating unit. I thoroughly

approve this and when General Partridge’s recommendations arrive FEAF hqs,

a strong signal for my signature will be prepared, urging approval, to CSAF,

personal Twining from Stratemeyer. (4) A MiG–15 was shot down this morning;

the pilot ejected between the North Korean coast and Sinmi-do Island. The airplane was seen to crash in the water and the pilot, with parachute, dropping off

shore. General Partridge indicated that he was taking every possible action to

recover the pilot and stated that in all probability he would send a request to my Hq

to have the Navy make an attempt to salvage and recover the aircraft. (above - copy

to each - to VC, D/O, and D/M with notation they were to take necessary action

re those items which concerned them.)

General Partridge called at 1550 and reported that he had just received a

report from Major General Field Harris, CG 1st Marine Air Wing, that both the

damaged British fighters had returned safely to their carriers and that the report

he (Partridge) had given me today was incorrect (that a British fighter had been

shot down by the Marines.)

General Partridge stated that Captain Donald S. Thomas, who was picked up

by a British naval vessel from a junk manned by Korean sympathizers, was now

at Fifth Air Force and that last night he had him at his home and listened to

Thomas’ harrowing experiences for over an hour. He stated that Captain Thomas’

story deserved attention and that he (Thomas) did everything as set down in the

book for escape and evasion.

General Partridge thinks so highly of Thomas that he recommended that

after Thomas’ return to the United States (when he returns to duty after his rest

and recuperation), he should be put in the business of rescue - that is lecturing,

etc. I agree with General Partridge and told him that I though such a recommendation from him, with my endorsement, would be better than for me to institute

a letter. General Partridge agreed and will do this.

General Partridge, in his quarters last night, promoted Thomas to captain.

(copy of above extracted from diary and copy each sent to VC, D/O,

D/M, and D/I.)

Colonel Aaron W. Tyer, commander of K-2, came out to the house to lunch.

Captain Thomas, who was recently rescued through the

assistance of sympathetic North Koreans and the British

Navy, reported to me at 0945 hours and related his entire

story from the time he was hit in the air until rescued. Present

were Generals Weyland, Craigie, and Nuckols.

WEDNESDAY

11 APRIL

1951

TUESDAY

10 APRIL

1951
His story brought home the importance of the escape and evasion kits.

Two items which Capt Thomas did not have were the gold coins and a proper

map of North Korea (where he went down). Further, Captain Thomas indicated

that two of the compasses failed to work as did the ballpoint pen. He also indicated that had he had a reasonable supply of South Korean won, he would have

eaten much better.

This young man was smart, trusting when he should have been, and he

possesses that something which is needed in rescue, and escape & evasion that

should be passed on to others.

I have directed that D/I take the necessary action to implement Capt.

Thomas’ recommendations and to correct the deficiencies now existing in the

escape & evasion kits. (above extracted and sent to D/I).

Last night, at my direction, D/I sent out the fol message in my name:

From CG FEAF, To COMNAVFE (Courier): Cite A 85031 CG. Please

pass to HMS COCKADE, OP IM. My hearty congratulations and deep

appreciation for your rescue. Request that a security restriction be placed

on experiences of Lt. Donald S. Thomas. Information concerning same

should not be divulged without clearance from me. Signed Stratemeyer,

CG, FEAF.

Dispatched the fol msg, personal Twining, Chidlaw and Partridge

from Stratemeyer, Cite AX 6114:

Part I. Reourad AX 1224 OP-OP3, dtg 070720Z Jan 51, our let, subj:

FEAF Ftr Acft Conversion dtd 13 Jan 51, urad AFODA 53329 dtd 27 Jan 51.

As of 7 Apr 51 FEAF had 337 F–80 acft. At curr[ent] attrition rate of 18.3

acft per mo FEAF will be rd [reduced] to UE str[ength] by 1 July 51. If

we are to cont[inue] F–80 oprs as at present it is essential that 1 gp of

F–80s be converted to F–84s by 1 Jul 51 as reqd previously in ref FEAF

rad and ltr. This is in add to 75 F–80s programmed fr AAC [Alaskan Air

Command]. PART II. The 75 F–84s reqd by 1 July 51 does not consider

conversion of FEAF 4 F–51 sqs to F–80s. If conversion of 2 add gps to

F–84s reqd in above rad and ltr is not aprd FEAF will be required to cont

opn of its 4 F–51 sqs through 1st quarter FY-53. In this event aprx 200 add

F–51 attrition will be required during this pd [period]. F–51s are considered unsuitable for indef use in FEAF. PART III. Inasmuch as only 2 and

1/2 mos remain before FEAF’s F–80 sqs are down to UE str, imm action

to initiate conversion of 1 gp of F–80s to F–84s is considered essential.

PART IV. Req delv of 75 F–80Cs on Project FAF ISF 634 be expedited.

At about 1515 hours, General Nuckols came to my office and stated he had

had a flash report that at 0100 hours Washington time, the President has a special

message and had called the press to meet with him. At about 1525 hours, Colonel

Van Meter telephoned and stated that the President had fired General MacArthur.

The President’s orders were as follows:

Order to General MacArthur from the President.

I deeply regret that it becomes my duty as President and the Commander

in Chief of the United States Military Forces to replace you as Supreme

475

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY
476

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

Commander, Allied Powers; Commander in Chief, United Nations Command; Commander in Chief, Far East; and Commanding General, U.S.

Army Far East.

You will turn over your command, effective at once, to Lt. General Matthew

B. Ridgway. You are authorized to have issued such orders as are necessary

to complete desired travel to such place as you select.

My reasons for your replacement will be made public concurrently with

the delivery to you of the foregoing order, and are contained in the next

following message.

Follows the additional statement:

With deep regret I have concluded that General of the Army Douglas

MacArthur is unable to give his wholehearted support to the policies of the

United States Government and the United Nations in matters pertaining to

his official duties.

In view of the specific responsibilities imposed upon me by the Constitution

of the United States and the added responsibilities entrusted in me by the

United Nations, I have decided that I must make a change of command in

the Far East.

I have, therefore, relieved General MacArthur of his commands and have

designated Lt. General Matthew B. Ridgway as his successor.

Full and vigorous debate on matters of national policy is a vital element in

the constitutional system of our free democracy. It is fundamental, however,

that military commanders must be governed by the policies and directives

issued to them in the manner provided by our laws and the Constitution. In

time of crisis, this consideration is particularly compelling.

General MacArthur’s place in history as one of our greatest commanders is

fully established. The nation owes him a debt of gratitude for the distinguished and exceptional service which he has rendered his country in posts

of great responsibility.

For that reason I repeat my regret at the necessity for the action I feel

compelled to take in his case.

To say that I was stunned - and shocked - expresses it lightly. Even this morning (12 April 1951), after an almost sleepless night, I cannot understand why our

President could be so wrongly influenced as to remove General MacArthur. To

me, it means capitulation of our government and all that it has stood for to our

“Pinkish” State Department, the British government, and Moscow. Every Red,

regardless of his place in the world, was gleeful at this drastic order.177

177. To President Truman, MacArthur’s March 24 pronouncement was just the latest in a series of challenges to

civilian control of the military and to the office of the Presidency. At last fed up with what he perceived as

insubordination, Truman decided MacArthur must go. But with MacArthur still enjoying public acclaim, and

with an extremely vocal Republican Party looking for ways to damage Truman and the Democrats, the President had to move with care.

Then, on April 5 came the final straw. The month before, the powerful House Republican Minority Leader,

Joseph Martin, had written General MacArthur and had enclosed a copy of a speech in which he had vehemently attacked the Administration and its conduct of the war in Korea. MacArthur’s reply, in which he stated that his views generally coincided with Martin’s, and in which he reiterated his dissatisfaction with

Administration policy, contained the provocative statement, “There is no substitute for victory.” Martin read

MacArthur’s letter on the floor of the House on April 5.
[Stratemeyer made this additional entry for Apr. 11 the following day]

Shortly after hearing from President Truman and fired General MacArthur,

Admiral Joy and I got together and through Colonel Bunker made an appointment with the General to see him in his office about 1800 hours. We entered

through General Hickey’s office and General MacArthur greeted us in his same

old fine manner. He reviewed some of his actions to clearly show his great

attempt to carry out the UN directives and the President’s directives to him. He

stated that it was beyond him how any one could take exception to his release of

24 March. Joy and I attempted to express our feelings, our shock, and astonishment, but we both did a right poor job, because words were hard to find to

express just how we felt. General MacArthur paid us both the very greatest

compliments and indicated again his great regret that we both had not received

four star rank which we both deserved. He further indicated that in all probability

now we would not be promoted. He warned us both to watch our steps because

of our loyalty to him and because of the work that we had done for him.

Shortly after this, I arose and we bid him goodbye.

41 B–29s and one Tarzon equipped B–29 attacked the

Korean side of the Sinuiju-Antung railroad bridge. Apparently we failed to get the bridge. Score: 8 MiGs destroyed,

7 probably destroyed and 11 damaged; sum total - 25 MiGs.

I will send a redline to Vandenberg early tomorrow morning reference this.

Our losses: 3 B–29s lost; 3 B–29s received considerable battle damage and

other B–29s damaged due to flak and/or fighters. It looks as though we have

another “rubber” bridge which I intend to get.

Also, it looks as though BomCom needs some training. 

Flew to Korea, leaving Haneda 1100 and pinned three stars on Earle

Partridge. He had his staff lined up and his band, and a right impressive ceremony took place in the field at the air base at K-2, Taegu.

Just prior to departing, I pinned three stars on Weyland in my office.

Dispatched the fol personal signal to Vandenberg:

Weyland duly sworn in and properly equipped with three-star insignia

this date. He will depart for temporary duty Washington, ETD 13 April

1700 I, with instructions to report to you personally. I am leaving for

Korea immediately to congratulate and pin three stars on Partridge.

Alkire dispatched the fol signal for me to AMC, with info FEAMCOM

and FAF:

Personal Chidlaw fr Stratemeyer. This rad in 2 parts. Part 1. I am concerned by the numerous and cont’d failures of the external fuel tanks rels

THURSDAY

12 APRIL

1951

477

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

An outraged President Truman now had his reason to fire MacArthur. Meetings with his advisors, including

the Joint Chiefs of Staff, garnered a consensus that MacArthur must be dismissed. Unfortunately, because of

a leak to a newspaper about the dismissal, the affair was mishandled and MacArthur received word of his

firing on April 11 via a press release, not through channels. News of MacArthur’s dismissal was received in

many quarters with anger, but for Truman the removal of the MacArthur albatross from around his neck was

a great relief. (“History of the JCS,” Vol. III, pp 505-546; David Rees, Korea: The Limited War [New York,

1964], pp 211-220.)
[release] mechanism on the F–86 acft. Trouble was rpt’d in four (4) Johnson Fld UR’s [unsatisfactory reports] 51-25, dash 44, dash 54 and dash

58. In add to plug and lead failures the solenoid fails to actuate the rels

mechanism. Tanks fail to rels in the air or im after landing, however after

acft warms up on the grd the sys functions satisfactorily. Part 2. I feel that

an unwarranted opnl hazard is imposed by the unreliability of these units

as well as preventing our acft fr engaging enemy acft on even terms. Our

efforts to elim these failures have been ineffective to date. This matter is

considered of such importance that an im proj should be estb’d to find the

cause and elim the malfunctions.

Dispatched the fol redline to Vandenberg re yesterday’s

BOMBCOM effort with accompanying fighter escort

over the Sinuiju-Antung, Korean-side bridges.

Redline Vandenberg fr Statemeyer. Part 1. Folg are preliminary repts of the mission against the RR bridge at Sinuiju 12 Apr:

BOMBCOM struck w/1 Tarzon acft and 35 B–29s loaded w/200 pound

GP. Ftr cover consisted of aprox 34 F–86s and 54 F–84s. One RB–45

made post-strike photos at 1500/I; photo assessment shows no substantial damage to bridge although most bb [bomb?] patterns were excellent.

Part 2. Preliminary repts indicated 3 B-29s lost and 7 damaged. No damage to friendly ftrs reptd. Part 3. Preliminary repts indicate eny [enemy]

losses as fols: B–29s claim 4 MiGs destroyed, 4 probably destroyed

and 4 damaged. F–84s claim 3 probables, 3 damaged. F–86s claim 4

destroyed, 4 damaged. Totals: 8 destroyed, 7 probables, 11 damaged,

sum total: 26.

General Yoshitoshi Tokugawa, ex lt. general and baron, who is Japan’s counterpart of Trenchard and Billy Mitchell, called on me at 1100 hours accompanied

by General Banfill and one of Banfill’s officer interpreters. Tokugawa began flying in 1910. He is a stoic individual, however, he possesses a sense of humor. I

enjoyed my visit with him.

At 1230 hours, had luncheon at the GHQ Officers’ Club - luncheon given by

Col Pat Mahoney in honor of General Weyland. Pat had all my other general officers to the luncheon as well as some of their ladies -including Annalee, Marian

Picher and Mrs. Craigie.

At 1600 hours, we briefed Secretary of the Army Frank Pace, Jr., Mr. Francis

Shackelford, Department of the Army Counsellor, and Major General Alonzo

P. Fox, of Hq FEC. I was most pleased with the presentations given. Immediately, Mr. Pace by his genial manner and questions produced an informal

atmosphere which brought about a serious, but tremendously interesting

briefing. I told General Craigie to tell all presentors that I was exceptionally

well satisfied.

Attended party given by General and Mrs. Hickey honoring Secretary Pace

and his staff at the GHQ Officers’ Club.

FRIDAY

13 APRIL

1951

478

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS
Congressman Armstrong returned from Taipei today; leaves

for the States tonight.

Dispatched fol:

Personal LeMay and Chidlaw with info personal Twining: PART I for

LeMay: After recg your 30 Mar 51 ltr which expd [expressed] concern

over escort capability of 27th Ftr Escort Wg, I sent my rad AX 6055 CG,

dtd 100200Z Apr 51 to Partridge reqg [requesting] his comments. Quote

of Partridge reply fols: “Part 1. Ref yourad AX 6055. The 27 Ftr Wg is

fully capable of successfully escorting B–29 acft anywhere in Korea fr its

pres[ent] loc[ation] at Itazuke by employing staging oprs at K-2 upon

compl of the escort. W/the approach of warm wea the rwy at Itazuke is

not of sufficient length to permit takeoff w/pylon tanks w/o the use of

jato. Chief factor which will lmt the employment of the 27 Wg on escort

mission is the shortage of pylon tanks. Only sufficient tanks for 1 more

gp mission are aval at this time. I am sure your staff is familiar w/this

problem. Part 2. Although the F–84E airplane has performed satisfactorily in an escort role, sufficient evidence is aval which indicates that it is

out-classed by the MiG–15 fr the standpoint of Mach lmts [limits]. Our

fwd based F–86 acft are better suited to perform the counter air and escort

missions. Part 3. I intend to fully utilize F–84 acft in the escort role whenever conds justify their employment and it is further projected that F–84E

acft of the 27 Wg will be utilized in an escort role to a much greater extent

upon comp of Kunsan (K-8) airfield which will possess an adequate runway for F-84E escort opns.” Part 2 for CHIDLAW. Req info on your ability to prov the 3960 tank sets which are FEAF 120 day rqmt. We can

produce tks locally at rate of 2500 per mo[nth] beginning in 90 days. Cost

here $400 ea against $783 in ZI. If unable to prov[ide] our rqmts fr ZI req

auth be granted to commence local procurement im[mediately].

Cleared the fol rad for dispatch:

PERSONAL VANDENBERG FROM STRATEMEYER. Info LeMay,

Briggs, and Chidlaw. Enemy eff[ectiveness] against our med bomr acft

has been steadily increasing in recent weeks. Greater aggressiveness on

the part of MiG fts, add radar fac[ilities] and greater concentration of

heavy AAA guns in the areas of remaining profitable tgts in Korea are

contributing factors. On 12 Apr mission against the International bridge

at Sinuiju 3 B–29 acft and 3 crews were lost; two crew members were lost

from another crew and 2 add acft received major damage which may

result in salvage. In the past 30 days we have lost to both cmbt [combat]

and non-cmbt causes 8 B–29 acft and 8 crews. As of 2400 12 Apr the 3

med bomb gps in FEAF had a total of 88 acft asgd of which 13 were out

of comm for battle damage and longtime maint. This leaves 75 acft aval

for opns, which is 18 short of our authd UE. FEAF had 76 crews against

93 required on that date. PART II. We have reqd in our AX 5223 OP-OP3

dtd 22 Mar 51 and AX 6039 OP-OP3 dtd 4 Apr 51 that the SAC gps in

FEAF be maintd at 33 acft per gp. We have also requested in our AX 5726

OP-OP3 dtd 2 Apr 51 that SAC be prepared to dispatch on short notice

SATURDAY

14 APRIL

1951

479

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY
up to 10 B–29s for their units in this theater. I urge your spt in seeing

that these requests are met and in assuring FEAF swift deliveries of

replacement B–29 acft and crews as required.

Also dispatched the fol letter to the American Embassy for General of

the Army Douglas MacArthur. It was delivered to his senior aide, for

transmittal to him at 5:16 this evening.

dtd 14 April 1951

Dear General MacArthur,

I humbly want to expressed to you, prior to your departure from Japan,

my admiration and wholehearted aggressive support for everything that

you have done and stood for - in Japan and for our country.

I completed forty-one years in the Service in both the United States Army

and the United States Air Force 1 March 1951. I never, throughout my

career, have had a commander who has been as great as you. My hope is

that because of my association with you, some of your great competence

as a leader and commander will have rubbed off on me. Your greatness,

to my mind, is that you give a man a job, you trust him, and you let him

alone to do that job.

I assure you that as long as I live, my devotion, affection, and service to

you will always remain as staunch as it has been for the past two years

during the period I have been the Commanding General, Far East Air

Forces, serving directly under you.

I thank you for your signal to the Secretary of Defense re my promotion

to four-star rank. This is reward enough for me.

I wish you and Mrs. MacArthur and your son, Arthur, happiness and everything that is good and to your liking in the years ahead. God Bless you all.

Admiringly, devotedly, loyally, and sincerely, s/George E. Stratemeyer, Lt

General, U.S. Air Force.

Colonel Rogers reported to me reference his trip to Australia

for Hq USAF. He stated that his mission was successful and

he is preparing his report and that now Hq USAF had a job

to do reference target folders in coordination with Australia,

Great Britain and the United States.

Mrs. Stratemeyer and I attended the departure this morning of

General and Mrs. MacArthur. It was a solemn occasion, but

well done by the military and by General and Mrs. MacArthur.

General Ridgway masterfully handled himself. My Air Forces

were outstanding in their flying — which included F–80s, B–29s and F–86s.

I am to report to General Ridgway at 9:45 hours. Joy is to follow me at

10:00 A.M.

Fol rad received from CINCFE to EUSAK with info to all commands:

Request you give appropriate distribution to the following: “I believe that

the fidelity, courage and spirit of the 8th Army and of its equally gallant

MONDAY

16 APRIL

1951

SUNDAY

15 APRIL

1951

480

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS
481

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

support naval and air services have set new high standards of achievement

in military annals. I would like the 8th Army and the support naval and air

services to know how immeasurably proud I am of them, and of the honor

of having been privileged to share with them some of their splendid service. In the days ahead I have unbounded faith in this great allied inter-service team under the leadership of its newly arrived, proven combat

commander. Signed M.B. Ridgway, Lieutenant General, U.S. Army.

I called on General Ridgway through his chief of staff, General Hickey, at

0945 hours. I was greeted warmly by Ridgway and before he had a chance to

speak, I made this statement: that this change has taken place which is none of

my official business, that he can depend upon FEAF for the same loyal and

conscientious support that was given to General MacArthur, that we had a

“team” out here and that my dealing with Admiral Joy as head of the Navy

could not be better.

General Ridgway then stated that he knew what a very magnificent job

FEAF had done under my leadership and that he was confident that the same

loyal and magnificent job would continue. I assured him that it would.

I then strongly urged that he live in the Embassy and that he bring Mrs.

Ridgway and his family to Japan - both of which he said he hoped to do. He was

concerned about living in the Embassy as he has nothing more than his salary and

could not afford it. I then said that since it was the Embassy I was sure funds were

available from both the Japanese and American governments to furnish it and

make it a livable place.

I then told him very definitely what a great guy Major General Doyle O.

Hickey is; he said he knew that, and, with that statement, he wanted me at any time

to come to see him and make any recommendations that I saw fit to do on any

subject and that the door would be always open for that type of business. I thanked

him for this and told him that I intended to do just that - as I had in the past.

We then talked a bit on military subjects: one being the Sinuiju bridge that

FEAF has been unable to knock out so far. I told him that we were studying every

possible means to knock this bridge out with the B–29s, the B–26s and by dropping mines. I indicated that it was my opinion that 60 to 70 percent of all

personnel and supplies came into North Korea from Manchuria over the AntungSinuiju bridge. I told him that there was no general build-up of the Russian Air

Force in Siberia and in Russian territory; however, there was a very definite

build-up of Russian aircraft in Manchuria - namely in Mukden, Liao-yang and

Antung. He said he was aware of that and that in case the Chinese did come in

in force, by air, that he expected the Eighth Army to have to take casualties, but

in his opinion, we, FEAF, could within a short period of time knock out that air.

I told him we would of course make a great attempt to do just that but unless we

can cross the Yalu River and hit them on the three airdromes named above, it

would take a long time. He then stated, “Strat, at this time I do not have authority

to cross the Yalu River.” I said that I knew that, but I felt that if the Chinese

Communist Air Force hit the Eighth Army on the ground in strength, he might

get such a directive from the Joint Chiefs of Staff - to which he agreed.

The last subject discussed “was I prepared, in case the Russians came in, to

immediately counter-attack?” I indicated that I was with all equipment and
personnel available - that we keep our plan on that action up-to-date and that

each unit down to squadron level knows what its job is to be. 

He asked me, in case Russia did attack, would a flash report immediately go

to all FEC commands? My answer was that I was sure that was true of FEAF, but

that I could not answer him in reference to the other commands, but I was sure

such procedure must be in effect. We then shook hands. The meeting was closed

with General Ridgway again telling me that he knew he would get our wholehearted support and he was depending on that—I assured him he was right.

On the way out, I raised the “flash question” [regarding a flash report to FEC

commands] with General Hickey and he said he was looking into that and would

give Ridgway an answer.

Upon return to my office, I directed General Craigie, my vice commander,

to look into the question (“flash question”) and to advise me what our procedures

are — which I am confident are as follows: that through our aircraft warning set

up, the flash report with proper code word would automatically come to FEAF and

FEC. (copy of extract of visit to CINCFE given to General Craigie, 16 Apr 51.)

About 1210 hours, General Ridgway returned my call at which time I introduced to him all my key staff except General Picher who had left for lunch.

At 1600 hours, Lt. Colonel Ray178 (MATS WAF director) called with Major

Deitz and Major Bennett179 (WAF director at Haneda) and we discussed overall

general WAF problems and, at present, had to come to the conclusion that we

couldn’t ask for more WAFs than we can house as set up by minimum requirements. My WAF director, Major Deitz, will discuss the problem with D/M and

see if we can’t find a solution to secure more WAFs in order to release men to

the combat units.

Got off the “dear Gill” weekly letter.

Received the fol personal from Partridge:

Quoted for your information is part of flash message from

Almond to Van Fleet, dtd 16 Apr 51. “Of significant interest in last night’s activities was the effective part played by

night air attack and the exhibition of close cooperation between FAF, naval

air and my ground troops. Commencing at 142100 hours, 1 B–26 bombing

by radar, planted several 100 pounders on a group of enemy reportedly

building up just ahead of the 17th infantry. Shortly thereafter, arty placed

starshells on the 4 corners of the same area; a C–47 then sowed strings of

flares across the marked area, permitting Navy F4Us to strafe with their

explosive 20 mm. This devastating performance was repeated periodically

until 0330 this morning. The aftermath pleases me, as I am sure it will

you ----. This afternoon 10 North Koreans gave up, saying they just could

not fight all day and stand bombing all night. The effectiveness of this

bombardment was especially gratifying, inasmuch as dense ground haze,

coupled with smoke of burning grasslands, had severely restricted employment of close air support during the day.” For your information the Marines

participated in this attack instead of the Navy.

TUESDAY

17 APRIL

1951

482

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

178. Lt Col Elizabeth Ray. In 1961, she became Director of WAF.

179 Maj Joan E. Bennett.
I refused to release the above quoted signal at my briefing this morning as

Ned Almond spoiled it all with his last sentence. Apparently he is continuing his

emphasis on Marine air.

At 0900 hours, I pinned the Air Medal on Major General Frank E. Lowe,

Presidential representative, which he won flying with combat airplanes in order

to get information for the President.

Had Lt. Wogan, the son of my classmate, Bugs Wogan, to lunch.

General Stearley came in about 1430 hours and I had rather a long conference with him - Generals Craigie and Picher being present.

At 1530 hours, Mr. Fromm of the United States News [and World Report]

came in with General Nuckols and two secretaries. We then went through a question and answer period - mainly on the build-up of Communist China’s air power.

This was taken down and after editing will be submitted to me for my approval

before released for publication.

At 1630 hours, Mr. Dallas Sherman, PAA head for the Far East, called and

asked my advice reference his paying his respects to General Ridgway. I advised

him to do so without delay.

Mr. Compton Pakenham came in to see me this morning and told me about

the coming Newsweek article on Earle Partridge with his picture in color on the

front. I told him that I would support him in any way possible for the data in the

write-up. He showed me the color film and the picture he intended to use, and I

told him I thought it excellent.

Brigadier General Robert A. McClure, USA, the Army

psychological warfare officer in Washington called with two

officers from G-2 shop and my psychological warfare officer, Colonel Ambrose,180 and General Crabb. General

McClure is out here in the interest of increasing the activities pertaining to

psychological warfare. I told him I was one hundred percent back of it, and that

I would support it in every way possible. I did tell him though that the best way

to do it was to organize a psychological warfare sq back home with people and

equipment, including airplanes, and get it out here. I suggested the use of the

P–47 used so efficiently in World War II. I pointed out that we were at the tail

end of the line, that our activities in Korea were considered to be a “police

action” and that any equipment and personnel to be used out here would necessarily have to be taken from units that were fighting the war. I told him that you

“can’t have your cake and eat it too,” and that unless General Ridgway ordered

that I decrease activities that we are now participating in, I could not divert them

to psychological warfare. I furthermore told him that I believed one hundred percent in Bonner Fellers article that was published some months ago in Collier’s

Magazine. He stated that he also believed in it.

I further asked him why he didn’t control the Voice of America, and he

stated that that was a State Department function except in a theater of operations wherein we are at war. I told him that we had some 60,000 American

casualties and we were at war here, and I considered this a theater of operations. Upon leaving, he stated that his mission here was to do what he could to

WEDNESDAY

18 APRIL

1951

483

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

180. Lt Col Joseph R. Ambrose.
put impetus in psychological warfare and gain as much information as possible

on the subject. 

I told him that he had FEAF’s wholehearted support. I further arranged to

get his two sons who are flying officers on Okinawa up here to be with him

next Sunday.

Lt. Robert Leebrick called at 1430 hours; we had a nice visit. He has

completed 50 missions. He is staying with the Pullens.

Mr. Earl D. Johnson, Asst Sec of Army, dropped by the office for an informal call. He has returned to the Far East, accompanying Mr. Dulles who arrived

here on his mission 16 April 51.

Received the fol rad from USAF (also addressed to TAC

and SAC with info AMC):

1. It is planned to return the 27th Fighter Wing from

FEAF to the ZI starting in June 1951. Unit will deploy by

squadrons in June, July and August 1951. 2. In order to return present

combat capability of FEAF it is planned to deploy from the ZI to FEAF

the 136th Fighter Bomber Wing now assigned to TAC. Unit will deploy

by squadrons in May, June and July 1951. 3. The following factors will

govern preparations of a plan for deployment of these units: a. The 27th

Fighter Wing will deploy to the ZI less equipment. b. Aircraft of the 27th

Wing will be retained in FEAF to be utilized by 136th. c. The 136th

Fighter Wing without aircraft will deploy on an indefinite TDY basis.

4. Shipping to FEAF of aircraft of 136th and follow on jet aircraft attrition

replacements which will be available to FEAF contemplates continuation

of F–51 units as now equipped. It will not be possible to support through

December 1951 the conversion of your F–51 to jets. Details as to flow of

theater reserve and attrition replacement aircraft follows. 5. Further information concerning these movements will be provided ASAP.

At 0900 hours, General Crabb came in and reported that the cloak and

dagger outfit of psychological warfare had utilized our Air-Sea Rescue SB–17s

recently on one of their operations and, as a result, when the Tarzon B–29 carrying Pete Jennings and crew went down, some two or three SB–17s were not

available to participate in that search. He further informed me that they had

another such operation laid on in North Korea and would I provide for it with

SB–17s. I informed General Crabb that I absolutely would not --- Air-Sea

Rescue is set up to save our pilots, crewmen, and Allied soldiers and airmen.

Air-Sea Rescue is an international [emphasis in original] organization and if

ever it was determined that we were utilizing this organization as a cover for

psychological warfare, it would be most embarrassing to the Air Force and

the U.S. government.

I issued a directive to General Crabb that under no conditions would we

utilize Air-Sea Rescue personnel and aircraft for psychological warfare. I further

stated that if their next movement into North Korea was of sufficient importance

to withdraw combat or troop carrier aircraft for the mission, that this would be

done, although it must be pointed out that it would lessen the primary mission of

the aircraft and personnel to be utilized.

THURSDAY

19 APRIL

1951

484

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS
I further pointed out to General Crabb that he would get this information to

General McClure with a strong recommendation that equipment and personnel

be sent to the Far East Air Forces for use by the psychological warfare organization, that I believed in their mission and wanted to support it, but under no

conditions, unless directed by higher authority, would I utilize Air-Sea Rescue.

(Copy of above extracted from diary under date of 19 April and sent to D/O, D/I

thru VC, with instructions to note and return to CG.)

Dispatched the fol Stratline personal to Briggs and Partridge:

No bridge repeat no bridge over the Yalu River will be attacked when

there is possibility of violating the air space over Manchuria. This directive issued in view of CINCFE signal CX 60410 quoted in my AX 6511

dtd 19 April 51. Receipt acknowledgment this stratline desired.

Lunched with Mr. Hodgson181 of the Australian Diplomatic Mission, honoring

Mr. and Mrs. Dulles and the Australian representative in the Philippines, Admiral

(Ret) and Mrs. Moore.182

Dr. LeRoy Brothers, the head of the Operational Analyses in

Hq USAF, had a conference with me this morning at 1030

hours. I had General Craigie present when Dr. Brothers outlined what his recommendations would be with reference to

the utilization of operational analysts in the Far East Air Forces, namely, 4 with

the 314th Air Division, 3 with the Fifth Air Force and 2 with Hq FEAF. Although

we only have two at present, he indicated he would make every effort to secure

the remaining 7 and get them over here.

At 1100 hours, Mr. John Rich of CBS paid me a visit. He likes his work (he

was formerly with INS [International News Service]) and is leaving for Korea

tomorrow. 1130 hours, Mr. Earl D. Johnson, Asst Sec’y of the Army, and representative of the Department of National Defense [sic] with the Dulles Mission,

called. We discussed the strength of FEAF in Japan and the construction and

build up and beef up of airdromes both in Japan and Okinawa. He indicated

he was with the Dulles mission primarily to bring the Defense Department of

the U.S. into the picture here in Japan and to impress the people of Japan with

the fact that the U.S. forces, particularly air and naval forces, would remain

strong in Japan. A picture was taken and an article written by General Nuckols

which was submitted to Mr. Johnson for his approval for publication in all

Japanese newspapers.

At 1415 hours, Major General Edward P. Parker, Provost Marshal of the

Army, called. Present were Colonel Gray, my Inspector General, and Colonel

Oge,183 Provost Marshal of Far East Command.

At 1615 hours, I left my office for Koganei where I celebrated with Mrs.

Stratemeyer and her golfing ladies the completion of the gals “Annalee Tournament.” Annalee fell and hurt herself; did not rest last night. 

Neko-San was returned from the clinic.

FRIDAY

20 APRIL

1951

485

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

181. Col William R. Hodgson, Head of the Australian Mission to Japan. He had served previously as Australian

delegate to the UN Security Council and as Ambassador to France.

182. Rear Adm George D. Moore, Minister for Australia in the Philippines from 1950-1955.

183. Col Oge’s full name is unknown.
In follow up to my radio of 19 April, dispatched the fol ltr to both

Briggs of FEAF BomCom and Partridge of FAF:

My signal to you last evening (19 April 1951) directing that the bridges

over the Yalu River not be attacked where the air space over Manchuria

might be violated, stands for the present. You will, however, continue

your training and plans for the attack on the Sinuiju bridge, the Lin-Chiang

bridge, and those other bridges where quantities of supplies are being

moved from Manchuria into North Korea. FOR COMGEN FEAF

BOMBER COMMAND: When you are satisfied that your training and

plans are complete to take out the Sinuiju railroad bridge, it is desired that

you send me a signal to that effect, including the date that you desire to

attack, and, at that time, I may be able to obtain clearance to take out the

Sinuiju-Antung railroad bridge. FOR COMGEN FIFTH AIR FORCE: If

and when we attack the Sinuiju-Antung railroad bridge, you will provide

all possible fighter escort and cover for the B–29s that it is within your

power to furnish. s/G.E.S., etc.

Dispatched an R&R to D/I, with authorization for him to approach

and seek assistance from D/O, particularly, Dir of Plans, and asked

for answers to questions re the movement and analysis of supplies

being brought in from Manchuria into North Korea:

the tonnage and volume that are moved out over the following listed

bridges and where the supplies are concentrated: - Antung-Sinuiju?

Ch’angsong? the Manp’ojin bridge complex? Lin-Chiang? If the bridges

are left in over the Yalu, and the bridges over the Ch’ongch’on River are

kept out, what is the effect on volume and time on stockpile of supplies

in the battle area - if the bridges over the Yalu River are taken out and

the only means for moving supplies and people into the battle area

would be the putting in and utilization of pontoon bridges - what would

be the effect? As I see it, by taking out the Yalu bridges, particularly the

Antung-Sinuiju bridge, we cut down the time & rate at which supplies

and personnel can be moved to the battlefront. Is time then an important factor when apparently, under the present mission that CINCFE

has, time is not important, as in all probability the utilization of

pontoon bridges supplies, munitions and people can be gotten to the

battlefront...?

Departed Haneda 1000 hours; flew to Nagoya where I was

met by Generals Spivey and Partridge and was immediately

taken to the 314th Air Division hq where I was briefed on the

entire air defense set up in Japan, and I was convinced insofar as availability of equipment, personnel, and anti-aircraft artillery, that we are

in good shape with the tools we have.

Immediately after the briefing, I made a short talk to all the officers and then

proceeded with General Spivey to General Partridge’s quarters where we had a

delicious luncheon. Immediately after luncheon went to the golf course and had

a fine round of golf although I played very poorly. Had a 93.

SATURDAY

21 APRIL

1951

486

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS
After cleaning up in General Spivey’s quarters in the hotel, he entertained

with cocktails and dinner from which I left about 2120 hours to return to Tokyo.

Arrived Haneda 2305 and went directly home to bed.

Two items of business I discussed with Partridge were: (1) that I could not

send Sweetser back to the U.S. to press for more B–26s and crews in view of

Vandenberg’s recent directive to me in which he stated he was sending all possible crews and B–26s. However, I did, in view of our conversion from day to night

[operations] of the 452d Wing, suggest Sweetser might bird-dog that project

487

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

A remarkable photo of a B–26 low-level attack. Its parafrag bomb has just hit

the ground and enemy personnel (one very close to the explosion) can be seen

trying to take cover.
and be of help. Partridge will look into this and make recommendations accordingly. (2) I agreed with him (Partridge) reference his top secret letter to me re the

attack on the Sinuiju-Antung railway bridge, and I told him that in view of Ridgway’s recent directive, my hands were tied; however, I discussed this subject with

him and there was a possibility in the not too distant future that I would be given

a “green light” on taking it out. If and when that is done, I told him, insofar as

the air space over Manchuria is concerned, this would be violated in order to

knock MiGs out of the air and protect our bombers.

1030 hours Brigadier General Wally Smith184 came in to see

me with Colonel Overacker185 at which time we read the

Presidential Unit Citation for his communications squadron

and I presented to him the streamer which he will present in

Korea to the commander for use on the organization’s guidon.

Left the office at 1700 hours with General Hickey and joined our wives at

General Doyle’s house where we had a good view of their tulip bed, had cocktails and dinner.

General Kenney arrived at 1555 hours; was met by General Nuckols and

taken to my house. We met him when we returned last night.

I went to bed, but I’m sure Annalee talked way into the morning.

Signed and dispatched the fol ltr to CINCFE, subject:

A General Analysis of the Logistic Support of Communist

Forces in North Korea.

1. The Commander-in-Chief, Far East, directed in my

presence the Chief of Staff, Far East Command, to have FEC staff submit

an analysis comparing the probable effect on enemy logistic support of

air interdiction at the Yalu River as opposed to interdiction at choke points

along the line of the Ch’ongch’on River extended roughly parallel to the

Manchurian border. I indicated to the Chief of Staff, Far East Command,

that I too would submit a report.

2. Based on the current estimate of 60 CCF and NK Divisions in North

Korea, the daily requirement for all classes of supplies is 3120 tons. This

provides 54 tons of Class I, II, III and V supplies for units in contact and

50 tons for those in reserve area.

3. The lines of communication reaching south from the Yalu River from

Lin-Chiang (CB 2629) - Antung (XE 1842) inclusive, have a total maximum estimated daily one-way capacity of 5125 tons, divided between

3,000 tons rail and 2125 tons by truck. These lines of communication will

permit the establishment of stockpiles along the general line of ChongjuAnju-Yongwon-Hamhung. This line averages 130 miles from the

Manchurian border and 90 miles from the present front. The difference

between the maximum capacity and daily requirements is 2,005 tons and

represents the daily build up potential for stockpiling supplies along the

MONDAY

23 APRIL

1951

SUNDAY

22 APRIL

1951

488

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

184. Brig Gen Wallace G. Smith, AACS commander from September 1948 to August 1951.

185. Col Charles B. Overacker commanded the 1808th AACS.
line indicated. (See attached map). [Map not in diary.] South of this line

the combined rail and highway net has a capacity of 4,000 tons, thereby

limiting the rate of build-up in the present battle area.

4. From the standpoint of interdiction, the critical terrain feature is the

Yalu River. The rail and highway bridges across this river, wide, and

unfordable except in some places between Manp’ojin and Lin-chiang,

offer the most promising targets for reducing the flow of supplies. Beginning at Antung, the supply capacity is limited by the rail and road net

leading from the south bank of the Yalu and is estimated to be as follows:

A. From Sinuiju-Uiju crossings Rail, 1000 tons; Road, 500 tons; 

B. From Ch’ongsongjin - Sakchu crossing Rail, 1000 tons, Road, 500

tons; C. From Chi-An - Manp’ojin complex Rail, 1000 tons, Road,

750 tons; D. From Lin-Chiang Road, 375 tons.

5. Rivers south of the Yalu while constituting obstacles, do not present the

same interdiction possibilities. The Ch’ongch’on River at Sinanju is 800

yards wide, narrowing to 250 yards at Kunu-ri. The depth varies with the

season but, with the enemy’s demonstrated ingenuity in constructing

bridges and fords, it should not be regarded as an obstacle of serious

proportions. The presence of stockpiles on the north bank of the

Ch’ongch’on would merely mean a call on the manpower available to the

enemy to move the supplies across the river by boat and “A frame” and

would not appreciably delay their forward movement.

6. Assuming that all fixed bridges between Sinuiju and Lin-Chiang on the

Yalu River were taken out, the effect would be to severely restrict the movement of rolling stock between Manchuria and North Korea. The cumulative

effect would be to reduce the capacity of the railroads south of the Yalu as

rolling stock is destroyed. The feasibility of manhandling single cars across

a rail-pontoon bridge is within the bounds of possibility but it is not believed

that locomotives could cross the river by this means. Truck traffic would not

be appreciably affected by resort to pontoon bridges.

7. Time required to deliver supplies to the point of expenditure is not

significant in itself. However, time, combined with distance, exposes

these supplies to an attrition rate from air attack directly proportional to

the distance over which they must be moved. This distance factor, combined with the limited rail and road-net capacity available, indicates that

there is a general line on the Korean Peninsula beyond which a major

offensive by the enemy would not be feasible.

8. The time factor is not of particular significance with respect to the

movement of a specific item of supply. The rate of delivery of that item

will, however, have a direct bearing on the capability of the enemy to

sustain either an effective defense or mount an offensive operation. The

Italian Campaign was illustrative of the effectiveness of interdiction of

communications lines. Tactical air in Italy was able to reduce the flow

of supplies to the front to a point where the Germans were unable to

maintain their position. Air action has materially reduced the enemy’s

capability to conduct a full scale of offensive this spring.

489

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY
9. The following conclusions are based solely upon this general analysis of

the logistic support of the enemy in North Korea and should be considered

in this light only: a. A greater effect upon the logistic support of enemy

forces would be obtained by air interdiction at the Yalu River in comparison with interdiction along some other line in North Korea. b. It is necessary to continue all forms of interdiction when appropriate opportunities

present themselves. c. Material shortening of the enemy’s present lines of

communication would seriously reduce the effect of air interdiction.

10. It is recommended that attacks on the Yalu River bridges be continued

as required. s/G.E.S., etc.

General Cannon arrived at 1340 hours and was taken immediately to my

quarters, after which he came to my headquarters and was with me the remainder

of the day. He will depart tomorrow at 0700 hours to visit the Fifth Air Force in

Korea and will return Wednesday evening.

At 1500 hours, Mr. Hudson Fish, managing director of Quantas Empire

Airways (Australian) called on me with two other gentlemen.

Generals Kenney and Cannon are staying with us; we had dinner together.

Dispatched the fol ltr to my major commanders - Generals Partridge,

Stearley, Turner, Doyle, Henebry, Briggs, Spivey, and Col. Simons,

FEAF Base, dtd 23 Apr 51:

Subject: Personal Views of the Commander-in-Chief, Far East Command.

To: as noted. 1. The Chief of Staff, GHQ, FEC, in a letter dated 22 Apr 51

has relayed to me certain basic personal views of General Ridgway in his

position as CINCFE. These matters are considered to be of utmost importance and must receive the personal attention of all Far East Air Forces

commanders. a. Since his arrival, General Ridgway has repeatedly emphasized the frontier nature of the duties of the FEC and the urgent necessity

for imbuing our personnel with the habit and mind and way of living

essential to troops situated in an area immediately susceptible to armed

invasion without warning and at the decision of the enemy. The Commander-in-Chief takes immediate offense at any indication that members of his

command are living a normal peacetime garrison existence. An added element of this basic concept is the urgency of time. Time wasted during the

accomplishment of our mission here is time irretrievably lost. b. During

such official visits as the Commander-in-Chief may make to you and to

members of your command, the following specific actions are recommended: (1) Hold no formal ceremonies, unless they are of extremely

short duration and carried out with a very high order of snap and precision.

(2) If it is desired to have the Commander-in-Chief inspect the troops of

the command, have the troops engaged in their normal duties at the time

of inspection. (3) Hold no cocktail parties or other social or quasi-social

functions.186 (4) Long road drives should be excluded, insofar as possible.

Light aircraft should be used in making trips to installations which possess

only limited landing facilities. c. Prior to departure on an inspection visit,

490

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

186. An interesting recommendation. As noted throughout the diary, General Stratemeyer, and probably most

other high-ranking officers in FEC and FEAF, gave or attended many parties.
the Commander-in-Chief desires to have detailed information made available to his Chief of Staff regarding the program and the itinerary. Once he

has been apprised of this program and has approved it, he does not desire

to have it changed or unexpected events injected into it. d. The principal

mission of the Commander-in-Chief in visiting his subordinate units is to

establish and to maintain a continuing and effective personal contact with

his senior commanders. During such visits, he desires to have that commander immediately available to him, so that each may speak to the other

with the utmost frankness and completely without reservation. During the

greater portion of his visit, the presence of a third party, who might serve

to restrain this frank interchange of views, is not desired. 2. These principles I wholeheartedly indorse and consider precisely appropriate and

definitely in keeping with our FEAF mission in this theater. It is my desire

that the contents of this correspondence be brought to the personal attention of all Far East Air Forces commanders. I FURTHER DESIRE THAT

EACH COMMANDER BE ADVISED THAT I EXPECT FIRM AND

DETERMINED COMPLIANCE WITH BOTH THE SPIRIT AND

LETTER OF THE POLICIES ANNOUNCED BY OUR COMMANDERIN-CHIEF. [emphasis in original] s/G.E.S., etc.

Follows an extract from a letter received by Nuckols from

Sory Smith dated 16 April:

...I love you dearly! Last Friday afternoon, when General

Vandenberg and all his staff were on the way to justify the

Third Supplemental Appropriation before the House Armed Services Appropriations Sub-Committee, the Washington Evening Star that had just hit the

stands at 1200 that day carried an eight column banner headline quoting

General Stratemeyer on the fact that the air war in Korea was getting rough

and liable to pick up some more. As a result of this fine story, plus General

Vandenberg’s remarks to the committee, the Third Supplemental Appropriation went through the sub-committee in less than 24 hours. This is record

time in this town...

Dispatched the fol personal to Partridge (priority):

Recent implementation of Shoran and close cooperation radar bombing opns

in Korea has considerably increased our all-weather offensive capabilities.

However, the detailed info presently being rece in this Hq as part of the

Shoran opns rpt RCS FEAF OP-U1, has indicated that only a small percentage of your total Shoran bombing effort has been evaluated. Effective im this

rpt is being terminated and will be replaced by a short weekly narrative rpt

of your Shoran and close control radar opns based upon the data obtained by

your opns analysis. The problems involved in evaluating individual night

missions thru post-strike analysis are realized; however, elect[rical] con[trol]

systems must be frequently evaluated to discover system errors which might

appear, particularly, when a con sta[tion] is relocated. It is my desire that

every effort be made to obtain accurate data on elect con systems which can

be used in future USAF planning.

TUESDAY

24 APRIL

1951

491

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY
Received a TS redline from Vandenberg, EYES ONLY:

U.S. News & World Report have a story of an interview with you. Information here is that their Tokyo correspondent phoned the story to Washington

16 April. Can you provide immediately the date of your interview in Japan.

Dispatched immediately in reply to Vandenberg’s redline my answer

which was:

Redline to Vandenberg from Stratemeyer. Reur redline 221 Eyes Only.

Interview was on 17 April and after being edited the article was phoned

to U.S. by Tokyo correspondent about 1400 hours Tokyo time on 18 April

repeat 18 April.

With further reference to the exchange of the above signals (which

took place in the small hours of the morning), I received the fol

redline from USAF:

Associated Press is quoting General Courtney Whitney, ADVISOP to

General MacArthur, that “all senior officers in the Far East, including

General Stratemeyer and Admiral Joy, favored the use of Chiang Kai

Shek’s troops.” In answer to inquiries regarding your position on this

we are saying no comment. Suggest you may like to handle similarly at

your end.

Bucked this radio with my comment of “the chief is right. No comment” to

my VC, D/P, D/I, and D/O with action marked to my PIO.

Nuckols waiting for me in office when arrived this AM. We

went over the exchange of redlines that took place between

me and CSAF during the small hours of the morning. 

Immediately after the briefing this AM, Nuckols held a

telecon with Sory Smith - transcript of which follows:

FEAF Item #1 - Secret. Re Strat interview US News, sole purpose was to

protect Air Force from criticism if and when Red air mounts offensive by

going on record before hand believed here that we have forestalled any

indignation that might otherwise result if ground forces are subject to strafing.

Have you read entire text rather than press digest, what are your and other’s

reactions? I have your confidential radnote No. 400.

USAF Item #1 - Secret (in reply). General reaction here was as you intended.

However it was sailing pretty close to wind in controversy of Gen. McA’s

four points. No criticism yet. Purpose of Gen. Van’s redline to Gen. Strat was

countermeasure to establish if interview was given before McA incident.

This in case we should get hit by press. Or Congress.

FEAF Item #2 - Secret. Absolutely no intention here of entering any political

debate on or of taking sides in current controversy. Will abide by your

recommendation to avoid Yalu River problem.

FEAF Item #3 - Secret. In view recent efforts to place additional emphasis

on bitter nature of air war and seriousness of MiG threat to B–29s was felt

WEDNESDAY

25 APRIL

1951

492

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS
here that interview finally given pointed up this subject. Happy to know no

criticism as yet and trust will continue. No further items from here.

USAF Item #2 - Secret. Today Courtney Whitney said Gen. Strat favored use

of Chinese Nationalist troops. Recommend he decline comment on this and

any other of Gen. McA’s four proposals.

FEAF Item #4 - Secret. Gen. Strat has never commented on use of Nationalists and feel sure has no intention of doing so.

END OF TELECONFERENCE.

The below two items were given to General Ridgway this morning just prior

to our briefing for him: I. B–29 (18 daily). Called off training. Priority 18 per day.

(1) airfields, (2) front lines APQ-2 radar, (3) Interdiction. II. Some not cleared in

briefing for communications classification (ACORN).

As a result of our briefing for General Ridgway this morning, and the fine

things that he said about the Far East Air Forces, I have issued the following

command letter:

Subject: DEFEAT OF COMMUNISM. 1. General Ridgway visited Headquarters, Far East Air Forces, this morning and was briefed on the missions,

facilities, capabilities, operations and plans of the Far East Air Forces. 2. In

his remarks to the assembled group at the conclusion of this briefing, General Ridgway indicated, in a very definite manner, his complete awareness

and admiration of the magnificent contributions made by the Far East Air

Forces to the war in Korea. He stated that he fully appreciated, and that it

was universally recognized, that the Far East Air Forces, in the early days of

the war, made it possible for the Eighth Army to stay on the peninsula of

Korea. He further went on to say that since that time FEAF has contributed

in an outstanding manner to our number one task at the moment - the defeat

of Communism in Asia. 3. General Ridgway expressed, in strong terms, his

views relative to the necessity for instilling in the hearts and minds of every

individual in the Far East Command, first, the will to fight Communism, and

second, complete confidence in the ability to defeat it. General Ridgway did

succeed, as you know, in instilling in the officers and men of the Eighth

Army these essential convictions. 4. I share completely General Ridgway’s

belief that we can, on the Peninsula of Korea, defeat Communism in Asia

[Emphasis in original]. In order to do this, however, it is essential that every

commander, every staff officer, every subordinate commander, in fact every

officer, airman, and civilian employee, assigned or attached to FEAF wholeheartedly believe in and preach to others our ability to accomplish this task.

I desire that you, at your staff meeting, on your inspections, and in your contacts with subordinate units, preach this essential philosophy at every opportunity.* 5. If we achieve success in this campaign, as I know we will,

Communism throughout the world will have received a terrific jolt. s/G.E.S.

*This letter as written above, but with the added sentence “See that this letter,

suitably indorsed by you, reaches each one of your commanders down to and

including squadrons,” sent to 8 of my major commanders: Partridge, Stearley,

Turner, Simmons (Col.), Briggs, Henebry, Doyle, and Spivey.

493

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY
The above letter went to D/P, D/I, D/O, D/M, D/C, IG, Surg, PIO, JA, AG

and Chaplain.

At 1515 hours, Air Commodore Charlesworth came in to bid me farewell.

Dinner with the Sebalds at their home, U.S. House 525. They had a wonderful

group of guests and both Annalee and I enjoyed the dinner and the company.

We gave a very superior briefing to General Cannon at 0900

hours after which he visited FEAMCOM, lunched there and

then visited the 315th Air Division (Combat Cargo). He was

delighted with everything he saw and particularly praised

General Doyle and the job he was doing. At 1100 hours, Mr. Crump,187 a Hollywood fellow, visited me with General Nuckols and stated that he was out here to

make a picture on air evacuation for the Department of Defense.

We gave a dinner at 7:30 P.M. at Mayeda House in honor of Generals

Kenney and Cannon.

At 1000 hours had a conference with Major General Chase188

who is to be the head of the Military Assistance Advisory

Group on Formosa. I discussed with him the following individuals: Generalissimo Chiang Kai Shek, the Madame, K.C.

Wu, General Chou Chih Jou, Tiger Wan [?], and Son Li Ren [?].189

Immediately after the briefing this AM, at General Ridgway’s request, went

to the Dai Ichi Building for a conference with him. As a result of this conference,

dispatched the fol R&R to my Director of Plans, thru Deputy for Operations.

General Craigie was also brought in on the discussion of the subject at hand

and all three initialed the document Ridgway had given me and which is the

inclosure to my R&R:

General Ridgway desires sufficient data be furnished him by 1500 hours this

afternoon for him to reply to attached message from the Joint Chiefs, to

include what actions the Far East Air Forces would take to counter the

hostile air offensive. The following questions will be answered: 1. What are

the courses of action by Far East Air Forces? 2. Should we initiate the attack

if our Intelligence indicates this enemy air offensive against us is imminent? 3. Are there alternate courses of action including reconnaissance and

photographic coverage of targets? Although I do not believe this message

requires any mentioning of an attack by Russia in conjunction with the Chinese against Korea or Japan, or both, General Ridgway indicated that he

might want to put into his reply to the Joint Chiefs of Staff what our actions

would be in case Russia launched the attack; therefore, I should take with

me our Emergency Plan. I also desire to take with me our studies and

recommendations reference the use of atomic bombs, to include the targets

we have recommended, the forces we have recommended, and the latest

information that we have from SAC on this subject. G.E.S.

FRIDAY

27 APRIL

1951

THURSDAY

26 APRIL

1951

494

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

187. Owen Crump was a Hollywood movie producer.

188. Maj Gen William C. Chase commanded the 1st Cavalry Division in World War II and postwar. Following a

tour with the Third Army, in Apr. 1951 he was named head of a MAAG to Nationalist China.

189. K.C. Wu was the Governor of Formosa; “Tiger” Wang Shu-ming became C-I-C of the Nationalist AF in

1952; Gen Sun Li-jen was C-I-C of the Nationalist Army in 1951.
Reference the above directive, I reported to General Ridgway at 1500 hours

with my recommendations which I read to General Hickey, Admiral Joy, and

General Ridgway. Upon my arrival, General Ridgway asked Admiral Joy to read

what he had, which he did and which was almost identical with mine except his

was in general terms, and mine was in more detail. Mine included the request for

authority to reconnoiter certain areas in China and Manchuria and contained

much more details. General Ridgway then stated that he liked my message. He

then directed General Hickey to take both my recommendations and Admiral

Joy’s and come up with a signal for his approval and with Joy’s and my concurrence and to include in it my recommendation that we immediately be authorized

to reconnoiter the listed targets that I submitted.

Admiral Joy then asked if the discussion of dependents returning to the ZI

could be raised as General Ridgway had this morning indicated that it was open

for discussion. Ridgway said “yes” and Admiral Joy then stated that dependents

of people stationed in Japan, regardless of the considered seriousness of the

situation, be sent here. Ridgway then looked over at me and I not only stated that

I agreed with Admiral Joy but that he had my study on the matter, backed up by

General Partridge, with numerous inclosures in which generally I stated that

persons in Japan be permitted to bring their dependents over. If that cannot be

done, then reduce the tour to 18 months for those people whose dependents are

not here. I furthermore pointed out that there were a great number of dependents’

houses now vacant in Japan and that because of the type of their construction,

that if they were not occupied and cared for, they would disintegrate and fall

down, and I urged their occupancy by dependents of people now permanently

stationed in Japan.

I then told General Ridgway that I had an expert on atomic bombs and that

I had two other officers that were thoroughly familiar with our War Emergency

Plan. If he wanted discussion on either or both, we were ready to accommodate

him. He indicated that was not necessary this afternoon.

The entire conference was one of understanding, good will, and an earnest

attempt to arrive at a coordinated Army, Navy, Air Force reply to the Joint Chiefs

of Staff message.

Also, during that conference, General Ridgway asked this question: “Should

we include in our reply to the Joint Chiefs of Staff’s message that we should hit

the airfields in Manchuria prior to an air offensive against our forces in Korea?”

My answer immediately was “Yes,” that “I would have done it two months ago

had authority been granted, that I would do it tomorrow if I had the authority;

however, because re the JCS message, our recommendations (as I interpreted it)

were limited; therefore, I did not include it.”

General Ridgway then asked Admiral Joy his thoughts on the matter and

Admiral Joy said he would not make such recommendation, the reason being that

he felt it would bring about an all-out submarine offensive against his fleet and

that would make his position in the Yellow and Japan Seas untenable because

General Ridgway was dependent upon him to supply the people in Korea by

boat, and he felt this was not the time to hit the airfields.

General Hickey then spoke up and stated that he was inclined to agree with

Admiral Joy that it was an inopportune time to make such a recommendation to

the Joint Chiefs of Staff.

495

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY
I then indicated that I would go along with that recommendation, but

reiterated that since I was asked the question by my immediate superior, I,

as an airman, would hit them as soon as possible regardless of any enemy

offensive.

Dispatched the fol memo to CINCFE:

1. Reference the attached papers requesting my comments in writing on

subject: “CINCFE’s Concept of His Responsibilities as CINCFE and

CINCUNC.” My comments are as follows: Your Par. 1. Since information

is being furnished to the Department of the Army, it is recommended that

information be furnished the Department of the Air Force and Navy

Department. Your Par 3b(4). This is the first time I knew of the existence

of this limiting directive. Would appreciate a copy of this directive. No

further comments. 2. No further comments. Concur. 3. Would appreciate

a copy of the final signal as dispatched. G.E.S., etc.

At my quarters at 1910 hours, I concurred in draft signal to be dispatched to

the Joint Chiefs of Staff reference the signal that is referred to earlier in diary this

date. I almost identically followed the draft that I submitted and included all my

recommendations as submitted in writing.

General Cannon departed for the ZI 1800 hours.

Came to the office and attended the briefing and immediately left, after seeing General Brothers, for Mayeda House

where I immediately went to bed. The stiffness and sorness

in my shoulder and neck, which I have been noticing for the

last 3 days, has consistently gotten worse.190 Spent all day in bed.

General Power (SAC) and his retinue arrived 1700 hours. They were met by

General Fox (GHQ, FEC) and FEAF’s Colonel Trask.

Again, spent the day at home nursing my shoulder and neck

muscles. Damned painful. Major General Robert M. Lee191

arrived Tokyo for a 48-hour stay; enroute to the States

from Eniwetok.

At about 1130 hours, Craigie brought out all his papers for signature and

action. He also gave me, to the best of his memory, the JCS reply to CINCFE’s

answer to their original signal, referred to 27 April, which included authorization to make the recon flight after a plan is submitted and approved by

CINCFE. Also authorization was delegated to CINCFE to hit bases in

Manchuria and China if sufficient time was not available to get JCS authority.

In fact, every recommendation that I made to CINCFE to be included in his

reply signal was approved.

SUNDAY

29 APRIL

1951

SATURDAY

28 APRIL

1951

496

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

190. It is possible that this condition was the first indication of Stratemeyer’s impending heart attack.

191. Lee had been Deputy Commanding General for Operations, 9AF in World War II. In Nov. 1948, he became

TAC commander and in Jan. 1950, was also made CO of TG 3.4(AF) of Joint Task Force 3. This organization was responsible for the atomic weapons testing at Eniwetok in April-May 1951. Because this latter job

took up all his time, he was relieved as TAC commander in July 1950.
I directed Col Darrow and Colonel Trask to report to JSPOG

and work with them on the papers being prepared for

approval of General Ridgway and General Power (who is out

here representing SAC).192

At about 1820 hours, Colonel Darrow reported back with the draft agreement to which I objected as no place in the paper was FEAF mentioned.

I suggested two changes which he is working on.

At Sinmak, due to accurate anti-aircraft fire, three F–51s out of four were

shot down - one in a strafing run, one following at 1,000 feet and the third

following at 3,000 feet. The fourth one pulled out and reported these casualties.

The pilot at 3,000 feet bailed out and was immediately captured by the enemy.

The first two were casualties as they went in with their airplanes.

This indicates that the Reds must have radar controlled anti-aircraft and

great quantities of it. It also indicates that the area about Sinmak is most important. I directed Operations to look into it and see if we couldn’t get radar

controlled strikes there at night as well as heavy strikes during daylight.

Got off my weekly letter to Gill Robb Wilson.

At 1500 hours, Messrs N.E. Marshall Lindholm (VP Operations), Knut Ros (Operations Representative) and Asbjorn

Oyan all of the Scandinavian Airlines System called at the

office. Mr. Lindholm brought me a couple of bottles of

Aquavit from a Major Stone Christopher.193

At 1700 hours, Generals Power and Hickey and I had a conference with

General Ridgway at which time he approved the paper that I had concurred in,

prepared by General Power and my Plans people, reference the taking over by

SAC of all SAC units in FEC on D-Day. The two points that I had put in the

paper were most welcome by both Generals Ridgway and Hickey and also concurred in by General Power (SAC representative).

We all concurred that SAC’s advanced headquarters in the Far East would

automatically come from Hq FEAF BomCom - I mean by that, FEAF BomCom

would be SAC’s advanced headquarters. The results from this action means for

the FEC and FEAF that coordinated action by SAC then would continue as

prepared by FEAF in coordination with SAC.

General Craigie entertained Admiral Henderson at the

Union Club at 1230 hours at lunch. General Picher and I

were guests.

At 1745 hours, I was called to General Hickey’s office

along with Admiral Joy and we were informed that General Ridgway, in an emergency, had set up four offices in the building where he, with his Chief of Staff,

and one or two others and where Admiral Joy and myself, with one or two key

staff could immediately meet without delay. The code word being HEDGEHOG.

No matter where we are or what we are doing, when that word is flashed to us

WEDNESDAY

2 MAY

1951

TUESDAY

1 MAY

1951

MONDAY

30 APRIL

1951

497

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

192. Darrow and Trask were preparing a paper on the taking over by the Strategic Air Command of all the SAC

units in the Far East Command.

193. Of Swedish-American descent, Christopher had been the only American to work in Britain’s MI-9 intelligence unit during World War II. Following the war, he remained in intelligence work. 
we are to report to him in the above location immediately. I will inform my VC,

General Craigie, of this code word and its meaning in case he must report if I am

some distance from my command post.

On 29 Apr received the fol rad from FAF in 3 parts:

PART I. For the past several months FAF has exercised operational

control, to a degree, over Marine acft based in Japan and Korea. During

this period, it has been necessary to prepare numerous written agreements

between this Hq and First Marine Air Wg with respect to responsibilities

each command for operation of the several air bases which are being utilized by Marine air units. PART II. It is desired that a final and more

complete agreement be prepared which will suffice for all phase of

Marine operations with which this hq is concerned. In order to accomplish this, clarification of the following points is necessary: (a) by what

specific authority does FAF exercise operational control over Marine

land-based acft? (b) What does this operational control consist of?

(c) Does such control include Marine administrative and/or transport

type acft? (d) to what extent is FAF responsible for providing base support

for Marine units. PART III. This hq has no record of previous instructions

from FEAF concerning those queries listed above. It is requested that this

info be provided so that the present relationship between this command

and First Marine Air Wg may be properly determined.

In reply to above Plans drew up the following and it was dispatched

with my approval:

To Fifth AF: Reur OPP3705 specific auth for opnl con of Marine land

based acft when not in execution of naval missions, delegated to CG,

FEAF by CINCFE, AG 370-2 (8 Jul 50) CC, redelegated to CG, Fifth AF

by FEAF AX 3101 OP-PL, 22 July 1950. Copies of these documents

fwdd [forwarded] w/plan of operation of 1st Marine Air Wing, 10 Aug 50.

FAF is not charged specifically w/provg [providing] base spt for Marine

units. Assistance is authd and encouraged when w/i [within] your capabilities and considered desirable or in best interest of the overall effort.

Extent of spt provd Marine Air units by FEAF now under study this hq

w/a [with a] view toward obtaining a commitment for this spt fr COMNAVFE. Separate instructions will follow ASAP. Operational control as

interpreted by this Hq includes assignment of tasks, designation of objectives and authoritative direction necessary to accomplish the mission. It

shall be exercised through responsible commanders of the units concerned. It does not include administration, discipline, internal organization, logistic support and training except in such instances as the

commander concerned may request assistance.

Partridge forwarded to me an interesting article by a Lynn Landrum, Dallas

News. From this clipping, the fol letter to Idwal Edwards was evolved to underscore again that the war in Korea, that is called a “police action,” is a real war and

that thinking at home, which has been mislead by the words “police action,”

should be slanted differently.

498

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS
Dear Idwal, It is not my intention to become involved in the controversy on

the advisability of extending the war into China.

The purpose of this letter is to show you that we have the opportunity before

us to deal such a serious blow to Red China and to Communism in Asia that

the controversy may be academic.

Our best educated guess is that the Red Chinese troops now committed,

added to those committed in November, constitute about one-half of the

trained ground forces of the Red Chinese Army. They were stopped once

with terrific losses, and will be stopped again with even more terrific losses.

Our strength now will prevent our being pushed into Tsushima Straits.

While it is not possible to separate statistically the North Korean and Chinese

losses, the estimated total is 872,000. The total United Nations casualties are

high, because of the heavy losses incurred by the ROK divisions during each

enemy drive, but even so, the ratio is four to one between Communist and

United Nations losses. Subtracting the ROK losses, the ratio is 12 to 1, which

is unfair statistically, because the ROKs have done some good fighting.

Here is a breakdown:

NK & CCF UNITED NATIONS

Casualties 725,500 ROK 141,000

P.O.W. 146,500 US 53,000

872,000 OTHER (U.N.) 18,000

212,000

Of course, from a casualty standpoint, the FEAF operation is the most

economical. We have killed 100,000 at a cost of 736 casualties.194

While a continuation of the war in its present manner appears to be a stalemate as far as holding real estate goes, or terminating the war with a decisive military victory, the continued inflicting of casualties on Chinese and

North Korean Communist forces at the present rate must soon result in a

decided military setback to Red China and a loss of prestige to Communism throughout Asia. China may have millions of people, but it hasn’t

enough millions of trained soldiers to continue pouring them into a Korea

rathole which probably looks to them even more dismal than it does to us.

This is the happy side of the picture. From my point of view, there is another.

The people of the United States, and the members of the Armed Forces who

are not out here consider that the Korean operations are minor in nature, perhaps because they are concentrated geographically and, except for the Inch’on

landing, consist of slow and labored trips up and down a small peninsula.

The Korean War is not a minor engagement, but a full-scale war. The proof

lies in the casualty figures above - 53,000 United States casualties (U.N. less

ROKs - 71,000) in ten months. If they continue at the same rate, they will

total 63,900 in a year for U.S. alone.

Compare this with the losses in WWII. From Pearl Harbor until the end of

1942 the total U.S. casualties were 58,547 — if attached article by Lynn

499

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

194. See Futrell, pp 370-371, for figures through June 1951. These figures were derived from FEC Intelligence

Summaries.
Landrum is correct. During this period such major actions took place as

Pearl Harbor, Bataan, Corregidor, the battles of the Coral Sea and Midway,

the attack on Alaska, our landings on Guadalcanal, the beginning of Eighth

Air Force’s bombing, and the invasion of North Africa.

I urgently request that you exercise your good office in the Headquarters of

United States Air Force and in the joint bodies on which you sit to start a

change in the thinking that this is a minor skirmish and that it is not having

any lasting effect. All the services need all-out assistance in Korea as long as

this is the only place where actual war exists.

I would sure like to have a reply to this with your reactions.

Best regards. s/G.E.S.

General Partridge came in this morning at 1000 hours and

we had present, during my conference with him, Generals

Craigie and Picher.

The main subjects discussed were as follows:

The question of airplane shortage and pilot shortage. It was brought out that

our stat control reports do not give a true picture on either airplanes or pilots.

General Picher indicated that in about 10 days with reports that he has ordered

to this headquarters, he can give us a clear picture on the status of pilots and

combat crews.

I gave Partridge a copy of the Idwal Edwards letter as well as my letter to

him, copy to Spivey, reference the placing of the 314th Air Division directly

under this headquarters.

The most important subject discussed was Brigadier General Sweetser. The

result of my sending Colonel Gray to the 452d Wing to investigate the situation

where some 3 or 4 navigators had refused to fly missions after their having

completed 50 was, to my astonishment, the knowledge that Sweetser displayed

disloyalty to Partridge and myself and great antagonism to the Regulars, and an

all-around general attitude of non-cooperation, and the installation on his wing is

of a disgruntled and dissatisfied atmosphere. I further learned, to my astonishment from Partridge that Sweetser, as a combat wing commander, has flown only

one sortie. It was brought out that he lacks leadership, loyalty and integrity. I told

General Partridge that since General Sweetser was one of his officers, that it was

up to him to take the necessary action by tests of his wing, inspection of him by

his inspector general, and any other means that he felt necessary to furnish data

to me upon which I could base a signal to the CSAF requesting that he remove

Sweetser from the Far East Air Forces. I further told General Partridge my

inspector general written reports, which I directed he submit to me today, would

be referred to him for his use in bringing about the removal of General Sweetser

from the Far East Air Forces.195

At 1130 General Crabb and Colonel Zimmerman came in and discussed

with us (General Turner was also present) the agreement that had been arrived at

reference the Far East Air Forces facilities and units on Guam between CINCFE

and CINCPAC. I told them that I liked the written agreement and that insofar as

THURSDAY

3 MAY

1951

500

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

195. Sweetser was removed from his command on May 10. FEAF and 5AF records are noticeably reticent about

this incident.
I was concerned, it was approved. General Crabb pointed out that CINCPAC’s

representative and the new Navy Commander on Guam had agreed.

They were a bit worried about the Air Rescue Service because it was felt that

the Navy would insist upon taking it over within their command on Guam.

I instructed both Crabb and Zimmerman to fight this. 

Generals Partridge and Turner had lunch with me at Mayeda House.

Mr. Bond of the State Department (Tokyo) brought in Mr. Lightner, State

Department, who is going to Korea to relieve Mr. Drumwright who is ordered

returned to the U.S.196 I sure poured it on to both of them the great jobs that have

been done by Messrs Drumwright and Muccio.

Received the fol rad which CINCFE had sent to DEPTAR [Department of the Army]. Directed that my AG send it out to White at MATS:

Informal information has reached this Hq that MATS is considering the

transfer of 1273d Air Transport Sq from Haneda to McChord AFB, Washington, during first quarter fiscal year 1952. It is strongly urged that this

move not be made as long as hostilities continue in Korea. There is an

ever present and, in fact, increasing possibility of the entry, on a large

scale, of enemy air into the Korean war. I consider it of extreme importance that I retain, in this command, the potential increases in air transport operation and maintenance capability which were so vital to this

command on the outbreak of hostilities in June 1950. Signed Ridgway.

Admiral Litch,197 the new Guam Admiral, paid his respects

to me this morning, in company with General Craigie. He

made quite an impression and I’m sure the relationship on

Guam between the Navy, the Air Force and the Army will

now be pleasant. God knows it wasn’t with the last admiral.

Just received information that Shin Sung Mo has been relieved as Minister

of Defense for the Republic of Korea and Chung Huhh has been appointed in

his stead.198

Dispatched the fol rad to Twining (Personal) and instructed that a

copy of same be sent to CINCFE:

Are there available anywhere in ZI or its possessions F–47 aircraft that could

be made available to FEAF? It is understood that there are some 25 in

National Guard squadron in Hawaii. Even this number would be gratefully

received. Info here also indicates some 429 in service with Air National

Guard in ZI and 721 in storage. Small arms fire and both light and heavy

flak have increased tremendously along enemy MSRs and at main bridges

in Korea as well as around their supply areas and airdromes. All here know

that F–47 can take it. Our fighter losses to enemy ground fire during past 33

days total 25 F–51s, 13 F–80s and 2 F–84s. Loss rate of F–51 to ground fire

FRIDAY

4 MAY

1951

501

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

196. Niles W. Bond, First Secretary and Consul at Tokyo in the Office of Political Advisor to SCAP; E. Allan

Lightner was replacing Everett F. Drumwright as Counselor of Embassy at Seoul.

197. During World War II, Adm Ernest W. Litch commanded the carrier Lexington, followed by several carrier

divisions. He did not actually report as Commander Naval Forces, Marianas until July 2.

198. Shin Sung Mo was one of three South Korean cabinet officers who were forced to resign when on Apr. 25

they were implicated in a Feb. 12 mass execution of 187 alleged Commmunist collaborators.
per sortie is just under 100% greater than the loss rate of F–80 and almost 6

times greater than the F–84 loss rate during the same period.199

At 0930 hours, General Power and his officers from SAC

gave us a briefing on SAC’s plans and targets.

At 1100 hours, Mr. Eddie Eagan, Chairman of the New

York State Athletic Commission, and Mr. Robert Hall,

Director of Athletics, Yale University, called. Mr. Eagan presented a letter from

Mr. Harry Bruno. They are leaving tomorrow for Korea and I have arranged with

General Timberlake to get them back from Korea leaving there next Friday morning. They will have dinner with Mrs. Stratemeyer and me that evening.

I saw General Ridgway at 1130 and raised the question of

uniform shirts and ties with him and indicated that this policy

did not conform to his “frontier offensive against Communism” paper. He agreed with me and called General Hickey

in and directed that his order on ties be rescinded.

He also issued orders, per my request, that whenever he visits Korea, a

message will go to CG FAF as well as CG 8th Army.

He was further delighted to hear the 1263d Sq at Haneda would stay here

until the termination of hostilities in Korea. I originated the request to the JCS

which Hickey sent.

CINCFE was interested in the photograph showing the by-pass to the

by-pass to the by-pass of the railroad bridges at Sinanju and indicated if this picture

could be declassified; he thought it a good one to send to the UN to indicate the

determination of the Communists and North Koreans in their war in Korea.

Received the fol rad from Twining:

Your AX 7149 CG (re F–47 a/c, see diary item under date 4 May) has

been received and your recommendations will be considered at once as

your problem is fully appreciated. Reply will be forthcoming you shortly.

Departed 0930 hours, 7 May, and flew direct to Suwon

where I was met by General Partridge and Colonel

Schmid,200 Commander, 4th Fighter Interceptor Wing.

Spent about an hour driving around his facilities at Suwon.

They are making great progress. In addition to setting up

facilities for themselves, they are including facilities for

the 51st Fighter Wing which eventually will move there from Tsuiki.

Dropped in at K-6, P’yongt’aek, where the Mosquito wing is located. Was

greeted there by Lt. Colonel Robert A. Trennert who commands the 6147th

TAC Group.

Colonel Trennert and his people have done a wonderfully outstanding job in

making the base, including the runway, an outstanding one, with everything and

anything they could get their hands on. I sure commended him (Trennert).

MONDAY and 

TUESDAY

7-8 MAY

1951 

SUNDAY

6 MAY

1951

SATURDAY

5 MAY

1951

502

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

199. No F–47s were ever used in Korea. (See May 11 entry below.)

200. Col Herman A. Schmid did not take actual command of the wing until May 31.
While enroute to Taegu, I discussed with General Partridge which fighter

bomber wing should be converted to F–84Es and he designated the 49th which

is at Taegu and which will eventually have a 9,000 foot runway at that base.

I then discussed the air defense paper which he commented on and which he

is now of the opinion that air defense should be divorced from his responsibility

since all Fifth Air Force eventually will be sent to Korea. He stated that he will

take the necessary steps to recommend the promotion to Colonel of Lt. Colonel

William F. Bull.201 He also stated that he will be glad to see General Old who is

scheduled to arrive at Taegu on Thursday, 10 May.

I discussed at length our feeling that since the B–29s were hitting hostile

airdromes that he should put at least a fighter-bomber group on interdiction and

he indicated that he was really doing more than that now with fighter bombers

(B–26s) and, after listening to his briefing last night, which was a normal one, I

am convinced that he is doing a great interdiction.

I discussed with him the “special recon” mission and he stated that up to that

time he had not even been briefed on it. He called for Colonel Meyers, but found

that Colonel Meyers was back at FEAF on that subject. General Partridge will be

briefed in full as soon as Meyers returns.

Attended Partridge’s briefing last evening, also talking with General Allen,

Van Fleet’s Chief of Staff, and gave to Allen my greetings for Van Fleet.202

Had dinner with Partridge and Mr. Pakenham (Newsweek) who had been

there for the past two days. (I brought Mr. Pakenham back to Tokyo with me.)

This morning, 8 May, took off from Taegu at 0800 hours and dropped in at

K-1 where the First Marine Air Wing is located and inspected that base accompanied by Generals Harris and Cushman. They have the best base in Korea and

I want to emphasize for the record here that the United States Air Force built it

for them.

Spent about an hour at K-1 and then took off at 0905 for Tsuiki-could not

land at Brady as it was 0 - 0 [zero-zero ceiling and visibility]. Was met at Tsuiki

by Colonel Cellini and his group commander and thoroughly inspected the entire

base by car. Partridge accompanied me.

Left Tsuiki for Haneda at 1100 hours and landed at Haneda about 1345 hours.

Had to do a GCA at both Tsuiki and Haneda.

Upon return to the office, approved dispatch of the fol personal rad

to Twining with info personal going to Boatner and Chidlaw:

Ref im reqmt in FEAF for KB–29 drogue tanker w/probe tip tanks for

the F–80. Req you advise me ASAP the earliest possible date which you

could make tanker and initial supply of tip tanks aval here for use in

special classified recon flt which has been directed by CINCFE. I must

have this equip to execute mission since it exceeds range capability of

present equip.203

503

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

201. Bull’s job is unknown.

202. Lt Gen James A. Van Fleet was the new commander of the Eighth Army. During World War II, he had led

troops during the Utah Beach landings at Normandy and later rose to command of the III Corps.

203. In the spring of 1952, an air refueling test (named Operation High Tide) was conducted utilizing KB–29M

tankers with drogue refueling equipment and F–84E fighters with refueling probes mounted on tip tanks.

Along with training missions, several combat missions were flown during this test.
Approved dispatch of fol personal to Vandenberg with info cys to

CINCFE, FAF, and 314th AD. This rad coordinated with Gen. Hickey

by Craigie:

This rad in 3 parts. PART I. Study of results of war gaming recently held

by GHQ, FEC for plan for initial air action in the event of hostilities

with USSR and Communist China, demonstrates folg min[imum] force

augmentation required by FEAF: 6 ftr bmr wgs, 2 ftr intcp wgs, 2 med

bm wgs, 2 strat recce sqs, 2 WX recce sqs and corresponding increase

in air rsq capability. PART II. Above req are result of scaling down original war game estimates. Every effort has been made to produce here a

practical min rqmt. PART III. CINCFE concurs in my forwarding this

info to you.

General Crabb dispatched at my direction the fol memo

to CINCFE, ATTN JSPOG:

1. Reference attached draft of radio from CINCFE to

DEPTAR for JCS outlining additional force requirements

for Fast East Command. 2. Commanding General, FEAF concurs with

the exception of Par. 1c(1)a, which should be deleted in view of recent

agreement signed by General Ridgway, General Stratemeyer, and

General Power.

I attended the two sessions on atomic bombs given by Colonel Ford and his

group at 1000 hours and 1400 hours. It was an excellent presentation.

At 1730 hours, in General Ferguson’s office, with practically all the operations senior officers present, we listened to Colonel Polifka’s briefing on our

contemplated T.S. recon missions.

Dispatched the fol rad, Ops Priority, VC 0165 CG, to CG FAF, 20th

AF, 13th AF, 314th AD, BomCom, 315th AD, FEAMCOM and info

to CINCFE:

Personal Partridge, Stearley, Turner, Doyle, Spivey, Briggs, Henebry

from Stratemeyer and information personal Ridgway from Stratemeyer.

This rad in 3 parts. PART I. I am fully aware of your efforts to implement

my previous directives with respect to preparedness; however, the gravity

of situation in FE prompts me to reiterate my concern. Maximum continuing use must repeat must be made of all dispersal facilities available, and

auxiliary fields where applicable, to minimize losses resulting from a surprise enemy air attack. PART II. FOR SPIVEY. I want prompt action to

disperse your aircraft, utilizing Atsugi and Kisarazu as auxiliary air

defense fields. Communications and servicing facilities must be provided

expeditiously. Niigata should be reoccupied by at least a flight of fighters. PART III. TO ALL. Desire you frequently re-examine your overall

deployment to insure maximum use of dispersal facilities and fields as

they become available. You must continue efforts to improve dispersal

within all your local capabilities.

WEDNESDAY

9 MAY

1951

504

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS
505

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Received the fol TS, personal from Twining:

Reurad V 0159 OP-PL (dtg 151345Z). Referenced

message has been received and will be used for information by the air staff in any further actions on the subject

pending receipt of messages from CINCFE and CINCPAC by the JCS.

On 5 May the fol personal for Twining was dispatched:

Reour ad TS 8795. Confer between representatives of CINCPAC and

CINCFE concluded 4 May. Fol tentative agreements were reached subject

to concurrence of CINCFE and CINCPAC. a. Opnl con of units and fac

assigned or attached to FEAF in Marianas-Bonin or Volcano Islands

remains w/CINCFE. These forces and fac w/b [will be] utilized as

directed by CINCFE in support of COMARBODEFCOM for purpose of

local defense, disaster relief and civil disturbance missions. Plans for use

of FEAF forces in local defense, disaster relief and civil disturbance missions w/b subject to approval by CINCPAC and CINCFE. b. CINCPAC

w/b responsible for broad policy decns [decisions] concerning mil[itary]

con of air traffic in Marianas-Bonins-Volcanoes area. Changes in traffic

con procedures affecting tactical air operations of CINCFE force in Marianas-Bonin-Volcano Islands w/b as agreed by CINCPAC and CINCFE.

c. That CINCPAC has primary responsibility for SAR in MarianasBonins-Volcanoes area; that ARS elements attached to FEAF and based

in Marianas-Bonins-Volcanoes area remain under opnl con of CINCFE

and their non-combat operations, as consonant with their FEAF MISSIONS, be coordinated with CINCPAC’s SAR commander in the area as

provided in the effective edition of “Search and Rescue Joint Standard

Operating Procedures, Pacific.” d. That CINCFE retain responsibility for

Army logistic spt of U.S. Air Force elements under CINCFE in MarianasBonin-Volcanoes. It is understood that CINCFE and CINCPAC will each

advise JCS of their concurred agreements.

General Power came in to see me at 1000 hours and discussed the following

subjects. General Craigie was present.

He had personally investigated all crews - thru their commanders - and there

were some cases where gunners had not fired from a B–29 prior to their arrival

in the Far East; however, they did bring a piece of paper with them indicating that

fact. His criticism was that BOMCOM should have known this and provided for

training here before sending them on missions.

He sent the following signal to General LeMay which I concurred in:

PERSONAL LEMAY FROM POWER INFORMATION STEARLEY. I

have just returned from Okinawa where I found to my dismay that 307th

Wing still operating out of tents. I am referring particularly to briefing

rooms, tactical planning and intelligence facilities. I consider this a very

inefficient operation due to this factor and in discussing with General

Stratemeyer I find that they have requested funds to provide temporary

structures but that it has been held up in Hq, USAF. I urgently request that

you attempt to break this log jam. Signed Stratemeyer.

THURSDAY

10 MAY

1951
506

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

(copies of this rad also provided Col Broadhurst204 who is with General

Power and Colonel Erler).

General Power also stated that he was very anxious to obtain radar photos of

certain targets which we have scheduled to be taken by the B–45s. I told him that

this was a case of obtaining CINCFE’s approval and which we hope to obtain from

CINCFE during our presentation for him (CINCFE) at 1000 hours tomorrow.

He also stated that he visited the 27th Fighter Escort Wing and that he found

the group commander, Colonel Ruddell,205 had the group well in hand. Further,

many of the pilots had flown well over 100 missions and that because of the overall theater policy of releasing fighter pilots who had flown 100 sorties, morale,

although good, was being hurt. He suggested that maybe we could have some 25

pilots from the 136th Fighter Bomber Wing that is scheduled to come out here

flown out ahead of their group and place them in the 27th Group in order to

reduce the sortie rate. I thought this an excellent idea and directed General

Craigie to send such a signal to USAF.

General Power was a bit concerned reference the squadron on Guam not

being able to fly suitable profiles and making radar attacks and having the results

thereof scored.

I suggested that he utilize cities in Japan for this purpose and he thought that

a good idea provided we had the radar communications equipment to place here

in Japanese cities to score the radar attacks. He indicated he would investigate

this himself.

I directed General Craigie NOT to send our inspector to BOMCOM to look

into the proficiency of SAC’s replacement crews as I thought General Power had

fully covered that in his investigations.

Rcvd fol Ops Imm from 314th AD:

Reference your wire VC 0165 CG. The fol action has been taken: All

bases have been directed to comply with your instructions. Flight of 6

F–86Ds has been deployed to Niigata.206 Hotline communications have

been established with Kisarazu Atsugi and with 339 Detachment at

Yokota. Ammunition has been stored at Atsugi and Kisarazu. Arrangements are being made for alert shacks at these 2 places. Believe it inadvisable to further deploy limited aircraft from Johnson or Misawa.

On 7 May I approved for dispatch the fol rad drawn up by Ops to

CSAF and info BOMCOM & SAC:

Personal Vandenberg from Stratemeyer, info personal Briggs and LeMay:

On 14 Dec 50, DEPTAR (JCS) sent CINCFE JCS 98778, advising that 2

med bmr gps were on alert in the ZI for possible deployment to FEC if

situation warranted. Req info on availability of these units should an

emerg occur or should decision be made to conduct oprs against enemy

204. Col Edwin B. Broadhurst, chief of plans for SAC.

205. Col Raymond F. Ruddell had been the wing commander since May 1.

206. There is some doubt that F–86Ds were actually in Japan at this time. According to Marcelle Knaack in her

book, Post-World War II Fighters, first production deliveries of this radar-equipped all-weather fighter did

not begin until March 1951 and the first deployments to FEAF did not occur until the fall of 1953. (Knaack,

pp 71-72.)
507

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

air in China and Manchuria. Need to know availability for my planning

and discussions w/CINCFE.

In reply to above, received the fol PERSONAL FROM VANDENBERG this AM:

If a combination of events and emergencies cause a decision by the JCS

to commit 2 additional med bomb wings to FEAF, reurad VC 0162 CG,

those units could be combat ready in FEAF 10 days after receipt of

orders. I think we are agreed however that currently the only reason for

any medium bombardment in FEAF, other than the regularly assigned

19th Wing, is to provide a force to be used in case circumstances

combine to present profitable targets. On that subject, I feel that your use

of bombers in flights of small numbers against many small targets is an

expensive and arduous method of achieving small results. I recognize that

there will be relatively few targets in your limited area of operation which

would warrant mass employment of your medium bombers. Nevertheless, it appears to me that less frequent flights of greater numbers or at

least the concentration of your bombing effort in selected areas and the

coordination of these attacks with fighter bombers to work over the

antiaircraft would offer better protection to crews and airplanes and achieve

more effective results. You are again reminded that our replacement capability in aircraft and crews, and your attrition rate combine to limit your rate

of operation to an average of 12 sorties per day. Our indications here show

your average rate for the past 2 weeks to be 16.5 per day.

Dispatched personal TS message to Vandenberg telling him that I issued

instructions to all my commanders with info to CINCFE re his redline RL 232

and quoted in full the text of my message to them (see radio under diary date of

9 May). Also said “Cabell’s follow up your signal received. Answer to him same

channels dispatched today.” (a copy of this signal was sent to my D/I).

Mrs. Strat and Major Paradis, my senior ADC, met Mrs. Ridgway.

At 1500 hours, Mr. Bert Andrews, Washington office of the New York Herald

Tribune reporter, called on me. I assured him that we would get him around FEAF

and urged that he visit in addition to the installations in Korea and the Fifth AF,

my other three major commands here in Japan. I wrote Secretary Finletter and told

him that we would extend every courtesy and offer every service to Mr. Andrews.

(Mr. Andrews came with a letter of introduction from the Secretary.)

At 1600 hours, with Generals Craigie and Crabb, Colonel Polifka present,

we listened to Banfill’s rehearsal of the presentation he will make tomorrow to

General Ridgway on our contemplated recon mission.

At 1130 hours, Lt. Colonel Corey Ford207 called, accompanied by General

Nuckols. He outlined to me the mission he had to carry out, given him

by General Van. I assured him he would get the works and asked him to visit

all my headquarters besides the Korean installations. I wrote Van a letter (Ford

had a letter from General Van to me) and assured him that we would take

care of Ford.

207. Ford, a well-known author (15 books) and playwright, was working as a reservist at Headquarters, USAF, in

public relations. He was in the Far East to gather material for articles on the Air Force in Korea and Japan.
508

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

Dispatched the fol personal to Vandenberg:

Appreciate your prompt reply to my rad VC 0162 CG. Will cont to husband

resources and utilize same to inflict max casualties on enemy. Realize some

B–29 opns here unorthodox under strategic concept, however, am using

my aval forces in most eff possible manner to accomplish my present

mission of sptg [supporting] Korean grd effort and inflicting max enemy

casualties in furtherance of CINCFE’s directives to me. I have directed

5AF to undertake major portion of interdiction program in order to make

our limited B–29 effort aval for other urgent missions such as neutralization of airfields, destruction of rolling stock and supplies and enemy trp

concentrations. Firmly believe we are inflicting extremely heavy casualties on enemy which more than warrant ea sortie expended.

Dispatched the fol to Vandenberg:

Personal Vandenberg from Stratemeyer. Have reviewed

your rad Cite AFODC 59658 and AFCCS TS 8889 and

my A 7351 CG and discussed FEAF Bomber Command’s

sorties capability with Briggs and Power. Based upon logistic support

B–29 groups are currently receiving from the ZI, FEAF Bomber Comd

has sustained capability of 18 sorties per day provided we are not operating against such targets as the Sinuiju-Antung bridge. If and when attacks

are resumed on the Yalu River bridges loss rate will probably go up and

sortie capability will of necessity come down. In the event it was your

intention in AFODC 59658 to limit my B–29 operations to an average of

12 sorties per day, request you confirm by return message. My interpretation of subject msg permitted use of B–29s to extent logistic support

would permit. I further understood that you were not in position to

support more than 12 sorties per day based upon attrition rates cited my

rad A 6277 CG. After receiving your TS 8889 I have reread 59658 and

am not sure as to your desires. Request clarification.

Sent the fol letter thru channels, official:

Subject: Jet photographic Airplanes and Photographic Interpreters.

THRU: CSAF to: Marshal of the Royal Air Force Sir John Slessor, etc.

We are in great need of modern jet photographic airplanes and more

photographic interpreters.

This would be a great opportunity for the Royal Air Force to test a flight

of Canberras under field conditions and, in addition thereto, give me

some greatly needed assistance.

I strongly recommend that you issue an order and send a flight of

Canberras out here for 180 days with about 15 officer P.I.’s with their

normal support (draftsmen, plotters, etc.) to work under our Colonel Karl

L. Polifka (who worked for you in the Mediterranean and is known to you

personally) who runs our reconnaissance wing at K-2 in Korea under

Fifth Air Force.

As you know, we have no Royal Air Force units represented with the Far

FRIDAY

11 MAY

1951
509

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

East Air Forces and here’s a great chance for you to get not only needed

assistance to me, but to gain great field experience for the Royal Air

Force. s/G.E.S., etc.

(copies of this Secret letter went to Generals Partridge & Banfill and

Colonel Polifka.)

Met with General Ridgway this morning at 1000 hours re our TS recon missions. Present besides General Ridgway and myself were Admiral Joy and Generals

Craigie and Hickey. The presenters were General Banfill and Colonel Polifka.

The presentation to my mind was as fine as I have ever heard. Both Banfill

and Polifka inspired confidence and thoroughly knew their subject.

After the presentation, General Ridgway called for comments and questions.

Both General Craigie and I urged approval of the three short missions and the

B–45 mission and stated that the remaining two would have to wait for the arrival

of the tanker due in on or about 1 June.

After asking if there were any further comments, and there were none, General Ridgway then directed the Chief of Staff, FEC, to approve my recommendations, to wit: fly the three short missions and the B–45 mission (for scope

photography) at my discretion depending upon the weather.208

We have a C-in-C that isn’t afraid to make a decision - and he can make it

quick. My admiration continues for him - one hundred percent.

Dispatched the fol personal rad to Nugent:209

There are many Japanese and civilian employees of FEAF who are paid

from non-appropriated funds and who have rendered outstanding service.

Example is group of 20 Koreans employed by tactical air control

group who accompanied unit from Taegu to Sariwon and returned to

P’yongt’aek and acted as supervisors when under enemy fire. Do not

desire to give them military award or Medal of Freedom and believe more

suitable to request herewith exception to restriction that Meritorious

Civilian Service Award can be given only to civilians paid from appropriated funds, so that in exceptional cases I can award it to foreign

civilians in FEAF employ.

Rcvd the fol signal from USAF that had also gone to ADC, CINCAFE,

34d Air Div, Alaskan Air Comd, SAC, and CINCAL:

Ref redline Nr. 232. Any specific immediacies concerning strained

relations referred to therein no longer exist.

(Refers to “strained” Far East diplomatic relations.)

Rcvd the fol Personal from Vandenberg:

This answers your AX 7149 of 4 May requesting F–47 a/c to replace

F–51s in FEAF. After considering the availability of F–47 the spare parts

situation, and the complications which result from an introduction of an

additional fighter type in FEAF, we fail to see any appreciable results to

208. The nature of these missions is unknown, although the RB–45s did conduct some reconnaissance missions

over China and Vladivostok during the war.

209. Lt Gen Richard E. Nugent, Deputy Chief of Staff, Personnel, Headquarters USAF.
510

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

be gained by the substitution. It is probably true that the F–47 would

confirm its WW II reputation and prove somewhat less vulnerable than

the F–51 to small arms fire and light flak, I believe, however, that the disparity between the F–47 and your jet types would be almost as great as

the present disparity between the F–51s and jets. It is certain that the

F–47 would be far less desirable for aerial combat than the ‘51, altho this

problem is not immediately pressing. The only real solution to your problem is the replacement of F–51s with jet types. You are familiar with the

F–80 situation and realize that beginning in December we must meet

your attrition in F–80s with F–84s. This replacement will continue to

include the replacement of F–51s by jet types as soon as it is physically

possible to do so. The a/c situation is critical now and will continue to be

so for many months. We are attempting to meet your attrition and, at the

same time, improve qualitatively the fighter forces which have been allocated to you. You appreciate that the a/c industry was not in a condition

to meet the heavy demands which were made on it beginning last June,

and relief will not be felt until Fiscal Year ‘51 production funds have

been converted to a/c. We are continuing heavy pressure to accelerate

production. Your morale problem is admittedly difficult. Could you possibly alleviate it by the employment of ‘51s in a defensive role in Japan

and Okinawa? I note that you have three F–80 squadrons of the 51st

Group on defense. There would appear to be a somewhat greater risk

involved should air attacks actually be launched against these areas.

However, it would seem that these areas are not immediately threatened

by any heavy concentration of Soviet jet bombers and would not the ‘51s,

which did such a fine job in aerial combat in the last war, be capable of

operating successfully against such types as the Tu–4 should they be

employed against your rear areas? You, however, are in a better position

than I to judge the comparative risk. I am sure in my own mind that your

suggestion of using F–47s in place of F–51s which would require a complete substitution from the CCTS [Combat Crew Training School] in the

ZI thru the pipeline to your theater, is not a solution.

In reply thereto dispatched the fol reply, personal to Vandenberg:

This rad in 3 parts. PART I. Ref yourad AFCCS TS 8907, dtg 101604Z

May. Appreciate your consideration my request for F–47s. PART II.

Desire correct apparent misinformation ref employment of three jet

squadrons of the 51st Group. One squadron only assigned air defense

mission Okinawa. Remaining two squadrons have been employed

continuously in Korean war since 24 Sept 50. PART III. In spite of losses,

do not now contemplate bringing F–51s to Japan because of their effectiveness in detecting and destroying vehicles.

Ok’d for dispatch the fol personal Twining rad:

Re my VC -164 CG 8 May 51 (see Diary item that date) and your rad Cite

TS 8909 10 May 51 and TS 8924 11 May 51. KB–29 drogue tanker with

4 sets probe tip tanks for RF–80A required as soon as possible. Importance

of test program at APG is appreciated and acft will be released imm upon
compl of mission. Estimated time required in theater will not exceed 15

days. Length of time dependent upon weather and time required to train 2

exceptionally well qualified RF–80 pilots in refueling technique.

Banfill departed for Hq USAF this evening on TDY.

Had 18 guests to dinner at Mayeda house - honored Mr. Eddie Eagen, Director of Athletics for the State of New York, and Mr. Robert Hall, Director of

Athletics at Yale University, both of whom are visiting this theater at the

suggestion of CSAF.

Dispatched a ltr to Nugent urging him to set up FEAMCOM

for a two- star spot. Hq USAF radioed me re the necessity for

placing 2 AF field grade officers on TDY to Formosa to provide intermin liaison pending arrival of initial AF increment.

They suggested Col. McComas.210 Also, CINCFE’s hqs bucked an info cy of a

radio they had received from MAAG Formosa stating that they were “officially

embarrassed by fact that no USAF pers there.”

Miss Mildred Tsai, my translator and interpreter during WWII, who recently

arrived to work in Hq FEAF from China, had approached me re her visa problems.

She wants USA citizenship, but that is not a simple matter as I explained in a letter (which I had my JA draw up) to her yesterday. However, in addition to a To

Whom It May Concern letter I gave her (also yesterday), dispatched the fol ltr to

the Head of the Brazilian Diplomatic Mission in Japan, Gastao P. do Rio Branco:

Miss Mildred Tsai, born in Shanghai, China, on 20 April 1919, bearer of

Chinese Passport Number GV-02990, issued by the Chinese Embassy at

Bangkok on 13 September 1950, is presently employed as a translator

with my hq here in Tokyo. Miss Tsai arrived in Japan on 17 Feb 51

aboard the Hai Ming as a tourist. Subsequently, she received permission

from SCAP to remain in Japan as a DAFC employee. Miss Tsai has indicated a desire to go to Brazil upon completion of her employment with

this Hq and I understand that she is making application at your office for

an entry permit to Brazil. I have taken a personal interest in this case

because of the loyal and efficient assistance rendered by Miss Tsai to

organizations I have commanded in China during 1945, 1946 and at the

present here in Japan. She is a loyal and ardent believer in the democratic way of life and I highly recommend her as a desirable visitor to

your country. G.E.S.

Was just briefed by Colonel Friedman; present were Generals Craigie and

Crabb and Colonel Zimmerman - re USAF paper on a post-treaty Japan AF and

our comments and recommendations thereto. I signed the letter of transmittal and

agreed entirely with the paper after about 50 minutes of discussion.

Dispatched a reply radio, to the one I received this AM, telling USAF that

Colonel McComas has the very important slot of CO off the 8th Ftr Bomber

Group in the FAF and I cannot release him; however, suggested names of two

field grade officers will be sent you.

SATURDAY

12 MAY

1951

511

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

210. Col Edward O. McComas had been both the chief of the Combat Operations Division and assistant deputy

for operations at FEAF before becoming the 8th FBG’s commander in May.
Dispatched the fol personal to Partridge:

The sortie rate of FAF units since the outbreak of hostilities in Korea has

been beyond my greatest expectation. The continuing pressure that you

have maintained regardless of the movement of units, inclement weather,

or darkness has paid off tremendously in destruction of enemy’s supplies

and has cost him dearly in personnel. The announced policy of C-in-C

recently reiterated by the Secretary of Defense is that our principal objective is not so much the acquisition of real estate in Korea but the destruction of supplies and personnel of such magnitude as will ultimately force

a political decision. In light of this, it would appear well advised to husband

our forces with a view to an extended period of operations. While I have

directed that you continue your efforts against various target systems,

I at the same time suggest that you consider the periodic standdown of

your combat elements on a staggered basis when the ground forces

degree of engagement justifies. I appreciate your unmatched efforts to

extract the utmost from your units but feel that a slightly lower tempo

with emphasis on results rather than on sorties flown may prove prudent

in the long run. Please let me have your views on this matter.

In reply to my long radio to Partridge re the husbanding

of his forces (see diary item dtd 12 May) received the fol:

Citing ur A 7416 CG. Appreciate your remarks concerning

sustained effort exerted by FAF in Korea. Since with

adequate flow of pers and equip from ZI we could continue indefinitely

at present rate of operations, it is deducted that these replacements will

not be forthcoming. Reduction in daily effort will be initiated in few

days after subject can be discussed with wing commanders.

USAF via signal informed me that

...tanker your request with four sets of probe tip tanks for F–80 aboard

will arrived FEAF o/a [on or about] 1 June 51. Desire information as to

base destination for this aircraft.

Ok’d the fol Stratline to Partridge:

In reporting your recent heavy attack on Sinuiju, press made many exaggerated and completely unsubstantiated claims for damage inflicted. Your

official preliminary estimate was quite properly on the conservative side.

This preliminary estimate of one plane destroyed and one damaged on

ground is being misunderstood in Washington which reflects unfavorably

on USAF. General Marshall made this statement to Senator Cain211 in

Washington yesterday. “In the last few days, we had a highly exaggerated

estimate by pilots as to the number of planes destroyed in one bombardment at Sinuiju. I think they said 35 planes. Actually, the report finally

came back to us from photographs and others that one plane was

destroyed and one damaged.” Suggest you issue well-rounded statement

to press, spelling out in some detail evaluated destruction, damage and

SUNDAY

13 MAY

1951

512

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

211. Senator Harry P. Cain of Washington.
casualty figures, as soon as practicable, today if possible. Nuckols will

talk to your PIO on this subject.

Received the fol cy of a rad that Van Fleet (CG Eighth Army) sent to

his Corps Commanders and the ROK Army, with info to me, CINCFE,

FAF, and KMAG, # GX 5-1697 KGOO:

In order to provide maximum air effort for interdiction missions during

the present period of loose enemy contact, the fol temporary restrictions

on the use of close support aircraft will obtain. Requests will be limited

to those for: (A) Remunerative targets that cannot be neutralized by

weapons available to commanders concerned. (B) Column cover for

forces making deep penetrations into enemy territory. The foregoing

restrictions will be removed by this headquaraters when the appearance

of profitable front line targets makes such action desirable.

Upon receipt of the above quoted message, I immediately sent the fol

letter to Vandenberg:

Dear Van. Your attention is invited to the attached signal sent by the

Commanding General, Eighth Army, to his corps commanders and the

ROK Army. This is the first time to my knowledge that such a signal has

emanated from the United States Army over here and speaks well for the

planning and thinking of Lieutenant General James A. Van Fleet, the

present commander. It is my opinion that you might want to file this

document with the Stearns and Barcus reports. We are now awaiting

“phase two” of the Communist spring offensive, are as alert as possible

to his use of air in support of his ground action as well as his hitting us at

our air facilities both in Korea and Japan. s/G.E.S.

Squadron Leader Morgan212 called on me about 0900 hours and, as a

result of his call, issued the fol memo to D/O which incorporated

these two points:

...Sq Ldr Morgan out here on liaison duty from the RAF, London, is a

photographic expert and worked for Colonel Polifka while commanding

an RAF photographic sq in the Mediterranean. It would appear to me that

during his tour of duty with us until Sq Ldr Adderly213 comple[te]s his

6-months operational tour, that he, Morgan, specialize on recon, coming

up with a report to us on what he has found both good and bad with some

recommendations for improvement.... Sq Ldr Adderly is now flying with

the 27th Ftr Bomber Group and has flown some 50-odd operational

missions in F–84Es. I feel it is now about time for him to switch and get

some experience in both the F–80Cs and F–86s, and it is therefore

requested that you get out the necessary instructions.

Golf game at Koganei with the Lockwoods and ourselves; I had an 86.

General Brothers, my FEAF Staff Surgeon, admitted to and was operated on

at the USAF Hosp FEAMC, for duodenum perforated ulcer. His condition was

reported to me to be “satisfactory.”

513

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

212. Morgan is unidentified.

213. Sqdn Ldr Michael C. Adderly.
Because I had heard that Gill Robb Wilson was in Europe

and the letters that I have been sending him “personally”

weekly have apparently been opened by his assistant (I have

received neither the courtesy of a reply to questions raised in

those letters nor info from him that he was leaving the States), I had this week’s

letter addressed to General Spaatz (who has requested they keep coming) and

will continue to address these letters to Toohey Spaatz until I have some word of

explanation from Mr. Wilson.

Received a signal from Banfill that he must undergo an operation while in

Washington upon completion of mission.

At 1000 hours visited the hospital at FEAMCOM to see how General

Brothers was progressing. He had a very serious operation, but is coming along

fine. After my visit with him, I inspected the hospital with Colonel Jenkins and

on my way back to the office, I stopped by for a visit and a cup of coffee with

General Doyle.

At 1800 hours, Annalee and I attended a poker party at the Sebalds.

MONDAY

14 MAY

1951

514

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

General Stratemeyer and his principal staff officers, May 1951. Standing, left

to right: Brig. Gen. James E. Ferguson, Assistant Deputy for Operations; 

Maj. Gen. Laurence C. Craigie, Vice Commander, FEAF; General Stratemeyer;

Brig. Gen. Darr H. Alkire, Deputy for Materiel. Seated, left to right: Brig.

Gen. Jarred V. Crabb, Deputy for Operations; Brig. Gen. Oliver S. Picher,

Deputy for Personnel; Brig. Gen. William P. Nuckols, Public Information

Officer. Two other members of the staff, Brig. Gen. Charles Y. Banfill, Deputy

for Intelligence, and Brig. Gen. Clyde L. Brothers, FEAF Surgeon, were

absent when the photo was taken.
Received the fol telephonic report on General Brothers’

condition — which is good, he spent a quiet night, has

gotten up, and is feeling fine.

Rcvd fol personal from Nugent:

The Secretary and C/S have expressed concern over the morale implications incident to the augmentation of forces in your command and have

directed a comprehensive study of situation with appropriate recommendations. Believed here that major morale problems involved are those

associated with rotation, dependent travel and family housing. In order to

insure that your personal views are reflected in our study, I would appreciate participation of qualified representatives from your staff. Request

they be ordered TDY this Hq for one week with reporting date 28 May.

Believes one personnel officer qualified to represent you from a policy

viewpoint and air installation officer with best available information on

your housing situation will be adequate. Please acknowledge and advise

names of representatives.

My immediate reply was:

Personal Nugent from Stratemeyer. Reur AFPDP 51399, Colonel

Walden B. Coffey, from Personnel, and Major Stuart L. Davis,214 from

Materiel, will report Hq USAF 28 May. Both qualified to represent me

on policy matters.

0900 hours, had my typhoid shot.

About 1500 hours, Mr. Owen Crump, of Hollywood, who is out here shooting

a picture in the interests of the Disabled Veterans’Assoc called on me prior to his

departure. His movie will be the “air evacuation from front lines of the wounded

men clear back to a hospital in the U.S.” Colonel Johnson, General Brothers’

assistant, was present. Mr. Crump praised FEAF for all courtesies and facilities

offered him.

Received a signal from Nugent in which he said he would find a 2-year spot

for Gilkeson in AMC, but that as Gilkey’s replacement, could not supply a

brigadier general.

In reply thereto (copies of which were mailed to Stearley and Gilkeson,

with a cc going to Personnel), I said:

Personal Nugent from Stratemeyer. Reur 51451. I wholeheartedly concur

transfer Gilkeson to AMC. I do feel, though, that since you cannot give

me a general to replace him, and since we have only 83 percent of authorized strength of colonels, that you should immediately send me as

Gilkeson’s replacement a senior well-qualified AF colonel with good

background in administration and executive ability. I suggest you discuss

this with Twining as he is familiar with the problems on Guam where the

AF commander has daily contact with a two star admiral and an Army

brigadier. We must maintain good relations with our sister services but

still maintain an assured position with dignity.

TUESDAY

15 MAY

1951

515

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

214. Davis was in charge of the Facilities Branch, Engineering Division, FEAF.
Received the fol report (FEAF AG No. 19985) signed by

Hardman,215 JOC, Hq Eighth USAK, Office of G-3 Air,

APO 301, dtd 29 Apr 51, subject: EXTRACTS OF

REPORTS ON NIGHT BOMBING.

1. I US Corps 2 April 1951. On 8 April 51 a warrant officer PW stated that

night bombing was more effective than daylight bombing because daylight

bombing was aimed mostly at buildings, while the troops hid in foxholes,

whereas at night they all come out of their foxholes and move around. 2. I US

Corps 2 April 1951. PW stated that while advancing to CS 5258 his

company was subjected to approximately 10 night bombing attacks and as

a result lose 3 of their 4 mortars and suffered heavy casualties. 3. I US

Corps 2 April 1951. On 20 Feb 51 PW reported night bombing is very

effective. 4. I US Corps 2 April 1951. On 14 March 51 PW stated he witnessed 20 men in his company killed during 2 recent night bombing

attacks. 5. I US Corps 2 April 1951. POW’s reported night bombing

caused heavy casualties during meal hours. 6. I US Corps 2 April

1951. PW stated that supplies and arms were transported from an unknown

position; these runs were made once every three to six days DEPENDING

UPON THE INTENSITY OF NIGHT AIR ATTACKS [emphasis in original]. 7. I US Corps 28 April 1951. On 26 April MPQ–2 bombing helped

greatly to relieve enemy pressure on the 1st ROK Div. Attacking enemy

units were reduced from regimental size to less than battalion strength prior

to their attacks. 8. I US Corps 28 April 1951. The 3rd US Division on 27

April reported that a large hill mass running north and south from Seoul to

U ijongbu was a big threat to friendly forces, as 3 enemy regiments were

reported moving south. MPQ–2 bombing reduced the enemy strength to

the size of 1 battalion and their attack was easily contained. 9. I US Corps

28 April 1951. The Chief of Staff, I US Corps, expressed thanks to the

Air Force for their maximum effort yesterday. He feels that they are in

such a favorable position today only because of their MPQ–2 effort around

the clock. 10. I US Corps 28 April 1951. The 24th RCT was attacked and

a penetration was made on 26 April. An MPQ–2 drop was requested. Two

B–26s were vectored to the target and dropped their loads less than 1,000

yards from friendly positions. The immediate effect of the drop was that the

attack was stopped and the lines were restored. The 25th US Division was

also attacked during the night of 26 April and requested an MPQ–2 drop.

Friendly elements report the attack stopped immediately. The presence of

aircraft over enemy lines at night seems to discourage any ideas of attacking. 11. Report from IX US Corps on 13 April 1951. A total of 16 B–29s

were controlled by MPQ–2 during period 7 March to 10 April. Results are

as follows: 1 Army command post destroyed, 1 regimental command post

destroyed, 3 supply dumps destroyed, excellent coverage on 27 troop concentrations each averaging 1,000 troops, 2 villages containing troops, supplies and communications destroyed. 12. Report from IX US Corps on

28 April 1951. At 0341 today one aircraft under MPQ–2 control dropped

ten 500 lb bombs on a target through a solid overcast. The pilot reported

WEDNESDAY

16 MAY

1951

516

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

215. Hardman’s full name is unknown.
immediately after the drop there was a secondary explosion, larger than any

he had previously witnessed that came up through the overcast. 13. X US

Corps periodic intelligence report No. 170. PW states that the 3d Regt, 15th

NK Division was attacked with air burst bombs and his battalion suffered

18 killed and 12 wounded. A PW from the 2d Regt, 15th NK Division states

a lone UN plane attacked his unit during night of 27-28 Feb with 5 napalm

bombs. PW credits bombing as being uncanny for all bombs scored direct

hits on houses containing troops. Casualties unknown. PW from the 1st

Regt, 12th NK Division saw 1 UN aircraft attack a group of 100 and

inflected heavy casualties. Later, a village in which PW was hiding was

effectively attacked by a lone UN airplane.

I bucked a copy of the above EXTRACTS OF REPORTS ON NIGHT

BOMBING to Idwal Edwards with this comment:

I inclose a copy of Eighth Army reports attesting to the effectiveness of

recent night attacks along the front lines. I feel it necessary, however, to

add a few comments and reservations. I cannot help but think that complimentary remarks and the enthusiastic acceptance of our recent efforts in

contra-distinction to the repeated complaints with respect to our close

support missions of last summer portend a change in overall strategy on

the part of Army with respect to the close air support issue. The B–29

effort that we have placed on close air support in recent weeks amounts to

about a third of the total daily missions scheduled by Bomber Command.

My reason for emphasis on night operations under radar direction and particularly those placed against troops on the battlefield is to develop our

capability for all weather close support operations in preparation for the

rainy season. It has also proved quite worthwhile in disrupting attacks at

night in the recent Chinese Communist drive. You will recall that last summer GHQ directed that I employ all the B–29s on close-in missions until

early August (the situation was so critical then that I agreed). About this

time, at my request, Opie Weyland persuaded GHQ staff that more profitable targets could be found in the north. Our point was sold. I am concerned lest the current favorable comments are a prelude to a request or a

directive that I again place my maximum effort along the front lines with

the B–29s regardless of the tactical requirement. This contention gains

some support from the fact that GHQ is showing great interest in the bomb

loads carried by B–29s (100 - 100 lbs, VT fused G.P.) on the MPQ–2 close

support radar strikes and by the fact that there is currently in preparation

within G-3 of GHQ a plan to increase air effort on close attacks by B–26s

and B–29s. To this, up to a point, I will agree—particularly with the

B–26s. General Ridgway has stated to me that our principal objective in

Korea is to inflict the maximum casualties on Communist forces with the

hope that the toll will ultimately reach such proportions that a political

decision will be forced. I accept this view fully and I am directing the use

of the forces available to me along these lines; however, I will insist that

the selection of targets must be left to me. I recommend, therefore, that

you note the attached optimistic and complimentary reports, but bear in

mind my views in so doing. Best regards. s/G.E.S.

517

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY
Re the same EXTRACTS, I dropped Bill Hoge (CG IX Corps, Major

General William M. Hoge) a letter and stated:

In the Eighth United States Army, Korea, Office of G-3 Air’s report under

date of 29 April 1951, subject: EXTRACTS OF REPORTS ON NIGHT

BOMBING, appears Paragraph 11 which states as follows: (quoted Par.

11 in toto). I am interested to know how you were able to make such a

positive statement, as the above, from your hq on 13 April as I have been

attempting to determine just what the results of our MPQ–2 bombings

are. Was this from PW reports - or from ground recon from your corps?

Hope everything goes well and that you can give me some answer to my

above query. Best regards. s/G.E.S.

On receipt of the fol quoted signal from Nugent to all commanders,

which stated:

Selection Board convening 1330 hours 16 May to consider officers for

promotion to temporary MG and BG. Any changes such as deletions,

additions or realignment of your present priority list on file here must be

in to me not later than 0900 hours, 16 May. In the event there are no

changes in your present priority list for promotions, please acknowledge

receipt with negative reply.

I sent the fol answer:

...Change Part I my rad A 2803 CG dtd 151100Z Feb 51 as follows: Maj.

Gen. list: delt [delete] Timberlake. Move Crabb to pos following Doyle.

New Brig. Gen. list: Meyers, Gilbert L., D/O Fifth AF, same pos after

prom. Tyer, Aaron W. CG 49th F-B Wing, Taegu, same pos. Price, George

E., Northern Air Defense area comdr and base CO Misawa, same pos.

Erler, Leo J., Dir Installations, FEAF, same. Gilger, Chester P., VC Twentieth AF, same. Zimmerman, Don A, Dir Plans, FEAF, same. Moorman,

T.S., CO 2143 Air Wea Wg, same. Weltman, John W., enroute ZI frm CG

51st F Wg. Polifka Karl L., CG 67 Tac Recn Wg, Taegu, same. Harvey,

Marvin M., D/M Fifth AF, same. Rogers, Turner C., CG 18 F-B Wg,

Chinhae, same. Lawhon, Brooks A., CG 35 F-I Wg, Pusan, same. Jenkins, Jack S., VC 314 Air Div, same. No change to Part II myrad A 2803

CG. New subj: All lists arranged in order of priority. I particularly and

urgently recm [recommend] prom of Doyle and Crabb to Maj. Gen. and

Meyers, Tyer, George Price, Erler and Gilger to Brig Gen.

In reply to a signal that came in 8 May:

Reurad AX 7190 OP-op3, dtd 5 May 51. PART I. Act[ion] is being initiated to reinstate pers snatch pickup project. It appears possible that equip

and pers can be made avail to your command in a relatively short period

of time. Detailed info will be fwdd at an early date. PART II . The AMC

has developed a simple long-range tank instal[lation] for the H–19 helicopter utilizing C–47 wing tank. It is understood that the instal can be

accomplished locally with avail materials. Act is being initiated to furn nec

instructions and drawings to your command at the earliest possible date.

518

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS
Directed dispatch of the fol:

TO SAVILLE216 FROM STRATEMEYER. Reurad AFDRQ 51055, dtd

8 May 51. I consider both personnel snatch pickup project and long

range tank installation for H–19 helicopter of extreme importance.

Appreciate your interest and action on these matters. Information,

equipment, and personnel for these projects will be more than welcome

to this command.

General Orders Number 218, this date, issued making the

314th Air Division a subordinate command of the Far East

Air Forces (relieved from assignment to Fifth Air Force),

to be effective 0001 hours, 18 May 1951.

A group picture of all hqs’ generals was taken in the Allied Council Room,

including several in color, at 0830 hours.

At 1030 hours, General (Dr.) David Yu (Yu-Tai-Wei)217 who, during the war

was the Minister of Communications under Chiang, called with General Ho Shai

Lai. General Yu is enroute to Formosa.

At 1900 hours, Mr. Takahashi paid his second call to try to eliminate this stiff

neck and shoulder pain of mine. He has a grip of iron.

Made a tape broadcast of the following message, to be broadcast

Armed Forces Day, 19 May 1951, and also released to the papers as

Release No. 817:

The unity of purpose of the Armed Forces of the United States in their

fight against Communism in Korea is the finest demonstration possible of

unification in action. On Armed Forces Day, 1951, in the Far East, the

skyfilling throb of airpower overhead, the constant snarl of machine guns

in forward positions on the ground, and the majestic roar of naval gunfire

speak in unison to say that the three armed services of the United States

are in concerted action against the foe.

It is also fitting on this Armed Forces Day to pay tribute to the United

Nations forces under the leadership of General Ridgway who are fighting

so valiantly in the unified effort against Communism, the common enemy

of all free peoples of the world. 

General Power brought in Generals Terrill and Briggs and

two colonels, at which time General Terrill was introduced.218

At 1130 hours, I accompanied General Power to General

Hickey’s office where General Terrill was introduced to General Hickey and we cleared up a point reference SAC taking over our two bomb

groups on D Day.

Mrs. Marge Timberlake and General Willoughby had lunch with us at

Mayeda House.

FRIDAY

18 MAY

1951

THURDAY

17 MAY

1951

519

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

216. Maj Gen Gordon Saville, Deputy Chief of Staff/Development, Headquarters USAF.

217. Yu was Special Assistant to the Chinese Ambassador to the United States.

218. Brig Gen Robert H. Terrill relieved Brigadier General Briggs as FEAF BomCom commander on May 23.
1530 hours, Colonel Pretorious came in reference a change in his lodgings

from the Maronouchi Hotel to the Imperial Hotel. I turned him over to

General Craigie.

At 1800 hours, Annalee and I called on General and Mrs. Ridgway at the

Embassy. Present, who also had been invited to call, were the Hickeys, General

Willoughby, General Beiderlinden, and Peg Almond.

Dispatched a personal radio to Vandenberg re Lt. [Col.] Corey Ford and

stated my case that inasmuch as Ford is to visit corps and division commands,

and to facilitate the ease with which he can receive entree, he should receive a

spot promotion from CSAF to colonel.

In reply to USAF rad AFPDC-2 51696, dtd 17 May 51

which stated:

Personal Stratemeyer from Nugent. Reurad A 7535 CG

dtd 15 May 51. Orders issuing this date relieving BG

Gilkeson from asgmt your command and asgng him as CG, Ogden AMA.

Orders will authorize delay enroute not to interfere with reporting date at

Ogden on or about 18 June. Gen. Chidlaw desires that Gilkeson be

present at Commanders’ Conference AMC between 19 and 22 June. If

Gilkeson desires more leave after that time, he can work it out with Gen.

Chidlaw. I have screened the names of a number of cols. who I felt would

be acceptable to you as replacement for Gilkeson, but was unable to

obtain their release. Could you possibly utilize Col. Robert W.C. Wimsatt

for this duty and we will furnish you a more junior col as replacement for

Wimsatt? Please advise if this solution is acceptable to you. Appreciate

your early release of Gilkeson. 

I dispatched the fol signal to Nugent with info personal to Stearley

and Gilkeson, this date, Cite AX 7671 CG:

Reurad AFPDC 251696. Regret your inability to provide senior colonel

for Gilkeson. Col. Wimsatt will be utilized for this position. Request one

of the following colonels as replacement for Wimsatt: Col. Victor L.

Anderson, Col. Carl E. Rankin, Col. Charles E. Jung.219 Gilkeson’s

approx ETD is 26 May.

At my direction, the FEAF staff surgeon, prepared the fol “personal

to Twining” “Priority” radio, which I OK’d for dispatch:

This radio in VII parts. Part I. Shortage of Medical Corps officers

becoming more acute to the point where some immediate action must

be taken. Part II. This command authorized two hundred sixty (260)

Medical Corps officers with one hundred twenty-three (123) assigned,

eight (8) of whom are residents reported for return to residency training this month. USAF overall rate of physicians is 2.3 per thousand

(based on USAF Medical Service Statistical Review for March) where

FEAF rate is 1.4 for troops dependent on this command for primary

SATURDAY

19 MAY

1951

520

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS

219. Anderson was Chief, Programs and Requirements Office, DCS/Materiel, HQ USAF. Nothing further is

known about the other officers
medical support. In computations officers returning for residency

training were not included nor were Army medical officers presently

serving with FEAF as GHQ FEC has requested return of Army personnel. Not considered is care given Army combat casualties or additional medical responsibility for civilian employees and dependents

overseas. Part III. Since October 1950 I have been asking General

Brothers to obtain one (1) flight surgeon for each squadron in combat.

Since approximately 1 January 1951, squadrons have been operating

under wartime strength and their Tables of Organization authorize one

flight surgeon for each squadron. We have requisitions pending dated

as far back as December 1950 which have not been filled and according to present commitments made by your headquarters we will not

even be able to maintain our present strength of medical officers. Part

IV. When I requested transfer of three (3) hospitals to FEAF from

Army I was assured USAF medical personnel would be furnished to

staff the 3 hospitals. Plans were made in September 1950 to take control and eight (8) months later we still do not have them completely

staffed by USAF personnel. Several letters dating as early as September

1950 from the Surgeon General’s office definitely stated USAF

personnel to staff the hospitals would be available if we could manage

the transfer of these facilities. With non receipt of adequate personnel

we are not capable of fulfilling our commitment. Part V. Because this

is the only war zone in the world and because records indicate there are

sufficient medical officers available, it not understood why this command must be so short of medical personnel. Based on our information

the medical personnel scheduled for this command do not equal

expected losses. For instance there are thirty-four (34) medical officers

eligible for return to the ZI (separation, rotation or residency) during

May, June and July. Replacements we have been promised amount to

only twenty-four (24) for same period. With presently assigned medical officers we are approximately fifty percent (50%) staffed with no

early replacements enroute which creates a serious situation. In addition our responsibilities and our overall troop strength are increasing.

It is also disturbing to note that an officer scheduled for this command

there is a definite lack of experienced flight surgeons. Part VI. Applications for separation from eligible medical officers were forwarded

with approval recommended providing replacements were in place

prior to departure yet TWX directives have already been received on

three (3) officers of the group to be immediately returned for separation.

No replacements could be in place as the applications for separation

were not received at your headquarters until approximately ten (10)

days ago. PART VII. I request that all our outstanding requisitions be

immediately filled and the officers start air travel no later than 10 June

even though residencies must be slightly shortened, basic training

eliminated or no leave given. We will furnish air priority. Likewise

replacements for any returnees must be in place prior to release of any

medical personnel. I am concerned and urge your help.

521

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY
Dispatched the fol memo to CINCFE, subj: Eighth Army Support

by FEAF:

Reference your message number 191345K, dated 19 May 1951, the

following information is submitted:

Last night, 18-19 May, entire effort of FEAF Bomber Command of 11

B–29s was flown on MPQ–2 radar missions in support of Fifth Air Force

mission of supporting Eighth Army. Along with this number of B–29s,

there were 22 B–26s flown on a similar mission.

Tonight, 19-20 May, our entire effort of 14 B–29s will be flown on MPQ–2

radar missions. There are 21 B–26 MPQ–2 radar missions scheduled by

Fifth Air Force for tonight. (Got off 17 B–29s; telephoned Hickey).

The above number of 35 MPQ–2 radar missions to be flown requires

very careful scheduling of these sorties because, as you know, they go in

individually and, therefore, an increase in the number for tonight was

impracticable.

Tomorrow night, 20-21 May, we will attempt to schedule 24 B–29s on

the MPQ–2 type of mission if Fifth Air Force can handle through their

MPQ–2 stations.

We will continue nightly our maximum effort on this type of mission in

support of the Fifth Air Force in its mission of supporting the Eighth

Army. s/G.E.S.

General Beiderlinden (ex-G-1 of GHQ) called to say goodbye at 1000 hours.

Attended Mr. Pollack’s (Jardine Matheson Co.) cocktail party and then

went on to the Hickey’s, where we picked them up, and then all went to

Yokohama to have dinner with Colonel and Mrs. Scott. (Mr. Pollack secured

my jasmine tea (China).)

To bed at midnight—too late.

Left the office at 1130 hours to play golf.

[Later this day, Gen. Stratemeyer suffered a severe heart attack]

SUNDAY

20 MAY

1951

522

PART THREE: THE BITTER DAYS
523

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY
524

ABBREVIATIONS
525

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

AAA . . . . . . . . antiaircraft artillery

ABN . . . . . . . . airborne

A/C or acft . . . aircraft

AC&W . . . . . . aircraft control and

warning

act. . . . . . . . . . active

ADC . . . . . . . . Air Defense 

Command

ADC . . . . . . . . aide-de-camp

ADCC. . . . . . . air defense control

center

ADCOM. . . . . GHQ Advance 

Command and 

Liaison Group

add . . . . . . . . . additional

adees. . . . . . . . addressees

adv . . . . . . . . . advance

afld . . . . . . . . . airfield

AG . . . . . . . . . Adjutant General

alt . . . . . . . . . . altitude

ammo . . . . . . . ammunition

ARG . . . . . . . . air rescue group

ARS . . . . . . . . air rescue squadron

asgd . . . . . . . . assigned

atk . . . . . . . . . attack

ATW. . . . . . . . air transport wing

auth . . . . . . . . authority or authorize

avail or aval. . . available

Avammo . . . . . aviation ammunition

avgas. . . . . . . . aviation gasoline

AVM. . . . . . . . Air Vice Marshal

AW . . . . . . . . . automatic weapon(s)

or all-weather

AWW . . . . . . . air weather wing

BCOF. . . . . . . British Commonwealth Overseas

Forces

BFEAF . . . . . . British Far East 

Air Force

BG . . . . . . . . . bomb group

BomCom . . . . Bomber Command,

FEAF

BS. . . . . . . . . . bomb squadron

BW . . . . . . . . . bomb wing

C of S or C/S. . Chief of Staff

CAP . . . . . . . . combat air patrol

CAT . . . . . . . . Civil Air Transport

cav . . . . . . . . . cavalry

CBS . . . . . . . . Columbia 

Broadcasting System

CCF . . . . . . . . Chinese Communist

Forces

CCRAK . . . . . Combined Command

Research and 

Activities in Korea

CCTS . . . . . . . Combat Crew 

Training School

CG . . . . . . . . . Commanding General

CincFE . . . . . . Commander in Chief,

Far East Command

CincPacFlt . . . Commander in Chief,

Pacific Fleet

CincUNC . . . . Commander in Chief,

United Nations 

Command

cmbt . . . . . . . . combat

CNO . . . . . . . . Chief of Naval 

Operations

Abbreviations
526

ABBREVIATIONS

COMGEN . . . Commanding General

comm . . . . . . . communication(s)

ComNavFE . . Commander Naval

Forces Far East

comp. . . . . . . . complete

con . . . . . . . . . control

CONAC . . . . . Continental Air

Command

CP. . . . . . . . . . command post

CSAF . . . . . . . Chief of Staff, USAF

CW. . . . . . . . . continuous wave

D/A . . . . . . . . . Department of 

the Army

D/I . . . . . . . . . Deputy for 

Intelligence

D/Ops . . . . . . . Deputy for 

Operations

dir. . . . . . . . . . direct(ed)

DIR. . . . . . . . . depot inspection and

repair

Div . . . . . . . . . division

dtd . . . . . . . . . dated

EAD . . . . . . . . extended active duty

eff . . . . . . . . . . effective/effectiveness

elim. . . . . . . . . eliminate

Engr . . . . . . . . engineer

eny . . . . . . . . . enemy

equip. . . . . . . . equipment/equipped

Estab or 

estb’d . . . . . . . establish(ed)

ETA . . . . . . . . estimated time of

arrival

EUSAK. . . . . . Eighth United States

Army in Korea

expd . . . . . . . . expressed

fac. . . . . . . . . . facility(ies)

FAF. . . . . . . . . Fifth Air Force

F (AW) S. . . . . fighter (all-weather)

squadron

FBG . . . . . . . . fighter-bomber group

FBS. . . . . . . . . fighter-bomber

squadron

FBW. . . . . . . . fighter-bomber wing

FEAF . . . . . . . Far East Air Forces

FEAMCOM . . Far East Air Materiel

Command

FEW. . . . . . . . fighter-escort wing

FIG. . . . . . . . . fighter-interceptor

group

FIS . . . . . . . . . fighter-interceptor

squadron

FIW . . . . . . . . fighter-interceptor

wing

FM . . . . . . . . . frequency modulation

fol or folg . . . . following

fr. . . . . . . . . . . from

frags . . . . . . . . fragmentation bombs

ftr . . . . . . . . . . fighter

FW . . . . . . . . . fighter wing

fwd(d). . . . . . . forward(ed)

GCA . . . . . . . . ground-controlled

approach

gnd or grd . . . ground

gp . . . . . . . . . . group

GP . . . . . . . . . general purpose

(bomb)

HF . . . . . . . . . high frequency

HQ or Hqrs . . headquarters

hwy. . . . . . . . . highway

IG . . . . . . . . . . Inspector General

im . . . . . . . . . . immediate

INS . . . . . . . . . International News

Service

JA . . . . . . . . . . Judge Advocate

JATO . . . . . . . jet-assisted take off

JOC . . . . . . . . Joint Operations 

Center
527

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

KMAG . . . . . . Korean Military 

Advisory Group

loc . . . . . . . . . . location

ltr . . . . . . . . . . letter

M/B . . . . . . . . medium bomber

MAG. . . . . . . . Marine Air Group

maint . . . . . . . maintenance

MARINEX. . . Marine Express

MATS. . . . . . . Military Air Transport

Service

MAW . . . . . . . Marine Air Wing

mg. . . . . . . . . . machine gun

mil . . . . . . . . . military

mo. . . . . . . . . . month

msg . . . . . . . . . message

mvmt . . . . . . . movement

nec . . . . . . . . . necessary or necessity

NK . . . . . . . . . North Korea(n)

NKPA . . . . . . . North Korean 

People’s Army

O. . . . . . . . . . . office

opnl . . . . . . . . operational

opns or ops. . . operations

OSI. . . . . . . . . Office of Special

Investigations

par . . . . . . . . . paragraph

pd . . . . . . . . . . period

pers. . . . . . . . . personnel

PhibGruOne . . Amphibious Group

One

PIO. . . . . . . . . public information

officer

pirep . . . . . . . . pilot report

POL . . . . . . . . petroleum, oil,

and lubricants

POW. . . . . . . . prisoner of war

pres. . . . . . . . . present

proj. . . . . . . . . project(s)

prov(g) . . . . . . provide(ing)

prov . . . . . . . . provisional

R&R. . . . . . . . routing and record

sheet

RAAF. . . . . . . Royal Australian 

Air Force

rad . . . . . . . . . radio

radnote . . . . . . radio note

RAF . . . . . . . . Royal Air Force

RCAF. . . . . . . Royal Canadian 

Air Force

RCT . . . . . . . . regimental combat

team

rcvd . . . . . . . . received

recon sq . . . . . reconnaissance

squadron

ref. . . . . . . . . . reference

rein . . . . . . . . . reinforcement(s)

req or rqst . . . request

reurad . . . . . . re your radio message

RFD . . . . . . . . ready for delivery

ROK. . . . . . . . Republic of Korea

RON . . . . . . . . remain overnight

rptd . . . . . . . . reported

rqmts . . . . . . . requirements

rqn . . . . . . . . . requisition

RR . . . . . . . . . railroad

RTT . . . . . . . . radio, telephone and

telegraphy

rwy . . . . . . . . . runway

SAC . . . . . . . . Strategic Air 

Command
528

ABBREVIATIONS

SCAP . . . . . . . Supreme Commander

Allied Powers

SCARWAF. . . Special Category

Army Personnel with

Air Force

ship. . . . . . . . . shipment

sit . . . . . . . . . . situation

SK. . . . . . . . . . South Korea(n)

SOP . . . . . . . . standing operating

procedure

sq, sqdn 

or sqdr . . . . . . squadron(s)

SRS. . . . . . . . . strategic reconnaissance squadron

SRW. . . . . . . . strategic reconnaissance wing

sta . . . . . . . . . . station

strat . . . . . . . . strategic

SYG. . . . . . . . . Secretary General, UN

T/O&E . . . . . . Table(s) of Organization and Equipment

TAC . . . . . . . . Tactical Air 

Command

tac. . . . . . . . . . tactical

TACC . . . . . . . tactical air control

center

TACP . . . . . . . tactical air control

party

TCC . . . . . . . . tactical control center

TCG . . . . . . . . troop carrier group

TCW. . . . . . . . troop carrier wing

tech. . . . . . . . . technical

tgt . . . . . . . . . . target

TOT . . . . . . . . time over target

trps. . . . . . . . . troops

TRS . . . . . . . . tactical reconnaissance squadron

TRW. . . . . . . . tactical reconnaissance wing

TS. . . . . . . . . . top secret

TSW . . . . . . . . tactical support wing

unk . . . . . . . . . unknown

UR . . . . . . . . . unsatisfactory report

util . . . . . . . . . utilize(d)

VC . . . . . . . . . Vice Chief of Staff

VOCG . . . . . . verbal orders of the 

commanding general

w. . . . . . . . . . . with

w/b . . . . . . . . . will be

wg . . . . . . . . . . wing

w/i. . . . . . . . . . within

WAR. . . . . . . . War Department/

Department of the

Army

wea . . . . . . . . . weather

WRS. . . . . . . . weather reconnaissance squadron

ZI . . . . . . . . . . zone of interior
529

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Bibliography

Numerous documents, books, and articles were consulted during the preparation of this work and are listed below. The official documents used can be found

in the archives of the Air Force Historical Research Agency (AFHRA) at

Maxwell AFB, Alabama. Microfilm copies of these documents are also held in

the Air Force History Support Office library at Bolling AFB, Washington, D.C.

These documents are filed under series numbers as listed below, with numerous

sub-numbers. For example, K720.01 indicates that this is the FEAF history for

specific dates as listed in the indexes to the microfilm reels. A sub-number of

.052 indicates chronologies; .162, messages; .226, movement orders; etc.

Sub-numbers are the same for all series numbers. A finding aid listing all series

numbers and sub-numbers is on file at the Air Force Historical Research Agency

and at the Air Force History Support Office.

Official Documents and Publications

Far East Air Forces (FEAF) records. AFHRA Series No. K720.

Fifth Air Force records. AFHRA Series No. K730.

FEAF Bomber Command records. AFHRA Series No. K713.

FEAF Combat Cargo Command records. AFHRA Series No. K714.

“An Evaluation of the Effectiveness of the United States Air Force in the 

Korean Campaign, 25 June - 31 December 1950.” (Also known as the 

Barcus Report.) AFHRA Series No. K168.041-1.

Stearns Mission Report. AFHRA Series No. K168.041-2.

Appleman, Roy Edgar. South to the Naktong, North to the Yalu: June-November 

1950. Washington: Office of the Chief of Military History, 1961. Vol. 1

of United States Army in the Korean War.

Farrar-Hockley, Anthony. The British Part in the Korean War. Vol. 1: A Distant 

Obligation. Vol. 2: An Honorable Discharge. London: HMSO,

1990-1994.

Field, James A. History of United States Naval Operations: Korea. Washington:

Director of Naval History, 1962.

Foreign Relations of the United States, 1950. Vol. VII: Korea. Washington:

GPO, 1976.

Foreign Relations of the United States, 1951. Vol. VII: Korea and China. 

Washington: GPO, 1983.

Futrell, Robert F. United States Air Force Operations in the Korean Conflict,

25 June-1 November 1950. USAF Historical Study No. 71. Maxwell 

AFB, Ala.: Air University, 1951.

United States Air Force Operations in the Korean Conflict, 1 November
530

BIBLIOGRAPHY

1950-30 June 1952. USAF Historical Study No. 72. Maxwell AFB, Ala:

Air University, 1955.

The United States Air Force in Korea, 1950-1953. Washington: Office of

Air Force History, 1983. Rev. Ed.

Maurer, Maurer. Aviation in the U.S. Army, 1919-1939. Washington: Office of 

Air Force History, 1987. 

Mossman, Billy C. Ebb and Flow: November 1950-July 1951. Washington:

Center of Military History, 1990. Vol. 5 of United States Army in the 

Korean War.

Rearden, Steven L. The Formative Years, 1947-1950. Washington: Historical 

Office, Office of the Secretary of Defense, 1984. 

Republic of Korea. The History of the United Nations Forces in the Korean War. 

Vols. I and IV. Seoul: The Ministry of National Defense, 1972-1975.

Sawyer, Robert K. Military Advisors in Korea; KMAG in Peace and War. 

Washington: Office of the Chief of Military History, 1962.

Schnabel, James F. Policy and Direction: The First Year. Washington: Office of 

the Chief of Military History, 1972. Vol. 3 of United States Army in the

Korean War.

Schnabel, James F., and Robert J. Watson. The Korean War. Washington: Joint 

Chiefs of Staff Historical Division, 1979. Vol. 3 of The History of the 

Joint Chiefs of Staff: The Joint Chiefs of Staff and National Policy.

Taylor, Joe Gray. Development of Night Air Operations, 1941-1952. USAF 

Historical Study No. 92. Maxwell AFB, Ala: Air University, 1953.

Commercial Publications

An, Tai Sung. North Korea, A Political Handbook. Wilmington, Del.: Scholarly 

Resources, Inc., 1983.

Alexander, Bevin. Korea, the First War We Lost. New York: Hippocrene, 1986.

Appleman, Roy E. Disaster in Korea: The Chinese Confront MacArthur. 

College Station, Tex.: Texas A&M University Press, 1989.

East of Chosin: Entrapment and Breakout in Korea, 1950. College

Station, Tex.: Texas A&M University Press, 1987.

Escaping the Trap: The US Army X Corps in Northeast Korea, 1950.

College Station, Tex.: Texas A&M University Press, 1990.

Berger, Carl. The Korea Knot: A Military-Political History. Philadelphia: Univ. 

of Pennsylvania, 1965. Rev. Ed.

Blair, Clay. The Forgotten War: America in Korea, 1950-1953. New York:

Times Books, 1987.

Collins, J. Lawton. War in Peacetime: The History and Lessons of Korea. 

Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1969.
531

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Cumings, Bruce. The Origins of the Korean War. 2 vols. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton

University Press, 1981-1990.

Cumings, Bruce and Jon Haliday. Korea: The Unknown War. New York:

Pantheon Books, 1988.

Detzer, David. Thunder of the Captains. New York: Thomas Y. Crowell Co., 1977.

Dorr, Robert F., and Warren Thompson. The Korean Air War. Osceola, Wis.:

Motorbooks International, 1994.

DuPre, Col Flint. U.S. Air Force Biographical Dictionary. New York: Franklin 

Watts, 1965.

Fehrenbach, Thomas R. This Kind of War: A Study in Unpreparedness. New 

York: Macmillan, 1963.

Foot, Rosemary. The Wrong War: American Policy and the Dimensions of the 

Korean Conflict, 1950-1953. Ithaca, N.Y., and London: Cornell 

University Press, 1985.

Gordon, Yefim, and Vladimir Rigmant. MiG–15. Osceola, Wis.: Motorbooks 

International, 1993.

Goulden, Joseph C. Korea: The Untold Story of the War. New York: Times 

Books, 1982.

Halliday, Jon. “Air Operations in Korea: The Soviet Side of the Story.” In 

A Revolutionary War, edited by William J. Williams. Chicago: Imprint 

Publications, 1993.

Hatada, Takashi. A History of Korea. Translated by Warren W. Smith and 

Benjamin H. Hazard. Santa Barbara, Calif.: ABC-Clio Inc., 1969.

Hone, Thomas C. “Korea.” In Case Studies in the Achievement of Air Superiority,

edited by Benjamin Franklin Cooling. Washington: Center for Air 

Force History, 1994. 

Jackson, Robert. Air War over Korea. New York: Scribner, 1973.

James, D. Clayton. The Years of MacArthur. Vol. III. Triumph and Disaster,

1945-1964. Boston: Houghton Mifflin Co., 1985.

Refighting the Last War: Command and Crisis in Korea. New York:

Free Press, 1993.

Lee, Ki-baik. A New History of Korea. Translated by Edward W. Wagner and 

Edward J. Shultz. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1984.

MacArthur, Gen of the Army Douglas. Reminiscences. New York: McGrawHill, 1965.

MacDonald, Callum. Korea: The War Before Vietnam. London: Macmillan, 1986.

Matray, James I., ed. Historical Dictionary of the Korean War. Westport, Conn.:

Greenwood Press, 1991.

Millett, Allan R. “Korea, 1950-1953.” In Case Studies in Development of Close 

Air Support,edited by Benjamin Franklin Cooling. Washington: Office 

of Air Force History, 1990.
532

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Nichols, Donald. How Many Times Can I Die? Brooksville, Fla.: Brooksville 

Printing, 1981.

Noble, Harold J. Embassy at War: An Account of the Early Weeks of the Korean

War. Ed. Frank Baldwin. Seattle: University of Washington Press, 1975.

Odgers, George. Across the Parallel: The Australian 77th Squadron with the 

United States Air Force in the Korean War. London: William 

Heinemann, 1952.

Rees, David. Korea: The Limited War. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1964.

Rothe, Anna, ed. Current Biography, 1951. New York: H.W. Wilson Co., 1952. 

Simmons, Robert R. The Strained Alliance: Peking, Pyongyang, Moscow and 

the Politics of the Korean Civil War. New York: Free Press, 1975. 

Stone, I.F. The Hidden History of the Korean War. London: Turnstile Press, 1952.

Stueck, William. The Korean War as International History. Princeton, N.J.:

Princeton University Press, 1995.

Summers, Harry G., Jr. Korean War Almanac. New York: Facts on File, 1990.

Thompson, Annis G. The Greatest Airlift: The Story of Combat Cargo. Tokyo:

Dai-Nippon Printing Company, 1954.

Truman, Harry S. Memoirs. 2 vols. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1955-1956.

Vreeland, Nina, et al. Area Handbook for South Korea. Washington: GPO, 1975.

Who’s Who, 1969-1970. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1969.

Wilson, David. Lion over Korea: 77 Fighter Squadron RAAF, 1950-1953. 

Canberra: Banner Books, 1994.

Articles

“Air Force Trio.” Newsweek, July 24, 1950.

Almond, Lt. Gen. E.M. (Ret.). “Mistakes in Air-Support Methods in Korea.”

U.S. News and World Report, March 6, 1953.

Bauer, Daniel. “The Pilots That Nearly Started World War Three.” Air Classics,

April 1990.

Bracker, Milton. “Censure Foes List Rally Speakers.” New York Times,

November 29, 1954.

“Citizens Group Asks U.S. to End Red Ties.” New York Times, February 11, 1957.

Egan, Leo. “13,000 at Garden Vow M’Carthy Aid.” New York Times,

November 30, 1954.

FEAF Bomber Command. “Heavyweights over Korea.” Air University Quarterly

Review 6 (Fall 1953).

“43 on Policy Unit of ‘For America.’” New York Times, November 14, 1954.

“Gen. George Stratemeyer Dies; Led Air Force in the Far East.” New York 

Times, August 11, 1969.
533

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

“Gen. Stratemeyer to Retire.” Army-Navy Journal, October 6, 1951.

Grutzner, Charles. “U.S. F–86 Jet in First Fight Fells Enemy Plane in Korea.”

New York Times, December 18, 1950.

Kihss, Peter. “Petition Drive Set to Back M’Carthy.” New York Times,

November 15, 1954.

Knight, Charlotte. “Air War in Korea.” Air Force, August 1950.

“Korea Air Chief Deplores Policy.” New York Times, August 26, 1954.

Leonberg, MSgt. L.B. “To Rest at the Academy.” Airman, November 1969.

“McCarthy Group Disbands.” Facts on File, February 10-16, 1955.

“NBC Turns down M’Carthy Request.” New York Times, November 23, 1954.

“Petitions Oppose Censure.” Facts on File, November 12-18, 1954.

Quanbeck, Alton H. “My Brief War With Russia.” Washington Post,

March 4, 1990.

Sakamoto, Cpl. Larry. “Navy Flier Doubts Subs Near Korea.” Stars and Stripes

(Pacific Ed.), July 8, 1950.

Stratemeyer, Lt. Gen. George E., USAF (Ret.). “Fourteen Commandments for 

America Today.” American Mercury, May 1955.

Straubel, James H. and John F. Loosbrock. “Air Support is a Two-Way Street.”

Air Force, August 1951.

Trussell, C.P. “Senate Unit Cites Korea War Lesson.” New York Times,

January 26, 1955. 

Weyland, Otto P. “The Air Campaign in Korea.” Air University Quarterly 

Review 6 (Fall 1953).

Zimmerman, Don Z. “FEAF: Mission and Command Relationships.” Air 

University Quarterly Review 4 (Summer 1951).
534

Acheson, Dean: 16-17, 262n

Adams, Arthur F.: 298

Adams, Louis C.: 122

Adderly, Michael C.: 513

Adler, Elmer E.: 245

Advance Command and Liaison

Group (ADCOM). See also

Church, John H. 39n, 54n.

Aerial refueling: 453

Agan, Arthur C.: 7

Agee, Walter R.: 53, 56

Air Bases/Airfields. See also K-sites.

Andersen Air Base, Guam: 21, 276,

429, 430

Ashiya Air Base, Japan: 48, 78,

158, 203, 205, 206, 217, 249,

250, 312, 345, 348, 349, 435

Bergstrom Air Force Base, Texas:

277n

Bolling Air Force Base, Washington, D.C.: 434

Brady Air Base, Japan: 272, 275,

393, 503

Chanute Field, Illinois: 2

Chitose Air Base, Japan: 452

Clark Field, Philippines: 20, 53, 69,

103, 135, 255, 371, 388n,

396, 410, 411, 430, 433

Eglin Field, Florida: 298, 443

Futema Air Base, Okinawa: 383

Hamilton Field, California: 4-5

Hickam Air Force Base, Hawaii: 8,

46, 62, 66, 384, 430, 439

Itami Air Base, Japan: 81, 92

As Marine base: 109, 158, 344-45,

346, 350

Itazuke Air Base, Japan: 21, 38, 40,

45, 48, 50, 54, 70, 72, 78, 81,

109, 128, 138, 157, 160, 169,

173, 203, 206, 272, 277, 311,

334, 346, 424, 461, 479

In defense of Japan: 69, 340,

344-45, 350-51, 355, 363

Iwakuni Air Base, Japan: 50, 54,

128, 136, 186, 228, 248, 308,

354-55, 393

Johnson Air Base, Japan: 22, 48n,

58, 69, 92, 124, 156-57, 332,

339, 340, 350, 355, 363, 394,

402, 411, 412, 433

Kadena Air Base, Okinawa: 21,

43n, 51, 53, 62, 75, 76, 91,

103n, 161, 293, 343, 429, 430

Kelly Field, Texas: 2-3, 286

Kimp’o Airfield, Korea: 18, 37, 39,

41-42, 50n, 74, 93, 112,

114n, 125, 133-34, 166, 167,

199, 200n, 201-03, 205-06,

217, 234, 239, 241, 242, 250,

317, 339, 345, 354, 355, 467

Attacks on: 74-75, 190

Condition of: 204-05, 219-20

As staging area: 222, 232, 247,

249, 277, 282, 311-12, 326,

332, 340, 363

Withdrawal from: 374

Komaki Air Base, Japan: 344, 370 

Langley Air Force Base, Virginia:

3, 109n, 235, 371

Luke Field, Hawaii: 3

MacDill Air Force Base, Florida:

103n

March Air Force Base, California: 51n

Maxwell Field, Alabama: 5

McChord Air Force Base,

Washington: 501

McClellan Air Force Base,

California: 98n

Index
535

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Miho Air Base, Japan: 158, 348,

393

Misawa Air Base, Japan: 21, 48n,

69, 92, 133-34, 135, 157,

202, 223, 350, 423, 424, 433,

452-53, 518

Nagoya Air Base, Japan: 315, 355,

424, 486

Naha Air Base, Okinawa: 21, 69,

91, 103, 277, 350-51, 383

New Castle Airport, Delaware:

277n

Niigata Air Base, Japan: 433, 452,

504, 506

Pusan Air Base, Korea: 50, 54, 63,

72, 115-16, 123, 124, 125,

128, 134, 186, 195, 205, 242,

327, 336, 341, 354, 518

Concentration at: 331-34, 339,

346

Rockwell Field, California: 1

Shaw Air Force Base, South 

Carolina: 174n

Sinuiju Airfield, Korea: 236-37,

239, 250, 252, 329, 349, 489

Spokane Air Force Base,

Washington: 51n

Suwon Airfield, Korea: 205, 212,

336, 341, 403, 404, 407, 416,

446, 502

Tachikawa Air Base, Japan: 22, 66,

218, 221n, 370, 394

Taegu Airfield, Korea: 50, 54, 70,

72, 96, 97, 100, 124, 137,

171, 173, 177, 195, 197, 198,

203, 205, 211, 222, 229-30,

239, 241, 324, 327, 331, 332,

333, 336, 337, 340, 341, 348,

354-55, 356, 363, 379, 393,

406, 423, 424, 425, 426, 477,

503, 509, 518

Tinker Air Force Base, Oklahoma:

98n, 460n

Travis Air Force Base, California:

315, 347

Tsuiki Airfield, Japan: 122, 139,

158, 344, 367, 370, 382, 502,

503

Wright Field, Ohio: 433n

Yokota Air Base, Japan: 21, 53, 55,

61, 71, 74, 151, 156-57, 161,

250, 314n, 332, 343, 394,

506

Youi-do Airfield, Korea: 18

Air Classics: 230n 

Air Corps Tactical School: 3 

Air Defense Control Center (ADCC):

37, 156

Air evacuation. See also Evacuation

from Korea. 173, 199, 221,

226, 245

Air Evaluation Board: 107, 185,

200-01, 214, 224, 236, 258

Air Force magazine: 60, 132n, 405

Air Force Times: 65

Air Ground Operations. See also

Close air support. 64, 118,

162-64, 165-68, 171-72, 316,

336, 448, 449, 455, 482

Air Sea Rescue Units: 60, 124, 229,

463, 484, 485

Air superiority: 34, 41, 64-65, 94-95,

125, 217, 343, 351-52, 386,

407

Aircraft Control and Warning units:

47

Aircraft lost and damaged

Enemy: 28, 48n, 56, 64, 71, 78, 79,

80, 94-95, 101, 144, 229,

269, 276, 350, 359, 363, 401,

471, 474, 477, 478, 497

U.S.: 28, 48, 50, 56, 59, 64, 75,

80-81, 90, 93-94, 102, 104-05,

108, 114-15, 120, 127, 138,

179, 185, 217, 274, 282, 356,

359, 362-63, 412-13, 429,
536

INDEX

454, 463, 471, 475, 477, 478,

479, 501, 502, 507, 512-13

Aircraft types, fixed wing, Allied

AD: 53n

B–10B: 4-5

B–17: 35, 37, 48, 206, 348, 393, 395

B–26: 22, 27, 34, 44, 47, 48, 51,

56, 64, 66, 67, 71, 74, 94, 98,

108, 109, 111n, 134, 136,

138, 150-51, 178, 197, 226,

250, 285, 288, 308, 328, 395,

412-13, 416, 419, 429,

432-33, 462, 481, 482, 487,

503, 517, 522

B–29: 21, 22, 26, 27, 34-35, 43n,

56, 62, 64, 68, 69, 71, 72,

76-77, 80, 83, 84, 93-94,

98n, 102, 104-05, 108,

114-15, 120, 127, 138, 151,

156, 158, 179, 194, 195, 198,

206, 209, 216n, 223, 226,

254, 335, 419, 423, 425, 427,

440, 450-51, 461, 480, 484,

503, 505, 508

Bombing North Korean targets:

26, 64, 88, 184, 256, 443,

444, 461, 471, 472, 477, 478,

479-80, 481, 486

And border violations: 206, 207n

Effectiveness in Korea: 104-05,

108, 157-58, 161-63, 171-72,

184, 190, 233, 268-69, 271,

335, 374

As night intruder: 194, 195, 197

Performance against MiGs: 282

Security for: 156-57, 312

In support: 66, 67, 68, 77, 93,

159, 161-62, 163, 171-72,

198, 335, 516, 517, 522

Training for night missions: 425,

427

B–36: 24, 98n, 108, 120, 130, 207,

445

B–45: 428, 509

B–50: 98n, 108, 207

C–45: 14

C–46: 38, 42, 63, 64, 162, 245, 294,

355, 367-68, 447, 453, 454

C–47: 20, 34, 38, 42, 63, 64, 124n,

135, 138, 180, 194, 205,

221n, 222, 224, 242n, 294,

321, 324, 326, 344, 349, 355,

367, 393, 396, 440, 446, 447,

453, 454, 482

C–54: 20, 22, 34, 37-38, 42, 55, 62,

63, 64, 89, 180, 186, 199,

206, 228-29, 238, 239, 242,

250, 294-96, 311, 327-28,

348, 356, 367-68, 382, 434,

435, 454, 460, 465

C–119: 174, 180, 185, 191, 206,

242n, 294, 356, 435, 447,

454

And engine problems: 174, 463

In supply and rescue operations:

340, 367-68

C–121: 55, 439

Canberra: 508

F–4: 231n

F4U: 53n, 81n, 102n, 134, 182,

218, 286, 429, 482

F7F–3N: 199n, 286, 350

F.8 Meteor: 383, 442

F9F: 53n, 369

F–47: 119, 483, 501, 502n, 509, 510

F–51: 17, 22, 34, 38, 40, 59, 64, 68,

71, 72, 74, 75, 82, 90, 94,

96-98, 100, 101, 105, 109,

119, 134, 149-50, 153, 154,

174, 184, 198n, 218, 242,

247, 250, 252, 256, 336, 362,

367, 369-70, 390, 429, 450,

475, 497, 501, 509, 510 

Flown by Allies: 48, 50, 138,

182, 199n, 201, 202, 247,

393, 442
537

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Manchuria incident: 149-50,

152-53, 154, 157, 160, 169-70

Obsolescence of: 105, 108, 475,

510

F–80/F80C: 20, 21, 22, 34, 48, 50,

59, 64, 69, 72, 74, 80, 90, 91,

94, 95, 96, 98, 101, 105, 108,

119, 128, 140, 157, 160, 162,

163, 169, 172, 175, 198n,

202, 206, 218, 221, 226-27,

229-30, 242, 247, 250, 252,

269, 271, 308, 336, 362, 390,

411, 429, 443, 453, 475, 480,

501, 502, 510, 512, 513

And border incident: 226-27,

229-30

F–82/F82G: 21, 22, 34, 38, 41, 64,

85, 94, 98, 108, 110, 182,

202, 288, 311-12, 350-51,

450

F–84/F84E: 27, 119, 175, 254, 256,

267, 268, 272, 277, 324,

331-32, 337, 361-63, 401,

433, 443, 475, 478, 479, 501,

502, 503, 510, 513

Performance against MiGs: 401

F-–84F: 362

F–86/F-86A: 26, 27, 98n, 175,

199n, 268, 277, 293n, 324,

332, 340, 354, 361-63, 433,

442n, 443, 478, 479, 480, 513

Performance against MiGs:

349-50, 356, 359, 363

F–86D: 506n

F–86E: 26

F–86F: 26, 27, 363n

F–94: 288, 443, 450

KB–29: 453, 503

L–4: 18, 69, 446

L–5: 18, 22, 124n, 397, 409

L–17: 397, 409

L–19: 450, 456

P–39: 226

RB–17: 20

RB–26: 109n, 308, 332, 355, 462

RB–29: 21, 293, 364, 419

RB–45: 314, 364, 434, 478, 509n

RF–51: 424n

RF–80: 22, 256, 261, 332, 355,

356, 400, 510

R5D: 232, 328

SA–16: 124n

SB–17: 22, 124n, 484

SB–29: 124n

SPAD: 2

T–6. See also Mosquito. 18, 22, 83,

90, 107n, 169, 204, 242-43,

244, 247, 250, 419, 456

T–33: 222, 225, 261, 449-50

Vampire Mark V: 442, 443

VB–17: 285

VC–47: 285, 289

XP–59A: 8n

Aircraft types, fixed wing, enemy

Ilyushins: 34

Il–10: 14, 47, 201, 204, 332

La–5: 114

MiG–15: 26, 27, 28, 252, 255,

268n, 269, 271, 276, 282,

471, 472, 474, 478, 479, 488

In air to air combat: 349-50, 356,

359, 363, 401

P0–2: 14

Tu–4: 510

Yaks: 34, 37, 48, 69, 74, 77, 169,

250, 276

Yak–3: 14, 47, 80

Yak–5: 47

Yak–7: 14, 255

Yak–9: 14, 37n, 74, 79, 80, 255

Yak–12: 204

Yak–16: 14

Aircraft types, rotary wing. See also

Helicopters.

H–5: 124n, 169n

H–19: 474, 518, 519
538

INDEX

Akst, Harry: 204

Alexander, David: 248, 249

Alkire, Darr H.: 72, 82, 89, 103, 149,

198, 222, 244, 261-62, 268,

278, 329, 337, 348, 372, 374,

411, 420

Allen, Henry V.: 271, 283

Allen, Leven C.: 410, 413, 414, 416,

503

Allied Council for Japan: 76, 469

Almond, Edward M.: 30

As chief of staff for MacArthur: 39,

40, 41, 42, 47, 75, 89, 92, 96,

150

As commanding general, X Corps:

190-91, 203, 204, 247, 255,

284, 311, 314, 316, 345,

353, 369

Communication with: 317-18

On inter-service coordination: 44,

164-65

Preference in fighting: 252-53

Views on close air support: 62n, 77,

79, 84, 223-24, 247, 317,

423, 432, 482, 483

Alsop, Joseph W.: 119, 220

Ambrose, Joseph R.: 483

American Legion: 31, 439 

American Mercury Magazine: 31

American-Soviet Commission: 12-13

Ammunition. See also Ordnance. 38,

74, 158, 174, 204, 312, 345,

362, 329-30, 438, 452

Amphibious assault. See Inch’on

landings.

Amphibious operations: 191, 353, 455

Plans for: 112-13, 119, 134, 150,

183-84

Anderson, H. H.: 125

Anderson, Victor L.: 520

Andrews, Bert: 507

Ankenbrandt, Francis L.: 74, 75, 78,

80, 339, 466

Ansong: 69

Antiaircraft artillery units: 18, 157,

452, 486

Antiaircraft defenses: 25-26, 209,

452

Antiaircraft fire: 253-55, 300, 437,

497, 501

Antung, Manchuria: 148, 150, 153-54,

157, 169-70, 194n, 236, 253,

254, 280-81, 321, 467, 481,

486

Armistice talks. See also Cease-fire

negotiations. 19n, 25, 27-28,

307

Armstrong, Harry G.: 125, 128, 134,

460, 462, 464

Armstrong, Orlando K.: 460-61, 468,

470, 471, 479

Arnold, Henry H.: 5, 6

Artillery: 17, 205

M3 105mm: 17

Associated Press: 65, 85, 121, 162,

354, 403, 492

Atomic capability. See also Nuclear

weapons.

Atomic bomb testing: 452, 496n

Plans in case of attack: 405, 494,

504

Possible use of: 320-21, 322, 338,

342, 386-87, 399

Protection of: 155-57

Atsugi, Japan: 504, 506

Atwood, J. L.: 439

Ausman, Neal E.:149, 433

Austin, Warren R.: 154n, 157

Australia. See also Royal Australian

Air Force (RAAF). 134, 185,

315, 480

Aviation ammunition dumps: 39, 452

Babcock, C. Stanton: 403

Bach, Lawrence V.: 359n

Back, G.I.: 39
539

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Baillie, Hugh: 195, 198-99, 203, 204,

216, 226, 233, 244, 248-49,

372, 432

Baldwin, Hanson: 221

Baltimore Sun: 139, 141, 143, 145-46,

149

Bandon, Percy: 398

Banfill, Charles Y.: 56, 75, 77, 85, 96,

103-04, 131, 144, 149, 163,

164, 165, 226, 245, 259,

325, 348, 355, 358, 371,

419, 420, 478, 507, 509,

511, 514 

Advice on bomb targets: 405

Analysis of Soviet strength: 385-87

Personnel analysis: 390-91, 408

Bangkok, Thailand: 221

Barclay, Ronald A. C.: 83, 136, 137,

151-52, 168

Barcus, Glenn O.: 227-28, 236,

239-40, 258, 271-72, 310,

321, 371-72

Barcus report: 228n, 412, 414-15,

513

Barnes, Earl W.: 402, 433

Barr, Charles: 233, 293-94

Barr, David C.: 316

Bart, A.N. Noble: 152

Barth, George B.: 389, 407

Bataan (MacArthur’s personal aircraft): 45, 47, 48, 85, 89

Beech, Keyes: 461

Beiderlinden, William A.: 42, 428,

520, 522

Beightler, Robert S.: 276

Belgium

Belgian battalion: 457

Bell Aircraft Corp.: 233, 293, 351

Bell, Larry: 293

Bennett, Joan E.: 482

Bertrandias, Victor E.: 280, 324

Bishop, Lyle: 293, 298

Blakeslee, Donald M.: 362

Boatner, Bryant L.: 433

Bodien, Henry E.: 200, 202

Bolté, Charles L.: 276

Bombing. See also Interdiction

attacks.

Of industrial sites: 88, 105, 160,

209

Of North Korea: 34, 35

Night bombing: 109-10, 427,

516-18. 

Of rail and road systems: 26, 27,

55, 59, 61, 64, 85, 93, 101,

105, 175, 179, 184, 311

Bombing targets: 73, 84, 209, 240,

445

In North Korea: 253-55, 258-59,

260-61, 263-64, 267, 355,

360, 371-72

Bombs

General Purpose: 71, 94, 102, 111,

114, 159, 162, 194, 236,

362, 425, 438, 461, 478,

482, 517

Incendiary/napalm: 59, 62, 85,

172, 203, 236, 257, 259,

268-69, 443-44

Razon: 133, 137, 169, 293n, 434

Tarzon: 293, 298, 416, 423, 434,

435, 446, 451, 461, 463,

477, 478

Failure of: 351, 353, 358

Bond, Niles W.: 501

Bondley, C.J., Jr.: 80, 457

Bonham, Jenita: 238

Bonins: 18, 427, 505

Border violations

Manchuria: 148-50, 152-54,

169-70, 184, 206-07, 213,

280-82, 300

Soviet Union: 227, 229-30, 231-32

U.S. policy on: 240-41, 253-55,

258, 261, 263-64

Borum, Fred S.: 460
540

INDEX

Bott, Herbert A.: 66, 394

Bouchier, Cecil: 110, 115, 168-69,

183, 202, 205, 210, 220,

249, 341, 444

“Bout-One”: 38n

Bowen, Frank S., Jr.: 243

Bowles, Edward R.: 181, 200, 201,

218, 222

Boyle, Bill: 121

Brabham, L. L.: 416

Bradley, Follett: 232, 245, 347

Bradley, Joseph S.: 122

Bradley, Omar N. See also Joint

Chiefs of Staff. 1, 101, 213,

395, 416n, 432, 442, 451

Bradley, Sladen: 364

Brady, Henry C.: 355

Brainard Victory: 298

Brant, Gerald C.: 245

Bridges. See also Interdiction attacks.

Bombing of: 61, 64, 66, 86, 102,

125-27, 133, 149, 151, 169,

192, 240, 471, 477, 481,

485, 486

Destruction of: 67, 330, 334, 451,

461

In North Korea: 233, 254, 258,

259, 260-61, 263-64, 268-69,

280-82, 292, 486, 502, 508

Briggs, James E.: 103, 126-27

As commanding general, FEAF

Bomber Command: 381,

383, 394, 416, 442, 443,

445, 446, 456-57, 465, 485,

486, 504, 508, 519

Brines, Russell: 65, 403

Briscoe, Robert P.: 125

Broadhead, Edwin B.: 506

Brodie, Thomas: 248, 249

Brothers, Clyde L.: 128, 134, 199,

240, 369, 387, 432, 444,

496, 513, 514, 515, 521

Brothers, Leroy: 485

Brown, C. Pratt: 53

Brown, Russell J.: 269n

Brown, W. J.: 223

Bruno, Harry: 248-49, 432, 502

Budget cutbacks, effects of: 15,

18-22, 219, 429-30, 458

Bull, Frederick K.: 424

Bull, William F.: 503

Bunker, Laurence: 57, 65, 120, 161,

477

Burke, Arleigh A.: 130n

Burns, Robert: 205

Burridge, A. Lewis: 464

Bush, Kenneth B.: 473

Butler, Floyd D.: 440-41, 443

Byrnes, Victor A.: 460

Cabell, Charles, P.: 92, 96, 102, 144,

257-58, 271-72

And intelligence: 323, 325-26,

329, 347

Cain, Harry P.: 512

Cairo Conference (1943): 12

Camouflage: 357, 361, 378-79

Campbell, Bill: 104

Canada. See Royal Canadian Air

Force. 

Canada, Charles F.: 89, 345, 403, 457

Cannon, John K.: 441, 443, 490, 494,

496

Cannon, Vincent T.: 446

Capps, Arlie G.: 176

Carey, Edwin F., Jr.: 435

Carmichael, Richard H.: 280, 281,

465

Carroll, Margaret J.: 427

Carter, Ray I.: 169-70, 182, 186

Casualties

Allied: 28, 204-205, 457, 474, 499

American: 28, 64, 75, 138, 244,

304, 306, 307, 381, 429,

471, 479, 497, 499

Civilian: 28, 40, 182, 457
541

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Compared to World War II: 499-500

Enemy: 28, 64, 75, 158, 198, 199,

205, 306, 307, 499, 508,

516-17

Cease-fire negotiations. See also

Armistice talks. 25, 27, 305,

306, 465n. 

Conditions for agreement: 338,

346-47

Cellini, Oliver G.: 206, 354, 503

Censorship: 104, 130, 354n, 437, 464

Central Intelligence Agency (CIA):

39n, 87, 358, 391n, 398

Central News Agency: 433

Ch’aho: 55

Chai, K. K.: 226

Changjin Reservoir. See Chosin

Reservoir.

Ch’angsong: 486

Charlesworth, A. M.: 136

Chase, William C.: 494

Cheju-do: 18

Chennault, Claire L.: 6, 17, 31, 39,

43, 119n, 141, 225, 464n

Chernus, L: 283

Chiang Kai-Shek: 6, 31, 47n, 89n,

91, 213, 353, 469, 492, 494,

519

Chiang, Mayling Soong (Madame

Chiang Kai-shek): 91, 494

Chicago Daily News: 461

Chicago Tribune: 30, 208, 437

Chidlaw, Benjamin W.: 308, 351, 416,

434, 439, 440, 442, 466, 477,

479, 520

Chief of Naval Operations (CNO).

See also Sherman, Forrest P.

113n, 114, 128, 136, 137,

149, 237 

Chief of Staff, U.S. Air Force

(CSAF). See also Vandenberg, Hoyt S. 42, 48, 73, 83,

90, 101, 112, 131, 153, 194,

198, 201, 202, 230, 237,

250, 313, 322, 365, 370,

371, 396, 448, 449, 492,

508, 520

Chief of Staff, U.S. Army (CSUSA).

See also Collins, J. Lawton.

237

Childre, Cecil H.: 449

Chiles, John A.: 150

China, Communist. See also Chinese

Communist forces. 14, 26,

27-28, 31, 241, 314, 321n,

343, 346n, 417, 418, 465n,

483, 495, 496, 499, 507

Historical relationship with Korea:

10, 12, 334n

China, Nationalist. See Formosa.

China-Burma-India (CBI) Theater:

1, 5-6, 9, 29, 159

Chinese Communist Air Force

(CCAF): 256, 314

Chinese Communist Forces (CCF):

26, 92, 148, 216n, 254,

191-92, 481, 483, 488, 499,

516, 517

Air units: 92, 314

Armies

50th : 404

54th : 148

55th : 148

56th: 148

74th: 148

In Korea: 253, 254, 256, 263,

266-67, 321-22, 334-35, 336,

353, 386

1st offensive (November): 254n, 304,

310, 322, 330-32, 334, 357

2nd offensive (January): 306, 374

3rd offensive (April): 307

4th offensive (May): 307, 517

Logistics of: 488, 489

Supply routes of: 357, 379-80, 481,

486, 488-89
542

INDEX

Use of camouflage and concealment by: 357, 379-80

Chinhae: 331, 368-69, 370

Chinnamp’o: 64, 265, 345, 349

Chip’yong-ni: 306

Choch’iwon: 90

Chofu City: 427

Ch’onan: 60, 61

Ch’ongch’on River: 170, 192, 304,

486, 488, 489

Ch’ongjin: 151, 226, 229, 261

Chongju: 223n

Ch’ongsongjin: 223n, 268n

Chonui: 66n

Ch’orwon: 184, 306

Ch’osan: 192

Chosin Reservoir: 192, 299, 304, 310,

340

Chou Chih-jou: 91

Chou-en-Lai: 154, 155

Christopher, Stone: 497

Ch’ungju: 69, 76

Church, John H: 39-40, 43, 46, 48, 299

Cincinnati, Ohio: 1

Civil Air Transport (CAT): 17, 39,

225, 464

Clark, Donald L.: 394

Clark, Mark: 30, 132, 179, 223, 224,

234, 235, 423, 431

Cleveland Plain Dealer: 442n

Close air support. See also Interdiction attacks. 25, 35, 68, 75-77,

97, 110-11, 115, 130-32,

134, 158-59, 161-62, 176-77,

180-81, 197, 200, 217-18,

416, 417, 426, 482

During Chinese Communist offensives: 305, 310, 317-19, 320,

328, 331, 356-57, 363-64,

376, 516-17

And counter-attacks: 426, 438, 448,

450-51

Discussion of: 141-48, 176-77, 179,

181, 224-25, 237-38, 289-90,

296-97, 312-13, 335-36,

351-52, 451-52, 455-56

Cocke, Earle: 439, 446

Coffey, Walden B.: 428, 515

Cole, Clifford E.: 365

Cole, John T.: 446

Coleman, Glenn C.: 315, 339

Collier’s magazine: 60, 194n, 204, 483

Collins, J. Lawton. See also Chief of

Staff, U.S. Army. 57, 66, 70,

72, 125, 128, 134, 137, 140,

141, 175, 235, 325, 360n

On political situation: 326, 331,

336, 338

Visit to FEAF: 388, 391-95

Columbia Broadcasting System

(CBS): 65, 85, 458, 485

Columbus, New Mexico: 2

Columbus, Ohio: 1

Commander in Chief, Far East Command (CINCFE). See also

MacArthur, Douglas; Ridgway, Matthew B. 39-40, 42-43,

45-48, 57, 58, 60, 61-62, 74,

80-81, 83, 84, 87, 88-89,

92-93, 96, 101, 106, 112,

113, 118, 120, 128, 133, 137,

141, 148, 157, 164-65, 179,

181, 200, 202-03, 209-10,

219, 221, 226, 229, 231, 233,

234, 237, 239, 245, 262,

266-67, 268, 296, 322, 335,

342-43, 359-60, 410, 427,

433, 448, 454, 471, 473, 480,

486, 488, 490, 496, 498, 500,

501, 503, 504, 505, 507 

Commander in Chief, Pacific 

(CINCPAC): 114, 500, 501,

505

Commander in Chief, United Nations

Command (CINCUNC). See

also CINCFE; MacArthur,
543

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Douglas; Ridgway, Matthew

B. 166, 168, 184, 216-17,

231, 234, 239, 252, 348, 351 

Commander Naval Forces Far East

(COMNAVFE). See also Joy,

C. Turner. 19, 53n, 60, 92,

107, 164-68, 180-81, 183,

198, 208, 229, 231, 234,

237-38, 290, 326, 351, 448,

463n, 464, 498

Commanding General, Eighth Army.

See also Ridgway, Matthew

B.; Van Fleet , James A.;

Walker, Walton. 70, 112, 164,

181, 468, 502, 513

Commanding General, Far East Air

Forces (CG FEAF). See also

Stratemeyer, George E. 154,

164-68, 231, 234, 237, 326,

327, 366, 498

Commanding General, Far East

Bomber Command 

(Provisional). See also

Briggs, James E.; O’Donnell,

Emmett. 59, 429, 451, 461,

486

Commanding General, Fifth Air Force

(CG FAF). See also

Partridge, Earle E. 57-58,

100-01, 147, 180-81, 229,

237-38, 360, 371, 397, 449,

450, 451, 461, 468, 486, 502

Commanding General, United States

Army Forces Far East

(USAFFE). See also

CINCFE; MacArthur,

Douglas; Ridgway, Matthew

B. 18, 351

Communications: 78, 80, 83, 93,

142, 218-19, 255, 257, 313,

317-18, 335-36, 339, 344,

455, 466

Communism: 287-88

Communist forces: 26. See Chinese

Communist forces; North

Korean forces.

Condron, John E.: 76

Coniff, Frank: 391

Considine, Bob: 101

Construction of airfields: 48, 82, 85,

115-16, 174, 314, 330-31,

344, 379, 430, 459, 472, 485,

502, 503

Cook, Emory J.: 402, 433

Coordination of service efforts. See also

inter-service relations. 418

Corddry, Charles: 101, 236, 244

Corr, Francis J,: 219, 237

Costello, William: 65

Coulter, John B.: 195n, 299, 326

Courteneay, William: 462

Cowen, Myron M.: 428

Cox, Homer M.: 424

Crabb, Jarred V.: 7, 37-39, 41-42, 44,

61, 65, 80, 89, 111, 150, 180,

203, 226, 244, 248, 261, 262,

268, 309, 337, 366, 419, 420,

432, 433, 435, 454, 464, 484,

500, 501, 507, 511, 518

Craig, Edward A.: 81n

Craigie, Laurence C.: 7, 8, 9, 62, 66-67,

79, 80, 85, 96, 103, 104, 123,

126, 139-40, 145, 149, 178,

180, 181, 200, 203, 208-209,

221, 223, 232, 237, 239, 244,

245, 248, 253, 259, 261, 310,

329, 337, 341, 343, 348, 380,

395, 402, 410, 411, 419, 420,

433, 438, 449, 463, 474, 478,

482, 483, 494, 496, 498, 500,

506, 507, 509, 511, 520

Cram, Jack: 451-52

Crawford, Troy W.: 394

Crawley, Alden M.: 227, 228-29

Cresswell, R. C.: 86, 186, 383

Croker, George W.: 284, 300
544

INDEX

Crump, Owen: 494, 515

Cunningham, Joseph A.: 435

Cushman, Thomas J.: 81n, 125, 136,

137, 170, 194, 199, 204, 503

Dai Ichi Insurance Building. See also

Far East Command (FEC)

Headquarters. 39, 42, 44,

411, 453, 494

Dale, Jack: 354, 356, 393, 424, 432

Dallas News: 498

“Dallas” squadron: 53

Darrow, Don O.: 415, 433, 497

Davasher, Glenn L.: 424

Davies, A. D.: 83

Davies, Clinton W.: 388, 410

Davis, Stuart L.: 515

Dean, William F.: 34, 50, 59, 60-61,

66, 68, 81-82

DeLeon, E. S.: 283

Demilitarized zone (DMZ): 25

Democratic People’s Republic of

Korea. See North Korea

Dempster, Kenneth C.: 424

Denebrink, Francis C.: 125

Dening, Esler: 275, 280

Dennison, Junius W.: 280

Denson, L.A.: 70

DeSorias, Charles: 105

Dickson, D.D.: 70

Diefendorf, Allen J.: 229, 230n, 231n

Dietrich, N.K.: 125

Dietz, Virginia C.: 395, 405, 410, 482

Dixon, Billy: 186-87

Dixon, Jacob W.: 400

Djamgaroff, George: 431

Dolan, L. E.: 283

Donnell, Clarence: 339

Donohew, Jack N.: 337

Doolittle, James: 9, 59, 77, 83

Dorn, William J.B.: 460, 461, 468,

470, 471, 472

Dos Passos, John: 31

Douglas, Robert W., Jr.: 460n

Dovell, Chauncey E.: 173

Doyle, J. H.: 142

Doyle, John P.: 38, 39, 63, 71, 93, 197,

214, 234, 250, 341, 372, 374,

395, 428, 488, 493, 504, 518

Driberg, Thomas: 208

Drumwright, Everett F.: 501

Duffy, Charles G.: 131

Dulles, John Foster: 403, 484, 485

Dulles mission: 485

Dyer, Edward C.: 60

Eagan, Eddie: 502, 511

Eaker, Ira: 9, 314

Early, James F. J.: 439, 440

Early, Stephen: 153

Eberle, G. L.: 39, 40, 42, 89, 262

Echols, Marion C.: 57

Edmundson, James V.: 76, 151

Edwards, Edward D.: 452

Edwards, Idwal H.: 125-26, 128, 134,

145, 162, 187, 293, 323, 498,

499, 500, 517

Eighth Army. See also EUSAK. 18,

20, 29, 38-39, 54n, 59, 68n,

83, 91n, 101, 121-22, 163-64,

181, 423, 424, 426, 441, 448,

455, 473, 481

Air support of: 187, 198, 205, 397,

399, 416, 417, 450, 453, 481,

493, 516-17, 522

Cooperation with Air Force: 106-107,

312, 441, 455-56, 493 

Counterattacks by: 306, 307, 417-18

Equipment, loss of: 339, 345, 349

And offensive operations: 190-92,

274, 292

Retreat of: 304, 309-10, 320, 325,

336-37, 339

Shortages in: 18

Use of air transportation by: 397,

409, 413-14
545

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Eisenhower administration: 28

Eisenhower, Dwight D.: 1, 27, 235

Eliot, George F: 442

Ely, E. B.: 53

Emmerick, Rollins S.: 121

Engineer aviation units: 57n, 58-59,

72-74, 115-16, 204-05, 208,

312, 313, 320, 455, 461, 467

England. See Great Britain.

Eniwetok: 496

Enloe, Cortez F.: 460

Erler, Leo J: 54, 268, 320, 420,

429-30, 433, 506, 518

Eubank, Eugene L.: 39, 48, 51, 56,

66, 77-79, 80, 82, 83, 87, 91

Europe, strategic importance of: 16,

23, 470

EUSAK. See also Eighth Army. 68n,

70, 83, 115, 116, 195, 212,

237, 257, 310, 369, 435, 445,

449, 450, 453-454, 480, 516

And need for air support: 181, 212,

237

During retrograde movement:

319-20

Evacuation from Korea. See also

FEAF Combat Cargo Command. 37-38, 41-42, 46, 48,

86-87, 97, 195

Of air bases: 319-20

Capacity of: 333, 334, 326-27,

336-37

Under combat conditions: 305,

326-28, 374, 376-77

Of wounded: 173, 199, 324, 326,

337, 339, 347, 377

Evans, Norvin, Jr.: 229

Evans, William J.: 45

Everest, Frank F. 52, 56, 128

Ewan, Edward C.: 142, 146, 276

Fairchild, Muir S.: 155

Falk, Raymond F.: 65

Far East Air Forces (FEAF). See also

Fifth Air Force; United States

Air Force. 7n, 20-22, 25-28,

37, 41, 42, 48, 55, 63-64,

passim

Aircraft losses of: 28

Air operations: 25, 27-28, 35, 55,

61, 65-66, 68, 85, 92, 98-100,

105-06, 146-48, 175-76, 190,

197-98, 218, 305, 365, 441,

455, 475, 479, 481, 491. 

Airlifts by: 34, 97, 138, 294, 296,

300, 376

Defense of Japan: 20, 47, 101, 108,

161, 202, 311, 347, 392, 411,

435, 494

General Order 135: 408-409

HQ FEAF (Meiji Building): 68,

157, 165, 187, 218, 236, 238,

259, 322, 340, 356, 366, 424,

435, 449, 453, 474, 485, 511

Interchange of crews with SAC:

387-88, 421-22, 430

Mission of: 20, 92, 101, 103, 321,

359, 454-55, 491, 493

Night bombing by: 516, 517, 518

Operational analysts in: 485

Organization of: 100-01, 161-62,

454

Reinforcements for: 94n, 202, 254,

256, 341, 343, 348, 367-68,

372, 458

Role in assisting ground forces: 68,

304, 309-10, 335-36, 455,

482, 493

Shortage of aircraft in: 20, 22,

60n, 175, 355, 412-13,

475, 500

Shortage of personnel in: 20, 22,

57, 60n, 257, 355, 430,

449-50, 479-80, 500

Sorties by: 28, 48, 56-57, 85, 94-95,

101, 105, 134, 138, 182, 198,
546

INDEX

201, 207-208, 271, 341,

376-78, 380-81, 396, 422,

447, 448, 458, 508

Supply problems of: 74, 136,

269-70, 283, 291, 294-95,

323, 352, 449, 454-55,

477-78, 479, 503, 510-11

Training opportunities in: 107,

420-22

War Emergency Plans of: 494, 495

Far East Air Materiel Command

(FEAMCOM): 37, 38n, 71,

89, 93, 108, 161, 218, 250,

351, 360, 395, 425, 430, 432,

448, 452, 464, 494

Repairs by: 222, 367, 370, 412-13,

434-35, 449

Supply mission of: 218

Far East Command (FEC). See also

MacArthur, Douglas; Ridgway, Matthew B. 9, 18, 20,

51, 55, 71, 77, 141, 161, 179,

202, 259, 348, 358, 449, 473,

482, 488

“frontier nature” of: 490-91, 502

Headquarters of: 18, 37, 43, 62n,

70, 77, 95, 223-24, 309, 343,

356, 391, 438, 478, 490, 496

Personnel shortage in: 266, 313,

383, 504

Far East Commission: 76

Farrell, Francis W.: 121

Farthing, William E.: 323

FEAF. See Far East Air Forces

FEAF Bomber Command See also

Briggs, James E.; O’Donnell,

Emmett. 26, 35, 52n, 60, 66-

67, 71, 74, 77, 78, 80, 83, 84,

93, 97, 102, 103, 104-05,

111, 133-34, 144-45, 191,

194, 217, 250, 355, 360, 423,

427, 448-51, 452, 456n, 463,

464, 497, 519n

Attacks on North Korean targets:

66, 70, 101, 226, 233, 240,

259, 260-61, 461, 477, 478

Night interdiction by: 194, 195, 197

Reinforcements for: 341

Sorties by: 64, 94-95, 98, 101, 102,

113-14, 120, 130-31, 147,

151, 162, 175, 182-83, 233,

448, 449, 517, 522

Strategic bombing: 97, 426, 450-51

Supply problems of: 98, 151-52,

216, 286, 288, 356

FEAF Combat Cargo Command. See

also Henebry, John P.; 315th

Air Division; Tunner,

William H. 199, 207, 213,

217, 219, 229, 232, 344, 345,

360, 400, 463n

Air operations: 190, 191, 222,

239-40, 242, 305, 309, 340

Capacity of: 345, 449

Evacuation of wounded by: 324,

326, 376-77

Headquarters of: 250, 367-68

Mission of: 250, 265, 328, 348

Supply efforts of: 201, 265, 305,

332, 355-56, 376-77, 425

Fellers, Bonner: 483

Ferenbaugh, Claude B.: 438

Ferguson, James: 81, 150, 404,

406-407, 412, 414, 415, 423,

454, 485, 504

Fifth Air Force (5 AF): 3n, 7, 20,

21-22, 41, 43, 46, 60, 77, 83,

95, 97, 99, passim

Air support by: 61, 64, 77, 84,

99-100, 115, 130-31, 137,

162, 217, 237-38, 253, 316,

328, 356-57, 376-77, 417,

448, 450-51, 455-56, 479,

518, 522

Airborne operations of: 64, 66, 115,

130-31, 161, 163, 170, 180-81,
547

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

209, 222, 237-38, 261, 269-71,

319-20, 429, 491, 508

And defense of Japan: 69, 88-89, 351

And friendly fire incident: 203-04

Headquarters of: 83, 85, 88, 89-90,

94n, 96, 109, 117, 121, 163,

315, 316, 424, 440, 462, 498,

507

Mission of: 72, 257, 261, 262-63,

265, 335-36, 366, 498, 503

Night intruder missions: 123, 134,

154, 168-69, 178, 194, 195,

197, 203, 218, 282-83, 308,

458

Ops Plan #4: 37

Organization of: 100-01, 367

Reinforcements for: 72, 157, 202

Shoran operations: 491

Shortage of personnel in: 313, 339,

449-50, 500

Sorties by: 41, 108-09, 110, 130,

340, 375-76, 447, 448, 449

Supply problems in: 283, 425

Uniforms for: 405, 409, 440

Finletter, Thomas K. See also Secretary of the Air Force. 185,

214, 239, 262n, 278, 351,

470, 507

Flak: 25, 26, 28, 76, 135, 149, 179,

209, 252, 268, 270, 477, 501

Flares: 168, 203, 216, 395, 482

Flying Magazine: 25n

Fogarty, Francis J.: 83, 168, 172, 235,

248, 249, 250, 252, 253, 255,

428

Ford, Corey: 507, 520

Formosa: 16-17, 40, 42, 46, 55, 103,

116, 138, 338, 400, 464, 494,

511, 519

Importance of: 469, 470

Plans for defense of: 87-89, 90-91,

338n

Trip to: 89-90

Fort Leavenworth, Kansas: 4

Fortier, L. J.: 42

Fox, Alonzo P.: 75, 150, 478, 496

Fradenburg, Leo G.: 396

France: 2

Friedman, Robert J.: 429-30, 433, 511

Fromm, Joe: 85, 483

Fuchu, Japan: 449

Fuen Ronnapakat-Ritthakani: 221, 265

Fusan Reservoir: 299

Futrell, Robert F.: 237

Gahn, Lawrence: 470

Gaither, Ridgely: 388, 391

Ganey, Wiley D.: 76, 80-81, 83, 150,

257

Garrett, K. L.: 439

Gascoigne, Alvary: 78, 136, 152, 227,

249, 250, 398, 410

Gates, Delbert T.: 66

Gavin, James M.: 181, 200

Gay, Hobart R.: 97, 198, 217, 243,

249, 417, 434, 437

General Headquarters (GHQ) Tokyo.

See also Far East Command.

18, 41, 43, 96, 208, 223-24,

231, 237, 315, 322, 332, 413,

428, 517

Gibney, Frank: 65

Gilger, Chester: 518

Gilkeson, Adlai H.: 55, 85, 127, 276,

438, 459, 460, 515, 520

Gould, Lloyd E.: 460

Gould, Robert A.: 405

Graff, Theodore Q.: 75, 76, 126, 159,

194

Grant, Etheridge: 92

Gray, Frederic C.: 320n, 354, 356,

369-70, 393, 424, 461, 485,

500

Great Britain. See also Royal Air

Force; Royal Navy. 12, 27,

31, 469, 470, 476 
548

INDEX

British Chiefs of Staff : 110n,

341-42

British Commonwealth Overseas

Forces (BCOF): 42, 43,

110n, 136, 185-86, 211, 442,

443, 474

27th Infantry Brigade:203-204,

205, 210-11, 243n

Argyll Highlanders: 204n

29th Infantry Brigade: 248n

British Far East Air Forces

(BFEAF): 83n, 116n, 123

Greece. See Royal Hellenic Air Force.

Greene, R. F. M.: 340 

Ground forces: 34, 35, 117

Air support of. See also Close air

support. 61-62, 67, 69, 72,

77, 83, 97, 101, 105, 159,

162-64, 335-37, 447, 448,

450-51

Media reports on: 110, 141-48

Retreat of: 309-10, 314

Situation of: 61-62, 107, 115-16,

120, 158, 161-62, 171, 174,

182, 199, 299, 309-10, 374

Supply problems of: 191

Grussendorf, Richard A.: 70

Grutzner, Charles: 354, 356

Guam: 20, 21, 39, 43n, 55, 96, 101,

127, 161, 276, 343, 348, 405,

427, 430, 433, 438, 459, 500,

501, 506, 515

Guerilla warfare: 16, 69, 294, 467

Guest, Wesley T.: 52

Haeju: 167, 179, 184, 265

Hagaru-ri: 304, 324, 328n

Evacuation from: 326-27, 335, 337,

339, 344, 377

Hall, Robert: 502, 511

Hall, Thomas B.: 245, 411-12, 416,

419

Hall, William E.: 162, 184, 240

Hamhung: 223, 226,310, 314, 318,

320, 345, 376, 488

As bombing target: 209, 355, 360,

371-72

Hamhung-Hungnam perimeter: 304,

305

Hampton, Edgar W.: 428

Han River: 48, 148, 306, 404, 407

Handleman, Howard: 65, 403

Haneda International Airport, Tokyo:

8, 39, 46, 47, 48, 52, 54, 62,

66, 70, 75, 77, 81, 83, 85, 91,

96, 100, 128, 152, 195, 198,

204, 206, 211, 219, 222, 227,

228, 233, 249-50, 255,

298-99, 345, 348, 355, 361,

388, 391, 394, 395, 407, 410,

411, 423, 424, 439, 440, 452,

458, 464, 477, 486, 487, 501,

502, 503

Movement of supplies from: 326,

328, 332, 348

Harding, John: 227-28

Hardison, O. B.: 60, 276n, 459

Harriman, W. Averell: 95-96, 97, 100

Harris, Field: 126, 170, 247, 318, 320,

328, 346, 466, 474, 503

Harvey, Gordon: 383

Harvey, Marvin M.: 367, 518

Heflebower, Roy C.: 200, 223-24

Heflin, Clifford J.: 159, 161

Helicopters. See also aircraft, rotary

wing. 199n, 393, 395, 468,

474

Henderson, Elmer L.: 460, 462, 464 

Henebry, John P. See also FEAF

Combat Cargo Command.

245, 272, 275-76, 393, 400,

402, 443, 447, 449, 458,

459, 463, 468, 493, 504

Henebry, Theron B.: 89

Hesler, Vincent W.: 233

Hess, Dean: 38n
549

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Hewitt, Albert G.: 439

Heyward, Alexander S.: 60

Hickey, Doyle O.: 15, 42, 72, 75,

77, 80, 82-84, 150, 208-09,

231, 363 

As Chief of Staff for MacArthur:

219, 221, 234, 237, 245,

256-57, 258, 262-63, 268,

276, 299, 325, 327, 338,

344, 345, 348, 364, 384,

403, 411, 413, 447, 449,

457, 464, 473, 478

As Chief of Staff for Ridgway: 481,

482, 488, 495, 497, 509, 519,

520, 522

Hicks, Joseph H.: 53

Higgins, Gerald J.: 461

Hill, Arthur S.: 60, 150

Hill, Clayton C.: 62, 355

Hiller, Stanley: 463

Hinton, Bruce H.: 350n, 354

Hoagland, Edward C., Jr.: 220

Hoberecht, Earnest: 403

Hodges, Courtney: 135

Hodgson, William R.: 485

Hoeryong: 282

Hoge, William M.: 473, 518

Hogg, Robert: 206n

Holbrook, William P.: 460

Holcombe, John L.: 219

Holloway, Bruce K.: 7, 9, 24

Holzworth, Richard J.: 241

Honshu, Japan: 21, 393n

Hope, Bob: 233, 235

Ho Shai-Lai: 51, 89, 114, 117-18, 454

House Armed Services Committee:

235, 274n, 418, 491

Howard, Nathaniel R.: 442

Howe, Charles W.: 272

Howe, John D.: 36

Hower, Henry H.: 65

Ho Ying Chin: 433, 454

Hughes, Howard: 233, 235, 314

Hughes, Richard: 428

Hume, Edgar E.: 128, 384

Hungnam: 64, 304, 305, 325, 326,

327, 344, 349, 416

As bombing target: 93, 355, 360,

371-72

Hurd, Clement R.: 470

Hwach’on Reservoir: 393, 435

Hydroelectric plants, attacks on:

26-27, 208-209, 258, 261,

267, 433-34, 451

Hyesanjin: 299

Imjin River: 305, 330, 379

Inch’on: 35, 37, 39, 41, 42, 113n,

190, 213, 217, 219n, 224,

249, 325, 333, 335, 336

Inch’on landings: 113n, 180, 190,

195, 207, 297, 352, 499

Indian News: 245

Inspector General: 48, 80, 107, 313, 343

Intelligence: 56, 87, 121, 125-26,

148, 201, 249, 276, 280,

355, 358

Concerns about: 391-92

Coordination of activities: 428

Difficulties with: 202

Failure of: 38, 46, 192, 257n, 335,

353

Notes on: 256-58

Reports on Soviet strength: 385-87

Interdiction attacks. See also Close air

support. 26-27, 35, 84-85,

93, 101, 120, 133-34, 151,

158, 264, 464, 467, 488, 489,

490, 503, 508

During Chinese offensives: 313,

319, 357, 417, 417n

Internal Security Subcommittee. See

also Senate Judiciary Committee. 28, 30-31

International News Service (INS): 65,

133, 391, 403
550

INDEX

Inter-service relations: 24, 63-64, 81,

99-100, 110-11, 128-31,

132-33, 139-40, 472, 481,

495, 501, 505, 509

Air Force-Army: 99-100, 106, 118,

163, 199, 207-8, 215, 235,

255, 257, 320, 371, 426, 481

Air Force-Marines: 136-37, 232

Air Force-Navy: 107-08, 137,

139-40, 144-46, 160, 164-68,

176-77, 202, 222, 224-25,

271, 286-87, 290, 353,

365-66, 481

Potter story: 141-45, 148, 150, 176

Irrigation dams, attacks on: 27

Iron Triangle: 306

Iwo Jima: 438

Iwon: 192, 220n, 265

Japan 

Air defense of Central Japan: 411,

412

Defense of. See also Far East Air

Forces. 15-16, 18, 20, 22, 43,

47, 59, 68-69, 101, 161, 218,

340, 343, 350, 435, 469, 470,

495

Rule over Korea: 10-11

Sanctuary status of: 8n

Japanese Logistical Command (JLC):

384

Jarrett, Henry B.: 57, 116

Jeffers, J. L.: 53

Jenkins, Jack S.: 424, 518 

Jenner, William F.: 28

Jennings, Payne: 159, 194, 198, 416,

423, 442, 446, 463, 466, 484

Jhung, Walter: 374

Johnson, Earl D.: 403, 406, 407, 408,

409, 410, 484, 485

Johnson, Ellis A.: 200, 322, 323

Johnson, John E.: 233, 234-35,

312-13, 321

Johnson, Louis. See also Secretary of

Defense. 130n.

Johnson, O.L.: 439

Joint Chiefs of Staff (JCS). See also

Bradley, Omar N.; Collins, J.

Lawton; Sherman, Forrest, P.,

Vandenberg, Hoyt S. 15, 16,

18, 23, 24, 25, 29, 34, 89n,

155, 156, 159-60, 194n, 209,

210, 213-14, 427, 477n, 481,

496, 502

Concerning Korea: 16, 25, 34, 96n,

97n, 115, 120, 135, 143, 151,

163, 216n, 231, 262-64, 267,

326, 341, 348, 465n

Directives from: 207, 208, 209,

214-15, 263-64, 326, 392,

395, 494-95

Joint Intelligence Committee: 124-25

Joint operations: 426-27, 455-56

Joint Operations Center (JOC): 94n,

106-07, 118, 119-20, 123,

130, 137, 139n, 141-42, 143,

145, 163, 164, 176-77, 205,

222, 253, 255, 289, 355, 366,

438, 441, 455

Jolson, Al: 204

Jones, George: 80, 111, 186

Jones, Junius: 287, 289, 324

Joy, C. Turner. See also Commander

Naval Forces Far East

(COMNAVFE). 19-20, 30,

39-40, 42, 96, 107-08, 139,

149, 150, 198, 249, 447, 457,

463, 465, 470, 473, 477

At joint conferences: 150, 325, 338,

364, 391, 395, 494-95, 497,

509

Relations with Air Force: 58, 114-15,

139-40, 144, 146, 149, 150,

160, 176-77, 197-98, 207-08,

222, 225, 232, 276, 325
551

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

K-sites: 72n, 73

K-1: 73, 118, 205, 208, 331, 344,

346

K-2: 73, 82, 100, 115-16, 122, 211,

229, 319-20, 327, 331, 332,

334, 337, 340, 341, 343, 344,

354, 356, 362-63, 369, 370,

393, 406, 424, 427, 429, 433,

440, 447, 464, 474, 477,

479, 505

K-3: 72, 73, 81, 82, 86, 100, 102,

107, 116, 120-22, 124, 320,

331, 332, 346

K-6: 502

K-8: 73, 461, 479

K-9: 73, 117, 118, 174, 205, 242,

319, 320, 326, 327, 331, 332,

336, 341, 344, 349, 354, 356,

369, 393, 402, 429

K-10: 73, 368-69, 370, 393, 429

K-13: 73, 212, 319, 320, 341, 406,

407

K-14: 73, 211, 311, 319, 320, 330,

332, 341, 347

K-16: 73, 319, 320, 332, 334, 341,

347, 374

K-18: 73, 334, 464

K-23: 73, 319-20

K-24: 73, 293, 319-20, 329

K-25: 73, 231, 319-20

K-27: 73, 310, 312, 319-20, 326,

344, 345, 346, 349, 443

K-29: 73, 319

K-37: 73, 409

Kaesong: 25, 36, 179, 184, 307

Kanggye: 54, 254, 256, 259, 299, 416

Kangnung: 93n, 464

Kanko ̄: 55

Kansong: 307

Kanto Plain: 350

Karig, Walter: 131

Keach, Thomas C.: 314

Kean, William B.: 162, 163, 403, 404,

407, 416

Keiser, Lawrence B.: 183, 197, 349,

356-57

Kelleher, Gerald C.: 403

Kelly, Frederick C.: 173

Kenney, George C.: 61-62, 141, 183,

202-06, 216, 219, 220, 488,

490, 494

Kepner, William E.: 288

Kern, Harry F.: 57

Kester, Wayne O.: 460

Kight, Richard T.: 124

Kigye: 121, 122, 169

Kim Chung Yul: 48, 385, 388, 391,

401-02, 464, 472

Kim Il-Sung: 13-14

Kim Yong-joo: 388

Kincaid, Alvan C:: 21, 44, 55, 63, 75,

76, 91

King, Don: 200, 384, 410, 420

Kinney, Andrew J.: 415

Kisarazu, Japan: 92, 332, 504, 506

KMAG. See United States Korean

Military Advisory Group.

Knight, Charlotte: 60, 173

Koganei, Japan: 485, 513

Koje Island: 218n

Komaki, Japan: 157, 344, 370

Ko ̄nan : 88, 101, 106, 135

Koo, Vi Kyuin Wellington: 117, 118

Korea: 8n

Geography of: 9-10

Political history of: 10-13

United States interest in: 12-13, 15

Withdrawal of U.S. troops from: 16

Korean Diplomatic Mission to Japan:

374

Koto-ri: 377

Kowon: 125

Kratt, Jacob: 401n

Krueger, Walter: 244-45, 428

Kum River: 70, 75, 80

Kumhwa: 306
552

INDEX

Kunsan: 18, 133, 167, 414, 479

Kunu-ri: 223, 304, 319, 357, 363, 414,

461, 489

Kuomintang (Nationalist Party): 6

Kuter, Laurence S.: 74, 234, 240

Kwangju: 18

Kyomip’o:148

Kyoto, Japan: 434

Kyushu, Japan: 21, 40n, 48n, 100,

238, 379-80, 393n

LaClare, Edward F.: 424

Lamb, Claude D.: 233

Landon, Charles R.: 53, 56, 452

Landon, Truman H.: 388, 391, 393,

395, 409, 420, 437

Landrom, Lynn: 498, 499-500

Langstaff, Thomas C.: 160, 222

Lanham, Harvey P.: 60-61

Larsen, Stanley A.: 70

Latislais, Paul: 314

Lauritsen, Charles C.: 181

Lawhon, Brooks A.: 424

Lawrence, Bill: 121

Leach, W. Barton: 123, 372, 414

Lee Hak Ku: 218n

Lee, Joseph D.: 66, 199, 204-05, 390

Lee, Robert M.: 496

Lee, Russell V.: 460

Lee, Tsufa: 226

Leebrick, Richard: 272

Leebrick, Robert: 484

LeMay, Curtis E.: 51n, 52, 104, 148,

151, 159, 160-61, 236, 324,

372, 384, 401, 423, 445, 456,

457, 466, 479, 505

Lennartson, Nils A.: 408

Life magazine: 169

Lightner, E. Allan: 501

Limited war doctrine: 22-23, 27, 28

Restrictions of: 56, 240, 262-64,

266-67, 285, 465n, 481, 485

Lin-Chiang, China: 486, 488, 489

Lindholm, N.E. Marshall: 497

Lisle, Thomas D.: 427

Litch, Ernest W.: 501

Lockheed Aviation Corp.: 439

Lockridge, Robert W.: 349

Lockwood, Lawrence R.: 411, 434

Loewy, Raymond: 473

Loftus, J. E.: 271, 283

Logistics: 63, 98n, 108, 219n, 294,

327, 417, 488, 490

Lonberg, Doreen: 464

London, England: 206, 428, 470

London Illustrated News: 115

Los Angeles Times: 272

Los Angeles Times TV station: 105

Lovett, Robert A.: 214, 262n

Low, Curtis S.: 368, 369n, 393, 424

Low, F.S.: 325, 326

Lowe, Frank E.: 95, 101, 104-05,

106, 169, 199, 292, 338,

392, 446, 483

Lynch, J. A.: 145:

MacArthur, Douglas: 9, 13, 15-16, 18,

25, 29, 34, 38, 42-43, 62, 63,

64, 74-75, 219, 227, 238, 239,

349, 423, 437, 438, 439, 448

On air ground coordination: 351-52

And appeal for cessation of hostilities: 215-16, 221

Approval of Stratemeyer’s policies:

62n, 75, 77, 79, 113, 149-50,

157, 180-81, 230, 231, 300,

342-43, 420

And border violation: 149

As commander in chief: 18, 47, 55,

59, 63, 64, 85, 183, 190, 211,

215-16, 448

Communications with JCS: 214-15,

262-64, 266-67, 288-89, 343,

346, 348, 392, 395

On Communism: 431-32

Coordination and control issues:

164-68, 179, 180-81

Criticism of: 342

Crossing of 38th Parallel: 210-11

Directives to: 48n, 50n, 87n, 89n,

159n, 207, 216n, 262, 267

And friendly fire incident: 203

Firing of: 306, 475-76, 477

And Inch’on landings: 35, 112-13,

183, 190, 191

And meeting with Truman: 233n
553

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Opinions on Air Force role: 71-72,

82, 351-52, 395

Opinions on Korea: 15-16, 17, 53,

192, 260-61, 314, 321,325,

351-53, 358-39, 375, 417-18,

465n, 469, 476n

Policy on air war: 68-69, 72, 77,

81, 133-34, 253-54

Policy in Far East: 214-15, 221-22,

253-55, 427, 469-70, 492-93

On press relations: 130-31

Recommendations for promotion

by: 473, 477

Relationship with Stratemeyer:

243-44, 280, 470

Requests for reinforcements: 266,

338

Statements on conduct of the

war: 215-16, 336, 342, 353,

358-59, 375, 464, 465n,

469-70

And tactical air support: 296-97, 352

Trip to Formosa: 89-91

Trips to war zone: 47-48, 85,

211, 239, 241-42, 242-44,

298-99, 345, 446-47,

457-58, 464-65

Ultimatums by: 221, 306, 465n

MacArthur Line: 223, 226

MacNaughton, F. H.: 228

Maddocks, Robert A.: 62, 65

Maddux, Harold R.: 233, 235

Magruder, Carter B.: 403, 407, 410

Mahoney, C.A.: 418, 422, 478

Maintenance: 22, 71, 104, 136, 218,

363, 370, 374, 501

Personnel: 291, 328

Problems of: 108, 175, 294-95, 363,

367, 382, 440, 463, 477-78

Manchuria: 13-14, 26, 73, 191, 451,

470, 483, 496, 507

Border incidents with: 148, 150,

152-55, 159-60, 169-70, 182,

194n, 206-07, 280-82, 263-64,

314, 433-34, 481, 486, 488,

495

Sanctuary status of: 264n, 265-67,

342

Manila, Philippines: 20, 428

Manp’ojin: 311, 489

Marianas: 18, 51n, 276n, 427, 433,

501n, 505

Marquat, William: 89, 161, 473

Marshall, George C.: 262n, 464-65,

512

Martin, Joseph: 476n

Masan: 331, 336

Materiel problems: 74, 108, 219,

294-95, 310, 329, 332, 349

Parts problems: 98, 407, 411, 458,

463, 479

Matthews, Francis P.: 277, 300

Maude, Raymond C.: 74, 75, 78, 80

Mayeda House (Stratemeyer residence): 71, 81, 96, 102, 114,

134, 152, 178, 199, 203, 216,

219, 244, 247, 249, 250, 272,

310, 385, 388, 394, 395, 410,

420, 422, 442, 454, 471, 494,

496, 501, 519

Mayer, E. A.: 271, 283

McBride, William P.: 424

McCarthy, Joseph R.: 28, 29-30

McCarthyism: 28

Subversion, fear of: 28-29, 30-31

McClure, Robert B.: 78, 277, 405,

417, 432, 433, 434, 483,

484, 485

McComas, Edward O.: 511

McCormick, Robert R.: 30

McCoy, Frederic E.: 452

McGinn, John: 48, 139

McHenry, George A.: 77

McHugh, Godfrey D.: 70

McIntyre, Neil R.: 369

McKee, William F.: 66, 70-71, 140,

200, 207

McNaughton, Kenneth: 420

McWhorter, William A.: 128

Mead, Armistead D.: 318

Meiji Building. See FEAF 

Headquarters.

Melgard, Robert B.: 62, 158

Mellersh, Francis John: 183, 308,

324, 327

Merchant, Brintnell H.: 247, 367, 427
554

INDEX

Messinger, Edwin J.: 343, 347

Meyer, John C.: 354, 355, 374, 394

Meyers, Gilbert L: 79, 99, 291, 317,

318, 367, 390, 455, 503,

518

MiG Alley: 26, 27

Milburn, Frank W.: 195, 243, 244, 249,

299, 326, 398, 403, 407

Military Assistance Advisory Group

(MAAG): 494

Miller, Robert: 110, 114, 129, 131-32,

137, 140

Mirim-ni: 78

Mitsui Takasumi: 432

Monaghan, James D.: 400

Mooman, Frank W.: 96

Moomaw, Lorris W.: 125

Moore, Bryant E.: 437

Moore, Dennis M.: 457

Moore, George D.: 485

Moorman, T.S.: 518

Morehouse, Albert K.: 44, 90, 91, 366

Morris, Ray S.: 462

Morrison, Donald: 59

Moscow, Russia: 206, 476

Mosquito. See also T–6. 107n, 109,

141-42, 203-204, 247, 252,

316, 319, 364, 393, 438,

456, 502. 

Mount, Glynn O.: 85

Mountbatten, Louis: 6, 246, 275

Mow, Peter: 291

Muccio, John J: 34, 41, 47, 54, 96-97,

194, 223, 287, 409, 501

Mukden, Manchuria: 321, 481

Mundy, George W.: 140

Murch, John A.: 106, 145

Murphy, Desmond: 383

Murphy, John R.: 393

Murray, John M.: 460

Murrow, Edward R.: 85, 114

Musan: 261

Muse, George R.: 283, 463

Mutual Broadcasting Company

(MBC): 417

Nagoya, Japan: 21,36, 37, 83n, 88-89,

106, 107, 418, 424, 427

Naktong River: 35, 93n, 94n, 111,

114, 115, 117, 190, 198, 331,

336, 348, 429

Napalm. See also Bombs. 59, 79,

85, 158, 172, 198, 199, 203,

205, 263, 329, 364, 410, 440

Napalm gel: 443-44

Napalm mix: 425, 435

National Security Council: 16, 216n

And NSC 81/1: 216n

Nationalist Chinese forces: 90-92,

338, 338n, 469, 493, 494n

Chinese Air Force: 92, 116

New York Herald Tribune: 93, 507

New York Times: 65, 121, 213, 221,

232, 354, 356

Newsweek: 57, 81, 197n, 204, 427,

483, 503

Nichols, Donald: 41, 126, 197, 205,

226, 407-08, 410

Niemi, Osmo I.: 460

Nippon Times: 93, 133, 472

Norstad, Lauris: 71, 72, 95-96, 97, 98,

100, 113, 114, 123, 129, 137,

140, 144-45, 153-54, 184,

227, 236, 239, 248

North American Aviation Corp.: 439

North American Newspaper Alliance:

65

North Atlantic Treaty Organization

(NATO): 155

North Korea: 11, 14, 17, 27, 44,

255-56, 433, 486, 489, 490

Enemy air operations in: 250,

252-56

North Korean Air Force (NKAF): 14,

25, 34, 114n, 134, 124-25,

239

North Korean forces: 14, 16, 35, 37,

43, 44, 46, 56, 60, 64, 68,

94n, 115, 120-22, 134, 178,

215-16, 254-56, 305, 378,

387, 488, 499, 516, 517

North Korean Peoples Army (NKPA):

14, 34-36, 139, 190, 191,

192, 216n

Divisions

1st: 6, 68
555

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

5th: 12, 120-21

13th: 218n

Northcross, W.M.P.: 53

Northwest Airlines: 43, 184, 200, 384,

410

Nuckols, William P.: 57, 59, 67, 74,

82, 85-86, 101, 114, 116,

131, 134, 139, 144, 145,

171, 173, 177, 194, 221,

228, 233, 236, 293, 359,

363, 388, 404, 405, 408,

422, 437, 458, 460, 461,

468, 470, 474, 475, 483,

488, 492, 494, 507

Nuclear weapons. See also Atomic

capability. 27

Protection for: 155-57

Threat of: 320-21, 386

Nugent, Richard E.: 371, 422, 509,

511, 515, 518, 520

Nutter, William H.: 125, 128

Nyar, M. K. Ummi: 78

Occupation forces: 18, 19-20

O’Donnell, Emmett Jr. See also FEAF

Bomber Command.

And border violations: 206-07, 231,

280

As CG FEAF Bomber Command:

51, 57, 59, 60, 67, 71, 74-76,

80, 91, 98, 104, 108, 117,

127, 134, 156, 158-59, 161,

191, 195, 197, 200, 203, 210,

216, 221-22, 226n, 234, 236,

244, 250, 341, 353, 364, 366,

371, 456-57

During North Korean actions: 250,

260-61, 268-69

Transfer of: 381, 383, 384-85, 388

Views on air power: 117, 171-72,

191, 210

Office of Special Investigations (OSI):

36n, 41n, 120-21, 126, 410

Ohman, Nils O.: 173, 428, 465

Okinawa. See also Ryukyus. 18, 21,

38, 43, 45, 46, 57, 82, 91,

101, 126, 250, 255, 382, 405,

420, 445, 459, 461, 463, 464,

484, 485, 505

Air force units on: 20, 21, 47, 51,

55, 61, 62, 74, 75, 76-77, 81,

91, 102, 157, 250, 293, 312,

355, 383

Olson, Arvid E., Jr.: 435

Ongjin: 36n

Ongjong-ni: 78, 253n

Ongju: 36

Operations

Big Switch: 28

High Tide: 503n

Little Switch: 28 

Pressure Pump: 27

Ripper: 306

Rugged: 306

Strangle: 26

Vittles: 50, 469

Operations strategy: 77, 309

Ordnance. See also Ammunition. 22,

28, 38, 74, 204, 312, 345,

362, 434, 438

Orlando, Florida: 25, 28

Osan: 34, 59, 113n

Osborne, John: 86

Overacker, Charles B.: 488

Ozaki Yokio: 432

Pace, Frank, Jr.: 473, 478 

Packard, Ashley B.: 324, 354, 393

Pakenham, Compton: 197, 204, 427,

428, 483, 503

Pan American Airways: 43, 56, 67,

77, 213, 454, 461, 483

Panikkar, K.M.: 23

P’anmunjom,: 25, 28

Paradis, Joseph C. E.: 221, 400, 454,

507

Parker, Edward P.: 485

Parker, Maurice E.: 424

Parks, Harlan C.: 199, 323

Parrott, Lindsay: 65

Parrish, Noel F.: 372

Partridge, Earle E. See also Fifth Air

Force. 47, 48, 81, 83, 85, 86,

88-89, passim

And air evacuation: 199

And air support of ground forces:

63, 171-72, 223, 217, 309-10,

318-19, 417, 432, 456, 466
556

INDEX

Analysis of war in Korea: 98-100,

174, 324-25, 378-80, 472

And arrangements for air defense:

157-58, 313-14, 503

And bombing targets: 102, 111-12,

158, 260-61, 267-68, 435,

437, 485, 512

And border violation incidents:

149-50, 226-27, 231-32

Briefings by: 97, 128, 195, 393,

399, 440, 457, 486

Career of: 21

As Commanding General, Fifth

Air Force: 21, 46, 50, 57,

61, 72, 96-97, 100-01, 102,

106, 119-20, 124, 126, 130,

144-45, 169, 171, 174-75,

184, 199, 205, 210, 213,

226-27, 234, 243, 253,

289-90, 292-93, 345, 354-55,

493, 504

Command and control issues: 81,

83, 101, 106-07, 118, 137,

139, 180-81, 212-13, 247,

370, 396-97, 468, 498

Concerning enemy: 284-85

Communications: 309

Diary entries of: 36-45

Difficulties with Almond: 247,

317-19, 432, 482

During enemy attacks in North

Korea: 261-63, 265

And escape and evasion: 324-25,

474, 475

Evacuation of air bases: 319-20,

329-34, 346

And friendly fire incident: 203-04,

220

And the Joint Chiefs: 51, 262-64

Opinions on air-ground operations:

98-100, 118, 157-59, 247

And personnel: 339, 344, 411-12,

474, 500

Political analysis by: 324-25

Promotion of: 444-45, 477

Recognition of: 197-98, 211, 225,

226, 236, 244, 316, 356-57,

366, 396, 418, 425

Recreation: 36 

Relationship to Stratemeyer: 58,

118, 157-58, 222, 245-47,

371, 468

And requests for air support:

311-12, 472

Responsibilities of: 111-12, 180-81,

186, 253, 268, 503

On supplies and equipment: 479

And tactical air operations: 180-81

Views on air power: 108-10

Patton, George S., Jr.: 18n, 97n, 360n

Peale, Munday: 416, 439

Pearson, Drew: 222, 225

Pee, Peter T.K.: 400

Peking, China: 23, 261, 321

Pepper, Claude: 287-88

Peru, Indiana: 1

Philippines: 16, 20, 38, 47n, 51n, 213,

386, 405, 411, 424, 425, 428,

457n, 469, 485

Filipino Battalion: 457

Picher, Oliver S.: 79, 80, 86, 114, 227,

241, 343, 411, 419, 420, 461,

482, 483

Piper, Philip F.: 406

P’ohang-dong: 100, 102, 116, 120-22,

124, 169, 174, 176, 250, 334,

336, 348

Polifka, Karl L.: 424, 426, 427, 504,

507, 508, 509, 513, 518

Potsdam Conference (1945): 12

Potter, Philip: 139, 141, 143, 146

Power, Thomas S.: 96, 104, 105, 384,

496, 497, 502, 504, 505, 506,

508, 519

President of the United States. See

also Eisenhower, Dwight D.;

Truman, Harry S. 34, 46,

101, 143, 213, 215, 233, 399,

442, 444-45, 475-76. 

Press relations: 24-25, 56, 57, 60,

63-65, 83, 105, 114, 119,

128-31, 133, 140, 144-48,

170, 202, 244, 260, 346-47,

354, 395, 461, 465, 472,

483, 485, 492-93

Preston, William D.: 460
557

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Pretorius, Jan Daniel: 199, 368-69,

442, 520

Price, George E.: 41, 80, 423, 424,

452, 518

Price, John M.: 128, 206, 245, 259,

424, 461

Pringle, Hoyt: 295

Prisoners of War (POWs)

Location of: 226, 259

North Korean: 19, 95, 121, 139,

482, 516-17

Repatriation of: 27-28

Treatment of: 216

Pritty, W. I.: 228

Projects 

FAF ISF: 475

Gun Val: 363n

SAC1SB-30: 293

Tarzon: 446

Vivian: 293, 298

Propaganda: 45, 110, 131, 149, 185,

386-87, 399n

Psychological warfare: 103, 114n,

117, 236, 284, 360, 399,

483-84

Public Information Officers (PIOs). See

also Nuckols, William P. 24

Pusan: 35, 38n, 90, 93, 94n, 100, 119,

124, 173, 195, 205, 217,

219n, 327, 331, 339, 440

Pusan Perimeter: 35, 90n, 94n, 190,

198n, 333-34, 336, 338, 379

Putnam, Claude E.: 80

Putnam, Gerald E.: 121

P’yonggang: 167, 306

P’yongt’aek: 53n, 59, 125

P’yongyang: 13, 27, 35, 64, 85, 112,

164, 167, 179, 184, 229, 236,

437, 467

Evacuation of by U.S.: 329

Fall of: 191, 206, 242-43, 244, 265

Recapture by Chinese and North

Korean forces: 306

Strikes against: 48n, 50, 78, 85, 101,

105, 133, 209-10, 214-15,

221, 355, 360, 371-72, 374

Use of by U.S. forces: 290, 293,

299, 310, 312, 320

Quanbeck, Alton H.: 229, 230n, 231n

Radar: 71, 78, 160, 310, 312, 314,

329, 427, 451, 466, 482, 497,

506, 522

Radford, Arthur W.: 125, 141

Ragg, Robert L.: 83

Ramey, Roger: 95-96, 148

Ranlett, Charles A.: 163

Rashin: 148, 187, 194, 226, 258, 261

Rawlings, Edwin W.: 66, 70, 71, 74,

219

Ray, Elizabeth: 482

Reconnaissance: 55, 78, 92, 134-35,

208, 259, 261, 332, 355, 434,

513

Interpretation of: 135, 164, 256n,

335, 355, 356, 357, 361, 426,

454, 478, 508

Photo reconnaissance: 51, 74, 79,

317, 357, 364, 424, 464,

508-09

Problems of: 335, 424

Special missions: 495, 496, 503,

507, 509

Rector, Edward F.: 435

Reinholte: 37n, 38n, 43

Republic Aviation: 248n, 416, 439

Republic of Korea (ROK). See also

South Korea. 13, 16, 17, 40n,

47, 501. 

Republic of Korea Air Force

(ROKAF): 17-18, 40, 48n,

85-86, 202-03, 245, 319,

377, 422, 449

Republic of Korea (ROK) Army. See

also South Korean forces. 16,

17, 34, 190-91, 211, 226, 304 

Corps

I Corps: 68, 219n, 255, 317

II Corps: 192, 253n, 309

Divisions

Capital: 192, 305, 464

1st: 94n, 516

3d 121, 158, 305

6th : 94n, 192, 242n

Regiments:

7th: 253n
558

INDEX

17th: 158

23d: 120-21

26th: 253n

27th: 121

Republic of Korea (ROK) forces: 35,

47n, 93n, 139, 179, 190, 191,

216, 219n, 223, 226, 233,

247, 330, 336

Republic of Korea (ROK) Navy: 17,

191

Reuter, Walter J.: 460

Reynolds News: 208

Rhee, Syngman: 13, 17, 31, 47, 96,

190, 211, 389, 390, 409

Rich, John: 485

Richardson, William L.: 439

Richmond, Alfred C.: 111

Ridgway, Matthew B.: 95, 426, 443,

473

As Commander in Chief, Far East

(CINCFE): 306, 307, 476,

480

As Commanding General, Eighth

Army: 305, 306, 360, 363-64,

369, 371, 397, 403, 407,

409, 418, 435, 441, 447-48,

457-58, 464

And emergency plans: 497-98, 504

On policy matters: 481-82, 488,

490-91, 494, 495, 497, 509,

517

And transportation concerns:

413-14, 501

Riera, Henry: 315

Roberts, C.H.M.: 434

Roberts, Dean C.: 232

Roberts, William L.: 40, 46

Robertson, H. C. H.: 50, 59, 78, 80,

179, 185-86, 205, 210, 232,

249, 383, 398, 447

Robertson, H.S.: 99

Rockefeller, John D. III: 403

Rogers, Craven C.: 39, 41, 65, 249,

259

Rogers, Turner C.: 424, 480

Rolfe, Onslow S.: 200

Ronningen, J. O.: 283

Roosevelt, Theodore: 13

Rose, Orville V.: 315, 339

Royal Air Force (RAF): 109-10,

123, 228, 234-35, 427,

443, 508-09

Royal Australian Air Force (RAAF):

64, 80, 128, 138, 179, 182,

186, 201, 247, 375, 377, 393,

422, 449

No.77 Squadron: 50, 53n, 63, 80,

128n, 179, 186, 232, 315,

320, 370, 375, 383, 442

Royal Canadian Air Force (RCAF): 109

Royal Hellenic Air Force (RHAF):

315, 321, 377

13th Royal Hellenic Flight: 321n,

449

Royal Marines: 304

Royal Navy: 87

Ships

Cockade: 475

Triumph: 53n, 94

Royal Thai Air Force (RTAF): 221, 265

Ruble, Richmond W.: 60

Ruddell, Raymond F.: 506

Ruffner, Clark L.: 150, 204, 253

Russia. See also Soviet Union. 10, 13,

334, 335, 343, 469, 470, 494

Russian forces, 472. See also Soviet

forces.

Russian Air Force: 256, 397, 399,

481

Russo-Japanese War: 10

Ryukyus. See also Okinawa. 16, 18,

78, 387

Sach, John F.: 83, 123, 168, 178, 183,

200, 308, 428

Sach’on: 86

Saigon, Vietnam: 38, 39n, 248, 249

Saipan: 427

Sakchu: 268-69, 271

San Antonio, Texas: 2, 434

San Diego, California: 1

San Francisco Chronicle: 464, 465

Sanga Nilkamhaeng: 198

Sariwon: 179, 184

Sasebo, Japan: 40, 136, 180

Saturday Evening Post: 171
559

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Saville, Gordon: 519

Scandinavian Airlines System: 497

Scanlon, Martin F.: 248

SCAP (MacArthur’s personal aircraft):

211, 242-43, 298, 403, 404,

446, 447, 457, 464

Scherger, Frederick R. W.: 340

Schlatter, David M.: 439, 440

Schmid, Herman A.: 502

Schmidt, Charles H.: 233, 293

Schramm, Wilbur: 399

Schrock, Ray: 446

Schwichtenberg, Albert H.: 460, 464

Scott, Cecil E., Jr.: 175, 182

Scripps Howard Newspapers: 405,

408

Sea of Japan: 48n, 299, 307, 495

Sebald, William J.: 96, 280

Secretary of the Air Force. See also

Finletter, Thomas K.;

Symington, Stuart. 152, 154

Secretary of the Army. See Pace,

Frank.

Secretary of Defense. See also

Johnson, Louis. 55, 57

Secretary of the Navy. See Matthews,

Francis.

Secretary of State. See Acheson,

Dean.

Senate Armed Services Committee:

442

Senate Judiciary Committee: 28

Sendai, Japan: 92

Seoul: 18, 34, 37, 39, 41, 44, 45, 50,

184, 203, 210, 213, 268, 327,

404, 457, 458, 516

Airfields at: 336, 341

Attacks on: 51, 64, 75, 76, 93, 102,

126, 149

Fall of: 47, 306

Liberation of: 190, 211, 215

Municipal Airport: 457-58

Recapture of: 306

Strategic value of: 326, 331-33,

335-37

Withdrawal from: 374

Shackelford, Francis: 478

Sheetz, Josef R.: 76, 91

Shepherd, Lemuel C.: 125, 260

Sherman, Dallas: 100, 461, 483

Sherman, Forrest P. See also Chief

of Naval Operations. 113n,

125, 130, 140, 141, 228,

470

Shipe, Frederick W.: 315, 339

Shugg, Roland P.: 457

Simmons, Walter: 208, 437, 493

Simpson, Albert F.: 237

Simpson, O’Wighton D.: 37

Sims, Jack A.: 309

Sinanju: 223, 226, 298-99, 310, 329,

489, 502

Sinmak: 167, 497

Sinmi-do Island: 474

Sino-Japanese War: 10

Sinuiju: 184, 236-37, 252-57, 263-64,

267-68, 349, 401n, 451, 471,

474, 481, 486, 508, 512

Sirmyer, Edgar A., Jr.: 309

Slessor, John C.: 123, 152, 168-69,

178, 183, 202, 210, 212, 220,

233, 234, 312, 398, 428,

442-43, 444, 508

Slim, William: 220

Smart, Jacob E.: 3, 7, 9, 26, 32

Smith, E. R.: 181

Smith, Earl L., Jr.: 201

Smith, Frederic H., Jr.: 66, 70, 71

Smith, George F.: 394, 411-12

Smith, Oliver P.: 125

Smith, Paul C.: 464-65

Smith, Sory: 139, 144, 153, 214, 491,

492

Smith, Stanton T.: 222, 229, 230

Smith, Wallace G.: 488

Smith, Walter Bedell: 391, 397-98

Songjin: 184, 223, 240

Soule, Robert H.: 457

South Africa

South African Air Force (SAAF):

199, 247, 369, 377, 422, 442

No. 2 Squadron: 186, 199n, 247,

293n, 315, 320, 369n,

442-43, 449

South Korea

Invasion of: 16, 17, 34-36
560

INDEX

South Korean forces. See also Republic

of Korea Air Force; Army;

Navy. 15, 17, 34, 42, 46, 47,

48, 75, 86, 117, 120-21, 191,

202, 205

Soviet Air Force. See also Russian Air

Force. 332, 342

29th Fighter Air Regiment: 252n

Soviet forces: 92

Soviet Union: 12-14, 23, 24, 28, 31,

343

Interest in Korea: 12, 14-15, 26

Political considerations of: 334n,

386-87

Protests by: 206, 227

Spaatz, Carl A.: 182, 183, 184, 185,

186, 194-95, 198-99, 200,

203-04, 206, 213, 224, 226,

233, 236, 244, 245, 347, 432,

442, 451, 454, 513

Special Category Army Personnel

with the Air Force (SCARWAF). See also engineer

aviation units. 57-58

Spence, Louis T.: 128, 179, 184, 186

Spivey, Delmar T.: 83n, 90, 96, 101,

155, 157, 202, 231n, 238,

418, 424, 486, 493, 504

Spokane, Washington: 457

Sprague, Thomas L.: 60

Sprinkle, James F.: 389

Staats, W. T.: 271, 283

Stalin, Joseph: 16, 23, 28

Stanley, Jimmie J.: 233

Stars and Stripes (Pacific edition): 60,

226

Stearley, Ralph F.: 76, 81, 82, 87, 88,

91, 126, 197, 236, 255, 341,

416, 459, 483, 493, 504, 505

Stearns, Robert: 291, 294, 296-97, 298,

310, 347, 351, 353, 361, 371

Stearns report: 414, 513

Stevens, Arthur L., Jr.: 435

Stevenson, Adlai: 27

Stilwell, Joseph W.: 6

Stinson, Ira: 309, 313

Stone, Alexander G.: 53

Stone, Charles B.: 439, 440

Story, Anthony F.: 15, 45, 238, 241,

299

Stratemeyer, Annalee Rix (Mrs.

George E.): 1, 8, 32, 56, 59,

62, 83, 87, 134, 138, 183,

184, 185, 204, 225, 227, 240,

249, 272, 298, 308, 327, 354,

357, 361, 363, 404, 410, 416,

433, 434, 438, 440, 458, 460,

461, 463, 471, 478, 480, 485,

488, 507

Stratemeyer, George E.

And aircraft accidents: 2, 4-5

And air defense concerns: 157, 161,

163, 175-76, 350-51, 430, 458

And air support policy: 221, 224-25,

335-37, 389, 397, 441-42

And air transport for Army: 409

Analysis of logistical support for

Communist forces: 488-90

Analysis of war in Korea: 158,

161-63, 165-68, 217-19, 256,

334-37, 339, 378, 382, 458,

467, 493, 499-500

Attitude toward limited war restrictions: 23-24, 28-29, 56, 253,

359, 374-75, 451, 465, 486

And award from ROK: 388-89

And border violations: 149-50,

152-53, 154, 160, 184,

206-07, 210, 226-27, 229-31,

240-41, 300

As Chief of Air Staff: 5

In Civilian Conservation Corps: 4

And choice of bombing targets:

208-10, 221, 226, 240, 257,

359-60, 371-72

And close air support: 158-59,

217-19, 222, 321-22, 390, 432

As commander of Air Service

Mechanics School: 2-3

As commander of Far East Air

Forces (FEAF): 1, 7-8, 22,

passim

Communications with Vandenberg:

198, 204, 214, 235, 309-10,

311, 314, 327-28, 342-43,

346, 360-61, 381, 434, 447
About air to air combat: 401

On air operations: 62, 85, 96, 97,

114, 125-26, 134, 137, 148-49,

161, 174, 184, 253-56, 324,

337, 340, 363, 448, 449,

487, 513

On awards policy: 418-20

And bombing targets: 263-65,

433-34, 435, 437, 478, 479,

512

On border violations: 226-27,

230

On cease fire negotiations:

346-37

On deployment of forces:

266-67, 311-12, 327-28, 343,

357, 367-68, 504, 506-07

On intelligence: 385-87

On jets: 509-10

On personnel: 51, 88-89, 175,

194, 381, 404, 405, 406-07,

409-10, 412, 414, 422-23,

425, 441, 442, 477, 507, 520

At conference on evacuation and 

realignment: 329-35

And contingency plans about Russian entry into war: 200, 256,

397, 399-400, 402, 481-82,

494-95, 504

Coordination and control issues: 25,

58, 106-07, 146-48, 150,

164-68, 179, 180-82, 219,

223-24, 231, 234, 237-38,

247, 275, 286-87, 290, 299,

396-97, 398, 423, 427, 435,

468, 484, 498, 501, 505

And crew rotation policy: 53, 323,

366, 369-70, 371, 384-85,

387-88, 396, 411, 423, 430,

442

Decoration for MacArthur: 238-39,

241-42

Diplomatic abilities of: 5-6

And discipline: 8, 80, 169-70, 182,

202, 227, 229-30, 500

Early career of: 1-5

Estimates of Chinese Communist

forces by: 404, 499

Evaluation of MacArthur by: 210,

243, 299, 326, 358-59, 361,

375, 402, 437-38, 446, 448,

468, 470, 480

And exchange with TAC: 441-42,

443

Experience in World War II: 5-6

And friendly fire incidents: 87,

203-05, 210-11, 220

Health of: 24, 25, 28, 32, 275, 496,

519, 522

And hospitals: 384, 387, 521

On intelligence: 347, 358, 385-87

On inter-service rivalry: 24, 176-77,

180, 199 

And loyalty to

Subordinates: 7-9, 75, 105, 211,

214, 221, 265, 419-20, 425,

443, 445-46, 517

And superiors: 9, 75, 213, 243,

361, 375, 481, 509

And morale issues: 48, 50, 160,

323, 493, 500, 506, 510,

515

On performance of jets: 119, 361-63,

364, 400

And policy discussions: 253-57,

258- 59, 260-61, 355-56,

396, 495, 505, 506-507

Policy on awards: 9, 103, 245, 408,

409, 418-20

And policy on dependents: 86-87

Political attitudes of: 23-24, 28-31,

377-78, 476, 519

Presentation of awards by: 76, 78,

116, 128, 179, 198, 211,

221-22, 224, 225, 226, 228,

233, 238, 244, 246, 250, 257,

287, 314, 321, 337, 348, 366,

400, 409, 431, 438, 463, 477,

483, 488

Promotions of: 5-7

On psychological warfare: 483-85

And public relations: 24-25, 57,

63-65, 81, 85, 101, 105, 114,

119, 128-31, 133, 139-40,

141-48, 149, 153, 171, 179,

182, 202, 214, 219-20, 221,

561

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY
562

INDEX

226, 232, 233, 234, 244-45,

272, 293, 308, 314, 347, 354,

356, 359, 372, 391, 405-406,

417, 418, 427, 458, 461, 465,

468, 472, 483, 485, 492-93,

494, 507, 514

And reaction to MacArthur firing:

476-77

And realignment of forces: 319-20,

335-37, 339, 467, 504, 507,

514, 519

Recommendations for awards and

promotions by: 82, 159, 176,

194, 197, 198, 211, 214, 221,

245, 247-48, 278-79, 326,

356, 367, 400, 406-07,

407-08, 410, 411, 412, 413,

414-15, 422, 423, 425, 431,

444, 446, 453, 459-60, 461-62,

463, 465-66, 500, 509, 518,

520-21

Recreation (golf): 8, 249, 250, 283,

308, 363, 381, 400, 405, 417,

432, 447, 458, 463, 471, 486,

513, 522

Relationship with

Almond: 79, 223, 247, 257, 289,

483

MacArthur: 9, 61-62, 79, 81,

112-13, 152-53, 157-58,

207, 210-11, 233, 243-44,

245, 287-88, 299, 335, 339,

358-59, 361, 375, 402, 419-20,

464-65, 467, 468, 477, 480

O’Donnell: 80, 171-72 

Partridge: 83, 92, 106, 112, 116,

118, 128, 158, 195, 201,

211, 222, 225-26, 245-47,

265, 288, 345-46, 355-56,

366-67, 369, 371, 396, 408,

423, 432, 445, 449, 461-62,

487-88

Ridgway: 397, 399, 408, 426,

448, 449, 481-82, 488, 493,

494-95, 496, 497, 509, 512,

519

Van Fleet: 513

Walker: 285

Reports on aircraft and air operations by: 76, 101, 105-06,

113, 120, 131, 217-19,

361-63, 367-68, 412-13,

432-33, 458, 467, 477-78

Responsibilities of command: 147,

149-50, 163-68, 310, 314

Retirement of: 25, 28, 32

And security concerns: 157-58,

327, 343-44, 360

Social activities of: 8-9, 56, 59, 71,

74, 75, 76-77, 78, 80, 83, 85,

87, 96, 102, 111, 134, 138,

149, 178, 184, 199, 200, 203,

204, 206, 219-20, 227, 228,

232, 233, 240, 249-50, 252,

253, 272, 275, 280, 291, 298,

300, 327, 349, 354, 357, 358,

363, 385, 388, 394, 395, 398,

402-403, 404, 410, 416, 422,

431, 433, 434, 439, 442, 460,

461, 463, 471, 473, 478, 485,

487, 488, 494, 497, 501, 502,

511, 514, 519, 520, 522

Special birthday of: 298-99

Speeches by: 30, 63-64, 76, 93,

171, 214, 220, 244-45

Tactical air power, views on: 94-95,

175-78, 217-18, 235, 308,

312-13, 376-77, 378

On training opportunities in FEAF:

107, 420-22

Trips to war zone: 47-48, 85, 96-97,

128, 195, 198, 203-06, 211,

222, 224, 228, 242-44,

249-50, 298-99, 345, 354-55,

368-69, 392-93, 403-04, 407,

423-24, 440, 446-47, 457-58,

464-65, 477, 502-03

And Victory Loan Campaign: 2-3

Views on the armed services

Air Force: 24, 64, 93-95, 130-31,

378, 448, 493

Army: 25, 61, 63, 77, 107, 137,

158, 163-64, 175, 179, 218,

221-22, 224-25, 235, 274,

376-77, 378, 425-26, 448,

460, 493
563

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Marines: 129, 130-32, 137, 221

Navy: 24-25, 53, 60-61, 114-15,

128-29, 133, 137, 139-40,

175, 179, 207-208, 218, 222,

225, 238, 286-87, 448 501

And war emergency planning: 341,

495, 497-98, 505, 506-07

Stratton, Wilbur A.: 424

Strother, Dean C.: 52

Struble, Arthur D: 47, 53, 55, 58, 63,

89, 107, 150, 213-14, 418,

438, 440

Suan Jitaiboon: 221, 265

Suiho: 360, 433-34

Suiho Reservoir: 268

Sukch’on: 239, 242, 248

Sukhaya Rechka, Soviet Union: 227,

230

Sullivan, Joseph P.: 431

Sulzberger, Arthur H.: 232

Sunch’on: 242, 248, 309

Supreme Commander, Allied Powers

(SCAP). See also CINCFE;

MacArthur, Douglas. 18, 213,

222, 239, 242-43, 361, 426

Suwon: 18, 34, 40n, 43, 44, 45, 47,

48, 50n, 51, 63, 74, 93n,

133-34, 166, 239, 248

Swanepoel, Daniel: 199

Sweetser, Luther W., Jr.: 245, 272,

274, 277, 348, 393, 400,

402, 406, 417, 462, 474,

487, 500

Sykes, Ethelred L.: 36, 123, 140, 185,

223, 227-28, 233, 236, 327,

329, 349, 353, 372, 406, 412,

414-15

Symington, Stuart: 473

Tables of Distribution: 339, 367

Table(s) of organization and equipment

(T/O&E): 46, 58n, 106-07,

293, 294, 318, 368, 440

Tactical air control parties (TACPs):

197n, 139n, 203-04, 141-42,

143, 253, 255, 257, 284, 316,

317-19, 364, 390-91, 393,

452, 455-56

Tactical air operations: 175-81, 191,

209, 455-56

Tactical air support. See also Close air

support. 141-42, 200, 296-97,

318-19, 391, 416, 450, 452

Army staff studies on. 423-24,

425-26

Tactical Control Center: 156

T’aech’on: 310

Taegu: 18, 38n, 82, 93, 94n, 96, 100,

104, 107n, 111n, 115-16,

119-20, 137, 173, 182, 195,

197, 200, 203, 205, 211

Taejon: 38n, 47, 50n, 54, 69, 71, 79,

80-81, 83, 107n, 133-34,

167, 336

Taipei, Formosa: 90-91, 479

Taiwan: 90, 406. See also Formosa.

Tanch’on: 55

Tanks, attacks on: 28, 36, 59, 67,

121-22, 64, 182, 184, 197-98,

207 

American

M-4: 14

M-26: 14

Enemy: 58-59

T-34: 14

Target Analysis Group: 165, 257-58,

271-72, 283-84, 414-15

Tate, David A.: 371

Tatum, T. P.: 124

Taylor, P. H.: 283

TEMCO: 434

Temple, Charlotte E.: 220

Terrell, F. R.: 110

Terrell, Melvin E.: 427

Terrill, Robert H.: 456, 457, 519

Thailand: 446. See also Royal Thai

Air Force.

Theron, S. B.; 369

38th Parallel: 1, 12, 16, 34, 36, 46,

47-48, 78, 79, 80, 83, 93n,

101, 104, 346, 418, 464

Crossing of: 23, 114, 190-91, 200,

210, 211, 216, 223, 226

Line of fighting: 305, 379

Withdrawal to: 330

Thomas, Donald S.: 474-75
564

INDEX

Thomas, Lowell: 442

Thomis, Wayne: 128-29, 130

Thompson, Clyde A.: 37-38

Thompson, Royal S.: 326

Tidwell, Moody R.: 139, 163, 221

Timberlake, Edward J.: 7, 9, 37, 41,

44, 45, 47, 50, 81, 88, 96,

102, 104, 108-09, 195,

213-14, 245, 250, 253, 324,

369, 397-98, 403, 423,

445-46, 461, 502

Timberman, Thomas S.: 125

Time Magazine: 86, 260, 288

Time-Life: 65, 283

Timmons, Bascom: 194, 204, 205-206

Tinian: 427

Tofte, Hans V.: 87

Togugawa Yoshitoshi: 478

Tokyo, Japan: 8, 21, 22, 45, 46, 48, 55,

69, 85, 87, 136, 157, 173, 178,

183, 204, 205, 244, 340, 347,

369, 438, 440, 464, 468, 511

Tomlinson, William G.: 198

Tong, Hollington: 433

T’ongyong: 139

Toro, E. E.: 221, 225, 247

Towers, John H.: 454, 461

Tracy, John S.: 106

Transport shortage: 294-95

Transportation: 355-56, 413-14

Trask, James E.: 104-05, 161, 322,

496, 497

Tremaine, Frank: 86

Trennert, Robert A.: 502

Truman administration: 23, 28, 476n

Truman, Harry S: 15-16, 27, 34, 46,

48n, 50n, 56n, 60, 89n, 96n,

233n, 262n, 306, 320-21,

347, 465n, 476n, 477

Tsai, Mildred: 426, 454, 511

Tucker, Edwin L.: 36, 89

Tuksong-dong: 97

Tunner, William H. See also FEAF

Combat Cargo Command.

135, 138, 139, 163, 174, 202,

205, 206, 208, 234, 243, 248,

250, 265, 326, 344, 348-49,

351, 367, 398

Departure of: 405, 406, 410, 413, 459

Turkey

1st Turkish Brigade: 354, 407

Turner, Frank: 60

Turner, Howard M.: 20, 87, 88, 91,

102-03, 116, 134-35, 138,

219, 242, 255, 341, 410-11,

425, 428, 493, 504

Tutor, Ralph C.: 460

Twining, Nathaniel F.: 90, 151, 240,

294, 323, 347, 354, 361, 365,

414, 422, 423, 435, 437, 439,

520

On promotions and assignments:

159, 194, 315, 371-72,

444-45, 463

Reports concerning aircraft and air

operations: 361-63, 367-68,

371-72, 412-13, 427, 432-33,

449, 453-54, 458, 505,

510-11

Tyer, Aaron W.: 354, 367, 423, 461,

474, 518

U ijongbu: 360n, 457, 516

Union of Soviet Socialist Republics

(USSR). See Soviet Union.

United Nations (UN): 17, 23, 85, 231,

267, 326, 465n, 476

General Assembly: 13-15, 346

Negotiations by: 305, 307

Security Council: 85, 153, 154-55,

216n, 264n, 315

Temporary Commission on Korea:

13

United Nations Command: 85, 96n,

216, 315

United Nations forces: 23, 60, 119,

190-91, 192, 214, 217, 240,

255, 263, 265, 266, 325, 334,

335, 336, 348, 379, 381, 389,

400, 519

Repulse of: 357, 379, 386

Supplying of: 381

United Press: 65, 86, 101, 110, 114,

162, 195, 198, 204, 236,

364, 403

United States
565

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Department of the Air Force: 58,

496

Department of the Army (DA): 53,

57, 200, 215, 307, 322, 348,

413, 471, 496, 501

Department of Defense: 129, 181,

200, 213, 219, 402n, 485,

494

Department of State: 16, 28-29,

89n, 92n, 194n, 213, 470,

476, 483, 501

Policy in Korea: 12, 37, 56n, 465n,

476n

United States Air Force (USAF). See

also Chief of Staff, USAF;

Far East Air Forces; Fifth Air

Force; Vandenberg, Hoyt S.

Air Divisions

1st: 20n

3d: 21

314th: 90n, 360, 394n, 424, 435,

449, 485, 486, 500, 504, 506,

518

315th: 7n, 89n, 368n, 400, 402,

406, 409, 410, 440, 443, 447,

448-49, 452, 459, 463n, 468,

485, 494, 504

Air Force Academy: 32

Air Force Reserve: 393, 415, 462

Air Forces

Fourth: 21n

Fifth. See Fifth Air Force.

Eighth: 21, 500

Ninth: 42n, 79n, 149, 248n, 496n

Tenth: 5, 245n

Twelfth: 3, 8n, 441n

Thirteenth: 20, 22, 51, 91n, 360,

411, 449, 504

Fourteenth: 6, 17

Fifteenth: 51n, 108

Eighteenth: 458-59, 460n

Twentieth: 20, 21, 22, 51, 52n,

56, 71n, 75, 76, 81, 351, 360,

388, 430, 448-49, 459, 504,

518

Air National Guard (ANG): 6, 22,

68n, 98, 119n, 175, 202, 338,

392, 393n, 501

Air Rescue Service: 124, 229,

325n, 501

Commands:

Air Defense Command (ADC):

3, 6, 7, 435

Air Materiel Command (AMC):

59n, 108, 351, 435, 442, 449

Air Training Command (ATC):

21n, 441n

Alaskan Air Command (AAC):

475, 509

Continental Air Command

(CONAC): 6, 7, 21n, 367

Strategic Air Command (SAC):

7, 21, 35, 51, 53, 61n, 66,

76, 96, 104, 108, 127, 155,

163-63, 207, 314, 381,

387-88, 421-22, 423, 430,

437, 442, 445-46, 466,

479-80, 494, 497, 506, 519

Tactical Air Command (TAC):

3n, 6, 79n, 164, 201, 227n,

235, 428, 441, 443, 445,

455

HQ USAF (Headquarters U.S. Air

Force): 21, 53, 62, 75, 145,

194, 207, 351, 354, 372,

388n, 396, 405, 408, 415,

421, 426, 428, 430, 439, 444,

453, 480, 485, 492, 500, 505

Military Air Transport Service

(MATS): 37, 39, 43n, 55,

74n, 155, 198n, 221, 265,

268, 277, 296, 315, 327-28,

339, 347, 367, 501

Units

Wings

3d BW: 22, 50, 51n, 71n, 283,

308, 355, 368, 393, 411n

4th FIW: 268n, 277, 292, 320,

332, 339, 343, 363n, 368,

394n, 411, 412, 458

8th FBW: 20, 21, 37, 48n, 50,

128n, 272n, 319, 368, 415n,

424n

18th FBW: 20, 153, 293n, 319,

320, 369n, 368, 370, 388n,

393, 424
566

INDEX

19th BW: 21, 47, 51, 53, 55n,

63, 76, 80, 83, 104, 126-27,

133, 276, 311, 351, 360, 368,

387-88, 430, 459

22d BW: 75, 76, 80, 83, 114,

151, 244

27th FEW: 268n, 277, 292,

320, 324n, 343, 354, 368,

392n, 393, 401, 458

35th FIW: 21, 116, 309, 319,

320, 368, 375, 424

49th FBW: 21, 211, 229, 354n,

368, 393, 424n

51st FIW: 21, 77n, 103, 222,

269n, 345n, 354n, 355, 368

58th BW: 96n

63d FW: 8n

67th TRW: 150, 153-54, 424,

426, 427, 464

73d BW: 51n

92d BW: 75, 77, 83, 104,

126-27, 135, 151, 179, 244

93d BW: 457

98th BW: 281-82

136th FBW: 392n

307th BW: 103n

314th CCW: 340

355th FIW: 411n

374th TCW: 20, 22, 36, 221n,

294, 321n, 367-68, 394n, 409

437th TCW: 174, 245n, 272,

348, 367-68, 393n, 409

452d BW: 89n, 174n, 194,

245n, 250n, 272, 274, 283,

348, 393n, 400, 402, 409,

424, 458, 462

1503d ATW: 37n, 38n, 328

2143d AWW: 74

6002d FW/TSW: 170, 174

6131st FW/TSW: 86n, 139,

212

6133d BW/TSW: 8n, 128n

6142d ABW: 411n, 416

6149th TSW: 229

6150th TSW: 424n

6200th ABW: 388n

6208th Depot Wing: 101n

6332d ABW: 77n, 430 

Groups

3d BG: 34, 128, 194, 228,

283n, 355, 356, 462

4th FIG: 354n, 362n, 407

7th BG: 4

8th FBG: 160

9th BG: 159n

17th BG: 415-16

18th FBG: 20n, 153, 170,

369n, 370n, 424

19th BG: 34, 43, 51, 53, 71,

75-77, 83, 102n, 103n, 104,

126-27, 133, 137, 159, 311,

421, 423, 446, 464

22d BG: 51, 53n, 55, 62, 66,

70, 75-76, 77, 83, 103n, 104,

151, 207n, 244

23d FG: 7n

35th FIG: 48n, 72, 354n, 370,

375, 424

38th BG: 416

47th BG: 110n, 416

49th FBG: 48n, 160, 211,

222n, 229, 393

51st FIG: 91n, 206n

61st TCG: 367

92d BG: 51, 53n, 55, 62, 66,

70, 75, 77, 80, 83, 104, 135,

151, 179,

198n, 207n, 280n, 300n 

93d BG: 7n

97th BG: 3n, 173n

98th BG: 97n, 104, 198n, 372,

421, 464

100th BG: 20n

301st BG: 159

305th BG: 52n

307th BG: 97n, 103n, 104,

372, 421, 464

313th TCG: 416

314th TCG: 305, 340, 367, 463

315th TCG: 416

317th TCG: 415, 416

374th TCG: 36, 38, 66, 394n

405th FG: 81n

437th TCG: 415

452d BG: 194, 415, 462

453d TSG: 368
567

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

502d Tac Ctl Gp: 424

543d TRG: 332, 368

6101st ABG: 424n

6131st ABG: 122n

6132d TACG(P): 66n

6133d ABG: 355n

Squadrons

1st Aero: 2

3d ARS: 124

4th F(AW)S: 21, 38n, 368

4th TCS: 367, 369

8th TRS: 22, 368, 400n

21st TCS: 20, 221n, 305,

321n, 326n, 344

31st SRS: 21, 35, 91, 104,

120, 134-35, 259

36th FBS: 38n

39th FIS: 120

40th FIS: 120

41st FIS: 48n, 202n

45th TRS: 368

67th FBS: 150, 153, 154, 170

68th F(AW)S: 21, 311-12, 368

80th FBS: 355

84th BS: 314n

91st SRS: 314n, 452

162d TRS: 108-109, 164, 368

336th FIS: 355

339th F(AW)S: 21-22, 202n,

368

421st Air Police Sqdn: 368

422d Air Police Sqdn: 368

430th Air Police Sqdn: 368

458th Rec Tech Sqdn: 464

512th WRS: 38

548th Rec Tech Sqdn: 464

730th BS: 250n

731st BS: 283

801st Med Evac Sqdn: 305

Miscellaneous

V Bomber Command: 96n

VII Bomber Command: 388n

IX Tactical Air Command: 21n

XII Bomber Command: 388n

XII Tactical Air Command:

227n

XIX Tactical Air Command:79n

XX Bomber Command: 52n

XXI Bomber Command: 52n

Oklahoma City Air Materiel

Area (OCAMA): 293, 460

Air Terminal Group: 410-11

1st Eng Av Bn: 461

2d Eng Av Bn: 461

10th Air Park: 2

465th Sig Av Hvy Const Co.:

368

466th Sig Av Hvy Const Co.:

368

467th Sig Av Hvy Constr Co.:

368

474th Sig Av Hvy Constr Co.:

368

822d Eng Av Bn: 345, 349

934th Sig Bn (Sep): 315n, 368

6151st Air Base Unit: 66n, 199n

6204th Photo Mapping Flt(P):

20

Women in the Air Force (WAF):

220, 395, 409-10

United States Army. See also Chief of

Staff, U.S. Army; Collins, J.

Lawton.; Eighth Army. 15,

19, 358, 455 

Army Field Forces: 132n, 164, 175,

179, 200, 223, 235, 317

Army Groups

12th: 416n

15th: 431n

Armies

First: 135n, 162n, 391n

Third: 18n, 97n

Fifth: 18n, 431n

Seventh: 97n

Eighth. See Eighth Army.

Twelfth: 416n

Corps

I: 195, 252, 299, 326, 403n, 414,

454, 516

III: 503n

VI: 183n, 457n

VII: 57n

IX: 195n, 299, 309, 326, 414,

437, 454, 473, 516, 518
568

INDEX

X: 60n, 190-92, 199, 202-03, 204,

212, 219n, 231, 234, 237,

247, 252-53, 257, 294-95,

300, 304, 305, 310, 407, 413,

414, 423, 454, 519

During retreat: 314, 316-19,

320, 325, 331, 334, 335, 337,

338-39, 345, 353, 376

Study on air support by:

423-24, 425-26

XX: 18n

XVIII Airborne: 96n

Divisions

1st Armored: 97n

1st Cavalry: 18, 35, 83, 94n, 97,

136, 198, 199n, 242-43,

253n, 290, 309, 417, 434 

2d Infantry: 94n, 122n, 197, 198,

356-57, 363-64, 393, 407

3d Infantry: 318, 457, 516

4th Armored: 473n

7th Infantry: 18, 190, 192, 219n,

220n, 299, 304, 316, 324,

337, 340, 438

9th Armored: 473n

17th Airborne: 388n

24th Infantry: 18, 34, 50n, 51, 66n,

68n, 94n, 99, 254, 299

25th Infantry: 18, 34, 35, 57n,

94n, 99, 162, 163, 389, 407,

455, 516

32d Infantry: 122n 

82d Airborne: 96n, 181n

84th Infantry: 391n

92d Infantry: 39n

101st Airborne: 461n

Regimental Combat Teams

5th RCT: 90, 206

24th RCT: 516

187th Airborne RCT: 191, 202,

222, 239, 242n, 243

Regiments

7th: 1

8th: 253n

9th: 393, 397

15th: 457

17th: 192, 299

19th : 205

27th: 416

34th: 1

35th: 403

United States Coast Guard: 111

United States Korean Military Advisory Group (KMAG): 16,

34, 40, 43, 46, 48, 117, 121,

223, 226

United States Marine Corps: 195

Air support by: 130-32, 141-42,

182-83, 223, 299, 308, 312,

317, 352, 455-56, 466, 482

Air units: 35, 52, 81, 109-10, 115,

142, 180, 182-83, 199, 212,

282, 312, 422, 447, 483, 498

1st Marine Air Wing (MAW): 60n,

81n, 125n, 126n, 183, 220n,

232, 234, 237, 247n, 305, 310,

318-19, 320, 321-22, 335,

346, 350, 449, 466, 474, 498

Marine Air Group (MAG)-33: 81n,

126n

VMF-214: 81n, 126n

VMF-311: 369n

VMF-323: 81n, 126n

VMF(N)-513: 81n

VMF(N)-542: 199n

VMO-6: 199n

VMR-152: 232

Ground units: 95, 110, 320, 340

1st Marine Division: 125n, 190,

191, 192, 219n, 253n, 304,

305, 310, 321-22, 324, 328,

335, 337, 446

1st Provisional Marine Brigade:

81n, 90n, 94n, 125n, 158

Regiments

5th Marines: 90n, 328

7th Marines: 328

11th Marines: 90n

United States Military Academy

(USMA). See also West

Point. 412

United States Naval Academy

(USNA): 19n

United States Navy. See also Chief of

Naval Operations (CNO);

Joy, C. Turner. 19, 20
569

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Air units: 58, 64-65, 78, 107, 115,

139-43, 145-48, 180, 181,

237-38, 319, 377, 467, 497

Sorties flown by: 35, 107, 147-48,

218

Carrier Air Group 5: 60

Carrier Air Group 11: 102n

Naval bombardment: 190

Naval Forces Far East: 165-68,

198, 208

Seventh Fleet: 20, 40, 42, 46n, 47,

48n, 50n, 55, 58, 120, 139-40,

146-48, 176-77, 183, 319,

366, 427

Task Force 77: 35, 141, 176, 275,

305

Task Group 77.4: 160, 176

Carrier Division 15: 60n

U. S. Ships

Badoeng Strait: 81n, 126n

Bairoko: 277

Bataan: 277

Boxer: 68, 98n

Cape Esperance: 277

Lexington: 501n

Maddox: 19n

Missouri: 438, 440

Sicily: 81n, 126n

United States: 130n

Valley Forge: 20, 53n, 94

U. S. News and World Report: 85,

483, 492

Van Brunt, Rinaldo: 403

Van Fleet, James A.: 30

As Commanding General, Eighth

Army: 306, 482, 503, 513

Van Meter, Samuel N.: 45, 51, 57, 63,

65, 184,365, 475

Vandenberg, Hoyt S. See also Chief of

Staff, U.S. Air Force. 42, 61,

66, 88, 97, 102, 129-30,

175-76, 194, 202, 208, 214,

226, 227, 229-30, 235, 365,

401, 410, 420, 423, 425,

434, 435, 446, 459, 470

On air defense and Air Force: 71-72,

311, 360-61, 392, 398, 448,

449, 509-10

On border violations: 152, 159-60,

226-27

Concerning situation in Korea:

254, 255-56, 280-82, 324,

478, 479

And personnel: 327-28, 381, 404,

406-07, 409-10, 458, 466,

520

And possibility of general war:

360-61, 506, 507

On protection of nuclear weapons:

155-57

Trips to Japan/Korea: 69, 70-72,

388, 391, 393-95

Vanderpyl, Ellis: 202

Veigel, Lester P.: 460

Veterans of Foreign Wars: 31

Vinnell Corporation: 205

Vinson, Carl: 235, 274n, 280, 418 

Vinson Congressional inquiry: 414,

415

Vladivostok, Soviet Union: 321, 334,

428

Voice of America: 470-71, 483

Volcano Islands: 427, 505

Waegwan: 35, 111n, 114, 117, 190, 198

Wagner, Victor H.: 309

Wainwright, Jonathon M.: 245

Wake Island: 46, 233n, 439

Walker, C. B.: 271, 283

Walker, Walton H.: 18, 20, 68n, 77 

As commanding general, Eighth

Army: 83, 84, 85, 92, 94n,

96-97, 98, 106, 111, 115-16,

117, 120, 124, 128, 158, 171,

172, 191, 199, 200, 205, 222,

224, 243, 249, 353, 418

Commendation of: 211, 215

Cooperation with Air Force: 106,

114n, 118, 217, 223, 285-86

Death of: 305, 360, 361, 365-66

And need for air transport: 222, 224

And offensive in Korea: 190, 192,

195, 211, 226, 243-44, 249,

254, 274
570

INDEX

And opinions on tactical air support:

132, 137

During retreat: 314, 320, 330-31,

333-34, 337, 345, 347

Walls, John H.: 367

Waln, Nora: 171

Waltz, Robert W.: 424

Warren, R. H.: 262, 272

Washington, D.C.: 21, 23, 45, 46, 72,

131, 155, 453, 470, 512

Washington Evening Star: 491

Washington Post: 222, 230n

Watson, A. E.: 439

Watson, Billy B.: 224

Wayne, Robert E.: 169

Weapons Systems Evaluation Group

(WSEG): 181, 200, 402n

Weather conditions: 22, 48, 50, 56,

59, 63, 64, 67, 70-71, 74, 78,

81, 83, 100, 111, 133, 149,

169, 174, 195, 198, 229-30,

242, 426

Weckerling, John: 125

Wedemeyer, Albert C.: 30-31, 287

Weikert, John M.: 228

Welch, Robert N.: 361

Welchner, Carl A.: 162

Wellings, Augustus J.: 70

Weltman, John H.: 77, 91, 345, 354,

355, 518

West, Joseph H.: 424

West Point: 1, 3, 8n, 412, 437, 470

Weyland, Otto P.: 8, 52, 56

As vice commander, FEAF: 72,

75-76, 79, 80, 82, 84, 90,

92-93, 102, 104, 107, 118,

123, 131, 137, 150, 158,

162, 178, 180, 181, 200,

203, 210, 211, 221-22, 223,

226, 232, 234, 248, 250,

252-53, 261, 270, 310, 329,

337, 341, 349, 370, 410,

412, 419, 420, 422, 425,

432, 433, 435, 455, 474

Plans of: 332, 365-66

Promotion and transfer of: 394, 395,

400, 401, 401, 406, 407, 414,

423, 441, 442, 444-45, 477

White, Eddie: 8

White, Edward H.: 8, 38, 162, 240,

347

White, Frank L.: 85

White, John M.: 37

White, Thomas D.: 285, 291, 294,

296-97, 347, 351, 353, 354,

371-72

Whitehead, Ennis C.: 61, 62

Whitney, Courtney: 47, 89, 96, 101,

213, 222, 239, 241, 243, 260,

288, 299, 325, 338, 341, 345,

347, 349, 403, 417, 437, 457,

464, 492, 493

Wilkinson, William T.: 233

Williams, Frederick: 284, 299

Williams, Merle R.: 425

Williams, R. E.: 427

Willis, William D.: 173

Willoughby, Charles: 31, 39-40, 42,

47, 80, 82-84, 89, 103-104,

126, 280, 325, 338, 341, 356,

358, 397-98, 519, 520

Wilson, Charles E. “Electric Charlie”:

239-40, 258

Wilson, Charles E. “Engine Charlie”:

239n

Wilson, Eugene E.: 370, 371

Wilson, Gill Robb: 25, 93, 95, 112,

139, 164, 198, 226, 234, 244,

245, 262, 324, 347, 353, 372,

404, 427, 433, 439, 442, 451,

482, 497, 514

Wimsatt, Robert W.C.: 101, 410, 411,

520

Winter Park, Florida: 25, 28, 30, 32

Wintermute, Ira F.: 368, 369n, 424

Winton, C. A.: 53

Withers, William P.: 59

Witty, Robert W.: 86, 116, 122-23,

124

Wolfe, Kenneth B.: 52, 53, 54, 55, 56,

98, 418, 451

Wolfinbarger, Willard R.: 248

Wolmi-do: 190

Wonju: 400, 446, 447

Wonsan: 55, 64, 74, 79, 85, 88, 184,

199n, 210, 229, 230
571

THE THREE WARS OF LT. GEN. GEORGE E. STRATEMEYER : HIS KOREAN WAR DIARY

Importance as a port and airfield:

219n, 220n, 231,237, 258,

265, 294, 312, 314, 317, 318

Site for landing: 191-92, 219

Target for attacks: 66, 70, 105, 355,

360, 371-72

Wright, Ben George: 143-44, 175,

182, 202

Wright, Edwin K.: 39, 42, 47, 75, 89,

92, 137, 150, 298, 325, 338,

345, 400, 473

Wright, Herbert B.: 460

Wright, W.H.S.: 40

Wu, K. C.: 494

Wykeham-Barnes, Peter G.: 116-17,

123, 168, 178, 179, 183, 200,

202, 212

Yalu River: 23, 26, 29, 153, 170, 184,

192, 252, 258, 350, 353, 469,

481, 489

Attacks near: 26, 252, 254, 258-59,

263-64, 266-67, 281, 298,

451, 461, 464, 485, 486,

490, 508

Yamauchi Masafumi: 428

Yangsi: 164

Yangsong: 69

Yangyang: 464

Yokohama, Japan: 268

Yokosuka, Japan: 339, 347, 440 

Yongdok: 35, 83, 84, 86, 93n, 121, 202

Yongwon: 223, 226

Yonp’o: 51, 55, 255, 284, 289, 312,

333, 344, 349, 377

Yoshida Shigeru: 473

Yu, David: 519

Yudam-ni: 304

Zeller, Verena M.: 460

Zimmerman, Don Z.: 150, 180, 181,

337, 397, 398, 439, 453, 500,

501, 511, 518 

Zoller, Virgil L.: 71, 248, 355, 393, 474

Zone of the Interior (ZI): 72, 82, 83,

97, 98, 109, 123, 149, 159,

161, 164, 174, 175, 202, 207,

210, 213, 244, 270, 323, 342,

343, 367, 371, 381, 391, 406,

412, 415, 421, 422, 423, 430,

434, 439, 444, 450, 453, 458,

459, 463, 484, 495, 496, 506,

508, 512